Full text of "Gazetteer of Upper Burma and the Shan states"

See other formats

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A pubUc domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the pubUc domain may vary country to country. PubUc domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with Libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from countiy to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement Liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at http : //books . google . com/

-"^^

fc -r.

t♦?^>

t .:' ^;

**^.

'd»--£^

GAZETTEER

UPPER BURMA

AND THE

SHAN STATES.

IN FIVE VOLUMES.

COMPILED FROM OFFICIAL PAPERS BY

J. GEORGE SCOTT,

BARRISTER-AT-LAW, CLE, M.R.A.S, F.R.G.S«
ASSISTED BY

J. P. HARDIMAN, I.C.S.

PART II.-VOL. III.

RANGOON:

PRINTBD BY THB SUPBRINTBNOBNT, GOVERNMBNT PRINTING, BURMA.

I 90 I. f

[PART II, VOLS. », tt & \\\,-WVSl.-. ^*.\^A«-.\^'\

717244

^B Ralang

^H RalAn or Ralawn

^H Rapum

^H Ratanapura

^H Rawa

^H Rawkwa

^H Rawtu or Maika

^H Rawva

^H Rawvan

^H Raw-ywa

^H Reshen

^^1 Rimpi

^H Rimpe

^H Rosshi or Warrshi

^H Ruby Mines

^H Ruibu

^M Rumklao

^H Rumshe

^H Rutong

^H Sa-ba-dwin
^H Sa-ba-hmyaw
^H Sa-ban
^H Sa-ba-saw
^H Sa-ba-thin
^H Sabba-gyi-gyat
^M Sa-hb
^H Sa-b^gu
^H Sa-bi-na-go
^H Sa-be-j'vama
^H Sa-byan
^H Sa-byaw
^H Sadankong
^H Sa-daung

Page.
I

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

... 32
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

... ib.

::. i

... ib.
... ib.
... ib,
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
• •• 34
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... lb.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib,

••• 35
.,, ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... Jb.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 36
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

CONTENTS.

VOLUME III.

Page.
Sagaing ... 36
... 64

Sa-le-ywe ... 83 ^^H
Sa-li ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-lim ... ib. ^^^^|
Sa-lin ... ib. ^^^H

... 84 ^H

Salin ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-lin chaung ... 86 ^^^^|
Sa-lin-daung 89 ^^^^|

6-;

Saga Tingsa ... 76
SagAnwa or Sagong ... ib.
Sa-gu ... ib.

Sagun ... ib.
Sa-gwe ... ib.
Sa-gyan . ... ib.
Sa-gyet . ... ib.
Sagyilain or Limkai ... J','
Sa-gyin ... ib.
Sa-gyin North ... ib.
Sa-gyin South ... ib.
Sa-gyin Sfin-baing ... ib.
Sa-gyin-wa ... ib.
Sa-gyu ... ib.
Sai Ilein ... ib.
Saileng ... 78
Saing-byin North ... ib.
Saing-byin South ... ib.
Saing-dfe ... ib.
Saing-du .,. ib.
Saing-gaung ,,. ib.

... it>.

Sainggdn ... ib.
Saing-in ... ib.
Saing-kin ... 79
Saing-la-ya or Saing-ya ib.
Saing Naing ... ib.
Sainfln ... ib.
Saiyan .,, ib.
Sa-ka ... ib.

Sa-lin-gan ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-lin-g.i-thu .v. rb. ^^^H
Sa-lin-gdn ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-lin-gyi ... ib. ^^^|

Sallavati ,,. ib. ^^^H
Sa-lun ... ^^^H
Salween ... ib. ^^^H
Sama ... 103 ^^^^|
S.ima or Suma ... ib. ^^^H
S.vme-gan-gAn ... rb. ^^^|
S.vmeik ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-mcik-kdn ... ib. ^^^|

7 ... ^^M

Sa-mi ... 104 ^^^H
Sa-mi-dun-gyi ... ib. ^^^H
Sa-mi-dun-ng6 ... ib. ^^^H
Sam Ka ... ib. ^^^H
Sam Pu ... 108 ^^^H
Sam Pum (San-pAn)',,, ib. ^^^|
Sa-mun ib. ^^^H
Samyaul ... 109 ^^^H
San-da 4,. ib. ^^M
San-da-la-zu ... ib. ^^^M
San-dan „. ib. ^^^H
Sa-da-pu-ri .... ib. ^^^|
Sanga ... ib. ^^H
Sang Hon ... ib. ^^^H
Sanguar ... ib. ^^^|
San-paing ... ib. ^^^H
San-yaung ... no ^^H
San-ywa ... ib. ^^H
San-ywe ... ib. ^^H
San-zw& ... ib. ^^^H
Sao Pawn ... jb. ^^^H
Sao Pawn or Kawng Hpa ib. ^^^|
Sao Pong ,., it>. ^^H

l^-p^d\ .., ib. ^^m

.Sarak or Harak ... ib. ^^^1
Safaw .,, ft, ^^^H
Sarawkong .,, j^ ^^^H
1 Sarengchet ,,', n^] ^^^M
1 Sassakyet or Sachakyet ib! ^H
Satawn ,,, j^, ^^^H

Sa-kan ... ib.
Sa-kan-gyi .. ib.
Sa-kan-ma ... ib.
Sak.-ip ... ib.
Sakat ... ib.
Sakaw ... ib.
Sa-kaw ... 80
Sa-koi ... ib.
Salazang ... 82
Sa-Ie ... ib.
- _. _ \u

^H Sa-daw

^ Sa-do

^ Sa-d6n

^H Sa-d6n-gw&
^H Sa-dwin
■ Saga

Sa-le-ga-!e or Sa-re Nam*

ngaw.
Sa- e-kyun ... 83
Sa-le-myin ... ib,
Salen . . ib.
Sa-le-ywa ... ib.
Sa-le-ywe ... ib.

^1 Sa-ga-daung

^^^^ Sa-ga-^a-le
^^^K Sa-ga-m
^^^H Sagaing

n ^

^ CONTENTS.

^^^™

^^"

Page

Pag,. 1

Page.

Satha-gfin

... in

Seksekyo e/iaHN^

Shaw-byu-bin

... 137

Sa-thein

... 113

Sektu

ib.

Shaw-gan

... ib.

Sa-ti-hsu

... ib,

Sekurr

120

Shawlan

... ib.

Sat- kin

... ib.

Si Lan

ib.

Sha-zi-gyet

... ib.

Satkyo

... ib.

Se-min-daw

121

Shi

... ib.

Sa-t6n

... ib.

Si Mun

ib.

Shein-ma-ga

... ib.

Sat6n

... ib.

Sen-gan

ib.

... 138

Satpya-gyin

... ib.

Sengleng

ib.

Sheipe

... ib.

Sat-tein

... ib.

Seng Turn

ib.

Shempi

... ib.

Sat-the

... ib.

Se-o-bo

ib.

Sherrwe

... ib.

Sat-tha-wa

... 113

Sepi

ib.

Shielmong

... ib.

Sat-thwa

... ib.

Set-ka-ba

ib.

Shillam

... «29

Sauaung

... ib.

SitOn Hung

ib.

Shilong

... ib.

Sauk-taw-wa

... ib.

Set-taw

132

Shimpi

... ib.

Si U
Se-wa

ib.
ib.

Shimu
Shim)aul

... ib.
... ib.

Saungte

Saungiya

... ib.

Si-ywa

ib.

Shimyawl

... ib.

Saw

Sa-wa-di

Sawlfin

... ib.
... ib.
... 11 +

ib.

Shi-nan

Shin-daw-kfln

Shingai

... ib.
... ib.
... 130

Si-ywa chaung

123
ib.

Saw-mft

... 115

Sha-bin

ib.

Shingop or Senmakor... ib.

Sawthi
Sa-ye

... ib.
... ib.

ib.
ib.

Shin-hia
Shinkwon

... ib.
... ib.

Sha-bin-gaing
Sha-bin-hla

Sa-ye- wa

... ib.

ib.

Shin-ma-gan

... ib.

Sa->'in-gdn

... ib.

Sha-bin-ye

ib.

Shinshi

... ib.

Sea-ak or Seyat

... ib.

Sha-daw

ib.

Shirawkong

... ib.

Se-bin-gyj

Se-bin-2u

Sft-daw

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.

Shirklai
Shirshi
Shit-ywa chaung

... ib.
... I3«
... ib.

...

... ib.
... Ii6

ib.
124

Sh6n-shi
Shopun

... ib.
... ib.

Se-do

Sha-du

S&En

... ib.

Sha-g6n

ib.

Shumshum

... ib.

... ib.
... ib.

Sha-la

Shalaokran (Shatokran'

ib.
ib.

Shunkla
Shurbum

Se-gyi

... lU.

... ib.

S6-gyi

... ib.

Sha Man T6n or Lower

Shurgnen

... ib.

Man Tfln

ib.

Shurkwa

... 132

Sft-hi

... ib.

Sha-mcin

ih.

Shwe-ban

... ib.

... 117
... ib.

... ib.

Sha-mo Htai

Sha-myo ...

Shan Daw

ib.

125

Shwe-baung

Shwe-be

Shwe-bo

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

Seik-che

Seik-kwa
Seik-pyu

... ib.
... ib.

Shan-di
Shan-gaing

ib.
ib.

... 146

.. ib.

Scikpyu

••. ib.

Shan-ga-le-kyun

ib.

... 147

Seik-tha

... ib.

Shan-gaw

ib.

... 149

... ib.

Shang Man Tfln or Up-

Shwe-b6n-tha

... ib.

... 118

... ib.

per Man Ttx\
Shan-myaung-yo

ib.
ib.

ib.

Seik-tha-su

lU.

Seik-that

... ib.

Shan-naw

ib.

Shwe-da

... ib.

Seik-thin-bo

... ib.

Shan-pa-aing

126

... ib.

Sein-ban-gan

... ib-

Shan-seik

ib.

Shwe-da-gan

... ib.

Sein-ban-gAn

... ib.

Shan-su

ib.

Shwe-daung

... ib.

Sein-dAn

... ib.

Shan-tOn

ib.

... ib.

Sein-gan

... ib.

Shan-ywa

ib.

Shwe-daung-gyun

... 150

Sein-gdn

... ib.

Shauk-pin

ib.

Shwe-d6n

... ib.

Sein-nan

... ib.

ib.

Shwe-dwin

... ib.

Seintong or Seing

Ton I ig

S hauk-pin-chaung

ib.

Shwe-ga

... ib.

Seintong

... ib.

ib.

Shwe-ge

. • - lU.

Sein-zeik-gan

... ib.

Shaw'byu

ib.

Shwe-ge-byan

... ib.

Seit-kun
Seit-tha
Se-kan

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

Shwe-gdn-daing
Shwe-gu

... ib.

• ••

'ib'
ib.

... ib!

• ••

Shaw-byu-bin

... X54

CONTENTS.

Shwe*gu

Shwe-gu-ga-le
Shwe-giin-dAlt
Shwe-gyaung

Shwe-gyel-yet

Shwe-gyin

Shwe-hle

Shwe-in

Shwe-ka-daw

Shwe-kon-daing

Shwc-ku-anaiik

Shwe-ku A-«hc

Shwe-kyi-na

Shwe-kyu

Shwe-lan

Shwe-le

Shwe-Ie-gyin

Shwe-li

Shwe-lin-iwe

Shwe-lun

Shwe-m6k-taw

ShwC'inyaung

Shwe-myo

Shwe-nyaung-bin

Shwe-pan

Shwe-pan-gyin or

yna-kadin
Shwe-pauk-pin

Page.

.. >54

•. 15S

.. ib.

.. 156

.. ib.

,. ib.

.. ib.

.. JS7

., ib.

.. ib.

.. lb.

.. ib.

.. ib,

.. 159

,. ib.

.. t6o

,. ib.

A-

Shwe-pu (Shwe-pye)..
Shwe-pyi

She-

Shwe-pyi-nga-ywa
Shwe-pyi Nyi-naung
Shwe si-swfe
Shwe-ta-gyi
Shwe-tan-dit
Shwelaung

daung
Shwe-tha-min chauiig
Shvve-yin-hmyaw
Shwc-yin-ma
Shwe-za-yan

Shwe-zaye

Shwe-*et-taw

Shwe-zi-g6n

Shwumpe

Shwungzan or Lunoi .

Si-ba

Si-daing-gan

Si-di

Si-d6k->ta-ya

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
162
ib.
lb.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

ib.

ib.
163

ib.

ib.
164
ib.

i65
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

Si-dAk-ta>ya

Si-gaung

Sr-gyaung

Si-gyi

Si-he

Si-het

Si-kan-ga-le

Si-kan-gyi

Si-kaw

Si-iaimg
■Si-ma

Si-maw

Si-mi-gauk

Sim«;ing

Si-na-daung

Sin-aingor ThAn-daung

Sin-aung-gon

Sin-baung-w&

Sin-bo

Sinbdn
Sin-but
Sin-byu

Sin-byu-ffdn

Sin-byu-gyi

Sin-byu-gyun

Sin-cfian

Sin-che-ya

Sin-daing

Sin-dalng-gan

Sin-d.i-lu

Sin-dat

Sin-daw-thi

Sin-dfc

Sin-do

Sin-e-the

Sin-ga

Sin-gaing

Siri'gaung

Sin-gaung Kyauk-taw
SingVcaling Hkamti ...
Singman ...
Singngin or Saingkin...
Singii or Nga-sin-gu...
Sin-gu

Sing-tit ...

"^^^^^~ •••

Sin-gyati

Sin-gyo ...

Singyun ...

Page.
.. 166

.. ib.
.. ib.

.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
,. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. 167
.. ib.
,. ib.
.. ib-
., ib.
.. 168
.. ib.

ib.

170

171
172

ib.

173
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

•74

ib.
176
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib,
ib,
ib.

«77
ib.

lb.
ib.
ib.
ib.

Sin-ka
Sin-kan

Sin-kat

n-kin

nkwa

n-lan

n-lan-gyaung

n-lu-afng

ntum ga-Ie

nlum Gyi

n-ma-yfe

n-min

n-mye

n-naing

n-ni-daung

n-o

n-6n in

n-p6k

n-she ehaung

n-shin

n-sit

n-ta-ga

n-the

Sin-the or Mi-2a-li

Sin-the-gdn

Sin-the-wa

Sin-u-ga-le

Sin-yan

Sin-yauk-gyi

Sin-yu

Sin-ywa

Sin-ywa-ga-le

Sin-ywa-gyi

Sin-ywe-gdn

Sin-zi

Sin-zein

Sin-zot

Sin-zwA

Sin-zwi-but
Si'tha

Si-tha-myi
Si-thaung
Si-thi

Si-thi-ywa North
Si-thi-ywa South
Sit-hlym
Sit-in-gyaung
Sit-kd-bia

Pagi.

... 178

... >b.

... ib.

... 179

... ib.

... ib

... ib.

... ib,

... ib.

... 180

... ib.

... iSi

... ib.

... 182

... ib.

..4 ib.

... ib.

... 183

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

... 1S4

... ib.

. •• ib.

... ib.

... ib.
... 185

... ib.

^^^^^^B

W CONTENTS. ^^H^B

■

Page.

P'^f- ^1

^H Sjt'kdn

... 185

Sut-bflk-taung .. 194

Ta Hsang U

... 201 ^^H

^^m Sit-pin

... ib.

Su-yin ... ib.

Ta-bseo-ssu or Mai

Hungaos ^^|

^H Sitsai

... ib.

Swe-gyi ... ib.
Swft-l^ .. ib.

Ta Hsup Pai

^H Sit-ta-lin

... ib.

Ta Hsup Teng

^H Sit-tha

... ib.

Ta-Hswi-targ

^^H

... ib.

TabakWia ... ib.

T.iifa or FJafTa

... 303 ^H

^H Si-ywa

... ib.

Tabak Khu ... ib.

Taik Sfe

... ib.

Ta-bautc-k6n ... ib.

Tailum

... ib.

Ta-bauktaw ... ib.

Taing

^^B Si-zAn

... 186

Ta-bauk-taw Taung-zu ib.

Taing-byauk

^H So-bya

... ib.

Ta-baung ... ib.

Ta K.ai

^H So-dwin

... ib.

Ta-bayin or Di-b&-yin ib.

Ta Kaw

^^B Soma or Sama

... ib.

Ta-be ... 196

Ta Kawng

... 204 ^^H

^H Somhrang

... ib.

Ta-b^ ... ib.

Ta-kin-wa

^^H SAn-baw-aing

... ib.

Ta-bin-gan ... ib.

Tak Lek

^H Songheng

... ib.

Ta-bin-gan North ., ib.

^^H Songkwa

... ib.

Ta-bin-gaung ... 197

Tak Lei

^H Son-gdn

... .87

Ta-b6n ... ib.

Tak Let

^^H '^^~~~

... ib.

Ta-bAn-d.iw ... ib.

Tak Nai

^^^^1

... ib.

T'l.Kn.a^aw in

Ta Kiit

^^B Songtho

'.'. ib.

Tabya ... ib.

Ta-Iaing

^H Son-gyaung

... ib.

Ta-byi-chaung ... ib.

Ta-!aing-de

^H Son-gyin

^^M Son Mu

... ib.

Ta-byin . . ib.

T.i-laing-gfln

... ib.

Ta-byin-gaing ... ib.

T.i-laing-ng5k

^^B Son-myo

... 189

Ta-byin-gw^ ... ib.

Ta-laing-yat

^^M Son Saw

... ib.

Ta-da ... ib.

Tawlaw-gyi

^^B Son-ywa

... ib.

Ta-daing ... 198

Ta-li

... 307 ^M

^H Sok-ti

... ib.

. ib.

Ta-tin-gAn

^H SouTighai or Taunghwe ib.

... ib.

Ta-lin-gyi

^^B Southern

... ipo

Ta'daing-shc (North) ib.

Tali Uma or Shantum> ^^|

^^B Sowpdn

... lb.

... ib.

kong

^H Stibwel or Funshi

... ib.

T i-dalng-she (South) ib.

TaLo

^B SubbAk-kdn

... ib.

Ta-da-kyi ... ib.

Ta-16k-myo

... an8 ^B

^H SubAkkAn

... ib.

Ta-da-u ... ib.

Ta Lii

... ^^1

^^H Su-byu-g6n

... ib.

_ _ —

Talzaji

... 199

^H Su-dat
^H Su-daung-byi

... ib.
... ib.

■ h

Ta-raa-bin

... ib.

^^m Su-daw

... 191

Ta-daw-gyauk ... ib.

Ta-ma-daw

^^H Su-ga-a-lc-ywa

... ib.

... lb.

Ta-ma-gauk

^^B Sv-ga-kin-ywa

... ib.

Ta-daw-su ... ib.

^H Su-ga Myauk-ywa

... ib.

Ta-daw-zu ... ib.

Ta-nia-gAn

^H Su-gauk-gyi

... ib.

Ta-ga-ma ... ib.

Ta-ma-gyi

... 309 ^^1

^^B Su-gauk*net

... A).

Ta-gaung ... ib.

Ta-ma-ka

^^B Su-gauk-ng&

... ib.

Ta-ma-16n

^^P Su*ll-gan
^H Su-li-gon

... ib.
... ib.

Ta-man-th6
Ta-ma-yauk

^B
^B

... ib.

^^^^1

Ta-g6n ... ib.
Ta-gun-daing ... ib.

Ta-m6

Ta-m6 ywa-thit

^B
^B

... ib.

^^H .^.

... ib.

Tarn Hso

^H Su-li-g6n

... 193

:i.

Tamja

^^H Sumpaungmata

... ib.

Ta-gyi ... ib.
Tatiat ... ib.

Ta-mo

^^H SU'HIU

... ib.

Ta-mftk-so

••. nh ^^^M

^H Sung Long

... ib.

Ta Hawm ... ib.

Ta Mong Haw

... 310 ^H

^H Sung Ramang

... ib.

Ta Hkai ... aoi

Ta Mong Kai

^H Sun-kyet
^^1 Sun-lun

... 103
... lb.

iVi

TamS6
Tamu

^B
^B

Ta Hkam ... ib.

^^^^K

... ib.
... ib.

Ta-H6 ... ib.
Ta-ho-na ... ib.

Ta Muk Hso

Tan-aung

... »ii ^H

^^B Sun-nan

^^B Sun-thaik

... ib.

Ta Hpa Lawng or Hpa

Ta-naung-aing

^H Sun-thaJk Myauk-su ... ib.

Leng ... ib.

Ta-naung-bin

^^m Supma

... 194

Ta Hs^g ... ib.

Ta-naung-bin«u

^^M

CONTENTS.

Ta-naung-daing
Ta-naung-gfln

Ta-naung-ka-la

Ta-naun-gfln

Tasnating-An

Ta-naung-pa-ga

Ta-nau ng-thfln-bin

Ta-naung-wiin

Tan-bin-chaung

Tan-bin-gan

Tan-bin-gan south

Ta-bin-g6n

Tan-chauk-pin

Tan-daw

Tan-daw-gyi
Ta-ne

Ta-nc-gyi-gfin

Ta-ne-ng6

Ta-nct-ngd

Tan-ga-kan

Tan.gaw

Tan-gfe-daw

Tang Hso
Tan-gi-daw

Tangpu

Tang Shang Keo
Tan-g^'a
Tang Van

Tan-gyaung
Tan-gyi

Tan-li-gyin

Tanngai

Tan-ngfi-daw

Tan-sfc-bin

Tan-ta-bin

Tan-tha
Tan-yin

Page.

... 312

... ib.

«. ib.

... ib.

.. ib.

... ib.

... ib.
ib.

... ib.

.. 213

... ib.

... 214

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

... ib,

... 315

... ib.

... 316

... ib.

... 317

... ib.

•.. ib.

... ib.

... 218

... ib.

... 319

». ib.

... ib.

<•• ib.

Page.
Tan-yiii ... 319

Tao ... ib.

Tao Hsi Keng ... ib.

Ta Ong Mu ... 220

Ta Pa ... ib.

Ta Pa L.ii ... 221

Ta-paw ... ib.

Ta Paw Kii Ta ... ib.

Ta Pawk ... ib.

la Pfe ... 323

Taping ... ib.

T.I Ping ... 323

T.iplnghso ... ib.

Ta Pom ... ib.

Ta-pdn ... 334

Ta-p6n-daw ... ib.

Ta P.ven ... ib.

Taring or Malankon ... ib.
Tare ... ib.

Taro valley ... ib.

Tarfln ... ib.

Ta-saing ... 335

Ta Sang .. ib.

Ta Sa Ngi ... ib.

Tashi VVaipaw or Lwai

Paw Tingsa
Ta Taw Maw
Ta Tawn
Tat-chaung
Tat-g6n
Tat-gyi-gAn
Ta Ti
Tat-kfin
Tat-kya

Tat-kyi ',.,

Tatong ...

Tat-su'
Tat-te
Tat-thit
Tat-twin
Ta Tiing Ang
Tat-ywa
Tauk-shabin
Tauk-shi-gan
Tauk-s6k
Tauk-te
Taung-.a-ch6k
Taung-a-she-bet
Taung-auk
faung-b.i
Taung-baing ...

Taung-ba-Iu

Taung-ban

Taung-baw

Taung-bi

Taung-bin-gan

Taiing-bo

Taung-baw Alt'-ywa
Taung-baw Le-ywa
Taung-bct

ib.
ib.
ib.

326

ib.

ib.
327

ib.

ib.
228

ib.

ib.
229

ib.

Page.
.. 229
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.

Taung-bo-gyi
Taung-bo-gyi South . . .
Taung-b6n
Taung-byan North and

South
Taung-byauk
Taung-byin ...

T,iung-byin-ngfi

Taung-byo

Taung-byfin

Taung-by6n-ng& a-n.iuk

Taung-by0n-ng4a-shi ...

Taung-byu

Taung-cne

Taung-det

Taung-di-tha-hmat ...

Taung-dwin-gyaung ...

Taung-dwin-gyi

Taung-dwin myoma
Taung-gaing

Taung-gan

Taung-gin
Taung-gon

Taung-gwin
Taung-gya
Taung-gyan
Taung-gya ung

Taung-gyaw
Taung-gyi

Taunggyi

Taung-gyi

Taung-gvo

Taung-hk.iung-bwa

Taung-I.i

Taung-hia

Taung-in

Taung-kin-san

Taung-kwin

Taung-kya

Taung-la-iin

Taung-i&

tb.
ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
3.11
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

tb.

IS.

334
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
tb.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

a3S
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

'fj,
1'

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

a>.

ib.

CONTENTS.

Taung-l6n

Taung-myin

Taung-nauk
Taung-nga-kul
Tautig-ngfin
Taung-ngu-zu

Taung-ni
Taung-nyo

Taung-pa-Ii
Taung-pu-lu
Taung-sa-ye (North)
Taung-sa-ye (South) ,
Taung-she
Taung-she (Easl)
Taung-she (West)
Taung-ta-ldn
Taung-tha

Taung-lha-man

Taung-thwrin
Taung-u

Taung-win

Taung-ya-seik

Taung-ya-si

Taiing-yanng

Taung-yin

Taung-yo

Taung-yo-za-I6k

Taung-ywa

Taung-za-laung
Taung-zin

Taung-zin North
Taung-/in South
Taung-zit
Taiing-zAn
Taung-zu

Taung-zu-ga-le

Taw

Ta-wa

Tawan
Ta-wan-tze
Taw Bfe
Taw-bo
Taw-b6n

Pagt.

.. ib.

., ib.

.. ib.

.. 340

.. ib.

.. lb. I

241

.. ib.

. ib. !

,. ib. ;

,. ib. I

. ib.

. 242

.. ib.

. ib.l

.. ib.

. ib.,

. ib.)

. ib.

. 243

. ib.l

Taw-bu

Taw-bya
'I'aw-dan
Taw-dwin

Tawi

Taw-ga-lufi

Taw-gyaung

Taw-£r^'in

Taw Hsang

Ta-win-myaw

Tawk or Troc

Tawka

Tawka-shai

Taw-Ian

Tawlang

Taw lawk

T.iw-ma

Tawng Bat
Tawng Hio
Tawng Hkam
Tawng Lawng
Tawng Let
Tawng Ma
ib. I Tawng Ni
ib. I Tawng Peng
Tawng Talong
Tawng Tek
Taw Nio
Taw-.sein
Taw-tha
Taw-we-ga n
Tawyan
Taw-yan-gAn
Taw-yaung
Taw-ywa

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
244
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib
ib.
ib.
ib.

245

ib.

ib.
346

ib.

Taw-za-ie
Taw-zun
Ta-ya

Twa-yaw-daw
I Ta-ya-g.ning
Ta-yaw-gAn
Ta-ywin-bo
Ta-ywin-daing
Ta-zan
Ta-zauk
Ta-zaung
Ta-zft

Ta-zin

Ta-zo

Ta-zOn

Ta-zu

Tft

Tc-bin

Page.

... 246

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

... 247

... ib

... ib.

... 248

... ib.

... 349

... ib.

:::T

... ib.

... 262

.. 263

... ib.

... 264

... ib.

... 265

... ib.

... ib

... ib.

... 2fi6

... ib.

... 267

... ib.

Tft-bin-gan
Tft-daw

Tft-daw-ya
Tfe-gAn

Tft-gyi

T^-in
Tein-ban
Tein-bya
Tein-gan

Teingaror Tei

Tein-gin

Tein-g6n

nga

Teingram or Tingram.

Tein-hun ,,

Tein-nfe

Tein-nyein

Teinsa

Tein-tha

Tein-thaw

Te-myin

Teng Long

Tengpdn

Teng Yat

Tenshi

Tep Hsai

Terong ..

Tet-kaung

Te-tun

Tcun Pye

Te-zu

Tha-ban-gj'O
Tha-beik-kyin

Tha-beik-le

Tha-beik-tan

Tha-bui-kftn

Tha-but-pin

Tha-but-su

'1 ha-b3'e-biii

Tha-bye-d6n

Tha-bye-gyin

Tha-bye-hia

Tha-bye-6k

Tha-bye-wa

Th a-b'ye-wa

Tha-byun-g6n

Tha-de

Tha-di-g6n

Tha-din

Thado-dan

Page.
... 267

... ib.
... ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
... ib.
.. ib.
,.. ib.
.. 268
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
. ib.
. 269
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.

ib.
. ib.
. ib.
, ib.
, ib.
, ib.
. 370
. ib.
, ib.
, ib.

ib.

ib.
271

ib.

ib.
37a

ib.

V3
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

CONTENTS.

Tha-dan

Tha-dut

Tha-gaung

Tha-ga-ya

Tha-gyin

Thaik-chaung

Tha-kut-ta-ne

Tha-kut-taw

Tlia-kyin

Tha-la-Iin

Tha-le

Tha-lfc-g6n

Tha-lin

Tha-lAn-thwe

Tha-Iun-byu

Tha-ma-daw

Tha-maing-^i

Tha-ma (Ing)-kan

Tha-ma-kan

Tha-man

Tha-man-da-lin

Tha-man-gan

I'ha-tnan-gyan
Tha-man-ta-bo
Thamba-ya
Tha-min-be

rha-min-bdk

Tha-min-dwin

Tha-min-gan

Tha-min-gyan

Tha-min-gyauk

Tha-min-that

Tha-m6n-gaing

Tha Mya

Tha-mya-ba

Tha-nat-pin-zin

Tha-nai-yin

Than-bauk

Than-ba-ya

T han-ba-ya-gyin

Than-bin

Than-bo

Than-bya-aing
Than-daung
Tha-ngfe-daw
Than-gyaung

Than-lwin-gAn
Than-ma-daw

Than- the

Than-u-daw

Than-yit

.. 273

.. ib.

.. 274

.. ib.

,. ib.

.. ib.

>. ib.

.. ib.

•• 375

.. ib.

,. ib.

.. ib.

.. 276

.. ib.

.. ib-

.. ib.

•• 277

., ib.

.. ib.

.. 278

.. ib

.. ib.

•• 279

.. ib.

.- ib,

.. ib.

Than-zin-gAn
Tha- pan

Tha-pan-bin
Tha-pan-daung

Tha-pan-gaing

Thapan-gyauk

Tha-ie-ywa

Tha-tfln

Thaung-byaung

Thaung-lhut

Tha-wa-ti

Tha-ke-ba

Thaw-ta-pan

Iha-wun

Tha-ya-gfln

Tha-ya-ka

Thaya-pi

Tha-yauk-myaung

Tha-yaung

Tha-ya-wa-di

Tha-yet
Tha-yet-bya
I ha-yel-chin
Tha-yet-gan

Tha-yet-gfln
Tha-yet-gfin (Ya-ydn
Tha-yet- gwa
Tha-je-tha
Tha-yet-kaing
Tha-yct-kan

Tha-yet-kan (North)
Tha-yet-kan (SouthJ
Tha-yel-kaung
Tha-yct-k6n

Tha-yet-kyin
Tha-yei-pin

Tha-yet-pu

Tha-yel-ta

Tha-yet-ta-bin

Tha-yet-tan

Tha-yet-tow

Thay^zet

Page.

... 380

... ib.

... 281

... ib.

... tb.

... ib.

... 2»3

... ib.

... ib,

.. ib.

... ib.

... 283

... ib.

... ib.
•yinjib.

... ib.

... 284

... ib.

... 285

... ib.

... 886

Tha-zi

Tha-iin

Tha-zo

Th6-bAn A-nauk

Th6-bfln Ashe

The-byu-gyaung

The-byu-wa

The-daw

The-gan
Th^-gaw
The-gdn
Th6-gfin
Thi-gyun

Thfe-in

Thein-baw

Thein-daw

Thein-ga-bo
Thein-gdn

Thein-lin

Thein-Ifln
[Thein-ni
Thein-ywa

Theke-gyin

Thck-kfe-gyin

The-saung

Thet-kan-chaing

Thet-kan-g6n

Thel-kfe-daw

Thet-kfe-gfln

'Ihet-ke-gyin

Thet-kfe-gyin

Thet-ra

Thet-pan

Thet-pe

Thetta

Thet-ya-gauk

Thet-ywa

Thi-baw

Thi-bin-gaing

Thi-din-bin

Thi-ddn

Pagt.

... 286

... ib.

,.. ib.

.. ib.

., ib.

... ib.

,.. ib.

... 287

.. ib.

... ib.

... 388

... ib.

.. ib.

... ib.

... 389

... ib.

... ago

... ib.

ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

ib.

^E^ viii

^^v Thi-gdn
^H Thi-gyauk

Pagt.

... 3^2

... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

... 293
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
. . ib.
... ib.
-,. ib.
... ib.
... 294
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.

..• 295.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
.- ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 296
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
.. 297
)... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 298
... ib.
... ib-
... ib.
... ib.

CONTENTS.

Tl ... 208
Ti-daw-mo ... ib.
Ti-gAn ... ib.
Ti-gyaing ... ib.

... 299

Til ... ib.
Tili ... 300
Ti-lin ... ib.

■■ ... 301
Ti-lin-ng6 ... ib.
Tilum ... 302
Tima ... ib.
Timmaw or Tamaw ... ib.
Tinam ... ib.
Tin-bet ... ib,
Tin-du ... 303
Tin-gat ... ib.
Tin-gAk-pin ... ib.
Tingring ... ib.
Tingrong ... ib.
Tingsin ... ib.
Tingya ... ib.
Tin-gyaung ... ib.
Tin-gyi-gan ... ib.
Tin Hsa ... ib.
Tin-tat ... ib.
Tipui ... 304
TiRi ... ib.
Tit-chan-be ... ib.
TiyAn or Tiya ... ib.
Ti-«aung ... ib.
Tizerl ... ib.
Tizert or Twilai ... ib.
TIangyawl r Tlang-

kwcl ... ib.
Tlao or Kla ... 305
Tlorrtaung or Twetten ib.
TAk-hlaung ... ib.
Toklaing or Mwitun ... ib.
TAk-su ... ib.
Tok-ta-tAk ... ib.
TAn ... ib.

Ton hong

Pagt. ^H
... 308 ^H

.•' 304 ^M

... tb. ^H

... ib. ^H
... ib. ^H

>ang] tb. ^^1

... tb. ^^H
... ib. ^H

... ib. ^B

^H
^H

^B
^B
^H

... lb. ^H

^H
^H
^H

... ib. ^^1
... ib. ^H

^H
^H
^H
^M
^H
^H
^H
315 ^1

^1
^H
^H
^H
^H
^H

^H
^M
^B
^H

TAn-kauk

TAn-ma-tet

Ton nam

Ton pe

Ton p6k

T6n-wa

TAn-ywa

TowlAn

Trinmaw or Loimaw

Tsinghsang(Sing Hi

Tsun-kang (Sun-kar

Tu-gyaung

Tuku

Tu-maung

Tu-Naw

Tun-bin

Tun-dAn

Tung Hlwung

Tung Sha

Tung Sing

Tungtuung

Tun Hso

Tuntui

Tun-ywa

Tunzan

^^B Thi-gyaung
^H Thi-gyit
^B Thi-kwcl
^H Thi-la-g6n
^H Thi-la-ywa

^H Thimban-gAn
^^1 Thimbaw-gOn
^H Thimbaw-gyun
^^1 Thimbaw-in
^^B Thin-ban-gyin
^^B Thin-baung
^^B Thin-baung-gan
^H Thin-bAn
^^1 1 hin-byun
^^m Thin-daw
^^1 Thin-dein
^^1 Thin-ga-dAn

^^B Thin-g.in-but
^H Thi-ngd-daw
^^B Thin-maung
^^H Thin-nut
^^H Thin-ta-paw
^^1 I'hin-taya
^H Thin-thi
^H Thi-ta-ya
^H Thit-cho
^H Thit-&btn
^H Thi-gyi-daw
^^B Thit-kauk-seik
^H Thit-kaung-di
^^1 Thit-kAk-kwin
^^H Thit-kyi-daw
^^m Thic-kyi-tning
^^M Thit-myo-dan
^^B Thit-nyi-naung
^^m Thit-pin-gyi
^^H Thit-pin-shi
^^M Thit-sein-bin
^^m Thit-sein-gyi
^H Thit-si-bin-nia
^H 1 hit-sAn
^H Ihit-tat
^H Thit-taung
^V Thit-taw-bya (South]
^^K _ rhit-yalk
^H^ Thit-yaung
^B Thit-yAn
^^R ThAn-aing
^^M ThAn-daung
^^M Th6n-daung-aing
^^M ThAn-cin
^^M ThAn-lan-byi
^^B Thun-ze
^H ThAn-ze-be
^H Thwe-net

Tupauyan

Twaylam

Twe-di

Twelmu

Twet-ni

Tweyat

Twin

Twin-byu
Twin-g5'i

Twin-lat
Twin-ma North
T<vin-ma South
Twin-ngfc

Twin-ywa

Twitum

Tzerrt

U
U-daung

U-da-ya

U-dein

U-di

Udigiri-rata

U-gyi

U-hnauk

U-lauk

Umadyet

U Mang

... 3°"

TAn-ban ... ib.
TAn-baw ... ib.
Tfln-bo ... ib.
... ib.

Tfln-din ... ib.
TAn-gan ... ib.
Tong-long ... ib.
T6ng-na ... ib.
TAn-gAn ... 307
Tongshiel ... ib.
Tong Ta ... ib.

Tong Un ... ib.
TAn-gyi ... ib.

TAn-hAn ... 308
TAn-hAn or TtnkhAn ... ib.

U-yin-ga-le

U-yin-ma

V-yu

Vanglai

Vangva

V^nhna

Vatiklang

Vanyim

Vokla

Vomkwa

Vyeng Lan

Wa-ba

Wabaung

Wabaw or Wabawlon-

fcat
Wabawgap ,

Wa-bin

Wa-bo

Wa-b6-chaung

Wa-bo-gyaung

Wabong (Pumkatong)

Wa-bo-ye

Wa-chct

Wachongtumbang

Wa-chu-ue

Wa-dat

Wa-daw-ma

Wa-din

Waga

Wagaka

Wa-gan

Wa-gin-gdn

Wa-gyi-aing

Wa-gyi-daw

Wa Hkep

Wailekwa or Kwung-

'yin
Waing-cho
-maw

• 325
.. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
. 326
. ib.

. ib.

• 327
. ib.
. ib.
. ib.
, ib.

ib.

3a8

ib.

ib.
ib.
lb.
ib.

329

ib.
[b.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

lb.
ib.

ib.
Ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
«b.
33 «

ib.
ib.
ib.

Walaw (A)
Walavv (B)
Walla wun
Wa Mu
VVamungatong or Ma-

mung-atong
Wang Ma Haw
Win Hkam
Wan Hkam
Wan Hkat
Wan Hok

Win Hsai
Wan Hsen Kiau
wan Hseo
VVankataung or Wun-

kataung
Wan Kawng-p e n g

tawng
Wan Kwai
Wan Kye
Win Law
Wan Lek

Wan Lem

Wan Maw

Wan Mong

Wan Nam Yi

Win Pa Hkan

Wan Pa l.6n

Wan Pa Sang

Wan Pen .,

Wan Ping

Wan Pung

Wan Pyu

Wan Siri Pum

Wan Ta

Wan T5p

Wantu
VVa-Tiwi-g6n

Wan Van Hkam

Wan Yin

Wa-pyu-daung

Warn

Warabfin

Waradut

Waror or Waraw

Warraw or Wurakran

Washa

Wasik

Wa Stales

Watan

Wa Taw

Water

Wa-th*

Wa-thi

Wa-tu

Wa-ya

Wa-yan

Pagt.

■■ 33«

. ib.

; %'

. ib.
. ib.
. ib.

• 333

. ib.

. 334

. ib.

. lb.

. ib.

■ 335
. lb.

ib.
, ib.

ib.

, ib.

336

ib.

337
ib.
lb,
ib.

338

340
ib.

3.44
lb.

ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.

'S.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

ib.

\Va-yin-d6tt

Wa-yin-gyaing

Wa-yin-gyi

Wa-yo

W.i-yi5n

Wa-yfin-gfln

Wa-y6n-tha

Wa-zi-ywa

Wft-baung

We-daung

Wedu Uma

W6-gyi

We-gyi

Wfe-gyi

Wfe-gyi Sin-ywa

We-nm-ga-ma

Wekka-bu

Wekka-daw

Wekka-the

Wek-kt

Wekk6k

Wdakong

Wc-laung

We-lun-wun Nga-dat-

vf^m

Wfe-ma

We-ma

Wemaw or Hwemaw

Wet-bo

Wet-chaung

Wet-chin-gan

Wet-chok

Wet-chu-in

Wet-gaung

We-tha-g6n

Wet-in

Wet-ki

Wet-kya

Wet-kyauk

VVet-kv6n

Wet-lu

Wel-ma-sut

Wet-mi

Wet-po

Wet-pok

Wet-pyu-ye

Wet-sa-le

Wet-iaik

Wet-thet (North)

Wet-thet (South)

Wet-to

Wet-tu

VVetui
Wet-wm
Wol-win East

Pag:

...:u8

10.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.

■ m

lb.

.. ib.

,. ib.

. ib.

.. ib.

,. ib.

. ib.

:t.

. ib.

. 350

: 'S.

ib.
. ib.

. ib.

ib.

. ib.

• 35«
, ib.

. ib.

. %.

, Ib.

, ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

'S.

ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

ib
ib'
ib'
ib"
ib"
ib'

CONTENTS.

Wet-win North
Wet-win South
Wet-ye

Wing Hk*
Wing Hsa
Wing Kang
Wing Kao
Wing I.eng
Win-gyan
Win-I6n
Win-u-yin
Win-wa

Ping

Wo LSnjj
Worabum
Wu Chawng

Pang

Wulang or Wabang
Wun-bo
Wun-bo-g6n
Wun-bye
Wun-byi
Wun-d6n
Wun-dwin

Wun-gyun

Wunhalkum

Wun-ka-the

Wun-le

Wun-lo

Wun-tho

Page.
•• 354
•• 355
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.
.. ib.

•■ 356

., ib.

.. ib.

... 3.S7
.. ib.
... ib.
ib.

Wying Nam
Wying-Tang

Ya-bin

Ya-b6n

Ya-byin

Ya-daw

Ya-gyi-byin

Va-gyi-gftn
Yaipi or Tinyawl
Yaltu
Ya-m^thin

Ya-mfin-daung

Yamtsin

Yamwi or Zamul

Yan-aung

Yan-aung-myin

Yan-byan

Yan-da-bo

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
358
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

359

ib.

ib.
362

ib.

363
ib.

ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

364
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

375
jb.
ib.

376
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.

377
ib.
ib.

Yang-fang
Van-gin-taung

Yang-taw-hsan

Yangfti or Yantui

Yan-san

Vanyaul

Yan-ywa

Ya-ta-na B6n-nit

Ya-tha

Yatlier or Yatirr

Vat-sauk

Yat-tha-pya

Yaung-he

Yaung-ma-nga

Yaungte

Yaw

Yaw ehaung

Yawban or Yoj>ang

Yaw-dwin

Yawhe

Yawng HsOng

Yawng Hwe

Yawng Lawng
Yawng L&
Yawn Yoi
Yaw-wa

Ya-za-gyo(East)
Ya-za-gyo (West)
Ya-za-gyo
Ye-aung
Ye-aung ehaung
Ye-baw-mi
Ye-bin
Ye-bdk

Ye Bu-da-Iin

Ye-byan-ga-le

Ye-bvan-gyi

Ye-byi

Ye-byu a-li

Ye-daing

Ve-daw

Ye-dein

Ye-du

Yft-dut

Ye-dwet

Ye-dwin

Ye-dwin-gaung

Ye-e

Pt^t.

■■ 377

.. ib.

.. 378

.. ib.

• • 379

.. ib.

.. ib-

.. ib.

.. 380

.. ib.

- 392

•• 393

.. ib.

.. 394

.. ib.

.. 395
ib.

.. ib.

■• 396
ib.

.. ib.

,. ib.

.. ib.

Yega

Ye-gaung-to

Ye-Rdn

Ye-gyan-byin

Ye-gyan-o

Ye-gyaw

Ye-gyi

Yft-gyin

Ye-la

Ye-la Taung-ywa

Ye-laung

Ye-le

Yfe-lun-gyaw (East)

Yft-lun-gyaw (West)

Ye-mfln-daung

Ye-mye

Ye-myet

Ye-myet-in
Ye-nan-gyaung

Ye-na-tha
Ye-na-u
Yengan
Ye-ngan

Ye-ng&

Ye-pa-to

Ye-sha

Ye-shan

Ye-shin

Yesin ehaung

Ye-sAn

Ye-thun-gyin

Yet-kan^daw

Yet-pa

Ye-u

Ye-u-gftn

Ye-u-gyaw

Ye-wa

Ye-wun

Ye-ya-man

Ye-yin

Ye-yin-gdn

Ye-yin-myauksu

Yey-m-taungtu

Yh-yo

Ye-za-gyo

Pag».

... 397

... lb.

... ib.

... 398

... ib.

- 399

... ib.

... Ib.

... ib.

... 401

... ib.

... 403

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

... 404

... ib.

... 407

... ib.

... ib

... 408

... ib.

... «ib.

... ib.

... 409

... ib.

CONTENTS.

Pagi.
Y«-/a-gyo ... 409

Vim Haw ... ib.

Yin ... ib.

Yin-ba ... ib.

Yin-baung-daing or Yin-

ma-daing ... 410

Yin-bfln ... ib.

Yin-byan ... ib.

Vin-daw

Yindwft

YingLa

Yin-gu-bin

Yin-gvin

Yin-W

Yin-ma

Yin-ma or Ye-bya
Yin-ma-chaung
Yin-ma-gan
Yin-ma-g6n

Yin-ma-gyin

Yin-ma-zu

Yin-thwin

Yin-yaung

Yin-yaw-bin

Yin-ye

Yin-yfe

Yin-yft A-nauk

Yin-yi A-she

Yin-yein

Yitsang

Y6k-kya

Yflkwa

Y6n-bin

Y6n'bin-gan

Y6n-bin-gfln

YAn-bin-gwet

Yon-daw

Yftn-do

Yonmwel

Yfinzin

YAn-zin-gyi

Yo-ya

Yo-z6n

Yu-wa

Ywa-ba-lfl

Ywa-bft

Ywa-bo

Ywa-bu-gyi

Ywa-dan-she

Ywa-daung

Ywa-daw
Ywa-gauk

... ib.

... 4<i

... ib.

... 41a

... tb.

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

- 413

... ib.

... 414

... ib.

... ib,

... ib.

... ib,

... 4.15

•»• lb*

... ib.

... 4J6

Ywa-gfln
Ywa-gyi

Ywa-haung

Ywa-!u

Ywa-ma

Ywa-ma A-nauk

Ywa-mai-tha

Ywa-mun

Ywa-naung South

Ywa-ngan

Ya-ngft

Ywa-ngfc.gan

Ywa-pa-l&

Ywa-she

Ywa-shi
Ywa-ta-maik
Ywa-taung
Ywa-tha

Ywa-tha Pet-yin
Ywa-tha PAn-ywa
Ywa-tha-ya

Ywa-thit

Pagt

... 416
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 417
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib,
... ib.
... ib.
... ib
... ib.
... 418
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 419
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 430
... ib,
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 431
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
... 433
... ib.
... ib.
... ib.
,.. ib.

Ywa-thit

Ywathit-ga*Ie
Ywa-thit-gfln

Ywa-thit-gyi
Ywa-thit-su

Ywa-we

Ywa-zi

Ywa-iin-daw

Ywe-kyu-bauk

Vvrh-sii

Ywe-2u

Za-ga-bin

Za-Viaw

Za-ho

Zai-;cun

Za-lAk

Za"lii-ban

Za-na-b6k

Zan-Iimwe

Zaung-daw-gan

Zaung-gyan-gdn

Z a-w a- h n aw-gfln

Zaw-gyi

Z,i-y.vma

Zaya-pura

Za-yat-kdn

Za-yat-ni

Za-yit

Ze-daik

Ze-dan

I Ze-daw
1 Ze-d.i-ydn

Ze-di-gOn

Ze-gyaung
I Ze-gyo

Ze-gyo or Ze-kyo
I Ze-haung

Zeik-taung
t Ze-theit

Pagt.

... 423

,,. ib.

.. ib.

... ib.

.. ib.

,.. ib.

■•• 433

,.. ib.

... ib.

... tb.

... ib.

... ib

... ib.

... 4n

... lb.

... ib.

... ib,

... ib.

-.. 425

... lb.

... ib.

... 436

... ib.

... lb.

... ib.

... 437

... ib.

... ib.
...438

... ib.

idi

CONtENtS.

Ze-thtt

Ze-yan or Saran

Z*-yat

Ze-ya-wa-di

Z^zun

Zi-bauk

Zi-bin-dwin

Zi-biii'gan

Zi-bin^dn

Zi-bin-gwe

Zi-bin-gyi

Zi-bwin

Zi-bya

Zt-byu-bin

Zi-byu-g6n

Pag*.
..438

.. ib.

.. 439

.. ib.

,. ib.

. ib.

.. ib.

,. ib.

:.T

,. ib.
.. ib.

Zi-byu-g6n

Zi-byu-gyaung
Zi-daw

Zi-gan

Pagi.

... 430

... ib.

». 431

... ib.

.. ib.

- 43a

Zi-gdn

Zi-gyaing

Zi-gyo

Zi-gyo-bin

Zi-gyo-gdn

Zi-gyun

Zi-maw
Ziti-bdn
Zin-ga-Ie

Zingkaling Hkam Ti
Zin-sa-gyet
Zl-6k

Zi-pi-ni North
South

Zi-thaung

Pagt,

:;; t.

... ib.
... lb.

.... ib.
... ib.

... 4?3

... lb.

... ib.

:::^

... ibs

.. ib.

... ib.

THE

UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

RALANG.— A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on a spur which runs from north-west to south-east to the junc-
tion of the Tlao and Klairfin streams, and can be reached via Shunkia village
and Yatlier.

In i8<)4 the chief was Ko Tung. Ralang is subordinate to Vannul, and
pays tribute to Falam. Water is available from a stream below the village.

RALON or RAL.WVN.— A village of Chins of the Tash'5n tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies in a valley in the hills north of the Pao river, near
its junction with the Nampathi river, and is reached via Minkin, Thikwel,
1-yrnIiat, Yonmwel and Shinipi, distant thirty miles.

In 1894 it had one hundred houses The name of the resident chief was
Nawmon. Ral6n is a Kweshln village and pays tribute to both Haka and
Falam. There is good camping-ground with plenty of water.

R.'\PIJ.\1. — .\ K ichin village in Tract No. 3K, Myitkyina district, situated
ill 26° 8' north latitude and 97° 52' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirteen houses; its population was unknown. The
headman of the village has two others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe.

RAT.\NAPURA.— The classical name of Ava q. v.

R.\WA. — A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills.

It lies on the souih bank of the Myittha river and can be reached from
Lungno, sixteen miles, and from Gangaw i-id Thanbya.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Manglyen was its resident chief. The
village is not stockaded. The water-supply is fair, but camping-grounds are
indifferent. Rawa was partially disarmed in 1895. It was founded by rela-
tions of Yatkwe of .Mka-

RAWKW.'X, — .\ village of Chins of the Klang-klang tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies three miles south-west of Tunzan, and is reached from
Munlipi by a path leading west.

In 1894 it had fifty houses. Sandwe and llron Hrun\ were its resident
chiefs.

The village is under Lawle of Klang-klang, The water-supply is bad and
there is no good camping-ground.

RAWTU or MAIKA.— A village of Chins of the Y6kwa tribe in the
Southern Chin Hills. It lies three miles south-east of Sinkwa and can be
reached from ilaka via Sinkwa, fifteen miles.

In 1894 it had thirty-five houses. Yu-ya was its resident chief.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER

[ RAW— RIM

The village is slightly stockaded. It pays tribute to both Yfilcwa and
Yalta. Rawtu has good water-supply and camping-ground. K6kkle of
H6kwa and Lyen Paung of Haka have most influence.

RAWVA— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It lies
six miles south of Naring across the Boinu stream and can be reached from.
Haka by crossing a spur, two miles, and the river.

In 1894 it had forty bouses. Yotung and Da Sim were Its resident chiefs.

It is slightly stockaded and has fair water-supply and camping-ground.
Ra\wa is under the influence of Rawywa and Narim. It was partially dis-
armed in 1895.

RA WV.^N. — .\ village of Chins of the Y6kwa tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies on the Kan- Haka mule-track, eight miles south-east of Y6kwa.

In 1894 it had forty houses. Tantsin was its resident chief.

The village is not stockaded. It is under the influence of Yroab6n of
Y6kwa. The people are Chim-m&s and are called Torrs by the Lais.

RAVV-YVVA.—.\ village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies eleven miles south of Naring, and can be reached from Haka by a path
leading south to the village and crossing a stream.

In 1S94 it had one hundred and eighty houses. Da Kum, Kwa Som and
He Sin were its resident chiefs.

The village had formerly much influence, and was disarmed and severely
punished in 1894. Da Kum was imprisoned, but was afterwards released in
1895 o" pa>Tnent of fifty guns. The village is stockaded. There is camping-
ground with plenty of water below the village on the Satun road.

RESHEN.— A village of Chins of the T.ish6n tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on a spur running down to the Manipur river on its south bank,
and is reached via Shunkia, eight miles from Falam post.

la 1894 it had one hundred and sixty houses. Tun Mung was its resident
chief.

The village is subordinate and pays tribute to Falam. There is excellent
camping-ground near a stream close to the village and on the east of it.

RIMPI.— A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin Hills.
It lies twelve miles north-east of Haka and can be reached from Haka via
Pai, twelve miles, and from Hanta, fourteen miles.

In 1894 it had one hundred houses. HIaypaw and Munsum were its
resident chiefs.

Rinipi was originally a Tash6n village, but was burnt by the Falam chiefs
and rebuilt under the protection of Lyen Mo of Haka. The village pays
tribute to Lyen Mo and La Sin, and the Falam claims over the village have
liecn disallowed. There is fair camping-ground and water-supply.

RIMPE.— A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin Hills
It lies two miles north-east of Rimpi and can be reached from Haka by cross-
ing the Tonvar, Nyavar and several other streams.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Kwatang was its resident chief.

The village is an offshoot of Rimpi and pays tribute to Haka.

^OS-RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

Boundaries.

ROSSHI or WAKRSHI.— A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies on a hill-spur, half a mile from and south of a
small stream, and can be reached from Shunkla, Yatlicr and Tlao.

Ill 1894 it had twenty-eight houses. The name of the resident chief was
Maung Kwe.

Rosshi is a Yahow village subordinate to Vannul, and pays tribute to
Falam. There is excellent camping-ground on the stream. Water is avail-
able at the sixth mile in a hollow on the north of the road. There is prac-
tically no stockade and the village is commanded from a track which crosses
the headwaters of the stream, one mile distant.

RUBY MINES. — Ruby Mines district consists of the subdivisions of
Mogi')k and Tagaung, which are part of Burma proper, and of the Shan State
of Momcit (Mang Mit), which is at present also administered as a subdivision,
during the minority of the Saiel/wa. The area of the district thus composed
is approximately live thousand four hundred and seventy-five square miles,
and the population numbers about 60,000 persons.

It is bounded on the north hy the Shweli river and by an undefined line
leaving the Shweli river below Manmw6 %illage and strik-
ing the Setkala c//^/K«^ between the village of Sipwa and
Sagagon. This forms the boundary with Katha district. From the point
where the Katha district boundary strikes the Setka!a chaung, the district
marches with Bhamo district, the boundary being that laid down in General
Department Notitication No. 207, dated the 23rd July 1S92, namely,— the
Setkala chaung to its source, thence the watershed between the Shweli and
Irrawaddy rivers as far as the peak marked 2,949, ^*st of Letkat ; thence
a straight line to the point where the Mo-!\iaing stream crosses the Si-u-
Sipein road ; thence this road to the Kaya stream opposite Si-u ; thence the
Kaya stream up to its source on the Shweli watershed ; thence this water-
shed, excluding the villages on the ridge and their lands, which belong
to Bhamo district, as far as Loi Chaw peak ; thence the Sinma chaung
till it tlows into the Mavvsi or Nam Hkam chaung. From this point the
Nam Hkam chaung, till it falls into the Shweli river, forms the boundary,
along with the area generally known as the Triangle, which under the Con-
vention of 1S97 has been permanently leased to Burma by China.

On the east from the point where the Nam Hkam chaung falls into the
Shweli, that river that forms the boundary between Ruby Mines district and
the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi to a point a little below the
mouth of the Nam Wi. Thence the boundary follows the watershed between
the Nam Wi and Shweli rivers and continues approximately along the
Shweli watershed till the Taungbaing (Tawng Peng) border is reached.
It then follows a succession of streams and ridges which have not been ac-
curately determined to the source of the Nan chaung; thence down the Nan
chaung to the mouth of the Nam I'hit ; thence up the Nam Phit to its source,
and along a ridge to the source of the Nam Pb.

The Nam P£: or Moby6 stream forms the southern boundary and separates
the district from the Shan State of Mainglon (Mong Long), as far as the Maii-
dalay border. The boundary line between Ruby Mines and Mandalay dis-
tricts leaves the Nam P& or Madaya river between the Omfln and Kin streams
and runs up the northern watershed of the Kinchaunga.nd along the northern

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

watershed of the Nattaung ckaung to the source of the Chaunggyi stream
thence down the Chaunggyi or Kyawl6 stream to its mouth.

On the west the Irrawaddy river forms the boundary between Ruby Mines
district and the districts of Shwebo and Katha.

la Burmese times there was no division corresponding to the present dis-
trict, and many experiments were tried before the district

Administrative assumed its present shape. As its name jmplies, it owes
history. j^ existence to the Ruby Mines, which previous to the

Annexation were the subject of much fanciful romance, but little accurate
knowledge. According to Burmese history, the stone-tract formerly belonged
to the Shan State of Mong Mit (Momei'tj, but in 1607 A.D. was taken by
the King of Ava in exchange for Tagaung and was subsequently adminis-
tered dircct.from the capital. A strip of the Momeit State ran down be-
tween the stone-tract and the river district, including the present military
Station of Bcrnardw^tf and the villages of Kyauk-hl&bin and Wapyudaung on
the Mogok-Thabeikkyin cart-road. The river district comprised a strip on
both banks of the Irrawaddy, and Tagaung no longer belonged to Momeit,
but a strip of that State ran down to the river at Twinngfe, and comprised
that circle and the five villages of the Daungbfln circle.

After the Annexation enquiries were set on foot as to the best route to the
ruby mines, and with effect from the 2olh September 1886 the Ruby Mines
district was formed, consisting of two subdivisions as under (Judicial Depart-
ment Upper Burma Notifications Nos. 226 and 227, dated
September 1886. ^ ^^^ ^^^j^ j^j^ ^g^^j ._

Subdivision.

Kyan-hnyat

Mog6k

TovHsliip.

(i) Kyan-hnyat.
(2] Hmgamaw.
(3J Mal6.
(I) Mogfik.
(a I Kath^.
(3) Kyatpyin,

The strip of the Momeit State between Mog6k and the river was taken over,
and the Sagadaung circle was given to Momeit in exchange. On that date the
first Civil Oflicer posted to the charge of the Ruby Mines district establi.shed
a military base at Kyan-hnyat, and his first duty was to arrange for the military
occupation of the mines and to discover his headquarters and the best way
of reaching them. The headquarters of the new district were placed tempo-
rarily at Kyan-hnyat. An expedition consisting of the 51st King's Own
Yorkshire Light Infantry, the 43rd Gurkhas, a Mountain Battery and a com-
pany of Sappers and Miners proceeded from Kyan-hnyat, through Sagadaung
and the village that is now known as Bernard/«j(?, to MogAk. Some little
resistance was offered in the neighbourhood of Mogok, but on the advance of
the troops it collapsed and Mogfik was found practically deserted. The
military station of Bernardw^o was established, with a view to its being
developed into a sanitarium, and the district headquarters were fixed ait
Mog6k, which is the centre of the ruby industry.

On the 9th February i8S8all that part of Ruby Mines district which lay on

F h 1888 ^^^ ^^^^ ^^"'^ °^ *^''^ Irrawaddy was transferred to Shwebo

e ruary . jjgirict (General Department Notification No. 39, dated

the 9th February 1888)1 and on the 29lh March 1888 the Kyan-hnyat and

Hingamaw townships were transferred to Myadaung (Katha) district (General

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

Department Notification No. ^4, dated the ^gtli March 1888). This reducrd
the Ruby Mines district to the area of the present Mogok township and the
tract between it and the river.

On the I St October 1889 the portion of the Momeit State adjoining the
Irrawaddy river, consisting of the Twinngfe and Daungb6n circles, was trans-
ferred to Ruby Mines district and, together with the tract between the present
Mogok township and the river, was formed into the Twinngci township
(Foreign Department Notification No. 11, and General Department Notifi-
cation No. 284, dated the ist October 1889).

On the 22nd January 1891, by General Department Notification No. ig,
the Ruby Mines district was constituted of the subdivision of Mogok, com-
prising the two townships of Mogok and Twinngfe.

Un the igth May 1S92 the Shan State uf Mong Mit (Momeil) was consti»
tuted temporarily a subdivision of Ruby Mines district, consisting of the three
townships of Mong Mit (Momeit), Mong Lang (Mo-hlaing), and the Kodaung
(Political Department Notifications Nos. 5 and 6).

On the lyth December 1892 the whole of the Kyan-linyat township and so
much o! the Myadaung township as lay cast of the Irrawaddy were trans-
ferred from Katha (formerly Myadaung) district to Ruby Mines district, with
effect from the 1st January 1893 (General Department Notification No. 314),
and the Ruby Mines district so formed was divided into two subdivisions,
Mogok, consisting of the Mog6k township only, and Tagaung, consisting of
the townships of Kyan-hnyal and Twinngfe (Genera! Department Nolili-
cation No. 316).

With effect from the 1st April 1894 the headquarters of the Kyan-hnyat
township and of the Tagaung subdivision were moved from Kyan-hnyat to
Tagaung (General Cepartment Notification No. 67, dated the igth March
1894), and with effect from the ist July 1894 the portion of the Kyan hnyat
township south o! the radaungg)a ckaung (including Kyan-hnyat) was trans-
ferred to the Twinnge township and the northern part of the township was
re-named the Tagaung township (General Department Notification No. 13(5,
dated the 7th June 1894).

Un the 15th October 1895 tht headquarters of the Twinnge township were
moved to Thabeikkyin (General Department Notification No. 3 11, dated the
8th October 1895), and on the 23rd June 1S97 l-l'^ Twinngfe township was
rc-named the Thabeikkyin township (General Department Notilication
No. 119).

The district as at present constituted consists of the following subdivisions
and townships : —

Subdivision.

Headquarters,

Township.

Headquarters.

Mogek
Tagaung

Momeit

Mog«k
Tagaung

Momeit ...<

(l) Mog6k

(1) Tagaung

(2) Thabeikkyin
(1) Mo-meit

(a) .Mo-hlaing

(3) Ko-daung

Mog6k.

Tagaung.

Thabeikkyin.

Momeit.

Ma-ugdn.

Mana.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

The subdivisions differ from one another largely in general character.
MogAk consists entirely of hills, the highest rising to over
Natural features. ^^^.^^ thousand feet, intersected by narrow valleys. The
Tagaung subdivision comprises a narrow strip along the Irrawaddy river,
subject in places to inundation, the ground rising rapidly inland to the hills,
which run more or less parallel with the river. The highest range is behind
Sabi^nago, where Shwe-u-daung rises to a height o( 9,231 feet. Behind
Twinngfe there is a dip in the hills which gives access to the Momeit valley.
This is of considerable extent, the rest of the Momeit subdivision consisting
of hilly country similar to that about Mc^6k.

The Shweli river flows through a rocky gorge from the neighbourhood of
Nam Hkam to Myitson, and then winds in an alluvial valley to the Irrawaddv.
The hills are dotted with villages of hill tribes, Kachins, Palaungs and Li-hsaws,
whose principal form of subsistence is cutting taurtgyason the hill slopes and
planting upland-paddy. A large portion of the district is uninhabited jungle,
in some places putting up valuable timber. The hilly parts receive an ample
rainfall. In the Tagaung and Momeit valleys the rainfall is only about half
that of Mogok, but in most of the valleys of the district there are perennial
streams which can be utilised for irrigation. At the lower elevations there
are lai:ge tracts of t'ndaing jungle, and these arc arid and unproductive.

Taung-me, north-west of Mogok, is the highest peak in the district, rising

... to a height of seven thousand live hundred and fiftv-five

Mountains. r . i- ^i • . 1 • » u i •' »i

feet- rrom this central pornt one spur- branches m the

direction of Bawpadan and another towards Mog6k. it is assorted that

rubies and sapphires are found abundantly on these spurs. Other salient hills

are Pingubaung, so called from the number of fir trees on its slopes, live

miles east of Pinpyit, U-daung-taung, Salat-taung, Kye-ni-taung and

Taungpyo, all situated near and surrounding the Mogok valley. To the south

of Bawpadan are tAvo heights, the Bawpadan-taung and tlie Chinthe-taung.

To the west of Kabaing is the Thabeik-taung. The Pingu-taung, close to

Kyatpyin, was once worked for rubies on a large scale by the Burma Ruby

Mines Company but has now been abandoned.

The Nampan range, about eight miles from Shwe-nyaung-hin, joins to the
Bouth with the Wa Wo range, which extends to Tantha in Mainglun State,
and to the north is continued in the Shwe-u and Hnitmadaw ranges.

The chief river of the district is the Irrawaddy, which
separates it on the west from Shwebo and Katha dis-
tricts.
The Yeni chaung rises in a hill one and half miles north of Mogok, runs
past the station and round Mogok South village and joins the Yebu chaung,
which rises in Taung-m£. The combined streams flow through a steep rocky
gorge into the Nam Pi; river, nearly opposite the village of Namseka.

The Nam Pi: rises in Taungbaing (Tawng Peng), and flows past Nyaung-
dauk. The Burmese call it the Moby& chaung after the place of that name
in Momeik where tourmaline is found, that mineral being also found in the
Nam P5.

The Kin chaung rises in the Ye- we hills and passes by Kin village. It
flows into Momeit past Sagadaung, the name of which village it afterwards
bears as far as the Nam Mao or Shwcli river.

Streams.

UUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The U Daung stream rises in the hill of that name, flows past Kyaukgjn,
where it receives an affluent, and joins the Irrajvaddy a little below Sabfenago

The Nam Mao or Shvveli river enters the Momeik subdivision at its north-
eastern corner from the Shan State of Mong Mau and flows through a rocky
gorge to Myitsftn ; its direction is here south-easterly ; at Myits6n it changes
its direction to due north, and the valley through which it flows becomes
alluvial ; it follows this due northerly course until it comes within a few miles
of the Irrawaddvi when it again makes an abrupt bend south-west to its
mouth at Pyinliibin.

The soil on the hill sides is a stif? red clay, and in the valleys is a rich

^ . alluvial mould. Rocks crop up at intervals over the whole

area. These are chiefly limestone, and become calcspar

in the neighbourhood of Mogok and marble tow-ards the foot of tlie range

westwards. At this point a fault occurs in the stratification and the marble

is succeeded by sandstone along the Irrawaddy.

The ruby is found in Mog6kp Kathe and Kyatpyin, The sapphire is found
mostly at Rernardwytf and also at Gwebin and Ye-e.

Minerals and Spinels are found at Mogftk, Kathd and Kyatpyin, gener-
' ally mixed with rubies. Large quantities are also found

in U Daung-myin, north of Mogok. The moonstone occurs in Kye-nitaung
two miles east of Mogok, and is fairly common. Jasper and jarcon are
usually found along with rubies and sapphires. Tourmaline appears in the
Mobv^ chaung near Nyaungdauk. The mines were worked in Burmese
times, hut were discontinued on account of the small profit. Lapis Lazuli is
found ill Thapanbin chaung and in the grove near Payath6nsu, between
Mog6k and Kyatpyin. Crystal is found in great abundance on the Salin-
taung. Mica schist occurs throughout the whole district Gold is said to
have been found in the Moby^ chaung and also in the VVapyutaung and Tha-
heikkyin streams, and silver in the Shwe-u-taung, at the foot of which are some
ancient mines. Garnets are very plentiful in the U Daung- taung near Sab£-
nago, and are also met with in smaller quantities in Mog6k, Kyatpyin and
Pyaunggaung.

The statement below shows the approximate value of precious stones ex-
tracted in the years named : —

Year

By the Ruby Mines
Company under their
extraordinary license.

By n.itive miners
under ordinary

licenses.

i8o4 ...
I8<J5 ...

1896 ...

1897 ...

Rs.
I, .33.5 '5
5.60.852
6,87,536
8,02,451

Rs.

8,00,460
14,15,640
12.31,620

4.46.340

In the time of one of the Kings of Burma, whose name is not gi\en, a large
ruby was found, concerning which the following story is

The Nga Mauk ^^rrent in the district. A villager of Kyauktaldn on the

Chin Nga Mauk.' Maingl6n road found a very large ruby and in ignorance

of its value broke it into three pieces. One piece was

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

{RUB

stolen, the second, which weighed eighty-six ratties (a rattieis somewhat less
weight than a carat), fell into the hands of a Palaung woman, and the third
was taken to Calcutta for sale. The piece which the Palaung woman had
was said to be so brilliant that she was able to spin cotton at night by ils light.
Nevertheless she parted with the stone for some ngdpi and oil to a trader from
the Chindwin. From his hands it came into the possesssion of one Nga Mauk
Kyi, who presented it to King Bodaw Paya and was appointed a ^lyoza in
reward. The King made enquiries as to where the stone came from and
having traced it to the village where the Palaung woman lived ordered the
whole of the inhabitants to be burnt on a stage. Hence the village was
called Laungsin. The object of this cruelty is not obvious and is not ex-
plained. However, the portion of the ruby which had been stolen also later
came into the hands of the King and was called Sora Kothit, the first portion
having been styled Nga Mauk Kyi, after the name of the giver. The weight
of Sora Kathtt is not known, but it is said to have been as large as the
other. Finally the King heard of the piece which had gone to Calcutta and
succeeded in buying this. It was called Kalapyan, to commemorate its
wanderings.

In 1226 B.E. (1864 A.D.) Sothu<;yi\} Pyu presented KingMind6n with a
sapphire weighing eight and a half tickals, which had been found in Pingu-
taung and was valued at four thousand rupees. He was also presented with
two rubies weighing twenty and sixteen ratties and valued at three thousand
and five thousand rupees. These were, like the Sothu^yfs stone, found in
Pingutaung. One U Dwe Gyi also presented him with a precious stone
weighing one tickal and valued at four thousand rupees. In return he was
rewarded with the office of Myoza of Maingldn, besides receiving other presents
from the King. In 1236 B.E. (1874 A.D.) a ruby of sixteen ratties, valued
at four thousand rupees, was found and sent to ihc Palace.

Another famous stone was found in a held near the stream' cast of MogAk
It was presented by Maung Po of Thapanbin village to Shwebo Min. This
stone weighed twenty ratties and was named Nga Po, after the giver.

There are various classes of forest in the district, dividi'd into zones ac-
Forests : the teak cording to altitude, and all perfectly distinct from one
zone. another.

Round the foot of the ranges which cover about half the area of the district
are forests of teak and in. The chief teak forests lie along the foot of the
Sh\ve-u-taung from Sagadaung in Momeit to Twinng^ on the Irrawaddv,
and again from Twin-ngfe southwards to Singu, where they join the Madaya
forests. The area of this tract is roughly two hundred square miles. Much
of the full-sized teak has been already worked out and numbers of trees
girdled by former lessees are to be found in every direction The forests
are, however, still valuable and their reservation has been carried out.

Many of the cutch trees have been cut down, but there still remain a
considerable number and these are being preserved with a view to the
revival of the former large cutch-boiling industry.

Teak becomes scarce inland above a height of two thousand feet, and at two
thousand five hundred feet it disappears altogether and gives place to oak
and chestnut, wliich are found up to an altitude of five thousand feet. Above
this is found a type of evergreen forest peculiar to the higher mountains of
this part of Burma.

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The oak and
chestnut zone.

The oak and chestnut zone blends very gradually into that of teak, and the
taungya cultivations render the marking of the chang*' no
easy matter. Many trees of the plains can however be
traced up to a height of four thousand feet, mingled with
the oaks and chestnuts. Such are Duohan^a Lagerstrxmia, Flos rcgiKx,
Terminalia Belierica, Afallotui Philipinensis, Phillanthus etnblica,
Caveya arhorea, Adannnihera pavonina, Cassia fistula, Cephalasiactrium
pergracile, Phaenia sylvestris, Helicia erratica (Burmese daukyatgyi),
Jtisminium {Burmese palaung-tke), Vitlx trifolicatum (Burmese kyaung-
pa»), Carpinus viminica (Burmese pankyauk)^ Adina cordi folia (Burmese
taswut), Lagcrstrcemia villosa (Burmese eauttghale), Michilia species
(Burmese sn^iihyu), Cinamonaum (Burmese fhitkyabo), and others.

The species particularly characteristic of the zone are Quercus Hel-
feriann, Quercus Amherstia^ Quccus Lindleyana, Qwrcus Spictrf-t
(B.ywefcAan), Quercus fenestrata, Quercus Brand isii {mi 6a) a.m\ Quercus
Serrata {metlin). These are all small oaks and not of any great value.
The list roughly indicates the succession of the species from the lower heights
upwards. The chestnuts are the Castunea indica (Burmese thit-a), trtbuloid-
es, cas'anicarpu (Burmese loasogdn) and Savanica. They are much used
by the people as small timber, and some of them yield edible nuts.

The companion species to the oaks and chestnuts are Schrna crenata
(Burmese thitya-p\u') and Schima species {fhilya-ni), useful timber trees,
Rhus semiclala, yasutinum, Sapiudus, Caltcarpa, Arboria and Artocurpus,
Ficus mjrus and other Neoticacex. These are all very common. Nearly
equally so are Milensa velutina and Grijfithii, Codiacum (Burmese Yepadon-
ga-ie), Caslanopsis castanicarpa (Burmese ^''ow), Engelhadtea spicata, Elcen-
carpus Griffithii, Michelia champaca, Hyptage modablala and Premnit
integrifolia. Laurinex are well represented. The Machilius villosa,
(Burmese hlega), one of the best timber trees found in the district, is common.
Hiiicia erratica and other species, and Alseodapfnte graudis with its heavy
clusters of fruit are a characteristic feature of the more exposed ridges. So
is Terrtstrtemia yapoiiic/7 (Burmese taun^gafi). Salia tftrasperma (Bur-
mesa Yent) an i Carpinus viminen fringe the streams. Rhcd^jdendron Moul-
;««'Mff«jj> (Burmese Zalatpxu) forms thickets in most ravines. There is not
much undergrowth in liic oak and chestnut forests.

Sachorum and other coarse grasses make their appearance on old taungya.
A species of olive, probably Olca terni/olin, is found occasionally on the
skirts of the forest. Its fruit is apparently not edible. Groups of Pinus
Kasya (Burmese tinyii) cover some of the steeper spurs, but the species is as a
rule rare, owing to the manner in which the country has been burnt annually
for many years, in the large open valleys, found at a height of from four
thousand to six thousand feet, there occur high open groves of Quercus
glau.a (Burmese metlin), at times almost pure, and Quercus semiserrata
{metlin), Quercus Amiierstiana andQuercus Accuntiuata {roughly describ-
ed as tlit-e l.ins^uh), Schima Crenata (Burm thityapyu). Prunus Puddum,
Cephallo iaxus Manti {Kyauktin), oXdthododtndtonittes [R/ius arboreum
(Burm. salatni)"], Litsoca Sebi/era {Ondon), and Oiea terni/olia. Pirus
variolosa (Burmese t nit taw), crab-apple trees, hornbeams and willows are
found along the streams.

The undergrowth consists of light flowering shrubs, such as Melastoma
malaba, thrica and Desmodium. In such valleys and around villages wild

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[Rua

raspberries, blackberries, strawberries and other familiar English plants
are found, differing not very materially from the home species. hy, bar-
berries, holly, primulas and violets continue the comparison.

The transition from oak and chestnut forest to evergreen is usually sud-
den, but where hill cultivation has been ca-ried on a band of very open forest
composed of Bauht'tiia, variegata' nervosa and ferruginea, Kydia calicena,
Rhus semilata (Burmese hngct p6k), Phyllanthus ncpalensis and cmblica,
Cedrela montana (?), Albizsia stipulata (Burmese thitpyu), Lchek procera
and oJoratisst'ma, Pythccolohium clxpeana, Hybiscus species Vemottias,
subspontaneous Afacara»gas, Ervthrinas, &c., inter\-enes. On the skTtsof
the evergreen forest are large prassv banks, with a few scattered trees of
Phyllanthus, probably caused by jungle fires, but which mav be natural.
Other blanks, where there has been hill cultivation, teem with large thistles,
sesbaneas and bracken.

These changes lead up to the true evergreen forest. It is of a peculiar type,

said to be found nowhere else except in the Upper hJlI

The evergreen forests of Tenasscrim. The growth is lofty, and dense

gigantic climbers, such as Mucuna macrocarpa, abound

and with Mellocandas (small bamboos), tree ferns, bananas, climbing rattans,

patm.s and the like, give the forest a semi-tropical appearance. This effect is

added to by the heavy undergrowth of actanthraceous and other herbaceous

shrubs. The moist state of the air favours the growth of lichens, mosses,

ferns, begonias and bulbaris orchitis and arums. At all times the forest is

gloomy and, except for a short time in the dry season, dripping with moisture.

The characteristic species, as far as tliey have been determined, are two
kinds of oak, the Casfaneas Javonica, tun^urrut and Castant'carpa (all
called thit-e, with specific names like thii-e gvt'n, thU-e-ni, in Burmese) :
numerous species of the Lnurinex^ including Mathillus, Viliosa (Burmese
hli'ga), Tetrantheras and Litsacos, Tvrnttremias, such as Camellia, Cauda-
ta (Burmese letpet) Eurya Symplocinx (Burmese letpet), and Accuminata,
acerlacirgicum and others: CofHa telrandera, Rhus species, Oleas, Prunus
puddttm, Zysyphus glabrafa (Burmese sipyulhi), Karagcna langi-spina,
Eicus pvriformis (Burmese j?//ra</o^) and other ficuses, some of immense
height, their atrial roots being developed into gigantic stems. There are also
Certhern odollam, Eugenias, numerous species of Srtiferos, Oralidnce and
Euphorbiace.T, Vacrinium ardisioides, Ligustrum confusum and Cephallo-
tnrus Mtinnii. The above, with numberless other genera and species grow-
ing in varying proportion according to elevation and aspect also, though not
very greatly affected by aspect, form a growth so lofty and compact that
only the dimmest and most diffused light reaches down to the soil. The
humus covering the soil is consequently very rich for Burma, and regener-
ation is cxtretnely fast. On the highest points and steepest ridges, where other
species are at a disadvantage, Rhododendron arboreum (Burmese salntni),
and a small fan palm flourish almost alone. The soil both in the evergreen
forest and lower down is composed of heavy ferruginous clay, traversed by
bands of limestone and gneiss. The appearance of the evergreen forest,
seen from a distance, is of an uniform dark green, so dark as to give the main
watershed, which it covers completely, the name of Black mountain (Taung-
\\\h). Inside the forest, in spite of the gloom, there is a great display of colour,
owing to the v.ariegated foliage and rich flowering of a large number of the
trees and especially of the undergrowth. (E. M. Buchanan.)

ftud]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Forest
tion.

Tlir following statement shows the areas which have been reserved and
those which are now in process of reservation. The re-
scrva- serves in the neighbourhood of Mogok were taken up lo
provide for the future wants of the town, as the forests
%vere rapidly being cleared with the constantly increasing demand for timber
and fuel. The reserved area in the Thabeikkyin township is in an unin-
habited tract and is a continuation of the Madaya reserves of Mandalay district.
The reserves in the Momeit State are extensive and rich in teak, but they
were worked to excess before the .Annexation and will take some years to
recover. Some of the areas are now being worked out by Messrs. L'arwood
and Company of Rangoon.

Reserved fo rests.

Forest division.

Township.

Name of reserve.

Area in
acres.

Remarks.

Acres.

Mandalay ...

Thaboikkyin ...

Upper Madaya ...

42,880

■ Mogfik

Bernardwjo

12,160

Kath*

1,280

Ongaing

5.320

MogAk

960

Kyalpyin ...

2,760

Mo-hlaing

Kunchaung

43.520

Mainglha

1,10,720

Nahan

48,640

Nampaw

56,320

Tagaung

Hintha

44.160

Constituted by noti-

Ruby Mines ■

fication of' 22nd

September 1898.

Mo-hlaing

OndAk

64.640

7 I n process of reser-
i valion

Momeit

Paungkadaw

30,080

Thabeikkyin ...

K\aukgyi

9,280

In proc«-ss of reser-
vation. Not i fi e d
icth August i8<;8.

■

dnhmin

17,280

In process of reser-
vation. Notified
23rd July 1898.

Mfing Mit

Nannife extension

I J, 520

Constituted by noti-
fication of 4th No-
vember 1898.

An experimental orchard was planted near Bernard/nio with English
apples, pears, peaches, quinces and walnuts but, though the climate and soil
are reported to be suitable, the experiment has not been a success. The
orchard has suffered from lack of experienced supervision and has fre-
quently been damaged by jungle fires. When trees have borne fruit, it has
usually failed to ripen and eventually been spoilt by the rain. Most of the
grafted trees seem to have reverted to the more vulgar stock. English
vegetables have been more successful ; potatoes have been introduced and
are grown by the Li-hshaws in considerable quantities, while the Commissariat
garden at Beriiardwj>'i7 and several Chinese and European gardens near
Mogok give a good supply of cabbages, peas, beans, celery, beet-root and
ot her varieties. Straw-berries have also been grown with fair results,

H^ 14 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. i^uu
^1 Mogdk Rainfall.

^H Month.

Ybar. 1

1SS9.

1S90.

1891.

1892.

1893-

1894.

1895. 1896.

1897.

■^

^^B lanuary ...
^H February ...

^H March

^^1 May
^H June

H Wy

^H August

^H September „

^H October ...

^H November...

^H December,..

H Total ...

^H Momeit
^H 1 agaung...
^H Bemanlni/ff

...

•14

-...

■05 ...
•02 30

■17

-'5 32

••:,. ..-=■ 1

•02

117

■■•85

>4
•03

•25

■07 -30

■93 207

•15
•10

•49

-II
1-40

•5«

■87

85
482

•25
13-33

102 2-37
»43 3*47

•25
429

•49
•84

»-5>

■35

6-93

306
u-17

S-67
9-38

277

5-8fi

12-58
»5-24

2-45
jr6i

5-84
irai

454, 1*33
12-38! 1116

186
9'87

7-43
»|-54

i3'23
4073

53-9<5
33-23

i5-<^5
17-15

32-20

l8-24

863
15-46

2409

27-82
1827

U-06
18-38

3J05
1225

16-92 12-49
13*59 23-96

««-73

>503

1897
23-21

46-09
2243

32'44
40-29

35-30
27-27

30-5', 36-45
24-801 1263

2676
20-60

42-68
11-43

•

77 «9 S«-44
22-56 18-70

37- '8
JO 75

6852
27-16

7273
10-84

62-57
a I -84

55-31 49-"8
12-95 '6-'9

4736
2754

5360
16-33

9975
iro7

110*82
5"45

6914
1085

4793
"93

95-68
i6-8«

83-57
6-78

84-41
9-98

68 26 65-27

t2f)2 21-98

7490
•3-«3

69-83
19-17

7999
749

5986
5-04

112-53
23-21

90-35
9-07

94-39
10-16

80 88| 87-25
80s' 2-51

88-03

6-02

»9-oo

1 16-27
i"43

8748
■69

6490
176

»3574
5-3S

99-42
1-46

'0455
3-53

8893 89-76
204 78

94-05
3-16

•••

11770
•37

88"17 6666li4ri2

•54]

10088

10810
•42

9097
3'59

9054
1-17

97-21
-60

...

117-97

88-J7I 67-20

I4»I2

101 '02

10852 9456

9i-7l

97'8i

...

• ••

57-89

45*52
10321

467:.
41-49
77 53

56-81 ' 41-98

44 86 53 88

103-91 84-85

4981
4452
7773

3634
44-95
69-74

...

^H At the censtifl of 1891 the district consisted of only the Mog6k and
^H p . Twinngfe townships, and the Shan State of Momeit
H I'opulation. (Mong Mit) was excluded from the regular rensu-s
^B operations. The modifted enumeration that was undertaken was carried out
^H in a perfunctory manner and the results were not considered worth com-
^H pilii^g* (Census Report, Volume I, Appendix page xxxvii.)
^H Of the twenty-six thousand one hundred and thirty-four persons enumcr-
^H ated in the Mog/)k and Twinngt townships — .

^H 11,581 were Burmese, j 4,047 were Palaungs.
^H 7,582 were Shans, | i.ogy were Li-hsaws,
^H and 361 were Chinese.

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The balance comprised Europeans, Natives of India, and Karens belong-
ing to the police.

In the townships of Kyan-hnyat and Myadaung, subsequently transferred
from Katha district, Burmese largely predominate, 7,473 being enumerated
in the villages transferred out of a total of 7,928, of whom 243 only were
entered as Shan. The total population of the present Mog6k and Tagaung
subdivisions at the time of the census was thus —

34,062 persons, of whom —

i9,os4 were emercd as Burmese,
7,825 as Shan,
4,047 as Palaung.
1,099 as Li-hsaw.

The Palaungs and Li-h.saws live in the hills of the Mog6k township. The
Shans live mostly in the MogAk township and in the parts about Twinngfe,
which formerly belonged to the Momeit .State.

The population of the Momeit State is roughly estimated at 30,000 per-
sons, made up ef the following races : —

Burmans ... ... ... -.. 7,000

Shans ..• •.• ••• ... 7i*^'*

Palaungs ... ... ... .. 7,000

Kachins ... ... ... ... 9,000

Except in the riverain tract Shan is the linffua franca of the district
c. but many of the better educated Shans talk Burmese and

the Shans of Mog6k, Kyatpyin and Kathfc are gradually
adopting Burmese habits and dress and converse freely, even among them-
selves, in Burmese. Even inter-marriage with Burmans is becoming fre-
quent. The frequent pilgrimages of the wealthier Shans to religious shrines
in Mandalay and Rangoon also tend to modify their national insularities.
The outlying villages have, however, retained their own customs unimpaired.

The Burmans live mostly in the Tagaung subdivision and in the larger.

n villages in other parts of the district. A good number

come up to the stone tract from Mandalay, Shwcbo

and other districts for trading purposes. The Burmans in Shan villages

have usually a large amount of Shan blood in their veins.

Shan-Tayoks, commonly called Maingtha (and Tai-che by the Shans)

eu r\.- come into the district in large numbers every year, They

ahan-Lninese. a ,.• 1 .• l ,. ..1 . xi ..

are a floating population, but they are constantly present

and seem to come every year in increasing numbers. They take up coolie
work of any description. In i8go it was estimated that the number did not
fall far short of two thousand, and they have increased yearly since. They
come chiefly from the Shan-Chinese States of Mong La, Mong Sa and Mting
Tat. They are generally called after the second State by the Burmese,
whence the name Maingtha^ no matter what State they came from. Their
journey takes them fifteen days' steady marching. They are largely em-
ployed on Government works, road-making, timber-sawing and the like, and
arc also used by the Ruby Mines Company, and for digging work generally.
They are inveterate gamblers and smugglers but otherwise are very useful
visitors for they work better than any race in Burma. They are nominally
Buddhis.s, but keep aloof from all religious ceremonies. Their language is
Chinese, but most of them talk mangled Shan. Some of them write Shan,
using the diamond-shaped lettering of Mong Mau. They frequently bring

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

Wgje numbers of pack ponies with them, for hire on any work that may present
itself. They use the well-known Chinese wooden saddle. Their usual time
of arrival is the end of December and they leave again about the end of
April. A good many have settled in Mog6k with their wives and families
and work permanently in the ruby mines.

The Palaungs live entirely in the hills and devote themselves to cultivation,
p . Almost all those in the Mogok township have immigrated

^ ■ from Taungbaing or Momeit, and they preserve their clan

distinctions. There are still some powerful communities of them in Momeit,
but a good many have been ousted by the Kachins. They are very hard
working and parsimonious. They can all talk Shan but few, if any, can
talk Burmese. Once every year the inhabitants of every Palaung villlage
make a formal visit to the neighbouring villages and these visits are as
formally returned. The origin of the custom is not known and it is peculiar
to the Palaungs.

The Li-hsaws or Yawyins. who occupy a few villages near ^erna.rdmyo and
... a few more in the Momeit State, are apparently of Chinese

origin, though they now form a distinct tribe with a lan-
guage of their own. The dress of the men is like that of the Shan-Chinese
invariably of blue cloth with a turban of the same material. The women's
dress is the same as that of the men, with the addition of a red cuff
on each sleeve. They are nominallv spirit-worshippers like the Kachins, but
appear to have no religion at all in reality. They devote themselves to rice-
cultivation and the rearing of pigs. They are very quiet and inoffensive and
are the most peaceable tribe in the district. All are inveterate opium-
smokers and verj' dirty in their persons. Their New Year ceremony includes
a wash and a new suit of clothes. Their villages are all at above live thousand
feet altitude. The women are very fair and, like their Palaung sisters, wear
silver ornaments, though not in such profusion. The race is poor both in
wordly goods and in physique. The Li-hsaw houses are not raised from the
ground, and the whole live-stock live with the family.

The Kachins live mostly in the Kodaung township of the Momeit sub-

j^ .. division, but there are some also in the hills of the Mo-hlaing

and Momeit townships. They are similar in manners and

customs to the Kachins of Bhamo and Myitkyina districts, from which they

have migrated.

A few Panthays from Yiinnan have settled in Mogok, and others visit

Panthavs **' P'"'"'^'P3^"y to obtain emplovment for their pack ponies

and mules. Chinamen, Chetties and other Natives of

India compete for the trade of the stone tract and fatten on high prices and

the enormous rates of interest at which they lend out their money to the

speculative miner or dealer in rubies.

The only crop that is grown to any large extent is rice. On the hills blll-
Agriculiure and P*^!^>' '^ fn^own in fatingvas, and in the valleys as great
prices. ^ width as possible is terraced and irrigated for the wet

varieties. In Momeit and Tagaung, where there are larger
areas of level ground, the fields are more extensive. Sessamum, cotton,
maize, millet, vegetables, plantains and tobacco are also grown. The follow-
ing statement shows the average Mog6k prices for the articles named during
the last ten years ;—

^'■'^''"

^ RUB J

THE UPPER BURMA

GAZETTEER." IJ

^^^

■: o

o o o o o o o

•Xvp jad WB3

4 o

O O O O O O

a ■

Pi o

o o 6 o e o

^^^^H

•pamnsun

*rt

^ o

M ^ »»• O o

^^H

c2 -

o o o - •• •- ••

»: o

o o o o o o o

^^^^B

p^mns

< o

O O O o o o

^^H

(2 "

el n M M ts ri ei

a.- O

O O O O o o

^H
^B
^H

^H
^B

^B
^B
^B

^ o

u
u

•**
••

■qsea
S}jD0[|nqii3no|j

■i o

OO 00 00 o o o o

O O S3 r> v8 >8 «

lies

o
•a

lO lO VQ « <o >o vO
0» Ot ^ "^ ro CO PO
(0 to -4- ^ O to O

■poo.ikajij

fr»

«o
o

00 O O 3 O
ro « « 2" ■* ^ "*

o o o c o s

a.
O

a
■<
a

u
u

(2 °

o o o o o o o

<0 <0 O to >0 vo VQ

o o o o o o o

•o

o O o o o o
O n n M N r< N

c2 °

O O d O

•3349

o: «
« 2

00 O <0 CO 00 00 00

M « M e* p« «

ir> Vi w) IT) tn >n fh

•jvSns

o
o

■tt -^ „ o ■ CO to fo

■>*■-»■ CO lO - « «

o ■* -•■ CO CO lo

»: o

O O « O CO O CO

{pajisnij) aajn

< •*

- Ul O OO o O w

^ "^

»o

ur>

O « t^ r^ xo O lO

N «0 ■^ 1/5 to t^ OO .

Oi pv o» (^ Oi CTt (^

•• M to ■+ U1 to 1^

^ ^ Ot CS ^ ^ Ot

00 00 QO 00 00 00 00

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

[RUB

The only distinctive industry is mining for and tradinsf in precious stones.
... A certain amount of cuttin^y and polishing is also carried

on, but most of the stones arc sold in the rough. The
best stones are sent to London and the lower qualities to Mandalay, Cal-
cutta and Madras.

Ruby Mines district for mining purposes has been divided into two " Stone
The ruby industry, tracts" called respectively the " MogAk Stone Tract"
and the " Mong Mit Stone Tract." The boundaries of
the former, which practically coincides with the MogAk township, are defined
in Revenue Department Notification No. 6, dated i8th November 1887
{Burma Gazette, Part I, page 447), and include an area of about six hundred
square miles. They are —

North. — The Negya-tinyu-taungdan, thence a line running one mile
north of Kwctnapa and In-g>'auk ; thence the Nambauk stream
to its junction with the Sagadaung river ; thence the Hiiamadaw
and Shwe-u-daung mountain range.

West.— The Ondan stream, Natpandaung hill, and Wabo stream.

South.- — The Madaya or Mobyii stream.

East. — The Thia stream.

The '' Mong Mit Stone Tract" as defined in Revenue Department Notifi-
cation No. 82, dated 5th March 1S96 {Purma Gffscffe, Part I, page iio),
comprises all the rest of the district.

The " Mogok Stone Tract " has been leased to the Burma Ruby Mines
Company, Limited, for fourteen years from the ist November 1896 on the
terms set out in an indenture made between the Secretary of State for India
and the Burma Ruby Mines, Limited, on the iqth February 1897. in continu-
ation of a previous lease made in November 1889 for a term of s^ven years.
Under this agreement the Company have the exclusive right to an extraordi-
nary license in the Mngftk stone tract, and the right to all fees paid for ordi-
nary licenses to mine by native methods in the same area.

Rubies liave been found in five different locales, each of which has necessi-
tated a different method of working. Authorities differ as to the probable
origin ol the stone and agree that this is not yet satisfactorily determined.

Mr. Barrington Brown, a Geological Surveyor who was deputed by the

T-. , , t^ India Office to examine the mining areas in 1887, was of

I he locale. . , . . ,, • r ^1 , ,

opinion that the matrix of the ruby was calc-spar occur-
ring in beds in granular limestone. Mr. Lockhart, who was for two years
Engineer-in-Chief to the Burma Ruby Mining Company, suggested that the
calc-spar had formed round the rubies and that it was more probable from
the appearance of the ruby-bearlng-clay (Burmese />}'on), which contains all
the ingredients of an igneous rock such as granite, that '' in the earlier geolo-
gical history of these regions such a rock overlay the strata as they are found
today, but was entirely removed by subsequent disintegration, the hydn beds
after admixture with clay be'ng composed of their debris. This theory
would account for the filling of the caverns and other phenomena, while in
other districts where .'■apphires and rubies are found it is reported thai
such a rock is still in existence on the tops of the higher ranges." Which-
ever theory is correct, the calc-spar locale is in ap; earancc the most perma-
nent. The only method by which the rubies have been as yet extracted from

RUB]

THE UPPER UURMA GAZETTEER.

it is by blasting, and this involves serious injury to the stones. A quarf}
near Mogfik was worked after this method for fifteen 3-ears prior to the
Annexation with fair results, but since then blasting has been forbidden
except under an extraordinary license, and this method has not been deve-
toped by the lessees, as no economical way of extracting the stones without
injury has yet been discovered, and the stones found in the experiments
made were not so fine as to encourage further working.

The other locates vary only in the position into which the rubies have
been carried after being disintegrated from the original matrix. They are
usually imbedded inacharactcrestic earth, called in Burmese '' ^_y(?«." This
varies in composition, but consists generally of a btuish gray clayey material,
containing gravel and sand together with rounded gneiss blocks. ' The ruby-
producing material is composed of a yellowish sand containing coarse rounded
gneiss shingle resting in the valleys on a substratum of yellowish brown clay.'
— (Barrington Brown). The valleys contain one or two layers of this earth,
varying in thickness from a few inches to six feet, and at a depth below the
surface of about twenty feet. From the level disposition of the layers, Mr.
Lockhart suggests that these valleys are " the beds of former lakes which
having been gradually fdled up by detritus carried down and deposited in
them by successive rains, have flowed through a gap in the surrounding hills
and disappeared."

On the sides of the hills and in fissures and caves in the granular limestone
composing them similar deposits are found, but in the former ca«;e " the clay
is usually of a yellowish brown colour and very close and stiff, so that it will
not only stand vertically but can be under-cut and tunnelled into. The stra-
tum is often as much as fifteen or twenty feet thick and is practically abed
of very stiff clay filled with sand and boulders of rock. It contains also lumps
of quartz, grains of felspar of several colours, nodules of oxidised iron pyrites,
flakes of mica and graphite, rubies, sapphires, spinels, pieces of tourmaline
and other minerals of more or less value. In the latter case, namely, in the
deposits in fissures and caves in the limestone composing the hills, the bySn
is of a far more sandy nature than in either the valley or hill-side deposits,
and though there are generally fewer rubies, they are better as to size and
quality. — (Lockhart)."

The last locale for mention is the beds of existing streams, which carry
down considerable quantities of the ruby-bearing deposit.

To recapitulate, the five locales may be —
(i) Calc-spar beds in limestone hills,
(ii) Alluvia] deposits in valleys,
(iii) Hjll-side deposits.

(iv) Deposits in fissures and caves in limestone hilts,
(v) Stream beds.

The native methods for winning the rubies from these locales may be classi-
fied briefly as —

(i) Blasting, now obsolete,
(ii) Twinlort, or pit workings,
(iii) Myav), or water workings.

ao THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

(iv) Lu, or cave workings,
(v) Dredging.

In June i888 Mr. Barrington Brown thus described the first four methods^
(i.) " The principal place where a calc-spar bed in tiie timcslone has been
Blasting worked for tlie contained rubies is on the north side of the

Mogok valley, about three-quarters of a mile from the vil-
lage. There some thirty miners were formerly engaged blasting the rock,
breaking the stone thus procured m ith hammers, and chipping out the in-
closed rubies. By this rough mode of procedure the rubies are more or less
shattered, nevertheless some good stones were obtained. The miner whom
I employed to procure specimens by blasting informed me that he and a com-
panion working together formerly obtained rubies to the value of Rs. 200 a
month. On one occasion he extracted one which he sold for Ks. 300. This
man, assisted by another miner, worked for me for a period of ten days, pro-
curing fourteen good sized rubies and numerous small ones. These were all
more or less injured by the jarring of the rock by powder and hammer, so
that their commercial value was greatly reduced. Ihe quarry is not an
extensive one, being from six to seven feet wide, twenty feet high, and with
a mean depth on the bed of twenty-two feet, so that very little of this valuable
rock has hitherto been removed. The bed is about twenty feet wide and of
a coarse white calc-spar variety only two feet in width: the centre of the
spar, where the rubies are found, is of a semi-transparent variety. According
to the miners, the portions of the rock where a grey mineral with iron
pyrites is seen is the best for rubies. This mine had been worked for fifteen
years up to the time of the British occupation, but not since, and was un-
known to Europeans previous to the time of my visit to the Ruby Mines."
(ii) Twinldns are square pits sunk in the alluvium through a stratum of loam

Pit workings. *"*^ ^^^^ ^° *^^ ^^^^ ^"^ gravel layer which contains the ru-
bies. They vary in size from two feet to nine feet square,
and are worked by three men to the smaller and ten to the larger pits.
After digging a few feet down, strong posts twelve feet in length are driven
down in each corner of the square, and, in the case of a nine-foot pit, three
more at equal distances along each side. Short slats are wedged across be-
tween each post to keep them apart, and at every two feet or so light flat
timbers are wedged across the pit, each way, into notches in the posts to hold
them firmly apart and thus support the sides. The miners then proceed to dig
out the clay with small short-handled, spud-like spades and fill it into small
bamboo baskets, which are hoisted by balance poles to the surface. When
some four or five feet have been sunk another set of cross-beams is put in and
half-way between the two a double set of round poles in a similar manner,
which are lashed to those above and below by twisted rattan canes. Wat-
tling and dry grass or leaves, filled in at the back of the spaces between the
posts, support the clay walls and prevent pieces from falling in. When tliey
have excavated to Uie bottom of the first set of posts, they proceed to drive
down a second set inside them, and when these have been driven through the
ruby-bearing sand they continue to sink timber as before. Un finishing
a pit and sending all the sand to bank, they take out all their timbering ma-
terials for further use at an adjoining spot. Round pits at the present day
are few in number and are mere trial pits to test the presence of the rubv
sand: but as seen in ancient workings, especially in the Kyatpiu valleys and

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

elsewhere, they were formerly extensively used for the extraction of the ruby
earth.

The balance or well-poles used both for hoisting the materials excavated

and the water accumulating in the pit are made
of strong bamboo poles each supported on a
bamboo post, split at the top to receive it, where
it is pinned through with a wooden peg. A
largo basket fdled with stones is used as a balance
weight at the short end or butt, and to the long
end which overhangs the pit is attached a rope
or thin pole, provided with a double wooden
hook at the end lor the purpose of attaching it
to the basket. Some pits have five of these
balance poles, each worked by one inan, who
lowers the basket to be lilled, hoists it and
walking a few feet away empties the contents
by a quick jerk without detaching the basket,
then returns and lowers it to have a fresh filled
basket attached.

During the night the pit fills up to within eight feet of the surface with
water, which has to be baled out each morning with bamboo baskets attach-
ed to the balance poles, an operation which in a large pit occupies the men
some two or three hours. Some of the shallow tiutnluns are kept free from
water by rude but ingenious bamboo pumps, placed in a sloping position.

When the ruby sand has been taken out and placed in a heap, it is washed
in fiat closely-worked baskets made of bamboo. Two men are employed in
filling these and handing them to the washers who, by whirling them in the
water and forcing them in a peculiar manner, bring the larger pebbles to
the back of the basket and rid the coJitents of all clayey matter, leaving
the sand and pebbles clean. The\ arc then handed to other men, who
spread out the stuff rapidly in the basket and pick out whatever rubies or
spinels it may contain, which are placed in a small upright bamboo tube (illcd
with water. After the washing is finished for the day the tube is emptied and
the rubies sorted, those of greater value being placed carefully into small
cotton bags. The sand is then picked over a second time by women and
children, who act as gleaners and sell the small particles of rubies and
spinel which they find to the owner of ihe pit. As soon as one pit is finished
which is accomplished in eight or ten days for a large one and four or five
for a small one, another pit is sunk close by and so the work goes on.

(ill) Myawdwins are open cuttings of an elongated form, the lower end

Water workings. °' ^^'^'^'^ '^ °P*^" *° ^ S^'^y side. In commencing this sort
of mining some outlay of capital is necessary in bringing
water to the head of the working. This is effected by digging a trench from
one to two feet wide and one to four feet deep from the side of a mountain stream
and generally for a considerable distance along the hill side. Where a ravine
intervenes, the water is conducted across in bamboo troughs supported on
bamboo poles held together by strong crosspieces and stays. The water is
delivered into the top of the cutting by bamboo troughs and Hows away through
a trench in the bottom of the working which forms a ground sluice. I'he
operation of excavating the face of the mine is performed with long and short

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

luut)

handled spuds and the stuff is thrown in heaps until a sulTiciciil quantity is col-
lected for washing. As the face is undermined below, the clay slips down and
is washed away. The large stones are thrown in heaps to one side, or formed
into walls to supp Tt the refuse as well as the sides of the sluice, which is ad-
vanced towards the fare of the working as the process of excavation proceeds.
There may be one or more sluices and these sometimes run under huge blocks
of rock too heavy to be removed. The water delivered at the mine head is
discharged from troughs at as great an elevation as can be obtained upon the
heap of ruby clay and sand thrown under it by'the miners. The ends of the
discharge t'oughs are closed and by this means the water is scattered, falling
in a heavy shower on the stuff and softening it, at the same time taking up
in suspension the clayey particles, which it carries away down the sluice.
When the material thus treated is sufficiently softened, the big stones are
picked out and thrown to one side and the remainder hauled with hoes into
the upper end of the sluice where it is puddled. Two or three wooden riffles,
of two feet or more in height, arrest the sand and gravel containing all the
minerals. This latter is taken out, placed in baskets, and washed and sorted
as in a Twtnldn.

One day is usually devoted to digging and the next to washing, or where
there is a sufficient number of hands employed, the two processes are carried
on conjointly.

The sluice is in part built over with rocks, where deeply situated. The ruby
sand which may escape from its upper portion is collected behind rifHes
placed along its entire length and washed from time to time. The prin-
cipal and most valuable washings are obtained from the first tw»4ve feet. In
some instances these sluices are one hundred and fifty vards in length and
vary according to the time the mine has been in operation. There is a cer-
tain amount of danger in working under the face of a Myawd'ain, as in
some cases the cliff is as much as sixty feet in height and accidents may
happen through a sudden fall of clay.

(iv) Luiiwins arc said to have produced the finest and largest rubies dis-
Cavc workirffs covered in the whole district. There are an immense
number of old cave mines in the granular limestone, and
this attests the importance of this method in former times. In them the
brownish clayey ruby loam is excavated from the cavfs and fissures of
the rock, which extend in every direction .ind go to great depths. The
miners, provided with short handle spades, baskets and small oil ]am]>s,
descend the mines and dig out the loam, bringing it to the surface themselves
in some instances, though usually the proceeds of their work are hoisted up
perpendicular pits, sunk in wide lissurcs, by means of balance poles. In one
ludicin the material excavated is lifted a distance of ninety feet by means of
a most ingenious combination of two balance poks. By these pits, and
by tunnels connected with the workings which have other passages leading to
the surface, ventilation is kept up. -Sometimes the work is entirely suspended
on a good lead by the sides of the tunnel narrowing in for a short distance.
No ladders are used, but the miners descend and ciscend the most difficult pas-
sages with apparent ease. Uwing to the porous nature of the limestone
there is usually no water to contend with in the workings and none is re-
quired to soften the loamy clay, which is taken directly to the nearest water-
supply and there washed as in the cases before described. 1 he number of

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

men usually employed in a ludwiu is ten, and women and girls also assist in
working the balance poles as well as in re-washing the stuff.

, (v) Mr. Lockhart thus describes method five, which is not extensively re-

Dredeines sorfdto: — '* A dam is built across a stream, thereby

making a pool which is dredged by hand, the miner diving

to the bottom with a basket which he fills with his hands or feet and then

brings up to be washed and sorted."

On the annexation of Upper Burma various suggestions were made as to
die most promising way of developing the native methods
The Rtiby Mmes -^^ scientific appliances, and considerable sums were spent
. by the Company with a view to improving method No. 3

by scientific hvdrauUc mining and method No. 4 by tunnelling. The form-
er scheme was not completed and the latter was found to involve verj' heavy
expenditure and gave no equivalent result, and these works have now been
abandoned in favour of method No. 2.

The first attempts at valley mining were made by digging trenches in the
Mog6k valley and sinking twinWns in the bottom of the trenches. Difficulty
was experienced from the water, and the results being poor this method was
abandoned and for some time the Companv's efforts were directed to deveIoj>-
ing method No. 4, in the neighbourhood of Kyatpyin. Tunnels were run
into a very remarkable mountain named Pingutaung, to which native legend
ascribes fabulous wealth in rubies, but the results were disappointing and the
method expensive. Attempts were therefore again made to develop method
No. 2 and work was commenced in the Tagaung-nandaing valley and also
near Kyatpyin.

In April 1894 work was commenced in the MogAk valley, but regular
washing could not be commenced until January 1895.

In February 1895 work was started in the Luda valley near Kyatpyin and
in March 1895 the tunnel workings were definitely abandoned. In Septem-
ber l8g6 the Tagaung-nandaing valley was abandoned, as the ruby-bearing
earth seemed to have been completely worked out, and operations have since
been confined to the Luda valley n^ar Kyatpyin and to the MogAk valley,
where three workings have been opened. The Company closed the Luda
mine in May 1898, as it was practically exhausted, and started work on the
same principle in the Yebu valley in August 1898.

The method by which the economical working of the vallev deposits has
been attained consists in stripping off bodily the top soil, which covers the
ruby-bearing earth [hydn) to a depth of some ten or fifteen feet, and then
digging up the byon so exposed and carrying it in trucks on rails to the
washing apparatus, which consists of rotary pans worked on the same princi-
ple as those used for washing diamonds in South Africa; these remove the
mud, sand, and pebbles of low specific gravity, leaving behind only the heavy
deposit of precious stones and" high specific gravity detntus ; this deposit is
further reduced and concentrated in a pulsator. a sort of perpetual jigj^er, and
then gone over by hand and the rubies and other precious stones picked out.
The mines take the shape of an open quarry or gravel pit, the bottom of which
is some thirty-five to forty feet below the level of the surrounding country ;
they have to be kept dry by incessant pumping, the Company at present
employing for that purpose centrifugal pumps driven by steam or water
power. The largest quantity of by6n yet washed in a month was eighty-two

f 24

y^ thoi

\ duci

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

thousand six hundred and forty-two truck-loads, in March 1897 I this pro-
duced rubies valued at Rs 79,069-6-0.

The number of ordinary licenses fluctuates largely. The largest number

^ ,. ,. of workers licensed in any one month was two thousand

Ordinary licenses. i.jj jr<'- • at 1. 11

' seven hundred and forly-nme, in March 1895, ^"d the

smallest number In recent years was three hundred and eighty-nine, in May
1897. About thirty-seven per cent, work myaws in method No. 3, six per
cent, lus in method No. 4. and fifty-seven per cent, twinldns in method
No. 2. In the rains the percentage of myaws increases, as many do not
get a sufficient supply of water in the dry weather for washing purposes,
while in the rains most of the Iwi'nlSns are flooded out and mining is impos-
sible with native methods of pumping.

In the Mog6k Stone Tract, besides the mines above described, in which

rubies, sapphires, spinels, garnets and tourmaline are found,
The Mobye work- there are also workings for tourmaline along the bank of

the Mobye river, which forms the boundary between
Ruby Mines district and the Shan State of MainglAn. These lie on both
sides of the river and are managed by the Mainglfin Soicbwa, to whom
the Burma Ruby Mines, Limited, have leased their rights in the workings
on the right bank of the river. The workings consist of shallow pits close
to the river bank, which are pumped out with primitive bamboo pumps.
This is a lengthy process and has to be commenced afresh before each day's
digging begins. When the pit Is sufficiently dry the deposit is collected and
washed and the tourmaline picked out. The Sawbwa charges a license fee
for working and also a royalty on the finds.

He pays the Company Rs. 200 a month for their rights.

In the M5ng Mit (Momcit) Stone Tract rubles and other precious stones
have been found in various places, but not under circum-
stances which have as yet made it worth while to mine
for them. The only exception is the case of the tour-
Maingnin, a village in the hills about fifteen miles north-
The present system of mining is to sink a pit through the

The Mong
Stone Tract

Mit

mahne mines at
east of Momelt.

rock until the stratum in which the tourmaline occurs is found. This vein
IS then followed in the same way as in a Mogfik ludwin, and at intervals
in it the tourmaline is found in pockets, sometimes of scveraj viss at a time.
Many of the miners never succeed in striking the desired vein, but a success-
ful find brings in a considerable return. For some years the mining rights
were leased, the rent varying from Rs 70 to Rs. 228 a month, but in March
1896 the licensing system was introduced, Rs. 10 a month being charged
for each workman. This was found to be excessive and in September
1896 the monthly fee was reduced to Rs. 2 per workman, with the result
that the annual receipts rose to Rs 8,900 in 1896-97. The highest number
yet licensed in a month was six hundred and thirty-eight, in February 1897,
working one hundred and nine mines. The number diminishes in the
rains, as the atmosphere in many of the mines becomes noxious and extin-
guishes the lamps of the miners.

A small amount of mica is extracted in the neighbourhood of Twinngfe,
|L.. where mining rights over a square mile were leased to a

Mr. D'Attaides in 1894, but very little has been done to
develop the concession.

ftUB J

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

•A few licenses have also been issued for the extraction of gypsum, and
gold and silver are reported to have been worked in former times, but the
only mineral products of practical importance at present are rubies, sap-
phires, spinels and tourmaline.

On the Shvveli and Irrawaddy rivers the principal occupations are fishing

_ . ■ J , • bamboo-cut' ing and timber trading. Rafts of bamboos

er in s ries. teak, and other kinds of timber are made up on the banks

and floated down the river to ManJalay. Weaving and cotton spinning are

practised to a small extent, for home consumption only, as a rule imported

goods being used.

In Burmese times taxes on the mining industry were the only imposts V
exacted. The sa-thugyi paid one lakh into the Royal I

Revenue in Bur- exchequer and took Rs. 40,000 for himself, most of which )
was derived from market, excise, gambling and othery
fees.

In addition to the annual tribute paid by the so-tkugvt's to the King, all
stones above a certain value had to be presented to the King by the linder.
As soon as a good stone was found, the so-lhugyi, who was certain to come
to hear of it, reported the find to the King, who then sent an officer with a
following of men and some drummers to a place near Madaya to meet the
owner of the stone as he brought it down to Mandalay by the Wapyudaung
and Chaunggyi road. It was then taken to the Kyauk-set-wun, or Appraiser
of Rubies, who took it to the King and asked for orders. The King granted
the lucky finder of the stone an audience, during which he made him a present
worth Rs. 20 or Rs. 30, keeping in return the ruby, which might be worth
a£ many thousands,

In King MindAn's reign the people were allowed to dispose of stones
up to the value of Rs. 500. If worth more than this amount, they had to be
presented to the King. Not unnaturally this system gave rise to much
smuggling. Traders used to come up with goods and exchange them for
stones, with which they returned to Mandalay by jungle-paths, first paying
five f>cr cent, of their value to the dacoit bo in order to be allowed to pass.
If the trader was very poor he had to pay Rs. 5 only, and this amount used
also to be leviid from each traveller by some of the villages on the road, such
as Wapyudaung.

In the Twinngi and DaungbAn circles, which nominally belonged to the
Momeit State, tliathatneda-i&\ was levied, but the people had to pay in
addition the travelling and other petty expenses of the Satvbwa, and these
amounted to a considerable sum.

After the Annexation miners had to f»ay license fees of Rs. 10, Rs. 25 or
Rs. 50, according as the mine worked by them was a
twinlon, ludwin or myawdivtn, and further a royalty
of thirty per cent, on the owner's valuation was taken on
all rubies produced at the monthly sales at the Deputy Commissioner's
Court-house. These conditions were altered about six months after the lease
was granted to the Burma Ruby Mines Company. Revenue is now raised
from the thnthameda-i&x, bazaar rents, slaughter-house, opium and liquor
licenses.
Tbe amount of thalhameda and land revenue raised has been —

and after
Annexation.

the

HE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

Year.

Thathameda.

Land revenue.

Rs.

Rs. *. p.

1887-88 ...

• (•

...

»S450

4,9«2 13

These figures do not Include Mal^ subdivision.

1888-89 ...
1889-90 ...
1890-91 ...

1897-98 ...

...

• •4

1 7.830
27.289
33.450
61,789

9.368 4

9.063 3

10,710

18,669

The Momcit State pays a fixed tribute of Rs. r 3,000 a year to the Gov-
ernment of Burma, and a separate account is kept of the State Fund. .

The Burma Ruby Mines Company, Limited, pay a rent of Rs. 3,15,000 )
a year besides a share of their profits, but as the Company have never
hitherto realized any profits the revenue from this source has been confined
to the fixed rent.

Fisheries and ferries in the Tagaung subdivision bring in about Rs. 22,000
a year and there is a considerable forest revenue, mostly reab'zed in the
Momcit State, which does not enjoy either the forest or mineral revenue.
The tourmaline mines in the Momeit State bring in about Rs. 10,000 a year
under present arrangements. The land revenue is a share of the produce
collected on all permanent cultivation, and a tax of Rs. 2-8-0 levied on each
family engaged in tanngya cultivation. Mog6k is the only place in the
district where any large amount is realized from opium and excise. There
is a large demand for opium and, in spite of constant captures, smuggling is
extensively carried on.

Little is known of the early history of the dLstrict. The Ruby Mines
Histor ' '"^^^^^ proper originally formed part of the Momeit State,

but in the sixteenth century it was taken in exchange for
Tagaung by the Burmese King. Prior to this the tract was covered with
dense jungle and very thinly peopled. The probable date of its annexation
by royal proclamation from the Momeit State was 959 B.E. (1597 A.D.,)
during the reign of Nuha-thura Maha Dhamma-yaza, and the ratitication of
the royal order proclaiming the annexation took efTect on the fifth waning of
Thadingyut (October) of the same year. The Royal Order ran as follows : —

"The City of Ava was founded on Tuesday the second waning of Tatethalin.Q^o
B.E. (1588 A.D.) The villages of Mogdk and Kyatpyin are ruby-producing tracts
under the Savbwa of Momeit. They must be t.iken oi-er and included in the Kingdom
of Ava. In exchange for the district's of Mog flk and Kyatpyin, the city of Tagaung and
the adjacent villages are hereby made over to Momeit. As regards the Government of
the aforesaid districts all orders must be issued from Ava alone. A register of the
native population should be taken by the Ministers of Slate and the document must
be carefully preserved in the Royal Treasury. Since the Sawbvi'i of Momcit has
received Tagaung in exchange for "this territory he will not be allowed to appoint any
oPRcial or issue any orders in Mogdk or Kyatpyin."

The boundaries of the stone tract were fixed in 1145 B.E. (1783 A.D.), in
the reign of Bodaw Paya. as follows :—

On the east, three doings distant from Mogok to the rock caves
adjoining Momeit.

RUB]

THE UPPER BL'RMA GAZETTEER.

On the west,^ to the Bein-win kwin, four daings distant from Mogok
and adjoining Momeit.

On the north, to Ai Pok creek, north of Kyutnaing village.
On the south, to the Momeiticreek bounding with Maingl6n.
The inhabitants within these boundaries were allowed to work whatever
precious stones might be found.

When the Burmese took the tract over, it was placed under the supervi-
. sion and control of a kyasen or wun, under whom was a

Kyltplin Molfik Superintendent of the Mines, and along with these officials
and Kaxhh. ^ number of families were sent to Kyatpyin to commence

mining operations. The first settlers of Kyatpyin were
therefore pure Burmans. [Another account however states that the original
settlers were convicts, deported from U Hmin near Madaya in Mandalay dis-
trict, and that they were sent expressly to dig precious stones for Alaung-paya.]
No particulars as to who the headman of the village was are obtainable, but
the official in charge of the mining operations was designated the kyaukwun.

Mogok at this time was covered with dense jungle, but small portions of
it were cultivated by people from Kyatpyin and thus the existence of rubies
at Mogok al.io was ascertained. In 1145 ^E- (1783 A.D.) iht so'thugyi
Maung Taw of Kyatpin separated Mog6k from Kyatpyin and placed the
former under his son-in-law, Maung E.

In the wars which Bodavv-paya waged against Assam and Manipur many
captives were taken, and these were deported to a site selected for them to
the north of Kyatpyin, where they were employed as State slaves in digging
rubies. As soon as this settlement had been effected, it was separated
from Kyatpyin and placed under a separate headman with the name of
Kathe, Kathfe being the name given by the Burmese to the Assamese and
Manipuris.

There were thus three townships in the Ruby Tract, Kyatpyin, Mogok,
and Kath^. Not long after this, a rebellion broke out and was followed
by famine and frequent raids by the neighbouring hill tribes. The bulk of
the inhabitants fled to Theinni and to the Shan-Chinese State of Mong
Mao, north-east of Momeit. The Burmese King immediately sent a number
of Pages of the Royal Household with orders from the King to the different
Shan Chiefs to seek out the fugitives and send them back to their proper
settlements. This was no easy matter, for many of them had inter-married
Avith Shans, and in consequence many never returned.

Prior to the last century no one knew the proper value of the stones. The
working of the mines was compulsory, and all stones had to be made over to
the kyaukwun. The first sign of a trade in them appears to have shown itself
during the superintendentship of a wun named Maung Tan. He was a
native of Nga-singu, from which place traders frequently came up to the mines.
They gradually began to purchase the stones, or barter goods for them, and
soon found that there was a ready market for them in the plain?. This
discovery introduced smuggling among the diggers and it has continued ever
since.

Mogfik alone of the townships claims hereditary Succession for xi&so-thug^i
appointed from Burma.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

LRUli

These are-

No.

Date of appointment.

Name of iij-thugyi.

Title.

II4S B.E. 1783 (A.D.)...

Unknown ...

Watha Yaza.

Unknown

Zeta Yaxa.

Maung San HIa

do.

Maung A ...

Watha Vara.

Maung Ku Su

Thizin Ralta Yaza.

1309 BE. (1847 A.D.) ...
1211 B.E. (1849 A.D ) ...

Maung On Gaing

Zaya Yaza.

Maung Kaing Bin

Thenza Th.-ina Yaza.

1214 B.E. (1852 A.D.V...
1317 B.E. (1855 A.D.)...

Maung Hyin

Namyo Min.

Maung Gyi

Namyo Minihu-mintha

Manusathra.

The last named so-thugyi continued as Governor of Mog6k until ttie
Briti.sh Occupation.

In Mindon Min s reign the revenue derived from tlic mines was a lakh and
forty thousand. The lakh was paid into the Royal Treasury and the so-thugyi
retained the forty thousand for himself. This latter sum included bazaar,
liquor and gambling licenses. KingThibavv raised the amount to be paid to
two lakhs and forty thousand, but this amount was never paid and the British
Occupation took place before it fell due.

The district was first occupied in the autumn of 1886 by a force consisting
. . . of the 51st King's Own Yorkshire Light Infantry, the 43rd

ry. Gurkha Light Infantry, a Mountain Battery and a Com-
pany of Sappers and Miners. There was some resistance, particularly at
Taungmfe, but it was soon overcome and the villagers who had fled returned
before long to their homes. It was at first determined to allow the local
miners to continue to work, paying a royalty of thirty /^r cent, on all stones
produced, together with a nominal fee for each kind of mine. Messrs.
Streeter, whose agents had accompanied the force, were allowed the privilege
of purchasing stones from the miners. All stones not bought by them were
sent down to the Ruby mart at Mandalay and there sold by auction. In
November 1899 the lease of the Ruby tract was given to the Burma Ruby
Mines Company, Limited, for a yearly payment of four lakhs and onc-sixtn
of its profits. In April 1890, an arrangement was entered .into by which
native miners wishing to work were granted licenses on payment to the
Ruby Mines Company of a fixed sum of Rs. 20 per month per workman
employed.

In i88g [r. supra] the circles of Daungb6n and Twinngfe were taken over
from Momeit and added to the district. These were formerly administered
by a htamOHgt who was appointed Myofik when the tracts were taken over.

The ojdest pagoda of which anything is known in the neighbourhood of

... . . Moefik is the Shwe-gu-eyi, which was built in Dhamma-

Antiquilies. ^, ", %t < .• i» ^ j ^1 .1

thawka Mm s time. It was erected upon the spot where

the elephant which brought a tooth, some hair and some bones of the

Gaudama from India knelt down, The -Sudaungbvi pagoda, built about the

same time, owed its origin to the same incident.

RUB)

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

There is a gilt image of the Buddha, now in 2i pongyi kyaung at Mo^ok
object of special veneration at ihe annual Burmese New \eai

ear

which is the object ol speci

fesLivah The legciiii runs that this image was Idken with liim by Mani-s&thu,
King of Pagan, when he i^'d an expedition into China. It was left by him
on his return at Thonzfe, in the Thibaw State, and some few years ago a
pongyi named U Daik brought il to MogAk.

There is a pagoda at Kyatpyin placed on the very summit of the Pingu-
taung. It was built about fifty years ago by so-thugyi Maung Gan, but is
only remarkable for the immense amount of labour which it must have in-
volved to carry the materials up to such a height.

The present village of Tagaung is built on the site of Old Tagaung which,

according to local tradition, was built by King Mahasabu

lagaung. Diparaza, one hundred and one years after the death of

the Buddha Gaudama, that is to say, in about 450 B.C. This King was the

seventy-seventh in direct descent from King Abiraza, ^\■ho, on his exile from

Kapilavastu inOudh, settled in Northern Arakan.

About two miles to the south-east of the present village of Tagaung stands
the site of Old Pagan which was afterwards erroneously known as Old Ta-
gaung. Old Pagan (which must not be confounded with Pagan in M}'ingyan
district) was the capital of the first kingdom of Burma. It is said to have
been built by Kanraza-gyi, elder brother of Kanraza-ngfc and son of Abiraza,
in about 850 B.C.

Maha-sabu Dipa-raza, founder of Tagaung, built the Shwezigon pagoda in
the centre of Pagan, and ordered all his tributary Princes and their subjects to
come and worship there on an appointed day. According to tradition the
Chinese came in late and were ordered as a punishment to build a pagoda
at some distance from the south-cast corner of the Shwezig6n pagoda:
this was called the Gaungtaik pagoda in token of their submission.

Other pagodas of note in the neighbourhood are the Shwczedi pagoda,
south-east of Tagaung, said to have been built by King Thiri-dhamma-
thawka, the Zina Aunggya Shweb6ntha pagoda, south-west of Tagaung, built,
by Alaung-paya, and the Shwegu-gyi pagoda, west of Tagaung, built by King\
Bodaw. Among the overgrown shrines of the Shwezigcm pagoda are found V
terra cotta tablets with an embossed efligy of the Buddha bearing Pali \
inscriptions in Gupta characters. Some of them show two erect figures, one )
on either side of the sitting Buddha, which appears to indicate an Indian/
origin. Many of these tablets have been carried off by visitors to the shrine/
and at one time a some-what brisk trade is said to have been carried on in
them.

The most frequented pagoda in the district is the Shwe-myindin pagoda
near Momeit, which is the scene of a large gathering of many nationalities at
the full moon of Tahaung (March). Tribesmen frou) the'hill villages and
traders from the surrounding country make up an interesting picture of this
somewhat variegated tract. Former the festival furnishtd and opportunity
for agreal gambling carnival and the number of legimate worshippers was
swelled by an immense concourse of less devout visitors. In recent years
the gambling has been checked, but there is still a large annual gathering.

It is generally believed that if a goat, elephant, cat or monkey appears
near a place where mining operations are going on the
precious stones will soon disappear.

Local superstitions.

3<5

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[RUB

The people account for the formation of rubies as follows : Once upon a
time a Ncgama, or female dragon, named Zanthi, was engaged at her devo-
tions at the foot of the Mal6 hills. J here she was visited b)' a son of the
King of the Solar regions, with whom she fell in love and by whom she con-
ceived a child. Shortly after this her lover deserted her and when her
time came near she sent a white parrot lo tell him of her state. He sent
back with the parrot a bag containing a precious stone. The parrot on its
way met a number of travellers eating their food. It placed the bag on a tree
and flew down to pick up the crumbs. One of the travellers saw that the bird
had left something on the tree and climbed up to see what it was: he took
out the precious stone, and put some dry human ordure in its place. Shortly
after this the parrot flew back to the branch and carried off the bag to its mis-
tress Zanthi. Zanthi thought the bag must contain something valuable and
was exceedingly glad, but when she opened it she cried bitterly. She was
then delivered of two eggs and returned home. Attliis time a traveller who
had missed his way came across the eggs and carried them off as a curiosity,
but a great storm of w ind and rain overtook him and he dropped them. One
of the eggs was gold-coloured and fell in the Ruby Mines tract and from that
time on rubies, sapphires, jasper and jarcon were found there. The other
egg was green and it fell in Mogaung and there became jade.

Belief in nais is wide-spread and their worship is still practised by the re-
e . . , . sidents of Mogok and .Momeit and the surrounding hills.

'"' In I i6o B.E. (1798 A. D.), when sixty-four families of Shans
fromThibaw and Th6nz& in the Thibaw State came and settled in Mogok on
account of the great famine of that year, they found here twenty-seven families,
who at once imparted to the new comers the names and peculiarities of the
nats who dwelt there. They are seven in number, and are named Bodawgyi,
Thawdein-thakinma (sister to Bodawgyi), Shwedaing Ashingyi, Po Saw
Maing, Keitsagok, Chaungzfin Ashingyi and Kyaukkala.

Bodawgyi is the most important of them all, as his name implies. He
lives in a little mound near the Ruby Mines Company's works and it is said
that he was very indignant some years ago because his mound had been used
as a stop-butt for the Military Police rifle-range. Bodawgyi's ttatst'n, or
Devil's house, is on a hill to the north-west of Mog6k jmd is regarded with
particular awe by the Burnian and Shan residents.

Thawdein-thakinma, the Guardian of the Keys, is not remarkable for any-
thing in particular. She has her natsin near to Bodawg^'i's, and Po Saw
Maing's is between the two. She lives on a hill just to the north of the town,
and near her brother's hill.

Shwedaing Ashing}'i lives in the jungle to the west of Keitsag6k, the
curiously shaped rock which stands just to the north of the Ruby Mines Com-
pany's large mine. It was in his honour that a gilt post was erected in that
neighbourhood, and this post had to be taken down and a new one put up
every time a new governor came to rule ovt-r the district.

Keitsag6k lives inside the rock of that name, and on the west side of it.

Chaungz6n Ashingyi lives in a very fine cluster of fig trees near the river,
on the west of the town, and Kyaukkala lives on the hill immediately oppo-
site these trees.

The wishes and orders of the nats arc communicated to their laithful wor-
shippers through the medium of a Natkadaw, or inspired Sybil, into whom the

RUB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

nai enters for the time. Whilst so possessed she can perform astounding feats.
When first the spirit enters her, she becomes like one in a fit, she sliivers all
over, her voice sounds like a man's and she threatens and abuses all who are
near her. She can climb trees which no woman would attempt, and lift
enormous weights. It is while the frenzy is on her that she communicates to
the people the orders of the nat. The last Natkadaw known in Mog6k was
in Pagan Min's time, but there are three or four women in Momeit even
in these degenerate times into whom the nats have entered. Apparentlvi
too, a man may become the medium through whom the tints communicate.
According to the elders of Mogok, no longer ago than igg6 Bo-daw-gyi
entered into one Maung Y6n and warned the people through him that a great
fire was imminent. Maung Y6n, it seems, suddenly announced that he had
a message from Bodawgyi. The m%<othu^yi, who was praying at the pagoda,
was at once sent for and found Maung YAn in a state of frenzy, lifting
enormous weights with one finger and performing other superhuman feats.
On being asked what nat possessed him he replied that Bodaw gj-i wished
him to warn the people of the town that there would soon he a great fire,
which would start in the north and burn towards the south. A few months
afterwards the fire did breakout in the north and nearly destroyed the whole
town. The w^o/Aw^i alone' removed his property in time, for he believed
the nat.

The following are some of the more common beliefs about these nats
who seem to supply the place, to a certfiin extent, of a manual of etiquette.
They do not like to hear an elephant called '' Sin : " it should be called '' Mye-
legauni^;" similarly a monkey must be called not " Myauk " but " Mekkata,"
a cat not "Kyaung" but " J^/j>'arc," andatigernot '' Kya" but ''tazv gaung."

They disapprove of Brahmins and beggars, and a Royal Order was issued
in consequence forbidding either of these classes of persons to come to
Mog6k. When a man goes to his mine, he must not wear a black coat,
nor, when he gets there) must he use obscene language, for if he does the
nafs will turn all his stones into sand for him.

The nats eat three times a year, in IVaso, Thadingyut and Nadaw (July,
October, I'ecember). Their tastes vary; some like fresh meat, others fruit
and sweetmeats only, and others frankly like spirits. The devout make their
offerings at these seasons: they must be made either on a Saturday or on a
Tuesday and must be placed at the three natsi'ns or Devil's houses mentioned
above. A natkadaw should, if possible, be present and dance wildly round
the shrine. On the day following that on which the offerings are made, the
«<i/j sleep, " A'flw/Atf," and meanwhile the people are not allowed to make
the least noise, must draw no water nor cut down trees, nor go into the
jungle until after 1 1 o'clock in the morning, when a gong is sounded to let
them know that they may have indulgence.

The Chaungz6n Ashingyi is a very rough uat. He drinks spirits and likes
fresh meat: when a man is murdered, an offering must be made to him:
otherwise he sends his tiger, the Si-daw-myin, to kill the murderer and
the ponies and buffaloes of the village from which he comes. The term
for making an offering to this nat is " Chaungmi myaungmi si Hii,"
literally " to wash a ditch and a stream :" it would seem to mean " to make
atonement," through the process by which the words came to bear this mean-
ing appears somewhat veiled to the inexpert.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tBUr-SAB

At times it is necessary to kill fowls for him. The throats of a cock and
hen are cut at the same moment ; if the blood from the cock gushes out more
freely than that from the hen. it is a sign that the person making the offering
will find rubies of a good quality. The hen must then be cooked for the nat,
and cooked rice and cho|>-sticks must be put beside it ready for hisu se.

The furfs are the guardians of the villagers and know all that is going on.
If a woman commits adultery, the si-daw-myin, the Ghost Tiger, is sent to
maul the people living in her village, and the same fate awaits any village which
misbehaves itself. Again, if a man goes into a forest which is in the juris-
diction of the Bodawgyi without asking leave, and cuts down a trce> the
nat not infrequently sends the si-daw-myin to carry off the offender.

Bodawgyi is sometimes approaclied by the ruby-miners with a request that
they may find more stones On these occasions he usually promises that a
man or a woman, as the case may be, shall find a stone of such and such a
value within so many days and this promise is always fulfilled.

The nats strongly objected to the presence of meat-sellers on the north or
Mogok side of the Yeni clinung, and are very angry if any meat is thrown into
this stream.

RUIBU.— A village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the Central Chin Hills
It lies ten miles west of Rumklao, and can be reached via Rumklao.

In 1894 it had fifteen houses Ti'inkwe was the resident chief.

The village does not pay any tribute to Falam. Water is available from a
stream on the north.

RUMKL.\0.— A village of Chins of the TashAn tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on the north side of Rumklao hill and south of the most southerly
source of the Pow river, and can be reached ind Minkin post and Kiangrong,
twenty-three miles.

In 189.-^ it had two hundred houses. Tierr Byit was the resident chief.

Rumlclo is a mixed Hlunseo and Yahow village of the Yahow family and is
practically independjint, though it pays a nominal tribute to Falam. There
is good camping-ground, with plenty of water from a small stream, on the
north of the central village. There are also good camping-grounds along a
stream, the most southern source of the Pao river, one aod-a-half miles from
the village.

RUMSHE. — A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It lies
six miles south-west of Rawywa and is reached from Rawywa, six miles,
after crossing a stream.

In 1894 it had twenty houses Taseo was its resident chief.

The village is an offshoot of Rawywa, to which it is subordinate. Water
and camping-ground are available.

RUTONG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 22, Myitkyina district, situated
25° 23' north latitude and 97" 56' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirty houses, with a popiihtion of 95 persons. The
headman of the village has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lashi tribe, and own twelve bullocks and twenty buffaloes.

SA-BA-DWIN. — A village of sixty three houses In Ava township of Sa-
gaing district, twenty-three miles south of Ava.

The thugyi has four small villages under his cha'-ge, with fifty-five houses
in all. The villages of Wunthag6nj fourteen, and Chanthag6n, eight houses,

SAB 3

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

are on the Myingyan border, from which only separated by the road from
M yinsakwet, a village in the Myingyan district.

SA-BA-HMYAVV. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and thirteen persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 340, included in that
of Myaukpet.

SA-BAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakdkku dis-
trict, with a population of one hundred and ninety-two persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 1,290.

SA-BA-S.\W. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twelve miles from headquarters, with a population of fifty-
two persons.

The chief industry is paddy cultivation. The thathameda revenue for
1896-97 amounted to Rs. 1 19.

SA-BA-THIN. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and sixty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 208. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SABBA-GYI-GY.AT.— A circle in the Myothit township of Mag\ve dis-
trict, including the villages of Ma-gyi-g6n, In-ywa-gyi, Okshitgfin, and Twinlfe,

SA-B6. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of three hundred and
I fifteen persons, according to the census of 1891. The thathameda amount-
ed to Rs. 400 for 1897-98.

The Myittha river is bunded here for the irrigation of dry-weather mayin

Eaddy, of which the outturn is estimated at nine thousand and three hundred
askets.

SA-Bfe-GU. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with one-and-a-half square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered one hundred and twenty-three persons,
and there were forty-four-and-half acres of cultivated land. Paddy and jag-
gery are the chief products. The village is nine miles from Ye-u. It paid
Rs. 280 thathameda revenue for 1S96-97. It is under the Ywama thugyi.

SA-Bfi-NA-GO. — A revenue circle in the Thabeikkyin township of Ruby
Mines district. It stands on the left bank of the Irrawaddy, opposite Malfe in
Shwebo district, about eleven miles south of Twin-ng^. The population
numbers two hundred and thirty persons, and is Burmese.

Sk-'&'S.-YWAMA. — A village in the SabS circle, Myaing township. Pa-
kftkku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and ninety
six persons, according to the census of 1891. The thathameda amounted
toRs. 680 for 1897-98.

SA-BYAN. — A village on the Nan-ten chaung in the Mogaung subdivi-
sion of Myitkyina district.

The \'illage has three houses of Marip Kachins.

SA-BYAW. — A village in the Nga-kwe circle, Seikpyu township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of twenty-nine personsi accord-
ing to the census of 1898, and a revenue of Rs, 60.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTSCR.

SADANKONG<— A KacUa tIB^ in Text No. 3^ Mykkpn
fiteated io 2$^' 51' Doctl} btitede aadV;* 48' east Jonphwir

la Iti^l it coMunti timtj koMes; its poyhtioa was aot know*.
hfrfw of Uw yjlhge hM 00 cthtn —hotifaalc to tia. TVe
are of tbe L4^p(u tribe aad Sadm Mb-tribe

SA^DAUNG — A towMUp of tke Sa^aJaf » «bJi>iMoa aad ^Satntt,
henadttd on the nortli by S h w rh o daukt, en die east by tbe Inawaddj^^
river, 00 the aoatli by tke Saguog toimdup aad 00 tbe vest bj t^
MTinma fubdhrtsaoo of S^ung diitrict

Tke beadqnarten are at Fada.

SA-DAUNG — A rercmie drde in tbe NatoQri towasb^
dhrisioo aod district.

lo 1895-96 tbe popolatioa oitflibered two baadrrd and nioety-fivc
aad tbe thathameda amooDted to Rs. 306. No land rereoue was osflectc
M Ike drde.

SA-DAUNG. — A revenoe circle in tbe Kjraakpadanng townsbip, Pa
aabdirinoti of Myiogyan district.

Id 1995-96 the population nambefed six bandred and twentj persoasj^
and tbe thathameda amouoted to Rs. 948. No land revenue was collected
in tbe circle.

SA-DAUNG. — Forroeriy the headquarters of tbe townsbip of tbe sam<
oame of Sagaing district. It contains five hundred and two booses aad lies
twenty-six miles north-west of Sagaing.

Io Burmese times it was under a Myingaumg, subordinate to tbe ifyiit-
wun at Shwebo. It was tben a Large village of upwards of 6ve hunc
houses. During the disturbances that followed the Annexation it was mucl
reduced, but is now fast recovering. Sadaung has a Civil Police post In
the neighbourhood there is a considerable salt industry. Sadaung was tbe
native place of " Man Bo," whose real name was Kyaw \Va, who disturbed
all the country round until February 1S89. when he fled to Lower Burma
He was captured there and brought back to Sadaung. where he was hange<l
on the 6th March 1890. The headquarters of the township were moved
from here to Fadu so as to be on the Slu Valley Railway.

SA-DAW. — A circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision of Mah-
dalay district, including three villages.

SA-DAW. — A village in the circle of the same name, in the Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, eight miles south of head-
quarters.

It had a population of two hundred and eighty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. /\-jot/iat/tameda-tax.

SA-DO. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district, including
the villages of Sado and Yundaing-myaung.

SA-DO.— A village in the Myothit revenue circle, Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles south-east of headquarters.

There is a bazaar in the village, which had a population of five hundred
and seventy-five persons, at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 1,310 thaiha-^
meda-\Aii.

SAD-SAG ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

SA-PON. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan sub-
division of Mylngyan district.

In 1895*96 the population numbf-red three hflnHred seventy-five persons,
and the ihathameda amounted to Rs. 504. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SA-DON. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district, situated in
24° g' north latitude and 97° 40' cast longitude.

In 1892 it contained fifty houses, with a population of one hundred and
sixty-two persons. The headman of the village has six others subordinate
to him. The inhabitants arc of the Lepai tribe and Szi (Asior Ithi) sub-tribe.

There is good camping-ground in the village and a plentiful supply of
water. There is a signalling post here.

SA-DONGWfi. — A village in the Myaing to\vnship, Pakdkku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety-one persons,
according to the census of i8g", and a revenue of Rs. 410, included in that
of Myaing-a-she zu.

SA-DWIN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, ten miles from Ye-u town.

It has a population of fifty persons and an area under cultivation of 712
acres. The chief crop is paddy. The thalhameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 200. The village is in the K6non thiigyh\\\^.

S.\-G.\. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan townsliip, subdivision, and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered eight hundred and four persons,
,and the tliathamidn wes Rs. 894. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

SA-GA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 3, Bhamo district, situated in 23"
40' north latitude and 97° 10' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty houses, with a population of two hundred and
sixteen persons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate to
him The inhabitants arc of the Lepai tribe and Lawhkum sub-tribe, and own
no cattle.

SA-GA.— A village in the Saga cirdo, !<u-hiia-ywa township, Gangaw
subdivision of PakAkku. district, with a population of two hundred and thirty-
six persons, according to the census of 1891. The thathamcda amounted
to Rs. 460 for 1897-98.

SA-GA. — See under Sam Ka.

SA-GA-DAUNG. — A village in the Momeit township of Ruby Mines dis-
trict, on the road between Momeit and Twinng^.

It is at present the headquarters of a circle containing twentyone villages,
but this will be broken up when opportunity offers. It is about twenty-five
miles west of Momeit. There is a Civil Police station, and an office for
the registration of trade. The Kinchaung emerges from the hills near
Sagadaung and in the rains is frequently impassable. It is here called the
Sagadaung ckaung. Its banks produce excellent crops of tobacco and there
are extensive irrigated paddy fields near the village. There is a well-used
path from Sagadaung to Bcrnardf/yp, about fourteen miles, but it is very

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

steep and rough in places. This was the route followed by the first Ruby
Mines expedition.

SA-GA-DAUNG, — A viHage in the Kaungmun-Chaulc-j^va circh.-, Pa-
theingyi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, about nine-
teen miles north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and ninety-one persons at the census
of 189 1.

SA-GA-GA-LE. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 3, Bhamo district. In
1892 it contained fifteen houses, with a population of forty-one persons.
The headman has no other villages subordinate to him. 1 he inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Lahkum sub-tribe, and own three bullocks.

SA-GA-IN. — A group of three villages, numbering in all three hundred
and three houses, in Ava township of Sagaing district, six miles south of
Ava.

The villages are Pinya, fifty-three houses, Hkanlu, twenty-one houses, and
Wunpad^, thirty-two houses, with subordinate village headmen over each.
Annual fairs are held at the Taungdaw pagoda about one mile south of
Sa-ga-in. To the north, between Sa-ga-in and Pinya, is the Shwezig6n pagoda.
Trustees have lately been appointed for this pagoda and lands set apart as
" wuttagan lands " near it.

SAGAING. — A civil administration division, comprising the districts of
Sagaing, Shwebo, Lower Chindwin, and Upper Chindvvin.

SAGAING. — {Sif, a species of tree and ^ai'ng, a branch ; Pk]\ name Zeya
pura), a district in the Sagaing division, lying approximately between 23° lo'
and 21° 30' north latitude and 96'^ 5' east and 95" 10' east longitude.
. , It bestrides the Irrawaddy river, and on the north

Boundaries and area. ;t j^ bounded by Lower Chindwin and Shwebo dis-
tricts ; on the east by the Mandalay and Kyauksfe districts : on the south by
Kyauksc and Myingyan district^; and on the west by Pakokku and Lower
Chindwin districts.

On the north the boundary is formed by a line leaving the Chindwin river
and running east and north-east to the Mu, thence east by a little north to
the Irrawaddy. Here the Irrawaddy steamer channel forms the eastern
boundary as far as the Myit-ngfe, which is then followed as far as the mouth
of the Panlaung. This stream marks the boundary as far as the mouth of
the Sam6n, which is followed to a point above Panna, a village in Kyauksfe ;
thence the line runs south-west to Kanna village in Myingyan. The southern
boundary is an irregular line drawn from Hanna to Mozadaung, and thence
to a point on the Irrawaddy above Sameikkon in Myingj-an, and from here
the Irrawaddy steamer channel is the dividing line as far as the mouth of the
Chaungyo channel. From this point onward the Chaungyo channel and the
Chindwin steamer channel form the western boundary line.

The area of the district is one thousand eight hundred and sixty-four
square miles. At the census of 1891 the population was two hundred and
forty-seven, one hundred and thirty-six, or one hundred and thirty-three
persons to the square mile. The greatest length of the district, from an
island opposite Mandalay on the east to Amyin on the west, is approximately
sixty miles, and the greatest breadth from north to south is forty-five miles,
between Singaing and Theiudaw.

SAG I

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The river Irrawaddy, about ten miles below Mandalay, turns abruptly from

j^ . , its general southern course and runs west and even a

little north-west, until it receives the Mu. From that
point it flows south-west. The district of Sagaing includes a strip of country
on each side of the river from its western bend for about lorty-livc miles, to a
point above Samcikkon, and thence a strip on the right bank only for a fur-
ther stretch of some fifteen miles. The district is thus cut into two pieces,
one north and one south of the Irrawaddy. The former comprises the Sagaing
and Myinmu subdivisions, the latter the Ava subdivision, which on the Annex-
ation of the country in iS86 formed a district in itself.

The chief rivers arc the Irrawaddy, the Chindwin, the Mu, the Myit-ngfe,
Panlaung, and the Samon.

The general aspect of the country is very diversified, ranging from fine
land to barren hills. Along the rivers, where the channel bank is frequently
higher than the country behind, the land is flat and lowlying and is inundated
almost yearly. These alluvial lands are very rich and productive, and the
Irrawaddy itself is full of islands which are subject to yearly indundation and
are consequently equally fertile. The Chindwin breaks into a number of chan-
nels about Amjnn and again near its confluence with the Irrawaddy, so that
the district as a whole is well watered. Part of the Chindwin delta is in
Sagaing district, and the whole is liable to floods.

The hill country is thinly wooded and produces no timber of value: much
of it is very sterile, and petrified wood is found over large tracts. Yet though
much of the upland carries the poorest sandy soil, on which a rrop^Pannot be
raised oftener than once in four or five years, there are other slopes covered
with the best cotton or sessam urn -bearing soils. The hills fall away into large
paddy and wheat plains and in the hollows and stream courses fertile bottoms
are frequently found. So diverse is the face of the country that an ordinary
day's march will carry one through all these varieties of natural scenery.

The greater portion of the district consists of high rolling country, with
dry soil and a small rainfall, most suitable for millet, wheat, Indian-corn, ses-
samum and cotton. Wheat and i ndian-corn are not grown on high rolling
lands, however. The prevalence of dacoity during the last years of Burmese
rule, and after the British occupation in certain tracts, combined with insuffi-
ciency of rain and consequent scarcity, seriously affected the condition of the
population in parts of the district, especially west of the Mu in the northern
part of the Myinmu subdivision which was once rich and prosperous, but
from before the time of the Annexation, became partially deserted.

The Sagaing hill range, which commences far north, run parallel to the

„. . Irrawaddy through the north-east' portion of the dis-

' '■ trict and ends abruptly just north of the present town of

Sagaing, and comprises the only range of any importance. The altitudes

vary from seven hundred and forty-five to one thousand three hundred and

seventy-three feet above sea level.

The Taungtalon-Shwedaung hills, rising to an altitude of one thousand six
hundred and sixty-one feet in the south-east corner of the district, cover but
a small extent of country. A low spur of this range cuts through the centre
of the Ava subdivision, and a similar range extends from a few miles south of
Myotha to Nga-mya and Yepadaing on the left bank of the Irrawaddy. There
is also a range which skirts the eastern border of the Ava subdivision, paral-
lel to the Panlaung river.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAO

The whole of the Myinmu subdivision may practically be said to be a huge
plain. The Sagaing subdivision, too, with the exception of the Sagaing hills
above mentioned and of two low and short ranges east of the Mu river, also
consists of plains. In the Ava subdivision small plains occur between the
low ranges already described.

The Irrawaddy from Singaung to Sagaing is a wide river full of islands.
Rivers. At Sagaing itself it contracts to twelve hundred yards

Irrawaddy. in width and then abruptly turns west, receiving the

Myit-ngfe at the elbow of the turn. It circles round Sagaing and flows be-
tween low banks with a varying width, nowhere so great as just below
Mandalay and nowhere so narrow as at Sagaing. The rise of the river in
flood sometimes reaches to forty feet. At such times it tops its banks and
carries fertility over tlie lowlands for many miles on either side. At low
water the navigation of the channel opposite Sagaing is very intricate, rocks
on the Ava side and a sand-bar towards Sagaing so narrowing the fair
way as barely to afford passage for steamers. There are similar rocks in the
river bed a couple of miles above Ywa-thitgyi and again a little below
Myinmu,

The confluence with the Irrawaddy of the main stream of the Chindwin

is in Pakokku district. Except in size the Chindwin is a

11 ^^'"- counterpart of the Irrawaddy. It maintains its southern

course without break and is more rapid and violent in the rise and fall of its

floods. The extent of these also is liable to much greater variations than is

the case*ii'ith the Irrawaddy. The Chindwin is navigable all the year round.

The Mu falls into the Irrawaddy about three miles above Myinmu after
. , a most circuitous course. The general direction is from

"■ north to south, but the windings rival those of the Forth at

Stirling and continue over a much greater extent of country. The river is
altogether unnavigable except for country boats ; indeed it is fordable any-
where at low water, though in the season of floods it is a raging torrent en-
cumbered with snags and with dangerous whirlpools at every curve.

The Myit-ngt, the Panlaung and the Sam6n form the eastern boundary of
the Ava subdivision for portions of their course, but the
Myil-ngc, Panlaung ^f.^^_ Ungih of these streams lies in other districts. The
and bamon. .Myit-ng6 is navigable by steam-launches up to Paleik ;

above this, like the Panlaung and Samon, it is n.HvigabIc by country boats
only. The Samon is spanned by a bridge, now in disrepair, at Dwe-hla.
Elsewhere it is crossed by ferry or ford, as is the case everywhere with the
Myit-ngfe and the Panlaung.

The Irrawaddy receives the greater portion of the drainage of the district
direct. The Mu receives water from tracts in Sagaing subdivision north of
the cross range and west of the central range and ail from the ridge which
follows its course.

In Myinmu a few streams east of the Mu-Chindwin watershed find their
way to the Mu, others go to the Irrawaddy direct. The Chindwin receives
streams, all of which are small, from the west of the watershed. In Ava the
Panlaung and ihe SamAn receive a few brooks from the Mozadaung. The
rest of the drainage iinds its way to the Irrawaddy direct in three well-marked
watersheds paying into, (i) the stream that flows fast Shwedaung, Kyauktan
and Myinthi ; (2) the channel that passes Myothaand reaches the river at Nga-
zun; (3) the water-course known as Paungdochaung on the Myingyan border.

^^msti^

SkOi

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Limestone is found in lar^ quantities in the hills along the Irrawaddy,
, and is burnt in kilns at Tonbo, Mingin and other places.

Minera pr ucts. Licenses for the manufacture are issued at Rs. 10 each pef
annum, and for every loo cubic feet of limestone extracted a fee of Re. r is
payable. The outturn in 1895 and 1896 was estimated at one thousand six
hundred and ninety-six tons, valued at Rs. 1,696, and two thousand nine
hundred and seven tons, valued at Rs. 1,565 respectively.

Saponaceous earth is found in the stream beds of the Ava subdivision and
IS collected and sold at from eight to twelve annas a basket. It is estimated
that three thousand baskets are exported in the year.

Coal is said to exist near KyauktalAn but has not been examined. A
license to prospect for coal in the neighbourhood has recently (1897) ^^^^
granted. A license to explore for mica in Sagaing, Padu and Chaung-u
townships has also been granted. Clay suitable (or pottery work is found in
various places. It is said that rubies of small size and little value are found
in the hills near Singaung. A license to prospect for copper near Sagaing
has been applied for.

Salt is manufactured in the neighbourhood of Sadaung, Samu, Taung-gya
and Yega The outturn has been estimated as follows :—

Rs.

In 1895, 871 tons valued at ... ... ... 31,64.0

In 1896, 874 tons valued at ... ... ... 22,735

The revenue is levied at five and ten rupees per licensej covering one iron
cauldron.

The revenue has been —

Year.

1886-S7
1887-88
1888-89
1889-90
i8go-9i
1891-92
1892-93
1893-94
1894-95
i8g5-9'3
1896-97

There are no reserved forests. The hill tracts are mostly covered with
thick scrub jungle. In waste places on low land the jungle
becomes forest, with many large trees and thick under-
growth and creepers. .-\t Nabe-gyu on the Ma and along the Sani6n such
stretches of forest are found.

The following list of trees has Ijcen compiled but is not exhaustive :
L'au/iinia racemostt.
Flora. Babul [Acacia arabica), not common and grows to no

size.
hc\[aegle trarmelos) {B. 6kshit'\.
Common banvan (Ficus Indica) [B. Nynungbin].
Common cassia, of various kinds [B. Mesali-bin, Ngu-gyi-sat, firf.].
Terminalia teller tea (the cheida of Western India).
Ber or Bor \Zisyphus Jujuba), very common and with several varieties.
Conocarpus lalijolia (the Dharada of Western India), not common nor of
any size.

Rs.

1.565
2,710
2,360

2.3«»

ii94S
a,o7o

Forests.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

raAO

Acacia LencopkUa [B. Tanttunghin\. •

Common Nancea, several species [B. Ata-u].
Khair {Acacia caieeku) [B. Shabiti\ , very common south of MyDtha, occurs
everywhere.

Mango (mangi/era fndica) [B. Thayet'^, of manv varieties and very com-
mon. Some of the frait is excellent and ajmost, if not quite, equal to the
best Bombay mango.

Odnia Wodier [B. Hnanbin], of little size or value.

Lagerstroemia parviflora.

Erythinee {Suderosa}, rare.

Pipal {Ft'eui religiosa) [B. Nyaungbin], common.

Shinsh (Albissin) [B. Kdkku'], common.

Silk cotton tree {liomba malabaricum) [B. Letpati'bin], common and of
great size.

Tamarind (T. Indt'ca) [B. Ma-gyibini, also common and growing to a
verj' large size.

ralmjTa palm (Borassus flabelli/ormis) [B. Tanbittl, ver)' common.

Teak {Tcctona Crandis) [B. Kyun-bi»\, no trees are found, but there
seems no reason whv they should not grow.

Ficus glomerata [B. Nyaung^bin\.

Flame of the forest {Bute frondosa) [B. Pauk-bin\.

Cocoanut palm [B. Onbin\ found in some parts only.

Wood-apple [Feronia Elcphantum) [B. Thibin.'\
Phyllanthui emblica [B. Zibyu-bin\. The fruit is collected and sold in
the bazaars.

The varnish tree [B. Thit-st\ is not found.
And the Kabaung {strychnea nttxvomi'ca) is very rare.
The Chinese date [Diosphyioi) and the following trees or shrubs have
also been noted : —

Saukbin, a shrub growing densely in low inundated land. Sekknungdati,
than, tha-gyan, in, ta-nytn, thilpalwi, pyaukseik, or myaukseik, tama, iam-
a-se, in-gyin, ba-sliu, pyima, petthan, petwun, thaminthapa, anankalawe
kyibifi, thapan, padauk (rare and small), yindauk, thanthat, vnhke, taung'
ma-gyi, thabye-gyo, ma-hlwa, thelyin, lelkok, shw^dan, yethabye, panga^
yema-ne (sandalwood), thabyu^ tliitya, yingat , thanion (the roots of which
are used as medicine and as food in times of scarcity), yun, yok.

Tlie following fruit trees are cultivated in gardens: —

The lime (///fl»i^_V«?), the ]ack (petti rie), the marian [mayan), the citron
{thauk, many kinds), the gtiava {malaga), the pummclo (s/iaukpan), the
dorian {puyin, very small and rare), the custard-apple {ansa), the papaya
{thimbawthi), the thitcho and ihe fanga.

The domestic animals of this district are of the usual kinds. There were
^ one thousand one hundred and sixty-five ponies shown
in the returns for 1896-97 and the district has supplied
very large numbers for mounted infantry. The number of bullocks and
cows was 136,457. The bullocks as elsewhere are sturdy and well-made if
somewhat undersized animals. The cows are very small and poor. Breeding
is conducted on no system. The bulls are usually very young, and the cattle
epidemics, which occur according to the Burmese every third year, area penal-
ty for promiscuous and unregulated production. The number of deaths by

Fauna.

^^^ SAGJ THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. 41 ^^H

^H disease from January to July 1889 was seventeen thousand one hundred and ^^^H

^m eighty-five head of cattle. The buffaloes were returned for 1896-97 as six ^^^H

^M thousand and seventy-nine in number- Those of Chaungu are noted for the ^^^H

^H size of their horns. Goats are mostly introduced by natives of India and are ^^^H

^m kept by them. Donkeys are not found. Pigs are very abundant in some ^^^H

H villages but are not found universally. In King Thibaw's time there was a ^^^H

^ft law against slaughtering them. ^^^H

^m Wild animals are not found in great numbers. Tho«ie noticed are the ^^^H

^H panther [Felis pardus), the- jackal [cant's atirens), the hog(.SMJ indtcus), the ^^^H

^M brow antiered deer (M««ri'Mj' vel Pawliii Eldt'i), the hog-deer {axis por^ ^^^H

^m c/'nKjr), the barking deer (aVz'WM.r amens) and hares. Of gameb'trds, the ^^^H

^1 jungle-fowl, partridge or francolin, quail, golden plover, snipe, duck of various ^^^H

^H kinds, pintail, shoveller, pochard, Brahmany, and gray teal, common blu&> ^^^H

^1 winged and whistling and geese, are regularly found. ^^^H

^^ All Esheries in the district arc Government property. Most of them are ^^^H

^^^L . leased annually, some for large periods. No attempt has ^^^|
^^^r ^"" yet been made to classify the species of fish caught, but ^^^|

^ the names applied locally to various kinds are given below. The fishing ^^^H

^H nets, traps, and other implements are of many kinds : a list of the local names ^^^H

^H also appended. ^^^H

^B The mammal porpoise is found in the Irrawaddy. ^^^^^|

H Burmese: namiis of Fishes caught in the Sagaing Streams. ^^^^|

^H Nga myin yin.

Nga bye-ma, ^^^^|

H A'/'J gyin.

Nga dein. ^^^|

^H I^ga net thin.

Nga yan. ^^^|

^H Nga net pya.
^H Nga pa-ma.

Nga myin u-yaing. ^^^^k

Nga ga-lein. ^^^^k

^H Nga twe.

Nga ywl. ^^^H

^B Nga daw.

Nga p6k thin. ^^^H

^B Nga maung-ma.

Nga hkan ma. ^^^^k

^B Nga ywe.

Nga pe-atmg, ^^^^|

H %« gyaung.

Nga sibu. ^^^H

^1 Nga Bin.

Nga saga. ^^^^|

^M Nga lu.

Nga thalauk. ^^^H

^ Nga aik.

Nga thaing. ^^^H

^^^^H ^ga gyi.

Nga pa. ^^^H

^^^^^^1 Nga

Nga hku. ^^^H

^^^^^^1 Nga

Nga byet. ^^^H

^^^^^^H Nga myin-auk-pa.

Nga paung yo. ^^^^|

^^^^^^H Nga myin-kun-pan.

Nga bat. ^^^H

^^^^^^H Nga

Nga myinchidauk. ^^^H

^^^^^^H Nga nan-gyaung.

Nga gal aw. ^^^H

^^^^^^H Nga yaung.

Nga thanget. ^^^H

^^^^^^H Nga

Nga hta-yu'et. ^^^H

^^^H iV^a

Nga tha-gyi. ^^^^k

^^^^^^B l^ga shin,
^^^V Nga yinbaungea.

Nga nuthan. ^^^H

Nga zinzat. ^^^^|

^^^^^H Nga lein.

Nga tha-ledo. ^^^H

^^^^^H Nga sinbya. Nga hin nga. ^^^H

^^^^^^1 Nga ^^^^k

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

Fishing Implements.

Hnapinlein paik.

Letkwa paik.

Kyido paik.

Usin paik.

Paik wunbu.

Hinaw.

Metkun.

Hnya.

Taungdaing.

Pinchinpaik.

Paik pya.

Hnalongwin paik.

Ngasin paik.

Yagwin paik.

Taungdtn paik.

Hmy6n.

BSnbin.

T6k.

Linbei.

Yinde-in.

Za. '

Ye-gyi-le paik.

Yindin paik.

Ledo paik.

Paik seik.

Gaw paik.

A in dan pat.

Daingwaing.

Sedaing.

Letwa paik htnate-nge.

Pet-kto.

Hm6nyet paik.

Hmaw-yin.

Daing paik.

Wun paik.

Kunseik.

Kun-gyan.

Nga"hmyadan.

Saung.

Gok paik.

Letmadan,

Bu.

Let htun.

Yc'gwin.

Climate and The rainfall and thermometer readings have been kept
***'^*'* since 1888. They give the following figures : —

SAGl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

■nmBra

■liqaiiiifs "l ^""t

■jf*J»[«qM

'i»i|ioaidji5 0taunf

■n

w»

-wutatniM

■I*

«<
«

'J3qiu3)d:3s 0} iiniif

in
n

;

Pit

'tai JiotL^

JMluiaidsS o) nanf

■CQ

■t

•»

■naJaloitAV -

■4

■m

•jaqum43Sf»Mnf

;

■juJ3]oi|AV

;

•jailBiatdas<»1»onf

;

■«a* aioHitt

J9qiii})dag oiaonf-

;

■«»)£ *|04^

■

■JSaiaiOHjVl

1 £

;

•

;

•

t
i

■jaqtBaidasoisaof

•

'rt»t aqottM

;

118)]

JonHtS

-■go

lie

III

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Thermometer,

[SAG

-f - — -^ -— ■ —

si.

t
^

afln t? . f maximum ...

,888 Extreme. ^^^^^,,^ ...

103

104

9.1

n\ 75| 74

„„ -- majLimum ...

100

1 04 1 104 98

tfi

7o| 77 77

Thermometer.

[Extreme
Mean
f Extreme
/ Mean

i Extreme
Mean
! Extreme
Mean
f Extreme
Mean

r Extreme

1895 i

/ Mean

S Extreme

Mean

f MaTtiimum
X Minimum
f Maximum
^ M inimum
f Maximum
t Minimum
f Maximum
t Minimum

J Maximum
Minimum
f Maximum
X Minimum
? Maximum
(_ Minimum

i Maximum
Minimum
J Maximum
X Minimum
CMajiimum
J^ Minimum

{Maximum
Minimum
( Maximum
X Minimum
C Maximum
3. Minimum

i Maximum
Minimum

48
75
57
So

53
79

56
8S
54
80

57
83
50
76
54
62

77
S6

57
76

59
80

S3
76
57

49
82

S8
83

52
S3
59
95
57
8S
63
92
50
85
5S
90
58
86

54
82

98 ^oa
60 70

89
60

55
-91

IPO

5S
95
71
96
60
96
65
98
64

93
69

98
6a

91
70
91 rioo
~ 64

95
81

96 106

J02

73
96
81
102
66
gS
70
103

70
95

76
103
73
94
74

1 02

104
7a
90

103

, 76

,98

I 80

100

72
19

95
78
90

79
lOa
75
9a
80
92
74
88

77
g8

74
89

77 ' 77
102 95

78
89

100 I 96

103

74
96
81

74
89

79
98
75
90

79
99
78

76
88
78
93
70

»7
76
92
74
87
78
95
79
90
82
96
77
91
80

90
72
86

77
94
76

92 I 9'
79

90
74
86

77
94
60
89

7>
91

76
85

78
89
79
94
78
90

E
41

(fi

ja
E

>
o

ga 1 90
70 I 75
86 87
77 ' 77
95 I 94
69 I 70
gi I 89

79 75
94 93

5B
8t
68
go
63
84
68
86
6z
82
66
04
66
92
68
S9
64

87
60
8i
68
87
65
81

^^
58

54
81

61
84
SO
76

5*
74
54
80

56
76
62
86
58
75
6»
85
58
74

The rainfall varies considerably. In the rains of 1889, although the total
fall in Sagairig itself exceeded by 459 inches the total of the preceding year,
yet elsewhere, notably in the north of Sagaing subdivision, the south of Myo-
tlia township and the south of Chaungu township, the rainfall was very short.

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The great body of water that pass'»s through the district probably prevents
the thermometer from rising as high in the hot weather as it otherwise would.
The hot weather is not distinguished by persistent hot winds, but gales of
great violence blow occasionally. The end of the rains and the early cold
weather, when very heavy fogs hang till late in the day all along the Irra-
waddy, are the least healthy time of the year. But the district as a whole
is very salubrious and has no fever-haunted hills or terai. Epidemics of
cholera, small-pox and measles have been recorded.

The chief diseases are fever, leprosy, venereal, opthalmic and skin diseases,
with occasionally epidemics of measles, small-pox and cholera. There are
no specially unhealthy jungle tracts and the district is, therefore, as a whole,
much healthier than most of those adjoining it.

Leprosy is very prevalent. Few villages are without one or more lepers.
As many as five hundred persons are said to be afflicted with this disease
out of the whole population of two hundred and forty-seven thousand persons.
There was in former times a wuti, called the Ayut ?<'««, who to a certain
extent enforced an order of partial segregation. This office, however, was
abolished in Mindon Min's time, it is said because one of the Queens was
found to be a leper, and the King did not see the use of an official who
could not keep leprosy out of the Palace. At present lepers go about their
ordinary avocations mingled with the rest of the population. Healthy and
leprous persons live in the same house. Sometimes the leper is put in a
separate hut in the same compound, but it is very seldom that one sees the
lepers forced to live together at one end of the village.

Venereal disease is, of course, commoner in the towns than in the villages
and is most prevalent along the river.

Vaccination is readily accepted by the people.

There is no trace of any tribe or race in Sagaing other or earlier than
p . . the Burmese, and wild or hill tribes are not found in the

opu icn. district. There is, however, a considerable infusion of

Shan blood, and a certain amount of Siamese, Arakanese, and Peguan
(Moll or Talalng). This has been derived from servants or captives taken by
Burmese Kings in their numerous wars or from the occasional domination
of Shan or Talaing Kings. These imported types, however, are now quite
merged in the general population and cannot be said to exist as distinct
races.

Of the Manipuris it would seem that all the castes except the Brahman

-. . . have been absorbed into the Burman population and

"'" '** have adopted Buddhism. They are known as Kathh

Ekkabat, and by other names.

Of the Brahmans (^PSttna) there are some thirty families in Sagaing.

They speak Burmese and do not understand their own

language, though they sing the ritual by rote in a dialect

of Bengali. They retain their Hindu religion, worshipping Krishna and

Vishnu and gods whom they call Mahaprinlam Mahaparapu. In the temple

of Krishna are a number of images of human form and of normal shape,

usually gilt or painted. The shrine of Maha-pein6 contains, amongst other

images, a common alabaster Gaudama,

Ponna do not freely intermarry with Burmans. Cases occur, but they
as a rule choose from their own caste. If any one, man or woman, marries

Br.ihmans.

TME UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

J SAG

an outsider, whether Brahman or of any other race or caste, he or she is de-
barred from joining in the religious ceremonies and is forbidden to cat with
other Ptinrtri and is in fact tfjc communicated. When a marriage is contem*
plated, the parents of the bridegroom, together with a frw elders, go to the
bride's parents to ask for their consent to the union. When this has been
obtained a day is fixed for the ceremony, and the wedding then takes place
in the presence of the elders and of the parents on both sides. The parents
of the bride formally make over their daughter to the bridegroom and his
parents with the request that she may be treated as their own. I he bride-
groom's parents and ihe bridegroom himself then promise that the lady will
be treated with all due kindness, together with what other vows the happy
man may feel himself moved to add. The bride leaves with her husband on
the day of the marriage and is not allowed to remain in her parents house.
Seven days after the marriage husband and wife go round to the houses of
near relatives and friends with pyramidal lacquer boxes stored with cocoa-
nuts, plantains, areca-nuts and betel leaves, tobacco and the other ordinary
Kadait'pwt! to pay their respects. The wedding presents are then given
according to the means of the giver. These are ordinarily wearing apparel
for husband or wife, gold or silver ornaments, or simply sums of money.

There is a considerable colony of Mussulmans settled in Sagaing, Ava,

ji, . Ywathit-gyi, Nga-7un, and other villages. None of them

can say whence their great-grandparents came, but it is

probable, that they wandered over from Chittagong. Certainly, although they

near Rurmcse dress, none of them are of Burman race. They speak Burmese

and do not understand their own language, except a few of the imaum or

" jfl/fl"who teach them the Scriptures. They intermarry almost entirely

within their own community and it is the duty of the father to tind a husband

for his daughter. On the wedding day the saya read over the Koran and

then solemnize the marriage. This is followed by a grand meal given to the

public.

Of Christians tliere are very few. The Reverend Mr. Hascall of the Amcri-

^, . ,. can Baptist Mission opened a girls' and boys' school in

Christians: , ^ , ooo i \t ooo ^u r. i r r>

American Baptist. Januar)' of 1888. In May 1888, the Reverend v. P.

Sutherland of /^ig<5ii, Lower Burma, was put in charge of the
station at the Sagaing by the Executive Committee at Boston, Massachusetts,
I', S. A. A day school has been continuously maintained since then, with the
exception of about eighteen months. TJie highest standard reached has
been the fourth, and the total number of scholars received up to 1897 ^^^ ^7*
Twenty-three scholars have been added within the past two years (1896 and
1897). Within the same period a medical department has been added, and
two thousand and fifty patients have received treatment gratuitously. In
1888 three Burmans were converted, two from Lower and one from Upper
Burma. In the following year the same figures were repeated exactly. A
small Church was formed in January 1889, consisting of new converts and
of a few Christians from Lower Burma. The whole, men and women, num-
bered about twenty souls. A pastor and two catechists attend to their spirit-
ual welfare. The latter frequently accompany the missionary on preaching
tours in the district.
The Roman Catholic Mission in Myinmu has at present two stations, at
Nabet and Chaungu. These missions do not do much
proselytizing. They look after the native Christians, de-

Roman Catholic.

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

scendants of the Portuguese and others carried off as prisoners on the capture
of Syriam by Maha Dhamma Yaza in 1613 A.D., and again on its saclc by
Alaung-paya in 1756 A.D.

There was formerly a Christian community and Church at Payoinma, hut
they have long since disappeared. The Churches at Nabct and Chaungu are
of very old standing. There are no native Christians in Ava.

The census returns of population for 1891 give the following figures : —

0.
a.

Township.

Total.

Male.

Female.

Bud-
dhists.

•c

U
ISO

Sasfaing Municipa-
lity.
Rest o( Sagaing

9.934

4.906

S.028

8,59>

630

553

4»

29.308

'3.796

«S.573

28,875

293

...

township.

Sadaung township

28.164

13.291

14.873

27.9' 8

213

Myinmu

39.3S6

18,056

I si.-^so

39.«5i

141

Chaung-u

30,108

13439

' 10.669

29.523

265

263

i»

Kyaukyil

35.788

11.773

14,016

25.447

326

Ava

30,477

18,689

20.7S8

39.:^ 2 1

203

Mjolha

44.9 It

80,873

34.038

44.585

283

■ «*

L Total ...

347.136

114,833

136,314

343.3' »

i.3»9

1. 541

799

128

4^016 excess of women over men is partly due, no doubt, to the disturbances
of the Annexation. The male population may be supposed to have been
reduced by deaths in action, executions, imprisonments or flight to other
districts. The excess of female over male children, cannot, however, be due
'to any but general causes. Among the traders and shop-keepers are many
natives of India who followed in the track of the native regiments.

Cultivators naturally form the bulk of the population. Goldsmiths, black-
smiths, coppersmiths, masons or bftcklayers, stone and wood car\'crs, paint-
ers, carpenters and tailors are all found in fair numbers. Oil manufacturers
are usually the persons who have grown the oil -seed. Cloth weavers arc
also most frequently the wives and families of the cultivators of cotton. But
silk weavers form a distinct community and are very numerous in Sagaing,
which is famous for its manufacture of tamein, women's skirts. Dyers (of
the yellow monkish robes), washermen, pwP dancers, paper-makers, native
doctors, potters are some of the trading community. Fishermen are common
and, like the toddy-climbers, jaggery-makers, cutch-boilers, fruit and market
gardeners and hucksters form part of the agricultural population.

PCngyis are very numerous, and there are many pagoda slaves, noticeably
in the villages round the Kaung-hmu-daw pagoda: all the inhabitants of the
villages of Paungya were actually slaves till the Annexation.

Before, during, and after the Annexation many villages were destroyed by
dacoils, or deserted for fear of them, or removed by Government for harbour-

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

ing them, and, though large numbers have returned, the State of the district
in this respect is hardly yet normal. In 1897 there were seven hundred and
four villages. Sagaing, the chief and probably the largest town, was re-
turned in 1891 as having nine thousand nine hundred and thirty-four inhabit-
ants. The villages are usually surrounded with a double or at least a single
thorn hedge with one or more gates. The houses are generally of the most
flimsy description, built throughout of bamboo. A fairly constant movement
down to Lower I3urma in search of work goes on. The work sought is
mostly harvesting, but fishing is also sought for as well as any labour that
offers between the months that follow the garnering of crops sown in the
rains and the preparation of the ground for the next crop. This movement
is chiefly from riverain villages and especially from the Chindwin-Irrawaddy
delta. In Ava township the movement is to Kyauksfe, where paddy culti-
vation goes on continuously all the year long.

The revenue settlement of the district, begun in 1893, is not yet complete.
_ . . . No details of holdings can be given, and the returns as to

arable area can be nothing more than a rough estimate.
In 1896-97 the estimate was as follows ; —

Acres.

Cultivable land (excluding fallow)

Fallow

CuUivable waste (other than fallow)

Uncultivable ...

Total

239.447
38o,6gd

4g.562

623.345

1.193.050

The amount of stock estimated in the same year was —

Ploughs

Carts ... ...

Cows and bullocks
Budaloes ,.. ...

Ponies ... ... .,,

Goats

The crops under cultivation were —

Rice

Wheat ... ... ....

Other food-grains including pulses ,,

Uil-seeds

Cotton

Indigo (a small amount only) ... .,

Tobacco

Orchard and garden produce

Miscellaneous food-crops ... .,

Number.

36408
19.670

"36.457

6,079

1,165

984

Acres.
68.600

4,325

104,723

42,555

« 2,650

3,«>2

4,670
800

Soil is found in every variety. The river sandbanks pass gradually into
rich beds of alluvial silt. The deepest and best black cotton soil alternates
with all varieties of clay, clay intermixed with sand, sand intermixed with
lime nodules, gravel, kunkar and rock. A considerable area in the north of
the Sagaing subdivision is impregnated with salt.

Attention is paid to irrigation on a small scale only. Besides the large
area of riverain village lands which are annually flooded, the filling of the
natural sinks {in) and artificial tanks (kan) supplies means of irrigating the
Eelds for long after the flush has passed. There are also many petty works

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

in the interior dug to store up rain water or to utilize the water of streams.
This is especially the case in the Ava township, though the system is nowhere
so elaborate as in Kyauksfe. Many of these works have received attention
from Government, e.g.y the Kandavv Kan-hia, near Ava, the Wuntho Kan
near Cliaungg^a, a series of bunds near Nga-zun, the Melibin bund near
Myo-hla, the Kyaungbyukan in Sadaung township, the Kandaw and Pegu
tanks, the Pauk-in canal and Myauk-inma-gyi bund in Myinmu subdivision.
Wells are used for irrigation purposes by market gardeners and keepers of
orchards, and also for paddy cultivation in some lagoons where, after the
subsidence of the surface flood, the water left behind remains suspended in
the soil. In the broads (»"«) the water is raised by water-scoops {kanwe) or
water-lifts {ku). The water-scoop, or ianwii, is simply a long half cylinder
of bamboo matting with a long guiding handle. It is slung from the apex of
three bamboos staked together and is worked by hand. The water-lift, iu
or kttmaung, raises water to a greater height than is possible with a kanw^.
It is a long, narrow trough worked on a pivot. The worker stands on a
small platform (often a single plank or a mere pole) and brings his whole
weight on to one end of the trough and thus sinks that end. When his weight
is removed the other end of the trough, which overhangs the field to be
watered, is depressed by the weight of a stone or lumps of mud placed there
for the purpose. The water is thus tilted forward and runs through a hole
in the trough. In raising water from a well the ordinary long bamboo,
working on the pivot of an upright post, with a heavyweight at one end and
a bucket at the other, is used. The bucket is lowered by hand, the weight
at the end of the Maunglct raises it up and the water is tilted into a bamboo
runnel. The farm implements used are the plough (te), the harrow (tun},
the hoe {pauktu), the sickle [tastn] and the knife [dhama). Oil-mills [sisun)
are also freqently found. In cotton-growing neighbourhoods every house
has its cotton gin, spindle for reeling yarn, and loom for weaving cloth.

In some parts an early crop of sessamum, maize and kaukyin is raised in
August and September. The main harvest between November and January
includes paddy (knukkyi), cotton, sessamum and millet. The late hars'est
from February to April, wheal paddy [mayin), all kinds of peas, maize, garden
produce and tobacco. A third crop of paddy [mayin and kaukti) may in
some places be obtained before the rains.

Ploughing, or harrowing, as it would more correctly be called, is commonly
done in the hot wealher from March to May. Early crops are sown in May
and June, main crops in August and September, late crops from November
to January. Threshing and winnowing are carried on in the same way as in
India or China and the East generally. Manure is used, but in greatly in-
sufficient quantitii^^s. This is the more to be regretted, seeing that the dung
of cattle is not used for fuel as it is in India. Rotation of crops with fallow is
not practised, except on the lighter dry soils. All possible changes may be
rung on the four following : sessamum, cotton, millet, and fallow. Frequently
the land is so poor that the fallow has to extend to two or three years after
two crops, or sometimes even after only one.

The crops are —

(i) rice, saba, of three kinds ; iaukkyi, mayin, and kaukti;
(2) wheat, gyon, kala-saba, and gySnsaba, This is extensively grown
only in two tracts, one west ofithe eastern range of hills in Sagaing

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

(SAG

subdivision, one on a somewhat elevated alluvial tract between
Tada-u and Chaungwa, in Ava township. There is a small wheat
tract in the north-west of Kyaukyit township ;

(3) mWht, pyaung;

(4) maize, pyaung-hu ;

(5) peas of many kinds; e.g.^ pe-gyi, pe-gya, pedi, kala-pe (gram),

sadawpe and matpi ;

(6) sessamum, hnan, which is of two kinds, /man-ytn, which is reaped

in the rains, and /t»att-gvt', which is rcapi^d in the cold weather.

(7) Cotton, wa ; this is said to be very short in the staple ;

(8) brown hemp, paiksan; occasionallv a little of this is grown amongst

cotton ;

(9) indigo, me ; this is grown sparingly after the paddy crop around

Sagaing and on the banks of the Irrawaddy in the Ava subdivi-
sion;

(10) tobacco, se, grown on all alluvial banks of rivers and islands ;

h I) chillies, ngaydk, and brinjals, kayan, arc grown on similar ground ;

(12) tomatoes, kayan-gyin, are grown almost everpvhere;

(13) onions, kyetthon, are grown as a field crop in wheat soil, or on

alluvial lands ;

In gardens are grown melons, thagwama, water melons, payC'thi^ gourds,
3«, pumpkins, payonlhi, cucumbers, thagiea^ areca nuts, kun (not common),
and betel-vino, only in well-sheltered gardens as at Sagaing and Tada-u,
plantains, hnget-pyawthi, pine-apples, na-nai(hi, and the fruit and flowering
trees mentioned above.

Short rainfall occasionally causes local scarcity, as do blight and excessive
floods, but general famine is unknown.

Rust in the wheat-crops occurred for the first time after the Annexation,
It was possibly introduced by seed brought from India. Rust was very pre-
valent from 1894 to 1896.

No statistics of trade in Burmese times are available. There must have
_ . ... been a considerable traffic, but it has undoubtedly largely
tries inaus- increased under British rule. The district was verv un-

safe for years before the Annexation and is now completely
at peace. The traffic on the Chindwin especially owes its expansion to
this establishment of tranquillity. 1 he number of boats now ascending to
Amyin exceeds anything that was ever dreamt of in Burmese times. The
statistics yet available of the state and progress of trade under British rule
are very imperfect and though figures have been collected for 1891-92 they
are quite unreliable.

A large Chinese firm, with establishments in Rangoon, Mandalay, Penang
and Singapore, has opened a branch in Tada-u. The Bombay Burma
Trading Corporation, Limited, have long kept an agent at the mouth of the
Mu, and he has lately established a godown at Sadaung. The company has
also an agent at Ava, at the mouth of the Myit-ngfe.

The chiff centres of trade are Sagaing, Tada-u, Myotha, whence goods
reach the river at KyauklalSn or Sameikkon, Ywathit-gyi, Chaung-u, and
Myinmu. The last is not so much a centre of trade as a dep6t, where goods
to or from the Chindwin vto the M6nywa road leave or reach the Irrawaddy.
There are two markets in Sagaing, and three in Tada-u and Ava. At

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

S«

Ywathit-gyi a small bazaar is held. An attempt to set establish a bazaar at
Myotha failed, but al Nga-zun there has been a tnarkctsince the Annexation.
Myinmu and Chaungu have flourishing bazaars, and that at Allakappa is
doing well. That at Amyin is long established. All these bazaars, except at
Amyin, are held dailVi and the transactions in them arc in ready money. Out-
side the bazaars pedlars go round the villages and make their transactions
usually by barter. Articles of bazaar supply are exchanged for quantities of
some trade staple such as cotton, and the huckster sells the produce thus col-
lected to the trader for cash.

■

The fairs are, as elsewhere in Burma and in India, and as they were in
Europe in the Middle Ages, religious. The principal of them are held at —

Kyaukyit, Wachet, Kaunghmu-daw, Ngadatkyi (Sagaing), Sein-Uf
Paung-ya-yin (Sagaing), Myaung (Ngay6n, Wunhlaing, Winzin),
Pauktaw (Shinbindawyaik), Kyauktalon (Letmyet-hna), Nga-
zun. Y\vathit-g)'i (Shinbin-damatha), Myinmu (Shinbin-Sawlu),
Thawtapan (Shinbin-Nangaing). These do not greatly differ
from the daily bazaars, except for the addition of religious
observances, with dramatic performances and a few other
amusements.

Shops are not often found in the villages. The bazaars and the pedlars
supply their place. In Sagaing town a large influx of Indians has taken
place and they have opened the usual Indian grocery, sweetmeat and miscel-
laneous shops in great numbers.

The ordinary native crafts are still carried on. There arc gold and silver
smiths in Sagaing, Vwataung and Wachet. They work with everything on
a small scale, tile, chisel, hammer and anvil and make rings, bracelets, but-
tons, studs, watch-chains, necklaces, cups, cAunam-hoxes, earrings, anklets,
hair-pins, combs and tihe like. Their earnings average from Ks. 15 to Rs. 30
a month, but they only work to order and keep no articles ready made.

Brass workers ply their trade in Sagaing, Ywataung, Wachet, Ma-gyizin,
Ondaw and Sadaung. They convert copper sheets brought in the Manda-
lay bazaar into spittoons, betel and c/tu»am-bo\es, drinking-cups, filters
{ye-sit), bowls and trays. They make from Rs. 20 to Rs. 50 a month.

Blacksmiths get their iron in the bazaar and make dhas, axes, pickaxes,
raamooties, hooks, hinges, chains, crowbars, scythes, ploughs, nails, springs,
tyres for wheels and the like. The blacksmiths, unlike the gold and silver
smiths, keep ready made articles for sale. Paid hands are kept, who get
from Rs. 8 to Rs. 20 a month, according to their skill.

A certain amount of sculpture, or stone-carving is carried on, mostly in
alabaster obtained in the Sagyin tauno north of Mandalay. Images of
Gaudama Buddha chiefly are turned out and the price varies of course with
the size- Some men make a living by advancing money to the sculptors,
Thev advance Rs. 50, with which the rough block is to be bought and
brought to the speculator's house. There it is fashioned into an image
which sells for, say, Rs. 150. The Rs. 50 advance is then deducted and
the remainder halved between the workman and the man who advanced the
money.

Pottery is made chiefly at Obo. The following are the chief articles
manufactured; drinking pots, bathing jars, flower-pots and cooking-pots.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAU

The clay is obtained from the east of the village ; it is a red earth mixed with
a little sand, and to this black earth, also obtained near the village, is added.
The whole process of manufacture is carried on by hand, the one implement
being a round piece of wood, shaped like a top, but with a flat face. This
is so fixed that it can be turned either way. On this sufllcient moistened
clay for a pot is put and the potter with one hand turns the implement and
with the other shapr-s the pot. A block of wood, with scrolls and floral de-
signs cut in relief on it, is then used to add ornamentation to the outside.
When from one to two hundred pots are made and sundried, they are tired
and burnt hard. The work is not done by any paid establishment, but by
each householder for himself, or rather by the daughters of the house.
From Rs. 5 to Rs. 10 a month are the common earninj^s of a family of
father, mother, one son, and one daughter. Glazed earthenware vessels of a
superior kind are made at Chaunj^diauk near Myinmu.

Bricks are made of pure black earth, mixed with one-quarter the amount
of paddy dust. They are ordinarily made in moulds measuring eighteen
inches by ten inches by two inches. One kiln burns ten thousand bricks,
which sell for Rs. 75. It takes five men a month to fill a kiln.

Lime-burning is also carried on. The limestone is broken into lumps about
the size of one's fist and then burnt. It is then taken out and sprinkled
with water, when it breaks into powder. The slack lime is sold at ten rupees
the hundred baskets. A kiln contains from five to eight hundred baskets.
The slaked lime fetches a better price than the unslaked.

Sugar -boiling is carried on wherever there are sufficient palm-trees. When
the palm puts out a sprout about a foot long it is tied up with bamboo hnyai
as tight as possible and then the head of it is cut three times on three suc-
cessive days. A new pot is tied beneath it and a little lime {/i(dfi) is put in
to prevent the toddy from fermenting as the sap drops slowly from the sprout.
The lime enables the toddy to be kept in stock until there is enough to boil
for taH'nyet or jaggery. A little rice dust is always put into the boiling to
facilitate the formation of the sugar. This sells at from Rs. 12-8-0 to Rs. 20
the hundred viss.

A certain amount of indigo is also produced. The plants are set out in
October or November and cut in June or July. The stems are soaked in
water in a big pot {ptok) for a whole night and taken out in the morning.
Some lime is then put in and stirred up in the water. Then the water is
allowed to stand for some hours, when the surface water is poured ofT. The
sediment is allowed to dry and is then taken out and sold as indigo. The
process is very primitive and wasteful. The indigo sells at Rs. 25 the
hundred viss.

Cutch-boiling used to be a regular industp»'. The trees are cut down,
stripped of their bark, and chopped into little blocks which are then boiled till
all the sap has come out. The chips arc then taken out and the water is
boiled to evaporation. The cutch obtained sells at Rs. 25 the hundred viss.

Jack-tree branches are treated in the same way as cutch to obtain the
yellow dye used for hf>6ngyis' robes,

In the cotton-growing districts cotton-spinning is carried on in every house.
The implemenis used are the wacheit, \hc yit, the cha, the httitldngdn,
the hnat, the yinthwa and the lun. For a description of the weaving pro-
cess see under Amarapura.

SAG 3

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Silk weaving is also common, but the silk all comes from China or Siam.
After being boiled and dyed it is wound on reels. The weavers are both
men and women, but there are few male weavers of any age. The women
weave all their lives long. The chief silk-weaving villages are Seing6n,
Ach6k, and Linzin and all over the town of Sagaing. The Sagaing silks are
famous and sometimes from one hundred to an hundred and Hfty shuttles
are used in weaving a lun-hlamein or a lun-pnso. Not more than an inch
can ordinarily be woven in a day. One of these skirts costs from Rs. 12 to
Rs. 15 ; a paso from Rs. 100 to Rs. 150.

Coarse paper is manufactured in the district from paddy-straw or from
young bamboo sprouts which are steeped in water until they rot. The fibre
is then beaten into a pulp and the water pressed out, 1 he pulp is then
spread on rectangular frames to dry in the sun and the coarse paper thus
produced is chiefly used for interleaving gold leaf.

There are three or four fermented toddy shops licensed in each subdivision
and several beer and spirit shops in Sagaing town.

The trade routes and communications are (i) the Irrawaddy for conveyance
,j. . by steamer or native boat to Mandalay and Bhamo (for

China) and down to Rangoon, (2) the Chindwin for trade
between PakAkku and Kindat, (3) an old high way from Ava to the south,
called the Minlan, passing down the Samon valley. This appears to have
been gradually falling into disuse since Ava ceased to be the capital. Along
this road villages of fifty houses each were planted at regular intervals.
The inhabitants were charged with the duty of keeping the road free from
robbers and in return lived rent-free, or received quit-rent grants of royal
lands and a whole or partial exemption from thathaineda taxes.

Since the Annexation there have been added to these : (4) a made road
Myinmu from on the Irrawaddy, to Mfinywa on the Chindwin. This road
carries the M6nywa mails and a very large amount of traffic. It has very
easy gradients and is suitable for a steam-tramway and a light railway.

(5) The Mu Valley and Mogaung-Myitkyina Railway, worked by the
Burma Railways Company, starting from Sagaing, with a link on the oppo-
site bank of the river to join the Rangoon-Mandalay main line.

(6) The Sagaing-AlAn branch Railway passing through Myinmu is now
(1900) open to traffic of all dc'scriptions,]

Minor roads lead from Myotha to Kyauktal6n, to afford access to the
river from a fine cotton country ; Myotha and Chaungwa to Kyauksi, open-
ing up the same country to the railway ; various feeder roads to the Mu
valley and Mogaung Railway ; and from Ywathitgyi to Lig)-i, connecting the
lower parts of the Mu valley with the Irrawaddy.

The only important bridges in the district are, that at Tada-u, spanning
the Myittha river, and the bridge across the Sam6n at Dwehla. The former
connects Ava with Tada-u and has a continuation part causewav and part
bridge over low ground and another stream, the Panzfe. leading into Tada-u.
The Sam6n bridge is on the Myotha-Chaungg\va-Kyauks(!: road. It is now
(1897) in disrepair and is not used.

The rivers arc generally crossed by ferries, which are all Government pro-
perty and are auctioned yearly. The proceeds are assigned to district
funds.

The ferries at present leased are —

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

CSAG

0)
M

§5.

-ft

u.| p3CB»| q^itftt ill) junuuiy

*«]A |E UlIC Baptnq q^vQ

n IT-

'^i\A Q[ jad Vpmp

■ !

*II|A 001 J3d *i[lOof)

'93ir|ijB> JD |i?:) ^^^A

jad JO 'jCj}|iiod p ;a^:> H^^"^

■qsw 'i|«ui>rtie wqro

pI d o o a s O

< O O 9a O O B3

^ H ^ D n p« O

■T o b Q e a 9

'< 5Q ■* «! « ^ ft

^ O O Q O <» O

ODD ODD e«lD

OO^ ■*■*— D44I

-■MO OOO n—o

ooo aoD Doa

w -^f « rt i^ - « *fi

OOO as? 30D

a i» e

ODD

o a 9

D O
9 O

9 O D

e^ o t7

O O 9 POP

Of]0 &o(n ODi
f«<i» voa •«•■■

-co

1 a o

o d D D a o

ODD o o a

a o

fit O D D a Oi

b ODD OOO

< o ec 4 a flo <«

" *4 o a -DO

0$ ODD

•# d M O « •^^

e O O >i o o

D O &0a (TOO

O fi DO& OOO

upunpDEiji lavDf^r^q^ q»E3

*JAp«k) 43ptLn

]ttiiii 33Jqi J3Aa PUR 3 <P^

-aih&i 3A\<i Y\m^ JO iif^pe ^30^

D o
n #1

*JtopeT(3ia

OOO DOB eOO iOVlV OOO
^M« ^H— iTfflM QDO ^nM

/-**\ r-^^ /-*-v

e e«

o > > o

• t g ; .

I
K

5z^ iiJ sxJ x:£^ ixl

D ■ ■. D k —

a * • Q * *

•pi^wa

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I A nn «•

o a fi

n^M aoo 904

« o Q o Q ; O e

3 T r

o o o

e e o

Q « o

«4 M o

o e Q «

B ■

oio« gun te 0<pn oa'ioeo

DOS Qoo a ooa pdooq

ft - O

ODD

O O D

« o o

o c o

ooo ^ e o b< A

a o a o

«*■* OdO^ OW«^ ^ O«09 DO^D-D

<o n "O n

Q'C »eo ~oo ~ MOO wMMWM

^ o e

o A a

«| H M

090 DOO e-oo

O B O D

D 9 oea aoo o ooo qoooq

ooo

DOO

ou ■#

*^ -

OIC •

I "

! ■»

- D a

OOO

>■ o o

O O DOC ooo O DOO aOQDO

a ;'* o«-v OQD* V Owt ffittoaeo

D o ^ao «oo o -^oa ooo-M

! :

: I

i ; i

;

: :

: ;

•

•.

: :

: s l

: I :

;

: ; 5

1 : : : ;

; ; i

■ :

I :

1 : :

: o

; o

OS n

- P o

O B m

- o

« to *n
~ O 5

a o 49 fl o

o o «-h
^^ D D

o o 4

m M SI Hi Si l3l SJ Si Sllll Sj I

1..

I i

2 s

«" n -t lAci (C

n «i fl* n n ^

■DHtrnVS

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

4>
N
C«

9
CQ

5
t^

'S^^Sgi itiajf 31(1 loj

■Hii oi ad'ipooo

tin (X9I Ad 'tpooo

?Ve|ui3 id 3^9 qTf

oeo PW U'^r? onn onn owu
*4CO 4-ea OOO -DO OQO mOO

1 uic u r^ rt
ri D D D Q C

^OOq ^OD O0O Q&D OPD ODD QQD DOB OOO
^-rn>' «iv^ e4«^ -^p^n ^^niv ^nn tov * ia«l4 vnn
^DDO DOO OOD eoO &0O QpD 090 DQO OOC^

OOQ OOO OOO ODO OOO OOO OOB OdD

onn 09 EQ 4^v D=&eo cq*^ d««4 ouoa n * ^

-tOfl — 0$ OQC — OO QO$ -*0O ^QS DOD

'Kin "irsuiiu? uq^o

JO tllOd '9inut '«tjgt(

JO j(u0d *;)]ttLU 'a^lQq

D- D D O O 13 4 4

000 p a

i o odd

000 OOfi DCO QOO OOO ObO OOO OOO

^OQ ODD $CI9 QQO 0D« SOD OOD DDD
On« DMB^ d tB ^ D ntiQ « <« -^ on« D ^U m V •*
taDO Moe OGO p^DO eOO MOD fe^DD DOD

aani) ja^a PtlV MJ«a

A^DO DOS CID^ O'^n CP3n tDB^n DVn OV4D v^^r}

'n«i: «oo -00 oto wco 000 -00 MOO ocO

'Jrnpe M?Ba

I ! I

1-1-1 =

~^D j;^Q '■'■& hL:^(
3:SJ =lj Il5 Ki.

f=| f,-| 55| 5s| ^1 ^
3:=J3 iKj xi^ xx2 xx3

*3>jjina

■ffpRfSIM^^ DN IV DVg

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Administration.
(<}} In Burmese
times.

Under Burmese rule tlie Wun was the highest local official, with a nomi-
nal monthly pay of from Rs. 200 to Rs. 500. His full
establishment consisted of: one nahkan on a salary of
Rs. 50, one sayc'gyi also on Rs 50, and (in Ava at least)
two tauHghmus on Rs. 50. He was allowed in addition
as many myo-sa-yes as he chose to take on himself. The rrttw-ships which are
included in, or have contributed part to, the present Sagaing district are —

Sagaing^ all except a small portion now assigned to Shwebo.

Ava.

Shwebo, part of ihc^ Myingaung-s]\'\^ of Sadaungand the Myingaung-

ships of Pagu and Myaung.
TalChnyo, the Al6-gyun.
A Ion, a few small villages only.

Nga-myo (the five towns), namely, Amyin, almost in its entirety,
Payeinma, Kyaukyit, Nabet, and Allakappa of the Ywa-bu-gyi
township.

Nga-myo was afterwards reduced to the four towns Lemyo^ Allakappa
being placed under a separate Wun, Maung Ku, who, on the English advance,
resisted at Myingyan, under the Hleihin Aiwinwun and U Kyaw Gaung.
Maung Ku afterwards took British service and '' after serving as Myook of
Ayadaw, has now retired and is living in Myinmu," whilst U Kyaw Gaung
went out as a dacoit and was caught and hanged in t888.

Each township was also divided into three thauks, each of them under a
thwethaukgyi. Shwebo, however, was divided into tracts each under a
myingaung. The principal duty of the thwe-thaukgyi and myingaung was
to maintain each his fixed contingent for the king's army. The only differ-
ence seems to have been that the myingaung s men were tattooed on the
small of the back, or on the right or left side with the figure of a horse,
while the t hwe-t haukgyi' s were not marked in this way. It does not appear
that the thve-thaukgyi or the myingaung had anything to do with the collect-
ing of revenue. The thugyi collected the thathamcda and paid it in through
the u'uns. Royal-land revenue was paid in by the ayadaw-vk. The officer
who got the farm of the revenues of an island was called a kyun-Sk ; of
land under a tank a kan-Ck, Each farmer paid a fixed rent for his farm
— for example, the Myaung Royal lands were farmed for Rs. 5,000 annual
rental, and the farmer made as much more out of it as he could. His
subordinates the le-6k, and under them the legaung did the same, so that
the cultivators paid a very great deal more than the amount that found its
way into the King's coffers. The various ahmudans were all subordinated
to their own Bo. Shan ahtnudan Bo also received sa-gyun palm-leaf orders
tapered at the end into points — as ahmu of the village or tract where they
were quartered. Thugyis as a rule were hereditary; thtce-thaukgyi, myin-
gaung and ahmu were not so by right, but frequently were in reality.

In the " Doomsday" drawn up by Bodaw Paya in 1145 BE. (1783 A.D.)
and renewed in 1 164 B,E, (1S02 A.D), were shown all the details of heredi-
tary officers, their villages, lands, and boundaries all carefully marked out, as
were also the limits of the Royal lands. The duties to be discharged by
ahmudan and the lands to be enjoyed by them in payment for their ser-
vices were all set out in sit-lan. Most of these now only exist in uncertified
copies.

THE irppER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

The village was liable as a whole for the thathameda revenue due from it,
that is to say, ten times the number of rupees that there were families in the
village. At first each family paid one rupee only. This was afterwards
raised to three rupees and again to ten. The that h anted a -i^x was first im-
posed by Mind6n Min. Many exemptions were granted and the number of
families was never properly checked. The money seems to have been raised
without difficulty. Thug)'is were paid for collecting it, at first by receiving
tracts of Royal land, rent-free {fhugyisa), and afterwards by ten per cent.
commission on collections. Transit duties of five per cent, ad valorem were
levied on all staples except rice. River duties of four annas and a pyi of rice
per man were payable by each boat passing Kyauktal6n.

Under British rule the present district of Sagaing existed as two districts*
... . . , Sagaing and Ava, from the time of the Annexation up to

Annexation^. *^^ ^S^^ January 18S9, when they were amalgamated with

one. Since then a small township has been made over to
the Lower Chindwin district and a fertile island taKen over from Pak6kku.
The district is administered by a Deputy Commissioner, with an Akunwun and
Treasury Officer, three Subdivisional Officers and seven Township Officers.
The ex-wuns, except Maung Mu, have declined to take service under the
British Government, but a taunghmu with the title of witn and an official
who served the Burmese Government as a Myook are serving now as Town-
ship Officers. The thwe-thaukgyi, myingaung, ayadaw'6k, kyun-6k, kau-
6k, and ahntudan of all kinds have of course lost office, but the office of
thug}'i remains, and is very often held by the same incumbent as in Burmese
times.

Ahmudan-sa and other land held under the Burmese regime on condition
of rendering public service now fall under the category of State-land, if still
enjoyed by the original assignees or their descendants. Administration is
still in a transition state. The old form of taxation known as thathameda is
maintained. The farming of Royal lands has been abolished, but no system
to replace it has as yet been elaborated. All transit and custom duties are
at an end, but fees on limestone and salt arc collected. Excise, fishery
and ferry revenues are farmed, the farms being auctioned. Land is now
either State or private. The right of acquiring ownership by squatting
(Dhanima-ucha) is now at an end. AH waste land is Statr land, Service
lands become State or private according to the decision come to in the parti-
cular case.

The administration of civil and criminal justice in Burmese times offers no
. . distinctive peculiarities. It was similar to that exercised

•'" ' throughout the King's dominions. Under British rule

justice is administert-d by the Commissioner of the Sagaing Division, who is
a Sessions Judge ; one Disirict Judge, who is also District Magistrate ; three
Subdivisional Officers and Magistrates of the first class, one of whom is
Additional Judge of the District Court ; seven Township Officers, ordinarily
with second class powers ; and one Treasury Officer with third class Magis-
terial powers. The ywatftugyi, or village headman, has ordinary criminal
powers under the Upper Burma Village Regulation. Of these there arc
three hundred and ninety-one, of whom seventeen h.nve special criminal, and
twenty-one civil powers. Ywathugyis' criminal powers are not mucli exer-
gised. In charge of the Civil Police there are a District Superintendent of

SAC]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Police, an Assistant Superintendent of Police and three Inspectors. The
Military Police employed in the district are part of the Lower Chindwin
Battalion.

Village headmen also have some of the powers of arrest of police officersj
and the regular polico depend much on them for working out investigations-
There is as ytt no jail. There is a police lock-up at Sagaing and others at the
various police posts.

Besides the usual district headquarters \_v. Sagaing town] olTicial buildings

there arc at Sagaing diik and Public Works Department

Government build- bungalows. Post offices ha^ e been established at Sagaing,

'"^^ Tada-u, Myotha, and .Myiomu, and telegraph offices at

Sagaing, Mvolha and Mymmu The Ava subdivision was crossed by the
king's telegraph wire, and is now crossed by the British line. Sagaing town is
administered by a Municipal Committee and one was started also at Myinmu,
but has since been abolished. An account of the municipal revenue is given
under Sagaing town.

Revenue \v. also The revenue estimated to have been collected in Burmese
preceding head; times was Rs. 90,000 from thathameda in .Sagaing, and

(.1) In Burmese Rs. 70,000 in Ava. For Myinmu there are no estimates
''"'^- available. Ten thousand rupees was ihe estimated reve-

nue in Sagaing from Royal lands, including fisheries and tree tax.

In Ava the amount received was fcmrteen thousand rupees. The amount
paid varied from three to twelve rupees per pe, according to the quality of
the soil. This was nearly all paid out, or assigned as service remuneration,
to the nhmit.ititt. The Sagaing customs duties were paid in Mandalay. In
Ava fifteen thousand rupees was the estimated collection. Duties were
leviable on earth-oil, forest produce, betel-nut, tea, pickled tea, jade, wax,
Indian-rubber, salt, gold, tobacco, jaggery, garden produce, vegetable oil and
ivory.

(6) After the In the year 1886-87 the revenue actually collected in
Sagaing was—

Annexation.

Land revenue ... ...

Stamps

Kxci.se •

Law and justice
Police

Receipts in aid of sitperannualion and compas-
sionate aliovvancLS.
Miscellaneous
Civil works

Total

Land revenue

.Stamps

lixcise

Law and justice— Courts of law

Law and jiiiiice— Jails

Police

Medical ...

Rs.

1,67,640

580

17.190

1,830

2.940
6.770

1,97,010

3,93,230
2,4 10

3>«90
16,960

10
5.«S0

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

Receipts in aid of superannuation and compas-
sionate allowances.
Miscellaneous
Civil works ... ... •.

Total

(d) In 1888-89-

House-tax

Miscellaneous

Fisheries

(•) 1895-96-

Thathameia

State-land rent

Fisheries

Water-rate

Ferries

Stamps

Excise

Salt

Other receipts

{f) 1896-97— Famine year —

ThathatHBda

State land rent

Fisheries

Water-rate

Ferries

Stamps

Excise

Salt

Other receipts

Total

Rs.

20
9,410
9^70

3.38.950

Rs.
2,36.360
4,210
10,790

2.51.360

Rs.

4.48,576

534>3

45.693

668

8.463

18,526

6.174
2,070
4.266

5.87.849

4.39.279

The district funds are raised from bazaar rents and fees, ferries ^ (v. sub-
trade routes, supra) and a few miscellaneous items. The income, including
the opening balance, was as follows : —

Year.

1887-88
1888-89
1889-90

Expenditure.

Rs. 4. p.

Nil
2,831 3 o

35.755 «» 7

Buddhist monastic schools are found, as throughout Burma, generally all
J . over the district. There are about one hundred and fifty

indigenous schools (lay and monastic) that receive grants-
in-aid from Government.

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The instruction includes reading, writing, arithmetic, Burmese grammar
and geography. The kindergarten system is being introduced into those
schools which teach up to or beyond the fourth standard.

The most conspicuous of these schools are those conducted by U-thi-la of
Sagaing, U-ah-dissa of Allakappa, and Maung Shauk To of M}otha, They
are graded to the seventh standard, and the two former have been successful
in passing pupils under that standard. Pupils from these schools are being
employed by the Education Department as certificated assistant teachers.

The total amount of grants paid in this year (1897) ^^ ^^^ whole district
was Rs. 5,375-12-0. There are eight certilicated teachers emplo}ed, namely,
one itinerant teacher for each township and one teacher permanently attach-
ed to Maung Shauk To's lay school, at Myotha. Eighteen pupil teachers
receive allowances from Government. There is an American Baptist Anglo-
Vernacular school in Sagaing {z'. sufira).

The Municipal school at Sagaing was first started in August 1892 and it
has since been progressing steadily. The establishment at present costs
Rs. 220 monthly. The strength of the school is sixty-eight pupils and it
teaches up to the seventh standard. The Roman Catholic school at Nabet
was registered by the Education Department in 1887, when English was taught
according to the department rules. The amount of grants gained was Rs.
500. !n 1893 the school was struck ofT the list. At present the pupils in
attendance are forty boys and thirty girls. The English language is not
taught now. The school has two assistant teachers whose yearly pay is
Rs. 100 and Rs. 80 respectively, paid by the mission funds. The present
Superintendent is Mr. E. Faulquire, who is in charge of similar schools in
Myingyan, Pak6kku, Minbu and Magwe.

There is another Roman Catholic school at Chaungu under Father Jirang,
which has about twenty pupils.

A survey school was opened in Sagaing on the ist March 1890. The
number of pupils is forty-four (1897), °^ whom thirty-six are sons or relatives
of tkugyis. Eighteen are from the Sagaing subdivision, eleven from Myinmu,
three from Ava, and twelve from the Lower Chindwin district.

The history of the district from the time of the destruction of the Pagan
monarchy under Talokpyi J/i>i, and the establishment of

History in Bur- jj,g shan Kings at Panya and Sagaing and of the Shan-
mcsc nines. Burmese Kings at Ava (founded 1364 .'X.D.) is the history

of Burma [y. sub. Sagaing town.]

It is said that the Myinsaing where the eldest of the three brothers who
established the Shan dynasty, first set up his authority, before Panya was
built, is not the Myinsaing some six miles south-ea.st of Chaung-ywa, which
until lately h;is been completely deserted, but the Myinsaing in the Kyauksi
district. After the destruclion of Panya and Sagaing by Thadomin-paya in
1364 A.D., and the erection of Ava to be the capital, that city remained the
capital of the country until 1781, when Bodawpaj'a removed the centre of
government to Amarapura. Ava again became the capital in Ba-gyidaw's
reign, from 18 tg to 1837, ^"^ was then finally abandoned. In the rebellion
of the Padein and Myingun Princes in Mindon Min's reign, a large part of
Shwcbo, including part of Sadaung, now in Sagaing subdivision, followed the
former Prince, and all Alegyun (then under Talokmyo, now in Myinmu sub-

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

(SAC

division) threw in its lot with the latter. On the suppression of the rebellion
the property of leading rebels, including their land, was confiscated to the

Crown.

In Thibaw's reign the notorious dacoit HIa U ravaged all Myinniu sub-
division. In the Ava subdivision Bo Po T61t was the Taingda AtingyCs jackal
and freebooter and paid him a handsome income. Sagaing itself was in the
same state, disturbed by many dacoits.

Upon the Annexation, when all semblame of obedience to headquarters

vanished, whether to the Hluidaw during the interreg-

After the Annex- pu,,!, or from ist January iS86 to the British Government,

eailie lo'w^n^ ^^ *" every little group of villages elected its own bo^ to protect

it from its neighbours, or to attack them. The greater

number acted quite independently of one another in resistance to the British.

They preyed on villages which had come in and on rival bo' s villages with

perfect impartiality and, except some few who made speedy submission, were

the dacoit leaders whom it took three years to suppress.

The first resistance on the Sagaing side was under a pretender called the
Kyun-nyo Mintha, who collected a very large rabble about Kaung-hmudaw
and the villages between it and Sagaing. After two defeats he fled west and
was killed by another predatory band beyond Ywathit-gyi. In Ava there
were two princes known as Teittin Yanbaing and Teittin Yannaing. In
Myinmu, the Saw Yannaing Prince, Kyaw Gaung, *A-Tal6k-myo wun, and Hla
U were the principal leaders of resistance. Generally speaking it may be
said that during 1886 the struggle was with large and powerful gangs that
occasionally made a stand. The sympathy of the people was then largely
with them, and Government had little authority outside its posts or beyond
the neighbourhood of its columns.

During 1887 the large gangs were broken up and their place was taken by
smaller ones. These had still a strong hold on certain villages, but many
other villages were submitting. In these they tried to maintain their influ-
ence by terrorism, dacoity, torture and murder. It was a year of hardly any
open fighting, of many violent crimes, of endless pursuit of ever-concealed
outlaws. To say the truth, the outlaws with their system of terrorism main-
tained themselves little, if at all, reduced in numbers.

Further detail by the supersession of dacoity in the district are given in
Part I. The district is now as uniformily graceful as any in Upper Burma.
The following were the most notable dacoits in Burmese times : —

(1) NgaHlaU.

(2) Nga Nyo U.

(3) Nga Nyo Nyo Mpu.
{4) Nga Min O.

(5) ^'ga Po Sin.

(6) Nga Po Ni

(7) NgaPa-gyi.

(8) NgaToLu.

(9) Nga Htun.

(10) Nga Sfe.

(11) NgaYo.

(12) Nga Yan Min.

(13) Nga HmvaGa-Ie.

(14) Nga Po t6k alias Po Wa.

(15) Nga Lu Pe.

(16) Nga Lu Ngwfe.

(17) Nga Aung Yan.
(iS) Nga Tha Hka.

(19) NgaShwe Kyun.

(20) Nga Sein Bin.

(21) Nga Pyu B6n.

(22) Nga Lu Paing.

SAOl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

AH these continued their freebooting under our rule and were joined by
the following : —

(i) Nga Ng\v& Yin.

(2) Nga Saw.

(3) ^^ga Kj'aw Gaung.

(4) Nga Paw Win.

(5) Nga Tha Htun.

(6) NgaGok.

(7) Nga Le Myo.

(8) Nga Tha Pwe.

(9) Nga Kyaw Wa.

(10) Nga Shwc Hla Gyi.

(11) NgaT6k.
(li) Nga Yaing.

(13) Nga Chwft.

(14) Nga Ngvve Hmun

(15) Nga PoTha.

(16) Nga Thu Yin.

(17) Nga Htun Hla.
{18) Nga Kya Gaing.
(ig) Nga Ne Htun.

(20) Nga Tha Gyi.

(21) Nga Kyu.

(22) Nga Tha.
{23) Nga An Gyi.

(24) Nga Lu O.

(25) Nga Po Hlaing.

(26) Nga Hkan Gyi.

(27) Nga San Hko.
(28 j Nga Saung.

(29) Nga Eik.

(30) Nga Shan

(31) Nga Hte.

(32) Nga U Gaudama.

Pagodas.

(33) Hmati Prince Teittin Hmat.

A list of notable pagodas is given under the head o
Sagaing town.

The chief spirits worshipped dwell, as far as their shrines are concerned-

„ . . , . out of the district. The Bad6n tiat, who lives at Alon,

" ' "■ requires the attendance of all the people along the Chin-

dwln river at his annual festival. The penalty for non-attendance is liability

to be smitten with lepros}'.

Many Sagaing peoy>le attend the festival of the Shwepyin-gyi and the
Shwepyin-ga-le at Taungby6n in the Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district,
{q. v.). The penalty for failure to worship and present gifts is liability to in-
curable disease.

The Etn-saungy the household spirit, or Min Magari, is worshipped, as he
is all over Burma, by hanging a cocoanut on the u-yu taing or main post of
the house, which is covered with a red cloth. Sometimes the cloth is white.
Daily offerings are made.

The nat called Myin-byu-shin, the spirit of a faithful servant of King Anaw-
ra-hta-zaw (A.D. loio — 1057), is much reputed. His nat-sinox slirinc occu-
pies a prominent position in many villages, especially inthe Ava subdivision.

The following account of a ceremony performed at M6nyo village in
August 1897 was obtained from the Township Officer of Padu. After choos-
ing the largest tan.arind tree to the west of tiie village, and naming it
the Monat Ma-gyibin (i.e , the haunt of the naf who controls the rain), the
villagers proceeded to surround it with sand ai.d to prepare offerings; these,
consisting of white bread, red bread, cocoanuts, plantains, fowls, male and
female, boiled in parts designated also as male and female, were collected
and divided into thirty-seven portions, of which one was offered to the nai
that watched over the village, and one to the tint that gives the rain. This
ceremony of oblation lasted from seven in the morning till noon. The fol-
lowing prayer was then made " O Lord ««/, have pity on us, poor mortals,
and stay not the rain. Inasmuch as our offering is given ungrudgingly let

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

(SAG

the rain (all night and day." After the food offered had been cast away for
the beasts, along with a basket of rice and another of paddy, accompanied
by further prayers for the much desired rain, libations were made in honour
of the nat of the tamarind trre. Later on, at three in the afternoon, ten
fdngyis, who had been invited to a suitable spot in the middle of the village,
after receiving the gifts due to them from laymen, offered up the prayer for
rain known as the ' Nga Van Min,' which was echoed by the assembled de-
votees. Finally at sunset the following rite was performed. Three women,
of about the age of sixty, dressed in fine clothes, and wearing necklace and
earrings, came forth bearing a '' Waba Chin" (or basket in which cotton
is placed) and sang the Rain Song. This concluded the ceremony and all
that remained to be done was to wait for the rain.

Another method is sometimes resorted to : two ropes are fastened to a
stick and held by different persons, who pull alternately; but as this device
is apt to engender disputes it is considered to be of less efficacy in appeasing
the offended nats than the former one.

SAGAING. — A subdivision of the district of that name in the Sagaing
division. It is bounded on the north by an arbitrary line dividing It from
Shvvebo district; on the east and south by the Irrawaddy river; and on the
west by the Mu river.

It is marked by a range of limestooe hills running parallel and close to the

j^ . , Irrawaddy on the east ; by a similar line of hills following

the course of the Mu on the west ; and by a third line,
running likewise north and south, through the centre of the subdivision; a
LTOss line of hills from east to west divides it into two distinct portions.
The highest point is in the Irrawaddy range, where a peak above Mingun
rises to a height of 1.373 ^'^'^t-

The intersection of the Irrawaddy and central ridges by the cross range is
. marked by a large and deep depression, which forms the

Yemyet-/"M. After heavy rain this lake covers an area of
ten miles from north to south and three from east to west. In the hot weather,
particularly after a light rainy season, it is all but dry. The neighbouring
soil is impregnated with salt and the water cf the lake is correspondingly
brackish. For this reason irrigation cannot be carried on from the Yemyet-
i"n, nor can its bed be cultivated. The intersection of the Mu and central
ranges by the cross ridge forms a similar sheet of water, called the Thazin-
i«, which is about two miles square. Between the Mu river range and the
river itself, there are a series of these lagoons or broads, the Inza, Zayatpyu,
Thai:in, L^-gyi, and others of smaller extent. A similar phenomenon marks
the banks of the Irrawaddy, where the chief in are at Kaung-hmudaw, Nga-
tayaw, and Ywathit-gyi. AH these are of considerable area and depth after
the rains and river Hushes, but shrink as the dry season advances, natural
evaporation being greatly accelerated by the quantity of water which is drawn
off for mayin rice cultivation.

The subdivision is divided into the townships of Sagaing, with its head •
quarters at the capital town, and Sadaung, with headquarters at Padu. •

SAGAING. — A township of the subdivision and district of the same name,
is bounded by the north by the Sadaung township and on the west by the
Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, on the east and south by the Irra-
waddy river. The headquarters of the township are at Sagaing town.

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

SAGAING. — The headquarters of the Sagaing Division and of the Sa-
gaing district, subdivision and township, is the terminus on the right bank
of the Irrawaddy river of the Mu Valley and Myitkyina Railway. Sagaing
was constituted a Municipality on the 5th April 1888.

The public buildings are the office of the Commissioner, Central Division,

P M" h M* '^^ Deputy Commissioner's court-house and ofhces,

^' ' " ' Post and Telegraph offices, a lock-up and police

tkana, dak and Public \\'orks Department bungalows, Military Police

lines and hospitals, and a Settlement office.

There were one thousand five hundred and eighty-seven houses Sn the
town in 1897.

The old city walls were very strongly and substantially built of large and
j^ . J well-burnt bricks. All the ground north-east of ihe

town must have been at one time covered with pagol
das, for the soil is full of bricks. There are, however, no remains of the
old Palace visible. Sagaing, like Ava, was in Burmese times rather a col-
lection of little villages than a town, and the only part of it at all resembling
western ideas of a town was the f^yilSn-an quarter, where the merchants
used to live, and this was near the only spot where steamers can put in at
all times of the year.

The Irrawaddy circles round the town on the east, south, and west and
in flood covers all the low land to the north also. A considerable portion of
the town itself was also, until 1S89, under water during flushes, so that the
place had the appearance of a partially submerged peninsula during the
rains. The result of such ample moisture on an alluvial soit is seen in
great luxuriance of vegetation. The same abundance of magnificent tama-
rind trees which is so striking in Ava is noticeable in Sagaing also. Until
1889 the town was literally choked and buried in vegetation. Since then,
however, great changes have been made. The old walls have been broken
down and converted into wide roads. The river has been bunded out, and
much new land has been taken up and cleared. Substantial houses have
been built and have made a town out of what was before a mere congeries
of hamlets. The advent of the railway caused further changes, as it was
necessary to clear away whole quarters, among them that which was occu-
pied by the trading community in Burmese times, to make room for the
Shore station. 1 he railway was opened from Sagaing to Shwebo in June
iSgi and has now been continued north to Myitkyina.

Sagaing is one of the prettiest and appears also to be one of the healtlii-
est and coolest places in Upper Uurma. The sick
""^ ^ rate of the Military, while troops held the town, and

of the Military Police since that time has been remarkably low. Only two
months, April and May, are really hot; and even In these twc. months the
average maximum temperature is und<='r 100° Fahrenheit. During the rains
high winds blowing over the wide waters of the flooded river keep the air
cool and pleasant.

To the already long mixed population of Burmans, Burmanized Mussul-

„ , .. mans, Manipuris, Shans, Talaines and Chinese has

Population. . jj J • .k A •• -J lT

been added, suice the Annexation, a considerable

colony of Hindustani shop-keepers. There \» also no small number of

Madrassis, and Uriyas, with some Upper India coolies. Noticeable in Sa-

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAG

gaing, besides its rich fruit and flower gardens and its indigo fields, is the
large manufacture of silk. The silk is imported, but Sagaing woven tameins
are especially famous.

The Sagaing Municipality supports itself mainly on bazaar rents and
_. „ .. fees and a municipal tax on lands. The income for

unicip 1). i8g6-g7 amounted to Rs 23,647 and the expenditure
to Rs. 21,396. Of the latter amount over Rs, 2,oro was devoted to lighting,
the same sum to police, nearly Rs. 4,000 to conservancy, Rs. 2,650 to
hospitals, upwards of Rs. 3,000 to roads, and nearly Rs. 2,000 to the Mu-
nicipal school.

As a capita] Sagaing dates from A.D. 1315 (:-. infra) when Athin-khaya

„. ._ ,. J . made himself independent of the Shan Kingdom of
History ; the dynasties. r> u- j *. 1 i 1 r ^ • 1 u-

ranya. His dynasty lasted torty-nine years and his

grandson founded Ava and was the first king at that capital (Thadomin-paya,
A.D. 1364). These dynasties were Shan, and Ava and Sagaing continued
under Shan dominion until Payin Naung took Ava in 1534 A.D.

From this time it remained under trihutary kings subject to the Ijurmese
Emperors at Pegu, until the break up of the empire in 1 599 A.D. From Ava
the Burman tributary King then extended his power over all Pegu and tcx>k
Syriam from the Portugese (.A.. D. 1613). The seat of empire was fixed at
Ava by Thadu-dharama-yaza.

The Talaings, however, took Ava in 1751 A.D. and retained it until they
were driven out by Alaungpaya. fBefore this, in about A. D. 1733, the
Manipuris had ravaged the country right up to Sagaing. There, however,
they were checked by a stone stockade, though they had carried a similar
erection at Kaung-hmudaw.

Naung-dawgyi, the eldest son of Alaungpaya, fixed his capital at Sagaing
(1760—63) but on his death Ava again became the royal city and the scat of
empire never returned to Sagaing.

At the Annexation, the occupation of Sagaing was marked by the death in
action of Surgeon Heath and Lieutenant Cockerana.
Burmese soldiery defended for a time the fort on the right
bank of the river, which, with that at Ava and a third of
the head of the reach between them, were to have prevented t!ie advance of
the British force to Mandalay, aided as they were by boats sunk in the narrow
river channel. But these positions were inadequately defended on the land
side and were not conspicuous for strength on the river face either and they
were taken by us as early as the 14th December 1885. The cx-Wun ol
Sagaing joined the British and served for a short time, but soon withdrew into
private life, and has since taken no part even in Municipal affairs. After the
occupation Sagaing itself was never attacked by dacoits, though its scattered
hamlets and dense jungle .seemed to court sudden surprises.

The following account of the founding of Sagaing is taken from a Burmese
chronicle : —

'' Thinka Saw Yun or Saw Yun, the youngest son of Tasi Shin Thihathu, by
, „. a daughter of the Linyin Tiiugyi, built the city and

Legendary History, established the Kingdom of Sagaing in 677 B.E. (A.D.
131 5). He reigned under the title of Thiri Athin-khaya from the age of
tifteen. The manner in which he obtained the country is told uader Pinya

After
at ion.

the Annex-

SAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ig.v.). He had four chitdrcn, the eldest, a daughter, Somin Kodawgyi,
mother of Ihadomin-paya, who founded the city of Ava, and her brothers
Kyawswa, Nawra-hla, and Tarabya-ngt^. Saw Yun formed a kind of regi-
ment called the Sagnins; Taun^itlian, which was maintained up till the fall of
the Burmese monarchy, and nine squadrons of cavalry, called respccti\ely—

Strong.

Tamakha myin
I'yansi myir
Ywa-da\A hmu myin
Let-ywa-gyi myiii ,
I.ct-ywa-ngft myin .
Chaungthin myin
Myinthi-gyi myin
HkatlAn myin .

Sawput

«5o
150

'50
70
50
50
30

built the Zin-

numbering in all eight hundred and thirty saddles. Saw Yun

gin monastery at Sagaing. He was powerful, kindly, and popular ; reigned

eight years ; and died at the early age of twenty-three."

The following kings of his dynasty reigned in Sagaing: —

Name.

Burmese.

A.D.

Age on
accession.

Length of
reign.

Athin-khaya Saw Yun

677

1315

».5

8 years.

His step brother Tarabya-gyi

684

132^

14 do.

His son Shwe-taungdal

698

1336

3 do.

Saw Yun's eldest son Kyawswa ...

701

1339

10 do.

His brother Nawra-hta

1349

7 months.

His brother Tarabya-ng6

711

>349

3 years.

His brother-in-law Minbyauk

'35a

13 do.

In B.E. 726 (A.D. 1364), after the Kingdom had existed for forty-nine
years, both Sagaing and Pinya were destroyed by the Shans. Three hundred
and ninety-five years later, in 1759 A.D. , the present city, which has a circum-
ference of two miles, was built to the north of the Daoavuii pagoda and
became the capital again under Naungdawgyi, the eldest son of Alaung-paya.
The old city, founded by Saw Yun, lay to the north of this site at a distance of
two miles, to the east of the Zig6n-gyi and Yatana-seikstn-mva pagodas, north
of the Zingin creek and in the centre of the Shweminwuntaung, near the
Khawfe Taung. Its classical name was Zeyapura, the victorious city.

The same chronicle gives the following account of how Sagaing got its name :
" The last King of Tagaung, Thado Maha Yaza, had two twin sons by his chief
" Queen, both of them born blind. They were called Maha-thanbwa and Sula-
" thanbwa. The King was ashamed of this and told the mother that the child-
'' ren must be destroyed privately. She, however, could not bring herself to
•' order their death and had them brought up secretly until they were nineteen
" years of age. The two princes were then discovered and the King had them
'' placed on a boat amply supplied with provisions and set adrift on the river.
''The boat on its way down touched a sit tree which overhung the river and
** remained fast. Hence the name sit kaino^ which, though still so written, has
" become corrupted in pronunciation to Sagaing. The princes, having fraed

68 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. isao

" the boat, floated on to Saku and there they began miraculously to recover their
" sight, an4 so the place got its name, which means '' the beginning of the
" cure ;" thence they went on to Satin (the commencement of seeing), and con-
" tinued their voyage until they reached a place where they met their uncle
" who was living as a Yathc (hermit) ; they stayed with him for some time and
" he gave his adopted daughter, Badayi, in marriage to the elder nephew,
" Maha-thanbwa, who reigned there as King for six years : and after his death
"the younger, Sulathanbwa, made Badayi his wife and became King in his
" turn. After reigning thirty-five years he died and his son Dwottabaung suc-
"ceeded him and founded the city of Thare-khetara, now called Prome.
" Dwottabaung reigned seventy years and is remembered as one of the most
"powerful and noteworthy of Burmese monarchs."

p . The following list of pagodas in and near Sagaing is

^^* given by the MyoCk Maung San Min.

SAGl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

c bfl . rt CO B

^_E *j < « CO "O

«i4i^ * o «
SrS"" in s «_

« E

a .« » * 5 5

rt CTS
-g O «

baourt
« -C o

"-WOT

m « —

- ^ bo
■" £ «

^ 2

O A

* « g
^.E old

2.Eg.|.S

bffo bo .2

„ c re (V w
S rt-H-OE

* bo^ •> ti
- c X o

« * .«.a

c^-S.^ is

c >,

o bo
<n •

* >.

g.E
«S

n n
-§£

star's

C * u

m^iSH

5 ^8

B bO'" 2
>tt bo*M ■ B
\; «» O in>«e

Id
•d

o
OQ

td
Q

Cd
CQ

Cd (d
CQ OQ

2 a

e
3
o
(z.

a
z

■%

.Eg
E Ji

$ bo

CO c

rtW

Ej: o.bo

S^fS

•s

E
ft
Z

a
H

B
S

i«

•o
bo

B
S

B
M

E
a

: bo

.- c«

go «

bo >.5
Z Z"^

•s

THB UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAd

•J4319H

V o
u

c c

Cx]

— o
cd n

"(5

5}l

•go
boc

3
.C «

•a

(d
.- c

o <«

x.S (0

•a

.2 u-

'5
a:

«>

•g

•-.tJ y

K
"•I -

.5 *3

•§

3
>.

■§

3 _ 3

§ I i

Z S Z

S 5.S
SSco

*>» .
(^ !•

td
CQ

(d
CQ

«
&

b
0)

2 -2

S W)

•0) cu

>\ «3

^. z

it''-

«« s
z

c
e

o
u
B
tt
Z

O.
Ct

•s

3
<<

E
<«

Id
>

•§

•o

o
•a

.5 3

SAG)

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

^ r/\ .S t-i* fc^

o c b c

tug 5 to

BO p

I.e-S.eS «

TO 1 C s> TS 60

M p

rt^ bpS So
c E 3-= 2 c
J «»JS£ 3.9

ca
o 5 «o

rt o 4i o

s
It

.c .9-
« rt
Em
go.

j: o
"? bfl
" .E

|5^

c
a
bo
««
Qu

E
cs

B =15 5 « J<
rt -; u ^ -a c

tS « ^_ tn O re

■S^ l;:c 0.5

«o >• a o ■*

a. ho u o o 0^

0- jt

Cora'

6o"-g o a.*
c u c t^' B

£ to

•£ bo
>,.5

^ ^

'li

-3

1= =,

«o 60

c S bo

s •

i«

*.i

(/J

tfl

n rt

ee n

^ j<

■S-=

.t j:

jc ^

•a

.E
H

:z} Cd
OQ 00

OQ
vo

[I]
CO
o

txl

f^^*

a.
n

A :

E
E
j: 2 o

C fS

■^•=

C/3

Z H

c:
c

e
«o

i£ a-

V c

O 3

Ji
M

.5
Is

n
o.

B
3
bo

c bo

3 *K

« rt

1/3 S

-a

c
3

n
Z

-O bo

c
■?.
E
to

c
s

o
•a

i
S

o o

•a -o

o
•a

»
rt

c
Ou

o> O

M «

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

»1

•8

4-) -s.

. ^

'5 *:

8-1

eg-

■jqSiaH

■■i

-t

in
CO

iJ?

*
^

fOro

%%■

Description

{v. Chapter XI

of Part I).

QOw

.i2 s^

ill

M K rt

SI
1

•

(d
(/3j

Is'

;

: :

■i

E «

1
. ; Reign.

CS It

2 .

to
lii

died

•S ft. «-|

Wrt-S

•o

Cxi

•

CQOQ

. .

:0Q

c^a

* *

•o

e«

;

: c

; 1

'Ji B

■

E
E

«
it

■S

5£r

« eg

•§

S.A i«

2-5

•1

•s

S.
«*«

1
E

• :

•

1
rt

c
2

c
IS

♦

rt
bc.s<

f-" So

4) V

IcE

= .

;.».s

» »

§•§

>au:.c

JS.S

d^e

(/)

t/jUi

PuH

tuation.

i«
%

6 6

to
t

•11

c
O

O M

a
<

1 ^

«o

r>.oo

1 2

•M M

•*

«■ ■■

•«,

SAG ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

bca

-Ji,

bo
ce

«-*

4-1

&«

d.J

id
Z

IS"

I, o rt

^ O n

o rt j;

ttj 3 a> Cj
.CQ3 J= &n

H H

>-■
Cu

.Eg

'a
C o

in A

cu
nl

"£^

^ tn
c c
•• * .

01 o C

c • V ^ c V

— .E be.E K-c

I— e8 « > «-'

-s .irs-.E

8^2 = E

bfl —

. 0) ™ "2
— i« •=- 'd i:

:^o

O ^

T3 > 3

4) V

c 4, n

it O 4>

rt p w

D. 1^ U

»2 o o o In o uj Q o Q

s li 3

:.E E ri

j: ISj: E

o
■a

c -5
is c^

5 c a

.S^3 t«

art*
^ be"
Q Z

O
CQ

Ifl

E
E .

j: J! .

T) St O

j= E
- E .

2C i_

o
•a

6=0

*13

.cd

;r 5> -S

O "

E
E

,j: bOj:-S

If-o .

r; C: rt i„ </l

>• M cL,<j be ^

i " c)^ C IT)

« N J; »- -s p

c
bo

cfl

E
E

•T3-* T3

l«

, rt

• 3

Ci]

c
a

£.

■s.

•a

c
rt

_c
15

E
rt
•a
•a

fi
03

c c
•o IE
j: Wl rt

V . ? r

•H 5^rt

rt ;
>i
rt
o.

i rt

c >,

o S

be.-: rt

^ bo u

3
C

» 3

<3
BO

? I
S "^ «

to 3.

bo «

_ .-« «

== bey; >,

— 3 2 rt -n
« rt ? bo

o
■a

•§1 ^

o
"a

> w

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

5 8 • S

« rt B, •«

° S «= u c

•<« ^\ L^ A »

[SAO

•Sj; > .a

•»H3pH

c
.S

B
Ct
CL

o
2

SAG]

tHE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

:w3

>»
^ o «

III

air.

V e e

- 10

— ^12

iill

"" «> ■a

•a

4J;

« 2

o
c

g .

•5

B
B .

ax>

(Xi

i-t •

•c %

c
n
>,

E
E

s
a

e
9

■3
•o

tt
a,

•a

e
a
«

IjO

•s

c
<«
>.
£4

.= IS

a
4->
c

c
»

aS"
O "

•a

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAG

SAGA TINGSA, — A Kachin village in Tract No. 7, Bhamo district,
situated in 23° 50' north latitude and 97° 29' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirty houses, with a population of eighty-six
persons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Lawhkum sub-tribe and own
twelve bullocks and eight buffaloes. Five hundred baskets of paddy and
a little tobacco are grown yearly. There is fair camping-ground, with water.

SAGONWA or SAGONG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 21, Myit-
kyina district, situated in 25° 34' north latitude and 97° 41' east longi-
tude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-one houses, with a population 01 eighty
persons. The headman of the village has two others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe, and own tea
buffaloes and one pony.

SA-GU. — A township of the Minbu subdivision and district, is bounded
on the north by the Logaing township, on the east by the Irrawaddy river,
separating it from Magwe district, on the south by Pakokku district
and on the west by the Nwa-mataung range, beyond which lies the Ngap6
tonwship,

A great part of the township to the east is irrigated by the Man river
canal system, which existed in Burmese times and has recently been ex-
tended. The non-irrigated tracts are entirely dependent for their crops on
rain water and a timely rise in the streams, and when these fail many of
the villagers emigrate to Lower Burma.

The festival of the Shwe-zettaw pagoda is largely attended by pilgrims
from all parts of Burma.

The population of the township is Burmese, with the exception of a few
natives of India. The headquarters are at Sagu,

SA-GU. — The headquarters of the township of the same name in the
Minbu subdivision and district.

SAGUN.— A Kachin villageinTract No. 40, Myitkyina district, situated
in a6° 36' north latitude and 96° 27' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses: its population was not known. The
inhabitants are of the Sassan tribe. The headman has no others sub-
ordinate to him. Parties of Chins come here every year for rubber, and
they have a house in the village.

SA-GWE.— 5"fi>ff under Sa Koi.

SA-GYAN.— A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand three hundred and
twenty-five persons and the /Af7///<jffje'rfa amounted to Rs. 1,587. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

SA-GYET. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivision of
Mandalay district, north of Shwe-g6ndaing.

The village has fifty-five houses, and its population numbered in 1893
two hundred and tifty persons approximately. The villagers are fishermen
and cultivators.

SAG-SAI ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

SAGYILAIN or LIMKAI. — A village of Chins of the Siyin tribe in the
Northern Chin Hills. It stands on the Tanglieng spur of the Nilkorn
range, and is reached by the mule-road from Fort While.

The village is inhabited by the Limkai or Sagyilain clan of Siyins. In
1884 it had ninety houses; the resident chief was Manl6n, Manlon is the
chief of the clan, although his father is stijl living, and has a younger
brother. Manlfln has visited Rangoon. There is abundant water-supply
in the village. The best camp lies above the village and west of the
burial-ground.

SA-GYIN. — A village of eighty-four houses about eight miles north of
Sagaing, in Sagaing district

Wheat is extensively cultivated, but paddy-growing is not successful
owing to the hardness of the soil.

SA-GYIN NORTH. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district.

It has one hundred and seventy houses, with a population of seven
hundred persons, on an approximate calculation, made in 1897. The vil-
lagers are cultivators and sculptors. Rubies are found in the Sagyin hills
and alabaster is also quarried.

SA-GYIN SOUTH. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district.

The village had one hundred and ten houses, with a population of five
hundred persons, as ascertained from an approximate calculation made in
1897. The villagers are cultivators and sculptors.

SA-GYIN SON-BAING. — A village in the S6nniyo circle, Nga-singu
township, Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, north of Sa-gyin.

The village had twenty-five houses, with a population of one hundred
perons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are
cultivators and coolies.

SA-GYIN-WA. — A village in the Ngido revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west
of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and sixty persons at the census of
1891 and paid Rs. 470 thathameda-\.&^.

SA-GYU. — A revenue circle in Myingyan township, subdivision, and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and ninety-three
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 891. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

SAI LEIN. — One of the largest of the Palaung circles in the Kodaung
township of Ruby Mines district, containing thirty Palaung and twenty-
four Kachin villages. The Kachins predominate north of the Shweli and
the Palaungs on the south. The headman is known as the Sai Lein Kin
and lives at Sai Lein, a village on a high ridge about twenty miles south-
west of Nam Kham. In 1892-93 a Military Police post was established at
Sai Lein lor the dry weather, but it was found to be not sufficiently central
to supervise the Kodaung.

THE UPPER Burma gazetteer.

[SAI

SAILENG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 29, Katha district, situated
in 24° 45' north latitude and g6° 30' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-five houses, with a population of eighty per-
sons. The headman of ihe village has no others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe, and own
five bullocks and six bufTaloes. There is good camping-ground and a plen-
tiful supply of water.

SAING-BYIN NORTH.— A village in the Mayagan township, Yc-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ve-u.

The population numbers three hundred and thirty-three persons, and is
chiefly engaged in rice cultivation. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 5ga •

SAING-BVIN SOUTH. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, with a population of (our hundred and fifty-five
persons, chiefly paddy-cultivators.

There are Civil and Military Police posts in the village. The thathameda
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 990.

SAING-DS). — A revenue circle and village with three hundred and ninety-
three inhabitants in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It
lies in the Sc-ywa-gyaung valley, on the banks of the Patolon chaung^
which runs from south to north between the Pfindaung and Mahudaung
ranges in the west of the district.

Paddy is grown extensively. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 690 from thathameda. The Eastern PatoI6n Forest Reserve, 206
square miles in area, forms the eastern boundary of the circle.

SAING-DU. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-yvva township,
Gangaw subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of three hundred
and twenty-six persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 950 for 1S97-98.

SAING-GAUNG— A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township,
Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and fifty persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 189. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

SAING-GAUNG.— A village in the Saing-gaung circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
eight persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 660 for 1897-98.

SAINGGON. — A Kachin village in Tract No. i, Bhamo district, situated
in 24° 13' north latitude and 96° 49' cast longitude.

It contained thirty-six houses in 1892, with a population of one hundred
and sixty-four persons. The inhabitants are Shan-Burmese and Burmese,
and own no cattle. The headman has no others subordinate to him.

S.'MNG-IN.— A village in the Nga-kwe circle, Seikpyu township, Pakftkku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and twenty-nine
persons, according to the census of 1S91, and a revenue of Rs. 540.

SAt-SAK]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER

SAING-KIN. — A village of fifty-one houses on the Tapin chaung, in the
Bhamo subdivision and district.

The villagers owned fifty buffaloes and work a large area of mayin and

kaukkyi paddy.

SAING-LA-YAor SAING-YA. — A revenue circle, with nine hundred and
seven inhabitants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It Is
situated in the south of the township, at some distance from the North Yama
chaung.

The villages included in the circle are S.iing-la-ya, Pauk-taik, Nyaung-
gaing and Chaungzdn. The chief crops are paddy and jovear. The reve-
nue for i896'97 amounted to Rs. 2,010 from thathameda and Rs. 133 from
State land.

SAING NAING. — A village on the Nan Ten chaung, in the Mogaung
subdivision o* Myitkyina district.

It has twelve houses of Marip Kachins, who practise le and taungya
cultivation.

SAINON. — A village of China of the Tashon tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies four miles north-east of Bowtsun, and can be reached by the
road to Botung. The inhabitants are Norhs, tributary to F"alam. The
village was disarmed in 1S92 and 1893, and was punished for refusing to
supply coolies in 1892. In 1894 it had eighty houses: Huplien was its
resident chief.

SAIYAN.— A village of Chins of the S6kte tribe in the Northern Chin
Hills.

It lies seven miles south-west of Tiddim and five miles west of Dimlo
post, at a height of 2,300 feet above the bed of the Manipur river, and is
reached from Tiddim along the Dimlo (Government) road for three miles to
the cross roads, thence along an improved Chin track with a gradual
descent, winding above Losow and Philian and passing through Chinnwe.

In 1894 it had seventy houses: the resident chief was Pumtong.

The inhabitants belong to the Hwelnum, Tawmte, and Somput families
and are subordinate to Dokiaung, Chief of the S6ktes. The village was
destroyed by troops in March 1889 and was disarmed in 1893. '^ 'i^s
camping-ground (at 4,700 feet) for a large force, just above and command-
ing the village. Water is procured from a stream which runs through the
village, the supply is small and is collected in holes in the bed of the stream.
A more convenient camp is at Chinnwe village close by, as Chinnwe and
Taiyan are practically one village.

SA-KA. — A revenue circle and village in the south-east of the Salin-gyi
township, Palfe subdivision of Lower Chindwin district.

It lies on low ground at a distance of about a quarter of a mile from the
right bank of the Chindwin river.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 681 and the population num-
bers six hundred and eighty-one persons.

SA-KA. — A village in the Kyaw circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw
subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of thirty-three persons,
according to the census of 1S91.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAK

The thathameda amounted to Rd. 460 for 1897-98.

SA-KAN. — A village in the Sa-kan circle, Seikpyu township, PakAkku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and ninety-eight
persons, according to the census of l8^I.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 130 for 1897-98.

SA-KAN-GYI. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, on the old pass to Yankintaiing and Mandalay, including
a single village, situated tsvelve miles west of Maymyo.

It had a population of two hundred and sixty-one persons at the census
of 1891.

The thathameda paid in i8g6 amounted to Rs. 240. Shan paddy is culti-
vated.

SA-KAN-MA. — A circle in the Natmauk township of M^we district
including the villages of Tanbing6n, Okshitmyaung, Sakan-mak6u-ga-le
and Ded6kk6n.

SAKAP. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 37, Myitkyina district, situated in
25^ 34' north latitude and 97"* 32' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses : its population was unknown. The
headman has no other, subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the Lah-
tawng tribe.

SAK.\T. — A village of ten houses of Lahtawng Kacbins, on the west
bank of the Irrawaddy river, north of Myitkyina in Myitkyina district.

The inhabitants came originally from Naunglan, about eighty years ago.
They work tartn^ya and have no cattle.

SAKAW. — A Chinese village of eighteen houses in the Ko-kanj Trans-
Salween circle of North Hsen Wi (Tliein-ni) Northern Shan State. It
stands at an altitude of 5,500 feet among the grassy undulating hills north
of Satisu, the chief town of the circle.

There were fifty-seven inhabitants in l8gi, who owned a number of bul-
locks and buffaloes and cultivated some sixty acres of irrigated paddy-land,
half a mile south of the village, besides stretches of hill rice and opium on
the slope of the hills towards Taw Nio. Opium is very plentiful and sells
for si.x rupees the viss.

SA-KAW. — A village on the north bank of the Indaw chaung in the Mo-
gaung subdivision of Myitkyina district.

The village was burnt down in 1897 in an accidental fire, and the people
migrated temporarily to the hill about one mile to the north, where the
Kachin village of Sa-kaw stands. They are now re-lniilding their old village
near the water. Sa-kaw has twenty-four houses and forty- five buffaloes, but
no bullocks; l^ is worked; forty ba.skcts of seed-grain in 1896 yielding
nine hundred and fifty-five baskets. The road from Kamaing to Kan-
yaseik passes through Sa-kaw.

SA-KOl (Burmese Sa-gwfe). — A State in the Central division of the
Southern Shan States, with an area of one hundred and two square miles.
It is bounded on the north by Sain Ika and Nam Tok, on the east by
Gantarawadi and Ilsa Htung; on the south by MongPai, and on the west
by Mong Pai and Loi Long. These boundaries are practically the same as
they were in Burmese times.

SAK]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Nearly the whole of the State lies in the valley of the Pilu or Balu river
and is more or less a paddy plain, rising in a gentle slope to the hills.

The Nam Pilu is the only navigable stream and is only so for small dug-
outs, owing to the river being dammed for the purpose of irrigation which is
effected chiefly by water-wheels. There are no forests, and indeed there
is not much jungle of any kind in the State. In the cold weather, like
Sam Ka, Sa-Koi is enveloped in dense fogs till late in the morning. The
raiafallj like that of most of the Shan valleys, is estimated at about sixty
inches.

Paddy js practically the only crop in this State : what little garden latjci
there is is sown with miscellaneous country vegetables, plantains and sugar-
cane, all used entirely for home consumption. The greater part of the
plain is irrigated by means of water-wheels from the Balu stream and yields
from twenty to twenty-five-fold of the seed sown. The Red Karens have
more primitive methods of cultivation and only average ten-fold. Taungya
paddy is also grown in small patches.

Land under cultivation — Acres.

Lowl\ing paddy ... ... ... ... 400

Taungya ... ... ... ... loo

Cattle — Number.

Buffaloes ... ... ... ...

Cows

Pack bullocks

239

156

Prices of produce —

Rice per too baskets, Rs. 2oO to Rs. ^50.
Paddy per loo baskets, Rs. 70 to Rs. 80.

Population in 1898 — Male. Female.

Total.

Adults ... ... 497 555

Non-adults ... ... 336 3^4

1,052

660

Grako Total

1,712

The population has increased considerably during the last few years owing
to the return of old residents. The households in the State now number-
Numbers.

Shans ... ... ..• ... ij07S

Taungthus ... ... ... ... 4^

Inthas ... ... ... ..• 17

Talaings ... ... .. ... 27

Red Karens ... ... ... ... 544

Tola!

1,712

Besides Sa-Koi, which has only thirty-four hous.s, there are no villages cf
any size. There are a few over twenty houses, the chief being the Shan
village of Wan Ku, with thirty-two houses ; the Shan village of Kyern
Teng, twenty-five houses, and the Red Karen village of Mya Li, with
twenty-one houses. None of them is noted for any particular industry.

There are no trades of any importance, though at one or two of the vil-
lages earthen pots are made.

A sum of Rs. 8 on Shans, Inthas and Taungthus and Re. 1 on Red
Karens and Talaings is assessed on the same principle as the thathameda.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAL

Sa-Koi is not, however, divided into circles, but is roughly divided according
to races for convenience of assessment. Thf r^venne is collected by tnye-
daings, who receive lo per cent, commission on their collections.

The myoza conducts thp administration practically single-handed, beiag
onlv aided by two tax-collectors and a myosaye who drafts his letters.

Sa-Koi has practically no separate history. It was a sub-State nf Mdng Pa
until the present myoza's father procured for himself the title nf myoza. He
died in 1239 B.E. (1877) and his con Kun T6n became myoza, and was
confirmed in charge by the British GovernmenL

SALAZANG. — A villasfe of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies south-west of Tunzan and is reached by a road to
Tunzan and thence via Puntong. In i8q4 it had thirty houses.

The resident chief was Yankolyin. The people are Yds and Kanhows,
and are subordinate to Howchinkup. The village has been disarmed.
Water is brought in by leads and is abundant.

SA-LE. — A township in the Pagan subdivision of Myingvan district, on the
eastern banW of the Irrawaddy river. Its are!^ is approximately 500 square
miles. Its boundaries are, on the rorththe Pagan township, on the south
the Yenan-gyaung township of Magwe district, on the east, the Kyaakpadaung
township, and on the west the Irrawaddy river.

The number of revenue circles in the township in iRg6-Q7 was 44.
The population is estimated to number thirtv-eight thousand eight hundr«?d
and thirty-four persons. For 1895-06 the land revenue amounted to Rs.
10,983, the thathampdn to Rs. 58,^93, and the gross revenue to Rs. 72,132.
The township periodicallv suffers from scarcity as the rainfall is scanty and
capricious, but the bulk of the population is savpd from acute distress by
finding employment in the Yenan-gyaung nil-fields of Magwe district and hv
migrating to Lower Burma. The soil is poor, but there is a considerable
trade along the Irrawaddv river. Scssamum, pvaung and beans are the
chief crops cultivated. The headquarters are at Sa-Ie.

SA-LE. — A town in the Sa-le circle and township, Pagan subdivision of
Myingyan district. It is situated on the eastern bank of the Irrawaddy river,
about ten miles south of Singu,

Sa-le is a port of call for steamers and is the centre of the trade of the
greater part of the Sa-le township, of which it is the headquarters. The
public buildings are a Civil Police post, a bazaar and a combined post and
telegiraph office. Its chief industries are the manufacture of lacquer-ware
and the stuffing of pillows and mattresses.

It is of some repute as being the birth-place of U Ponna, the author
of several well-known dramatic works in Burmese ; he was condemned f^
death by the King MindAn for being iniplicatpd in the Myingun Prince's
rising, U P6nna's kyattftg at Sa-le has been burnt down, but the brick
building in which he kept his library is still intact.

The population in 1895-96 numbered three thousand and twenty-three
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 3,281. No land revenue was
assessed in that year.

SA-LE-GA-LE or SA-RE NAM-NGAW.— A Kachin village in Tract
No. II, Bhamo district, situated in 34* 23' north latidude and 97° 29' easi
lon^tude.

SAL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

In 1892 it contained forty houses. The population was unknown. The
inhabitants are of the 'Nkhuin tribe, and own no cattle. The headman
has no others subordinate to him, Water is scarce and there is no good
camping-ground. Sa-le-ga-le was fined all its guns in 1890-91 for an attack
on a Chinese caravan in November i88g, at Mantow hill.

SA-LE-KYUN. — A revenue circle in the Sa-lc township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and forty persons,
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 610, the State-land revenue to Rs. 566-4-0,
and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,176-4-0.

SA-LE-MYIN. — A circle in the Nga Singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, north-cast of Yenatha, including five villages.

Sakmyin village is situated east of Sa-le-Ywe. It has fifty houses and the
population numbered in 1897 two hundred persons approximately. The vil-
lagers are bamboo-cutters and cultivators.

SALEN. — A village of Chins of the Klang-klang tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies between Munlipi and Hripi, thirteen miles south-west of
Twalam.

In 1894 it had thirty-two houses. Lvenkum was its resident chief. The
village, which is sometimes called Shankal, is not stockaded. It has good
water-supply and camping-ground. It is under the influence of Haka, as
Lvenkum is a brother of Vareng of Kotarr.

SA-LE-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

fn 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and fortv-five persons,
and the thathameda anounled to Rs. 200. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SA-LE-YWE. — A circle in the Nga Singu township, Madaya subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Yenatha, including four villages.

SA-LE-YWE. — A village in the Sa-le-Ywc circle, Nga Singu township,
Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, east of Wet-ne-taung hill.

It has one hundred houses and its population numbered in 1 897 four hundred
persons approximately. The villagers are bamboo-cutters and cultivators.

SA-LL— A circle in Mong Tung sub-State of Hsi Paw, Northern Shan
States, under a nebaing, with an area of about ten square miles.

The population in i8g8 numbered one hundred and forty-two persons,
divided between thirty-five houses and five villages. The circle is bounded
on the north and east by Man Nawng, on the south by Man Hawm, and on
the west by suburbs of Mong Tung.

The revenue paid in that year amounted to Rs, 273 with three hundred
and ten baskets of paddy. Lowland paddy cultivation is the only industry.

SA-LIM. — A Falaung village in the Mong Yu circle of the Northern
Shan State of North Hsen Wi, situated in the hills west of M6ng Yu village.

There were six houses in February 1892, with forty-four inhabitants, all
Palaungs of the Humai branch. They cultivated hill-rice and a little cotton,
besides tobacco and vegetables,

SA-LIN.— A subdivision of the Minbu district, is bounded on the north by
Pakfikku district, on the cast by the Irrawaddy river, separating it from

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAL

Magwe and Myingyan districts, on the south by the Minbu subdivision, and
on the west by the Arakan Vonia.

It includes the townships of Sa-lin, Kyabin and Siddktaya. The subdivi-
sional headquarters are at Sa-lin.

SA-LIN. — The most import int township in the Sa-lin subdivision of Minbu
district, is bounded on the north by the Sa-lin chaung, separating it from the
Kyabin township, on the east by the Irrawaddy, on the south by the M6n
river and the Ligaing township, and on the west by the Sidoktaya town-
ship.

The country generally is flat. Scrfar as the crops are concerned it may
be said to consist of three main tracts {(i) the riverain, {^) the irrigated
and {c) the kuuya. The riverain and konya tracts call for no special de-
scription. They are similar to those found in other districts bordering the
Irrawaddy in Upper Burma.

The most interesting feature of the township is its irrigation system,
which dates far back into Burmese times. The main canal, known as the
Myaungmadaw, derives its water from the Salin river, and is about eighteen
miles in length : a large number of branch canals take off from it. These
were formerly private property, but are now under the management of the
Deputy Commissioner of Minbu. The total estimated area irrigated in Salin
township is 22,133 acres. There are several fisheries and of these the ntiost
important is that at Paunglin, which pays a revenue of from Rs. 6,000 to
Rs. 7,000 a year.

SALIN. — The headquarters town of the subdivision of that name in the
Minbu district and of the Salin township.

It contained about sixteen hundred houses and eight thousand inhabitants
in 1890 and the population is now estimated to number over ten thousand
persons. The town stands ;.bout six miles from the Irrawaddy on low flat
land and is surrounded by valuable paddy lands, irrigated by the Salin river
and its canals, chief of which is the Myaungmadaw, There is a large munici-
pal bazaar, which returns a yearly rent of Rs. 4,700. The public buildings
are the Courts of the Assistant Commissioner and the Myook.

The main road from Acng comes in at Salin. There is also a bridle-track
over the hills to Talak, but the hills are very steep.

Nearly all the trade from the MAn comes to Salin and not to Minbu.
The chief traders are natives of India and Chinamen, but the Salin land-
owners possess much larger holdings than the fanners of any other part of
Burma.

In March 1826, after the signing of the Treaty of Yandabo, a party con-
sisting of the i8th Regiment, Madras Native Infantry, with fifty Pioneers,
marched from Sinbyu-gyun over the Acng Pass into Arakan, guided l>y the
"ThandukWoon Maunzzah, " probably the Tliaunthwut Wutt. The follow-
ing account is given in the Calcutta Government Gazette of May 22nd,
1826.

" On the 16th (March) the party marched (from Sinbyu-gyun) to Chalain
mcait on a capital road made by the orders of the Menderagieprah [M int ay a-
gyi paya). A brick wal!| about three feet high, marked the breadth for a
considerable distance, and over every ravine, however small, a bridge had
been erected. The country on both sides was laid out in rice-fields as far as

SAL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

the eye could reach, and tliickly interspersed with inhabited villages. It is
irrigated by means of the Clialain river, which the inhabitants dam up, and'
cause to flow into the adjoining fields ; wells are also to be met with in great
abundance and sacred groves, with superb kioums {kyaungs) and pagodas,
are seen all along the road."

" The suburbs of Chalain mew had fallen a prey to the flames, as also
the city itself, and the only buildings saved from the conflagration were the
kioums and other edifices appropriated to the purposes of religion. This
wanton act is said to have been committed without the knowledge of the
chieftains, by some of the disorganized bands of the Burmese army. Round
Chalain mew are the remains of a lofty brick wall, and in those places where
it has fallen to decay a capital teak-wood stockade was erected at the com-
mencement of the war. The situation of the work is very strong, and on
two sides completely defended by large jeels, whence by cutting a small
bund sufficient water might be procured to form a wet ditch round the forti-
fications. The brick portion of the latter is well worthy of remark, offering
a more perfect specimen of ancient fortification in this country than any
other of the forts that have been passed. One part of the wall, which
seemed to have suffered loss from the ravages of time, more than the re-
mainder, particularly attracted attention. Its outer height was fifty feet,
and inside it rose about thirty feet above the level of the town ; and this
must be about si.t feet below the original elevation. The turrets which for-
merly adorned the summit have fallen down. This great height of brick-
work was only between three and four feet thick, supported by slight abut-
ments every fnrty yards, and it seemed quite extraordinary that so much of
it still remained, in many places tottering on its base. Near the summit of the
walls were small apertures intended to receive the beams by which the plat-
form, whence the defendants fire, was sustained ; and on enquiry, it appeared
that these walls were long antecedent to the use of firearms. TheThanduk
VVoon stated that Chalain mew is said to have been built one thousand five
hundred years ago, at the time Pagahm mew was the scat of government,
and that it used frequently to be honoured with the residence of the sover-
eign. Mcnzaghee, the present Queen's brother, occupied this post for seven
months, and only left it when the English army approached Pakang
yell."

" Chalain me7v contained ten thousand inhabitants, and is the chief town
of the district of Chalain, which consists of between five and six hundred
square miles, and has a population of 200,000 souls. Sixty-four villages are
scattered over this fertile tract, and furnished during the war ten thousand
men as their quota to the army, of whom only one-half returned, The dis-
trict of Chalain is governed by a Musghi (Myothugyi)."

Salin, according to tradition, was founded in the year 656 B.E. (1294
A.D.) by King Narapadi Sithu, of Pagan. On a tour round his kingdom
he admired the site and ordered the establishment of a town here.

Another account says that it was originally a Chin settlement. The ruins
of the Burmese Wall are still to be traced.

A 7vun with his staff lived here in Burmese times. The tovv;n was besieged
for three days at the end of July 18S6 by the Pon^yi Bo Oktoma, but he
was driven off by a party of the Hampshircs under Major Atkinson, who fell
in the attack.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAL

SA-LIN CH AUNG. — A river in the Minbu district, extensively used for

.irrigation. It rises in the Arakan Yoma above Laung-she in Pakuklcu

district, not far from Mount Victoria, and after a general south-easterly course

bends to the north-east near Salin and enters the Irrawaddy opposite Pakan-

ngi and close to Sinbyu-gyun.

Below The-y wa, where the irrigation system commences, the river widens
out into a broad, slow, shallow stream, with low indefinite banks and a gra-
velly bed. Above Salin there is verv little water in the river in the dry
months ; below, the bed is in the hot months quite dry. In the rains the
ordinary flood past Salin is not more than three-and-a-half feet deep and the
river is generally fordable all the y^ar round.

The country watered by the Salin canals is naturally well adapted for

The irrigation rapid and thorough irrigation. It is of an undulating
system. character with a gentle down gradient towards the

Irrawaddy.

The higher land and basins forming the undulations run in parallel lines
east and west and gradually merge into the alluvial plain which skirts the
river. As the ridges have a general declination from west to east, and the
canals are carried along the tops of the ridges, the irrigation of the whole
tract is made easy. An immense amount of labour must have been expended
years ago on the terracing of the slopes.

The Salin valley is traversed over almost its entire area by a very eflR-
cient Burmese system of canals fed from the Salin river. The valley and
its irrigation system commence at 1 he-ywa, twenty-eight or twenty-nine
miles from the Irrawaddy, on the Salin river. From The-ywa to Paukma
the valley is very narrow, not more than half to one mile across. This strip
of valley is watered bv a system of independent village canals taking off
from both sides of the river. From Paukma the valley widens out from one
to three miles in breadth down to Salin, twelve miles distant. Beyond Salin
down to the Irrawaddy, about nine miles, an open tract of country is
reached, nine to twelve miles broad. The whole of the area south of Pauk-
ma is watered by a system of much larger canals and distributaries than
those north of Paukma.

The Minbu Settlement OITicer, in his report dated i8g8, says;—

"There are in all eighteen canals, thirteen of which lie within the settle-
ment tract and five of which lie outside it. The irrigation system within
the settlement area begins at Shasha on the right bank and at Swfed^ on
the left bank of the Salin chnung^ and the length of irrigated tract thence
to the Irrawaddy where it ends, is about twenty mites. Of the thirteen
canals within the settlement area, the following are situated in the Salin
township : —

(i) Shasha canal, (5) Chaungdein canal,

(2) Wunya canal, (6) Mingala canal,

(3) Sfegan canal, (7J Myaungthit canal, and

(4) Myaungmadaw, the chief (8) Thayetchin canal ;

canal, [

and the following in the Kyabin township :—

(i) Swfedfe canal, I (3) Kaing canal,

(2) Kyauksit canal, j (4) Nw&tcmfe canal, and

(5) Thadunwa canal.

SKL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

" The Lfema, Thayetdaw, Nyaungzin, Pyadauk and KyundS canals He
outside the settlempnt tract.

" Tlie names of the canals as above given are in the order iq which their
headwaters come, the Shasha weir in the Salin township and the Swfedfe in
the Kyabin township, being situated at the highest points on the Salin
chating. The Salin systems are all situated nn the south or right bank and
the Kyabin systems, with the exception of Thadunwa, which irrigates lands
in both townships, are on the north or left bank of the chaurtg.

Hendieorks. — The headworks are extremely simple and of a nature only possible in a
wide shallow river with a slow current. Dams are not necessary. Low training hanks.
three to five feet hijjh, are constructed of saplinj^ stakes and brushwood, with sand and
gravel from the bed of the river. These training banks are built well out on the slopini;
river-bed almost into the centre of the stream and run nearly parallel with the bank until
they gra 'ually cross the stream and join the mouth of the canal. The Myaiin{rm'»daw
training bank is a mile long from the centre of the stream downwards parallel with the
bank to the mouth of the canal. As water comes gently down it is diverted into the
artificial ch.inneis thus formed and thence into the can.tls. In heavy floods w.iler passes
over and submerges the training banks, making breaches here and there. The damage
is, however, easily and cheaply repaired when the flood goes down. As many as eight
or nine such freshets may occur in a season, repairs costing Rs. 700 iir Rs. 800 a canal
head. Sill is removed by means of a plough or harrow, across the 'length of which mats
are tied to drag up ihesilt again into the training banks. It is difficult to devise anything
cheaper or simpler than these accessible and easily repaired headworks."

''There are no regulators at the head of any of the canals to control the
supply of water.

•'The Myaungmadaw canal is said to have been constructed by King
Namani-sithu, of the Pagan dynasty, six hundred and sixty-six years ago. It
takes off on the right or south bank of the Salin chaurtg at Linzin, a village
about twelve miles west of the town of Salin, passes tlirough that tovvn and
across the level country south, ending in the Paunglln lake. From it
numerous minor channels diverge, the larger of which are called myaungs,
the smaller behauk or viyaun^let.

''About six miles from the head of the system and five miles from Salin the
canal meets the Paung stream, a large tributary of the Salin chaun^ coming
from the south-west, which it crosses at right-angles. At the point of inter-
section, built across the Paung chaung is a large weir called the Paung se or
Paung weir, which forms one bank of the canal and prevents the water which
flows down the canal from making its way back to the parent stream. It also
serves to break the freshets which come down the Pawngchctungivom the hills
and to pass them into the canal. During heavy floods much of the water
which comes down the chaung passes over the weir and so is lost for purposes
of irrigation, but a not inconsiderable portion goes down the canal. The
waters of this chaung are charged with a highly fertilizing silt. If the canal
be carried over the chaung by means of an aqueduct, as has sometimes been
suggested, the beiiefit derived from this silt will be lost.

" The dam is constructed with a crib-work of saplings and stone-filling. It
measures five hundred feet along the crest, and the width from crest to toe is
three hundred feet. It is further protected with a tail — a covering of split
bamboos interlaced so as to form a matting which serves to break the fall of
the water behind it, gives the water a free run, and prevents the scouring out
of the bed of the stream. On the annual repairs to this weir (at an excessive
cost of Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 15,000) the major portion of the expenditure on the
maintenance of the Salin system is incurred. Colonel Fox, R.E., Superin-
tending Engineer, has noted : '' It (the dam) is generally repaired, quickly,

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tS^L

"but a succession of floods might damage it hopelessly," and recommends
that a more lasting and serviceable weir at the cost of about Rs. 15,000 might
be constructed.

''Resembling the Paung weir in construction, but much smaller in size, is
the Kaing st' or the Kaing weir. It is situated at the village of Paukma in
the Kyabin township, and is built across the Paukma chaung at a point
where the Kaing canal crosses it-

" With the exception of the Myaungmadaw, or Royal canal, all the canals are
said to have been constructed by the people themselves from eigijly lo a
hundred years ago. The latest, the Thadunwa, was made about three hun-
dred years ago. When the dam and canal were in course of construction the
contractors, one Shan and one Burman, invited all landowners and cultivators
to come and help them, and they came to the work with one or two paTS of
buffaloes, or as many as they could spare. The fields which supplied these
buffaloes were thereafter called by the number of buffaloes they sent to the
work.

" Annually a few months before the rains, a committee of officials, landlords,
canal managers and ciders, after the dam and works had been visited, deter-
mined what works needed repairing and the amount of labour and money
necessary. Only such money as was actually required was collected. Money
was collected at so much a pair of bullocks, fields using the canal water being
divided into fields worked by one, two, or three pairs of buffaloes or bullocks,
and money was assessed at so much a pair. The fields alluded to above,
which originally supplied buffaloes for the first construction of the work,
continued to be assessed on the number of buffaloes from which they were
then named. The Sagu and Ligaing Afvothu^yis were responsible for the
proper working of the Man canal and the balin Wun for the Salin canals.
The Sagu Myothugyi was alone responsible for the Sedaw, as it was in his
township. Under ihem were ozas, se-asiyins, peiktagas, and gaungs.
The office of osa was hereditary. They were said to be descendants of the
original constructors, there being ten Slian osas and eleven Burman. The
osas collected the money, working under the se-ast'yins. They got 10 per
cent, on the collections. The se-asiyi'ns exercised a general supervision over
work, the labour employed, and the expenditure. The />eikfagits were in im-
mediate charge of the works. An asiyin got two rupees, a peihtaga one
rupee eight annas, and an asiyin' s wxiter one rupee eight annas a day out
of the money collected. Myaung-gaungs regulated the dist ibution of
water for the channels under the j(?-(i5/).'z'«'i- supervision, and looked after the
cleansing and repair of distributaries. They had the power of whipping, or
stopping the supply of water in the case of disobedient or recalcitrant culti-
vators. Water was generally given in rotation, except in cases of urgent
need, when the water might be given out of turn. Disputes were settled by
the Myothugyi.

" This was the system of management at the time of the Annexation and it
was continued for a time. The money collected was banked at the Subdivi-
sional treasury, and the Subdivisional Officer was nominally responsible for
the proper working of the canals.

" In 1894-95 the management of the Man cana! and of the seven major Salin
canals was laken out of the hands of the people and placed in those of the
Subdivisional and Township Officers, assisted by a se-6k. In 1895-96 an irri-
gation assistant was appointed and a water-rate varying from one to three
rupees an acre was charged."

l«M.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

SA-LIN-DAUNG.— A revenue circle in the Sa-Ie township, Pagan subdi-
vision, of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the p')pulation numbered one hundred and ninety-five persons,
and the thaihameJa amounted to Rs. 324. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SA-LIN-DAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaun^ township,
Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-Q6 the population numbered two hundred and sixty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 441. No land revenue was collected
in the rircle.

SA-LIN-GAN. — A village in the Alyaing township, Pakokku subdivision
and district, with a population of two hundred and thirty-one persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 510 for 1807-98.

S.\-L1N-GA-THL'. — .\ revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district".

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and seventy-five
persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. ago. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

S.A-LIN-GON. — A village in the Tha-bye circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
five persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs 1,020 for 1897-98.

SA-LIN-GYI. — .\ township in the Pal«^ subdivision of Lower Chindwln
district, with an area of two hundred and ninety-six square miles and a popu-
lation of forty-three thousand six hundred and fifty-eight persons.

It is bounded on the north by the North Yama stream, separating it from
the Kani township of the same subdivision, on the east by the Chindwin
river, on the south by the South Vama stream, separating it from Pakokku
district, and on the west by the Mintaingbin township of the same subdivision
and district. It was once known as Eastern Pagyi. In December 1894 it
was renamed after Salingyi village, the present headquarters.

Saling)'] is the most thickly populated township of the district, the number
of persons to the square mile being one hundred and forty seven. The town-
ship is flat except in its north-eastern portion, where there are a few hills,
and is uniformly well watered. The soil is for the most part black cotton,
and grows millet and maize extensively. Tlie principal products are dry
and wet weather paddy, jotear, sessamun peas, gram, cotton, salt and
jaggery. Vegetables also are grown largely.

There are forty revenue circles in the townstkip, which paid revenue for
1896-97 as follows: —

Rs.
(.1) Thathanuda ... ... ... 1,01,560

(2J Stale kand ... ... ... ... 2,764.

(3) Salt ... ... ... ... 1,920

(4) Fishery ... ... ... ... 326

(5) Kxcise ... ... ... ... 350

(6) Ferries ... ... ... ... 1,630

Total

1.08,550

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

rSAL

SA-LlN-GYI. — A revenue circle in the township of the same name in the
. Lower ChinHwin district, with four thoi|sand five hundred and thirty-five in-
habitants. It is situated on the ri^ht bank of the river Chindwin, at a dis-
tance of two miles from that river.

The circle contains twenty-one villages: Salinjjvi. Chantha, KyaunsfjfAn,
Nyauncr-evattin, Mv&zundaun?, Kantha, NvaunpHindo, Myauk-vwa, Kyauk-
hmaw, Htudauk. Mindaw, Ynnbinvo, Sinbvukvt^, Pauktaw, Aukthin, K'\nkin-
pankyat. Nge-zunmvauk, Pyawb\v&, Oho, Mvinthe-ywa and Kywe-khodaw.

Sa1in?yi village is the headqua'^ters of the SalinETvI township of Lowe*"
Chindwin district, and has one thousand four hundred and seventy-five
inhabitants. It was in Burmese times the headquarters of the Pagyi w»u«.
The public building^s in the village are the Myo5k's court-house, a Civil
Police-station, a bazaar and rest-house.

SALLAVATI. — The Chindwin river q. v.

SA-LUN. — A revenue circle in the Rudalin township, Lower Chindwin
district, with two thousand one hundred and thirteen inhabitants. It lies
on the left bank of the Chindwin river, and includes the villages of Salun or
Sanlun, Kunpvan, NAndan. Tandaw, Nyaungfgon, Nyaun^thamya, YAntha,
Hnawbinvo and Kyizu. The chief products axajowar, peas, and gram.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 4,080 from Hiathameda.

SALWEEN— Called Nam Kong bv the Shans, Than-Iwin by the Bur-
mese, Lu Kiansf or Nu Kianp or Lu-Tzu Kiang by the Chinese, is the long-
est river in Burma and one of the wildest and most picturesque rivers in the
world.

Its sources are still undetermined, but there seems little doubt that it
rises in the Tania mountains, south of the Kuen Luen, somewhere in the
thirty-third or thirty-second degree of north latitude, and that perhaps it
draws some of its water from the Kara Nor. Its very considerably greater
length than the Irrawaddv, notwithstanding its smaller volume of water, is
due to the narrowness of its basin from the moment it leaves Tibet. The
late Sir Henrv Yule savs : " The French missionaries, who were for some
" vears stationed near the T.u Kiang. about latitude 28° 20', speak of tt as a
" great river." [This is roughlv the latitude in which the Irrawaddy takes its
source. 1 Abbe Durand, in June 1863, describing a society of heretical
Lamas who had invited his instructions, and who were willing to consign the
paraohernalia of their worship to the waters, writes : " What will become
"of it all. The Great River, whose waters roll to Martaban, is not more'
"than two hundred or three hundred paces distant. A river so spoken of id
•'latitude 28° 20', or thereabouts, may easily have come from a remote
"Tibetan source. It is hard to say more as vet, amid the uncertainties of
" the eeographv of Tibetan steppes, and the difficultv of discerning between
" the tributaries of this river and that of the next ; but the Lu Kiang, or a
"main branch of it, under the name of Suk-chu, appears to be crossed by a
" bridge on the high road between Ssu-ch'uan and Lhassa, from stations
•' west of Tsiamdn on the Lan ts'ang " (the Mfekhong).

Prince Henri d'Orleans crossed the river a little south of the 28th paral-
lel in September 1805, but does not give many details. He savs : "The
*' aistand 22nd September were employed in the passage of the Salween. All
" our party were in high spirits and the cattle rested. At the request of th^

SAL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

" men, the mules were given a hash of raw fowls and salt, avowed by the Tibe-
"tanslobe a rare pick-me-up for beasts of burden. We ferried over in
"skiflfs about sixteen feet long, hollowed out of trunks of trees. From two
'' to four men manceuvred them with small oars. '1 he crossing was an easy
" matter compared with that of the Miskhong at Halo ; there were no read
" rapids here and counter-currents could be taken advantage of. The tcm-
" perature of the water was much the same as that of the Mfekhong at the
" same height, being 60° Fahrenheit ; but a neighbouring tributary from the
" mountains registered nearly 6° higher." The Prince gives as the altitude of
the river banks here five thousand and nineteen feet, but this is almost certain-
ly much too high. He continues; " On the 23rd and 24th September we
"continued down the Salween by a good road. As is the case lower, the
" valley is greener than that of the M^khong, witli flora almost appoaching that
" of warm countries. The trees were literally decked with tufts of orchids,
" whose yellow and brown spotted blooms hung in odoriferous (!) clusters ; this
" might appropriately have been named the Orchid valley, a paradise for
"amateurs, * * * After Djewan we worked westward again, and for two
" days we rcasccnded by the bed of a small tributary of the iiahveen. But
" the higher we w cnt the worse grew the path, till it was no better than a track
'' through sodden brake and over abrupt declivities. Great thorny thistles
" with yellow heads choked the hollows, through which the mules, even slrip-
" ped, could hardly struggle."

Captain Gill in 1877 crossed the river by the since much-travelled route
between Tali and Bhamo: He gives the following description of the pesti-
ferous valley, as the Chinese regard it: —

" Centuries had rolled by since Marco Polo spoke of the country ' impos-
sible to pass, the air in summer is so impure and bad; and any foreigner
attempting it would die for certain.' Already at Tachien-lu Monseigneur
Chauveau, who had passed many year's of his life in Yunnan, had warned
us of this pestiferous place, and had told us that, before the rebellion had
destroyed every organization in the province, it has been customary to keep
a guard at certain places on the road to prevent any one from attempting
the passage during the unhealthy season. * ♦ * As it lay at our feet all
nature seemed to smile and invite the tired traveller to stay and rest. But
it was the smile of the siren, for should a stranger venture there to pass
the night, it would be with fever-stricken limbs that, when the morning
broke, he would attempt the escalade of the surrounding heights. "

" Even in autumn, the most healthy season, it is with bated breath that
passengers hurry across at a favourable moment ; and when the liery rays
of summer are darted on that lowlymg \ alley, even the acclimatized inhabit-
ants flee the ' infections that the sua sucks up ' and for months no living
thing may venture there.

" It is during an alternation of rain and sun that the poison is most rife
and then they say a lurid copper-cloured vapour gradually lolds the val-
ley in its deadly embrace. * * * The reasons tor the extraordinary un-
healthiness of the valley are not apparent ; for though it is one thousand
three hundred feet lower than ttie Lan- T'sang (the M^khong), and nearly
twu thousand feet lower than the Lung Kiang or Shweli river, yet it is
still two thousand six hundred feet above the sea. It was the fairtsl-iook
ing valley we had passed ; mstead of being perfectly flat, like so man

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAL

others, the ground sloped gently from the foot of thehilb. This formation
is very favourable for the terrace cultivation and here the rice harvest was
well forward. There are a few small undulating hills in the bottom of the
valley, which is bounded by mountains well-wooded or covered with long
grass. There are plenty of villages, with a good many trees round them,
and the landscape is more varied than any we had seen for sometime.
From the rapidity of the river, and the undulating nature of the ground,
it might have been supposed that this district would be healthy enough;
but the secret of the red miasma must remain hidden yet awhile in the
recesses.

" The river is crossed by a chain suspension-bridge of two spans, the
second span in a line parallel to the continuation of the first, but about four
yards from it on the same level, This system is probably adopted for the
greater facility given for tightening up the chains ; but it makes a misshapen
affair of what would otherwise be a well-constructed bridge. The east-
ern span was about seventy-three and the western fifty-two yards long.
Each span is supported on twelve or fourteen chains underneath and two
above, the links being of three-quarter inch iron, one foot long. At the time
of our visit (1877) it was in excellent repair, but the eastern span, destroyed
by the Mahomedans during the rebellion, had only recently been rebuilt.
At the time of Baber's visit it was ' in a dangerous state of dilapidation.*
The stream wis running rapidly b^low the eastern span, but the western
was quite dry."

This IS called the I-u-kiang bridge by the Chinese after the name of the
Shan-Chinese of Lu-kiang, which the Shans call Mong Hko.

Below this point the river has been unvisited until the point where it
enters British territory in about the 24th parallel of latitude, from which
point it bisects the Shan States, having on the right bank the States of North
Hsen VVi, South Hsen VVi, Mong Nawng, Mong Nai, Mong Fan, Mawk Mai,
and Karen-ni, and on the left hank the Ko Kang district of North Hsen Wi,
the Wa country, Kengtung, Mdng Pan, Mawk Mai, Karen-ni, and the
Siamese Shan States.

Throughout it preserves the same character of a gigantic ditch or railwav-
cutting and has a general north to south direction with unimportant bend's,
though it is seldom that a distant view can be had up or down the river.
Everywhere the hills rise up on either bank 3,000, 4,000, and 5,000 feet above
the river ; sometimes the crests recede, but till the river readies Lower
Burma there is no spot where there can be said to be flat land along its banks.
The insignificant strips at Kun Long, Man Pan, Hsa Taw, and a few other
places cannot be called an exception to the rule. In the dry weather the
banks arc alternate stretches of blinding white, fine sand and a chaos of
huge boulders, masses and slabs of rock, with here and there, usually where
a tributary enters, long stretches of shingle. The rocks, though they are
of the hardest kind, siliceous and even vitreous, are scored in furrows and
worn into holes by the sand and pebbles borne down by the floods. F^ogs of
wood are equally worn and often have gravel and fragments of rock deeply
embedded in their ends. The rocks are coated with a peculiar glistening
polish, as if they were black leaded, but it is said to be a film of oxide of
manganese. In the rains all these disappear and the water laps against
forest trees and the abrupt slopes of the hills. There are paths here aoj

SAUJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

there along the river, sometimes for- many miles, but they seldom can be
used all the year round and usually follow banks of saadj wind among the
boulders and very frequently climb hundreds of feet over spurs running
steep to, or overhanging the Salween in cliffs, so that the river is lost
sight of for miles. The average difference between high and low water
level of the Salween throughout the Shan States is between sixty ar.d seventy
feet and in some places it is as much as ninety. It is this characteristic which
causes it to be said that many rivers, such as the Nam Pang and the Nam
Hka, enter the Salween in a cascade or cataract. They have only been
seen in the cold weather. No doubt in the rains the cataract is swallowed
up by the Salween floods. There are many rapids in the Salween itself,
caused by reefs of rock running across the bed, or by a sudden fall of from
one to several feet, which produce very rough water below the swift glide,
but the most dangerous places for navigation are where a point juts out
into I lie stream. The main volume of the river rushes into the hollow and
is thrown back on either side, causing very rough seas and a violent double
backwater. Nevertheless long .stretches of the river, extending to scores of
miles, can be and are habitually passed by native boats and rafts going down.
In the height of the rains most of these dangers disappear, and there is a
tradition at Kun Long that a raft with a house on it once went down from
that place to Moulmein. But the strength of the current makes navigation
up-streara impossible for native boats at that time of the year. The cur-
rent is extremely variable. Occasionally there are sluggish reaches where
it is apparently not more than half a mile an hour; in the rapids it as
much as ten knots an hour or more. The passage from Kun Long to Hsup
Kyek, a distance of about forty miles has been accomplished by .several
British officers. Messrs. Watsoiv and Feddeii went down from a little below
Man Pan, the capital of Maw Hpa, to Ta Kaw on a raft. The stretch from
Hsa Taw to Kyaukhnyat is habitually used by trading boats. It seems
probable lliat boats might ascend from this point lo the Kaw ferry and
no doubt beyond, perhaps as far as Kun Long. It is quite certain that
steam-launches could ply over very long sections of the river in the Shan
States. The worst portion on the whole river is in Lower Burma between
Kyaukhnyat and the mouth of the Yonzalin. From that point to the mouth
of the river launches can ply without difficulty.

A characteristic of the Salween is the extreme coldness of its waters
caused no doubt by melted snows and still more by the circumstance lliat
sunshine onlv touches the surface of the river for a few hours in the day.
It is this no doubt which is the chief cause of the heavy f(jgs which lie over
the river practically the whole year rouud, except in the raius. In the cold
weather this blanket of cloud is densest aud frequently does not rise till
midday. In the hot weather the mist lies in a belt, half way up the hillsides,
with sunshine above aud a clear atmosphere below. This coverlet is usually
from five hundred to a thousand feet above the surface of the river and
varies from five hundred to a thousand feet thick. It is this saturated at-
mosphere which has procured for the Salween its name for deadliness
among the Chinese. The drenching mists are very apt to produce fevers
and ague, but otherwise there seems no justification tor the name of pesti-
ferous given to it by the Chinese. The inhabitants of the valley are, of
course, inured to the conditions fram iheir birth and nothing in their physique
or character distinguishes them from others of their race. It is noticeable

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

f SAL

Ferries : in Hsen
Wi.

that the water of the Salween differs in colour from that of the Mfekhong.
The Salween has waters of a dirty grey; the M&khong of a reddish brown.
North of the Shan States there seems to be a fair population, at any rate
in parts of the Salween valley. In British territory there are very few set-
tlements on the river itself. At many of the ferries the ferry village is a
thousand feet above the river, and often for miles and miles there are no
villages at all| and never are likely to be, for the hills shutting in the river
in many places are little more than bare rock, covered with bamboo and
^n^ growth. A detailed description of the Salween is impossible, because
no one has seen it all. The following list of ferries shows in many cases
the only places where the river is accessible.

Teng Yang is the most northerly ferry in British territory. It communio
cates between Maw Thai in Ko Kang territory, a couple
of thousand feet above the river, and Teng Yang and
other villages on the right bank in Lung-ling. It is only

used by the neighbouring villagers when they go to market on one side or

the other. There are two dugouts, but no ferry-men wait at the river.

They have to be brought down from the villages high up on either bank.

The charges are those usual everywhere at the smaller ferries, two annas

a load and two annas a man.

Sin Hsan ferry connects Ko Kang with Mang Ka and is the most north-
erly in exclusively British territory. The descent on both banks is exceed-
ingly sleep and there is no camping accommodation on the west bank and
very little on the east. The banks on both sides of the river are strewn
with huge rocks and boulders and, though a party of mounted infantry lias
crossed here (in 1892) without mishap, it is a very dangerous place for
animals, owing to the absence of a landing-place on either bank. It is served
by a rait, and a sort of rake, consisting of a bamboo shaft fitted into the
centre of a parallelogram of woven bamboo, like the float of a paddle-wheel,
is used instead of a paddle. The ferry is only locally used. The river here
is 2,000 feet above sea-level.

About ten miles lower down is the Man Pang ferry. The approaches on
both sides are very steep. There is no room for a camp on the right bank
except on the sands ; on the left bank there is camping room for about seventy
men. There is a large canoe able to carry twelve loads, but the landing points
are very small and therefore dangerous for animals. The river is eighty
yards wide by forty feet deep, with a current of about four miles an hour, and
the altitude is one tliousand nine hundred and seventy-seven feet. The
ferry is a good deal used by trading parties from Taw Nio and Chen-kang
to Mong Mao, Nam Hkam, and Lung-ling.

Twenty-six miles below is the Man Ton or Mong Hawni ferry. This is
more used and by the same parties. Camping-ground is, however, very
meagre and the approaches are very steep. The sand-banks for landing-
places are very small ; the river is one hundred and twenty yards broad,
fifty feet deep and has a current of three-and-a-half miles an hour. There is
one boat capable of carrying ten nmle loads and served by a ferry village
one thousand feet above the river. The charge is eight annas for a loaded
mule.

The ferry is one thousand eight hundred and fifty feet above sea-level.

SM,1

THE UPPER BITRMA GAZETTEER.

The Ta Pa ferry, about fifteen miles lower down, is only used locally by
parties from Monor Si and Kya-tzu-shu (Sati hsu^ bazaars. Tlie river flows
here in a surcession of I-^ngr reaches and rapids, the reach at the ferry being
abnnt half a mile Ioi£j. The current is slack and the breadth is about one
hundred and thirty yar 's with a flood rise of thirty-five or forty feet. The
banks are hi^h, steep, and iungle-covered and the approaches not good.
There is no campinsf-eround on cither bank at the ferry itself. On the riorht
bank, a quarter of a mile off, is camping-room for about fifty men. On the left
bank the nearest point is onf* thousand and seven hundred feet ab^ve the river
and two miles distant, and there is only room for one hundred men. The
ferry is about eighteen miles from MQng Si.

Ta Sawm is fifteen to twenty miles above Kun Long. It was crossed in
i8qo by Mr. Daly with his party, but is said to have since been given up,
owing to local quarrels, and there is now no boat. The approaches were
always very bad and with disuse have no doubt become very much worse.

The Kun Long ferrv has been steadily less and less used since the civil
wars began in Hsen Wi, fiftv years ago, and the Kachin troubles of 1803 caused
a fresh check. There is abundant camping-ground on the right bank, but
very little room on the loft at the village of Kun Long itself, where also the
landing-place is of very limited extent. The number of boats latterly main-
tained has not been above five or six and these small. Most of the caravans
pass lower down. The Salween at Kun Long is a little over two hundred
yards wide, its altitude one thou.sand and six hundred feet above sea-level, and
the average depth about eisrhteen feet. The Burmese used to have a cus-
toms-house on the big island fwhence the name of the ferryl below, at the
mouth of the Nam Ting. The railwav under construction from Mandalay
will not go to the ferry at all, but to the mouth of the Nam Ting, si.K miles
below.

Below Kun Long the ferries of Hat Hpet and M5ng Kun have not been
visited. Ta Si Hkam or Ta Hat Hpet leads to Kang Mong on the western
bank and is reported to be good.

The Hsup Kyek ferry has latterly completely taken the place of that at
Kun Long. It is on the high road from Pang T,ong. the Chinese Mahomedan
settlement, to Mong Yaw and Mandalay. The approaches on both sides,
particularly on the west, are easy. In 1803 there were four boats at the ferry.
Both banks are sandv and shelve down gently to the water's edge, so that
landing is easv. The Mandalav-Kun long railwav is likely to strike the
.Salween at this point, so that for a timeTa Hsup Kyek is likely to increase
considerably in importance.

Below this are given the names of the ferries j HsuD Yin, Kawng Hsang.
Tftng Tan, Loi Hseng and Hsup Ka. which are only of local importance and
have no more than one or two boats.

Then comes the M6ng Nawng-Hsai Leng ferry, of which MSng Nawng is
in the territory of Kang Hs3 and Hsai Leng on the west bank in Hsen Wi.
This ferry was visited by Lieutenant Macouoid in 1896. He says that the
river here, coming down from the north, turns north-west, then east-south-east
and then south-south-west. '' .\t the bend the two Nam Mas join in, one on
"either side, and here there is a triangular island formedof sand and stones."
The river is about one hundred and sixty yards broad and there is good

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAL

landing-ground on both sides and sufficient room for several hundreds of pack
animals to load and unload, on the right bank in paddy-fields round ahout
Hsai Leng and on the eastern bank on the sands or to the south of Mong
Nawng, where there is room for a brigade to encamp. There were five or
six boats, several of them large. This ferry and that at Hsflp Kyek are
much used by the mule traders of Pang I^ong.

Below this are given the names of the ferries Na Yok, La Wo, Na Mongj
Man Min, Ta Hung and Lok Ld as being in Hsen Wi control and Na MOng
and Hsup Mu as being in Mot Hai or Wa territory.

Then comes the ferry on the road between Nawng Hpa and Man Hpang.
This is called variously Ta Pang Ti, Ta Ti and Ta Na Ngi. The approaches
on bath banks are moderately steep and the road a good mule-track. The
level of the river is about one thousand tour hundred and fifty feet above
sea-level and it is about one hundred yards broad, with a current of about
four miles an hour and a depth of thirty feet. The banks are rocky with
Very small sandbanks and two of these, which would be easily missed when
the river is in flood, form the landing-places. There are three boats at the
ferry ordinarily which carry eight or ten loads. The ferry is much used by
caravans to and from Na Fan in the Wa country.

There is another ferry called Ta Kun Long at)out quarter of a mile below-

As far as Ta Man Hsfim the ferries are as foUows : Hat Hseng, Man Ha,

f kt T =_ Nawng It, Man Ang, Nawng Pat, Nam Yang, Nam Pa

InMangLSn. ^am, I'a Pu. Hsup Kyet, Hsup Nang and Pang Mu.

Ta Man Ang is just below Kon Hong and Ta Pa Lam, Pa Pu and HsQp

Kyet are also close to Na Lao in West Mang Lon. At HsQp Kyet the river

is eighty-five yards broad averages over fifty feet deep and has a current of

three-and-a-half to four miles an hour. The only camping-gmund is on the

sand, the boats are small and, except and in the dry weather, the approaches

on either side are bad and nearly impracticable.

The Ta Wo ferry is on the direct route between Na Lao and Ta Kut.
The river is eighty yards broad and there arc three big dugouts. The
landing on both sides is bad and the camping-ground cramped. Both Ta
Wo and Ta Hsup Kyet have been used by British parties, but the Man
HsQm ferry is preferable.

The Man Hsum ferry is one of the easiest in this part of the Salweeu.
There is a steep drop of one thousand feet on tie right bank from the Nam Pi
camping-ground. The approaches arc good and sandy at high water level,
but in the cold weather the water edge on both sides is rather rocky and
difficult for animals unless they hit off the proper place. The ordinary dry
weather breadth of the river is one hundred yards, and tlie difference betweeo
high and low water level is sixly-seven feet. The river is at least fifty feet
deep, with a current of from four to five miles an hour. The altitude is about
one thousand five hundred feet and the temperature of the water 62°. The
left bank landing-place is not quite so good as that ou the right. Unlimited
camping-ground, which is, however, rather narrow, can be cleared on the left
bank, south of the village, but not on the right, where there is nothing short
of Pang Ni, one thousand feet up. The ferry is used by South Hsen Wi
traders and by caravans from Mong Ltm and other places on the east bank of
the Salween. There are usually four boats, A few miles above Man Hsum

SAL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

the Nam Hkao, a stream of considerable volume, plunges in a waterrall about
two hundred feet in height into the middle of the river.

Below Ta Man Hsum there is a long succession of ferries which are only
used locally by people visiting bazaars or for short trips only. These are
in Man? Ltin territory, Nam Sawk, Mok Mam, Ta Mawn and Wun Hseng.
Ta Mawn is a good ferry, but the approaches on the west are difficult for
animals and it is only used by pedlars.

In Maw Hpa territory there are the following: Hsup Pan, Wiin Kut, Wun
Nawng, Mat Long, Kaw Kok, Kat Lap, Man We, Hsup Aw, Man Pan,
Mawng Hung, Hsuo Hsing, Mak Keng, Ta Sing and Man Paw. These are
little used except by pedlars who come to buy the betel-vine leaves grown
along the river. At Ta Wun Nawng there is one small boat with good roads
westwards to M5ng Hsu and Mong Kao At Ta Mat Long, there are two
small boats and a good road to M6ng Hsu. At Ta Hsup Aw, the bullock
caravans going to Mong Na from Man Pan usually cross. Eastwards,
however, there is no traffic and practically no roads.

In Pet Kang and Hok Lap territory there are the ferries of Ta S6, Hsup
Pat, and Ta Hka. From the east an excellent road leads westwards to
Mong Sane and the descent to the Salween is very gradual. To the east
however, the road is very hilly and little used except by pedlars with PSt
Kang tea.

In M6ng Nawng territory the ferries are: Ta Yin, Hsoi Tawng, Kam

In M<5ng Nawng
the Kaw ferry.

Pang. Mang Pn, Hsup Leng, Htup Htam, Ta Pu, Um

Lwe. Kaw Sang and La He and below this comes the

Kaw ferry.

In the Southern Shan States below Ta Kaw only the main road ferries
are given, but the number of others Is no doubt as great as in the Northern
Shan States. The list above given is no doubt not exhaustive, but it shows
that the Salween can be and is crossed at frequent intervals, wherever in
fact its banks permit it to be approached. In case of need boats from
ferries above and below could be collected at any given ferry, but in most
cases anything but small parties could hardly progress except where main
road strike the river. Rafting is always passible, but there are seldom
large bamboos to be had near the river and in any case, where practicable
landing-places have to be hit off with some exactness, rafts are rather
unmanageable means of transport.

The Kaw ferry has probably always been the most largely used on the
Salween, at any rate for the past fifty years, and now that it is on the main
route to the British post of Kengtung it will no doubt in time be greatly
improved. Up to i8g8, however, it was still worked bv 'he native boat-
men with their own boats under subsidy from the British Government.
The right bank is steep to and commands the left, which is four hundred
yards distant, but in the dry weather it is fronted by a great expanse of
shingle and the channel is narrowed to about two hundred yards. The
current is very rapid and the bed deep and rocky. Animals are usually
ferried over If they swim they are apt to be carried a long wav down
stream. The western ferry village numbered thirty houses in 189 1 and
here, about six hundred yards from the landing-place, there is camping-room
for four hundred men. The eastern ferry village in the same year had a

«3

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

rSAL

dozen hou^es and here troops had to marcli a mile befnre thev found
camping-ground on the Hwe Long. Formerly some part of the road up Ihc
valley of this river was very rocky and dangerous and the path climbed
along the face of abrupt cliffs. A Public Works Department road has now,
Iwwever, been cut along the banks of the strf am. The altitude of the Sale-
ween at Ta Kaw is given as 850 feet.

Some distance below Ta Kaw is Ta Pyen on the road from Mong Pu to
M6ng Nai. The Salween is here about two hundred and fifty yards broad,
with a swift current. The approach to the ferry from the east is down a
hillside, verv steep and rocky. On the west there is a steep ascent of
nine hundred feet. Boats are usually brought here when needed from a
ferry (Ta l.x3ng) five miles distant, which has not been visited by any
British party. Ta Pyen was formerly much more used than it has been of
late years. There is exceedingly little camping-ground on either bank.

Below this the next important ferry is that of Ta Hsang in latitude 20° 25'

• MR P and longitude 28° 27', at an altitude of eight hiindred feet.

m , ng an. "YUis ferry is on the route from Mcing Pan to Mong Ton
and Chieng Mai. The approaches are down the Nam Sala on the one side
and up the Nam Sili on the other, with a steep climb in each case at the
end. The ferry is about a mile distant from the mouth of either river, along
sandbanks which are covered In the rains. The river is about two hundred
yards wide in the dry season. There are usually half a dozen boats avail-
able from Wan Sala on the eastern bank : neither side has any camping-
ground except the sandbanks.

Below this is the Hwe Pon ferry, in longitude 97° 43', where the main

... , ., . road from Mawk Mai to Mong Maii aad M6 Hawng

Hsawn crosses the river. 1 here are usu.illy two or three

boats availalde here. The village is on the right bank at the mouth of the

Hwe Pi5n. From this point downwards it is certain, and has been proved,

that boats of all sizes can ply to Kyauk-huyat.

A short distance off is the Ta Ong Mu, which is the ferry used bv traders
from Mong Maii and the east to Salawng and Kantu Long. There are
usually two bnats here, liclovv it the Salween narrows very considerably
and just above the Hwe Long Wai juncfion is only seventy-five yards wide
in the dry season.

Ta Hsfip Teng used to be an important ferry, but was ruined by the
Karen-ni in 1888. It is at the point wliere the Teng river joins the Salween,
and formerly there were many and large boats here. There is a wide cam-
ping-ground on the spit between the Nam Teng and the Salween. Till
1 888 there was a considerable village here and goods where brought up
from Moulmein for distribution throughout the Shan States and ti aders
came over from M6 Hawng Hsawn and Chieng Mai. There .ire now only
three or four houses.

Ta Taw Maw remains an important ferry It is nbont eight miles cast of

in Karcn-ni ^^ ^^^^ '" ^•""■^''*"' territory, and on the way lo M&

Hawng Hsawn, which is six bullock marches' distant.
There are usuallv seven boats, large and small, at the ferry, which c\tiu in
the dry season is about two humired yards broad. The ri^ht bank of the
Salween is here a cliff of alluvial soil over fifty feet high: tlie Itft bank is
low and completely commanded from the western bank. Boats go dow-|\

SAL]

THK UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

from Ta Taw Maw to Ta Hsang Le, the ferry of Man Maii (Ywa-tUit) in
one day, but they take three days to come up. The village of Ta Taw Miw
is on the right bank, and contained about fifty houses in 1890. The in-
habitants arc all Shans. ConsiderabI'" supplies are procurable.

Between this and Ta Hsang Lfe are several unimportant ferries : Ta Hpa
Leng, Ta Paw Kiita, and Ta Hsuppai, which all have a few boats but are
Ittde used excepL locally.

Ta Hsang L& is in latitude 19" 8' and longitude 97'^ 34' at an altitude of
about seven hundred and fifty feet. The ferry is three-and-a-half miles east
of Man Maii (Ywa-thit), a considerable village in Eastern Karen-ni, The
ferrv is the starling point for the Ywa-thit boat traffic with Mnulmein via-
Kyauk-hqyat, and with Hsa Taw via Ta Taw Maw, as well as with vlfc Hawng
Hsawn via the Me Pai. Travellers going from Ywathit to Hkun Yuorn and
Chieng Mai cross the Salween at this point. In the dry season theSalween
is here about two hundred and fifty yards wide. There are usually half a
dozen boats of various sizes available at the ferry, but many more can be
collected at a week's notice. The boatmen live at the village on the right
bank, where therc^werc in 1890 about fifty houses of Shans and Karens.
There is also a very fine zayat^ built of teak and elaborately carved, with
an interior area of seventy-five feet by twenty-four feet. There is space
for encamping on the river bank and here and there in the jungle behind.
The road from Ywa-thit to the ferry is good ; for the first three miles the
descent is very gradual, but the last half mile is more or less steep. The
right bank of the Salwcen is here very much higher than the left.

From this point to Kyauk-hnyat there are no ferries and no roads of im-
portance and the Sahvecn itself is constantly navigated by native boats ;
launches could ply very easily as far as Ta Hwe Pon, certainly and probably
higher.

The hydrography of theSalween remains to be studied. In 1865 Messrs.
Watson and Fedden travelled from a point a little below Man Pan, the capi-
tal of Maw Hpa, to the Kaw lerry on a bamboo raft, forty-live feet by eigh-
teen or ninteen feet, with an upper floor, fourteen feet by twelve, raised
three feet above the lower. Ti.ey were induced to do so bv some riverside
villagers who told them that " they and their fathers and grandfathers before
" them, had, ou certain occasions, taken rice in large quantities by rafts down
''to Taw Kaw, and although there are four or five falls and the noted
''Three Rocks to pass, yet, under the protection of the «<j/ of the river,
" they had always gone safely." Mr. Fedden gives a detailed description of
their journey, which was accomplished safely, though with some discomfort.
A few extracts will show the character of the journey. "Within twenty
" minutes after starting we are speeding down the rapid (or fall of about three
'' feet) and into the boisterous water below, dashing along through great
" waves that bend about the raft as whalebone, severely testing its strength
'' and swamping a portion of the upper floor, but everything was well secured
"and lashed to the raft. At this fall the river is contracted, and the water,
"reflected from either side, and perhaps from the bottom, meets in the
" middle and dashes on in large foaming waves as of a chopping sea. We are
"quickly borne along and are descending the second rapid (the fall is greater
" and more abrupt, being about four feet) with great waves and roaring sea on
" below; but continuing on we soon get into smooth water, three hundred and

lOO

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAL

'' fifty feet or more broad * * ♦ Our average rate of progress appears,
" at a guess, to be about six miles per hour * * * \yg [^q^ gQ
" along very slowly, twirling and circling round and about with the stream."
Three hours and ten minutes down stream they passed " the largest hat we
" have to pass, a clear fall of about five feet. The surface of the water has
" a considerable slope towards the fall down which our raft glides with in-
" creasing velocity into the chopping sea on below. The upper floor of our
" raft is again swamped by the foaming billows that toss us about as a wal-
" nut shell, now in a trough with huge waves on either side, now mounted on
"the crest of another and descending beyond ; we at last gain more quiet
•' water but still speed along fast. At the fall the river was about one hun-
" dred and thirty feet wide, now it contracts to less than a hundred (say
" ninety) feet, and there are some rocks rising high up, near the right ban k
''that must be very dangerous during the floods." An hour farther on they
come to the "Three Rocks " — "the current increases in speed as we ap-
" proach these noted rocks ; we are passing between them, descending a fall
*' of nearly two feet. They are, in fact, portions of a great kyauktan, or
*' reef of rock across the bed of the river, similar to the barrier above de-
" scribed. The right side of the river is rocky, then thete is a passage of
" about thirty feet, then a small rock and another passage of thirty feet, then
" a great long mass of rock rising high (twenty or thirty feet) above the
" water and then the third and widest passage (some sixty feet or more) be-
" Iween the mass of rock and the left bank. We took the middle thirty feet
" passage and it was a close shave for our raft ; indeed we did touch the rock,
" but no great damage resulted. The water here was not boisterous, but in
"the broader passage they say they could not steer clear of the rocks, for
" the current sweeps round the left bank, and is very irregular and disturbed.
Farther on they rounded " a great rocky mass on ihe right side of the river :
"the water here is ' bad,' boiling up and in whirlpools and eddies (carry*
" ing down one side of the raft) with strong under-currents. 1 his bad
" water continues for some distance, the river winding to the westward."
* * * " We pass an extremely picturesque cascade, foaming

•' like srow down the high bank, and encrusting the rocks over which it fallsi
''with a thick deposit from its calcareous waters." Such incidents were
repeated in a lesser degree all the way down. Streams entering as catar-
acts or cascades were frequently seen. At many places people were seen
washing for gold among the sand and pebbles of the shore, and at two hours'
distance above Ta Kaw, a pagoda was perched on the top of a high rock,
insulated during the floods. Tlie passage took two days of about eight
hours going each day, and was accomplished on the 31st March and ist
April, that is to say, when the river was low, but nut at its lowest, for on
the 1st April it rose two feet, no doubt with suow water.

Thtf conclusion Mr. Feddcn arrived at was " that the Salween is not gi
•' navigable river for either boats or steamers at this season of the year ; and
" that when the river is full, and the surface of its water even, the velocity of
" the current must be so great in parts, that no ordinary steamer could be
"propelled up it."

Below 'la Kaw as far as Ta Hwe Pon the river is only very imperfectly
known. Shans report a formidable obstacle at Tang Kao Tck, near Mdug
Pan, something in the nature of the " Ihrce Rocks," but otherwise it seems
that with a little blasting there are no obstructions which would preveat

SALJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

101

". *'• . -* . • • '

the plying of launches of sufficicnf^trwer. * The strength of the current is

the chief difficulty. There appears to be everywhere water enough to Heat
a battle-ship.

The chief tributaries of the Sahvcen after it enters British territory are the

Nam Yu on the right bank, which enters very close to
Tributaries. the frontier line ; farther south on the same bank is the

Nam Noi or Nam Mwe, a fair-sized stream coming down
from M6ng Ya. Un the left bank a few miles lower down is tiie Hsi Pa
Haw from Ko Kang, also a short stream. Then a few miles above Kun
Long, at a point where the Salween makes a sharp bend and runs due east, the
Nam Nim flows in from the west. Its sources are close to those of the Myit-
ng&, or Nam Tu, and the width at its mouth is about two hundred feet, with
about two feet of water. Below Kun Lung enters the Nam Ting, or Hoen Ting
Kiang, which comes down from the neighbourhood of Shunning I-u, and its
mouth is about two hundred yards wide and unfoidable. From the mouth
of the Nam Ting the Salween trends westward for a considerable distance till
it receives the Nam Kyek, a fair-sized stream down whose banks the railway
under construction will reach the river. The Salween then resumes a souther-
ly course and at Mong Nawng, in Kang Hso, receives two rivers Nam Ma,
one flowing through the Wa country from the Nawng Hkeo neighbourhood,
the other running down from Loi Sak above Mong Yaw. The next tributary
is the extremely tortuous Nam Nang, rising in Ngek Lek territory.

Below this the Nam Kao enters in a cascade in West Mang Lon territory
and there are then nothing larger than mountain torrents until the Nam Hkaw
enters on the left bank. This is so far as is known the largest tributary re-
ceived by the Salween after leaving Tibet. It pours in a great volume of water
drawn from both the north and the south.

The Hwe L6n at Ta Kaw, flowing in from the east, is the next affluent of
any size and just below this the river takes a bend to the south-west and
continues in this direction as far as Ta Sek for about twenty-two miles.

This ferry is at the mouth of the Nam Pang, a very large and important
tributary coming from the north-west. This is the first really large tributary
of the Salween on the right bank. The Nam Pang, some distance above its
mouth at Keng Hkam, is four hundred yards wide and unfordable even for
elephants. It falls into the Salween down a slope which forms a cataract in
the dry weather, but probably disappears when the Salween is in flood.

The next important tributary is the Nam Hsim, a river which rises near
Kengtung and joins it from the east about twelve miles below Ta Sek. Mid-
way between the two the Mong Pu road to Mong Nai crosses the Salween
at Ta Pyen [see above). The course of the river now changes to south-east
and keeps that direction for about thirty mileSj receiving only mountain
torrents from Mong Pu and Mong Nai territory. In latitude 20*^' 29' the
Salween is crossed at Ta Hsang by the main road from Burma to Chieng
Mai and receives here the M6 Sala and the M6 Sili, streams large enough
to float timber from the east and west. From Ta Hsang the Salween is
navigable for ten miles as far as the mouth of the M^ Hang, a consider-
ble stream which comes from Mong Hang, burrowing its way through a
range of hills. Below this is the formidable obstacle called Tang Kao Tek
by the Shans, where seemingly a reef stretches across the river with project-
ing rock.

102

.*THt UI»PER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAL

The river now makes a great Kend Wttt and -has a general course of south-
south-west for sixty miles. The tributaries here are of no great import-
ance ; the Nam Pan with the drainage of the Mong Pan State on the left
bank and the M& Chawt, Mc Hsakun, and Mi: Hsfcon the east. From the M^
Chawt to Ta Ong Mu the river flows between steep, rocky hills and is
generally from one hundred to two hundred yards wide, with a very strong
current and many rapids. Just below Ta Ong Mu the channel narrows to no
more than seventy-five yards in the dry season. As noted above, regular
navigation may be said to commence below this at Ta Hwo P(3n and is car-
ried on regularly as far as Kyauk-huyal.

In latitude 19° 52' the Nam Teng joins the Sahveen, coming down from
the hills in Mong Kiing State in the north-west, through LaiHka, Mong Nai,
and Mawk Mai States. The mouth of the Teng is for a couple of miles at
its mouth a simple lasher and quite unnavigable, though boats ply on it for
long distances above. It is about one hundred yards wide at its mouth and
though smaller than the Nam Hka, the Nam Pang, and perhaps the Nam
Hsim, is a very considerable river, and is perhaps the longest of the four.

The Salween now bends to the south and about fifteen miles below Ta
HsQp Teng is joined by the Hwe Long and the Hwe Lang on the right and
left banks respectively. These streams form the boundary between the
Shan States and Karen-ni. The hill-slopes which close in the river now
become less steep and better wooded and the scenery, if not more picture^s-
que, is more varied.

At five miles below the Karen-ni boundary is Ta Taw Maw and from this
ferry the busy part of the river hegins and the Salween may be said to be a
regular trade route for the Moulmein traffic into the Shan States. The
total distance from Ta Taw Maw to Ta Hsang Lb may be said to be about
forty miles. The river is generally about two hundred yards wide, but at
one point narrows to seventy yards. Boats go down in eight or nine hours,
but takes three days of eight working hours to go up stream. That is to sav
the average rate up stream is less than two miles an hour while down
stream it is five and a half miles. The current is for the most part from
three to four mites an hour. The only tributary of any importance here is
the M6 Pai from the east, which drains the M6 Hawng Hsawn province and
is navigable for small boats as far as that town.

From Ta Hsang L6, where the river is two hundred and fifty yards broad,
the course is south for about eighteen miles, then west for eight miles, and
then to the south again. At this second bend it receives the Nam Pwon or
Ponchaung, the third great tributary on the right bank. This river is about
one hundred yards across and unfordable. It drains an immense extent of
the Shan and Karen country but is unfortunately unnavigable. From the
junction of the Pon with the Salween, that river runs south to Kyauk-hnyat,
where navigation ceases and the river becomes a succession of rapids.
From Ta Hsang L^ to Kyauk-hnyat the down journey takes from two to
four days and the upward journey from six to eight. There are frequent
rapids and the navigation is by no means easy. A powerful steamer could
ply the whole way from Ta Hwe Pon to Kyauk-hnyat, a distance of one
hundred and fifty miles and probably would pav very well. From Kyauk-
hnyat the trade route to Moulmein goes by way of Pa-hpun and thence
down the Yonzalin. About fifteen miles below Kyauk-hnyat is Dagwin or

"iAM]

THE L'PPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

103

Ta Ta Fang, the ferry by which the Pa-hpun-Chieng Ma5 road crosses the
Salween. Fifteen miles south of this the Thaungyin enters from the south-
east. The Salwecn here ceases to be the houndary between Siam and
Burma and again becomes a purely Britisli river. Thirty miles lower down
is Kyo-dan, the great timber dep6t. Here a cable stretched across the
river catches all the timber, which is then made up into rafts and floated down
to Kado, near Moulmein, where the revenue is collected.

The Yonzalln enters the Salween from the right about ten miles below
Kyo-dan. Boats can ply from Kyo-dan southwards and light draught steam-
ers ascend as far as ShwegAn, sixty-three miles from Moulmein.

The Salween is a formidable natural obstacle between the country east
and west, ft seems probable, however, that long stretches of it may be
opened to trade. It is certainly no less navigable than the Mekhong.

SAM A. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 3, Bhamo district, situated in 23°
46' north latitude and 97° 20' east longitude.

In i8q2 it contained twenty houses : its population was unknown. The
headman has two others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe. They own five bullocks only. Water
is scarce.

SAMA or SUMA — A Kachin village in Tract No 8, Bhamo district,
situated in 2\° g' north latitude and 97° 30' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained Fifty houses with a population of one hundred acd
forty-two persons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate
to him. The inhabitants are of the Maran tribe and Lana sub-tribe, and
own ten bullocks and four buffa'oes. The village has good camping-ground
and water-supply.

S A-ME-GAN-GON. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and ten persons and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 120. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

SA-.VIEIK. — A village in the Tawma circle. Ku'hna-ywa township, Gangaw
suhdivision of Pakftkku district, with a population of forty-seven pt^rsons,
according to the census of i8gi ; the thathameda amounted to Rs. 140 for
1897-98.

SA-MEIK-KON. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision,
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five thousand fi\e hnndred and sixty
persons, the thithameda amour.ted to Rs. 7,410, the State land revenue to
Rs. 4.804-15-6, and the gross revenue to Rs. 12,214-15-6.

SA-MEIK KOX. — .\ village in the Samcikk(*in circle, Myingyan township,
subdivision and district, on the eastern bank "^f the Irrawaddy liver.

It is a port of call fo* the steamers of the Irrawaddy Flotilla Company, and
has a large trade in beans and cotton. Part of the village is flooded every
year on the rise of the river. A small bazaar is held every five days. There
is a d\ik bungalow for ofTic'als and a police /Affwa. The population numbers
two thousand five hundred and fifty s'x person.s.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Natural fea-
tures.

SA-MI.-A village in the Laungshe township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of two hundred and eighty-six persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 680 in 1897.

SA-MI-DUN-GYI. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including the single village of Samidungyi.

SA-MI-DUN-NGfi. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including the village of Tedaw.

SAM K A (Burmese Saga). — A State in the Central division of the Southern
Shan States, with an approximate area of three hundred and fifty-six square
miles. It is bounded on the north hy Yawng Hwe, on the east by Hsa
Htung, on the south by Nam Tfik and Sa Koi, and on the west by Loi
Long.

Except that the former Nf^wc'kun-hmushtp of Pong Mu, to the north of
Sam Ka, has been added, the area of the State is pr<*ciselv the same as under
Burmese rule. The former Da-hmu of Pong Mu failed to submit to British
authority and as the territory was quite insignificant in size an^l utterly burnt
out, it was assigned to Sam Ka in tSSy. [Iron was worked in Pong Mu
formerly and the tribute from the State was a number of well-tempered das,
whence the name of Da-hmu.'\

Sam Ka practically consists of the valley of the Nam Pilu or Balu chaung,
and is shut in on east and west by ranges of considerable
height, only a portion of the slopes of which belong to it, the
remainder lying in the upland States of Hsa Htung and Loi
Long. The Nam Pilu is the chief feature of the State and, though it has a
number of affluents, none are of any size. The Pilu is navigable for country
boats, but it is only used by craft little bia:ger' than canoes, o>ving to the
numerous dams and weirs built across it for irrigation purposes.

There are no forests. The valley is entirely given over to paddy culti«
vation. and the slopes have long since been cleared of all large tree-growth
for hill crops.

Heavy fops envelop the valley till well on towards noon at the end of the
rains, and Sam Ka has therefore a had name for fever, except for those born
in the State, or accustomed lo similar conditions.

The following somewhat inconsequent details are furnished as the State
History. history : —

The name of the State is said to be taken from the Sagabin fthe Chairj-
pak). King Afoka is said to havebtiilt a pagoda in the centre of the State
with an image of Snga wood. The derivation has the usual [Burmese
character of the " Diversions of Purley."

In the year 998 B.E,, 1636 A, D., in the reign of King Thalun Mintaya of
Ava, Pyinnyabala or Ba-nya Bayan was appointed Myoza of Sam Ka, owing
to failini? of issue to the preceding Myoza. Ba-nya Bayan had four brothers,
who ruled one at Hsen Wi, one'Iat Hsi Paw, one at KengtQng and one at
Lai Hka. The Hsi Paw brother had two sons, and when their father died
the elder succeeded him and the younger brother Kun Lu went off .ind lived
with his uncle at KengtQng and married his fi.st cousin, and then was
appointed Myoza of Keng Hi by his father-in-law, the Ki^ngtung SnjvSwa.
Kun Lu had issue by this marriage a son called Kun Saing.

SAM]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

lOS

Kun Lu went down to Ava to try to get Hsen Wi, but was appointed
Myoza of Sam Ka instead.

He ruled for some years and on his death his son Kun Saing succeeded
and was in turn succeeded by Naw Maing, who was succeeded by his son
Ne Dun, who left no issue and was succeeded by his brother Kun Pyu. In
1 136 B.E. (1774), Kun Pyu greatly extended the State and started irrigation
canals and weirs.

He was succeeded by his son Kun Ye, whose eldest son was appointed
Kyem-mong by King Bodaw. The Kycm-mong Kun Kywet nnarried a
daughter of the Hsi Hkip Myoza and had issue two daughters and one son,
called Kun Sun.

The Naw Mong, younger brother of Kun Kywet, married and had a son
named Kun Noi.

The /Cyem-moTtg pre-deceased his father Kun Ye, who died in 1200 B.E.
(1838), and Kun Sun, his grandson, was appointed by the King of Shwebo to
succeed. Myoza Kun Sun married a daughter of his grandfather, Kun Ye,
and had issue one son, Saw Sein Bu.

In 1220 B.E. (1858), the Sam Ka and Mong Sit Myozas had a quarrel and
the Sam Ka Myoza was dismissed, and the myozaship was given to Kun Noi,
son of Kun Kywet.

Ill 1322 B.E. (i860) Kun Noi rebelled against the King of Burma and
Kun .Sun was reinstated, and the king sent troops to uphold Kun Sun, as
the St."?te was in an unsettled condition. Kun Noi was defeated and retired
to Toungoo. Kun Sun then continued to reign in peace and in 1227,
(1865) he started an irrigation canal from Nawng VVawn.

In 1234 B.E. (1872) King Mindflnsent an order for one hundred men from
_ ga m-Ka to go to Hsen Wi to protect the silver mines Jrom Kachin raids:
as they were not immediately despatched, the Sam Ka Myoza, Kun Sun, was
dismissed and his State made over to the Hsen VVi Sajvbwa.

In 1235 B.E. (1873) 1st lasok of Tasaungmon (5th November) San Sein
Bu, son of Kun Sun, was appointed Myoza and ordered to serve the king
for one year at Mong Y6k and in his absence a Burman, Maung Pu, was
appointed to the charge of Sam Ka with the title of Sifke while Saw Sein
Ku was detained by the king in Mandalay. In 1238 B.E. (1876) the
inhabitants of Sam Ka fell out with Maung Pu and killed him, whereupon
Saw Sein Bu was dismissed and Kun Noi appointed again.

In 1245 B E. (1883) Kun Noi died and his son Kun Pwin succeeded.

In 1247 B.E. (18S5) Kun Pwin and the inhabitants fell out and Kun
Pwin left the Stale and on the gth la^ok of Natdaw 1247 B.E. (30th De-
cember 1885) Saw Sein Bu returned and was received as Myoza by the
people. When the British Government annexed Burma, he was among the
first of the Shan Chiefs to submit and was confirmed as Myoza of the State

Saw Sein Bu has retained charge ever since and is one of the most loyal.
Myozas and has received the decoration of " T. D. M."

Antiauilies There are no edifices, historically or archaeologically,

worthy of note.

The three pagodas of Maw Pi, Ta Kawng and Loi Noi have annual feasts,
but are only of local repute. 1

"k.

io6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSAM

Both irrigated paddy and taungya are extensively cultivated and far ex-

Acr'culture ceed the local requirements: though of late years the

crops are said to have suffered from scanty rainfall. The

average yield is thirty-five to forty-fold. Hill clearings are largely worked,

and in most cases the yas are prepared by hand.

The groundnut is extensively cultivated in the L6n Kan circle on the
west bank of the river, and the cultivation is extending, otherwise the en-
tire area of ^£' lands produce paddy. There is also a large area under
garden cultivation, producing plantains, pine-apples, sugarcane, Indian-corn,
tobacco and cotton, little or no vegetables being grown.

Groundnut-oil is used for culinary purposes, instead of sessamum, which
is nearly all imported.

The following are the prices of paddy and rice : —

Rs.

While paddy, per lOO baskets

...

• •■

White rice, do.

...

•«•

250

Red paddy, do.

...

•••

Red rice, do.

...

■ * *

200

Groundnuts unshelled per loo

baskets ...

Rs.

100 to

Stock—

Ruffaioes

• ••

Rs.

Soto

100

Bullocks

• ••

Rs.

60 to

The population is said to be rapidly increasing, owing to the just rule of
Population. *^^ Myoza and the present security of life and property.

The figures given below may be accepted as approxi-
mately correct.

Male. Female. Total.
Adults... ... ... 4,80a 5,965 10,767

Non-adult» ... ... 3,49^ 2,991 6,487

Total

"7.254

Raets—

Number

Shans

...

... 6.808

Taungthus

«t*

.:. 5,010

Inthas

•M

... 4.711

Taungyos

...

»43

Danaws

...

Red Karens

...

152

Gaungtos

...

237

Burmese

...

Total

17.256

Besides Sam Kat town there are 34 villages wortliy of mention. The
Chief towns attached statement shows the name of circle, the Village

the number of houses and the race of resident.

SAMl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

107

^ 2

P O

CO —

.C iJ .

>— o u

° 6Zt

m ti t) u

2 £ £ S ■

o 00

I ? d d
_a T5 '-S

S ° OLd

•^^^ o

£22222 2'5o&Z
.t: .-e .ti .•:; .t; .-^ .-s J XI ^ ^
•O'O'o-o-a'C'o g ^ ^^

ooo<

«•= ' C i

r/1 ^ Olo .

•co-o.

0,0

s
o ta c

o o o
■ ^^ «^ «^

u
jf

. bfi
c c

CQ 5,
0°

CDUU

UPQ

row m to N

■o
c
a

VI in

c c

4-1 ra

5 = t^

3 ctt (3

,« j: j=

(fl .

"S 3

«>•) ui 2 « 2 •> SP2 «
3<«rt-Srt-50«5-£rt0oo3

: : ti :
c

a
CO

^o o o o c

— t- 1/3 (/3 — (/) —

;,* « ®

5? o o o o

ti:(/5 H

.ez>

^P-" u rt c

rtOi

^■-fl^ _^

C
• : - . es . .

: : : : E : :

o X

W(^

<) c

JC/5

: s I'll

^ 2 _

■ 60

.»^

J\^ ^ ^ . ^MnrW^

c c

"■ « «

I u: o

*= c c

« S J

c
CQ

c«

loS

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ISAM

Trade and indus
tries.

Five-da]' bazaars are held at Sara Ka, Maw Kfin, Lon
Kan, Nantaung and Winsin.

Trades and manufactures are insignificant. Iron is extracted from the
Loi Lik (Iron hill) in ihe Banpyin circle in a very small way and since sufTi-
cient profit is not made from mining, miners work paddy-fields in addition.
Small quantities of cotton cloth are manufactured, but tlicy are fast being
driven out of the market by Manchester goods; kamauks, leather sandals,
baskets and bags are made in the district, besides very fair pottery.

Copper is said to orcur in the hills opposite Sam Ka; but has not been
worked for a couple of centuries. The old shafis are visible.

Revenue — Rs. a. f,

Tkiithameda ... ... ... 11,555 o o

Fishery ... ... ... ... 300 o o

Faddy revenue .„ .,, ... 1,000 o o

Revenue and
administration.

Total

12.855

The Slate is divided into eleven tracts or circles for revenue purposes,
the thathameda assessment varies according to tracts and ranges from Rs. a
to Rs. 15 per house. The average assessment is under Rs. 5-8-0 per house-
hold. Each circle is in charge of a Kyesa who, with the aid of tlie village
headman, is responsible for the collection of the revenue. 'V\it Kyesas art-
paid 10 per ficnt. commission.

The administration of the State is conducted by Saw Sein Bu, T D.M.|
the Myoza, aided by Amats, a Myo-sa-ye, Kyesas and village Kyans.

The Myoza appoints his own officials and pays an annual tribute of Rs.
9,000.

SAM PU.— A small circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi.

It had in 1898 only one Kachin and one Palaung village, with twenty
houses and a population of about one hundred persons. It is situated on a
small range of hills running p.irallel with the Nam Tu, some four mites
from the right bank of that stream, and about thirty miles below Hsen WI.
it consists of round grassy hills, slightly wooded.

The headman's village has eight houses of Lahtawng Kachins and a
population of forty persons, and is situated on the northern slope of this
range of hills. The people are poor and have to depend on hill cultivation
in a by no means rich soil.

SAM PUM (SAN-P6N).— A village in theTalawgyi circle of Myitkyina
district.

It contained in 1890 twelve Chincse-Shan houses. The estimated popu-
lation was forty eight persons.

SA-MUN. — A village of one hundred and thirty-five houses in the Pado
township of Sagaing district. It lies twenty-one miles north-west of
Sagaing and had formerly Civil and Military Police posts and was the
headquarters of a township.

It was the scene of more than one encounter with the rebels in Annex-
ation times, especially of a sharp light in July 1886. Salt is manufactured.
The village has declined a good deal since the withdrawal of the police
post and the tranquillizing of the district. Villagers who had come here
for protection have now returned to their former homes.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

109

SAMYAUL. — A village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies near Khoppwel on the right bank of the Manipur river and
can be reached by the road that leads to Khoppwel.

In 1894 it had twenty houses : Parr Perag was its resident chief. The
villagers are Ngus and pay tribute to Falam. They arc related to the
Tasht^ns of Nomwell, Tunvvel and Shinslii.

SAN-DA. — A revenue circle in the Legayaing township and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district, containing six villages.

SAN-DA-LA-ZU. — A village in the Pakokku circle, township, subdivi-
sion and district, with a population of two hundred and three persons
according to the census of 1891.

The ihathameda amounted to Rs. 290 for 1897-9S.

SAN-DAN. — A village in the Myintha circle, Pak6kku township, sub-
division and district, wiLh a population of two hundred and twenty-one
persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 760 for 1897-98.

SAN-DA-PU-RI. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and sub-
division of Mandalay district.

It is the only village in the circle and is situated twelve miles east south-
east of headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and twenty
persons at the census of 1891 and paid Rs. igo thaihamcda-ia.%. The
land revenue from the circle amounted to Rs. 64.

SANGA — A village in the Myitkyina district with thirteen houses of
Marip and Maru Kachins, who came fifty years ago from I'asang Pum.
The villagers wash gold lour days' march north of the village, but get very
little.

A road leads east via Long Pukap, a Shan village, to Nankalam.

SANG HON. — A daing on circle in Mong Long sub-Slate of Hsi Paw,
Northern Shan States, in charge of a nebaivg. I be circle is bounded on
the north-east by Nam Hpan and Taw Hsang, on the east and south by
Man Kang, on the south-west by HsaPavvng, on the west by Kwan Mawk,
and on the north-west by suburbs of Mong Long town.

It had in 1898 a population of five hundred and seventy-one persons in
one hundred and forty-five households and six villages.

The net revenue paid amount'd to Rs. 1,160-8-0, with about two hun-

i<Jred and thirty-eight baskets of paddy. Some tea revenue is paid, but it

is included in that of Wan Kang. The villagers are l^alaungs and Shans.

The Palaungs work tea around Sang Hun and the Shans paddy along the

Nam Kavval.

SANGUAR. — A village of Lai Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It lies
between Lunta and Burma, and can be reached from Gaiigaw, eighteen
miles, and from Tonwa. In 1894 it had ten houses: Tangling was its
resident chief. Ihe village was founded by Kapi and Lunta; it is stockad-
ed and has limited water-supply, but plenty of camping-ground. The
T6nwa chiefs have influence over the village ; which was partially disarmed
in 1895.

SAN-PAING. — A village in the Talawgyi circle of Myitkyina district.

It contained ten Chinese-Shan houses in 1 Sgo. The population numbered
forty persons.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAN— SAP

SAN-YAUNG.— A village in the Sanyaung circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and forty-two
persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathavieda amounted to Rs. 280 for 1897-98.

SAN-YVVA. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pakokku district.

The thathanieda amounted to Rs. 340 for 1897-98.

SAN-YWE, — A village in the Shwe-gyetyet revenue circle, in the
Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, three miles
soulli-west of headquarters.

It had a population of one thousand five hundred and sixty persons
at the census of 1891 and paid Rs. 2,790 thatharneda-idkiL. There is a bazaar
and a railway station in the village.

SAN-ZWfi. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with an area of two square miles of attached lands.

There are one hundred and seventy-four inhabitants and ninety-eight
acres of cultivation. Paddy and jaggery are the chief produce. The thu'
thameda revenue for jSgC-g? amoanted to Rs. 650. The village is sixteen
miles from Ye-u and is under the Paluzwa thugyi.

SAO PAWN.— A, circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hscn Wi.
It is situated some eighteen miles south-east of Nam Ukam, on a range of
mountains running south from the Shweli, and consists of well-wooded
hills and a long oval valley, at the bottom of which is a large area of most
excellent paddy-land.

In 1898 it had twelve Kacliin, two Palauug and two Shan villages, with a
population of about one thousand persons.

The duwa's village contains fifteen Kacliin houses, with a population of
eighty persons, and is situated on a high ridge, close to the road from VVying
Hseu Wi, to Nam tlkaui. It has a small bazaar,

SAO PAWN or KAWNG HPA.— A Kachin (Lawkhura) village in North
Hsen Wi, Northern Shan States.

It contained one hundred houses in 1894, with a population of tvpo hun-
dred and eighty persons. The revenue paid was one rupee per household
and the people were paddy, maize and opium traders by occupation, and
owned ninety bullocks, forty buflaloes and eighty pigs. The price of paddy
was eight annas the basket.

SAO PONG.— A Lepai Kachin village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan
States, in Ho Tao circle.

It contained seventeen houses in 1894, with a population of one hundred
and five persons. The revenue paid was three rupees per household and
the occupation of the people was paddy and maize cultivation. They
owned thirty bullocks, twenty buffaloes, two ponies and one hundred and
seventy pigs. The price of paddy was eight annas the basket.

SA-PA-Dl. — A villagein the Tbz^ township, Ye-u subdivision of Shvv'ebo
district, with a population in 1891 of three hundred and forty-.lve persons.

The chief erop is paddy ; the ihathamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 360. The distance from Ye-u is forty-sevcn-and-a-haU miles.

SAP-SAT ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Ill

SA-PS:.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of PakAkku
district, with a population of s^ix hundred and twenty-one persons, accord-
ing to the census of 189T, and a revenue of Rp. 1,040.

SARAK or HARAK.— A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the
Northern Chin Hills. It lies south of Lenacot and between Lenacot and
Kwiinkum (l.umpil's village), and is r'»ached by the route leading to the
Lenacot, and thence five miles south to the village,

It had ten houses in 1894 : the resident chief "as Kulzan. The people
are Thados and are subordinate to Howchinkup. The village has been
disarmed. Water is obtained from water-holes, but is scarce.

SARAW,— AKachin villasrcin Tract No. 40, Myitkyina district, situated
in 26'^ 39' norili latitude, and 96^ 23' east longitude.

The headman has seven others subordinate to him.

The village is surrounded hy a strong stockade of giant bamboos packed
closely together and standing fifteen feet out of the ground, strongly inter-
laced and panjied at the top and bottom. The main entrance faces south
and has a massive teak door, six inches thick. Inside, all round the stockade,
is a shallow entrenchment with the earth thrown up against the stockade,
deep enough for men to sit in with perfect safety. The hill is cleared for fifty
yards all round and is bounded on the east by an almost precipitous descent
to the TarOn chaung. The hill on which Saraw stands is about three hun-
dred feet above the level of the valley. The villacre is visible from VValup,
a quarter of a mile to the south-east and separated from the foot of the hill
by paddy-fields. The hill itself is densely wooded. The road from VValup
leads through a gate in a low palini? at the foot of the hill, and ascends a
path eight feet broad, with the jungle cleared for thirty yards on each side,
and bordered by dense forest ; the road terminates at the south-west corner
of Saraw. The low paling at the bottom of the hill probably extends all
round the base.

SARAWKONG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 22, Bhamo district,
situated in 24° 29' north latitude and 96° 56' east longitude.

The number of bouses in 1892 was twelve and the population numbered
forty-two persons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate
to him. The inhabitants are of the Lepal tribe and own twenty-fire buffa-
loes.

SARENGCHE T. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 40, Myitkyina district,
situated in 26° 40' north latitude and 96° 38' east longitude. In 1892 it
contained twenty houses : its population was not known. The headman of
the village has no others sub'^rdinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Sassan tribe.

SASSAKYET or S.\CHAKYET.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 22,
Myitkyina district, situated in 25° 29' north latitude and 97° 50' east longi-
tude.

In 1892 it contained fourteen houses, with a population of fifty-four per-
sons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate to him. The
inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe. Water-supply is
limited.

S.\TAWN.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies eighteen miles east of Lotaw, on the road to Riw-ywa, and can be
reached via Raw-ywa.

112

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ SAT

III 1894 it had sixty houses. Tatso was Its resident chief. The village
has stockades at the ejatcways, and there is a fair camping-ground and
water-supply. Tatso is related to Munk6n of Shurkwa. It was partially
disarmed in 1895.

SA-THA-GON. — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivision
of Shwebrt district, on the Paung-thwe stream, forty-six miles from Ye-u.

The population in i8go numbered one hundred and ninety-three persons,
mostly paddy cultivators. The tkathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 270.

SA-THEIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakfik-
ku district, with a population of ihrcc hundred and seventy-eight personsi
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 1,650.

SA-TI-HSU.— .y^e under Chatzu-Shu,

S.\T-KIN. — A village eight miles north-west of Wundwin, in the Northern
subdivision of Meiktila district, with an agricultural population of six hun-
dred persons.

There are several small tanks in the village filled from the Thinbon
stream. The pagodas were built by private benefactors, A small bazaar
is held and Goverumeut fees derived from it. A good deal of weaving is
carried on.

SA T-KYQ. — A circle in the Natmaw township of Magwe district, about

ten miles to the south-enst of Pin.

A hill close to Sat-kyo, and bearing the same name, was the scene of several
fights between dacoits and the police in the years 1887 to i88g. There is
very good grazing-ground which is said never to fad, even in years of
drought.

SA-TON. — A revenue circle in the Salin-gyi to^^usllip of Lower Chindwin
district, including nine villages, with two thousand seven hundred and thirty-
four inhabitants. It is situated on level ground on the right bank of the
Chindwin river.

The revenue of the circle for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 5,718-7-0. The
villages in the circle are Sa-t6n, Natset, Tansin, Kye-bindon, Hkaungg6n,
Ywa-tha, Tawgyaung-taung, Tawgvaung-myauk, and Letsan-gyun. There
js a Government bazaar at Sa-ton village.

SATON.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the Central Chin Hills.
It lies between Kopishi and Dibwcl and is reached via Klao, Khwanglum,
and Dartati. In 1894 it had twenty-seven houses. Rao Ta-um was its
resident chief. It pays tribute to l'"alam. Water is available fron> a spring.

SAT-PYA-GYIN — A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district,
including the single village of Ya-be-gwe.

SAT-TEIN. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and sixty-five persons
and the thathameda anmunted to Rs. 945. No land i-evenue was collected
in the circle,

SAT-THE. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, six miles from Ye-u.

8AT-SAW ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

»i3

There are two hundred and ninetoen inhabitants and sixty-one acres under
cultivation, chit* fly of paddy. There is also a considerable industry in the
manufacture of clocks, or wooden sandals, and bamboo water baskets, A
good deal of se-ye, bits of pith and stalk mixed with tobacco, is prepared
for Burmese cigars. For 1896-97 the thathameia revenue amounted to
Rs. 560.

SAT-THA-WA. — Once the headquarters of the township of that name, a
village in the Taungdwingyi township and subdivision of Magwe district.

The village itself is small, but a considerable bazaar is held every five
days. The surrounding land is fertile and it is situated on a country road.
By this it is connected with the river and with Taungdwingyi.

SAT-THWA — A village in the Tha-bye circle, Ye-za-gyo township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-
three persons, according to the census of 1 8g i .

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 480 for 1897-98.

SAUAUNG. — A Kachin villag'' in Tract No. 40, Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 26" 14' north latitude and 96° 35' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fourteen houses : its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The tribe to which the inhabit-
ants belong is not known.

SAUK-TAVV-WA. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district.

It includes two villages. The land revenue amounted toRs. 257 in i8gi.

SAUK-TAW-WA. — A village in the revenue circle of the same name in
the Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, eight miles
east-south-east of headquarters.

It had a population of eight hundred and twenty-five persons at the census
of 1891, and paid Rs. 1,515 thatltameda-tix.

SAUNGTE. — .\ village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies two-and-a-half miles east of Faiam post, and can be reached
by a Chin track.

In 1894 it had one hundred and thirty houses : its resident chief was Lyen-
mon. The village consists of a group of three villages: Rareng, Khotarr,
and Kwangpun. The inhabitants are Tashons proper, like the people of
Falam. Water is brought in troughs from the west of the village.

SAUNGTYA. — A village of Chins of the Ilaka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies twenty-rfhree miles south-west of Haka and can be reached
from Ilaka via Kusa.

In 1894 it had ninety houses : Tinkarr was its resident chief. The village
is stockaded, and there is fair camping-ground on the west. It pays tribute
to Lyen Mo of Haka.

SAW. — A village in the Saw circle, Laungshe township, Yaxvdwin sub-
division of Pak6kku district, with a population of seven hundred and
eighteen persons, and a revenue of Rs. 1,620, according to thugyi's census
rolls for 1897.

SA-WA-DI. — A village of seventy-four houses on the left bank of the
Irrawaddy river, a few miles north of the mouth of the Moyu chaung in the
Bhanio subdivision and district.

»5

114

•THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SAW

Fifty-one of the houses were assessed to thathameda in 1893. The
villagers own a few cattle and cultivate a very small area of mayin land,
but the majority of them live as brokers, Sa-w:i-Ui being the river terminus of
the important Nam Hkam trade route. The main imports are letpei the
price of which is sixty rupees for the hundred viss, letpet chauk, a hundred
rupees the hundred viss, groundnuts, one-and-a-half to two rup'^es the bas-
ket, and rice, two hundred and fifty rupees the hundred baskets. The
price of each of these articles of import was considerably less in 1891 than
it is now (1893). The letpet comes from LwelAn and Taungbaing (Tawng
Peng), and the rice from the Nam Hkam country.

A Public Works Department rest-house and a police guard have been
built in the village. Sa-wa-di was formerly under the Kaungton Myolhttgyi
and the Bhamo Wun, who controlled also Nammapwe, Inbyin, Thagaya,
Moyu, Myalc, Kyetsha-gyun, Thiisftn, Hantct, Manmakauk, Gwe-gyi, Man-
w&n, and KAnbfin, The office was yoya, hereditary, and was held by the
family of one Maung Pe until be was removed by Colonel Adamson in t886.
The village was attacked twice by dacoits in 1889-90 and completely burnt
to the ground, but it is now recovering.

Anderson, Mandalay to Momein^ describes it in 1875 as —

" A miserable village of about forty houses, though formerly containing
five times that number. Continual inroads of Kachins had reduced it to
these scanty dimensions. It was then under the protection of the P6iikham
Kachin chief, who also, for a yearly payment of salt, protected the village
of Ywathit, situated about three-quarters of a mile to the north on the high
bank of a small stream, called the Theinlin, which flows into the Irrawaddy
between high alluvial banks. The village of Sa-wa-di was in 1875 de-
fended by a double bamboo palisade, and a similar fence ran along the
narrow path dividing the two rows of houses. As a further protection boats,
corresponding to the number of houses, were moored to the river bank and
nightly the inhabitants retired to them for sleep to secure themselves
against the not infrequent nocturnal attacks of the Kachins. The Kachins
during the day bought fish and salt at the village bringing bamboos to be
floated down the river. Around the village stretches a vast alluvial swamp,
bounded on the east by the hills, and profusely covered with forest and
jungle, sometimes of underwood, sometimes of dense grass, fifteen feet
high."

SAW-LON. — The capital of the state of Gantarawadi, or Eastern Karcn-
ni, and the residence of the Myoza of the State. It is situated on a small
plateau, on the slope of the range which parts the N^m Pawn from the Sal-
ween, and is about half a mile from the former stream.

It is surrounded by a wooden stockade with two gates on the eastern and
western fronts. There are only three short streets, but some of the houses
are substantial and solidly built of teak timber. Channels of water run
down the sides of all three streets and are carefully boarded over. These
are diverted from the fair-sized stream which runs through the town and is
crossed in each street by a substantial bridge. There are a few street
lamp posts dating from the time of Sawlapaw. The surrounding hill-slopes
are covered with plantain gardens, A very fine hpOngyikyaung and nayat
stand to the extreme south of the town, balancing the ha-v of SawTapaw,
which was on the north, but has fallen into disrepair and is partially de-
molished. Cocoanut and areca palms and betel-vines grow luxuriaatly oa

SAW-SED ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

all the upper slopes. There is a good spring outside the town. There is
a higher plateau, where also Sawlapavv built himself a palace. The stream
between the two plateaux falls in a picturesque cascade. There were in
i8go about one hundred houses in the town, with a population composed in
loughly equal numbers of Shans, Red Karens, and Yangtalai.

S;\W-Mfe. — A village in the Shwc-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with nine square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered forty persons, and there were sixty-two
acres under cullivation, Paddy and jaggery are the chief produce. The
village is ten miles from Ye-u and paid 72 rupees thalhameda revenue for
1896-97.

SAVVTHl. — A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills,

In 1894 it had ten houses. It lies three miles west of Kaw-ywa and can
be reached from Kaw-ywa, crossing the stream : Ya Kwit was its resident
chief. The village is entirely under the influence of Kaw-ywa. It is not
stockaded but has a good water-supply, and there is camping-ground on
the north.

SA-YE. — A village of one hundred and fifty houses in Padu township of
Sagaing district.

Saye is a station on the Mu Valley railway and is nine miles north of
Sagaing, in the centre of a fine wheat country.

SA-YE-WA. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township, Min-
gin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district, including a single village.
The revenue in 1897 amounted to Rs. 240.

SA-YIN-GON. — A village in the Nga-mya circle, Ye-za-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 170.

SEA-AK or SEYAT.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the Cen-
tral Chin Hills. It lies three miles south of Punte village, and can be reach-
ed via Punte, Shurbum, and Lyenhnga,

In 1894 it had seventy houses. Tinbun w.is its resident chief. It pays
tribute to Falam, and has been disarmed. There is a good water-supply.

SE-BIN-G YI. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-seven persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 340.

SE-BIN-ZU. — A village in the Palano circle, PakAkku township, subdivi-
sion and district, w'ith a population of one hundred and sixty-two persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 410, included in that of
Palano.

Sfe-DAW. — A village and revenue circle in the Patheingyi township,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, sixteen miles east of head-
quarters.

It had a population of eighty persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs.
160 thathameda-ta.'m. Siickw lies near the head of the Nadaunggj-a stream,
whose waters are here dammed and diverted into the AungbinI6 canal.

S£-DAW. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwe-
bo district, twenty- five miles from Ye-u.

Ii6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ISED— S£H

There are three hundred and thirty-two inhabitants. AH are paddy culti-
vators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 460.

SE-DO. — A village seven miles west of Ma-hlaing in the Northern sub-
division of Meiktila district, with about a hundred houses.

There is a small bazaar.

S£ EN. — A Mong or township of the Northern Shan State of North
Hsen Wi, lying in the extreme south-west corner of the State, and border-
ing on Hsi Paw. The Government cart-road to Lashio traverses a part of
it.

S6 En is administered by a htamdng. The population is chiefly Shan,
with a sprinkling of Palaungs in the hills, and one or Iwo small villages of
Kachins. A wooden bridge on the cantilever system has been thrown over
the Nam Ma at the htamdng s village and carries carts. It was constructed
by Mr. Martindell, Assistant Engineer.

Sfi EN.— A Shan village in the North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan State, in
the circle of Sfe En.

It contained fifty houses In 1894, with a population of one hundred and
eighty persons. The revenue paid was four annas per household and the
occupation of the people was paddy cultivation. They owned thirty bul-
locks, four buffaloes and four ponies, The price of paddy was eight annas
the basket.

SE-GYI. — A village on the Nabu chaung, a tributary of the Kaukkwe, in
the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The village stands on high ground and is stockaded. It has thirteen
houses of Shan-Burmese. Mayin is worked regularly and taungya inter-
mittently. The village was settled from Naungpyit, which was attacked
and destroyed by Kachins in 1886.

S£-GYI. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with an attached area of two square miles.

There arc ninety-six inhabitants, and a cultivated area of tlilrty-se\en
acres. The principal products are paddy and jaggery. The thathameda
revenue amounted to Rs. 410 for 1896-97. S&-gyi is twelve miles from
Ye-u.

Sfi-GY!. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with three-and-a-half square miles of attached land.

There were one hundred and seventy-eight inhabitants in 1891 and three
hundred and fifty-six acres of cultivated land. Paddy and jaggery are the
chief products. The village is ten miles from Ye-u. The revenue from
thathameda amounted to Rs. 370 for 1896-97. The village is under the
Chaungna thugyi.

S£ HI.— A village in the Nam Hkam circle of the Northern Shan State
of North Hsen Wi, situated close to the Nam Mao (Shweli) river in the
midst of the paddy plain.

There were forty-six houses in the village in February 1892, with one
hundred and eighty inhabitants, all Shan-Chinese. There is a ferry a
the village. The people cultivated the paddy-fields indiscriminately on
either side of the river and mixed up ine.xtricably with those of the in-
habitants of the Chinese side of the border. The whole plain here is
fiecjuently six feet deep under water during the rainy season. The people

5BH-SEt]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

117

go from house to house in boats, and artificial mounds are constructed at
frequent intervals as refuges for the cattle. There is a pCngyi kyaung
in the village, with four monks. Three traders are settled in Sfe Hai, but
the bu!k of the people are rice-cultivators.

S£ HI.— A township in tht Kawn Kang or Mid Riding of Mang Lon
West, Northern Shan State. It lies west ol the Nam Pang, south of Pang
Kut, in the huge elbow here made by the river.

It had eleven villages, with one hundred and five houses in 1892 and
consists of bare rolling downs, with a little more uncultivated ground than
the neighbouring township and some scattered uncultivable hills. Here
and there is a little wet paddy-land, but the great bulk is upland. The
bazaar at Kat Taii is largely attended and there are thirteen caravan traders
in the township. Sugar is produced for export.

S£ HI. — A village in the Kawn Kang or Mid Riding of the Northern
Shan State of Mang L6n West.

It is the residence of the htamdng in charge of the circle of the same
name, which is situated in the elbow made by the Nnm Pang to the south
of Loj Tawng. The /i/amdngha.s altogether twelve villages in his charge,
most of ihcm of no great size. In the main village itself there were in
April 1892 eight houses, with a population of fifty-nine persons, all Shans.
The villagers cultivated a little irrigated land and some sugarcane, but
their chief crops were dry. The village stands at a height of three thousand
six hundred feet.

SEIK-CHE. — A village in the Seik-che circle, Maing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-one per-
sons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameila amounted to Rs. 720 for 1897-98.

SEIK-KWA. — A village in the Seik-kwa circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of seven hundred and thirty-
three persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,390 for 1897-98.

SEIK-PYU. — A township of the PakAkku subdivision and district, is
bounded on the north by Pauk township, on the east by Pakokku township,
on the south by Minbu district, and on the west by Laung-she township.

It has an area of three hundred and sixteen square miles and includes one
hundred and nine villages, with a population of twenty-three thousand four
hundred and fourteen persons. There are twenty-nine revenue circles, which
pay an aggregate cissessment of Rs. 53,740. The headquarters are at
Seik-pyu.

SEIKPYU.— A village in the Seikpyu township, Pakokku subdivision
and district, with a population of six hundred and fifty-four persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891. The thathameda amounted to Rs. 3,340 for

1897-98.

SEIK-THA. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwing-gyaung township,
Mincin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid Rs. 630 revenue in 1897.

SEIK-THA. — A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district, includ-
ing the village of Seiktha only.

ii8

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ SEI

SEIK-THA. — A village of fourteen houses, on tbc right bank of the
Sctkala chaung in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The village was founded in 1893 from Katha. It owns twenty-eight
buffaloes and cultivates some may in paddy.

SEIK-THA-SU. — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivision
of Shwebo district, on the Mu river, forty-seven miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered one hundred and thirty-nine persons,
all rice cultivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 150.

SEI K -THAT. — A village in the Kunlat circle, Myaing township, Pak&kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 310 for 1897-98.

SEIK-THIN-BO. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, thirteen miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers sixty-one persons, and thirty-two acres of paddy
land are cultivated. For 1896-97 the thathameda revenue amounted to
Rs. 150.

SEIN-BAN-G.AN. — A revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myingvan

subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand one hundred and fifty-
five persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,206. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

SEIN-BAN-GON. — A village in the Chindaung circle, Seikpyu towrnship,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of twenty-five persons,

according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 210 for 1897-98.

SEIN-DON. — A villaj;e in the Shwe-gyet-yet revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, three miles south-west of
headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and fifteen persons, at the census of
1891 and paid Rs. 430 l/iathameda'tax.

The Shwe-gyet-yet and Shwc-gyet-kya pagodas are famous for their
p'ioh, which last from the first of the increase of Kaaun (May) until the full
moon.

SEIN-GAN.— A village in the Sein-gan circle, Myaing township, Pakdkku
subdivision and district, with a population of forty-seven persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. ggo for 1897-98.

SEIN-GON. — One of the quarters of Sagaing town.

SEIN-NAN. — A revenue circle in the Taz^ township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with a population in 1891 of one bundf^d and ninety-eight
persons.

The principal crop is paddy, and for 1896-97 the thathameda revenue
amounted to Rs. 310. The \illage is lifty-two and-a-half milfs from Ye-u.

SEI-8BK ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

119

SEINTONGorSEINGTON.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 18, Mylt-
kyina district, situated in 24° 54' north latitude and 97- 56' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-five houses 1 its population was unknown.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
theYawyin or Lishaw tribe. Water is plentiful, but forage scarce. The
poppy is very extensively cultivated.

SEINTONG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38,Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 25° 52' north latitude and 97° 42' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses ; the population was unascertained.
The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe.

SEIN-ZEIK-GAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Fak6kku district, with a population of four hundred and forty-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 300, included in that
of Thanbya-aing.

SEIT-KUN. — A village in theShwebo township and district, seven miles
from Shwebo town, noted for its silk manufacture. A large quantity of silk
paso and tamein are sent to Lower Burma. In 1891 the population num-
bered two thousand one hundred and seventy-eight persons, composed in
equal numbers of silk-weavers and cultivators. The yearly revenue amount-
ed to Rs. 5,550.

SEIT-THA. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, north of Letkaung-gyi.

It has seventy houses and its population numbered in 1892 two hundred
and fifty persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

Sfi KAN. — A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw, in the
Eastern subdivision.

It included twenty villages in 1898 and had a population of four hundred
and fifty-four persons. It is in charge of a nebaing and is bounded on the
north by Hsawng Hk&. on the west by Nam Yang, on the south by Nam Lan,
and on the east by Hsawng Hk6. In the same year it paid Rs. 1,156-8-0
net revenue and supplied one hundred and ninety-seven baskets of paddy.
It had no revenue-paying thanatpet trees. The population is engaged in
paddy-cultivation, both lowland and upland. A. great deal of scssamum is
grown, especially round Na Ung village, but very little cotton is produced.
Shan paper is also turned out.

SEKSEKYO CHAUNG. — .\ stream utilized for irrigation purposes in
the Ko-ywa circle, Pyinmana subdivision of Yam^thm district.

It rises in the south-west of the Posaung range and eventually joins the
Ngateik stream near Milaung-g^n in the Ko-ywa circle. The irrigation
embankment is on the upper waters of the stream, near the old village of
Kanla. It trickles out of rocks near its source and for this reason is called
the Seksekyo, or water dropping stream.

SEK TU. — A village of lifteen houses on the Sinkan chaung in the Shwegu
subdivision of Bhamo district.

The stream is easily fordable here. The villagers own eight buffaloes
and work Ic. Sektu was formerly protected by the Lathein Kachins, dis-
tant one day to the south-east of Sektu.

120

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ SEK-S£L

SEKURR.— A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on the side of a hill east of the Klairon stream and half a mile
south of Yatlier, and can be reached vid Shunkla, twelve miles.

In 1894 it had sixty houses: Tansow was its resident chief. Sekurr is a
Yahow village, subordinate to Vanul, and pavs tribute to Falam. It is sur-
rounded by a strong hedge. There is good camping-ground on the north-
east, but water is two hundred yards distant.

Sfe LAN. — A circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi.

It had in i8g8 twenty Shan, eight Palaung and three Kachin villages, with
a population of about six thousand persons. It is situated along the valley
of the Nam Mao or Shweli river, above Nam Hkam, which circle it adjoins.
It consists of paddy plains and low hills, many of which are quite devoid of
timber.

The Myoza's village contained one hundred Shan houses, with a popu-
lation of about six hundred souls. It is situated on a piece of high ground,
flat on top and with precipitous sides, about half a mile from the left bank
of the Shweli. It has a very fine Bhuddhist monastery, a few pagodas,
and a small bazaar. S^ Lan, which was once the capital of the old Hsen VVi
kingdom, still shows signs of its former greatness, in the shape of old walls,
gateways, and on the south a dry moat ; the gates, of which there are four,
are still kept up and regularly locked each night ; the walls enclose a space
of about half a mile square, about which the present village is scattered.

The district extends from the Nam Paw, where it breaks from the hills,
to about half way down the valley of the Nam Mao, and holds half of the
southern portion of the island formed by the junction of the Nam Paw
with the Nam Mao, but the frontier line is not yet demarcated. Probably
over half of the area of Se Lan lay in the bills which formed the southern
boundary of the valley, but all that is valuable lies along the river where
nothing is cultivated but paddy. There are a number of bullock traders
in the district. The Myoza's town lies nearly opposite and only a few
miles distant from M§ng Mao, the capital of the Chinese-Shan State of
that name.

S6 Lan was al war with Nam Hkam in 1887 and suffered a good deal in
the fighting, but has now recovered and is in a flourishing condition.
All friction between the two districts has ceased. The Shan-Chinese
villages are all in the plain or on the lower slopes of the hills and are all
devoted to rice-cultivation. The fields flooded by the Nam Mao and the
Nam Paw, which technically join in Mu Se, but do not actually unite till
within a few miles of Nam Hkam, give the heaviest harvests in the North-
ern Shan States. The yield iu the so-called island, is specially large. The
relations between Mong Mao tM^ngmao)and Sc Lan (or as it used to be
called, Pang Hkam, from one of the most flourishing villages in the district)
have now been very good for many years. Formerly frontier raiding used
to be incessant, and the late Myoza of S& Lan was once made a prisoner
and sat in the Mong Mao bazaar for a considerable time with a canaue
round his neck.

In the hills to the south there are many Kachin villages of the four sects
of Maru, Lahtawng, Lepai and Lashi. They were formerly rather trouble-
some, though the Shan villages were much too strong to be black-mailed
and the chief annoyance was that the hillmen were exceedingly backward

8BM— SET]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

191

in paying tribute and cherished violent blood feuds with other Kachin settle-
ments on the Chinese side of the border. Most of these Kachin settlements
have now been formed into separate circles.

SE-MIN-DAW.— A village in the Tawma circle, Ku-hna-ywa township,
Gangaw subdivision of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred
Jlnd twenty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 310 for 1897-98.

Sfi MUN.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw, In the
Eastern subdivision.

It included thirteen villages in rSgS and had a population of eight hundred
and thirty- seven persons. It is in charge of a nebaing and is bounded on
the north by Lot Mawk, on the west by T6n Pfe, on the south by Nam Lan,
and on the east by Nam Yang. In the same year it paid Rs. 1,758-8-0 net
revenue. It had also four hundred and forty-four revenue-paying thanatpet
treps, for which Rs. 50 were rendered. The population is engaged in
paddy cultivation, both lowland and upland. Shan paper is turned out.

SEN-GAN. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district, in-
cluding the villages of 0-hmedan and Sitha.

SENGLENG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 40, Myitkyina district,
situated in 26° 25' north latitude and 96° 41' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fourteen houses: its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The tribe to which the in-
habitants belong has not been ascertained. There are large paddy fields.

SENG TUM. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 40, Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 26° 22' north latitude and 96° 43' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-five houses; the population was not known.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Marip tribe.

SE-O-BO. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura townsliip and subdivision
of Mandalay district. It is the only village in the circle and is situated
eight miles south-south-west of headt|uarters.

It had a population of two hundred and twenty-five persons at the census
of 1 89 1 and paid Rs. 430 thathameda'\.&\. The land revenue amounted to
Rs. 199.

SEPI.— A village of Chins of the VVhenoh tribe in the Central Chin Hills.
It lies south of Botung and can be reached by Kwungli, Dihai and Kyin-
gyan.

In 1894 it had sixty-five houses: Longlyen was its resident chief. It
pays tribute to Falam. Water is available south of the village from a
stream.

SET-KA-RA. — A village in the Taung-by6n Ng&-anauk circle, Madaya
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, south-west of Pinya.

It has forty houses : its population numbered in 1897 one hundred and
sixty persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivator".

SfiTON HUNG. — A Palaung village of twenty-eight houses in Tawng
Peng State, Northern Shan States.

US3

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

[ SET-fiBY

There is an excellent plank monastery. The villagers cultivate tea, and
own twelve cattle and eight ponies. The population numbered thirty-nine
men, forty-five women and fifty-six children in 1897.

SET-TAW. — A circle in the Mawlu township, Katha subdivision and
district. It lies along the M^za and Ledan streams, and is bounded on the
north by Mawtcik circle, on the east and south by the Manid, and on the
west by the Banmauk townships.

The inhabitants of the circle are Kadus of the same clan as the Mawteik
Kadus, and like them came from Maha-myaing and settled on the swamp
here. They live by manufacturing salt. and working gold.

The tract they live in was obtained partly by parchase and partly by con-
quest.

The name Settaw is said to be derived from the Burmese el-dato, " a
swampy place," which in process of time was changed to Settaw.

The headquarters of the Settaw tbugyi are at Tabaw. After the British
occupation Settaw circle was divided into the two circles of Upper Settaw
in Banmauk township, and Lower Settaw is Mawlu township.

SET-TEIK. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, one mile west of the Shweta chnung.

It has fifty houses and its population numbered in 1897 two hundred
persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

Sfi U.— .A. former mong, or township of the Northern Shan State of
North Hsen Wi, ruled by a resident amat, who is accountable to the
Sawhwa ouly for the general condition of his charge. It includes the circles
of Mong Fawng and Nam Sarap and occupies that part of the Hsen Wi
valley which lies east of the capital, and, like it, is mostly in the valley of
the Nam Tu or Myit-ngfe, which here, however, is considerably narrower and
at the eastern extremity is little better than a gorge.

The hills to the north, south and east are inhabited entirely by Kachins,
and the circle of Na Ti to the east occupif^s both banks of the river. The
population of Sfe U is Shan, with the exception of one village of Palaungs.
Rice cultivation is the only industry and trade is now non-existent, though
formerly, when the circle was thickly populated, there was a considerable
volume.

SE-WA. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of fifty-five persons, according to the census of
i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 120, included in that of Pyinchaung

Sfe-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township, and subdivision of
Myingan district,

In 1895-96 the population numbered eight hundred and forty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,306. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

S£-YWA.— A village in the Maw State, Myelat district of the Southern
Shan States. It is about one mile away from Myo-gyi, on the north bank
of the Zawgyi stream.

In 1897 '*^ ^^^ ninety-seven houses, with a population of 366 persons, and
paid Rs. 1,280 annual revenue. The fields are fertile and well irrigated
by canals from the Zawgyi and yield rice, onions, garlic and beans.

SEV-SHA 1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I3«.

Sfe-YWA. — A village in the Myintha circle, Pakokku township, subdivi-
sion, and district, with a population of two hundred and seventeen persons,
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 450, included in
that of Tandawgyi.

SE-YWA CHAUNG. — A valley running in a general north and south
direction between the Mahudaung and Pondaung hills in the west of I^ower
Chindwin district. The Patolon chaun^ follows the valley. Formerly
there were ten villages in the valley under one headman and it was known
as the S6-ywa chaung or ten-village valley in contradistinction to the Shit*
yvva chaung or eight-village valley, which lies to the south of it.

SHA-BIiN. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district,' including a single village, with an approximate
area of one-and-a-half square miles.

The population in 1891 numbered four hundred and forty-seven persons,
and the revenue amounted to Rs. 1,459,

SHA-BIN. — A village in the Nonbo circle, Pakokku township, subdivi-
sion, and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-four persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The MflMawff/fl amounted to Rs. 260 for 1897-98.

SHA-BIN-GAING.— A village in the Nga Kyan circle, Pakfikku town-
ship, subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-
seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 490 for 1897-98,

SHA-BIN-HLA — A circle in the Magwe township and district, including
the villages of Shabinhia and Sugauksan-

SHA-BIN-YE. — A village in the Fauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of two hundred and tweuty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 750.

SHA-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Mylngyan township, subdivision,
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and ninety-five per-
sons, and the thathanieda amounted to Rs. 584. No land revenue was
assessed in the circle.

SIf A-DAW. — A village in the Nyaungla circle, Pak6kku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and thirty-five
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 510,
included in that of Nyaunghla.

SHA-DAW. — A village in the Tingat circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety- nine
persons, according to the census of 1S91.

Jht thathameda amounted to Rs. 580 for 1S97-98.

SHA-DAW. — A village in the Seik-che circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of sixty-four persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 230, included in that of
Seik-che.

SH.\-DAW. — A village in the Daungb6n circle, Tiiabeitkyin township
of Ruby Mines district, about two miles south of Sulcg6n.

134

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSHA

It has a population of one hundred and fifty Burmese.

SHA-DU. — A village in the Shadaw circle, Pak^kku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and twenty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thatharneda amountedto Rs. 250 for 1897-98.

SHA-GON. — A revenue circle and village in the Budalin township,
Lower Chindwin district, with one hundred and tifty-two inhabitants. It
lies on the right bank of the Mu river.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 450, from thatharneda,
SHA-LA. — A village in the Shala circle, Seikpyu township, Pakokku sub-
division and district, with a population of three hundred and eight persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thatharneda amounted to Rs. 1,1 10 for 1897-98.

SHALAOKRAN (.SHATOKRAN).— A Kachin village in Tract No. 18,
Myitkyina district, situated in 24° 59' north latitude and 97^ 55' east longi-
tude.

In 1892 it contained fifteen houses, with a population of forty persons.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe. The poppy is cultivated.

SHA MAN TON or LOWER MAN TON.— A Chinese village in North
Hsen Wi, Northern Shan State, in Man T6n circle of Ko Kang

It contained fifteen houses in 1894, with a population of ninety persons.
The revenue paid was Rs. 3 per household and the people were paddy,
maize, and opium cultivators by occupation, and owned twenty bullocks, ten
buffaloes, and two ponies. The price of paddy was eight annas the basket.

SHA-MEIN. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and ninety persons and
the thatharneda amounted to Rs. 273. No land revenue was collected In
the circle.

SHA-MO HTAl (called NAM HWE AWN by the Shans).— A Chinese
village of twelve houses on the east bank of the Salween river in the Ko Kang
circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi (Theinni), not far frocn
Mo Htai.

In iSgathe population numbered fifty-nine persons and they cultivated a
considerable area with higliland rice, maize and poppy. The village stands
two thousand and five hundred feet above the Salween, facing the abrupt hills
of the sub-prefecture of Lungling, which here touches the right bank of the
river. A few pack animals are kept to carry surplus produce for sale to
the villages in the neighbourhood.

SHA-MYO. — A village in Meiktila township, Southern, subdivision of
Meiktila district.

The legend accounting for the name of the town is that in 400 B.E.
(1038 A.D.), when Nawra-hta was King of Pagan, a priest named Shin-ah
of Thatdn paid him a visit in order to gel permission to preach the religion
of Gaudama in his kingdom. The King found him to be full of holy zeal
and expelled one thousand of his own priests from the country. These by

SHA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

>3S

miraculous power formed land in the midst of Meiktila Lake and there they
lived and establislied the village of Veska-myo, which implies the removing
of water and the forming of a town.

SHAN DAW. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Taunggaing.

It has one hundred and ten houses, with a population of four hundred and
fifty persons on an approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers are cul-
tivators.

SHAN-Dfi. — A village in Meiktila township, Southern subdivision of
Meiktila district.

It is said that Shand6 derives its name from the words Shan and /^,
meaning to stay temporarily, because the village was established by Shans.

In 1200 B.E. (1838 A-D.), the myothugyis of Meiktila and Yindaw each
claimed the village and their dispute was settled by King Bodawpaya in
person.

SHAN-GAING. — A revenue circle in the Salin-gyi township of Lower
Chindwin district, including the villages of Shangaing and Pedaw, with
seven hundred and thirty-two inhabitants. It is situated on the left bank of
the South Yama stream, in the south-west of the township.

Paddy, yow;7r, and sessamum are grown. The revenue from thathameda
amounted to Rs. t,4io for 1896-97.

SHAN-GA-LE-KYL'N. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district. It is the only village in the circle
and is situated one mile north-west of headquarters.

It had a population of four hundred persons at the census of i8gi, and
paid Rs. 660 thatliameda-\.zx. The land revenue from the circle amounted
to Rs. 2,583.

SHAN-GAW.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district.

In 1892 it contained twelve houses, with a population of fortj'-nine per-
sons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are
of the Lahtawng tribe and own five bullocks and live buffaloes.

SHANG MAN TON or UPPER MAN TON.— A Chinese village in North
Hsen Wi, Northern Shan State, in Man I on circle of Ko Kang.

It contained twenty houses in 1894, with a population of one hundred and
twenty persons. The revenue paid was Rs. 3 per household and the people
were paddy, maize and opium cultivators by occupation, and owned forty
bullocks, twelve buffaloes, eight ponies and one hundred pigs. The price
of paddy was eight annas the basket (for Middle and Lower Mant6n, see
under Chung and Sha Mantdn).

SHAN-MYAUNG-YO.— A village in the Ta!ing-by6n NgJ:-a-she circle,
Madaya township and subdivision ol Mandalay district, north of In Ma.

The villagers are cultivators and coolies. There are twenty-six houses,
and the population numbered in 1897 °°^ hundred and thirty persons, ap-
proximately.

SHAN-NAW.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies six miles south of Raw-ywa and can be reached from Raw-ywa, crossing
several streams.

ISO

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHA

In 1894 it had twenty-five houses : Engkyin was its resident chief. The
villeige is under Rawyvva, and is slightly stockaded. It has a fair water-
supply, but no camping-ground.

SHAN-PA-AING. — A viilage in the Way6nbyin circle, Scikpyu township,
Pakfikku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
sixty-four persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Ks.
460, included in that of Wayonbyin.

SHAN-SEIK. — \ village in the Ye-u township and Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, on the Mu river, fifteen miles from Yc-u.

The population numbers fifty-six persons and the area under cultivation is
28"32 acres. The principal crop is paddy, and tilseed and ponatik are also
grown. The tkataamcda revenue for 1896-1897 amounted to Rs. 1 74. The
village is in the Madaingbin Ihugyiship.

SHAN-SU. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district, under
a yvaathugyi.

It lies close to Katha and is largely inhabited by Shans, as its name implies.
It contains a single village, with some eighty houses. The only source of
revenue is thathatnedn, which amounted in 1897 ^° ^^- 1^^-

SH.\N-T0N. — A village in the Bahin circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-four
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 440 for 1897*98.

SHAN-YWA. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, thirteen miles from Ye-u.

There are ninety-two inhabitants, chielly paddy cultivators, and the tkti'
thamcdti revenue for 1897-98 amounted to Rs. 50.

SHAUK-PIN. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of seventy persons, according to the
census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 100 for 1897.9S.

SHAUK-PIN. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township,
Gangaw subdivision of Pakokku district, with a population of two hundred
and eleven persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thnlhameda amounted to Rs. 430 for 1897-98.

A ferry is maintained at the expense of the Public Works Department
during the rainy season.

SHAUK'PIN-CHAUNG.- A village in the Sabe circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 180 for 1897-98.

SHAUK-PIN-CHAUNG.— A village in the Chaungz6n-gyi circle, Myaing
township, Pakfikku subdivision and disti'ict, with a population of ninety-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 180 for 1897-98.

SHAW-BYU. — A revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

SHA-6HB}

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

137

In 1895-96 the population numbered two thousand four hundred and five
persons and the that/iameda dimoixnted to Rs. 3,447. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

SHAW-BYU. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty miles from Ye-u.

There are two hundred and eighteen inhabitants, who paid Rs. 560 tha-
thameda revenue for 1896-97. They are all cultivators.

SHAW-BYU. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, twelve miles from Ye-u.

There are sixty inhabitants, and one hundred and twenty-five acres of
land are cultivated, chiefly with paddy. Thatkameda revenue amounting
to Rs. 360 was paid for 1896-97.

SHAW-BYU-BIN.— A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, north-west of Bawdi.

It has twenty houses, and its population numbered in 1S97 eighty per-
sons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

SHAW-BYU-BIN.— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of seventy-two persons, according to
the census of 1S91, and a revenue of Rs. 1 80.

SH.\W-G.\N. — A village in the Northern subdivision of Meiktila district,
with fifty houses, lying west of Ma-hlaing, on the borders of Myingyan dis-
trict.

A good deal of cotton is raised in the neighbourhood. Some resistance
was shown here by the dacoit, Nyan Nyun of Myingyan, after the Annex-
ation.

SHAWLAN.— A Palaung village in the Sailein circle, Kodaung township
of Ruby Mines district, giving its name to the portion of the Sailein circle
which lies on the north side of the Shweli river.

Shawlan was the scene of much strife between the Kachins and Palaungs,
arising from a petty quarrel, in 187S. Eventually the Kachins drove out the
Palaungs and destroyed their villages, but subsequently allowed them to re-
turn, and they have since lived peaceably together. Shawlan is at the ex-
treme north-east corner of the Kodaung.

SHA-ZI-GYET. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, cast of Lctkaungyi.

It has twenty houses, and its population numbered in 1897 ninety-three
persons. The villagers arc cultivatois.

SH6. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku dis-
trict, with a population of two hundred and twenty-nine persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 410.

SHEIN-MA-GA. — A township in the Shwebo subdivision of Shwebo dis-
trict, with an approximate area of one hundred and seventy-six square miles.
It is bounded on the east by the Irrawaddy river, on the west from Sadaung-
gyi village by a straight line southwards to Thalaing village and thence to
the village of Ta-gyi, on the north by the southern boundary of the Shwebo
township, and on the south by a line from Ta-gyi village to Nga-singaing vil-
lage and the northern boundary of Sagaing district.

128

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHE-SHt

The township consists of two revenue circles, Inbc and Thayaing.
The following table shows tl>e revenue and the population of each circle
in 1897; —

Circle.

f«

c
-a

"a
0.

Rs.

Rs. A. p.

Rs.

Rs. A. p.

Inbe

9,960

41 3

• ««

266

...

5.2P6

Thayaing ...

14.500

i3« 4

f«»

...

133

...

386 9

6,918

Total ...

24,460

17a 7

...

399

...

386 9

12,214

SHEIN-MA-GA. — The headquarters of the township of that name of
Shwebo district. It is situated on the eastern slope of the Mimvun range, at
a distance of thirty-two miles from Shwebo.

Sheinmaga is the second most important river station in Shwebo district.

The population in 1891 numbered one thousand five hundred and thirty
persons, and the revenue amounted to Rs. 4,072.

SHELPE.— A village of Chins of theSAkt& (Nwcngal) tribe in the North-
ern Chin Hills. It is situated seventeen miles south-west of Tiddim, and the
easiest route is vid Losow, Pumperim ford and Kapyal.

In 1894 >' ^^d sixty-seven houses. The resident chief was Powkawoon.
The villagers are Kanhows and are subordinate to Howchinkup. The village
was disarmed and destroyed in 1893. '^ '^ not stockaded. Water is sufli-
cicnt in a stream on the south-east of the village and there is good camping-
ground close by.

SHEMPI.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It lies
four miles north-east of Lungno and can be reached by the Lungno-Lostaw
road, thence by a path leading south-east.

In 1894 it had sixty houses. Ain Ton and Lckya were its resident chiefs-
The village is influenced by the Lungno chiefs and was partially disarmed in
1895. It is stockaded and has fair water-supply with plenty of good camping-
ground.

SHERRWE. — A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies two miles north-west of Rimpi and can be reached from Haka,
crossing the Tonvarr and several other streams.

In 1894 it had twenty houses, Hoidun was its resident chief. The village
pays tribute to Lyen Mo.

SHIELMONG. — A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies twenty-three miles from Tiddim and east of the Tiddim-
Lenacot road. !t is reached by a road running west along the side of the

gHIJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

129

hill, for half or three-quarters of a mile, joining the main road which leads
through Lcnacot old post, then turning south and dropping gradually down
hill.

In 1894 it had four houses. The village has no resident chief. The in-
habitants are Yos under Howchinkup. The village has been disarmed.
Water is obtainable from a small stream.

SHILLAM. — A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. In 1894 it had thirty houses. Wahninshwe was its resident chief.
It lies two miles south of Sea-ak and can be reached thence. It pays tribute
to Falam. There is a small water-supply.

SHILONG. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies south of Taunghwe and west of Shingnai, and can be reached
vid Taunghwe and then south.

In 1894 it had thirteen houses. The name of the resident chief was
Ya-mong.

It is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

SHIMPL— A village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the Central Chin
Hills, It lies in a valley on the south slope of the hills north of the Pan river,
half a mite east of Y6nmwel, and can be reached viil Minkin, thikwel,
Lyenhai, and Y6nmwel, distant twenty-six miles.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. The resident chief was Nahli.

Shimpi is a Kweshin village and pays tribute to both Haka and Falam.
There is no camping-ground in the village, but sufficient water is obtainable.

SHIMU. — A village of Chins of the Klang-klang tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies five miles south-east of Tunzan, and can be reached from
Haka via Shopun.

In 1894 it had fifteen houses. Hlwen Tan was its resident chief.

Shimse is under Ywahit. There is no camping-ground and the water-
supply is bad.

SHIMYAUL. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills, It lies between Dihai and Lyendu, and can be reached via Ljendu.

In 1894 it had twenty houses. Lycn-hnyel was its resident chief.
It is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

SHIMYAWL.— A village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the Central
Chin Hills. It lies two miles west of Lunbum and can be reached vid Parrt6
and Kullyam.

In 1894 it had thirty-eight houses. The resident chief was Song Kup.

Shimvawl is a Shunkia village, paying tribute to Falam. There is plenty
of water in a stream one mile west off and below the village.

SHI-NAN. — A village in the Ywe-kyubauk revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, six-and-a-half miles south of
headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred persons at the census of 189 1 and paid
Rs, 400 thathameda-iaiX,

SHIN D.\W-K6N. — A village in the Yc-gyi revenue circle, Pathein-gyi
township, Amarapura subdivision Mandalay district, twelve miles north-east
of headquarters.

130

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHI

It had a population of three hundred and twenty-five persons at the census
of 1 891 and paid Rs. 600 ihathameda-ta.x,

SHINGAI. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies twelve miles west and slightly south of Botaung, and can be
reached via Dotaung and thence by a path.

In 1894 i* had twenty-five houses. The resident chief was Raw-yatung.

Shingai is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

SHINGOP or SENMAKOR.— A mixed Chinese and Yawvin village in
Tract No. 20, Myitkyina district, situated in 25'' 2o' north latitude and 97" 58'
east longitude.

In iSga it contained sixteen houses, with a population of forty-two persons.
The headman has no other villages subordinate^ to him. The villagers own
five bullocks and five ponies and mules. Senmakor is the Chiuese name.

SHIN-HLA. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, north of Hin-tha-g6n.

It has one hundred and twenty-five houses, with a population of five hun-
dred persons on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are
coolies and cultivators.

SHINKWON.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district,
situated in 25^53' north latitude and 97° 54' east longitude.

In 189a it contained twenty houses ; the population was unknown. The
inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe. The headman has no others subordinate
to him.

SHIN-MA-GAN. — ^A village in the Nga-kyan circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-three persons, accord-
ing to the census of 189 1.

The revenue from thafhameda amounted to Rs. 140 for 1897-98.

SHINSHI.— A villageof Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the Central Chin Hills.
It lies twenty-four miles north of Lomban village and can be reached by a
good path from Fort White.

In 1894 it had ninety-five houses. The resident chief was Twehmin.

The people are Tash6ns, commonly called Norns, and are tributary to
Falam. Shinshi village consists of four subordinate hamlets : Vayang, Inral,
Yawlu, and Shielshi. The group was two-thirds disarmed in 1893. There
is excellent water-supply and caaiping-ground below the main village.

SHIRAWKONG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 18, Myitkyina district,
situated in 84° 59' north latitude and 97'' 49' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty-three houses ; its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the Marip
tribe, and cultivate the poppy.

SHIRKLAI.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies six miles west-north-west of Lotaw and can be reached via Lotaw.

In 1 894 it had one hundred and fifty houses. Maung Baw and Taing Baing
were its resident chiefs. Shirklai is a well-built village, but it is not stock-
aded and is easily approached. There is good camping-ground on a large
stream half a mile below the village, which was partially disarmed in 1895,

SMI-SHU ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I3»

SHIRSHI.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies two miles east of Satawn and can be reached v/d Shirklai.

[n i8g4 it had twenty houses. Munpu was its resident chief. Shirshi is
not stockaded and has a small camping-ground with indifferent water-supply.

SHIT-YWA CHAUNC.—.\ valley to the east of the Pondaung range in
Lower Chindwin district ; through it flow the headwaters of the north Yama
chautig, and it took its name from the eight large villages which in Burmese
times had been formed on the banks of that stream.

It was in this valley that most of the rebels under the Shwe-gyobyu Prince
collected in the rebellion of October 1S87 and were defeated at the fight at
Chinbyit.

SHON-SHI. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Kuhna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of one thousand and
forty-five persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,670 for 1897-98.

SHOPUN. — A village of Chins of the Klangklang tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies ten miles north-north-west of Klangklang, and is reached
from Haka viii Lonzert.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Turn Klin and Nam Hai were its resident
chiefs. Shopun was once strongly fortified, but the defences are now in
ruins. It is under Ywahit of Klangklang. Water is very scarce, but there
is a good camping-ground.

SHl'MSHUM.— A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies four miles south-west of Rumkiao and can be reached from
Haka, fifteen miles, by the road to Rumkiao.

In 1894 it had fifty houses. The resident chief was Sarnghe. Shumshum
was built in 1893 by settlers from Kotarr, under the protection of Lyen Mo.
There is good camping-ground with fair water-supply. The village is not
stockaded.

SHUNKLA.— A village of Chins of the Tashon tribe in the Central Chin
Hills, It lies on the side of a hill running down to the .Manipur river and on
the south of it, and can be reached by a Chin track from the north-west to
Falam post, about six miles.

In 1894 it had two hundred houses. The resident chief was Klan Mung.
The people are Ta3h6ns, subordinate and paying tribute to Falam. There
is good camping-ground with plenty of water on the north-west of the
village. There is water also at the fourth mile. Shunkla could best be
attacked by following the ridge of the hills and dropping down from the west
or south-west- There are many fences and hedges inside it.

SHURBUM.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies two-and-a-half miles south-west of Puntfe and can be reached
via, Puntfi.

In 1894 it had thirty-nine houses. Eng Bi was its resident chief. It pays
tribute to Falam. Shurbum has been partly disarmed. Water is available.

SHURGNEN.— A village of Lawtu Chins in the Southern Chin Hills.
It lies five miles south-east of Aibur and can be reached from Haka by a
path leading in a south-easterly direction across several ravines and a
tributary of the Yatfe stream.

'132

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSHU-SHW

In 1894 it had one hundred and fifty houses. I hvAn Mong and Tai K6k
were its resident chiefs. The village is heavily stockaded and difficult to
enter from the north, but is undefended from the south. It was partially
disarmed in 1895, There is camping-ground on the stream below the vil-
lage on the road to Aibur, but the space is somewhat confined.

SHURKWA.— A village of Chins in the Southern Chin Hilts. It lies
forty miles south of Haka and can be reached from Haka in a southerly
direction via Paiz6n, across the Boinu river and three other small streams,
and from Min-ywa, across the stream and ascending steeply for two-and-a-
half miles into the village.

In 1894 it had two hundred houses Mfinkon and Lyense were it resident
chiefs. Shurkwa is a strongly posted village : its northern entrance is
heavily stockaded, but the southern portion is undefended. The village
surrendered after resistance in 1890-91. There is no good camping-ground
near the village, where water also is scarce, but a good camp may be found
two-and-half-a miles away on the road to T6nwa. Shurkwa was partially
disarmed in 1895.

SHWE-BAN. — A village in the Myothit township, Taungdwingyi sub-
division of Magwe district.

The soil is very fertile and cutch-boiling is a considerable industry.
Shwcban was the headquarters of a dacoit band under Buddha Yaza until
the beginning of 1890.

SHWE-BAUNG. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of the Irrawaddy.

It has forty houses and a population of one hundred and twenty persons,
on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are cooliesand
cultivators.

SHWE-BE. — A circle in the Kyi-daunggan township, Pyinmana subdivi-
sion of Yamfethin district.

It was first settled in 1848. One of King Bodaw's elephants, called
'Zawana' fell sick here while the king was on a tour to Toung. A local
doctor named San Bu succeeded in curing it and was rewarded with a fee
of five ticals of gold. The village has therefore been called Shwebe ever
since.

It had thirty-two houses in 1897. "^^^ neighbouring village of Einsauk
had flfty-sevcn inhabitants.

SHWE-BO.— A district in the Sagaing division with an area of eight
thousand three hundred and seventy-six square miles, and a population of
two hundred and thirty thousand seven hundred and seventy-nine persons.
It is bounded on the north by Katha, on the south by Katha and Lower
Chindwin, on the west by Upper and Lower Chindwin, and on the east by
Ruby Mines and Mandalay districts. The Irrawaddy river forms the divi-
ding line on the east The boundaries differ from those that existed under
Burmese rule, Wuntho then forming part of Shwebo.

The physical features of the district vary considerably. The Minwun

range runs down the whole eastern side, skirting the

Natural features. i„.awaddy and gradually sinks until at Sheinmaga, it

is little more than a bank of elevated ground ; to the north it is a genuine

5HW1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

»33

hiH rangp, rocky and crossed with difficulty: it -maintains this character as
far as Kabwet at the foot of the Lower First Defile. It is for the most
part ansuitcd for any kind of cultivation. West of the Mu river there
is a gradual ascent to the hills which divide the district from Upper
Chindwin. Between these ranges and on both sides of the Mu is a plain
unbroken except for some small isolated hills in the north-east and north,
and for the low Sadaunggyi range in the south-east, enclosing the south
Nga-sin circle. The greater part of this plain, with Uie exception of the
forests described below, is a rice-growing tract : on the higher ground,
where the soil is more or less sandy, grow in the uncultivated state sparse
bushes. Maize, millets of various kinds, sessamum, cotton, and peas
are raised throughout this part. The tart'^aim grows well and supports a
palm-sugar industry. The whole district, but especially the plain on the
south-west and south, is liable to a short and capricious rainfall and to fre-
quent drought as instanced by the numerous and extensive old irrigation
works. Vegetables of various kinds and many kinds of fruit are cultivated.
The Irrawaddy river runs along the eastern side of the district, whilst

... .. ,, the Mu separates the eastern and western subdivisions.

Rivers: the Mu. ,. ^ , ., . iu r» • ■ .^l ti-

lts course is from north to south. It rises in the Wun-

tho subdivision and falls into the Irrawaddy a little above Myinmu in Sa-

gaing district. It is navigable for about three months in the year — ^June,

July, and August — during which time its current is very swift. Its average

velocity is from two to three miles an hour. Navigation is attended with

some risks, even in the height of the rains, owing to the number of snags

and rapids and especially on account of the capricious rapidity with which

it rises in flood. There are, however, no rocks in its bed. During the dry

season it is fordable at nearly every point of its course.

The Daungyu forms the north boundary in the direction of Wuntho,
whence it comes.

The Thaw is a tributary of the Daungyu. It rises in the Minwun range
and runs with a generally westerly course through the Nagasin circle,
dividing Shwebo and Katlia districts, and the Pintha circle into the Daungyu.
Like the Daungyu, it is rather a mountain torrent, liable to spasmodic
floods, than a perennial stream, though it is perhaps hardly ever quite dry.
Salt occurs along its lower course.

The Teinnyin and the Indaw rise in the Sadaunggyi hills and flow south-
west into the Mu. They are liable to torrential floods, but at other times
can be forded at all seasons of the year. They formed the great difficulty
in making the Mu canal, Burmese engineering being unequal to the task
of carrying the canal across them.

The Bawdi chaung rises in the same hills and also flows south-west into
the Mu.

Further south smaller torrential streams similarly take their rise in the
Minwun range, or its subsidiary hills, and find their way to the Mu, when
not intercepted and stored in tanks for the irrigation of the dry plain inter-
vening.

The Zin chaung rises in the Sadaunggyi hills and flows south-east into
the Irrawaddy through a cleft in the Minwun range, just above the Lower
Defile.

134

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

East of the Mu are the Halin (or Thayaing) lake, the HIadaw (or Pinzin)
lake, and the Kadu lake. These are little more than
Lakes. tanks, though covering considerable areas, and owe tlieir

existence partly to art, embankments and escapes having
been constructed to make their water storage qualities more complete.
They lie in the southern part of the district, and catch the drainage from
the streams above mentioned as well as the water from the Mu canal. They
are rarely ever dry and, on the other hand, except when quite full, sel-
dom have much depth of water.

The Thamantha lake in the south-west stands in the same category.
In the Ye-u Subdivision west of the Mu are the Tabyin and Ta-ze lakes ;
these are of very minor importance and are partially dry during the hot
weather.

The only tract worth notice under the head of marshes in the district
is the Mudcin, mentioned below as a forest.

The district has black cotton soil and clay, more or less sandy, which
constitute the bulk of the rice land. The liigher lands
Geologfy. in the plain are generally sandy and in parts unsuitable

for any kind of cultivation. Along the Mu and in the
Mudein, however, where there is alluvial deposit, the soil is specially favour-
able for the cultivation of peas of different sorts, sessamum, maize, miscel-
laneous millets, and even wheat. Cotton could be grown in the south if a
short rainfall could be depended on, and is extensively cultivated in the
Ye-u subdivision.

Salt, coal and limestones are the chief mineral products. Salt is found
in wells in the Pintha myothugyi^h]^ in the north, and at several places in
the Shwcbo subdivision ; south of .Shwebo the salt tract runs principally
along the railway. The manufacture is carried on as a domestic industry.

Sandstone and clay are found west of the Mu.

Gold in small quantities has been got from washings at In-gyi and Hkin-
bin, and also in the Seinnan and Nanwindaw circles of theTaze township.
Mr. Noetling, the Government Paleontologist, who visited the neighbour-
hood some years ago, gave it as his opinion that the geological formation
rendered it improbable that much gold would ever be found.

Petroleum, gypsum and saltpetre are found in small quantities, chiefly
in the Shwe-gyin township.

Coal is worked at Kabwet and has been reported to exist at Udaung and
at Nyaungbinyo in the Indaing township, but it is believed to be lignite
and not anthracite bituminous coal.

The forests of the eastern part of the district are almost confined to the
belt which adjoins the Minwun hills. A great part of this
Forests. is indaing, sandstone soil only, with no trees but the in

on it. To the north, however, teak at \T\itr\i\s, tngyin,
bamboos and almost every sort of forest tree grow luxuriantly. Small
alluvial bottoms are found at intervals, on which rice is or has been grown.
There is also a forest tract in the old bed of the Mu known as the Mudein,
but no timber of much value is known to grow there. Cutch grows freely
throughout the district, but not very thickly nor to a large size.

SHW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

»35

One thousand and fifty square miles is estimated to be the area of pro-
tected forest east of the Mu in the Mu Forest division, and of it two hun-
dred and ninety-one square miles are teak-bearing. 1 he forests of the
Ye-u subdivision abound in teak, thitya^ in, ingyin and cutch, and cover
an area of one thousand and one hundred square miles ; of this area two
hundred and ninety square miles comprising the forests of —

Square miles.

Yebin ... ... ... ... lo

Pyaungthwfe ... ... ... ... 70

NIairg-ttun ... ... ... ... 60

Gariktha ... ... ... "... 15

Naqkyeiha and ,„ ,„ ... 107

Manhy.in ... ... ... ... 33

are at present unreserved; all the rest arc protected.

The uncertain and scanty rainfall of the district must have made the
need of irrigation works obvious from a very early date.
Irrigation. Even now the people speak with awe of the great fa-

mine which affected Shwebo in 1173 B.E. (x8ii A.D.),
during the reign of Bodaw Paya, when whole villages were depopulated.
Thousands of people died of starvation and bands of lawless men roamed
at will all over the country.

Previous to the rise of the Alompra (Alaung-paya) dvnasty no serious
attempt at irrigation works seems to have been made in Shwebo. But
when this town became the capital the district had special claims as well
as special needs. Still there were irrigation works of a kind, before this.

One of the oldest in the district is the Palaing tank, said to have been
dug and banked by Mingaung I, of the House of Nyaungyan, and King of
Ava. The Maha-yasa^win, however, makes no mention of the work, nor
of the founding of the Mahabo and Myohla cities, also ascribed to Min-
gaung I. No satisfactory explanation is given as to why the King of Ava
should found cities and strengthen tht-m into fortresses in the Shwebo
district, nor why he should have constructed the Pal.iing irrigation works.
The inscription set up by King Mind6n concerning the Maha-nanda lake
makes mention of this tank as well as of Gyo-gya, but gives no details.
The canal and the embankment arc known at present as the Mingaung
canal and embankment.

The Palaing tank is about two-and-a-half miles square and has now
fallen into disrepair. It irrigates a large tract in the south of the district.

On the accesion of Alompra the Shwebo district received special atten-
tion. He constructed the '' Little Mu," a canal of sixty miles in length,
running from north to south and irrigating the part of the district that lies
bi-twecn the Mu and the Irrawaddy. It forms the largest irrigation work in
Shwebo. The eastern subdivision forms a complete system of irrigation
works, so Constructed as to rua one into the other and having the Little
Mu as the main supply.

After the death of Alompra and during the reigns of his successors, who
founded capitals in other parts of the country, irrigation was entirely
neglected until the reign of King Mindon, who seized the throne with the
aid of the people of the Shwebo district. He showed his gratitude. The
Little Mu and all other works were set in order and repaired. The e.\-

136

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ISHW

perience gained since Alompra's time pointed to the insufficiency of the
Little Mu tf> supply the whole district with water, owing to the scanty
rainfall. King Mindon therefore turned his attention to the Mu river as
the chief water-supply. The Etnshcinin, known as the " War I'rince,"
was deputed to carry out the project and the Mu river near Myin-hkwa-
daung, north of Myedu, was bunded up and the stream turned into the
Little Mu. For two years the country had abundant water, and to this
day the people tell of rafts of timber coming down the streani to the
Maha-nanda Lake. Then, however, the embankment gave way and the
Little Mu became once more the main water-supply of the district and
dependant on the rainfall.

Since the Occupation a scheme of irrigation-work, partly following King
Mindon's system, has been drawn up, but actual work has not yet been
begun.

The chief lakes and tanks in the district are: the Maha-nanda lake, the
Gyo-gya tank, the Singut tank, the Palaing tank, the Mingaung canal,
the Yinba tank, the Hladaw Pinzin tank, the Kyvv6 Zin tank, the Halin
lake, the Payan tank, and the Kanthaya lank q. v.

Most of these are so selected as to have a large catchment area and are
dependent on the rainfall drainage from the adjacent country, none being fed
from perennial streams. A new scheme to irrigate two hundred and sixty
thousand acres, with the Mu river as a source of supply, is under consider-
ation.

The rainfall follows the valleys of the Mu and Irra-
waddy and leaves the rest of the district comparatively
dry. It varies from an average of thirty-one to thirty-
four inches in Shwobo.
The average temperaiure is 90° in the hot 'weather and falls to 60'' to
61^ in the cold season, the maximum and minimum readings being 104° and
56*^'. Malaria follows in the course^ of the rain, but on the whole the cli-
mate is good, except in the forest tracts of the north and west.

The administration of the district prior to the British Occupation seems to
have been very unsettled. This was in a great measure

Administration j^g ^^ favouritism. Tliere are instances of portions of
m burmese times. ^^^ district becoming independent of the civil and mili-
tary officers at headquarters owing to the appointment of a favourite from
the Palace.

The Shwebo town and suburbs had a civil officer called a Afyook, who
appears to have governed independently of any other local official. The
rest of the country, with the exception of the Chauk-ywa circle, over which
an oni:er called Thenat-6k was placed, was under the administration of the
Myaiik-let Bo, who had civil and criminal powers.

Later, these arrangements were revised and Bo Byin was appointed
Governor of the Ninth district, a tract which extended to the north as far
as Wuntho and to the south as far as Singaing in the present Sheinmaga
subdivision.

The following are the designations of the local officers appointed under
Bo Byin : —

{a) Bo Byin himself, whose official designation and title in the Palace
during King Mindon's time was She-windaw-hmu, Yatana-thciitga Myo-xoun

Temperature and

climate.

SHW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

»37

Min-^yi Maha-mingau7ig Kyawsva. As stated above, he was appointed to
a division as chief civil and military officer.

On his appointment the Myauklet Bo, termed Myo-wun, became sub-
ordinate to him and the post of Shwebo Myook was abolished.

In King Thibaw's time districts were formed and Bo Byin was appointed
to the charge of the ninth district, called Nawama Kayaing, with the de-
signation and title of She wiudaw-hmu, Yatana-thcinga Kayai»g-wun,Thado
Mingyi Maha Mingaung Yasa. Ail the local officers were techincally sub-
ordinate to the Windawhmu, but Kyauk-myaung, being outside the ninth
district, had an independent Myo6k. Bo Byin held civil, criminal, reve-
nue and military administrative powers and was directly subordinate to
the Taingda Mingyi. He had powers of life and death without appeal.
On receipt of the Hlut-davi orders for the colle^rtion and payment of re-
venue, Bo Byin issued orders to the Sawbiea of Wuntho and to the Wuns
and Myintat Bos.

{b) He had a Secretary to assist him in his work, called Kayaing So'yC'
gyi. He issued all orders and, with the permission of the Windaw-hmu^
could try civil and criminal cases.

(c) Wuntho was under a Wun in Burmese days and so was not on the
same footing as such Shan States as Hsen Wi or M5ng Nai. The Wun
having rendered special service during the Padein Mint ha' s rebellion was
made a Sawbioa. Although Wuntho became a part of Bo Byin's district in
civil and criminal matters, the Sa-ivbwa had full powers of life and death in
Wuntho. He had to send the revenue money to Bo Byin and criminals
demanded by the Windaw-hmu were arrested by the Sawiwa and extra-
dited. Outside these duties the Sawbwa was independenti though he ac-
knowledged Bo Byin as his superior officer.

[d] The Myowuns were next in rank to the Wfndaiv-hmu, but their juris-
diction did not extend beyond the myo over which they were set in au-
thority. Myowuns were appointed to the following places :—

(i) Tantabin and Pyinrala.

(2) Myedu.

(3) Kawlin.

(4) Shwe a-she-gyaung.

(5) Indauktha.

Nga-yan& and Kawthandi had a Myoaa,

The Myowuns possessed full civil powers, but they collected revenue
only under the orders of Bo Byin, and criminal cases could not be tried by
them without the permission of the Windaw-hmu,

[c) The Myintat Bo was chief cavalry officer under the Windaw-hmu.
His civil, crimmal and fiscal powers extended over all the villages outside
the jurisdiction of the Myowuns and the Wuntho Sawbwa, He resided
sometimes in Mandalay and sometimes in the district. His work was car-
ried out by the Myosa-yes and the Myingaungs during his absence. He
could not try civil and criminal cases without the permission of the Kayaing'
wun.

The duties of all the Myin officers combined those of cavalry and of Civil
Police.

iiH

138

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

(/) The Myinsa-yes were a little more than the mere clerks that the
name indicates. Their rank was next to the Myintat Bo. They had
criminal powers only if conferred on them by the Kayaing^wun and, with
the same authority, could try revenue and other cases. They collected reve-
nue through the Alyittgaungs.

(g) The Myingaungs were subordinate officers, who had powers in civil,
criminal and fiscal matters according to the trust placed in them by the
Winda-m-'hmut without whose authority they could do nothing,

(/;) The Myothugyis were in charge of Myo, which might be a single
town, or a town with its suburban villages. In the latter case these small
villages had Ihugyis who were under the orders of their myothugyi. Some-
times a Myothugyi was placed over a large number of villages, not attach-
ed to any particular township, as in the case of Kyaukmyaung, and then all
the Yvia-ihugyis in his circle or taik became subject to his orders. As
elsewhere, Myothugyis received commission on all revenue collections.
They also had powers to try all petty cases, civil, criminal and fiscal, and
collected fees for doing so, according to a regular scale.

(t*) Thugyis or Vifaihugyis had the same powers and privileges in their
more limited domain. All these nine classes of officers were appointed by
the king and were the legitimate and generally recognized administrative
and executive officials. But the system was subject to alteration with the
royal whim. If the king desired to favour or honour a particular person,
he never failed to make an appointment for him, if none suitable existed.
Thus a Thc»at'vk was appointed to the charge of the Chauk-ywa circle, and
any individual officer might be relieved from subordination to his proper
chief.

As elsewhere in Upper Burma, there was prior to King Mind6n*s reign

Revenue admin- no organized system of revenue collection. In the Pagan
istraiion in B u r- King's time the lower provinces paid revenue which the
mcse times. ki„g appropriated in its entirety. The officials who

collected it received no pay and supported themselves on the fees which
they demanded from .=uitors. The higher officials were made Myosas, and
the king divided the revenue of the myo with the Myoza. Upper Burma
was at I hat time exempt from all taxation, and the annual quittance paid to
the king from Shwebo as kun-bo was twenty-five viss of silver.

During King MindAn's reign taxation was first instituted, the reason as-
signed being the numerous petitions from tlie people that the extortions of
the local officials were becoming unbearable. Salaries for officials were
then introduced, and at first thathameda was demanded at the rale of one
rupee per household. In the following year the demand was raised to
three rupees from each house. This rate was levied (or about eight years
and was then again raised to three rupees ten annas.

In 1228 BE. (1866 A.D.), after the rebellion of the Padein Prince, the
rate was raised in some villages to eight rupees, in others to ten, and even,
in the case of some rich villages, to twelve rupees per household. The
next year ten rupees was fixed as the all-round rate.

Other sources of revenue were the royal share of one-quarter of the
outturn from royal lands, royal gardens, irrigations, monopolies, fairs and
forest taxes.

SHW ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

>39

The mode of collection of the thathameda was adopted by us from the
system introduced by King iMindon. The king's order for collection was
conveyed to the Windavi-hmn. He in turn issued orders to all the myo-
wurts and to the ntyintat bo, who passed on the instructions to the Myo'
thugyis and thugyis. These then submitted the thathameda rolls, which
technically were checked by the rnyineaungs and myowuns and then sub-
mitted to the Wittdaw-hmu, who passed them. Then thamadis were ap-
pointed, and assessment by them and collections by the myothugyis and
thugyis began.

Objections to the thamadis assessment were heard and determined by
the tnyofhugyi or thugyi, from whose decision appeal lay to the myi'ngaung
or myo7vun. If the thamadi took the oath and stated that the assessment
was fair, it was never interfered with. The money when collected was paid
over to the myingaungs and ttiyowuns, who forwarded it to the kayaing-
wun. It was generally this othcer who deducted and paid the commission
and the amount due for the salaries of the different officers, including him-
self, and forwarded the balance to the Akundaw olficc, where it was paid
in after being passed by the Taingda Mingyi.

The revenue from royal lands was collected by an olTicer called ledaw-dk,

appointed by the Hlut-daw. He was subordinate to

Royal lands and (|!,g knyaing nun and myowuns and took his orders from

'* ' " "' them. The title was changed to that of le-sa-ye when

the king demanded iiYigation tax. The le^dawok, the thugyi, and the. ywalu-

gyi estimated the probable outturn and submitted the statement to the wuns,

who checked it. The statement thus passed was forwarded by the kayaing

wun to the le-yoii in Mandalay, and this department conveyed the orders

of the king as to the disposal of the revenue. Sometimes the revenue was

sent up in coin and sometimes in kind; occasionally orders were received

to give the paddy collected to the pongyis. The same course was adopted

with regard to the irrigation>tax by the le'Sa-ye, the only difference being

the submission in the first instance by the thugyis of the statement of lands

irrigated. This was checked by the le-sa-ye. The tax was collected by

the thugyi and paid to the ie-sa-ye. The kayaing wun then proceeded

in the manner shown tor royal lands revenue.

The principal fisheries and ferries of the Shwcbo district arc on the Irra-

Flsheries, ferries, waddy river and in the Kyaukmyaung circle. This circle

forest tax, and mo- was independent of the Myin-mye, the jurisdiction of the

iiopolies. kayaing wun, and dealt directly in civil, criminal, and

fiscal matters with the court in Mandalay.

The revenue derived from the above four sources was known during
Burmese rule as the a-sut and a-kyauk tax. The last-named consisted
chiefly of cart-tax, boat-tax, and commission agency tax.

The niyothugyi o\ Kyaukmyaung invariably had the monopoly of these
four taxes from the Revenue oHice in Mandalav, and paid for them a fixed
sum of Rs. 2,400, rendered in half-yearly instalments. He in turn sub-let
them to others. The tax realized by the niyothugyi was a fluctuating one,
dependent upon the state of the river and the rainfall.

The forest tax was fixed at the rate of one rupee per dha.

140

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Among the monopolies cart-tax was fixed at two annas for every cart
used for purposes of trade. The boat-tax varied from one rupee to four
annas per boat, according to tlie articles traded in. There were four com-
mission agencies, one at each of the following places : Kyaukmyaung, Yedaw,
Malfe and Sha-gwe. The tax realized by the myothugyi from the agencies
varied according to the prosperity of the year. These four sources of reve-
nue were of no great importance, yielding comparatively small amounts.

The fisheries on the Irrawaddy were until King Minddn'stime claimed
and worked as bobabaing or private property, belonging to the families of
the original fishermen. King Mindon, however, issued a rescript clainving
the fisheries for the crown and from that date they became royal pro-
perty.

The royal gardens never paid taxes to the Revenue office in Man-
dalay. The gardens were generally assigned to favour-
Royal gardens. ite Queens and Princesses for their use for life. The gar-
deners were all appointed by the king and were invested
with the powers of a thugyi. They looked after the garden as well as the
village, when one was attached to the garden, and periodically presented
the royal lady to whom it was granted with a portion of the produce.
The office of gardener was hereditary. There were nine royal gardens
in the Shwebo district.
The principal tax was derived from the glaze used in the manufacture.
The original potters were Talaings from Pegu, brought
Pottery. • to Upper Burma and established in villages in the
locality where the clay suitable for the manufacture was
plentiful. Their settlement in Shwebo is said to have dated from the
time of Alompra. One of the potters was selected by the king and ap-
pointed 0-gauug^ with the powers of a thugyi over the village, as in the
case of the royal gardens. The office was hereditary. The potters' villages
paid no special tax. During Burmese times they were liable only for the
thathameda. Since the Annexation they pay a license tax to the British
Government.

p^j There are three large lairs held in the Shwebo dis-

trict, and these brought in a small revenue. These are —

(i) the Ingyindaw fair;

(2) the Myedu fair; and

(3) the Thihadaw fair.

The collection of the dues from the Ingyindaw fair fell originally to the
Kayaing Wun, from the Mycdu fair to the Myedu Wtin, and from the Thi-
hada fair to the Wun of Thihadaw. Latterly this system was changed and
the Mandalay Revenue office farmed out the collections to contractors, who
undertook to pay a fixed sum for the license to take the fees. The licen-
sees, besides paying a fixed rent to the Mandalay treasury, had to bear
all the expenses of the fair, such as building stalls, holding p-wes, and
feeding the ofBcials who attended the fair. The average receipt from each
fair, after paying all expenses, seems to have been about three hundred
rupees. In its best days the Ingyindaw fair yielded about five hundred
rupees beyond expenses. The receipts from the fairs were often given to
p6ngyis by king Minddn.

SHVV]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I4f

The collection from the bazaar stalls depended upon the goods offered
for sale. Each trade-cart had to pay eight annas.

The revenue realized from thathameda amounted during the time of the
Burmese Government to about Rs. 2,10,000. The amount of the minor
revenue and miscelJancons taxes cannot be so exactly ascertained, but the
following are approximate figures:—

Irrig.'ition tax

Royal lands (Tantabin) ...

Royal lands (Shwebo)

F"airs

Fisheries and ferries

Total

Rs.

5,000
4,u(>o
2,000
1, 000
4,<x)o

16,000

For purposes of administration, the Shwebo district is now divided into
three subdivisions and ten townships. The northern

Since the Annex- or Tantabin subdivision includes the three townships
^'^'*'"' of Myedu. Male, Indaing. The southern or Shwebo sub-

division includes the Shwebo, Kyaukywa, and Shcinmaga townships ; the
western or Ye-u subdivision, thcjYe-u, Taze, Shwegyin and Mayagan town-
ships; the whole containing one thousand two hundred and eighty villages.

The revenue of the district from all heads amounted for 1896-97 to
Rs. 6,36,153 and the cost of administration to fifteen lakhs. There are
fifteen Courts of Justice, the presiding offices being entrusted with revenue
as well as judicial duties.

The Civil Police consists of five hundred and three officers and men
nearly all Burmans, under a European District Superintendent and two
Assistant Superintendents. These are distributed throughout the district
at selected places. Besides this force there are four hundred and forty-one
Military Police, natives of India under British officers, who are distributed
over six posts at headquarters and in the interior of the district.

The unit of administration is the thugyl or headman of each village or
group of villages, who holds executive, revenue, criminal and police powers
of a limited class.

It appears certain that the population during King Mindon's reign must
have been a great deal larger than it is now. During the
Population. latter part of King Thibaw's reign there was a very

large exodus to Lower Burma owing to disturbances
with the Shansi the prevalence of dacoities, and the demands for military
expenses. There was a further emigration after the Occupation, and this
only ceased with the cessation of dacoities. Men from almost every village
of Shwebo may still be found in Lower Burma. With the completion of the
irrigation works and some more favourable seasons a fair percentage of the
emigrants have already returned, and others will follow as progress con-
tinues.

The chief communications are the Irrawaddy river, navigable by large

steamers the whole year round, and the Mu river, up

Communications, which only native craft can ply during the rainy season

and which falls to a fordable level along nearly its whole

course ia tbe dry weather.

142

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

Besides the waterways there is the Mu Valley Railway, running through
the heart of the district, linking Myitkyina, the northern most district of
the province, with Mandalay, and roads maiiitairK^d liy the State between
the principal towns and villages of the district, the main communications
running in conjunction with those of adjacent districts.

A metalled road runs from Kyaukmyaung on the Irrawaddy to Shwebo,
a distance of sixteen miles miles, and this is continued without metal twenty-
four miles westward to Ye-u : here the system is carried into communi-
cation with each township headquarters, and there is a junction with a road
to M6nywa, the headquarters of the Lower Chindin district.

Northwards from Shwebo and running parallel to the railway for some
thirty miles is the broad bund of the Mu canal, which is used for traffic.
Ye-u is itself connected with the railway at Kinu by a metalled road
fourteen miles long, Mal6 on the Irrawaddy is connected with the rail-
way at Zig6n by a metalled road of twenty-seven miles, Sheinmaga being
similarly connected with the Paukkan station.

In the dry season the railway is easily approached from all directions
and communications are generally good.

Seven ty-fivc/^r cent, of the population are cultivators, but owing to scanty

rainfall many have frequently to supplement their liveli-

Industries. hood by other !abour. In years of bad rainfall large

numbers migrate to Lower Burma for the harvest season.

The ordinary staples of produce are rice, cotton, peas, gram, millet, oil-
seed, tobacco and beans.

The following are the average prices of stock and produce :—

Plough bullocks ,.,
Buflaloes ...

Ponies
Slaughter cattle ...

Rate per 100 baskets.

Rs.
65
.30

Rs.

Kice «.. *.« ... ... ik. 3^5

Cotton ... ... ... ... ... 65

Peas ... ... ... ... ». 300

Gram ... ... ... ... ... 206

Millet ... ... ... ... ... 300

Oil-seed .,, .„ ... ... 420

Tobacco, per 100 viss ... „, ... ... 40

Beans, per loo baskets ... ... ... ... 130

The trading classes are confined mostly to Shwebo town and to the
riverine stations. The principal industry in the southern part of the dis-
trict is the extraction of salt.

Mats, baskets, combs, and cart-wheels are manufactured to a consider-
able extent. The manufacture of glazed jars is very local and is confined
almost entirely to the river bank, in the villages of Nwe-nyein, Shwegun,
and Shwedaik, near Kyaukmyaung. The only peculiarity in the manufac-
ture is the method of glazing. This is done with a substance called'
kyaw, which is the residue left after the silver has been extracted from
the ore. It is brought for sale from the Shan States, formerly from the
Bawdwingyi mines in Tawng Peng Loi Long, latterly from Maw Son.

SHW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

143

A good deal of silk cloth is woven in some of the villages, but the silk is
all purchased outside the district. There are no silk-worm breeders.

Coal of very good quality has been found on the banks of the Irrawad-

. dy near Kabvvet, and there arc several outcrops in stream

beds. The area is being worked by a company, but the

best quality of coal probably still remains tu be extracted. Good limestone

is found in the southern subdivision.

History (aj before The history of this district begins with the history
the Annexation. of Alaung-paya, the founder of the last Burmese dynasty.

At the time when the Talaings were at the height of their power and
when all Upper Burma was in their hands, a man, Aung-zeya, raised the
standard of rebellion and murdered the Talaings who came to administer
the oath of allegiance. Three hundred men were sent to quell this revolt
and punish its leader. Aung-zeya placed his men in ambush near Halin-gyi
and when the Talaings came up they were atlackcd suddenly and a great
many killed. This success of Aung-zeya brought liim many recruits and
before long he was able to openly take the iield against the Talaings.
What then happened is the history of the foundation of the Alaung-paya
dynasty and the subjugation of the Talaings,

Shwebo has, therefore, ever since been a favoured district with Burnnans.
And though capitals were founded in more convenient places for the ad-
ministration of the country by the descendants of Alaung-paya, yet Shwebo
was always held in high honour by the kings of Burma and was known by
five separate names.

(t) Yatana-theinga, the place of the Ten Precious Thiags.

(3) K6n-baung, derived from a ridge of hills running north and
south for miles and now called Mwe-yolan.

(3) M6tsobo-lan, in commemoration of the birth there of Alaung-

paya.

(4) Yan-gyi-aung, in memory of the repulse and eventual subju-

gation of the Talaings.

(5) Shwebo, a title probably adopted in order to suppress the word

motso or hunter, an o<'cupation repugnant to Buddhism.

A song peculiar to Shwebo and called Kun-baung-bwe is still suncr in
honour of the founder of Shwebo. It is sung to the accompaniment of
two large drums, more barbaric than musical.

The song begins thus : —

c^scooScaco-

This is simply a jingle of the five names of the town, which, as being the
birth-place of the founder of the dynasty, is safe from all hazards nf fortune
or of foes. Alompra is reported to have been born in Musobo village, the
site of which is where the Shwe-gycttho pagoda now stands, within the limits
of the present town of Shwebo. His birth-name was Aungzeya. Tradition
states that the last King of Burma, who was carried off by the Talaings
and beheaded at the Shwedagon pagoda, was called upon to interpret a
dream of the Talaing King, who saw in a vision a fish without any head,
but with a tail which shook very vigorously. The Burmese King said

144

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSHVV

that he himself was figured in the absent head and that the people of the
country represented by the tail would rise against their conquerors. He
added that he remembered an old prophecy which told that one of the
three Bos (Musobo, Nagabo, and Otbo) would send out flames. Local
memories do not point to Aiing-zeyaas having been a hunter, or even as
having been fond of sports. The name of his village existed long before
his birth and is not derived from the fact, true or false, that he was a
hunter. Alompra's grave is still to be seen near the Public Works
Department office. Some of his relations are said still to live in Mingdn
village, about half a mile outside the town of Sliwebo.

Alompra fortified Shwebo, dug a moat and built a wall, and made it his
capital. He is believed to have carried out the Maha-nanda irrigation
work.

After Alompra's death none of the Kings, his descendants, appears to
have taken much interest in Shwebo till Prince 1 harrawaddy rebelled
against Ba-gyidaw and seized the throne with the aid of men from the
Shwebo district. In return for the aid rendered, King Tharrawaddy
accepted the name of Kdnbaungwt'w.

The next appearance of the Shwebo people as king-makers was when
King Mind6n seized the throne. Shwebo then became once more the
favoured district.

The last attempt at king-making, during the rebellion of the Padein
Prince, failed signally.

When the British troops first marched into Shwebo the chief ofTicial in

the place, Bo Byin (the ruler of the East IVindau'), whom

(b) Since the an- ^^^ ^^^^ Burmese Government had appointed under the

nexntion. title of Kayaing IVun, joined the British flag with all

his subordinates. They rendered great service to the

British Government in putting down dacoities and, as a reward for the

loyalty he displayed. Government awarded a pension to Bo Byin and placed

two of his sons in Government service. His son, Maung Tun, has been

granted the title of " K. S. M."

For the first five years after the Annexation the district was in a more or
less disturbed state from organized dacoities, but since then it has enjoyed
complete tranquillity. Shwebo is a district which should prosper. The
country, when it is completely brought under irrigation, will be very fertile
and nearly the entire area is cultivable. The Mu Valley Railway runs
through the centre of the district from north to south and thus every
facility is offered for the export and import of produce. The rainfall seems
always to have been rather scanty : at any rate it has been latterly : but the
irrigation system now completed should ensure plenty.

The principal nats of the district are —

(i) Aung-swa Mingyi or Bodawgyi, who has eight
Spirit worship. lesser spirits under him, who all live in Shwebo town.
These are —

Ye U Saw, who haunts the neighbourhood of the Th6n pagoda.
Shwe-pyj Shin, found north of the Sudanu Byi pagoda.
Thawna Rayin, east of the Sudanu Byi pagoda ;
Myinbyu Shin, north of the Shwe-taza pagoda.

SHW ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

»45

Sin Byu Shin, south of the Shwe-tiza pagoda.

Bo Mingyi, east of the Shwe Kyin-the pagoda.

Shin Than-sin, west of the Shwe Kyin-the pagoda.

Shin-byu-dwa, north of the S6ng6n quarter.
It is the custom for all who are about to become Shin (to enter a
monastery), and all who are going to be married, to go to the temple of
Bodawgyi with a band of music, on the day before the Shinpyu or the
marriage, for the purpose of conciliating this nat, Bodawgyi was also
[ifopitiated in times of war with great ceremony. His active power is
not believed to extend beyond the limits of the town and its suburbs.

(2) Indaw Ashingyi. This spirit lives in the village of Zidaw and has a
shrine built for him there. He is believed to have a spirit wife in the
village, and through her all offerings should be made. He is particularly
worshipped at times of sickness and also every year just before Lent.
The offerings arc sweetmeats, or a measure of rice and a four-anna bit.

(3) The most famous nat on the Ye-u side of the Mu is that worshipped
by the people of the Indaing township. This is the Salinmaw nat. (Salin
is the name of the King: mavi means spirit). In his lifetime this spirit,
who was of Shan lineage, was King of Mogaung and Mo-hnyin, in about 900
B.E. (the early part of the sixteenth century). An annual tax of four and
and a half tikals of gold had to be paid to him, when he was king, by the
Indaing townships which then was ruled hy a Sa:chwa subordinate to him.
It is rtlated that this Mogaung King came down to fight the Ka-le Sawbwa
who had neglected to pay the annual tax, but was defeated by the Sawbwa
and killed on the summit of a hill called Amyauk faung, where the king
had stationed his cannon. This hill is in the Upper Chindwin district
and is now the abode of the king, in the person of the Salinmaw nat.
The people of all the villages in the Indaing township build a nat-sin, or
spirit shrine, to this spirit twice a year, once at the beginning and again at
the end of the rains, and on this shrine each householder has to place a
cooked fowl and some rice as an offering. There is a tradition in the
township that a terrible sound, like the firing of heavy guns, is beard
whenever a king dies or is dethroned in the capital. It is related that
when the Myingun Prince was about to rebel against his father in 1866,
this sound was heard, and again came from the hill on the morning of the
day when Mind6n Mi'i: died, and finally was heard on the day that the
British troops entered Mandalay.

These are the three most important nats^ but man}' villages have locally
celebrated spirits of their own.

The chief food of the Shvvebo villagers \s pegyi and hkaingye, beans, and
tamarind boiled in water. Hence the taunt ol Lower Bur-
Social customs. ^^ against Upper Burma A nya-tha pe-gyi-sa, pet letmynw
is particularly applicable to the people of this district, if indeed it was not
the number of immigrants from Shwcbo which prompted it. More money
and a larger production of rice due to improved irrigation now admit of a
more generous indulgence in superior kinds of food.

There is a customary law as to mortgages which seems worth noting. No in-
terest is charged on the money loaned. The mortgagor or his descendants to
the tenth generation may redeem at any time he can. There is no foreclosing,

«9

146

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

or fixed time beyond which the mortgagor may not redeem. The advantage
to the mortgagee is that he enters into possession of the land and if the mort-
gagor own many plough cattle the mortgagee may use these to work the
land, taking to himself three-quarlers of the crop and giving the remainder to
the mortgagor. There is thus a sort of resemblance to the form of pledge
known to English law as a Welsh mortgage.

The Korfbaung-bwe has been already alluded to. There are two drum-
mers each with a large bungyi slung round his neck. These are beaten
lightly to the time of the man who sings the words and clashes a pair of
cymbals at the same time. Two young girls at the same time dance a mea-
sure. Tune, mdhsic and dance are peculiar to Shwebo and to Alompra's
national air. The song recounts the feats of Alompra and also tells of the
Mahananda lake with its lotos, flowers, and feathered game.

SHVVE-BO, — A subdivision and township of the district of the same name,
is bounded on the north by the Tantabin subdivision, on the east by the
river Irrawaddy, separating it from Mandalay district, on the south by Sagaing
district, and on the west by Lower Chindvvin district and the Mayagan and
Ye-u townships of Shwebo district, from which it is separated by the Mu
river. It includes the townships of Shwebo, Chauk-ywa, and Sheininaga,
with headquarters at Shwebo, Kinu, and Sheinmaga respectively.

SHWE-BO. — A circle in the township, subdivision, and district of the same
name.

It comprises Shwebo town, the headquarters of the district subdivi-
sion, and township. It has an area of 59,910 acres and had in 1891 a popu-
lation of seveteen thousand nine hundred and fifty-two persons.

The Paungdaw-u pagoda, situated on the north-cast corner of the city
wall, is of great reputation. There is also a wooden monument, standing
over the grave of King Alompra, which is situated in a most conspicuous
place between the Court-house and the Public Works Department Office.

Dr. Richardson describes Shwebo in 1831 as "a walled city of two miles
" square : the walls principally of bricks, partly of a kind of slate, are still in
" pretty good repair, though the city was at one time, since Alompra, en-
"tirely abandoned, and has only of late years been reoccupied. It is said
" to contain one thousand houses, which I should think rather under than
"over the true estimate, though there are extensive paddy-fields (amongst
" which many of the descendants of Alompra are living by their labour) to
"the northward and westward, between the inner brick walls and the
"outer wall, or earthen mound, round which is the ditch. To the southward
" there is no earthen wall and the ditch is close to the brick walls. The inner
" small post, or rather palace enclosure (for it is without flanking defences
" of any sort, as indeed is the large one to any extent), is entirely with-
" out inhabitants, the old palace nearly all down, and over-grown with long
" grass and creepers. It must have always been confined, as the Lh^vottau
"{fflut-daw) and platform for the gong for striking the hours are divided from
" it, within the same enclosure, by a brick wall. The large pagoda called
"Shwetaza or Nae-wadi See Thoo Koung-Mhoodau {Naya-wadi-sithu
" Kaujighmu-d a"ii<) is of considerable size, but no gilding is now visible on it.

izh. 30m, start and at 1 h. 25m. pass out of the Kathee gate of the outer
" wall ; the ditch, which oa the south side is empty, and might be crossed

SHW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. 1 47

" without notice, is here in tolerable repair, and between the gateways
" to the right full of water. I was told that the ditch could at any time be
" filled from the Kan-daw-gyee, or great royal lake, which lies about two
" or three miles to the north-east."

SHWE-BO. — ^The headquarters township of the Shwebo district, with an
approximate area of four hundred and fifty square miles and extending from
the Irrawaddy on the east to the Mu river on the west.

The boundaries are as follows : On the north from Mayagan village
in a straight line to Leppanhia village, thence south along the Mu canal
bund to the village of Bidankaung ; thence in a straight line to the east to
the village of Maw on the Irrawaddy river ; from Wunzi village in a straight
line to the east of the village of Yegamo on the Irrawaddy river.

The township consists of five circles: Shwebo, Kyaukmyaung, Halin,
Thal6n, and Kawywa.

The following statement shows the revenue and the population of each
circle in 1891 : —

148

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ISHW

■uo!)8indoj

C« '^ O) ro «
,S JO m CO 00 CO
^ ot 00 M t^
* tC ^ c? « ^

■

p; 00 r>

** S : "^ so

jn ^ ? * 8

05 CO m «•

gj
■« : :

<* !? S. 2

•

p;
<e ■« :

« 8, ^ 2 -2

eg; CO CJ «

c«

a.* ® 00
OS

c«

Water-tax.

al « 00
r^ n 00 <^

c2 = " % 2-»

»4

C/)

e; «o
-< - "o : «»

Oi n ih c7 Jo

•1

^00 «0 00

« ^ a » S CO

Ot ot 10 to c^

. bo " '

;i .

(o td s<: H :<i

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

149

SHWE-BO. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, south of Hio-tha-gon village.

It has thirty-two houses, and a population of one hundred and twenty-
five persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897.' The villagers
are coolies and cultivators.

SHWE-BON-THA. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of two hundred and thirty-one persons,
according the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 510, included in that of
Saban.

SMWE-BON-THA.— A village of eighty-three houses in the Kyaukyit
township, Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, five miles from Kyaukyit.

It was under a Thwe-thauk-gyi in King Thibaw's reign. Its products arc
many kinds of peas.

SHWE-BON-THA.— A village of thirty-one houses on the left bank of
the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own no buffaloes and live for the most part by fishing. A
little tobacco and some vegetables are grown,

SHWE-DA. — A village in the Kun-ywa circle, Pakdkku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of eighty-eight persons, according
to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 321 for 1897-98.

SHWE-DA. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwcbo
district, ten miles from Ye-u town.

The population numbered only sixteen persons, and the area under
cultivation is 5'36 acres. The chief crop is paddy Rs. 40 thathameda reve-
nue was paid in 1890. The village is in the K6n6n thugyiship.

SHWE-DA-GAN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u.

There are fifty inhabitants engaged in paddy cultivation. The thathameda
revenue for 1896-97 amounted Rs. 120.

SHWE-DAUNG, — A village on the royal road to Myingyan, in the North
em subdivision of Meiktila district, about four miles north of Payabyu,
which in Burmese times was an outpost built to protect the road.

There was then at Shwedaung a Myinsi under the Taungbo Myin-
gauftff. His family opposed the British forces at the Annexation, but he
was taken after some resistance and sentenced to a term of imprisonment.

The population numbers about two hundred and fifty persons, who live
entirely by cultivation. There are a few pagodas built by private bene-
factors.

SHWE-DAUNG. — A village of one hundred and eighty-six houses in the
Myotha township of Sagaing district, five miles south-east of Myotha.

Its name is said to be taken from a small hill, crowned with a pagoda,
where was once found a lump of gold, about the size of a hen's egg.

Shwedaung was the home of the dacoit leaders Maung Thin and Maung
Shwe Yan, who were captured and hanged in the village. Nga Lin of
Kyazwfe and Shan Gyi of Taung-talon used also to infest the neighbouring

ISO

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

hills with their bands until their capture. The dacoit leader Bo Po T6k
burnt the village in l8Sg. He and his followers were chased with cavalry
from Myolha but managed to escape. He was subsequenly killed by one
of his own gang whilst hiding in a hut in the toddy jungles near Ta-gyaung
village.

SHWE-DAUNG-GYUN.— A village in the Sithi circle, Yezagyo town-
ship, Pakokku subdivision and district with a population of one hundred
and eighty-three persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue
of Rs. 360.

SHWE-DON. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, with an area of attached lands of one square mile.

The population in i8gi numbered ninety-five persons, and there were
fifty acres of cultivation. The principal products were paddy and jaggery,
Shwed6n is sixteen miles from Ye-u and paid Rs. 390 tkathameda revenue
for 1896-97. The village is in the Shwegu ///«^/ship.

SHWE-DWIN. — A revenue circle in the Uyu township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including twenty-six villages.

SHWE-GA. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan circle, subdivision, and
district.

In 1895-96. the population was five hundred and forty persons and the
tkathameda amounted to Rs. 686. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

SHWE-GE.— A village in the Ngfe-do revenue circle, .\marapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west of head-
quarters.

It had a population of nine hundred and forty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 1,215 thathameda-taji. The village is locally reputed
for its silk.

SHWE-GE-BYAN. — A village of sixty houses in the Sagaing subdivision
and district.

In Burmese times it was under the jurisdiction of the thugyi of Aing-
daung.

SHWE-G6N-DAING.— A village in the Nga Singu township, Madaya
subdivision of Mandalay district, south of TSngyi.

It has one hundred and sixty houses and a population of six hundred
and fifty person.";, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The vil-
lagers are fishermen and cultivators.

SHWE-GU. — A subdivision and township of Bhamo district, is hounded
on the north by the southern boundary of Myitkyina district, from the
junction of the Kaukkwe and Nam Ko streams to the watershed betweea
the Mosit stream and the Irrawaddy ; on the east by that watershed to a
point on the Irrawaddy opposite the mouth of the Sinkan stream; thence
the boundary runs along the left bank of the Irrawaddy as far as the mouth
of the Sup5k stream above Kaungl6n and along that stream to the boundary
of the State of Mong Mit. On the south and west the subdivision marches
with the Mdng Mit State and Katha district

SHW] THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. 151

Shwegu is the headquarters of the subdivision, which is divided into two
MyotAugyish\fs, the Shwegu MyoiAugyishlp, comprising the portion south
of the Irrawaddy, and the Mo-hnyin MyoiAugyiship, the country to the
north. The Kaungt6n township has, since the 1st April 1897, ^^^i^ added
to the subdivision.

The Shwegu area is more richly cultivated than the Mo-hnyin side. The
villages on that side are almost all situated on the river and depend mostly
on their fisheries, but as the fear of Kachin raids has now ceased new ones
are springing up in the interior and lands which had hitherto been left
fallow are now producing large quantities of paddy. The following are
the most important villages in the subdivision: —

<52

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

B
O

s
u
u

O'Sc

(U in

3
M

o
. c

^.^

is E

^jOOOOOOOOOOCOOOO

> • - .— . - • - .5 .a .5 .5 .5 .5 .*' .5 *' *^ .5
•co'O'O'O'0'0'0'5'5'5'5'5'5'5'5

q o

CO
CO

■*

§o oop-«o>o>o-i"OOOi-imo>»^-+c^>'>SQo
O OOOOCO'^O'/IOOOOOvOt^ 0\<0 •«»oo o>vo ■* c oo
•- 00 c^^i. " coioiorot^cow •-' coe« tn t^^ •♦ «>. lo lo «»
►J lO^o" lovo cR^ •«? cTo' c<"«r cooo rf CO •*vo' r> CO

11 •-■ m t* "

"a S
o ^S

oo«oooiooooogioooioiogo>ooo

>0 Oi C7^ O VO lOOO « f« — O>00 0> C~ O 0> 5 -t-CO « O

-OS

0«r<. O M IO"*0>CO OiOO Oic^OOO cOO "-OOOO o»>o
TCI coco»o«o«o«ocopi c» w coiocococo'^-M coo

■5

5 2^ o-^ 3

•5 bo

rt<o 3
^U3 bo
c iL 6

,— c

bo
_ bo .£

rt C 3 C 2 0.5 ™;- B g

bo^ ca <f5 c «■—•« rt ?

bo g B

° 4)<>rf:^ rt.

154

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

ISHW

According to the prelimiuary census returns of 1891, the population of
the Shwegu subdivision was twelve thousand seven hundred and fifty-six
persons. Later additions to the administrative area and a marked increase
in the population of late years probably make this now a considerable under-
statement.

SHWE-GU. — A township of Bhamo district \v. Shwegu subdivision].

SHWE-GU. — The headquarters of the subdivision and township of the
same name of Bhamo district.

It is rather a series of adjoining but distinct villages than one large village.
The congeries of hamlets which compose it — Shwegu Myomay SaingSu,
Ming6n, and Myog6n — lies on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river. In a
line with these villages, but separated by a gap of about a quarter of a mile
and more clearly divided off, are Maulamyaing, Ywa-thit, Aukkyin, Zcdigfln,
Papugan, and Konhkan.

Shwegu is a forest revenue station and the headquarters of a Forest
Officer. It is noted for the excellence of its pottery.

The station stands on high ground and is healthy, and at the river's edge
there is generally a cool breeze at night. Shwegu is said to take its name
from the Shwekugyi pagoda.

The Myothugyiship was formerly known as the ',Twenty-six villages of
Balct [Balet-hnits^-chauk-ywii) and was a part of Mo-
History.^The hiaing, tributary to Chc-nhAn. The heir apparent of the
ees'of^Balet ' ^ ChenhAn Sawbzva established the Kingdom of Momeik,
and his younger brother, who hated and feared him, fled
from the court to establish a kingdom of his own. On his way he passed
through Shwegu to Mosit, now one of the largest villages in the Mo-hnyin
Myothugyiship. Here he made rcsisiance to the advance of his father, who
had followed him with the intention of effecting a reconcilation. Hence
the name Mosit {i.e. Mong Set) " the city of resistance." The prince, how-
ever, was not able to keep up his resistance and continued his retreat to
the north-west, where he eventually founded the Shan Kingdom of Mo-hnyin,
now in Katha district, but which lormerly included the territory in the Mo-
hnyin Myothugyiship of Shwegu.

Uf Mohnyin, the local etymologists give varying interpretations. One
^ . . party style it Mong Yang, " the city of rest," the other

Mo-hnyin. j^j ^^^^ yan, " the city of the paddy-bird." The first main-

tain that the name indicates the satisfaction of the prince and his following
in at last finding a settled home; the others declare that a paddy-bird was
seen to settle on the spot and this being considered a good omen, led to the
foundation of the city.

The old Saichwa Chenh6n sent men after his son in vain, but while waiting
for their return, he happened one nis^ht to look towards
the island of Kyundaw, just above Shwegu, and saw a

The island of

pagodas.

mysterious light upon it. He vowed that if he saw this

three nights running, he would build a pagoda. He did see the light on
three successive nights and accordingly commemorated the event and fulfill-
ed his vow by founding the Shwebaw-gyun pagoda on the island. After
this he returned to Chenh('\ii. Ever since, the island has been a popular
place of pilgrimage for people from the Northern Shan States and it is now
entirely covered with pagodas, packed as closely together as possible, in the

aHw]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

'55

Shan fashion. They display little variety, but have given occasion for the
settlement on the island of a village of masons. The ciislomary contract
rate for the building of pagodas hns been fixed by them at ris. 75 per four
square cubits at the base. There is however, one pagnda which is distinctly
singular. It represents the death-box of the Buddha Gautama. He lies at
full length, much like a buried crusader, and the bier is surrounded by v?eep-
ing women, wearing curiously shaped coifs and with sashes draped across
their shoulders after the fashion of salwe. The name of the architect has
not been preserved. The main pagoda is a.bout sixty feet high, enclosed
on two sides by a richly carved zayat of teak with an elaborately carved
roof and a cornice of small niches, containirg seated marble Buddhas. Two
bro-id paved ways, one known as the Shwegu and the other as the Bhamn
entrance, approach the pagoda, which is three-quarters of a miles distant
from the river. Numerous sayats duster round the central shrine, piled to
the ceiling with Bliuddhislic figures in metal, wood, and while marble, offered
by the worshippers who throng this hofy place sanctified by the footprint
of Gautama. Three milts above the island ij the entrance to the second or
middle defile of the Irrawaddy.

SHVVE-GU. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
ShM'ebo district, with an area of two square miles of attached lands.

There were fifty-six inhabitants, according to the preliminary census of
1891, and a cultivated area of eleven acres. The thathamedn revenue for
1896-97 amounted to Ks. 220. The village is fourteen mihs from head-
quarters.

There are two notable pagodas, the Shwegu and th"^ Ayadaw. The
Shwegu pagoda was built upon a cave by King Naniani Sitliu,on his arrival
on board his royal barge at Shwegu village. It was afterwards enlarged by
the villagers. Ihe annual feast occurs on the full moon oi rjiadin-gyui
(October). The Ayadaw pagoda was founded by the same monarch on the
spot where the roval female elephant knelt down. This pagoda was also
enlarged by the people. The annual feast takes place on the full moon of
Tasaungmun (November).

SHWE-GU. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with three square miles of attached land.

Thf> population in 1891 numbered ninety-six persons, and there were
Ihirlyeight acres of cultivation. Paddy and jaggery are the chief produce.
The village is eleven miles from Ye-u and paid Rs. 102 thathamedn revenue
for 1896-97. It is under the Ywama thugyi.

SHVVE-GU-GA-LE.— A village of fifty-six houses on the left bank of the
Irrawaddy river in the Shwegu subdivision of l^hamo district.

The villagers own ninety-three buffaloes and nine bullocks. MayinvinA
kankkyi are cropped and there is a little taungya cultivation.

SIIWE-GUN-DOK. — .\ revenue circle and village in the Amarapura
to.vnship and subdivision of Mandaiay district.

It had a population of one thousand six hundred and thirty persons, aud
paid Rs. 1.340 t/iat/iamci/a-tax in 1891,

SHWE-GY.\UNG. — A. circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdi-
vision of Mandaiay district, including two villages.

»56

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

Shwe-gyaung is situated four miles south-east of Pylnlha and liad a
population of two hundred and twenty persons, at the census of 1891. The
tkathamcda paid by the circle for i8g5 amounted to Rs 520. The people
are y/i-cultivators and pack-bullock owners.

SHVyE-GYAUNG.— A village in the Kywe-di: circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with apopulation of three hundred and sixty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The revenue is included in that of Kywe-d£.

SHWE-GYAUNG. — A village in the Nyaung-zauk circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakukku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred
and thirty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs 6x0 for 1897-98.

SHWE-GYAUNG. — A village in thc|Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, one mile west of the ShwetacAff»/w^.

It has ninety houses and the population numbered in 1897 three hundred
and fifty person approximately. 1 he villagers are cultivators.

SHWE-GYET-YET. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district including six villages.

The land revenue amounted to Rs. 208 for i8gi.

SHWE-GYIN. — A township of the Ye-u subdivision of Shwebo district,
is bounded on the north by the Ta-ze township, on the east by the Ye-u
township, on the south hy the Mayagan township, all of that district^ and
on the west by Upper Chindwin district.

It has its headquarters at Tamadaw. There are one hundred and thirty-
four villages and the population numbers thirteen thousand eight hundred
and forty-five persons.

SHWE-HLE. — A village in the Ywa-she circle, Nga-Singu township,
Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, north of Chaungwa.

The village has forty-seven houses and a population of two hundred and
thirty-five persons, on an approximate cultivation made in 1897. '"^^
villagers are cultivators and fishermen.

SHWE-IN, — A village on the east bank of the Irrawaddy river in Myit-
kyina district, containing twenty-one households of which three are Kachin.

The villagers work taungya and tobacco, and fishermen have rect-ntly
been coming up from Bhamo in the cold weatlier to gel riga-lhaiug. The
village has never kept any cattle, owing to the floods. It was founded
eight years ago by Falwewa, a Lahtavvng Sawbwa. Two of the Kachin
households are Lahtawng and one is Maran.

SHWE-KA-DAW. — A village in the Ta-ze township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with apopulation in 1891 of four hundred and twenty-six
persons.

The principal product is paddy. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 1,1 10. There is a large pagoda of the same name as the
village, which is fifteen miles from Ye-u.

SHWE-KOiN-DAING.— A village intheTilin township, Pauk subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with apopulation of ninety-seven persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 170,

SHW1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

'57

SHWE-KU-ANAUK.— A village in the Pakokku circle, township, and
subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of six hundred and forty-
five persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathamedn amounted to Rs. 720 for 1897-98.

SHWE-EvU A-SHE. — A village in the Pak6kku circle, township, and sub-
division of Pak6kku district, with a population of five hundred and seventy-
persons, according to the census of iSyi, aud a revenue of Rs. 780, includ-
ed in that of Shwe-ku-anauk.

SHWE-KYI-NA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 6, Bhamo district, situ-
ated in 24° 18' north latitude and 97° 16' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained eighty-one houses: its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are Shan-
Burmese, Shan, and Burmese.

SHWE-KYU. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, eight miles from Ye-u town.

There are ninety-fivc inhabitants, and eighteen acres under cultivation,
chiefly of p.iddy. The thathamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 370.

SHWE-LAN. — A village in the Myezun circle, Ycza-gyo township, PakOk-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of six hundred and six persons,
according to the census of i8yi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,470 for 1897-98.

SHWE-LAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-seven persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 280.

SHVVE-I.E. — A village in the Sagaing township and district, on the Mu
river.

It has two hundred and seventeen bouses.

SHWE-LE-GYIN. — A village in the Shwe-le-gyin circle, Laung-she town-
ship, Yaw-dvvin subdivision of PakAkku district, with a population of seventy-
three persons and a revenue of Rs. 140 in 1S97,

SHWE-Ll. — A circle in Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and dis-
trict, including Sadwin village.

It is said that gold-sellers lived here once and the place «as hence known
as Shwtthf-, which has since been changed into Skweli. In Sadwin village
there was a large salt tract, whence the name was derived.

The thugyi lives at Shweli village, which has eighty-eight houses. The
inhabitants are mostly Shans. There are kaukkyi fields, and the people
occasionally cultivate taungya also.

SHVVE-LI. — The Shwoli river, called Lung Kiangor Lung-ch'wan Kiang
by the Chinese and Nam Yang by the Shans until it reaches the Chtifang
plain where it takes the name of Nam Mao rises in China, fifty or sixty miles
to the north or north-east of T^ng-Yiieh (Momein) and flows in a south-
westerly direction past Mong Mao and Nam Hkam and finally reaches the
Irrawaddy between Katha and Tigyaing, at Inya, twenty miles south of
Katha Below Hsup Hkam, near Nam Hkam, were it enters the Kachin

158

THE rPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

rsHw

country, it is a rapid stream about one hundred yards wide, flowing through
hills. It is navigable for dugouts between Man Ping in Ch^fang territory
and Hsup Hkam below Nam Hkam, hut below the Hsup Hkam ferry it be-
comes narrow and numerous rapids prevent navigation.

The following are the principal ferries on that part of the Shweli which
passes through the Kachin country : —

Nawng Kham.

Hsup Hkam.

Ta Kye (Hsai L6ng).

Aoka.

Tali.

Pang Hka.

Hpyi Paw.

Man Sak or Loi Song.

Nawng Hkam is the main ferry on the Bhamo-Nam Hkam road. The

P . river is two hundred yards wide in January, running in

a channel three hundred yards broad. Animals are swum

across. Men and baggage are crossed by five dugouts, each holding ten to

fifteen men. There are camping-grounds on either bank. The ferry is

about two miles from Nam Hkam.

At Hsup Hkam the ferry is not used by caravans ; the river can be
crossed here, but not so easily as at Nawng Hkam, as the current is more
rapid. Both ferries are in British territory.

Ta Kye near Hsai L6ng, is the main ferry between Mong Wi and Bhamo.
There is said to be one boat there regularly.

Aoka is on the road from Sheolan to Hsao Lam in Mong Mit. Th^re
is no boat; a raft has to be made. The crossing is difficult in the rains.
Aoka is a Palaung village of twelve houses on the right bank, one-and-half
miles off the river.

Tali is a Palaung village of ten houses, one-and a-half or two miles off the
river on its right bank. There is a raft, but the crossing is dilTicult in the
rains.

Pang Hka is a Palaung village of twenty houses, two-and-a-quarter
miles from the right bank of the river. The ferry is on the main road from
Bhamo to Tawng Peng. The river is one hundred yards wide with a rocky
and sandv bottom, and is eight feet deep in March, the deepest part being near
the right bank. It here runs in a valley a mile wide, the liills coming close
down to the water on the right bank and lying a mile away from the left.
There is room to camp on either bank. The ferry is served by one boat,
which will hold ten men besides the boatmen. Animals are swum across.
The current is fairly strong, and in the rains it might be diflRcult to swim
them across. The boatmen live in a small village three hundred yards from
the left bank.

Hpyi Paw is a Kachin village, two miles off the left bank of the river
below Pang Hka, There is a raft here, but no boat.

Man Sak is a Palaung village on the right bank. The river can be
crossed by making a raft. This ferry is on the T6n Hiing-MOng Hkak
road.

Near the deserted village of Nan Twe the river can be crossed by making
a raft.

The Shweli enters the ChSfang plain through a narrow valley in the hills
which divide Chcfang from Mong Yang, the State which gives its name

8HW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

^^59

to the upper course of the river. A defile three or four miles long separ-
ates the Ch/^fang from the M6ng Mao plain, which is entered at Mong
Ka. Eight or ten miles below this and east of Mfing Mao the Shweli splits
up into two channels and runs thus through the Meng Mao, Nam Hkam,
and Sfe Lan districts. The two channels reunite at Hke Hkam, just above
Nam Hkam. The definition of the boundary between British and Chinese
territory in this loop is not yet completed. Of the two branches, the
northern was formerly the main river and has the broader bed, but latterly
it has been steadily drying up and the southern channel grows correspond-
ingly. Opposite S6 Lan the southern branch is one hundred and Fifty yards
wide and quite unfordable, while the water in the northern arm is thirty or
forty yards wide and one foot deep in January, though the channel is very
wide.

The Shweli Is not fordable in any part of its course that is known. On
the road from T^ng-Yiich (Momein) to Ta-li, it is s.panned by an iron sus-
pension bridge of one span, fifty yards across, supported by eleven chains
below and two above. The mountains on each side of the river here end in
very gentle slopes.

The Ming Mao-Nam Hkam plain is about thirty miles long, narrowing
towards each end and with a maximum breadth of twelve miles. It is
thickly populated, but half of the total area is still uncultivated. Its altitude
is about two thousand four hundred feet above the sea and during the rains
the greater part of the plain is frequently under water. Boats are there-
fore very numerous, but they are not ordinarily used for any other purpose
than for ferrying. The river winds so much that it is quicker to go by land,
even down stream. There are teak forests along the Shweli in its lower
course through the Irrawaddy plain. Population, however, is very thin and
the river is hardly usfd, though it is quite navigable. The total length of
the Shweli is about two hundred and sixty miles.

SHWE-LIN-ZWE. — A village in the Shwelinzwfc circle, Myaing township
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
seventy-nine persons^ according lo the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. J, 166 for 1897-98,

SHWE-LUN.— A village in the Ng&-do revenue circle, Amarapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west of
headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and five persons at the census of
1891 and paid Rs. 360 t hath anted a-i2.\.

SHWE-M6K-TAW. — A pagoda in Mahlaing town, headquarters of the
Northern subdivision of Meiktila district.

It is one hundred and twenty cubits in circumference and thirty in
height. Tradition ascribes its erection to Thiri-dhamma Thawka Alin,
in the third century of the Burmese era (about the eleventh century of our
era). The pagoda was enlarged several times, until it has reached its
present proportions. It is said that the original was one of the eighty-four
thousand pagodas built during a total eclipse of the moon. At the same
time eighty-four thousand wells and eighty-four thousand tanks were dug
in different parts of the country to minimize the calamities threatened by

i6o

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SHW

the portcat. Tlie annual festival of the Shwe M6ktaw was pretermitted
for some years after the Annexation, but is now revived and largely attend-
ed. It falls on the full moon of Thadingyut (October).

SHVVE-MYAUNG.— A village of fourteen houses north of the Tapin
chaung, in the Bhamo subdivision and district.

It was formed in iSgL by settlers from Myothit village.

SHWE-MYO. — A village in the Kyidaunggan township, Pyinmana sub-
division of Yam^thln district.

In II20 BE. (1758) a man named Maung Twa obtained permission from
Alaung Mintayagyi to restore the old towns and villages which had been
deserted for years in this neighbourhood. There was an old city with walls
fifty tas square to the west of the present Shwemyo, and Maung Twa
settled here first and called the place Si-gyi-swe-»/^o, because there were
hives of bees hung on the city walls. The country was, however, very dry
and the people soon moved, owing to the de.'cient rainfall, to the present
Shwemyo, which was settled in 1778 and has been kept up ever since.

It had ninety-eight houses in 1982. The railway station village was
established in 1888. It had forty-seven houses in 1892. The people boiled
cutch and earned their livelihood as traders. There are a number of other
considerable villages in the neighbourhood, but no particulars are given of
them.

SHWE-NYAUNG-BIN. — A revenue 'circle in the MogAk township of
Ruby Mines district, with one hundred and thirty-three houses and a popu-
lation of nine hundred and twelve persons.

Shwenyaungbin, the chief village of the circle has a police-station. It
also possesses a Public Works Department bungalow.

SHWE-P.\N. — A village of nin^ty-two houses in the Kyaukyit township,
Myinniu subdivision of Sagaiug district. It lies seven miles from Kyaukyit
on the left bank of the Chindwin river. Its villagers are chiefly traders.

SHWE-PAN-GYIN or A-YNA-KADIN-— A village in the Saw circle,
Laung-she township, Yawdwin sul)division of Pakdkku district, with a popu-
lation-of one hundred and thirty-five persons, and a revenue of Rs. 2S0.

SIIWE-PAUK-PIN. — A revenue circle of one hundred and sixty-four
houses, nine miles west of Myinmu in the township of that name of Sagaing
district, on the Irrawaddy river. It was first named Paukpin and washings
for gold on the bank led to the alteration to Shwepaukpin.

SHWE-P.'MJK-PIN. — A village in the revenue circle of Ma-gyi-gaing,
Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles by
road from headquarters.

The population in 1897-9S numbered fifty-two persons, ^othathameda
was paid for 1896-97, owing to drought.

SHWE-PU (SHWE-PYE).— A Kachin village in Tract No. 15, Bhamo
district, situated in 24° 37' north latitude and 97° 12' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained nineteen houses, with a population of eighty persons.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lcpai tribe, and own sixteen buffaloes ; the water-supply is small.

8HW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

l6l

SHWE-PYI. — A village in the circle of the same name, Nga Slngu town-
ship, Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, east of Taung-in,

The village has thirty houses and its population numbered in 1897 one
hundred and fifty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

SHVVE-PYl. — A village in the Kanbyin-chauk-ywa revenue circle, Pa-
theingyi township, and Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of one hundred and seventy persons at the census of
i8gr. It is by road twenty-one miles north-east of Amarapura.

SHWE-PYI-NGA-YVV.\. — A revenue circle in the Pathcingyi township
and Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

The circle has six villages. It paid land revenue of Rs. 7,704 and thathO'
meda-ia.x of Rs. 2,090 for 1896-97. '

SHWE-PYI NYI-NAUNG.— i"^.? utider Madaya.

SHVVE-SI-SWB;. — A noted pagoda in the Wundwin township, Northern
subdivision of Meiktila district.

It stands about ten miles north of Pindalft town and is one hundred and
twenty cubits in circumference. Its name is said to be derived from a
large si, or drum, which Nawra-hta Minzaw hungup in 379 B.E. (1017
A.D.) bv the side of the repaired pagoda. A festival is held every year
on the full moon of Waso (about the beginning of July) and is largely at-
tended.

SHWE-TA-GYI.— .\ village in the Tazfe township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with a population in 1891, of three hundred and ninety-
five persons.

The princpial crop is paddy and the thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 7,491. There is a pagoda of the same name as the village.
The distance from Ye-u is twelve miles.

SHWE-TAN-DIT.— A village in the Kun-ywa circle, Pakfikku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of seven hundred and sixty-
eight persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue amounting
to Rs. 1,930.

SHVVETAUNG or SHE-DAUNG,— A Kachin village in Tract No. 2,
Bhamo district, situated in 23° 48' north latitude and 97° 4' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained eighteen houses, with a population of seventy per-
sons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Kara sub-tribe, and own twelve bullocks.

SHWE-THA-MIN CH AUNG.— The Burmese name of the Nam Yang
(7. t; ).

SHWE-YIN-HMYAW.— A pagoda in the Thazi township, Southern
subdivision of Meiktila district.

On the site of this pagoda Thiri-dhamma Thawka Min is said to have
erected a golden p.igoda, nearly a cubit high. Many years afterwards when
Nawra-hta Min was passing through the country, he encamped about a
thousand ta (two-and-a-half English miles) from the pagoda. When he
was about to move his camp his white elephant refused to be saddled. He
asked his ministers what this might portend and they told him that the

1.6:

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

t-SHW

white elephant wished to worship at the pagoda built by Thiri-dhamma
Thavvka Min. The King then ordered the white elephant to be let lo^se,
and followed it himself. About forty bamboos' length from the pagoda the
elephant entered a dense thorn jungle, which the King caused to be cut
down. When the pagoda was reached, a golden bee flew out and cauglit
the King's eye. He therefore called the pagoda Shwe Yinhmyaw from the
flight of the bee. The bee flew on till it reached In-An village and there
it rested. A pagoda was therefore buill at ln-6n and is known as the
Shwe Yin Saing.

The Shwe Yinhmyaw has since been much increased in size. It is
greatly reverenced and a huge festival is held every year in the month of
Tabaung (February), when people come from all parts of the country to
make offerings.

The following history of the pagoda is inscribed on a tablet in the para-
toaing:

When King Anauradwa-dewa made a progress though his dominions
in the year 379 B.E. 1017A.D., with thirty-six white elephants and five
nat horses and a retinue of 8,400,000 omats and chamberlains, he built a
pagoda of pure sambuyit gold in the Shwe Tha Min region ; this was dis-
covered by King Thiri-dhamma Thawka, who enshrined in it relics of the
Buddha and built a pagoda over an image or Buddha made of one lakh of
ticals' weight of pure gold. Shin Gaudama was represented sitting on a
throne undera^aa^^/ tree, with Tharipotara Mawkalan in attendance. King
Thiri-dhamma Thawka himself was shown holding an alms-bowl, and the
King of the Thagyas sounding a shell trumpet held in his left hand, whilst
the image of the Myamma King held in the right hand a golden umbrella.
The King also devoted Nga Pyiwa and Nga Nyogyi, with forty families
numbering two hundred souls, to the charge of the pagoda. In the reign of
Alaung Sithu four thousand labourers were set aside to the charge of the
pagoda, on the dedication of a piece of land bounded on the cast by Kyauk-
ko Pindava, on the south by the Shwe-ta-chaung Ya-naung country, on the
west by Okta-petka town, and on the north by Thagaya. That monarch
also dedicated a yearly revenue of a thousand rupees from paddy fields,
palm trees and sessamum gardens to defray the cost of repairing the sur-
rounding brick walls, and of purchasing the bricks and lime needed for the
improvement of the pagoda.

In the reign of Sinbyu-Ngasishin, in the year 704 B.E. (1342A.D.), that
King devoted the P')ndaung myozas, Nga Kyaukgyi, together with four
hundred souls, to the charge of the pagoda. In the year 959 B.E. 1597A.D.,
the reigning monarch left Nyaungyan and arrived at Thidawgan, where he
proposed the dedication of the unoccupied land called Yindawta sisa and
Kammata sisa to the use of the pagoda.

Accordingly, in the year 961, he dedicated the Kamma-m) Inta j/ja land,
measuring three hundred by four hundred tas, together with the Yin-daw-
ta Jijfl land, measuring five hundred by one thousand two hundred tas, to
its use.

SHWE-YIN-MA. — A village in the Taung-u circle, Ye-sa-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
forty-six persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 270.

SHWl

THE UPPER nURMA GAZETTEER.

163

SHVVE-ZA-YAN. — A circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision
of Mandalay d'strict, including two villages.

SHWE-ZA-YAN. — A village in the circle of the same name, Amara-
pura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, sevcnteen-and'a-half
miles south-cAst of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and ninety-five persons at the census
of iSgt, and paid Rs. 380 thathamedii-ia.x. It is noted for its mangoes.

SHWE-ZA-YE. — A village in the circle of the same name, Budalin town-
ship of Lower Chindwin district, with three hundred and sixty-six inhabit-
ants. It is situated on the left bank of the Chindwin river, in the south-
west of the township.

The village is noted for a species of smaK fish, which is only found in
the neighbouring reaches of the Chindwin. It is from an inch to an inch
and-a-half long and very thin, somewhat resembling white bait, and is known
in Upper Burma as the '' Shwezaye fish." It is caught in the waters of the
gorge of the Chiud\Ain in nets of white cloth, no ordinary net having meshes
small enough to take it, and is generally dried in the sun and fried before
being eaten.

The Shwezali pagoda in this village is said to have been built by order
of Asoka, King of Patna, about the year 300 B.D. (938 .\.D.)

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 570 from thathamsda.

SHWE-ZIiT-TAW. — A very sacred pagoda in the Minbu district.

It is related that in the year 758 A.D., the Buddha came to Burma and
rested at a place now called Legaing Kyaungdawya. Thence he proceeded to
site of the Shwezettaw pagoda and left there his two footprints, one on the
lop of a hill and the other in the M6n stream. The latter footprint is said
to have been made at the request of a Naga or dragon, who was named
Pflnanda. The footprint on the hill was left on the prayer of a monk named
Thitsabanda. This monk, according to the legend of the shrine, had been a
hunter and supplied no fewer than ninety-nine customers with venison.
His chief hunting-ground was a stream where the deer came down to drink.
One day a thagya, a king of the nat country, came down in the shape of a
little old man to the place where the hunter was. He had a small bow and
arrow which he asked the shikari to hold for a short time, while he went
away. The hunter tried to string the bow, which was quite a toy to appear-
ance, but with all his strength he could not do it. When the thagya came
back he asked the hunter if he had tried to string the bow, and was told
that he had but could not do it. The thagya then strung it without an
effort and afterwards told the shikari that he must promise to shoot none
but stags 00 one day and none but hinds on another day about. The
hunter solemnly promised that he would do so and the thagya disappeared.
Next day the hunter resolved that he would shoot nothing but bucks, but on
that day none but does came down to the stream. On the following day
when he was to shoot docs, he saw nothing but bucks. This went on day
after day and the hunter could get no game. He therefore turned to religion
and put on the yellow robe. There are two pagodas on the hill near Shwe-
zettaw (the golden footprints), one named Yazudaing, where the hunter put
up his platform to watch for the deer, and the other Tha-ye-gyet, the place
where he used to tan the skins.

164

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tSHW

In 248 B.E. (886 A.D.) Alaung Sithu, the King of Pagan, came to Shwe-
zettaw and dedicated a stretch of land in the Padein township to the pagoda,
to cover the expense of vlluminating it. These lands are bounded on the
east by the Mon stream, on the south by the Myitpya stream, on the west
by the Pauk stream and the Kya Yo and on the north by the Kye stream.
He also set apart for the pagoda lands in the Sagu township, bounded on
the east by the Began Bclan pagodas, on the south by the M6n stream, on
the west by the Ngayan stream, and on the north by the Yew6-!eik Taung
Kan-yo.

In 427 B.E. (1065 A.D.) King Patama Mingaung dedicated in the same
way as lettagan lands in the Ngap& township, bounded on the east by the
Myinku stream, on the south by the Tamaye Unyet stream, on the west
by Nga-kfe Kyauk-sin and on the north by the MAn creek.

The Local Government has now assigned lands yielding two thousand
rupees annual rent to the Shwezettaw, and one thousand rupees annual rent
to the Kyaungdawya pagodas. The former lands are ail in the Kontba
circle. The funds are administered by duly appointed trustees.

SH WE-ZI-GON. — A very sacred pagoda in the Wundwin township, North-
ern subdivision of Meiktila district

It stands two hundred and fifty ta south-west of Pindalfe town and is the
scene of an annual festival on the day of the full moon of the month of
Tasaungmon (about the end of Uctober or beginning of November), which
is attended by visitors' from Mandalay, Kyauksfe, Myingyan, I'akukku, the
Chindwin, the Myelat and the Shan btates, Magwe, Taungdwingyi and
Taung-u. The founder is said to have been Prince Saw Lu, a son of
Nawyata Minzaw, who \ isited Pindalfe (then called Minta-hle) in 421 B.E.
(1059 A.D). Five years were spent over the brick-work of the pagoda
alone. Its circumference is two hundred cubits and height seventy cubits.

It is told that a monk named Buddiuguya Mahati dreamt a dream at the
time when the famine came to Pindalt;. The dream was that Shin Gautari^a
when a aamayi, in one of his previous existences, spent the greater part of
his bird life on the spot where the pt^goda now stands. The pongyi io\A
his dream to the Prince, who was thus influenced to build the pagoda.
When the Prince Saw Lu was about to put the hti or umbrella on the spire,
he was called away on some important State matters to ihe Palace and died
shortly after he got there. His adopted brother, Kyanyittha, mounted the
kti'xn 430 B.E. (1068 A.D.) and the pagoda was named Mingala Zig6n, a
name which was later changed to Shwezig6n.

In 1200 B.E. (1838 A.D.) a tremendous earthquake brought down the
top of the pagoda and it remained thus dilapidated for tifty-one years
when it was restored by the liberality and piety of Payataga U Myit and
his wife, Ma Kyin Tha, who gave money and raised sulscriplions for the
purpose. The pilgrimages, which had been dropped after the carthijuake,
then began again.

SHWUMPE.— A village of Chins of the Sokte (Nwengal) tribe in the
Northern Chin Hills. It lies four-and-a-half miles east of Hole, and is reached
by crossing four small streams after leaving the old site of Hele.

In 1894 it had lifty houses. The name of the resident chief was Mangen.
It is inhabited by people of the Kai Maung family of the Sokte tribe.
Sbwunpe was destroyed in 1893, but has been rebuilt on the original site.

SHW-StO )

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

i6s

It is unstockaded and disarmed. There is good water-supply at the village
and camping-ground above it.

SHWUNGZAN or LUNOI.— A village of Chins of the S6kte (Nwengal)
tribe in the Northern Chin Hills. The village is situated soulh-west of Tid-
dim, south of Kaptyal, and west of Fort White. It is reached fmmTiddim
viaSaiyan, Molbem ford, and up the Shieltui spur.

In 1894 it had fifty-one houses. The resident chief was Howkatung. It is
inhabited by people of the Chintung family of S6ktes. Shwungzan is nomi-
nally subordinate to D6ktaung-, but in reality Howktaung is independent.
It is surrounded with a strong thorn fence, somewhat dilapidated. The
best camping-ground is to the south of the village, and water is found in
two large streams on the north and south. The village was disarmed in 1893,
but not destroyed, There is easy heliographic communication with Fort
White.

SI-BA. — A revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower Chindwin
district, including Siba, SegSn, Tet-hlaing, Ywa-she and Aing-paung-gyaung
villages, with five hundred and fifty-three inhabitants. It lies some two
miles to the north of Budalin.

The revenue in 1896-97, amounted to Rs. 1,720 from thathameda.

SI-DAING-GAN. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, south-east of Thandvvin.

It has twenty houses and its population numbered in 1897 eighty persons
approximately. The villagers are cultivators and coolies.

Sl-DI. — A village of seventy-four houses about five miles di-;tant from
Sagaing, in the Sagaing township and district.

It is so called because, during the reign of King Thalun-mindaya-gjyi,
the villagers were appointed to beat the drums kept in the Kaunghmudaw
pagoda.

JSI-DOK-TA-YA. — A township of the Salin subdivision, of Minbu district
is bounded on the north by Pak6kku district, on the east by the Nwama-
daung Hills, on the south by Ngapc township, and on the west by the Arakan
Yoma.

The M6n river flows through the entire length of the township, which is
notorious for malarial fever of a most virulent type : it is almost impossible
to find any Burman from the plains who can endure the climate.

Irrigation is carried on by means of small canals fed from the M6n river.

The people who inhabit the M^'U valley are Burman-Chins. They have,
however, by dint of long intercourse with the Burmans of the Salin and
Kyabin townships, lost most o( their distinctive characteristics, and each
year they approximate more closely to the ordinary Burmese type. The
thins are of the tribe known as Chinboks. Their women tattoo their faces
and paint them black. It is said that this was done originally to prevent
tliem from being carried off by the Burmese, but the measure of anxiety
prompting such a precaution seems hardly justified by any beauty in the
women themselves.

A large portion of the township consists of forests, the most important of
them being the M6n West Fieserve. To the west of the township the
mountains rise to a height of 6,500 feet above sea level.

1 66

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

(SID-SlK

SI-D6K-TA-YA. — The headquarters of the township of the same name
in the Salin subdivision of Minbu district, lies on the right bank of the Mon
river, at the head of a long cultivated vallCy.

It has little trade ; It is inhabited by Purmans and Chins from the hills on
the west border of the township.

Sl-GAUNG. — A village of fifty-two houses in the Myotha township, of
Sagaing district, eight miles north-west of Myotha.

Coal is found in the circle near Sigaung and Thanatsil. An application has
been made for a prospecting license. There are six villages in the Sigaung
thug)'i jurisdiction. The principal onus besides Sigaung are Nabe-gyin,
sixty-one houses, and Thanatsit, sixty-two houses.

Sl-GYAUNG. — A village in the Si-gyaung circle, Laung-she townsliip,
Yawdwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, x^ith a population of one hundred
and forty Iwo persons, and a revenue of Rs. 340, in 1897.

SI-GYI. — A revenue circle in the Budalin township, of Lower Chindwin
district, including the villages of Si-gyi and Aiug-yc, with three hundred and
fifty-five inhabitants. It lies on the north boundary of the township.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 570, from thathamcda. •

SI*HE. — A village of thirty-one houses, north of the Nainsin chaung, in
the Bhamo subdivision and district.

The villagers own thirty buffaloes and get an annu.il yield of some sixteen
hundred baskets of kaukgyi: a little maYt'n paddy is also worked. Sihe,
aloncf with Manhpa, K6kyin and Kabani^ was founded from Si-in and
Pinthet, three generations ago.

SI-HE T.~-A village of sixty-four houses, north of the Taping chaung, in
the Bhamo subdivision and district.

The villagers own fifty-six buffaloes and work tnayin and kaukkyi paddy.
There Is a large area of culti\able land in the neighbourhood.

SI-KAN-GA-LE. — A village of eight houses, off the Sinkan ck/jutt'^, in
the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own ten buffaloes and work ie : there is an extensive paddy-
plain on the south and west of lh»- village.

SI-KAN-GYI. — A village of eleven houses, near the Sinkan chaung^ in
the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

Two of the households are of Kachins
bufTaloes and work li.

The villagers own twenty

SI-KAW.— A village and circle In the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo
district.

It was formerly ruled by the Lwch'in duwa from Lw^ldn, one day to the
north-cast, and he owed nominal allegiance to the Mong Mit Snw/iwa. It
is said that, about 1850, there was a duiva at Sikaw also, the brother of
the Lw&16n duwa, but every village was actually under the protection of a
more or less independent Kachin chief. Thus the Saga Kachins looked
after Sikangyi, Sikanga-le and Nanhan : the Lvvelon Kachins aftt-r Sikaw
and Kyunbiniha; the Lwesaing Kachins after Munsin and Siu ; the Paka
Kawng Kachins after Kugyin ; and the Chauktaung Kachins after Sitha

SIK-SIM ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

167

and Sieing. The recognized mode of protect? m was for the Kachins to
leave a few men in each of the protected villages, but they seldom took the
trouble to do so.

The dttwa of Sikaw died in 1851 and the villagers elected Ma Naw, a trader
of Lw^weia, Paivinaing, and in return he was given the free labour of the
villagers in the cultivation of his fields, Sikaw and Kyunbintlia were the
only villages with which he bad anything to do. In 1247 ^■^- (1885 AD.)
Kan HIaing, the claimant to the Sa7i<bii.ui?,\i\^ of Mong Mit, established himself
in the Sinkan valley, and put in Ma Naw as atnaf of all the villages from the
Irrawaddy upwards to Siu village, and placed him in charge of the three
Kayaings of Chingnia, Lalhang, and Siu. In 1889 the three kayai»g-6ks fled,
and in November 1887 Ma Naw was appointed MyoAk of the Sinkan
township.

The village now consists of two groups of houses, east and west, the
eastern group standing in high ground and the western coming undt-r flood
in the rains. Le and It-pdk are cultivated.

Sl-KAW. — A village of thirty-three houses on the Taping fA<i;<«^, in the
Bhamo subdivision and district.

The villagers own seventeen buffaloes and work mayin paddy. It is said
that Chinese lived here from 1848 to 1863, in which year the floods came up
the valley and forced them to move to Myothit : there they were attacked by
Kachins and so they retired to Mannaung.

The village is under water in the rains. T here was a high flood in 1875
which swept the Taping valley and put a large area out of cultivation.

SI-LAUNG. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-two
persons, according to the census of iSgi.

The thatkaineda amounted to Rs. 470 for 1897-1898,

SUMA. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo dis-
trict, eleven miles distant from Ye-u town, with a population of eighty-one
persons, and a cultivated area of 9632 acres.

The chief crops are paddy, tiisced and /t'«flM^. The thaihameda reve-
nue amounted to Rs. 84 for 1896-97. Sima is in the Madaingbin thugyi-
ship.

SI-MA. — A Kachin village in Tract No, 17, Myitkyina district, situated in
85° 2' north latitude, and 97''44' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained sixty houses. The inhabitants are of the L^pai
tribe and Sadan sub-tribe. Sima took part in the 1892-93 rising, when half
the village was burnt.

S1-M.\W. — A village of twenty-four houses, south of Shwegu town, in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own a hundred and twenty bulTaloes and work l^gya only.

SI-MI-GAUK. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, six miles from Ye-u town.

The population numbers thirty-nine persons and there are 35'6 acres
under cultivation. The chief crop is paddy and the thathijtneda revenue for
1896-97 amounted to Rs. 80,

1 68

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIM-SIN

SIMSING.— A village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the Central Chin
Hills It lies south of Kole and north of Lomban and can be reached by
a Chin path from Lomban village.

In 1894 it had eighteen houses. Yong Sung was the resident chief. Sim-
sing is a Shunkla village tributary to Falam. Water is got from a stream
and is brought into the village in leads.

SI-NW-DAUNG — A village in the Mayagan towrnship, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, thirteen miles from Yc-u.

There are two hundred and thirty-one inhabitants, mostly paddy culti-
vators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 430,

SlN-AlNGorTHON-DAUNG.— A circle in the Pyintha township, May-
myo subdivision of Mandalay district, on the Mandalay-Lashio main road.

It is the only village in the circle and lies five miles north-east of Pyintha:
it had a population of five hundred and sixty persons at the census of iSgi.
The thathnmeda paid for 1896 amounted toRs. 700. Near the village are
a Public Works Department inspection bungalow, and a Civil Police post.
The people are Burman _yrt-cultivators.

SIN-AUNG-GON— A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, ten miles from Ye-u town, with a population of seventy-five
persons, and i8'3 acres under cultivation.

Tilseed and paddy are chiefly prown and the thathameda revenue for
1896-1897 amounted to Rs. 160.' The village is in the Madaingbln thugyi-
ship.

SIN-BAUNG-Wfe.— A township in the Minhla subdivision of Thayetmyo
district, in the Minbu division.

In the time of the Burmese Government it was called Myedfr and was
divided into four circles or taiks, namely : Myoma, Tat-dawya, Hkaw-
thanmi and Anauk-bet. After the Annexation, in 1886, Sinbaungwi wns
divided into ten circles as follows : —

Myoma-laik.

B&vf'faik.

Ank-taik.

Hkawkma-/ai'^.

T&ung-taik.

A\h-taik.

Kyauksaungsan-Zfl/*.
San-aing-/fl/>fe.
Kan-chaung-/di/7'.

L^sin.

The Anauk-bet taik was transferred to the Minhla township west of the
Irrawaddy.

The following history of the place is given by Maung Shwe Da, the Sub-
divisional Officer of Minhla. In 1093 AD. (B.E. 455)

f^}f^V^.Z. -X Thiri Tari Bawan Ditra Pawara Pandita Thudhamma
torv : the meaning ^^ 1, • .- k7 ^- c-.i m- l r fr •

of Siiibaung-w4, Kaza-dlupati Nara-pati bithu Mmgyi, nephew of Hti-

laing-Shin Kyanyit-Min, reigned in Pawkka Rama. He

went travelling about his kingdom and in logO arrived at Pathein (Bassein)

whore he left some of his queens and went in his thekkadan barge to visit

the Kyun-u Sambu t ha bye tree. On his way back he came across a violent

whirlpool at Sinbaungwft, and past this the barge had to be dragged by a

thousand men and a hundred elephants as far as the village of Lunchi, about

a mile north of the present village of Sinbaungwfe, where it was made fast

SIN J

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

169

The
circle.

with ropes. At this spot the Iting built the pagoda called Paungdaw-u. The
village of Lunchi lias retained that name, because of the fixing up of the
barge, and Sinbaungwfe is so-called because elephants and men together
dragged the royal barge past the whirlpool {sin, elephant ; paung, together ;
let', a whirlpool).

In the year 1852, at the end of the Second Burmese war, and after the
boundary had been marked out and the pillars set up between British and
Burmese territory, the tnyofhugyi o\ Myedfe, Maha-Zeya Kyawgaung U Bo,
removed his headquarters to Sinbaung^wt; and was before long raised to
the rank of Myowun, which he retained till the time of Mind6n Min, when
he was succeeded by his son Maha-Mintin Yazathu U Lat, as myolhugyi.

The Tat-dawya taik has a much more elaborate historv. The town of
Karachi on the Persian gulf was formerly called Kalein-
Tatdawya karit. Four sons of the king of that place, called Min
Naung, Min Pyaung, Min Yaung and Min Naga and
their sister, M& Saw, left their father's country and came to Burma with
a large force. They eventually camped on the spot now known as
Tatdawya. The eldest brother became king of Taungdwingyi, but the
youngest, Min Naga, and his sisier Me Saw remained at Tatdawya.

There Min Naga built a tahindaingnan (a maiden palace) for his sister,
and she had her food taken to her daily by a man called Nga Kya. The
two fell in love and fled together. Min Naga pursued and caught them on
the ridge north of old Nga-zingvaing and he cut his sister and her l&man
into three pieces. Ever since the place has been known as ' M^saw Thon
Paing KyaThdn Paing ' [mlsaw, three pieces, and kya, three pieces). Then
Min Naga was seized with remorse- He was also afraid of his elder brother.
So he fled to Taungngu and ser\ed the King, Mingyi Nyo, whose daughter
he eventually married. The King of Taungngu then opened up communi-
cations with Min Naung, the King of Taungdwingyi, and that monarch
granted Min Naga his old place at Tatdawya, with the following boundaries :
on the east the Taungngu ridge ; on the south the Kyoni stream, which rises
in the Bwfebin hills ; on the west the Kyawtha watershed ; and on the
north the Mfesaw-Thon Paing, Kya-Th5n Paing forests. Min Naga therefore
settled here with the title of Pyiso and maintained himself independent. A
village was built on the site of Mfe Saw's former palace and was called
Tabindaing which was afterwards changed into Takundaing. Min Naga's
descendant's succeeded him in regular line down to modern days and always
retained the name of /'jy/jo instead of Taikthugyi. In 1852, however, Tat-
dawya taik was added to Myedfe.

The Kawlhanmj taik preserves the following historv : In the time of Alaung
MIntaya-gyi a fort was built in Myed& when there was
war with the Talaings and many of the people round
took refuge in it. The whole neighbourhood suffered
from famine. A husband and wife with one child lived in Thayaung clos'*
by. One day, while his wife was away, the man S)ld the child to a soldier
from Tatdawya for five rupees ; when the wife came back and heard of it
she immediately set off to get her child back again and the husband went
with her. After they had gone a longdistance the man said the child was
within shouting distance, which proved to be true, so the place has been
called Kawthanmi ever since. When the war was over there was a new
division of circles and Kawthanmi was one of them.

The
circle.

Kawthanmi

170

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIN

When the boundary between Burmese and British territory was settled in
1852 about a third of Kawthanmi became British soil and the remainder
was called Kawthanmi X&kyan taih. After Upper Burma was annexed in
1886 the name of Kawthanmi was given up and L^sin substituted.

The Shwe Sit Aung pagoda stands about a mile north of Sinbaungwfei
p J near Lunchi. It was built by King Duttabaung. the

founder of Prome, on his return from Pyithado. where he
had gained a victory over Queen Pantwa. A Thariya (relic of the body
of Buddha\, mounted in precious stones and s^t in a gold casket, is enshrin-
ed in it. An annual fair is held in Tasaunom^m (November).

The Shitpinsakvo pagoda is situated about ten miles below Sinbaungw&,
to the east of Kanhla village. It was built by King Arim^ddana Anawrahta-
saw, of Pawkka Rama (Pagan) in commemoration of the fact that it was
here that he met the thirty divisions of the Buddhist scriptures brought
from ThatSn to Pagan.

The Shwemudaw pagoda is about four miles below Sinbaungwfe, near
Incha village in the Raw tail-. It is claimed to be one of the eighty-four
thousand pagodas built by King Thiri-dhamma Thawka.

The township as a whole is hilly and forest-covered, but there are no very

Kt . ,r prominent hills The Sanpfin hill on the banks of the

Natural features. T ,, . , ^, '^,, t. ^ • ^ -i

Irrawaddy river at Nga-pyetba, about nineteen miles

below Sinbaungw^, used formerly to be well-known, because when loaded

boats from Lower Burma arrived here their cargo had all ti be unshipped

and piled up at the foot of the hill, until the boats had been dragged over

the part of the river where the rapidity of the current made passage difficult.

There is a pagoda on the topof Sanp6n taung.

As in Minhla, the chief crop grown is scssamum, but paddy, both upland
and lowland, is also grown.

In 1880 the Nyaung Ok Prince, who had escaped from Calcutta and

I te h" to gathered a force round him, attacked Sinbaungw^ and

maintained himself with two hundred men for sometime
on Sanpfin hill, but he was eventually attacked and driven back into Lower
Burma by the force under the Mvingun Taungkwin Patanago, ThiSnmyoxeHn,
U Hpo, U Hnin,the Mying6n Myoihugyi^uA. U Lat, the SinbaungA\fe Myo-
th iigyi.

SIN-BO — A circle and village in the Mogaung subdivision of Myitkyina
district, stretching along the banks of the LTpper Irrawaddy.

In i8go the Sinbo kayaing was at the head of five subordinate kayttings :
these were —

(i) Sinbo kayaing — including Sinbo yzrama, Napin (or Huma)i
Myintba, Hkaungmyfe ;

(2) Hn6klo,'o iayaing — including Baingbin, Kyaungzu, Kinpa, Ta-

gundaing, Peinn^gAn (K6n-ma-lin) ;

(3) Hmangin kayaing — including Hmangin, Pintaw, Papaw, Manl^,

NethagAn ;

(4) PinlAn kayaing — including Pinion {Vtvama), PinlfinTaya, Hkaung-

kayS ;

(3) Manpwa kayaing — including Manpwa ytrama, Nansit, Naung-
kan and Tabona.

SIN J

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

171

The
island.

The north boundary was the Naungkan chaung, which flows down from
Bindu taung to just above Naungkan.

In the Hnfikkyo island the chief villages are Kyaungzu with nineteen
houses, Baingbin with forty-four houses, Kinpa with forty-
Hnfikkyo [^y^^ houses, Tagundaing with five houses, all on the west
side, and Peinnfegon with twelve houses, on the eastern
side. All the villages were destroyed during Haw Saing's rebellion in 1883,
but the villagers returned to settle again in the following year. During the
floods the whole island is under water. There are now lifty-one buffaloes
in the circle, but there were many more before Haw Saing's foray.

Sweet limes and oranges grow on the islands and a few custard -apples
but the floods prevent any very extensive fruit cultivation.

Tobacco is sown on the slopes of the river bank after the water has
gone down. No attempt is made to harrow or stir up
iobacco. ^i^g ggji The seed is sown broadcast in Thadingyut

(about October) after the jungle and grass have been cut away, and the
young tobacco plants come up in about a fortnight. When the plants are
about a span high, io January or February, they are transplanted to ploughed
and on the island and placed about eighteen inches apart from one another.
The leaves are fit for plucking in March or April and the plucking continues
until the rise of the floods, when tiie whole are washed away, 1 he annual
yield amounts to tour thousand viss and the prices realized are from twenty-
two to twenty-live rupees the iiundred viss.

Vegetables grow very well wherever they are sown, but there is no market
for them and consequently no' more than are required for home use are
grown. No irrigated paddy is worked, but the villagers cross to the west
bank of the Irrawaddy, where they carry on lepok cultivation. The total
yield of paddy is from fourteen to fifteen hundred baskets at the late of
forty baskets to one basket sown. Taungya, yielding from five to six hun-
dred baskets, is also carried on on the main land.

The population, with the exception of four Kachin houses, is entirely
Burmese- .Shan. The Hnokkyo villagers were formerly protected by the
Nanya Kachins who live eight daings distant to the south-west.

Sinbo village is situated on the point of land above the mouth of the Upper
Defile of the Irrawaddy and has sixty-seven houses. The
VI age. villagers cultivate jv^-j^/rf, which yields sixty baskets, and
laungya is worked and yields two hundred baskets ; no mayin is grown.
They live mostly as coolies, providing wood for boats. There is a wood
depflt for launches here. A few papayas, guavas, jack and pumpkins are
grown for home consumption. The village contains one small sayat, and
there is a good portgyi kyaung with accommodation for about sixty-five men.

Sinbo is said to have been founded by U Kyaw BalvvJ:, a Shan, over one
hundred years ago, but it is not known whence he came. The inhabitants
are mostly Shan-ga-le's and there is one Kachin house.

The thugyi has also under him the villages of Nabin, Myintha, Hkaungmy&
and Slvibo ywama, all under Myedaings,

SIN-BO. — A village in the Myind^g6n revenue circle, Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district, is situated eight miles east-soutb^eaat
of headquarters.

172

THK UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIN

It had a population of one hundred and twenty persons at the census of
i8gi, and paid Rs. 120 thathamcda-ia.x.

SIN-BON. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pakoitku district, with a population of three hundred and
twenty-four persons, according to the census of 1891,

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 700 for 1897-98.

SIN-BUT. — A village and revenue circle in the Palhein-gyi township, Ama-
rapura subdivision of Mandalay district, twenty-four miles north-east of head-
quarters.

It had a population of two hundred and sixty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 464 tha t hanwda-i^x. The circle includes three villages.

SIN-BYU. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and fifty persons and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 686. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

SIN-BYU. — A village in the Leya circle, I'ak6kku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of three hundred andfourCecn persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1H91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 30 for 1897-98.

SIN-BYu-GON. — A village of one hundred and forty houses in the Myotha
township of Sagaing district. It lies eighteen miles north-west of Myotha.

There are nine villages under the Sinbyug6n thugyi, the principal being
Kaungbo, fifty-four houses; Kyunpulu, sixty houses ; Ycsiii, sixty houses;
Singyin, seventy houses ; and Thukakayi, fifty-five houses, i here are
subordinate ^n'tf-zAw^f^j".? at Thukakayi, Mayag6n and Letpantha, forty six
houses. The whole of the lands in Sinbyug6n circle are State, yielding on
an average about Rs. 8,500 a year laud revenue.

The Sinbyushin pagoda near Sinbyug6n village is s.iid to have been erect-
ed long before King Mind6n's reign.

The Petka, Kaungbo Hlon, and Inya in, comprising some sixteen large
and small fisheries yield a revenue of from Rs. 3 sijo to Rs. 4,000 a year.

SIN-BYU-GYI. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district,
including the villages uf Sinbyu-gyi, Aingthaand Ma-gyi-g6n.

SlN-BYU-GYUN. — A town in the Salin subdivision of Minbu district,
six miles north-east of Saliii, with which it is connected by a good metalled
road. It is three miles from the Irrawaddy river, the port being Sun.

The population numbered between nine and ten thousand persons in 1890,
and this is said to be only half of what it was in Burmese times. The Salin
creek flows to the north of the town and boats can comt- up it from the Irra-
waddy. Nearly all the produce of the subdivision, sessamum, cutch, chillies,
tobacco, cotton, gram and wheat is disposed of at Sinbyu-gyun to traders,
who ship it to Lower Burma by the steamers of the Irranaddy Flotilla Com-
pany at Sun. Much trade also used to be carried on by the Aeng Pass
and Salin between Arakan and Sinbyu-gyun in jaggery, silk cloths, .Ind
catechu. There is extensive paddy cultivation and during the floods ihe
country is covered with water for a great distance.

SIN]

THE UPt»ER BURMA GAZETTEER.

173

Sinbyugyun was burnt by the Burmese army in its retreat in 1825-26.

SIN-CHAN. — A village in the Pauk-ngu circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pa-
kfikku subdivision and district, with a population of twenty-two personSi
acconling to the census of i8yi, and a revenue of Rs. 60.

SIN-CHE-YA. — A village in the Nyaungbin circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one thousand and forty-
five persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 283 for 1897-98.

SIN-DAING. — A revenue circle in the Uyu township, Lcga-yalng sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including seven villag<JS.

SIN-DAING-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township,
Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In ! 895-96 the population numbered 495 persons and the thathameda
amounted to Rs. 763. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

SIN-DA-LU— A village of thirty-five houses in the Sagaing subdivision
and district.

SIN-DAT. — A village of one-hundred and thirty-eight houses, nine miles
from Sagaing in the township, sub Hvision and district of thai name.

SIN-DAW-THI. — .\ village in the Hintha revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west
of headquarters.

It had a population of thirty persons, acocrding to the census of i89i,and
paid Rs. 50 ihalhameda-\.ax

SIN-Dfi. — A revenue circle with one thousand one hundred and seventy-
nine inhabitants in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district

It is situated near the North Yama chaung, aivd includes the villages of
Siiidfi, Sftnywa, Swe-hlan, In-ywa, Paukthaba and Gyo-gyawin.

The crops cultivated arc paddy,yoa;flr and peas. The revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 2,690 thathameda.

SIN-D£. — A village in the Sinde circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one thousand five hundred and
fifty-three persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thalhamsda amounted to Rs. 327 for 1897-98.

SIN-DB. — A village of one hundred and fifty-eight houses in Ava township
of Sagaing district, eight miles west of Ava.

There is a large pagoda, the Shwemutaw, here,

SIN-DO. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakfikku
district, with a population of one hundred and eighty-four persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 270.

SIN-E-THE, — .\ revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township, .\Iin»
gin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It contains two villages, which paid Rs. 240 revenue in 1897.

SIN'-GA. — A village in the Ngedo revenue circle, Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west of head-

174

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tsas

Area and boun-
daries.

quarters. It had a population of seventy-five persons at the census of 1891,
and paid Rs. 150 thalhameda-t&x.

SIN-G.\. — A village of nineteen bouses on the Taping rAattw^, in the Bha-
mo subdivision and district.

The villagers work kaukkyi paddy chiefly. The village is three feet
under water in the floods.

SIN-GAING. — A township of Kyauksfe district, with an approximate area
of one hundred and forty-six square miles, is bounded on
the north by Mandalay district, on the east by the Yfe-
yaman Hill Tract, on the south by the Minzu and Pauk-
myaing townships and on the west by the Sagaing district.

The greater part of the township was known as Metkaya in Burmese

-,. .... . . times. It is now divided into one hundred and seven

Civil divisions. . , 1 . 11 11 T.

revenue circles, each under a village headman. Ihe

headquarters are at Singaing town, called in Burmese limes Yanaing.

The whole of the township, with the exception of some small hilly por-
N al features tions on the north-east and south-east, is well watered by
irrigation canals. Of hills only the Minmwd and Bilin
are worthy of note.

The Myit-ngft river forms the boundary line on the north, a range of the
Shan bills on the east, the Kyauksfe hills on the south, and the Panlanng
river on the west. The Zawgyi traverses the whole length of the township
from south to north. Thindauiig swamp, some four square miles in area,
between the Minmw^ and Bilin hills, is now being drained to admit of culti-
vation. The Minhia tank, about three miles long by two miles broad,
situated near the hills on the east, is fed from the AlinyS canal and is also
used for irrigation.

The average rainfall is twenty-nine inches. The supply is, as a rule, fickle
Rainfall and di- ^""^ often untimely, so that agriculture is entirely depend-

n,a,e. ent on irrigation, the canals being fed by rains in the

Shan hills. The hilly portions bordering on the Yfcya-

man tract are malarious, but as a whole the township is healthy, though the

people of Mandalay were in Burmese times reluctant to cross the Myit-ngft

river for fear of fever.

Paleik was the scene of internal disturbances in the last Anglo-Burmese
History. yvax. .\fter the Annexation, in December of 1885, the

Myinzaing prince engaged a British force at Kanthit
and Kyetmya, but afterwards took flight to Yakainggyi in the then Sawhia
township. Dacoities in the years that followed were frequent. Mr. Walker,
of the Bombay-Burma Trading Corporation, was attacked and murdered
at Nyaungbingyi. Subsequently Bo Kyaw 2aw of Sunye became a dacoit
leader and terrorized the district, and in spite of constant pursuits was never
captured. Organized dacoity ceased in the township in 1888.

The township is almost entirely agricultural, only a small percentage of
Produce and '•'^^ population being fishermen, wood and bamboo cut-
industry, ters, silk-weavers, mat-makers, potters, agricultural
coolies, and petty traders.

smi

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

175

The produce consists chiefly of paddy, sugarcanps, Goa beans, plantains,
sessamum, tomatoes and peas ; wheat, gram and millets are also grown.
Tobacco is raised along the Mvit-ngti. The mango gardens on the banks of
that river are of great local reputation. Unrefined sugar is manufactured at
Singaing, Chinamen and Rurmans being engaged in the intjustry. Sessa-
mum oil is expressed extensively and a certain amount of tMeze oil is got
from the Bassia tree.

There are several fisheries of considerable size ; two near Palcik, one at
Thingadon, and another at Ta6n ; river-fishing is also carried on in the
Myit-rg&.

Silk weaving is universal, the outturn being greatest at Paleik, Inna,
Thabyevo, Ebya and Metkava villages along the Myit-ngfe, and at Se-ywa
Sizdn, Myaung-s6n-gvi and Ywa-thit east, inland.

Pottery is carried on in Wuntho, Nanni, and Ng^do, West villages.
Bamboo mats are made in Wuntho and Kyaungbangfin. Lime {Calcium
oxide] i< midr near Bilin. a little to the south of which is also a quarry
worked by the Burma Railways Company, Charcoal was at one time very
largely manufactured in Mi-thweb6k.

Bazaars are held once in five days at Singaing, Paleik and Thitkauk.
The Zidaw and MvaungsAn canals are navigable, but the principnl boat
traffic is along the Myit-ng& river, on which is situated Paleik, a large village
and an important trade centre from Burmese times.

The township has an approximate jiopulation of 44,801 persons of whom
p . .. the jrreat bulk are Burmese. Only eight villages, Kanlu,

Letpan, Kalanbo, Thitkauk, Hin-ngu, Shwega, Myaung-
s6n-nge and Tabetswe are Mahommedan ; here live the descendants of
the original settlers and the majority of them still retain their ancestral reli-
gion, though they have entirely adopted Burmese language and dress. It
is said that the first immigrants numbered 3.O00, and that the Burmese
King, fearing the comb'ned strength of so many foreigners, separated
them, aflotting a village to each bodv. There are two Shan settlements,
Mogaungand Wuntho, so named from the respective countries from which
the colonists emigrated.

The town of Metkaya, now in ruins, is said to have
been built by one of the three sons of the exiled king of
Tagaung.

On the hills to the east is the Dattaw cave, which contains a few stalac-
tites and stalagmites. In it is a recumbent Gaudama, fifty feet long. ,A.a
annual festival is held here on the full moon of Tagaitng, a.Qd at the Satthwa
pagoda, four miles west of Kvauks& town.

Biliu and Tawma, originallv named Penin and Paung-u, were founded by
King Mani-silhu of Pagan, whose royal barge grounded at the foot of the
Shwe-myinmfc hill. Local legends say that during the night his />aso was
eaten up by rats and that he built the Shubyu-kywe-yaik pagoda to comme-
morate the incident.

Tetinyaw was founded by King Nawra-hta, who came to his barge there
to wait for the Shinmunhla, the daughter of the Hsipaw Sawbwa, who had
been offered him in marriage.

Antiquities,

176

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIM

Pa-

SIN-GAING.-A village in the Singaing circle, Ye-za-gyo township i
kfikku sub'livision and district, with a papulation of two hundred and sixty
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The ikathameda amounted to Rs. 590 for 1897-98.

SIN-GAING.— A village of fifty-three bouses in the Sadaung'townshipof
Sagaing district.

It was formerly a military and civil post, and was attacked by dacoits in
1888. Thev were repulsed close to Singaing, at the mouths of the Palm
chaungy and their leader Bo To was captured by the Civil Police.

There i" a pagoda here called the Shinhin-sei-pauk.

SIN-GAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision, of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and seventy-five persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 592. No land revenue was collected
in the circle

SIN-GAUNG. — .Mso called Le-y wa, a circle of the Kvawk Ku HUsi Wan
State, in the Myelat district nf the Southern Shan States.

It lies in the north of the State and includes seven villages, which in i R97
numbered amons them eightv-seven hous''s, with a popniation of four
hundred and eighty-seven persons. The revenue then paid amounted to
Rs. 515 yearly

SIN-GAUNG. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, including four villages.

Singaung village lies six miles south of Maymyo, and has a population of
two hundred and seventy-one persons, according to the census of 1891. The
thafhnmei'a paid for 1896 amounted to Rs. 250 Paddy is cnltivated.

SIN-GAUNG KYAUK-JAW.— A village in Kan-anauk tafk circle of the
Pang-tara State, Myelat district, of the .Southern .Shan States, close to the
N^we'kun-hmu's village.

It contained in 1897 fifty-five houses, with a population of three hundred
and ninety-three persons, and paid Rs. 377 annual revenue.

SINGK.ALING HKAMTI.— :-. sub Zingkaling Hkamtl.

SINGMAN. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 23° 47' north latitude and 97° 39' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses ; its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him ; the inhabitants are of the Lah-
tawng tribe.

SINGNGIN or SAINGKIN.— A Kachin vill.ige in Tnict No. 12, Bhamo
district, situated in 24'"' 23' north latitude and 97'^ 34' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty-nine ho'ises, with a population of two hundred
and seventy-five persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are Shan-Burmese and own no cattle.

SIN-GU or NGA-SIN-GU.— A township in the Madava subdivision of
Mandalay district, with an approximate area of eight hundred square miles.

It is bounded on the north by the Ruby Mines district, on the cast by tiie
Shan hills, on the south by the Chaung-ma-gyi c/iaung, and on the west by

9«N]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

177

the Irrawaddy river. It is divided into sixtv-six revenue circles and has
an approximate population of forty-live thousand persons.

The Bodaw-taung and the Ngwc-o-haw are the only hills worth special
mention. Rubies are found in the Sagyin hills and in the Ngwc-o-baw.
Very fine alabaster is also obtained in the Sagj'in hills, iiml also graphite.
A little cutch-boilingis carried on to the north of Singu, but otherwise there
IS no forest produce of any kind.

The average rainfall is from twenty-five to thirty inches, and the town-
ship as a whole is healthy.

The township is chiefly agricultural, about three-fifths of the population
being employed in cultivation, the other two-hfths corn-
Industries, prising fishermen, wood and bamboo-cutters, coolies and
petty traders. In years of ordinary rainfall the township
produces enough rice to support itself, but when the rain is scanty grain has
to be imported. Two crops of paddy are generally raised from the land in the
year, the mayi'n or dry weather crop and the kaukkyi ov wet weather crop
but in some parts as many as three crops are harvested. Besides rice,
millets of different descriptions are grown.

The Singu fisheries are very valuable and afford employment to many
hundreds of persons. Fish are caught both from the Irrawaddy and its back-
waters and also from the various lakes or lagoons which are formed bv the
overflow of the Irrawaddy, once or twice in the year. The fish caught are
exported to .Madaya, Mandalay, and tn various parts nf Shwebo district.
Ngapi is also manufactured and exported to the Shan States of Hsum Hsai
and MiJng Longand to Iwinng&and other places in the Ruby Mines district.

Sculpture in a small way is carried 0.1 in and about the Sagyin hills, which
abound in alabaster of a very fine kind, are the chief things hewn and are
sent down to Mandalay.

The Buddhas pagodas, most reputed pagodas, are the Shwe-moktaw in
Singu, the Mal6 in Mal&gyi, the Sudaungbyi in Tongyi, and the Mwc-an-
daw in Mwe.

The chief lakes are the Maung-ma kan near Nyaungwun village and the
Yenatha kan^ near the village of the same naine.

The great bulk of the population is Burmese, but there are a few Shan s
and Shan-Burmese in the villages east of the township.

SIN-GU. — The headquarters of the Nga-Singu township in the Madaya
subdivision of Mandalay district.

SIN-Gl'. — A straggling village in the Singu circle, Pagan township and
subdivision of M)ingyan district, on the irrawaddy river, about twenty-four
miles south of Nyaung-u.

Ft is the centre of a large local trade, most of the villagers from Kyaukpa-
daung disposing of their goods and buying all the commodities they require
here. The trade with Lower Burma is carried for the most part in country
boats of which there are a large number, the village being inaccessible by
steamer except during the floods. The population in 1895-96 numbered six
thousand nine hundred and forty-five persons; the tliathameda zmowntcAia
Rs. 10,940, the State land revenue to Rs. 1,634, and the gross revenue
Rs. 13,574.

178

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ SIN

SING-UT.— A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision, and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and thirty-three per-
sons and the thathameda amounted toRs. 348. No land revenue was collect-
ed in \\yt circle.

SING-UT. — An irrigation tank in theShwebo circle of the subdivision and
district of that name. It is situated between the two villages of Singut,
East and West, and is three-and-a-half miles from Shwebo town.

The tank is a mile long by five thousand one hundred feet broad. In
good seasons it is said to have irrigated between six hundred and fifty and
seven hundred pe, but latterly, owing to disrepair and scanty rainfalls irri-
gates only an eighth or ninth of this area,

The Singut reservoir was dug by King Bagyidaw, the Sagaing King,
and eldest son of King Alompra, in 1 122 BE. (1760 A.D.).

SIN-GYAN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
districti ten miles from Ye-u town, with a population of fourteen persons.

There are 3324 acres under cultivation, mostly with paddy. Forty rupees
thathameda revenue was paid in 1890. 'I he village is under the ihugyi of
K6n6n.

SIN-GYO. — A village in the Singyo circle, Ye-za-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-one
persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 740 for 1897-98.

SINGYUN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, on the Mu river, twenty-seven miles below headquarters.

There are one hundred and Jifty-two inhabitants who paid Rs. \%o tha-
thameda revenue for 1896-97. The principal industry is paddy cultivation.

SIN-KA. — A revenue circle in the Sale township, Pagan subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand one hundred and thirty
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,675. No land revenue was
collected in this circle.

SIN-KAN. — A village of thirty-six houses at the junction oftheSinkan
chaung and the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwcga subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own some buffaloes,* many of them are traders and others
cut bamboos.

SIN-KAN. — The Sinkan chaung, called Mo-hlaing chaung, in the upper
part of its course as far down as Grt'e-gyi, rises in the Chauktaung hills in
about latitude 23° 30' and flows northwards into the Irrawaddy river at
Sinkan. about twenty mites below Bhamo.

At Sleng its breadth is five yards and its depth six or eight inches in
December; at Kanni at the same time of the year it is eighteen yards wide
and one and-a-half feet deep ; at the Nam Mun ford on the road from Sinkan
to Mankin it is thirty-five yards wide by three feet deep, and at its mouth
at Sinkan twenty yards broad, by four feet deep.

StN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

179

Peingawi ascend the Sinkan to Sinkavv from June to the end of Decem-
ber. After that, it becomes too shallow for anything but small dug-outs.
Launches have got up as far as We-gyi in the rains.

In the dry season the Sinkan chaung is fordable everywhere except at
its month at Sinkan, where it is four feet deep in December.

The roads in the Sinkan valley are scarcely used in the rains, so that there
are no regularly recognized ferries. There are one or two dug-outs at
nearly every village.

SIN-KAT.— A village in the east of the State of Nam Hkai, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States, close to the border of the Loi Long
State.

In i8y7 there were thirty-five households in the village, with a population
of two hundred and five persons. Twenty-five households were assessed
to revenue and paid Rs. 75 tkathameda-t&x.

SIN-KAT. — A village in theTaung-she circle of the Pan gtara State, Mye-
lat district, of the Southern Shan States, close to the Lawk Sawk border.

In 1897 it contained thirty-three houses, with a population of one hundred
and tweT»ty-one persons. Only nineteen houses were assessed, and these
paid Rs. 172 annual revenue.

SIN-KIN.— A village of two groups of houses, five miles above Bhamo on
the east bank of the Irrawaddy river in the Bhamo subdivision and district.

The lower group is on the river side and contains fifty houses: the
villagers trade with Myitkyina in salt and grow mayin paddy and potatoes.
The upper group has been formed recently by the removal of houses from
the lower ground by the river: it contains one hundred and ten houses, and
the inhabitants own thirty buffaloes and work mayin paddy.

Sinkin was in 1893 the headquarters of a Myook : it lies on the Nam-
paing trade route.

SINKWA. — A village of Chins of the Yokwa tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies thirteen miles east of Haka, and can be reached from Haka
by the Chin path to Chaiinggwa.

In 1894 it had sixty houses. Yonerr and Runnfin were its resident chiefs.

Sinkwa is slightly stockaded : it pays tribute to Ratyo of Yokwa. There
is good water-supply and a small camping-ground inside the stockade on the
west side of the village.

SIN-LAN. — A village in the Le-ya circle, Pakokkti township, subdivision
and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-nine persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 600, included in that
of Le-ya.

SIN-LAN-GY AUNG. — ^A village in the Kabaing circle, Seikpyu township,
Pak6kku subdivision .ind district, with a population of ninety-two persons,
according to the census of iSgi, and a revenue of Rs. 160, included in that
of Kabaing.

SIN-LU-AING. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and fifteen persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 198. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

i8o

THE UPPER BLRMA GAZETTEER.

CSIN

SINLUM GALE. — A Kacbin village in Tract No. lo, Bhamo district
situated in 24'' 7' north latitude and 97° 35' east I'lngitudc.

In 1892 it contained fourteen houses, with a populntion uf sixty-eight
persons. The headman of the village has no others subordinate to him.
Thp inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Kaori sub-tribe, and own four
bullocks and three buffaloes

SINLUM GYI.--A Kachin village in Tract No. 9, Bhamo district, situ-
ated in 24° 16' north latitude and 97° 33' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained I'orty-five houses, with a population of ont hundred
and forty-nine persons. The h<-adman li:is no others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Kaori sub-tribe, and own eight
bullocks and thirty-three lufTaloes. The village was fined in 1890-gi for
robbery from General Gatacre's column. There is camping-ground for
one hundred men in the villa;;e, and a large water supply from Kaya Hka
half a mile off ; a sufficient supply could also be obtained by damming up
the small stream in the lower village.

Sl.N-MA-YE.^A village in the Nwe-ni circle, Ycza-gyo township
Paki^kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
forty-eight persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathamcda amounted to Ks, 620 for 1897-98-

SIN-MIN. — A village in the Kun-yvva circle, Pak6kku township sub-
division, and district, with v\. population of three hundred and thirteen
persons, according to the cenjus of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 600, in-
cluded in tliat of Kun-ywa.

SIN-MYE. — A riverine village about six miles from Sagaing in Sagaing
district.

It has seventy-three houses.

SIN-NAING. — A revenue circle in the Ilomalin township, Lega-yaing
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district, including a single village.

SIN-Nl-DAUNG. — A village in the Pindalfe circle, Scikpyu township,
Pakokku subdivision, and district, with a population of ninety-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. no for 1897-98.

SlN-O. — A revenue circle, including the two villages of Sin-o and
Nyaunggyin, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district.

It IS situated on the left bank of the Chindwin river above Kani and has
a population of seveuty-thrce persons Paddy, jowar and ses.samum are
cultivated.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Ks. 38^ from thathamcda^ and
Rs. 120 from the lease of the Sin-o and Lepangu fisheries.

SIN-ON IN. — A sheet of w.Tter in the VVa-nw6g6n circle, Pyinmana
subdivision of Yam6thin district, to the north of Palwe Siiaosu village.

It is described as five-hundred tas from east to west and fifty from north
to south, with a depth varying from eight to twelve cubits.

SIN-POK, — A village of thirty-two houses south of Shwegu in the Shwe*
gu suodivision of Bhamo districti on the Sankha chaung.

SIN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

i8r

The villagers own fifty-sevfn buffaloes.

SmSUEC/ZAUNG. — A village in the Pakan-gyi circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakfikku subdivision, and district, with a population of one hundred
and eighty-three persons, according to the census of i8yi.

SIN-SHIN. — A revenue circle in the Minlaingbin township of Lower
Chindwin district, with seven hundred and nine inhabitants in iSyi. It
includes three villages, Ngapyawdaw, Myenfc and Sinshin.

The village Is said to have bern eiitablished in 466 B.K. (1104 A.U.) on
the site of the ruined city of M'-iktila, which w;i3 founded by King Nara-
diua of the Wethali dynasty. Tlie annual festival of the .Sutaungbyi
pagoda is held here in November.

There is a curious figure of Buddha in a sitting position in the main
kyaung ; is some eighteen inches liigli, madf of s^mc thin inclal, and
enveloped by the offerings of worshippers in a h.Tlf-inclithii.k roxiring of
gold leaf The Burmans say that it is worth a lakh and a half of rupcci ;
it has a knob as large as a small walnut in the centre of the forehead,
between the eyes; and the pupils pr^'jcct b«ynnd tli<- eyelids, givin^f the
figure a grotesque expression.

SIN-SIT.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies five miles south of Rawa and can be reached from I.u-ignr, via Rawa
or from Gangaw via Tanbya, thirty-five mile».

In i8c4, it had thirty houses and .Sarawk w.is its resident chief. It is
slightly stockaded. The Kapi chiefs have inlluencc over Sin-sit, Tlie
water-supply is limited, but there is good camping-ground below tho
village.

SIN-TA-GA. — A village in the I'akan-gyi circle, Yeza-gyo town.<tbip,
Pakdkku subdivision, and district, with a population of one hundred and
four persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thethalhamt'da aniountcd to R» 400 for 1897-98.

SIN-THE. — A revenue circle in thcTaunglha township, Myingyan »ubdi«
rision,, and district.

In 1895 96 tlte population numbered two hundred and sixty persona, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 345' No land revenue was collected iu
the circle.

SIN-THE. — A village in the ShwegAn-daiag circle Nga Singu town-
ship, Madaja subdivision of .Mandalay district, west of Sa-gyct.

The vi.lage has twenty houses. Its population numben d in 1897 eighty
persons approximately, who were exclusively engaged in cultivation.

SIN-THE or MI-Z.\-LI. — A village in ibr Pauk towokhip and •ul>divinion
o( Fakokku district, with a population of one hundred and nine person*
according to the census of 1891, and a revcooe of Rt. 370.

SIN-THE-GON. — A village in the Shwe-gyintown*hip, Ye-u !iubdivi*iott
oi Sbwebo district, with three aod-a-balf square miles oi^ attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered fifty-tbrce persons and there were
seventy-one acres under cultivatir>n. The pritictpal product* arc paddy
and jaggery. The village t» sixteen miles frota Yc-u and paiii Rs, 370
thathameda rcreaoe for t{$g6-97. ^^ ^ under the Nyaungli thugyi.

l82

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIN

SIN-THE-WA. — A circle in the Pyinmana subdivision of Yamtthin dis-
trict.

It is said to date from 1526 and to be one of the sixteen Karen villages
of the Fifty -Two Cities of the old Kingdom of Toungoo.

In 1897 it had one hundred and fifty-three houses : most of the inhabitants
were traders. The village stands 011 the western bank of the Paunglaung
or Sittang river and at the mouth of the Sinthc stream. Under Burmese
rule it was included in Kyidaung, but it has been made a separate circle
by the British Government.

SIN-U-GA-LE. — A village of twenty-three houses south of Shwegu, in
tlie Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own thirty-seven buffaloes and cultivate le, getting a yield
in ordinary years of some two thousand baskets.

SIN-YAN — A revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower Cbindwin
district, lying on the northern boundary of the township.

It includes Sinyan and Kin villages, with three hundred and eighty-five
inhabitants. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs, 560 from thatha-
nieda.

The Sinyan pagoda festival is held here in November of each year. There
is no written history of the pagoda, but it is said to have been built by King
Mani-sithu of Pagan when he came up the river in his royal barge.

SIN-VAUK-GYI. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, twelve miles fron^ Ye-u town.

The population numbers four hundred and thirty-two persons, mostly
engaged in rice cultivation. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 480.

SIN-YU. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 11, Bhamo district, situated in
24*^' 26' north latitude and 97" 30' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twelve houses, with a population of forty-four persons.
The headman has two others subordinate to him. 'J he inhabitants are of
the Lahtawng tribe and own no cattle.

SIN-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision
of the Mandalay district, including two villages.

S1N-YW,\ — A village in the Sin-ywa revenue circle Amarapura town-
ship and subdivision of .Mandalay district ; is situated seven-and-a-half miles
south-south-east of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and sixty-five persons at the census of
i8gi, and paid Rs. 450 thathameda-iSiX.

SIN-YWA.— .\ village in the Nga Singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, east of Yenatha.

The village has thirty-five houses and the population numbered in 1897
one hundred and fifty persons approximately. 1 he villagers are cultivators.

SIN-YVVA. — A village in theSagaing subdivision and district, situated on
an island in the Irrawaddy river.

It has twenty-four houses.

SINl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

183

SIN-YWA-GA-LE.^A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district^ west of Sin-ywa-gyi.

It has forty houses and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred and
twenty persons approximately. The villagers are fishermen and cultivators.

SIN-YWA-GYI. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Sin-ywa-ga-le.

It has thirty-eight houses and the population numbered in 1897 O"^
hundred and sixty persons approximately. The villagers are fishermen and
cultivators.

SIN-YWE-GON. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-one persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 450.

SIN-ZS. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of seventy-eight persons, according to the census
of 1891, and a revenue of Ks. 140,

SIN-ZEIN. — A village in the Sinzein circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and twenty-two
persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. I, no for 1S97-9S.

SIN-ZOT. — A village in the north-east of the Nam Hkai State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States, lying on the Loi Maw border.

It had in 1897 twenty-seven households, with a population of one hundred
and nine persons. Only seventeen of these houses were assessable and
made up Rs. 85 thathameda. The cultivation \sd& exclusively upland and
the chief crops were rice and chillies,

SIN-ZWfi). — A village in the Sinzw^ circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and nine persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 670 for 1897-98.

SIN-ZWfi, — ,\ village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak<5kku
district, with a population of one hundred and eighty-six persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 360.

SIN-ZWJ;-BUT.~ A revenue circle and village in the Amarapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of two hundred and sixty-five persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 400 thalhameda-idiK.

SI-THA. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and sixty-five persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 240. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SI-THA. — A circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdivision of Man-
dalay district.

Sitha is the only village in the circle and lies seven miles north-east of
Pyintha. It has a population of one hundred and fifty-four persons, accord-

1 84

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIT

ing to tlie census of i8gi. The thathameda paid (or i8g6 amounted to
Rs. ago. The people are Burmans and cultivate /tf/w and ginger.

SI-THA. — A circle ia the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdivision of Man-
dalay district, on the Mandalay-I^shio main road, including three villages.

Sitha village, three-quartcrs-of-a mile south of Sinaing, has a population
of three hundred and thirty perons, according to the census of iSgi. The
thathameda paid by the circle for 1896 aniounled to Rs. 580. The vil-
lagers are r^ cultivators.

Sl-TMA — \ village in the Silha circle, Ye-za-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and nine persons,
according to the census of i89>.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 590 for 1897-98.

SI-THA. — A village in the Tazi township, Ye-u subdivision of .Shweho
district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-tliree persons in i8yi.

The chief crop is paddy, and the thathameda revenue lor 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 310. The distant e from Ye-u is forty-two-and-a-half
miles.

SI-THA — A village of Fifty-eight houses south of Shwegu, in the Shwegu
subdivision of Ghamo district.

The villagers own eighty-two buffaloei and a few ponies, and cultivate
/6rtM^/fy/ but no nrayin. They get their water-supply from the Paunghnet
stream, which is dammed every year, A high narrow bund connects Sitha
with Men Wen to the north-north-svest.

Si-TH.\. — Two pmall villagi^s of forty-three hou-^es in the Myolha town-
ship, Sagaing district, eight miles south-west of Myotha.

SI-THA-MYl. — A village in the Ye-u tovvnsliip and subdivision of Shwebo
district, seven miles from Ye-u town, with a population of one hundred and
fiftv-three persons and a cultivated area of 498 ^ acres.

The chief crops arc paddy and penauk. Rupees 490 thathameda revenue
was paid for 1896-97.

S1-TH.'\UNG— A village of lifty-nine houses south of Shwegu, in ttie
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagfrs own a hundred anH six buffaloes and cultivate kaukkyi,
getting a yield of from eight to nine thousand baskets yearly.

SI-THl. — A village in the Sithi circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pak6kku sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and Iwenty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 490 for 1897-98.

SI-THI-YWA NORTH.— A village in the NgaSingu township, Mad:.ya
subdivision of Mandalay district, north of Vedaw.

It has two hundred and eighty houses and a population of one thousand
one hundred and twenty persons, on an approximate calculation made in
1897. The villagers are cultivators.

SI-THl-YVVA SOUTH— A village in the Nga SIngu township, Madaya
subdivision of Mandalay district.

SIT— SIZ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

i8s

The village has fifty houses and the population numbered in 1897 t^°
hundred persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

SIT-HLYIN. — A revenue circle in the west of the Mintaingbin township
of Lower Chindwin district, with four hundred inhabitants.

There are five villages in the circle ; Taung-yin, Se-gyi, Peginma, Kyauk-
yan and Sithlyin. For 1896-97 the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,000.

SIT-IN-GYAUNG. — A revenue ciccle in the Taungdwin-gyaung town-
ship, Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district

It includes a single village and paid a revenue of Rs. 100 in 1897.

SIT-KO-BIN, — A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district, in-
cluding the villages of Sitkobin and Yedwet.

SIT-KON, — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, including two villages.

The Myadaung Myoza, Mingyi Maha Nawyata, when marching to battle,
on the rebellion of the Sawbwa of Momeik, halted at this place and the vil-
lage, it is said, was therefore named 'Sitkfln.'

Sitk6n has forty-two houses. The villagers are kai'ng cultivators and
fishermen. They are Burmans.

SIT-PIN. — A village in the L^n-ywa circle, Pakokku township, subdivi-
sion, and district, witli a population of eighty-nine persons, according to the
census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 170 included in that of Lan-ywa,

SITSAI.— A village of Chins of theTashon tribe in the Central Chin Hills.
It lies six miles west of Bwelmin, and can be reached via Kwungli.

In ^894 it had twenty-five houses. Nawtin was its resident chief. Sitsai
is a Shunkla village and pays tribute to Falam. Water is scarce.

SIT-TA-LIN. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe di.strict, includ-
ing the villages of Kyamtdaik, Kwin, and Sittalin.

SIT-THA. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe district,
including the villages of Ngctpyawdaw, Myogaing and Sittha.

SI-U. — A village of twenty-seven houses on the Sinkan chaungf in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers have no buffaloes of their own and borrow from the Kachins,
paying for their use twenty-five baskets the season. In 1891 ten households
from Sip^n and Siftn migrated to Si-u. There is a good paddy plain to the
north and east.

SI-YWA. — A village in the Kyauk-kat circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and four persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 960 for 1897-98.

SI-YWA. — In the Kanpa-htf; circle, Wundwin township, Northern sub-
division of Meiktila district.

It has a population of three hundred persons. A little weaving is done.
A mile away from the village is the Si-swe pagoda, built by the Pagan King,
and the scene of a yearly festival which takes place in Waso (July).

SI-ZET. — A village in the Maw Son State, Myelat district of the Southern
Shan States, lying close to the Pang-tara border on the west.

»4

1 86

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SIZ-SON

It contained forty-eight houses in 1897, with ^ population of two hundred
and fourteen persons, and paid Rs. 256 annual revenue. It is the most well-
to-do village in the State.

The silver-lead mines near the village were leased to Maung Kya Ywet«
the Ngwe-kun-hmu, in September 1897.

SI-ZON. — A village in the Nga Singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, east of Kanpa.

The village has forty houses, and the population numbered in 1897 one
hundred and seveDty-five persons approximately. The villagers are culti-
vators.

SO-BYA. — A village iu the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of two hundred and ninety-one persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. S80.

SO-DWIN. — A village in the Kywe-d(i circle, Pak&kku township, sub-
division, and district, with a population of four hundred and eighty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The revenue of this village is included in that of Kywe-d6.

SOMA or SAMA. — A Kachin village in Tract Xo. 7, Bhamo district,
situated in 23° 55' north latitude and 97° 27' cast longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-three houses, with a population of seventy-
one persons. The headman has no others subordinate to liiin. '1 he
inhabitants are of the Maran tribe, and own ten bullocks and eiglit buffaloes.
Water is procurable from a small stream and there is fair camping-ground.

SOMHRANG.— A village of Chins of the Tash*in tribe in the Central
Chin Hills. It lies at the south end of a large nullah running down to the
Manipur river, and is reached via Saungtfe, Ngan Ya«l, and Lyent^, distant
twenty miles ; or via Laiyo, Ngan Yawl and Lyent5, twenty-three miles. In
1894 it had one hundred houses. The resident chief was Tctung. Somhrang
is a Shutikia village and is related and subordinate to Lyentd, though it pays
tribute to Falani. There is a good camping-ground with sufficient water on
the east side of the village, in a grove of teak trees.

SON-B.'WV-AING. — A circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdivision
of Mandalay district.

There are two villages in the circle. S6nbaw-aing is six miles south-
east of Pyintha and has a population of two hundred and sixty-one persons,
according to the census ot j8gi. The thathamcda paid by the circle for
1896 amounted to Rs. 450. The villagers practise taungya and cultivate
the groundnut also.

SONGHENG.— A village of Chinsof the Tash6n tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies two miles north-west of Falam post, close to Yamwe, and is
reached by a Chin track.

In 1894 it had one hundred and fifty houses, HIi Hlyen was its resident
chief. Songheng is a Shunkia village, and is closely related to Falam.

SONGKVVA.— A village of Chins of the TashAn tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on the north-east of Falam post, on the opposite bank of the
Manipur river, and can be reached -via Hmunli, .,

SON]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

187

In 1894 it had eighty houses. Mcng Tirr was its resident chief. Song-
kwa is a Shunkla village and pays tribute to Falam. Plenty of water is
obtainable from a stream north-west of and close to the village.

SON-GON. — A village in the Myintha circle, F'nkokku townshipj sub-
division and district, with a population of seven hundred and fifty-one
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 820 for 1897-98.

SON-GON. — A village in the Kyat circle, Pakokku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-two persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 290, included in that of
Kyat.

SON-GON. — A village in the Mayagon township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwcbo district, twenty-six miles from \e-u.

There are one hundred and sixty-seven inhabitants, for the most part
occupied in rice cultivation. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amount-
ed to Rs. 260.

SONGTHO. — A village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the Central Chin
IIIIIf. It lies six miles north-west of Dihai and can be reached via Kwun-
gli and Dihai.

In 1894 it had twenty-seven houses. Maung Taw was its resident chief.
Songtho is a Shunkla village, and pays tribute to Kalam. Very little water
is obtainable.

SON-GYAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Kani township of Lower Chin-
dwin district.

It is situated on the right bank of the Chindwin river and includes nine-
teen villages, all of which are small, they are: Kyaukhmaw, Thanbo,
Ilmawbin, Kyaukkun, Kyetsha, Inbat, Banbwe North, Banbwe South,
Tanzi, Tayaw-gyin, Letpan, Nabudaw, TItakyaset, Gvve-gyaung, Sethu, S6n-
gyaung North, Songyaung South, S6ngyaung West and Sfingyaung a-le.

S6ngyaung is the largest circle in the township and has a population of
four thousand five hundred and ninety-nine persons. The revenue for
1896-97 amounted to Rs. 9,480 from thathameda, and Rs. 170 from the
lease of the Songyaung fishery. "1 he crops chiefly cultivated are paddy,
JQiear, sessamum and peas.

SON-GYIN. — A village in the circle of the same name, Kani township
of Lower Chindwin district, wiih one hundred and twenty-four inhabitants.
It is on the left bank of the North Yama chaung, which joins the Chindwin
river here.

The crops cultivated arc paddy, jo-wnr, sessamum and peas. The revenue
for 189G-97 amounted to Rs. 210, Iroin thathameda, and Rs. 40 from the
lease of the Sungyin fishery.

SON MU (frequently spelt Su Mu, but Son Mu, used by the Sawbwa,

seems to be the orthographic form). — A State on the east

nauTral feSes^" ^*"'* °^ ^^^ Salwecn river in the extreme north of the

\Va country, Northern Shan States. It is bounded on the

north by the Kun Long and Ko Kang di.siricts of North Hsen VVi State,

188

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ SON

and by M^ng Ting, a Shan State tributary to China ; on the cast by Meng
Ting, Meng Kaw and Meng Turn and by portions of the Wild VVa country
and Ngek Lek: on the South by Ngek Lek and Kang Hso ; and on the
west, with the Salween intervt-ning, by North Hsen Wi State. The Nam
Ting, or Hoen Ting Kiang forms its boundary on the north. The boundary
elsewhere is not determined.

Except for a paddy plain several miles wide along the banks of the Naw
Ting, S6n Mu is a mass of hills cut up by various streams running along
deep valleys. Along the banks of some of these there are occasional
stretches of irrigated land, but nowhere of any extended area.

The Slate is only very imperfectly known and has been visited by parties
in 1891, 1893 *"^ i8g6, but on no occasion has Chao Pen, the chief, been
met. In 1891 and 1893 he deliberaccly left his capital, Pang Hkawn, in
order to avoid meeting British officers. Want of time prevented more
being effected than a simple march through the State, and the precise
limits which recognise the authorities of the Pang Hkawn chief are still
really unknown.

In 1893 '^ ^^*^ stated that Son Mu had only six circles, or eight, if

The "x ■ cles ^^P^ Leng, the residence of the Paw Mang, or second
chief, and Pang Hkawn, the capital itself, are counted
circles. These were Pang Long, iMong Kun, Wing Hin (east), Mong Hit,
Wing Mot (north-east) and Kaung Hka. Mong Kun and Mong Hit have
a Shan population. In Kawng Hka there are chiefly Kachins and, though
there are many races in Pang Long, the Hue Tzu, or Chinese-Mahomedans
are by far the most important inhabitants. The number of villages given
in these eight circles was forty-two, but this is probably considerably under
the actual numbers. In the Kachin circle of Kanng Hka the names of ten
villages were given, that is to say one-quarter of the total, but this cer-
tainly does not represent the proportion of Kachins resident in the State.
There are probably more Shans than Kachins and it is quite possible that
the Wa are in a minority of the population, as they certainly are inferior
in material property, though the chief is a Wa. The people call them-
selves La and strenuously deny any connection with the Wa, but this is
quite certainly a mistake. The difference in language is merely tliat of a
pronounced patois.

But though Son Mu is not itself either a powerful or a homogeneous

„^ ,, , State, it appears to be a member of a confederacy to

The Hulu con- u- u iu c u \ • • t-i /-^i • it

federacy which the name of Hulu is given. The Chmese speak of a

SAang or Upper Huiu and s. Ska or Lower Hulu, and,
as far as information goes, it would seem that there are live Hulu Wan^s
or chiefs and of these Chao Pen of Son Mu is the most important and the
leader in Council. These five vvangs are Pang Hkawn (Son Mu), Sao Shin
Sao Hpa, Pang Hawm (or Hawng), Yung (or Yiuj Pang, and Fang Wa.

Of these it seems probable that Sao Shin Sao Hpa is the chieftain re-
ferred to by the Wa further south as a prominent Wild Wa chief and, if
this be the case the area of the systematic head-hunting VVa is even more
circumscribed than has latterly been believed. Pang Hawm does not appear
to have more than from ten to fifteen villages and lies on the huge saddle-
back between the peaks of Loi Mong Turn and Loi, Kiing Ma, and there-

Son-sou ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

1 8$

The HueTzu selile-
ment at Pang Long,

fore practically on tlie frontier line between British and Chinese territory.
There are tracts in this neighbourhood frequently referred to as Ho No
and llo TaiJ (North and South Ho) which may or may not correspond
with S/iang and S/ia Holu. 1 he point is not decided and the greater part
of the country here fades into the Wild Wa country and is practically
unknown.

Son Mu would be of no importance whatever if it were not that it seems
probable that the terminus of the Mandalay-Kun Lung Railwaj- will be in
JSijn Mu territory. Chao Pen has therefore been notified that he is re-
garded as a British subject, but he is not required to pay tribute. Another
fact which lends importance to Son Mu is the existence in the State of
Pang Long (y. 7'.) the great Hue Tzu, or Chinese
Mahomedan settlement. The traders there employ
upwards of a thousand pack mules, which travel to
all parts of the Shan States, as well as into China. There are also a con-
siderable number of pack-bullocks kept by the Shan villagers. It is there-
fore desirable that the State should have good and settled government.
A quarrel with the State to the southwards, Kang Hso, in 1891 and 1892,
led to desultory fighting, but no great harm was done to either State.

SON-MYU. — A circle in the Nga Singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, south of Singu, including eleven villages.
Rubies and alabaster are found in the circle.

SON SAW. — A Shan village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan State, in
Mu Se circle.

It contained thirty-five houses in 1894, with a population of one hundred
and thirty persons. The revenue paid was two rupees per household and
the people were paddy, tobacco, plantain and pine-apple cultivators by
occupation, and Owned forty bullocks, twenty buffaloes and four ponies.

SON-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and ninety persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 872. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

SOK-TE. — A village of Chins of the Whcnoh tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies live miles north-west of Tizert and can be reached through
Tizert.

In 1894 it had nineteen bouses. Tinyeik was its resident chief.

It pays tribute to Falam. Sokte has been disarmed and is unstockaded.
There are good camping-grounds with good water-supply on the cast and
west of the village.

SOUNGHAl or TAUNGHWE,— A village of Chins of the Whenoh
tribe in the Central Chin Hills. It lies eleven miles north-west of Bowtsum
and two miles from Shellum.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Lyenval was its resident chief. The
people are Whenohs and Kwungyis and are tributary to Falam. Sounghai
is a disreputable village both in appearance and character. It was lined
for raiding in the Kanhow tract in 1892. 'I here is little water at the vil*
lagCj but an abundant supply in a stream close by to the south-west.

igo

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[SOU— SL'D

SOUTHERN. — The Southern subdivision of Meiktila district is bounded
on the north by the Northern subdivision, on the south by Yamfethin and
Magwe districts, on the east by the Shan States and on the west by
Myingyan district.

It has an area of 978*39 square miles, and a population, according to the
census of 1891, of ninety-four tliousand seven hundred and seveniy-thrco
persons. There are one hundred and sixty-two revenue circles in the sub-
division, sixty-nine in Meiktila, and ninety-three in Thazi township,

SOWPON. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 7, Bhamo district, situated
in 23° 53' north latitude and 77'' 30' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fifty houses, with a population of one hundred and
fifty persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The
inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Lawhkum sub-tribe, and own seven-
teen bullocks and thirty-scvrn buffaloes. Eight hundred baskets of paddy
on an average calculation are grown yearly. The village is in three parts,
Sowpon- Tingza, Sowp6n-Main, and Sowp6n-Warap(5n. The Sawbwa lives
at lingsa, where are the best water and camping-ground.

STIBWEL or FUNSHI.— A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the
Southern Cliln Hills. It lies near Lunsum, and can be reached from Haka
via L6n2ert.

In 1894 it had ten houses. Hmun Hnon was its resident chief. The
village pays tribute to Vaulein and Lasin of Haka. There is good camping-
ground with fair water-supply.

SUBROK-KON. — A village in the I'auk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of eigbty-four persons, according to the
census of 1 891, and a revenue of Rs. 220.

•SUBOKKON. — A circle in Tigyaing tosvnship, Katha subdivision and
district. Kya-in village is included in this circle.

The village was established on high ground on the bank of the Mi^za
chaung. where there are many Shubdk or Acacia Concinna trees, which sug-
gested the name. Kya-in is named from its tank, which is full of water-
lilies.

The thugyi's headquarters are at SubokkAn, which has twenty-six houses
of Burmans and Shans. They support themselves by cultivation and by
cutting wood and bamboos. They raise mayin, kaukkyi and taungya
paddy, and some are fishermen.

SU-BYU-GON. — A village of. seventeen houses in the Myotha township
of Sagaing district.

SUDAT. — A village in the Mayagan township, Yc-u subdivision ofShwe-
bo district, twenty miles from Ye-u on the Mu river.

There are Civil and Military Police posts here. The population numbers
seven hundred and thirty-two persons and is mo?tly engaged in rice cul-
tivation. The thathanteda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 511.

SU-DAUNG-BYI. — A pagoda in the Pan-aing circle of the Ma-hlaing
township, Northern subdivision of Meiktila district.

It is one of the traditional eighty-four thousand shrines erected at the
time of the eclipse by Thiri-idhamma Thawka Min in the eleventh century.

SUD-SUL ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

19!

Originally it was called Slnve MAktavv, but it was found that prayers
offered at this shrine were always favourably received, and that to ask
a blessing there was to have it grantedj so the name was changed to Su«
taungpvi (blessings asked and given). A yearly festival, largely attended
is held here on the full moon of NayCn (about the beginning of June).

SU-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and ten persons and
the thathamcda amounted to Rs. 456. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

SU-GA-A-LE-YWA. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, west of the Sli.weta-fAr//<«;f^.

It has seventy houses and the population aumbered in 1897 two hundred
and eighty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators and fisher-
men.

SU-GA-KIN-YWA. — A revenue circle and village in the Pathein-gyi
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of two hundred and thirteen persons at the census of
1891. It is situated fourteen miles north of headquarters.

SU-GA MYAUK-YWA.— A village in the Madaya township and sub-
division of Mandalay district, south of Sin-ywagale.

It has forty houses and the population numbered in 1897 one hundred and
sixty persons approximately. The villagers arc fishermen and cultivators.

SU-GAUKGYI. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including villages of Nyaungbintha and Kfingji.

SU-GAUK-NET. — A village in the Kanbyin-chauk-ywa circle, Pathein-
gvi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, twenty-three
miles north-east of the Subdivisional headquarters.

SU-GAUK-NGS;. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township, Magwe dis-
trict, including the single village of Bokon.

SU-LE-GAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of f^akSkku
district, with a population of three hundred and six persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 840.

SU-LB-GOM. — A village of one hundred and twelve houses in the Kyaukyi
township, Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, four miles from Kyaukyit.

SU-LE-GON. — A village in the Daungb6n circle, Thabeikkyin township
of Ruby Mines district.

It lies three miles south of Pauktabin and has a population of sixty personsi
all Burmese.

SU-LE-GON. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, south-east of Shwc-baung.

It has fifty houses, with a population of 3oo persons, on an approximate
calculation made in 1897. The villagers arc cultivators.

SU-LE-GON. A village in the Chindaung circle, Scikpyu township, Pa-
kokku subdivision and district with a population of two hundred and twenty-
seven persons, according to the census of 1S91.

192

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ISUL-SUN

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,290 for 1897-98.

SU-LI-GON. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of PakSkku
district, with a population of 189 persons, according to the census of 1891,
and a revenue of ks. 1,130.

SUMPAUNGMATA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina dis-
trict, situated in 26° 6' north latitude and 98'"-' 4' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirty houses: its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe.

SU-MU.— ^^•e Son Mu.

SUNG LONG. — A small State belonging nominally to the Ngek Lck Wa
confederacy, Northern Shan States, but "bound to it only by very slight ties
of subordination, tven witliin its own limits the authority seems to be much
divided for, though there arc only ten villages in all, there are said to be
four Sawbteas, two of whom live close together in the north of the State
and one in the extreme south.

Sung Long is wholly surrounded by various members of the Ngek Lek
confederacy, with the exception of the independent territory of Yavvng
Lawng on the south-east. The border neighbours are: on the north, Mut
Le and Kawng Lai , on the east, Na Fan ; on the south, Ngek Hting, and
on the west, Ma Tetand Mot Hal.

The chief Saivbuni, who bears the title of Hko Hkam, lives at the village
of Yawng Hliing, which has not been visited, but appears
to have about a hunrfred houses. In the immediate
neighbourhood and connected with it by well-kept and
much used roads cut out of the hillside arc a number of other villages, one
of which is the titular village of Sung Long, which in [897 had fifteen
houses and was the residence of the Naw Ilseng or second Sawb^oa, It is
built along the ridge of a spur and stands at a height of 5,800 feet, in
longitude east 98° 58' and latitude north 22° 42'. It is a bad camping-
ground and water is a long way ofif and not very abundant, but supplies
are more readily got here than in most VVa villages, partly owing to
the number of separate villages in the immediate neighbourhood and
partly because there are frequent caravans passing on their way to and
from Ha Fan to the east. Sung Long is said to have been losing popu-
lation latterly owing to the exhaustion of the soil, many of the villagers
having moved north to Mot Le, east to Na Fan, or south to Mang Lon.
Hill rice, maize, and opium are the chief crops.

Direct relations have not yet been established with Sung Long. The
p ... . . . chief of the southern portion is on friendly terms with the

Sawbwa of Mang Lon and through him presented tribute
to the British Government in 1892, in the shape of some fragments of silver,
but the northern and more important part of the State has held aloof and
has been a good deal mixed up in the disturtjances which have kept the
Mang Lon border in a state of untpiict for some years.

SUNG RAMANG. — A powerful chieftainship of the Wild Wa country,
extending over a considerable sketch of the country between the upper
waters of the Nani Hka and those of the Nam Ma and Nam Fang. The

Yawng Htung
and Sfinjf Long.

atmj

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

*93

boundaries are very indefinite, but it may be said generally that the author-
ity or influence of Sung Ramang extends to the Ngek Lek confederacy on
the west, to Loi Lon on the south, and eastwards to the borders of Chinese
territory. How far authority extends northwards is extremely doubtful.

The main village of Sung Ramant^ lies on a gentle slope to the east of a
^. ... sharply defined low ridge. In 1893 it had three hundred

^ ■ and six houses, and the chief was said to command from

twenty-five to thirty other villages of more than a hundred houses each.
The village was defended by deep ditches and stockaded over-ground
tunnel entrances and measured nearly half a mile across. The main en-
trance to the south-east was strongly defended by a ditch and narrow lane
leading to the gate ; south-west the entrance was much less formidable.
To the north and west are eminences completely commanding it. The
Ramang's house is in the centre of the village and is a very long building
with circular doors. So far as is known Sung Ramang is the most powerful
of the Wild Wa chiefs, but his influence is entirely personal and is in part
due to the superstitious awe with which he is regarded as the owner of a
dog with nine tails. He is locally referred to as the ' 0-lang-Ia.' The village
stands at a height of 4,400 feet and has a large and good camping-ground to
the west, with water close at hand.

Some miles to the north of Sung Ramang is a very large skull avenue with
over three hundred skulls. This appears to belong to
The skull avenue, the villages of the Sung Ramang group as a common
• posspssion.

SUN-KYET. — A village about six miles from Sagaing in the Sagaing
township and district, so called because the villagers were appointed by
King Thalun Mintaya-gyi to cook food for offering in the Kaung-hmudaw
pagoda.

SUiN-LUN. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1S95-96 the population numbered nine hundred and twenty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,216. No land revenue was assessed
in the circle.

SUN-LUN. — A village in the Nandaw-Kyun circle, Madaya township and
subdivision of Mandalay district.

It has fifty houses and the population numbered in 1897 **° hundred
persons approximately.

SUN-NAN. — A revenue circle in the Lega-yaing township and sub-
division of Upper Chiudwin district, including four villages.

SUN-TH.\I1<. — A village in the Pak6kku circle, township and subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with a population of five hundred and sixty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The /Aa/Ztrtwi-t/rt amounted to Rs. 1,969 for 1897-98.

SUN-THAIK MYAUK-SU.— A village in the Myit-kaing circle, Pakdkku
township, subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eighty-six persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 690 for 1897-98.

194

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ BUP-TAB

SUPMA. — A Kn.chin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyiaa district, situ-
ated in 25° 51' north latitude and 97° 50' east longitude.

In i8Q2 it contained fifteen houses ; its population was not known. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai ribe.

SUT-BOK-TAUNG. — A village of two hundred and five persons in the
Twinngfe revenue circle of Ruby Mines district.

It lies about a mile south-east of Twinngfe and has an exclusively Burmese
population.

SU-YIN.— A village in the Bahin circle, Myain^ township, Pak6kku sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and two persons-
The thathameda mounted to Rs. 580 for 1897-98.

SWE-GYI. — A village in the Myitchfe circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety-one
persons, according to the census of iSgi, and a revenue of Rs. 280, in-
cluded in that of Myitchfe.

SWfi-Lfi. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6k«
ku district, with a population of two hundred and thirty-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 480.

TABAK K HA. —See Nantabet.

TABAK KHU. — A Kachin village in Tract No. ao, Myitkyina district;
its situation has not been precisely ascertained.

In 1892 it contained twelve houses ; the population was not known. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Yawyin or Lishaw tribe, and cultivate poppy.

TA-BAUK-KON. — A revenue circle in Pagan township and subdivi-
sion of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and five persons and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 72. No land revenue was assessed in the circle.

TA-BAUK-TAW. — A village in the Ku circle, Pakfikku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and forty persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs, 310, included in that
of Ku.

TA-BAUK-TAW TAUNG-ZU.— A village in the Ku circle, Pak6kku
township, subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
sixty-nine persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 340, included in that of Ku.

TA-BAUNG. — A revenue circle with six hundred and sixty-eight inhabit-
ants in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district, lying along the left
bank of the Chindwin river, to the north of Kani.

It includes the villages of Tabaung West, Tabaung East, Htubauk North,
and Hiubauk South.

Paddy, jo'ivar, and sessamum are cultivated. The revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 1,480 from /Aa/Aflfwea'a, and Rs. no from the lease of
the Tabaung fishery.

TA-BA-YIN or DI-Bfi-YIN.— A village in the Ye-u subdivision of Shewbo
district, nine miles from Ye-u town, with a population of six hundred and
fifty-eight persons, according to the preliminary census returns of 1891.

TAB ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

'95

The greater number of the inhabitants are bead-makers. The bead*
were formerly made of amber, but are now mostly made of cocoanut-shell
and horn.

The thatkameda revenue for 1890 amounted to Rs. i,o?o.

A short distance to the west of the village is a tank about two miles square,
which was constructed by King Nara-pati Sithu, grandson of Alaung Sithu,
in 555 B.E. (i 193 A.D.). The water of the tank is used for all purposes,
bathing animals, washing clothes, and furnishing the drinking-supply of
the villagers.

Tabayin is the birthplace of the famous monk U Tezawta, who left the
cloister and became the author of two well-known religious works.

Tabayin was also the ancient seat of the race from which the royal family

of Burma sprung and the district has always been famous for its abundant

supplies and for the bravery of its inhabitants, who bore the reputation

of being the best soldiers in the Burmese army. It was for his failure to

keep Alaungpaya out of Tabayin that the Talaing

Maha^Ba^Iiia general Talaban was recalled by the King of Pegu.

The greatest of modern Burmese generals, Maha
Bandula (his full title was Thado Thuhamma-yaza Maha Bandula, and
his youthful name was Maung Yi), who fought so stubbornly in the first
Burmese war, was at one time Wun of Dib6yin, and a garden north of the
town is still known as Bandula's garden. He was horn at Ngapayin, a
village twenty-five miles north of Min-ywa. It is usual to speak of him
as a "son of Alon." The Burman, when born at a small village, is fond,
later in life, of asserting that he came from the chief town of the neighbour-
hood. In Bandula's time the revenue of Uibfeyin was assessed at four annas
a house. Sixty viss of silver is said to have been paid on this rating as,
royal revenue.

Dr. Richardson, in his 'Journal of a Mission from Ava to Kendat in iS^r,
says, under date 25th January, " Halt at Pha-lan-
" goun, which is a large scattered village of probably
"one hundred and fifty houses (I discovered on my
''return that I had considerably underrated the population of this part
"of the country); the Governor of the northern provinces has now his
" residence here. The city of Debay-en, from which he takes his title, is
" situated about six miles to the soulh-westward ; it is nearly depopulated,
'' and the walls entirely out of repair. He (Myo Woon) furnishes from his
"Government (which extends now since the removal of the Myo Woon of
*' Mout-tsho-bo, from the 1 sa-gain territory to the Khyendwenj three thou-
*' sand and six hundred soldiers and six Sos or officers. Three hundred of
" them have been exercising with muskets last evening and today, assisted
'' by some natives of British India, six of whom left Ava three months ago,
" receiving twenty-five tikals each. They say they have been drilling recruits
" to the nortliward, and are now about to return to Ava. Grain is here
'' plentiful and tolerably cheap ; paddy sells at from fifteen to twenty tikals
" per hundred baskets ; cholum (J>yourig), ten tikals per hundred baskets,
" and the sessamum-oil one quarter tikal the viss, and palm-sugar (a large
" quantity of which is made here, and sent to the other parts of the country,
" even exported to Rangoon ; the season for entering on the manufactory
'' commences the end of next month, February). 1 understand it sells foe

Kichardson's
lo Tabayin.

visit

196

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

JTAB

"fifteen tlkals the hundred viss. Though cattle are so plentiful here, I am
" told that as much as eighty tikats is sometimes given for a good caste
"bullock, with the proper marks; but cows and the common bullocks sell
" from five to eight or ten tikals; and for common draught cattle, from ten
"to fifteen." He gives the following accr>unt of the country to the west-
ward: "The whole march today has been one uninterrupted sheet of
" cultivation ; the soil, rich clayey loam, the crops heavy and close, and the
" whole country studded with palm trees, round which the paddy is sown with
" no moTft lots of room than the size of their trunks. The trees most numer*
"ous in the jungle are the theet-tse (the wood-oil tree), which were in full
"flower on my return on the igth February," but after fifteen or sixteen
miles, '' with the exceptions of the little village of Yowa-ngay, we have seen
"neither inhabitants, cultivation, nor cattle, and the palmyra has entirely
" disappeared ; the jungle has been open, principally composed of en trees;
"some teak of fair size, and a great number of theet-lse trees." In a note
he adds, of Ywa-nge: " This is the only village left of several very large
"ones, which were situated here and were destroyed by robbers before Bun-
" doola, who immediately preceded the present Governor, was appointed to
" this province. They came from Lado, about eleven miles south-east of
" Moutsbobo. Their chiefs, wearing gold chatiahs. ransacked the country
" sometimes with two thousand followers. Bundoola, however, cleared the
" country, which has remained quiet since, and travelling now is perfectly
" safe."

TA-BE, — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two thousand and sixty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,904. No land revenue was col-
lected in the circle,

TA-BE. — A village of one hundred and forty houses in Ava township
of Sagaing district, seven miles west of Ava. It is said to have derived
its name from the original village being built on a single pe of land.

After the Annexation the Chaungwa prince, who had a large number of
adherents and a number of relations here, and the dacoit leader Nga Aung
Dun from Paunga also infested the neighbourhood. The latter was sub-
sequently caught and hanged at a well near Nyaungon village.

There is a disused Burmese Government tank here, called the Thazi-
kandawgyi, which is said to be capable of irrigating one thousand pe of
land when in thorough repair. The principal villages under the Tabfe
Myothugyi ztQ Taukyit, sixty-three houses, and Ingu, thirty-six houses.

TA-BIN-GAN. — A village in the Ma-hlaing township, Northern subdivi-
sion of Meiktila district, with a population of eight hundred persons, almost
exclusively cultivators.

It offered a stubborn resistance at the Annexation, under the dacoit
leaders Bo Chit Saya, Bo Shan and Bo Khin Ba.

TA-BIN-GAN north, — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township,
Myingyan subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and eighty-five per-
sons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 354. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

TAB— TAD)

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

197

TA-BIN-GAUNG — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and sub-
division of Upper Cliindwin district.

It includes two villages and paid a revenue of Rs. 330 in 1897.

TA-BON. — A revenue circle with eight hundred and ninety-five inhabit-
ants, in the Kani township of flower Chindwin district. It lies in the north-
eastern extremity of the township and adjoins the Budalin township.

The villages included in the circle are Tabfin and Palin. Government
repaired a large tank near Tabon in 1891 as a famine relief work: it had
been dug many years before by the Burmese kings, but had been allowed
to fall into disrepair.

TA-BON-DAW. — A village in the Myaing township, Pakokku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and forty-one persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

The thathameJa amounted to Rs, 770 for 1897-9S.

TA-BU-DAW. — A village in the Sagaing subdivision and district with
lift} -four houses, twenty-two miles north-west of Sagaing.

The chief product is jaggery.

TABYA. — A village in the Tabya circle, Pak6kku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of two hundred persons, according to the '
census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 370 for 1897-98.

TA-BYI CHA UNG.—Thc Tabyi chaitng rises in the hills to the north-cast
of the Hu Kawng valley, in about latitude 26° 50', and flows south-west into
the Tanai kha. In places it is sixty yards broad, deep and still ; at other
places it is only a few yards wide, shallow and very swift. Its bed is one
hundred and fifty yards wide, so that it is probably a considerable river in
the rains. It is navigable for peingaws.

TA-BYIN. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pakokku dir-trict, with a population of two hundred and forty-four persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The ihiithameda amounted to Rs. 310 for 1897-98.

There are two salt wells near the village; the villagers sell the salt to buy
rice, as there is little or no irrigated land for paddy cultivation.

TA-BYIN-GAING.— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of thirty-one persons, according to the
census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 60.

TA-BYIN-GWE. — A village of two hundred and seventy-five houses in the
Sagaing township and district, thirty miles north-west of Sagaing town.

It was a temporary post during the special operations of 1888-89.

Tabingw(i has two pagodas, the Shwesedi-paya and the Shwe-thingan,
and is the largest village on the Mu river in the Sagaing township.

TA-DA. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and forty persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 438. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

,98

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAD

TA-DAING, — A village in the Piobyaw circle of Pangtara State, Mye-
lat district of the Southern Shan States.

In 1897 there were one hundred and forty inhabitants, living in thirty-
seven houses. The village is poor and paid only Rs. 95 annual revenue.

TA-DAING. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shvvebo district, with one-and-a-half square miles of attached lands and a
population of two hundred and sixty-six persons.

The area under cultivation is one hundred and twelve acres, mostly with
paddy. The village is sixteen miles from Ye-u and paid Ks. 550 thatha-
meda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Limbyu thugyi.

TA-DAING.— A village in the Pakangyi circle, Yeza-gyo townsliip, Pa-
k6kku subdivsiion and district, with a population of ninety persons, according
to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 450 for 1897-98.

TA-DAING-SHE (North). — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, including a single village.
The land revenue paid by the circle amounts to Rs. 571.

TA-DAING-SHE (North). — A village in the revenue circle of the same
^name, Palhein-g)'i township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district,
ten miles east of headquarters.

It had a population of four hundred persons at the census of 1891, and
paid Rs. 1,015 that homed n-\.A\.

TA-DAING-SHE (South). — A village and revenue circle in the .Amara-
pura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, eleven miles east of
headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and fifty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 280 thalhamcda-\.a.\. It inclurles three villages.

TA-DA-KYl. — A village in the Taung-shc circle of the Pangtara State,
Myclat district of the Southern Shan States.

It contained forty-nine houses in 1897, ^^'^^ a population of two hundred
and thirty-three persons. The annual revenue amounted to Ks. 674. The
village grows large quantities of sugarcane and is very prosperous.

TA-DA-U. — A village of two hundred and ninety-eight houses, the head-
quarters of the Ava township of Sagaing district, three miles north of Ava
fort.

It has a Civil Police post, a large bazaar, a rest-house, a Township
Officer's court-house and a branch Post office. It is the trade centre of
Sagaing district and much traffic passes through it. Tada-u is connected
with Ava by a long causeway and bridge over the Myittha river. The
bridge was bui!t by Mintha Maimg O, the brother of Mi Nil, Ba-gyidaw's
Queen, during the reign nf Ba-gyidaw, about 1820 A. D. It was repaired
three ycurs ago. Tada-u means the end of the bridge. Not far from the police
post a rain-guage station has recently been established.

The principal quarters of Tada-u are (i) Thagaung, seventy-one houses;
(2) Nwa-gyawda, eighty-two houses ; and (3) Tedawya, seventy-one houses.

There are three well known pagodas, the Mlngala Sedi, the Sliinbinpaunglfe
and the Sfe-o-bo.

TAD-TAG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

199

TA-DA-U. — A village just outside thf" headquarters cantonment limits, in
the Bhamo subdivision and district. It lies on the Mansi-Bhamo road, and
was setflpd in i8q3 from Miin^maw in China and Se Lan.

The inhabitants are mostly market gardeners, and make thekke also.

TA-DA-U. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, north-east of Onhmin.

It has seventy houses and an approximate population of two hundred and
fiftv persons, as ascertained in 1897. The villagers are cultivators.

TA-DA-U, — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of eisjhtv-one persons, arrording to the census of
i8qt, and a revenut^ of Rs. 170, included in that of Tatgon.

TA-DAW-GYAUK.— A villa.^ein the N6nbo cirde, Pak^kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and sixty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The tknfhamfida amounted to Rs. 1,040 for 1897-98,

TA-DAW-GYAUK.— A village in the Myintha circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-two
persons, according to the census of 189 f.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 231 for 1897-98.

TA-DAW-SU. — A village in the Shwe-gvin township, Ye-ii subdivision
of Shwebo district, with half a square mile of attached land.

There were sixtv-four inhabitants in i8qi and seventy-one acres of culti-
vation. Paddy and jaggery are the chief outturn.

Tadawsu is fourteen miles from Ye-u and paid two hundred and ten rupees
thathameda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Nyaungle thugyi.

TA-DAW-ZU. — A village in the Pank township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-five persons,
according to the census of i8gt, and a revenue of Rs. a6o.

TA-GA-MA. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and five persons and
the thathameda amounled to Rs. 333. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TA-GAUNG. — .\ subdivision of the Ruby Mines district, comprising the
townships of Tagaung and Thabeikkyin.

Its approximate area is one thousand and three hundred square miles and
its population about eighteen thousand persons. It is bounded on the
north by Katha district, on the east by the MongMit (Momeit) State and
the MogAk township of Ruby Mines district, on the south by Mandalay dis-
trict, and on the west by Shwebo and Katha districts. The headquarters
are at Tagaung on the Irrawaddy river.

TA-G.\UNG. — The Taga-mg township of Ruby Mines district forms the
the northern portion of the Tagaung subdivision.

Its approximate area is six hundred and sixteen square miles. It is
bounded on the north and west by Katha district, on the east by the
Mong Mit (Momeit) State, and on the south by the Thabeikkyin township.

200

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

t TAG-TAH

There are eighteen headmen in the township : the revenue for 1897-98
was—

Ra.

Thaihameda
Land revenue

... 13.394
... 4.250

The population in the same year was a little over eight thousand persons.

The headquarters are at Tagaung on the Irrawaddy river where there is
a good court-house and police-station and a house for the Siibdivisional
Officer, who is also in charge of the township.

TA-GAUNG. — A small village and revenue circle in the Tagaung sub-
division of Ruby Mines district, with a population of four hundred and Fifty
persons.

In former times it was the site of a Burmese capital, and some traces of
the old city walls are still to be seen,

TA-GAUNG.— One of the quarters of Sagaing town.

TA-GON. — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivision of
Shwebo district, on the Mu river, fifty-six miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered five hundred and thirteen persons,
mostly paddy cultivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 240.

TA-GUN-DAING. — A revenue circle and village in the Amarapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district.

There is a morning bazaar in the village, which had a population of eight
hundred and fifty-five persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 1,210
thafhamt'da-ta.\. Tagundaing makes pots extensively^ and is a centre of
the kammawa industry [v. sub Mandalay].

TA-GUN-DAING. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe dis-
trict, including the villages of Ing6n-ji'Wflwtf, Ing6u south, Letpad6u, Padauk-
ngfik and Tagundaing.

TA-GUN-DAING. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township,
Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and forty persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 276. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TA-GYI.— A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district, including
the villages of Dawyingfin and A-mwe-b6n.

TA HAT.— A village in the Mdng Yai circle of the Northern Shan State
of South Hsen Wi.

It contained six houses in March 1892, with a population of twenty-
eight persons, and was not then more than a year old. The villagers were
engaged in lowland paddy cuhivation.

TA HAWM. — A ferry over the Nam Tu (Myit-ngc) river in Man Htam
circle of the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw,

The ferry is kept up by the village headman and the villagers, who in
1898 were sixteen in number. The opposite bank is in the Nawng Long
circle of the Southern Shan State of Lawk Sawk and the ferry is chiefly
used by traders to and from the Southern Shan States.

TAHl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

20 1

TA HKAI. — A group of four Shan villages, Kon Kyawng, Ta Hkai, Man
Kawng and Nawng Kawn, forming a sub-circle of Mong Pat circle of South
Hsen Wi Northern Shan State.

The total number of houses in 1897 was fifty, and the population number-
de one hundred and seventy-three adults and forty-six children. The vil-
lagers are cultivators and work fifty acres of low-lying paddy-land, besides
cropping a little tobacco and about three acres of sugar-cane, from which
they manufacture raw sugar. The villages are situated on the side of the
Nam Pat valley, opposite Mong Pat.

TA HKAI. — A village of three hamlets, with a total of fifty houses in 1897,
in the Mong Pat circle of South Hsen Wi Northern Shan State.

It paid in that year Rs, 150 revenue. The inhabitants are Shan and work
paddy fields and cultivate also sugarcane, from which they manufacture
raw sugar. The population numbers one hundred and seventy-three adults
and forty-nine children : the villagers own fifty-five buffaloes.

TA HKAM. — A village in the Kodaung subdivision of the Northern Shan
State of Hsi Paw, bounded on the north by Man Pit, on the north-west by
PangNim, on the east by suburbs of Hsi Paw, on the south by Nam Hsim
and Kyawk Mb, on the south-east by Maw Kio, and on the west by Hkun
Kaw.

TA HO. — A Wa village in North Hsen Wi Northern Shan State, in
Pang Lorn circle of Mong Si.

It contained twenty houses in 1894, with a population of eighty persons.
The revenue paid was one rupee per household and the people were paddy,
maize and \vheat cultivators by occupation, and owned ten bullocks, eight
buffaloes, ten ponies and ninety pigs. The price of paddy was four annas
the basket.

TA-HO-N.^.— A village of twenty houses in Myitkyina district, on the
Irrawaddy river.

The approach is difficult, as the village is on the high bank of the river,
at the mouth of the Moga.ung cAaung. It was founded in 1293 B.E. (1830
A.D.) by immigrants from Nansit. The villagers work le/iok.

TA HPA LAWNG or HPA LENG. — A ferry on the Salween river near
the mouth of the M& Chywat, in longitude 98" 16'.

It is the ferry used by travellers from Mong Pan to MSng Hta. The river
is here about two hundred yards wide : the boats used are small.

TA HSANG. — A ferry across the Salween river on the route from MSng
Pan to Mong Tdn and Chieng Mai, at an altitude of eight hundred feet, ia
latitude 20^ 25', longitude g8° 27'.

The name means elephant ferry. Ta Hsang is situated about a mile be-
low the village of Ban Me Sala and a little more than a mile above the
mouth of the Mfe Sili. The river is here about two hundred yards wide in
the dry season, and half a dozen dug-outs are generally obtainable. Ex-
cept on sand-banks thrre is no camping-ground available on either shore.

TA HSANG L£ — A ferry on the Salween river, at an altitude of five
hundred and fifty feet, in latitude 19*^ 8', longitude 97° 34', three and-a-balf
miles south-east of Yan-Lhit (Wan Maii).

It is the starting point for the Ywa-thit boat traffic with Moulmein via
Kyaukhnyat and with Hsataw 7>ia Ta Taw Maw, as well as with M& Hawng
Hsawn via the Mb Pai. Travellers going from Ywa-thit to Kun Youra and

202

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tTAH

Cbjeng Mai cross the Salween at this point. The river in the dry season
is here about two hundred and fifty yards broad. There are usually half a
dozen boats of various sizes available at the ferry, but many more can be
collected at a week's notice. The boatmen dwell at the village on the right
bank of the river, where there are twelve or sixteen houses of Shans or
Karens. There is also a fine aayat of good teak. It has an interior area
of seventy-five feet by twenty-four and is capable of housing a company of
infantry. There is space for encamping on the river bank, and here and
there in the woods behind. The road from Ywa-thit to the ferry is very
good. For the first three miles the descent is gradual, but the last half mile
is more or less steep. At onc-and-a-half miles it crosses a shallow, narrow
stream. The road for the most part runs through jungle, but there are a
few paddy clearings.

In 1890 there was a Siamese post on the left bank of the Salween guard-
ing the ferry. The right bank commands the left.

TA-HSEO-SSU or MAI HUNG.— A Chinese village on the east side of
the Salween river in the Ko Kang circle of the Northern Shan State of
North Hsen \Vi (Theinni). It is situated at a height of four thousand feet,
about a mile north-east of Mo Htai, on the slope towards the Salween, and
adjoins the Chinese sub-prefecture of f^ungling (Mong Long).

In 1893 it contained eight houses, with a population of thirty-four persons.
They cultivated maize, highland paddy and opium, the latter in large
quantities. The village has greatly declined in size of late years owing to
failure of rain, due no doubt to the deforestation of the hills. It is about a
quarter of a mile in a straight line from the Salween and two thousand five
hundred feet above it.

TA HSUP PAl— A ferry on the Salween river at the mouth of the Ut Pai,
which is indeed the meaning of the name, Ta being ferry, and Hsup mouth.

There are usually two or three small dug-outs here, but the ferry is not
much used, as travellers for and from Ywa-thit prefer to go to Ta Hsang Lfe.
It is about four miles from the ferry to Ywa-thit.

TA HSUP TENG.— A ferry across the Salween river at the mouth of the
Nam Teng.

There are usually about half a dozen ferry boats here. There is a good
camping-ground on the spit between the two rivers. The village at the
mouth of the Teng used to be a great emporium for traders Silk and other
goods came up from Moulmein, grain was stored in bulk, and traders from
M^ Hawng Hsawn and Chieng Mai used to come over in large parties to do
business. The village was burnt down by the Karenni in 1888 and trade
has since taken to other routes. There are now only three or four houses.

TA-HSWI-TANG. — The name given to three Chinese villages at intervals
of about three-quarters of a mile, about four miles north of Sa Ti Hsu, in the
Ko Kang circle of the Northern Shan State of Hsen Wi (Theinni).

There are twenty-five houses in all, situated on the western skirt of an
upland strath about a mile wide and at an altitude of five thousand seven
hundred feet. In 1892 there were an hundred inhabitants, who owned a
large number of cattle. They cultivate not much less than eight hundred
acres of opium, besides large quantities of Indian-corn for the manufacture of
liquor, which they flavour with stramonium. Very little rice is grown, but
cotton in some quantity is produced and the number of pigs, fowls and tame
pigeons is very large.

TAl-TAK 1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

203

TAIFA or DAFFA. — A Kachin village in Tract No 40, Myitkyina district
situated in 26'^' 29' north latitude, and g6° 24' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-five houses. The population was not known.
The headman has seven others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are
of the Sassan tribe. There were formerly more villages under Taifa, but
many of them have become Kumlao [Republican, v. Part I, s.v. Kachin.]

The village lies about fifty yards back from the right bank of the Tanai
kha, which runs fifty feet below under a precipitous bank. The river is
here two hundred yards broad and very deep, running north-west by west
past the village, but bending to the west a quarter of a mile below. The
opposite bank, in front of the village, is thickly fringed with wild plantain
trees as far as the eye can reach. There are six large peingaws here for
ferry purposes.

TAIK S£:.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi. It
is situated on the eastern slopes of the range of mountain that forms the
western boundary between North Hsen VVi and Mong Mit States, a few
miles north of where the Mong Mit boundary touches Tawng Peng.

In 1898 it had four Palaung, four Kachin, and three Shan villages, with
sixty houses in all and a population of about tliree hundred persons. The
cuuiitry consists for the most part of wooded hills, and there is a paddy pl^j'n
near the south-eastern border irrigated from the Man Ping stream, which
divides the circle from Mong Yok.

The headman's village contains eight Palaung houses, with a population
of about forty persons, and is situated on a wooded spur running down into
the valley of the Man Ping. Pony-breeding is carried on on a small scale.

TAILUM. — A village in the Myitkyina district, containing ten houses of
Lahlawng Kachins.

The villagers work taungya.

TAING. — A village in the Taing circle, Laung-she township, Yawdwin
subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population, in 1897, °^ O"^ hundred
and forty-four persons and a revenue of Rs. 280.

TAING-BYAUK. — .\ circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district,
including the villages of Taingbyauk, Payagfin and Gwe-gyaung.

TA K.AI.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi. It
lies along both banks of the Nam Kai, from about six miles up to where it
flows into the Tu (Myit-nge) river, and also six miles beyond the opposite
(south) bank of the latter stream-
In 1898 it had four Shan and four Kachin villages, with sixty houses and
a population of about three hundred persons. The circle consists of low
wooded hills, and there is a small paddy-plain in the valley of the Nam Tu.

The hiamong's village contains eleven houses, with a population of about
fifty-five Shans, and is situated on the right bank of the Nam Kai, about two
miles from its mouth, in undulating and wooded country, with no lowland
paddy-fields. It has a small bazaar and a few ruined pagodas.

TA KAW. — ^The ferry across the Salween river on the main road from
Burma to Keng TQng.

The village of Ta Kaw (fifteen houses) is on the right bank, about half
a mile up a side stream. The Salween at the ferry is about two hundred

304

THfi UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAK

yards broad and runs close under the right bank, which commands the left
at about four hundred yards distance, half the bed being sand and shingle.
The stream is very deep and rocky and the current rapid. Ponies have to
be ferried across. The ferry is now worked under a subsidy from Government.
Distanas — Miles.

92
97i

103
161

From Ta Kaw to Keng Tfing [viii Mong Ping)

From Ta Kaw to Keng Tung (t'l'J Mong Pu Awm)

From Ta Kaw to Ban Pnng (MonS post)

From Ta Kaw to Fort Stedman ...

From Ta Kaw to Myiitha

From Ta Kaw to Meiktila Road {vid Lai Khaand PwS Hla)

TA KAWNG. — A Chinese and Kachin village in the Northern Shan
State of North Hsea VVi, in Nam Hkam circle.

it contained twenty-five houses in 1894, ^^'th a population of one hundred
persons. The revenue paid was one rupee per household, and the occupa-
tion of the people was opium cultivation and trading in pigs. They owned
twenty-nine bullocks, thirteen buffaloes and fifty-nine pigs.

TA-KIN-WA (called by the Shans HPA HPANG).— A Chinese village
on the eastern side of the Salween river, in the Ko Kang circle of the
Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi (Theinni), It is situated at a height
of4our thousand eight hundred feet, on a spur running down to the Salween
between the Man Pang and Sing Hsang ferries.

In 1892 it contained ten houses with a population, entirely Chinese, of
forty-nine inhabitants. They cultivate about seventy acres of irrigated
paddy-land, laboriously dug out of the hillsides in steep terraces. They also
grow large quantities of opium and crop a few large fields of hill-rice, maize
and Indian-corn.

TAK LEK. — A Lahtawng Kachin village in North Hsen WI Northern
Shan State, in Nam Kyet circle of Mong Si.

It contained twenty houses in 1894, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-five persons. The revenue paid was Rs. 3 per household and the
people were paddy, maize and tobacco cultivators by occupation, and owned
thirty bullocks, ten buffaloes, five ponies and one hundred and ninety pigs.
The price of paddy was eight annas the basket.

TAK LEK. — A Shan village of twelve houses in the Tang Yan circle,
South Hsen Wi Northern Shan State, on the Nam Pang.

Five houses out of the twelve manufacture earthen cooking-pots and ^og-
lets. The population numbered in 1897 nineteen males, nineteen females,
sixteen boys, and fourteen girls. The villagers owned twelve buffaloes and
worked thirty acres of hill paddy.

TAK LET. — A village in the Mid Riding, or Kawn Kangoi the Northern
Shan State of Mang Lon West, situated on the slope up from the Nam Pang
westwards to Loi Tawng.

It is in the Nam Lawt circle and had in April 1892 fourteen houses
with a population of eighty-one persons, all Shans. Some bullock traders
were resident in the village, but rice cultivation on the slopes was the chief
occupation of the villagers. They also grew some sugarcane. The altitude
of the village is three thousand five htindred feet.

TAK]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

205

TAK LET, — A village in the Miing T6n circle of the Northern Shan
State of South Hsen VVi.

It contained in March 1892 nine houses, with a population of fifty-two
persons. Some paddy is grown, but the chief industry is the cultivation of
tobacco, which is grown in considerable quantities and is sold locally at
four annas the viss.

TAK NAI.— A Palaunsj, Kachio and Chinese village in North Hsen Wi
Northern Shan State, in Mong Si sub-State.

It contained thirty houses in 1894, with a population of eighty persons.
The revenue paid was one rupee per household, and the people were paddy
cultivators and traders by occupation, and owned thirty bullocks, twenty
buffaloes, six ponies and twenty pigs. The price of paddy was eight annas
the basket.

TA KOT. — The capital of Mang L6n Northern Shan State. It stands at
an altitude of five thousand four hundred and fifty feet, in latitude north 22°
13', longitude east 98'^ 56'.

It is the residence of Ton Hsang, the Sawbwa of Mang Lon, and has eleven
houses only in the main village. Scattered about the hills, however, are
other villages which are considered to belong to it. The Wa and Shans
live separately.

Ta Kilt is situated on a small knoll projecting from the main spur, and is
commanded at a distance of one-and-a-half miles by a peak to the south-west.
There are two small stockaded works on the knoll below the village, which is
about a quarter of a mile west of the Saw/twa's palace. There are similar
works to the north on the Wing Kao road, and to the south-east. "They are
all very much out of repair.

There is a very small bazaar here. Fair supplies could be collected with
notice, but in Ta Kiit itself there are next to no supplies available for out-
side consumption.

There is little flat ground unoccupied, but there is room for a camp
between the palace and Pa Lem Kan Yot village, on a narrow saddle.
There is also more ground available to the south of Pa Lcm Kan Yot.
About two hundred and fifty men could be comfortably camped, if all avaiU
able space were taken up. Water is scarce. There is a small spring to the
south-east of and below the camp on the saddle, and animals can be watered
at a stream to the west below Pa Lcm Kan Yot. There is another small
stream to the north of and below the palace. The approaches to Ta Kiit
from all sides are good, but steep, and the slopes on either side are still
steeper and the ground rotten and slippery, affording no foot-hold.

Signalling in clear weather can be carried on to Nam Ka flkam, Loi Maw,
Loi Ka Han, Loi Nung, and the peaks on the M<!!hkong-Salween watershed,
including Loi Ang Lawng. There are roads to Kat Maw, six-and-a'half
miles, and on to Pang Yang, fourteen-and-a-haU miles ; to Ta Wo ferry on
the Na Lao-Lashio route vid Nam Ka Hkam, twenty-eight miles ; to Loi
Niing, thirty-two-and-a-half miles ; to Man Hpang vtd U Mawt, fifty-seven
mites ; to Pang Hsang viii Kat Maw, thirty miles. There is said to be a
direct road to Pang Hsang in an easterly direction, but it is reported as
impassable for animals.

2o6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAL

The Sawhea's haw is on the very highest point. It is solidly built of
oak and fir, but is by no means imposing externally, and like most hill houses
is pitch-dark inside. It was constructed about 1882 by Shan-Chinese
workmen from Mong Ma Santa, east of Bhamo. The main Shan village,
on a ledge behind, has a handsome pagoda and a large hpongyi kyaiing
partly built of brick. These also were built by the Shan-Chinese.

The chief Wa village on the hill is about a thousand f^et below, towards
the Nfani Ma to the north. On the Nam Ma the Sawhtea has extensive orange
groves. Ta Kut was adopted as his capital by the present Saivbwa. He
lived in the early years of his reign at Wing Kao (literally, the old capital),
about eleven miles off to the north-north-east. It stems probable that when
Wa affairs are more settled the Sawhwa will move to a more accessible
and roomy place than Ta Kiit. It is exposed to very high winds from
February onwards till the rains have set in.

TA-LAING. — A village of one hundred houses in the Sadaung township
of Sagaing district, twenty-four miles north of Sagaing.

It has a large royal tank, the Kyaungbyugan, and near it there is much
fertile waste land.

TA-LAING-DE. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision, and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and sixty-five persons
and the t/iai/iameaa amounted to Rs. 315. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TA-LAING-GON. — A village in the Sithi circle, Ye-za-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of five hundred and
seventy-one persons, according to the census of 189 1.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 950 for 1897-98.

TA-LAING-NGOK. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district, north-cast of Mal6 hill.

It has forty houses, and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred and
sixty persons, approximately. The villagers are coolies and cultivators.

TA-LAING-YAT. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and seventy persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 3.^3. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TA-LAW-GYI.- A village on theeast bankof the Irrawaddy river, in Myit-
kyina district.

It used to be the great mart for the jade trade and was much frequented
by the Chinese until the year 1878, since when the Taping route through
Bhamo has been more used. Before Haw Saing's rebellion Talawgyi was
a large town, It stands on a high bank and is enclosed by a double stock-
ade as a protection against the Kachins. The cultivation is chiefly lep6k,
but irrigated land yielding four hundred baskets a year is also worked.

Just above the village arc the mouths of the Nam Mali and the Nam
Tabet rivers, down the course of each of which comes a trade route
which ends at Talaw. The Nam Mali route is chiefly used by petty traders,
Kachins and Yawyins, with but a few Chinese. About an hundred and

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

207

fifty traders use this route. The Yawyins bring down lead which they dig in
the Chinese State of Sansi and sell at the rate of an hundred vissof lead for
from an hundred and twenty-five to two hundred viss of salt. The Kachins
bring down raw cotton, sold at from two to two-and-a-half rupees for ten
viss, sessamum seed, of which a basket fetches eight viss of salt, opium, and
spirits obtained from China.

The Nam Tabet route is used by Chinese and Shan-Chinese bound for
the Jade Mines. [For further details of the trade routes, v, sub Myitkyina
district.]

When Talawgyi was established in 1858 there were four chief men, U
Ai \Va, Sang Hka, Maung Kala and Maung Saung, who all claimed to be
hereditary thugyis and were always fighting for the ofhce. So far repre-
sentatives of the first three have held the post alternately. Talawgyi was
formerly one of the townships of the Atet Le-myo Kayaing.

TA-LI. — A village of thirty-four houses south of Sliwegu, in the Shwegu
subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own sixty-three buffaloes and cultivate le exclusively.
They are almost without exception settlers from Moda in Hatha, who
moved here in 1886 when that place was attacked by Kachins.

T.\-LIN-GON. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and twenty persons,
and the thathamcda amounted to Rs. 160. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TA-LIN-GYI. — A circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision of
Mandalay district. It is the only village in the circle and is situated thir-
teen miles south-east of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and eighty-five persons at the census
of 1891, and paid Rs. 560 r/irtr/rawtv/d-tax.

TALI UMA or SHANTUMKONG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 12,
Bhanio district, situated in 24'-' 31' north latitude and 97° 30' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fifteen houses, with a population of forty-six persons.
The headman has two others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the 'Nkhum tribe, and own three bullocks and two budiloes. There is good
ramping-ground in a large paddy-field, which would hold one thousand and
five hundred men. Fifty-five baskets of grain are produced yearly and there
is one rubber tree,

TA LO. — A ferry across the Nam Lwi, to the north-east of Keng Tung,
on the road to Sam Tao, below Ta Lom ferry, which is on the northern road
to Mong Yu. Its latitude is 21° 25' and its longitude 99° 55'.

The village is on the right bank of the river and contained in 1894 fifteen
houses of Liis. At the ferry there are two boats ; the river is about seventy
yards wide with a rapid current. Sam Tao is one march off. There are
large camping-grounds at Ta L6, but no supplies.
Distances—

From Ta L6 to Kcng Tung
From Ta L6 to Sam Tao
From Ta Lo to Mong Yawng

23 miles.
I march.
55 miles.

208

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ TAL— TAM

TA-L6K-MY0.— A village in the Talfikmyo circle, Myingyan township,
subdivision and district, was formerly the headquarters of a Wun.

There is an old and much venerated pagoda, called the Th6nbanhla, to
which frequent pilgrimages are made.

The population in 1895-96 numbered three thousand and eighty persons.
Thaihamcda in that year amounted to Rs. 4)384 and State land revenue to
Rs. 847-i-io> the gross revenue being Rs. 5,231-1-10.

TA LC— A village of the Southern Shan State of Keng Tong, on the Nam
Lwe, twenty-eight miles east of Keng Tung town, and on the KengTong-
Mong Yawng road.

It has eighteen houses and a small monastery. The people are Lii and
work irrigated rice-fields. For 1897 the village was assessed at Rs. 55
revenue. For revenue purposes Ta Lii is joined to Ta Rom, a ferry higher
up the river.

TALZAN. — A village of Chins of the Kanhaw tribe in the Northern Chin
Hills, It lies east of Mwelpi and is reached by a road running from Mwelpi
north-east, crossing tlie Shunnol stream and then ascending to Talzan, eight
miles.

In 1894 it had ten villages. Its re.tident chief was Tanglet. The people
are Yos, subordinate to Howchinkup. The village has been disarmed.
Water is obtained from holes, but is scarce.

TA-MA-BIN. — A village in the Palano circle, Pak6kku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of ninety-seven personsi according
to the census of iSgi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 370 for 1897-98.

TA-MA-BIN. — A village in the Ku circle, PakSkku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of ninety persons, according to the census of
1891, and a revenue of Rs. 140, included in that of Ku.

TA-MA-DAW, — The headquarters of the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u
subdivision of Shwebo district, with three square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered thirly-four persons, and there were two
hundred and eighty-five acres under cultivation. The chief products are
paddy and jaggery. The village is eleven miles from Ye-u. The revenue
from thathameda amounted to Rs. 320. The village is under the Chaungna
thugyi.

TA-MA-GAUK. — A vtllnge in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and ninety persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 290.

TA-MA-GAUK. — A village in the Ku-she circle, Seikpyu township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
eighty-eight persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 540, included in that of Ku-she.

TA-MA-GON. — Seven miles south-west of Wundwin in the Northera
subdivision 0I Meiktila district, was an important village in Burmese times.
Its thugyi was a NgU'Sc Myinsi, subordinate to the Ingan Myingaung.
The village is now almost deserted and contains not more than thirty houses.
It is the stopping-place of the little traffic which goes along the neighbour-
ing foot-pass through the Shan hills.

TAM]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

209

TA-MA-GYI. — In the Mahlaing-township, Northern subdivision of Meik-
tila district, was in Burnaese times the centre of an important circle, but
has now dwindled to fifty houses.

The village was originally the head of thirty ^««w^ships. Maung Myat
Maung, the thugyi, was outlawed at the time of the Myingun Prince's rising.
His son, Po Tin, was pardoned by King Thibaw, but subsequently executed
for disaffection, together with the Legyi thugyi, Maung Chit Saya [who is
not to be confused with the Tamagyi Chit Saya, a dacoit, originally main-
tained by Maung Myat Maung, who gave a great deal of trouble at the An-
nexation].

TA-MA-KA. — A village in the Tamaka circle, Laung-she township, Ya-
dwin subdivision of Pakdkku district, with a population of one hundred
and sixty-two persons and a revenue of Rs. 330 in 1897.

TA-MA-LON. — A village of twenty-eight houses on the right bank of the
Taping chaun^, in the Bhamo subdivision and district.

The villagers own forty buffaloes and cultivate mayin paddy exclusively.
The village is usually three feet under water in the rains.

TA-MAN-THfi. — A revenue circle in the Homalin township, Lega-yaing
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district, including nine villages.

TA-MA-YAUK. — A village in the Myintha circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of five hundred and twenty-six
persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 396 for 1897-98.

TA-ME. — A village in the U Taik circle of Pwe LaState, Myelat district
of the Southern Shan States.

In 1897 it contained fifty-seven houses, with a population of two hundred
and sixly-se\en persons, who paid Rs. 456 annual revenue. Six of the
houses were exempted on the grounds of personal service.

TA-Mfi YWA-THIT.— A village in the Tfelhun circle of Pangtara State,
Myelat district of the Southern Shan States.

In 1897 it contiincd forty-four houses with a population of two hundred
and eleven persons. The village is of recent growth, and only eighteen
houses were assessed in that year, at Rs. 1-8-0 each.

TAM HSO. — A Shan village, of twenty-five houses in 1897, in the Ho Ya
circle of South Hsen Wi Northern Shan State.

It has a population of one hundred and thirty-seven adults and fifty
children. The villagers own one hundred buffaloes and cultivate forty
acresoflowlying paddy-land. Tarn Hso pays Rs. 15 revenue a year.

TAMJA — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district. Its
situation has not been precisely determined.

In 1892 it contained sixty houses ; the population was unknown. The in-
habitants are Chinese. The headman has no others subordinate to him.

TA-MO. — A circle in the Magwe township and district, including the vil-
lages of Tamo and Awzagfin.

TA-MOK-SO. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and sub-
division of Mandalav district,

TamAkso is the only village in the circle and is situated ten miles south-
east of headquarters. It had a population of three hundred and fifteen per-

dio

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAM

sons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 659 thafhameda-ta\. The land
revenue amounted to Rs. 183.

Tam6kso is the largest agricultural centre of the township and was once
the headquarters of a township of the same name. After the Annexation
dacoity wns prevalent in the neighbourhood until a military post was estab»
lished in the village.

TA MONG haw. — A stream in the Northern Shan States which." rises
in the hills of Ta-sbin-tan and flows west down a deep wooded ravine,
entering the Salween, a little below Pa ferry, after a course of about five
miles. Between Cha-tzu-shu and Yang-fang it is two yards wide by six
inches, with a rocky bottom.

TA MONG KAI, — A ferry over the Nam Teug on the road from Mong
Nai (Monfe) to Mong Pan, in latitude 20° 20', longitude 98° 5'.

The river is here one hundred yards broad, Vith a rapid current. At the
ferry are three rafts which will hold fifteen men, five mule-loads, or three
mules : there are also two boats holding six men each, out of which another
raft could be made.

The village is on the right bank of the river, in a plain six miles long
by four miles wide. It is of some size and is inhabited by Shans and a
mixed race of Shans and Burmans. Large quantities of tobacco are
grown here and at the village of Lang K6 (called Linhke by the Burmese),
two-and-a-half miles farther down the river. The tobacco is cut in January
and Februarj' and is put out for five or six days to dry, being left out in
the dew at night and in the sun in the day. There are a few pack bullocks
at Ta Mong Khai, but most of the tobacco is taken away by traders from
other places who come on purpose for it.

There is room for fifty men in sayats, and room to camp in the com-
pounds of the two pSngyi kyaxtngs and along the river bank between them.
On the left bank is a cleared space two hundred by one hundred yards, but
very dirty.

At Lang Ko there is room for two hundred men in sayats and camping-
ground round the village. Here there is a small ferry with one boat capablf
of holding eight men.

Distances — Mites.

From Ta Mong Kai to Mong^ Nai (Mon&)
From Ta MCing Kai to Mong Pan

ao|
26

TAM Sfi. — A Kachin (Lana) village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan
State, Mong Li circle.

It contained twenty-three houses in] 1894, with a population of sixty-five
persons. The revenue paid was one rupee per household and the people
were paddy, maize, and opium traders by occupation, and owned ten bul-
locks, five buffaloes and twenty-one pigs. The price of paddy was eight
annas the basket.

TAMU.— The headquarters of the Kabaw township, Kindat subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district.

TA MUK HSO. — A daingox circle in the Mong Long sub-State of Hsi Paw,
Northern Shan States, under a nebaing. It is bounded on the north and

TAN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

211

east by the Taunglet, on the south by Madaya subdivision, and on the west
by Singu subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had in 1898 a population of three hundred and twenty- five persons, in
ninety-nine households and ten villages, and paid a net revenue of Rs.
740-8-0, with about one hundred and eighty-five baskets of paddy. The
population is for the most part Burman, and there are a few Shans. There
is a route much used by porters from Madaya via Sagabin to the Ka La Kwai
and Mong Long tea hills which passes through Ta Muk Hso.

The Kainggyi teak forests, worked by the Sawbwa, are in the Ta Muk Hso
circle.

From Kainggyi to the top of the plateau near the Taunglet is a rise of nearly
three thousand feet, in five or six miles.

The people are mostly engaged in lowland paddy cultivation, and a second,
or hot weather crop is obtained. A good deal of thilsi oil is also extracted
and some tobacco is grown. As it lies on the borders the circle had a con-
sistently bad reputation for dacoits until 1896.

The circle was formerly part of the Taunglet,

TAN-AUNG. — A village in the Letpya circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-four per-
sons, according to the census.of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 260, included in
that of Letpya.

T.\-NAUNG-AING. — A village of one hundred and thirty houses in Ava
township of Sagaing district.

It lies eight miles north-east of Myotha and is the headquarters of a thugyt,
who has also the village of Tha-byegan, one hundred and nineteen houses,
under him.

TA-NAUNG-BIN. — A village of fifty-one houses in Myotha township of
Sagaing district, five miles south of Myotha.

TA-NAUNG-BIN-U. — A revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myin-
gyan subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand and twenty-five per*
sons, the thathamcda amounted to Rs. 1,496) the State land revenue to
Rs. 10, and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,506.

TA-NAUNG-DAING. — A large village in the Myingyan township, sub-
division and district, was formerly the headquarters of a Township Officer,
but on the breaking up of the Tanaungdaing township in J 893, the village was
transferred to the Taungtha township. In 1896 the village was again trans-
ferred to the Myingyan township. It is prettily situated on high ground
with the large Daung-ia lake to the west. This is leased annually as a fishery.

There is a small bazaar and a ddk bungalow. The circle in 1895-96
numbered two thousand eight hundred and fifty persons, and the thatkamtuia
amounted to Rs. 3,500. No land revenue was collected in that year,

TA-NAUNG-GON.— A village in theMyitchi^ circle, Pakfikku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-four
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 320, included
in that of Myitcb^.

312

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAN

TA-NAUNG-G6N. — A village in the Bahiii circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-seven persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 430, included in that of Bahin circle.

TANAUNG-GON. — A village in theChindaung circle, Seikpyu township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-nine persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 490, included in that of Zigat.

TA-NAUNG-KA-LA, — A village in the Kundaw circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 190, included \a that
of Kundaw.

TA-NAUN'GON. — A revenue circle, in the Taungftha township, Myin-
g^an subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and ten persons, and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 62. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

TA-NAUNG-ON. — A village in the Kyunnyo-ga-le circle, Pak6kku town-
ship, subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and ten
persons, according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 700, included
that of Kyunnyo-ga-le.

TA-NAUNG-PA-GA. — A revenue circle with two villages, Tanaung-
paga North and Tanaungpaga South, and a population of four hundred and
seven persons, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It lies on
the borders of the Budalin and Kani townships.

The chief products are paddy, yVo'ar and sessamum.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 1,030, from thathameda.

TA-NAUNG-THON-BIN.— A village in the Aligan circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pakdkkn subdivision and district, with a population of one hun-
dred and sixteen persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 190 for 1897-98.

TA-NAUNG-WUN.— A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, seven miles from Ye-u town.

The population numbers one hundred and twenty-three persons. Paddy is
the chief crop. For 1896.97 the thathavicda revenue amounted to Rs. igo.

TA-NAUNG-WUN. — A village in the Letyama circle, Myaing townshipi
PakAkka subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
thirty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 760 for 1S97-98.

TAN-BIN-CH AUNG. — A village in the Pakan-gyi circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakfikku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eight persons, according to the census of 1S91, and a revenue of Rs. 271.

TAN'-BIN-GAN. — A village in the Lingadaw circle, Myaing township,
Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred
and twenty persons, according to the census of 1891,

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 790 for 1897-98.

TAN-BIN-GAN SOUTH. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township,
Myingyan subdivision and district.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

313

In 1895-96 the population numbered ninety-five persons, and the thatha-
meda amounted to ks. 102. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

TAN-B[N-G6N,— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and eight persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 230, included in that of
Tawyaung.

TAN-CH.\UK-PIN.— A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, on the east bank of the Irrawaddy river.

It has fifty-five houses and a population of two hundred and twenty
persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are
coolies and cultivators,

TAN-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and eighty persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 553. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TAN-DAW. — A village in the Ma-hlaing township, Northern subdivision
of Meiktila district, with one thousand two hundred inhabitants.

The Hti Saung pagoda, built by King Thiri-dhamma-thawka, stands here.
The village has a considerable trade in cotton.

TAN-DAW. — A village of seventy-six houses at the foot of the Sagaing
Hills, in the Sagaing subdivision and district.

TAN-DAW. — A village in the Nonbo circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of sixty-six persons, according to
the census of i8gr, and a revenue of Rs. 80, included in that of Tan-
daw-gyauk,

TAN-DAW. — A village in the Pakdkku township, subdivision and
district, with a population of fifty-four persons, according to the census of
189!, and a revenue of Rs. 360.

TAN-DAW. — A village in the Naung-u circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred
and twelve persons, according to the census of 1891. The thathameda
amounted to Rs. 1,050 for 1S97-98.

T.\N-DAW.— A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, one mile from Ye-u town.

The population numbers two hundred and two persons, and there are
7 ra acres under cultivation, with 14' 14 acres of State lands. For 1896-97
Rs. 830 thathameda revenue was paid.

TAN-D-^W-GYI. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe dis-
trict, including the single village of Tandawgyi.

TA-NE. — A revenue circle in the south of the Mintaingbin township of
Lower Chindwin district, with one thousand two hundred and fifty-nine
inhabitants.

It includes six villages: Pa-ne, Letpanhla, Paung-pan, Myaungpan,
Kyauk-konand Ywathit. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 2,960
from thathameda and Ks. 675 from State land.

214

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAN

TA-NE.— A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwebo
district, twelve miles from Ye-u town.

There are four hundred and two inhabitants, and paddy cultivation is
the chief industry. Rs. 455 thathameda was paid for 1896-97.

TA-Nfi-GYI-GON. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, eighteen miles from Ye-u.

There are twenty-four inhabitants, who paid Rs. Zo thathameda revenue
for 1896-97. The chief industry is paddy cultivation.

TA-NE-NG&, — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, ten miles from headquarters.

There are seventy-five inhabitants, mostly rice-cultivators. The thatha-
meda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 180.

TA-NET-NOfi. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, thirteen miles from Ye-u, with a population of fifty-eight
persons.

Paddy cultivation is the chief industry. The thathameda amounted to
Rs. 180 for 1896-97.

T.\N-GA-KAN.— A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township,
Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In (895-96 the population numbered two thousand seven hundred and
thirty persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 4,912. No land reve-
nue was collected in the circle.

TAN-GAVV.— A village of Lawtu Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies lour miles north of Naring and can be reached from Naring, four miles,
or from Shurkvva via Paiz6n.

in 1894 it had one hundred and fifty houses. Tauugbyung was its
resident chief. The village is stockaded only at the gate-way on the
western face; the camping-ground is on the north, with plenty of w.iter.
Tangaw was partially disarmed in 1895. Nikwe has influence with it,

TAN-Gfi-DAW. — A village in the Tangii-daxv circle, Ycza-gyo township,
Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
ninety persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 850 for 1897-98.

TAN-G£-DAW. — A village in the Anauk-chauktaing circle, Myaing
township, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of four
hundred and twelve persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 290 for 1897-98.

TANG HbO. — A Palaung village in the Mong Yu circle of the Northern
Shan State of North Hsen Wi, situated in the hills between Mong Yu and
Mong Wi. about two miles from Mong Nung village.

There were eight houses in the village in February 1892, with fifty-seven
inhabitants, Falaungs of the Humai branch. They have been settled here
many years, and cultivate hill-rice on the slopes below the village.

TAN-GI-DAW. — A village in the Myaing township, Pak6kku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and forty-four persons,
according to the census of iSgr.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 270 for 1897-98.

TANl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

215

TAN-GI-DAW.— A village in the Sa-be circle, Myaing township, Pakfik-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and seventy-
eight persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamedti aniounled to Rs. 440 for 1897-98.

TANGPU. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 25° 47' north latitude and 97° 37' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses : the population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordlnale to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lahtawng tribe.

TANG SHANG KEO. — A Lisu, or Lihsaw village of six houses in the
Ko Kang trans-Salween circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen .
Wi (Theinni). It is situated on the hill range to the east of Ken Pwi, at
an altitude of five thousand six hundred feet.

The inhabitants, who in 1893 numbered twenty-seven persons, cultivatrd
opium and maize and owned large numbers of pigs.

TAN-GVVA. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand two hundred and five
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,498. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

TANG YAN.— A district in the Northern Shan State of South Hsen VVi.
It is bounded on the north by Mong Kyeng and Mong Ma; on the south
by M&ng Heng and West Mang Lon ; on the east by West Mang Li3n ;
and on the west by Mong Pat and Man Kat.

It is by far the largest in the State. The headman is styled a Mvoza
and lives at Tang Yan village, which is really a group of three villages,
namely :(i) Wy tng T&ng Yan, X\t^ Myoza's village, (2) Tang Yan, the
monastery village, and (3) Tang Yan, the baz.iar village. The Tang Yan
circle has an area of about six hundred square miles, and contained an adult
population in 1897 of two thousand two hundred and fifty-seven males, and
two thousand six hundred and eighty one feniales ; and of children, one
thousand four hundred and eighty-one boys, and one thousand five huncfred
and twenty-three girls. The vdlagers owned three thousand five hundred
and eighteen buffaloes, two thousand and thirty-four cows, one thousand
five hundred and six bullocks and two hundred and thirtv-two ponies. The
area under cultivation is eight hundred and seventy-three acres of lowlying
fields, one thousand seven hundred and eight acres of hill paddv, and one
hundred and eighty-one acres of garden land. The inhabitants cultivate
paddy mostly, and a good deal of tobacco is grown and manufactured by
the villages situated along the banks of the Nam Pang.

The myosa not only assumes a good deal of the state which properly be-
longs to that title, but has as good a right to it, as far as extent of charge goes ,
as most actual myoaas.

The general appearance of the State is very much that of the Myelat in
the Southern Shan States, a wide expanse of rolling, treeless downs.
There is, however, very much more irrigable land than in the Myelat, and
the population should naturally be, and formerly was, far greater than it
now is. The exposed character of the villages, however, invited attack
and roost of them were ravaged and burnt not once but many times in the

2l6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAN

The townships.

In the Myedu township are two hundred and two vil-
lages and twenty-three thousand nine hundred and seventy-
seven inhabitants.

The Indaing townsliip lies west of the Mu river, with its headquarters at
Kyunhla, where are the Township Officer's court and a Civil and Military
Police post. Indaing has seventy-five villages and a population of six thou-
sand two hundred and forty -six souls.

Malfe has its headquarters at the town of that name on the Irrawaddy
river. Here also there is a court-house and a Civil Police station. It has
thirty-one villages and a population of four thousand nine hundred and
twenty persons.

The following legendary history of Tantabin town is given.

In the year 999 B.E. (1637 A.D.) Prince Thalon Mintaya-gyi, King of
„. the Inwaw I'o country, went to Taungu in Lower Burma

'^^' and captured Maung Naing, the ruler of Taungu, and re-

turned with him to ln\\a.myo (Ava) and kept him prisoner in a white
house. Maung Naing had a younger sister named Tuchadewi, who be-
came wife of Thalon Mintaya-gyi, Maung Naing was after sometime
sent to Seboktaya Teindaing/wyo and there became a hunter. In the
course of his pursuit of game he came to a place where there was a tank
which he called Me-o-dwin, and at the south-west corner of it a large and
particularly remarkable palm tree, for it gave no shade : he was struck with
the advisability of founding a town on ihe spot and returned to his sister,
the Princess Tucha-dewi, to obtain permission to do so. This was granted and
Maung Naing returned to the place and built himself a town there, which he
named Tantabin from the palm-tree.

In the reign of Bodaw-paya orders were issued that the place was to be
called Mya.gunmyo, but this order was not enforced, and the place remained
Tantabin and Maung Naing was given authority over the country as Myosa.
Subsequently, in the time of the Inwa Mingaung, the circle was amalga-
mated with the Pyinsala Ngamvo and placed under a Wun who lived at
Nyaungbinw»y<?, and after 1228 B.E. (1866 A.D.) at Tantabin: and this re-
mained his headquarters up to the time of the British occupation.

TAN-TA-BIN. — The headquarters of the circle of that name of Myedu
township, Tantabin subdivision of Shwebo district.

The manufacture of bamboo matting is the chief industry of the circle.
Tantabin is thirty miles from Shwebo town and in 1891 had a population
of one thousand five hundred and eighty-four persons and paid Rs. 13,920
revenue.

In Burmese times it was the headquarters of the Pyiusala Ngamyo-xcun
[y. supra\ and was a much larger place than it is now. It was the subdivi-
sional headquarters for some time after the Annexation, until their transfer
in 1891 to Kanbalu.

TAN-TA-BIN.— A revenue circle and village with one hundred and forty-
three inhabitants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It
bestrides both banks of tlie Pato!6n chaung in the Sfeywa chaung valley,
between the Mahudaung and Pfindaung ranges.

Paddy is cultivated. The revenue from the circle in 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 350 from thathameda.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

319

TAN-TA-BIN. — A revenue circle and village in the Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of six hundred and fifteen persons at the census of
i8gi, and paid Rs. 1,380 thaihameda'ta.\.

The township and subdivisional court-houses, a police-station, and a rail-
way station are in this circle.

TAN-TA-BIN. — A village in the Paunggvv^ circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and fourteen
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs, 290, included
in that of Paung-gwfe.

TAN-TA-BIN. — A village in theTaung-u circle, Yeza^gyo township, Pa«
kfikku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and forty-
nine persons, according to the census of iSgi.

The thafhameda amounted to Rs. 660 for 1897-98.

TAN-TA-BIN. — A village of eleven Kachin houses on the Naphe chaung,
a tributary of the Sinkan chaung, in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo dis-
trict.

Formerly there were three households of Shan-Burmese, but these re-
moved some years ago to Nanhkauk tat'k.

TAN-TA-BIN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty miles from headquarters.

There are three hundred inhabitants, and paddy cultivation is almost the
only industry. The thafhamcda paid for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 340.

TAN-THA.— A village in the Tantha circle, Seikpyu township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and fifty-nine
persons, according to the census of 189 1.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 130 for 1897-98.

TAN-YIN. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district.

It includes the villages of Tatk6n, Kyundaw aing and Ma-gyi-gon.

TAN-YIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of forty-one persons, according to the census of
i8gi, and a revenue amounting to Rs. J40.

TAN-YIN. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and forty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 506. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TAO.— A village of Chins of the Klangklang tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies fifty miles from Hakaandcan be reached from Hakaby a road
to the south crossing several streams.

In 1894 it had eighty houses. Nga Poi was its resident chief. The
village was engaged in the attack on Lawvar and was fined in 1892, and
again in 1893 for harbouring Lawle. It is slightly stockaded and has a bad
water-supply. There is a small camping-ground thrce-quarters-of-a-mile
below the village, which is under Lawle of Klangklang.

TAO HSI KENG.— A Shan village in North Hsen VVi, Northern Shan
State, in Hsten Wi circle.

3 so

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I TAO— T AP

It contained twelve houses in iSg4, with a population of forty-six per-
sons. The revenue paid was four annas per household, and the occupation
of the people was paddy cultivation and trading. They owned three bullocks
and thirteen buffaloes. The price of paddy was twelve annas the basket.

TA ONG MU— Latitude iQ° 56'; longitude 97° 38' Altitude, eight
hundred feet.— A ferry on the Salwecn river, half way beivveen the Hwe Long
Wai and the Hwe Mii. This is the ferry for travellers to Mong Maii from Sa
Lawng or Kadugyi. There are usually two small boats here. Below the
ferry the Salwecn narrows considerably and just above the Hwe Long Wai
junction it is only seventy-five yards wide in the dry season.

TA PA. — A ferry on the Salwecn river in the Northern Shan States.

Very few caravans use this route. A few mules and bullocks cross in
January and February ; but there arc said to be not more than about twenty
of each yearly. It is used as a communication between villages on the banks
and by people from Ko Kang coming to M6ng Si bazaar.

The Salween at the ferry flows in a succession of long reaches and rapids,
the reach at the ferry being about half-a-mile in length. It is about one
hundred and thirty yards broad and flows at the rate of one-and-a-half to two
miles an hour. The banks are high, steep, and jungle-covered, bamboos being
plentiful on both banks, but not of great size. The flood-rise in the rains is
from thirty-five to forty feet.

The ferry service fs maintained by one dug-out, capable in good condition
of transporting seven mule loads at a time. The passage takes about three
minutes. It is worked by men from Ta Hsen village, five of whom are on duty
for five days at a time. Animals swim the river about two hundred yards
lower down, where there are small sandbanks on either side. The ferry dues
vary from two annas to six annas a load, according to the state of the river,
two annas being the nominal rate for a man.

The ferry takes its name from the Chinese village Ta-pa, which was for-
merly a large village and was used as a halting-place by traders using this route.
Jt has sincfe decreased in size and Ta-hO (or Pyin Kawn), a La village with
twenty houses and a^pongyi kyaung and some eayatSy has taken its place as
a camping-ground. This village is distant two miles from the ferry and is
about one thousand seven hundred and fifty feet above it. There is room for
a small party, not exceeding one hundred men, to encamp in and around the
pungyi /i_y<jwn_f enclosure ; and for about one hundred men on sloping ground
a quarter-of-a-mile below the village. Wood, water and grass arc plentiful ;
supplies of paddy and rice are also easy.

•About a quarter-of-a-mile from the ferry on the west side is a small aayat,
capable of accommodating about thirty men, with a little flat ground around it.
The whole might be used as a camping-ground by about sixty men. Water
is obtained from a small stream near at hand. Beneath this and rather lower
down the river there is at present a sand bank, about two hundred yards long
by fifty yards wide. This is dry and might be used as a camping-ground, but
could not be relied upon. There appears to be no flat ground on the east
bank large enough for even a small force to camp. There is standing room
among the rocks on both banks for from three hundred to four hundred men
awaiting embarkation. The river itself nowhere forn^s a serious obstacle,
and might be crossed at any of the reaches, but the approachf s would be
difticult and in many places impassable owing to the steepness of the banks.

TA.P]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

221

The ferry is distant eighteen miles by road from Mong Si. Of this, five
miles through the forest which clothes the upper slopes of Loi Pang Lorn is
bad, and the remainder fairly easy. There is no good camping-ground along
this route, the halting-place at Pan Chi Ki being very small. and bad, The
ridge Loi Wing Tan commands the approach to Mong Si from the ferry. The
slopes to within half-a-mile of the river from this point are free of jungle.

The nearest village on the east bank is Yangfang, distant about two-and-a-
half miles, on the road to Cha-tzu-shu, distant about ten-and-a-half miles.

TA PA LAI. — A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw, in the
Ea.stcrn subdivision. It is in charge of a nebaing and is bounded on the
north by Hsi Hsung Man Hsang.

It included one village in i8g8 and had a population of thirty-three persons.
In the same year it paid Rs. 37-8-0 net revenue, but had no revenue-paying
thanatpct trees. The railway line passes through the circle and there is to
be a station at Ta Pa Lai.

TA-PAW.— A village in the Mogaung subdivision of Myitkyina district.
Tapaw is picturesquely situated at the end of the ridge of hills running
from Pinka, where the .Mogaung r/;f7K«^ takes a great bend to the north,
with the result that though Tapaw is only eight miles by a bad and very
swampy road from Mogaung, it is a full day's journey by laung.

It is said to have been founded from Mogaung Myohaung two or three
years before the removal cf the inhabitants from Myohaung
IS ory. ^^ Myothit, the preser;t Mogaung town, three generations

back. The village was completely destroyed in Haw Saing's rebellion in
1245 B.E. (1883 A.D.) the inhabitants flymg en masse to Bhamo. The
whole village was burnt to the ground and all the cattle looted by Haw
Saing's adherents. There were thirty houses in the village then. The vil-
lage was re-established by Maung Swfe.

It has now thirty-one houses and in 1893 had thirty-seven. One of the
households is of Kachins from the P6nshan taunt;, of the Maru tribe.
There is a teak kyiiung to the north of the village, with accommodation for
fifteen men, and a zayat. There is also a Public Works Department
bungalow, which has been handed over to the Civil Department. The jade
lessees keep an agent here to check exports by boat. The village has thirty
buffaloes.

Kachin villages near Tapaw are —

(0 Nang Naw,| ^^^ ^^^^ ^j Pa-hen-man.
(2) Pamsan, J

{3) Lakyen, about four miles off on the Akya road.
TA PAW Kt) TA. — A ferry across the Salween rtyer, about three and-a-
half miles above the Mfe Hsai.

There was a Siamese post here in 1889-90. The village of Paw Ku Ta
lies among the hills on the right bank.

Ta PAWK — .'\ village in the Mong Yai circle of the Northern Shan
State of South Hsen Wi, It lies about four miles south-Avest of the capital,
on a bank sloping down to the Kiu Ti stream, and contained in March 1893
twenty-throe houses, with a popuLitiou of one-hundred persons.

iui

322

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

(TAP

The village is in two groups, at an interval of about half a mile,
and has been entirely rebuilt during the last three years. It was burnt by
men from Hsi Paw (Thibaw) in August 1887. Lowland paddy cultivation
is the chief industry and cotton is also grown in small quantities. Formerly
a great deal was cultivated.

TA Pfi. — A ferry village on the Nam Hsim, on the road from Mong Pu
to M6ng Hsat, in the Southern Shan State of Keng Tfing.

"The Nann Hsim is here seventy yards broad, unfordable, but with easy
current as early as the month of November. There is a wretched Shan
village of three or four houses on the right bank, round which there is cram-
ped accommodation for fifty men at the most, while in a small field a
quarter mile up the river there is accommodation for one hundred men.
The standing room on the left bank is most cramped, being merely the
width of the path and a few rocks, but a quarter mile along the route
eastward on the banks of the Nam Ye Nang there is an open space where
fifty to one hundred men could camp. Animals would have to be picketed
very close together. No grass, and but few bamboo leaves. Supplies «r7,
and the surrounding hilly country being almost devoid of population, paddy
for animals, &c., would have to be sent from Mdng Hsat (or Mong Pu),
The approaches on both sides of valley, which is deep and gorge-like, are
difficult ; that from the east or left bank down the gorge-like valley of the
Nam Ye Nang: that from the west or right bank over a range of hills
crossed at an elevation of four thousand three hundred and lifty feet, the
descent being along an interminabfc spur with many undulations. * *
The means of working the ferry are usually limited to one small raft,"

"Ta Pc is twenty-eight miles from Mong Pu and forty miles from Mong
Hsat."

(Captain H. B. Walker, D.C.L.I., Intelligence Branch, 1895.)

TAPING (called Ta Haw by the Chinese, but locally better known as
the Sansi Haw, or the Kan Ngai or Man Yen Haw ; the Shans call it Nam
An or Nam Mu An, and sometimes Nam Lonjj). — A river which rises in
China in the hilts north of Tancha (Chanchai, in probably about latitude
25° 45', and Hows south-west through the Kacliin hills into the Irrawaddy,
which it reaches two miles above Bhamo.

At the junction of the Nampaung it is a roaring torrent, full of boulders
and rapids, seventy-five yards wide in the cold weather, and one hundred
and fifty yards in the rains, impassable even in the cold weather for men,
mules or boats. At Myothit, wliere it enters the Irrawaddy plain, it is
one-hundred
weather.

and eighty yards wide and nine feet deep in the cold

The Taping is navigable for launches up to Myothit in the rains. Large
country boats can go up to Mj-othit all the year round, and small dug-outs
can go two miles higher. Above this the river passes through a defile, and
is in some places not more than fifteen or twenty feet broad, with a current
of six miles an hour, very deep, and full of rocks. Its high-water mark is
here fifteen feet above the cold weather level. In the rains boats take about
three days to reach Myothif from Rhanio, but the journey down stream is
done in a day at any time of the year.

TAP]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

223

A temporary mule bridge is generally made in the cold weather across the
Taping at Myolhit but it is regularly wasbed away in the rains. The river
can be crossed by b^at at Myothit, or at any of the villages below.

In Chinese territory it again becomes navigable between Mong Na (Kan-
ngai) and Man Waiiig (Man-yuen or Man-yen), but only for small boats and
rafts. It takes two days to go up and one to come down. Except in tlie
Sansi plain, in the Mong Na Santa plain, where it receives the Nam Ti, a
large tributary, and below Myothit, the Taping runs through deep gorges.
Between Tancha and Sinna it is thirty or forty yards wide and fordable in
the dry season. At Sansi it is sixty yards wide and unfordable. In the Mong
Na Santa plain it is a slow river flowing over a sandy bed from three hundred
yards to nearly half a mile wide, but not filled with water except after
neavy rain. In Ibe bills it is mostly a wild torrent. There are several
bridges and many ferries in Chinese territory. The length of the river is
about one hundred and fifty miles.

TA PING.— A ferry on tlie Nam Lwe in tlie Southern Shan State of
Keng Tung. It is twenty-three miles north-east of KengTOng town, on the
main caravan route to Keng Hung viii Mong Ma. " The Nam Lwe is here
'' fifty yards broad with easy current and just fordable in the middle of the
'' dry weather. There is usually only one boat. There is a ferry-house, the
<' ferry village bcin^ nearly two miles down the river towards Ta Lom.
<' There is camp accommodation on both banks for over one hundred men.

" From Ta Ping to KengtQng there are two rout'es :—
"(fl) Striking the KengtQng plain at Man Hsa.
" {p) Striking the KengtQng plain at Lai Law,
" From Ta Ping to Mong Ma is 14 miles.
" From Ta Ping to Keng Hung is 106^ miles.
«' Elevation 2,600 feet."

[Captain H. B. Walker, D.C.L.i., Intelligence Branch, 1894.]

TAPINGHSO. — A village of Miautsu in the Ko Kang circle of the North-
ern Shan State of Hscn Wi. It lies west of Nam Kaw, about six miles north
of SaTi Hsu, in a gorge six tbousmd feet above sca-lt-vel and commanding
a magnificent view down to the Salween, with the huge peaks of Loi Pang
Lom and Loi Saw Mh on the western bank.

The inhabitants call themselves Mung and came twenty years ago from
Shunting, or Shun-ning, east of Yungchang and soutli of Tali. Of about an
hundred immigrants only the five householc^s, at Tapinghso remain. The rest
have all gone back to Yunnan. In 1892 they numbered altogether thirty-two,
of whom eleven were men and twelve women. The men dressed as Chinese,
but the women still retained their picturesque national kilt and double
breasted bodice, tliougli in sad dilapidation. Several were passable pretty.

They eat nothing but Indian-corn, of which they cultivate about an hun-
dred acres, with twice that area of poppy. The houses stand on piles with
walls of mud ending above in rough logs open to the winds. The village is
closed in by three barred gates.

TA POM. — A ferry on the Nam Lwe in the Southern Shan State of
KengtQng. It is twenty-one miles north of KengtQng town, on the main
roads to M6ng Yang and Mong Hkak.

326

The upper Burma gazetteer.

CTA.T

attempted to ford. There are three dug-outs out of which a raft could be
made. The best camping-ground is on the left bank on the site of the old
village, but jungle would have to be cleared for a large camp. No supplies
are obtainable.

From Ta Tawn there is an indifferent road to Moog Hsat ; a roari to
the east to Mfe Chan, whence roads branch off to Chi-
eng Hsen and Chieng Hai : and a road to the south-west
to Mong Fang.
Distances —

Communications.

49i

-14
64

63
16

Miles.

From Ta Tawn to M6ng Hsat

From Ta Tawn to Keng Tung (Bid M5ng Hsat)

From Ta Tawn to M& Chan

From Ta Tawn to Chierg Hsen

From Ta Tawn to Chieng Hai

From Ta Tawn to Mong Fang

TAT-CHAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township,
Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district,

It includes a single village and paid Rs. 380 revenue in 1897.

TAT-GON. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a po|)ulation of two hundred and ninety-seven pcrsonsj accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 1,500.

TAT-GYI-GON. — A village of twenty-three houses of Shaus on the Mosit
stream, in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The inhabitants came down from Mana near Nam Hkam in 1870 to
Kaungon, thence to Sbweb6ntha, and finally settled in Tatgyig6n, They
own nn cattle and are poor ; most of them live by cutting bamboos.

TATI. — A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw, in the Eastern
subdivision.

It included twelve villages in i8q8 and had a population of three hundred
and twenty-six persons. It is in charge of a nebaing : in the same year it
paid Hs. 673-8-0 net revenue.

TAT-K^N. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district, including three villages, with an approxi-
mate area of fourteen square miles.

The population in i8gi numbered four hundred and seventy-eight persons
and there was a revenue of Rs. 1,379.

TAT-KYA. — A village in the Myintha circle, PakAkku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of four hundred and fifty-four
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The Ihaihameda amounted to Rs. 495 for 1897-98.

TAT-KYI. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and subdivi-
sion of Mandalay district.

Tatkyiis the only village in the circle and is situated seven miles south-
south-west of headquarters.

It had a population of three hundred and ninety-five persons at the
census of 1891, and paid Rs. 600 thathameda-\.dL\. The land revenue
amounted to Rs. 476.

TATONG. — A small Chinese village in the Trans-Salween Ko Kang
circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi ^Theinni). It stands

TAT-TAU ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

227

at a height of five thousand seven hundred feet, in the hills to the south-
west of Taw Nio bazaar, and had in 1892 thirty-six inhabitants.

Opium, Indian-corn and a small quantity of rice were the chief crops.
The inhabitants keep pack-mules and sell quantities of opium in China.

TAT-SU. — A village in the Tan-gyaung circle, Seikpyu township, Pak6k-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and eight
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Bs. l8o,
included in that ot Tangyaung.

TAT-TE. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u.

The pTpulation numbers one hundred and ten persons, and the people
are chiefly rice cultivators. The i/iai/tameda revenue for 1896-97 amount-
ed to Rs. 370.

TA T- TH IT. — A village in the Tazfe township, Ye-u subdivision of Sbwebo
district, with a population in 1891 of eighty-six persons.

The chief crop is paddy : the thathamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 300. The village is fifteen miles from Ye-u.

TAT-TWIN. — A village in the Linbin circle, Pak6kku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

I he thathameda amounted to Rs. 180 for 1897-98.

TA TCNG ANG. — A ferry village over the Nam Tu (Myit-ngfe) river, in
Tawng Tek circle of the Northern Shan State of h'si Paw,

It had a population of fifty-five persons in 1898. It is in charge of the
ferry thugyi. In the same year it paid Rs. 99-8-0 net revenue.

riext to the ferry at Hsi Paw itself the Ta Tung Ang ferry is the most
~ J important in the Hsi Paw State. It is about six miles

^* distant from Nam Lan and the same distance from Tawng

Tek. In March the river is about eighty yards broad by about six f«*ct
deep, with a very rapid current. The ferrymen and dug-outs are main-
tained by the Sawbwa, and it is estimated that about two thousand pack-
cattle cross during the year. The ferry is much used by caravans from
Hke Si Man Sam and Mflng Kiing on their way to Kyawk Wh or Tawng
Peng for tea. They usually go onto Mandalay and return by the Govern-
ment road and this ferry.

TAT-YVVA.— A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and ninety-seven per-
sons and the thathameda amounted toRs. ^\'6. No land revenue was col-
lected in the circle,

TAUK-SHA-BIN. — A village in the Nga-kyan circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixteen
persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Ks. 570 for 1897-98,

rAUK-SHI-G.\N. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-95 the population nuntbered one hundred and fifty-one persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 184. No land revenue wasasses^^eU
io the circle.

228

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAU

TAUK-SOK. — A village in the Tauksok circle, Laung-she township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of Pakfikku district, with a population of two hundred and
thirty persons, and a revenue of Rs. 520 in 11^97.

TAUK-TE — A village on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river in the Shwegu
subdivision of Bhamo district, two miles below Sinkan.

The villagers work le and taungya and own eight buffaloes.

Taukte was originally part of the charge of the Hkaungton myothugyi,

who was directly subordinate to MandaJay, but was in

History. 1880 placed under the Bhamo ft^ww. Subsequently it was

attacked and destroyed by the Taukte Kachins and remained deserted for

two years. It was then rc-founded Ly Ko Po under the direction of the

Sawka Kachin Dwaa.

TAUNG-A-CHOK. — A village in the Athib6no revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-west of head-
quarters.

It had a population of one hundred and sixty-five persons at the corsus
of J 89 1) and paid Rs. 200 thathameda-\^yi.

TAUNG-A-SHE-BET. — A village in the Al5-gyaw circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred
and five persons, according to the census of iSgi.and a revenue of Rs. 240.

TAUNG-AUK.— A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes one village only and paid a revenue of Rs. 350 in 1897.

TAUNG-BA. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivi-
sion of Vyingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and twenty persons
and the thatkameda amounted to Rs. 161. No land revenue was col-
lected in the circle.

TAUNG-BAING— A village in the Kyauk-kat circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of five thousand one
hundred and fifty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891, and a
revenue of Rs. 780.

TAUNG-BAING. — Sec under Tawng Peng.

TAUNG-BA-LU. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivi-
sion of Mjin^yan district.

In 1885-96 the population numbered eight hundred and thirty-five per-
sons, the thathameda amounted to Rs. i,4.io, the State land revenue
Rs. 1 0-6-0, and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,460-6-0.

TAUNG-BAN.— A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-56 the population numbered two hundred and seventy-five persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 500. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TAUNG-BAW — A Kachin village in Tract No. 26, Myilkyina district,
situated in 25° 15' north latitude and 96° 59' cast longitude.

In 1892 it contained seventeen houses, with a population of sixty-nine
persons. The headman has noothers subordinate to him The inhabitants
are Shan- Burmese.

TAU]

THE UPPER BUUMA GAZETTliER.

229

TAUNG-BAW. — An Indawgyi lake village in the Mogaung subdivision
of Myitkyina district. T!ie vill.ige \s an extension of Nanpaungzin.

There is a hillock about two hundred yards cast of the village on which
are three houses, and in the main group there are fifteen houses with a po-
pulation of fiftv-two persons. '1 he villagers work 'kaukkyi.

TAUNG-BAW ALfi-YVVA.— A viUage in the Pangtara State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States.

It lies on the hill slope due west of Pang-tara main village and had
in 1897 seventy-one houses, with a population of five hundred and twenty-
seven persons, who paid Rs. 854 revenue. The village is one of the rictj-
est in the State and in the Myelat.

TAUNG-BAW LE-YWA — A revenue circle with one hundred and ninety-
four inhabitants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It is
situated on the Mahudaung hill-range.

In Burmese times it was included in the Kabyu circle of the Kabyu town-
ship

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 400 from thathameda. The
circle now includes the villages of Kyauk-sbaw and Kyauk-pala.

The Alaungdaw Katbapa pagoda crowns a ridge some fifteen miles
north-west of Ky.iuk-shaw village, through which the road to the pagoda
passes. Numbers of people from different parts of the country worship at
the shrine every year in December and January.

TAUNG-BET. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district, in-
cluding the villages of Taungbet, Iug6n, AshegAn and Lctpangyin.

TAUNG-BET. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pakokku district, wiih a population of one hundred and four persons, and a
revenue of Ks. 260.

TAUNG-BET.~A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and twelve persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue* of Rs. 410.

TAUNG-BI. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the poi>ulation numbered two thousand one hundred and fifty
persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,452, No land revenue whs
collected in the circle.

TAUNG-BIN-GAN.- A village in the Myodin circle, Myaing township,
Pakfikku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
nineteen persons, accoi'ding lo the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 860
included in (hat of Myodin.

TAUNG-BO. — .\ village in the tvonzin circle, Myaing township, Pak6k-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of throe hundred and forty-
nine persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 750 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-BO —A village in the Kyigan circle, Veza-gyo township, Fak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of nincty-Hve persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 45.

TAUNG-BO. — A village six miles wtst of Shwedauug in the Northern
subdivision of Meiktila district, was in Burmese times the seat of a myin-
gaung^ the overlord of the Shwedaung and Chaukyin si. Maung Tu, the

330

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ITAU

present thugyis father, was deposed from his mytngaung's\\\\i and declared
an outlaw because of suspected complicity in the Myingon rebellion. His
lands were confiscated, but subsequently a certain part of them was res-
tored to his family.

The population numbers six hundred persons and is wholly agricultural.
Thr pagodas in the village have no special associations.

TAUNG-BO.— A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, twenty-four miles from headquarters.

The population numbers one hundred and seventy-three persons, who
paid Rs. 370 thathameda revenue for 1896-97, They are all rice-farmers.

TAUNG-BO-GYI. — A village in the Taungbo-gyi circle, Laung-she
township, Yawdwin subdivision of Pakkfiku district, with a population of
seventy-seven persons and a revenue of Rs. 160, in 1897.

TAUNG-BO-GYl SOUTH.— A village in the Taungbo-gyi circle, Laung-
she township, Yawdwin subdivision of Fakfikku district, with a population
of fifty-eight persons, according to thugyCs census rolls, and a revenue of
Rs. 130.

TAUNG-BON.— A village in the State of Ye Ngan, Myelat district of the
Southern Shan States. It lies in the west of the State, on the Panlaung
stream.

In 1897 the village contained fifty-two houses and a population of one
hundred and ninety-seven persons. It paid Rs. 210 annual revenue.

TAUNG-BYAN north and SOUTH.— Two villages of one hundred
and fifty-six and one hundred and ninety-seven houses respectively, in the
Ava township of Sagaing district, eight miles east of Myotha.

Taungbyan was the native place of the dacoit leader Bo Ko, a follower
of Teittin Yan Baing, the Channgwa Prince,

TAUNG-BYAUK.— A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, on the Mu river, fifty-two-and-a-hatf miles from
Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered fifty-one persons, mostly paddy culti-
vators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 72.

TAUNG-CYIN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-n subdivision
of Shwebo district, eight-and-a-half miles from headquarterp.

The chief industry is rice cultivation : the thathameda revenue for 1896"
97 amounted to Rs, 730.

TAUNG-BYIN. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa town-
ship, Gangaw subdivision of Pakflkku district, with a population of one
hundred and fifty-two person.^, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 320 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-BYIN. — A village of one hundred and sixty-five hcuses in
Myotha township of Sagaing district, five miles west of Myotha.

At '1 aungbyin is the Seinnyoyin pagoda, where annual pagoda fairs are
held.

There are ten villages under the Taungbyin thugyi : the principal are
Taung-ledaw, one hundred and se\ enty-thrce houses; I'edaw, seventy-

TAU]

THR UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

231

two ; Thangfin, forty-eight ; Thigfin, forty-eight ; Ta-gyaung, seventy; and
Ywa-tha, ninety.

TAUNG-RYIN-NGft. — A village in the Shwe-gyin tovirnshipj Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, with an area of eighteen square miles of
attached lands.

There are one hundred and ninety-six inhabitants and forty-one acres of
cultivation. Paddy and tfiifsi are the chief products. The thaHiamcda
revenue amounted to five hundred and thirty rupees for 1806-97, The
village is forty-two miles from Ye-u and is under the Paluzwa thugyi.

TAUNG'BYO. — A circle in the Wetwin township, Mayniyo subdivision
of Mandalay district, including four villages.

Taungbyo village is eight miles west of Wetwin, and has a population of
two hundred and fifty-two persons, according to the census of iSgJ. The
thathameda for 1896 amounted to Rs. 450. Shan paddy is cultivated.

TAUNG-BYON.— A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, on the east bank of the Shweta chaung^ about six
miles north of Mandalay.

It has three hundred and fifty houses and its population numbered in 1897
one thousand and five hundred persons approximately. The people are
cultivators.

The Sudaungbyi pagoda, built by King .^nawrahta-saw in 395 B.E,
(1033 A.D.) on his return from China, and the images of the Shwe Byin
Nyi Naung nuts attract large gatherings of people from all parts of the
surrounding country, [An account of the pagoda is given under Ma-
daya.]

TAUNG.BY6N-NGfiA-NAUK.— A circle in the Madaya township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles north-east of Madaya, including
ten villages.

TAUNG-BYON-NGfiA-SHfi— A circle in the Madaya township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, north-east of Madaya, including nine
villages.

TAUNG-BYU.— A village in the Ingan circle, Seikpyu township, Pakfik-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-
two persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 530 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-CHE, — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered sixty persons and the thathameda
amounted to Rs. 63. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

TAUNG-DET. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision
of Pakfikku district, with a population of one hundred and seven persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 240.

'I\[t thathameda amounted to Rs. 260 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-Di-THA-HMAT.— An artificial reservoir in the Taungdi circle,
SidAktaya township of Minbu district, on the high road between Salin and
Sid6ktaya.

232

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAU

It was formed by closing up the valleys of two small streams called the
Tagu and Lunliok, and irrigates when it lb full, which occurs once in every
three or four years, nearly four hundred acres of land. The repairing of the
embankment and keeping open of the canals has hitherto been left in the
hands of the neighhouring villagers. The tank has a large catchment area
and mitrht be made remunerative.

TAUNG-DVyiN'-GYAUNG.- A township of the Mingin subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district, lying for the most part in a long and somewhat
narrow valley, bounded by the Pondaung and Shwe-tharain-daung ranges
and traversed by the Se-ywa cfiaung.

The hills to the west of the vallev, which divide it from the Ka-le town-
ship and from the Gangaw subdivision ol Pak6kku district,
do not terminate so abruptly in the pUin as the hills
on the cast side, which divide the valley from the Mingin
township. The approaches to the valley from Mingin are consequently diffi-
cult. There is an old circuitous route via Seiktha which leads into the
souib of the valley, but the central route from Mingin to Kj^abin, the capital
of the to .vnship, is very difficult for travellers and almost impossible for
transport. The opening out of a direct road from Mingin to Kyabin is
a pressing ne;d.

The township consists of forty-eight circles and had a population of seven
thousand three hundred and sixteen persons at the lasL census. The peo-
ple are mostly cultivators and the trade consequently centres cliiefiy in
paddy. The revenue of the township is —

Rs.

Natural features.
Communicalionr..

That/tameda
State land

Tola!

... 19,140
... 1.627

... 30,767

The most important villages arc Taungdwin, Kyabin, U and ChauQgwa

TAUNG-DWIN-GYI.— A subdivision of Magwe district, is bounded
on the north by the Magwe subdivision, on the east by Yaaiotl:ia district
of Upper, and Toungoo district of Lower Burma, on the south by Thayct-
myo district and the west by the Irrawaddy river, separating it from Minbu
district.

It includes the townships of Taungdwingyi, Myingun and Myolhit, the
subdivisional headqu.nrters being at Taungdwingyi.

The subdivision is watered by numerous affluents of the Yin stream,
which flow fanwise from the Pegu Yomas on the eastern border and unite
above Wa-gyi-aing in the Myothit township.

TAUNG-DWIN-GYI. — A township in the subdivision of the same name of
Magwe district.

Its area is nine hundred and oneiquare miles and its population, accord-
ing to the last census, numbered fifty-three thousand two hundred and
sixteen persons. Ihe boundaries were altered in 1895 by the inclusion of
the Satthwa township (General Department Notificiition No. 175, dated
the 8lh August r893 : Burma Gasetie, Part I, Page 417).

TAU]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

233

Chief villages.

The township is triangular in shape, the base lying on the Sad6n chaung
to the north and the sides being formed by the Taungu chaung and
the Yoma watershed. The triangle of land thus enclosed is lowlying and
flat, and paddy cultivation is extensively carried on, Taungdwingyi being
one of the chltf paddy-prou^ucing areas of I'pper Burma. The Burmese
havf a saviiig, dwin gyi leihuitt the four big holes, namely, Taungdwingyi,
Ledwin, Chindwln and Payidwin. Irrigation has been carried on in the
township for centuries, and traces of old irrigation canals and bunds are
still to be seen near KiMvkogAn, overgrown with dense jungle.

The most imporiant villages are Taungdwingyi, Sattbwa and K6kkogwa.
Taungdwingyi is the headquartprs of the subdivision and
tnvnship and has a Municipality, There is a daily
bazaar, and ou every fifth day a special bazaar is held. At Satthwa and
KAkkogon live-^ay bazaars are held. Two to three thousand persons
usually attend at Taungdwingyi, five hundred to a thousand at Satthwa,
and three to four hundred at Kokkogfin. Before the Annexation, Nga-inin,
seven miles east of Taungdwingyi, was tlie centre of the forest-working
industry. Since then however restrictions have been placed on the extrac-
tion of forest produce by the reservation of the forests, and it has dwindled
down to an ordinary sized village,

There are no noted lakes in the subdivision, but two tanks at Taung-
dwingyi and In-ywa-ijyi near K6kkogwa afford bufficient water for irrigation.
They are, however, small and become almost dry in the hot weather.
A few villages near the Yotnas bree-J silk-worms.

The population of the township is mostly Burman. A few Chins, emig-
rants froni 1 hayetmyo district, have settled in the south-east and cultivate
land there.

Near K6kkogwaare the ruins of the old town of Paikthado. Three sides
of its brick walls are still standing and also the p.dace,
five hundred yards east of In-y wa-gyi. It is said that
the old city once occupied a square of two miles side. In 1896, when
a road was being constructed here, the Myovk in charge discovered silver
coins and brass cups ol a kind that indicated that the original inhabitants
■ivere natives of India. The coins and cups were submitted to the Govern-
ment Archaeologist. The local belief is that the city flourished about one
thousand yiarsagoaud lh.it it was contemporaneous with the city of Y.ithe
near Frome, also now in ruins. It is said to have been founded by Queeu
Paikthado, daughter of theSulathanbwa, who, with her brother, Mahathan-
bwa, was floated down the rivrr from old Tagaung.

1 he Shweyaungdaw near K6kkogwaand the Shwe-in-daung at Taung-
dwingyi are I he only pagodas specially revered. An annual fair is held at
each in Tabaung, butneith-::r is o{ a character to call for detailed mention.
TAUNG-UWlN-GYi. — The headquarters town of the subdivision of that
name of Magwe district.

It has a Municipal Committee, is traversed by metalled roads, and enclosed
in a ring-fence. In Burmese times it was the residence of a wun, and during
the early years of the occupation it was the headquarters of the district and
gave its name to it. It lies low and has a tank to the east, which stores
water above the level of pan of the town.

TAUNG-D\VL\ MYOMA,— A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung
township, Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

Old Paikthado.

234

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tTAU

It includes four villages and paid Rs. 1,649 revenue in 1897.

Taungdwin Myoma was in Burmese times the residence of theTaung-
dwingv^aung Myothugyi, who was in charge of the whole of the Taungdwin
valley. After the Annexation the village was chosen as the headquarters
of the Taungdwin township, but Kyabin village further up the valley was
subsequently made the headquarters station, as it was more centrally situated.

TAUNG-GAING. — A circle in Amarapura township and subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Paung-gaing village is situated fourteen-and-a-half miles south-east of
headquarters. It had a population of six hundred and fifteen persons at the
census of 1891, and paid Rs, 900 thathameda-ia.x. The circle includes
two villages.

TAUNG-GAING, — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, east of Wchingama.

It has one hundred and ninety houses and a population of eight hundred
persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897.

TAUNG-GAING. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, south-west of Zagabin.

The village has sixty-five houses and an approximate population, as
ascertained in 1897, of 250 persons. The villagers are cultivators.

TAUNG-GAING. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district, south of Zibin-g6n.

It had ninety-five houses and a population of three hundred and eighty
persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are
cultivators.

TAUNG-GAING — A considerable village in the Momeik township of
Ruby Mines district, about three miles south-west of Momeik.

TAUNG-GAING. — A village in the Pyathi circle, Myaing township,
PakAkku subdivision and district, with a population of five hundred and
fortv-four persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thafhavicda amounted to Rs. 1,450 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered eight hundred and fifty-five persons
and the t'nathameiia amounted to Rs. 1,008; no land revenue was collect-
ed in the circle.

TAUNG-GAN. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Madaya.

It has twenty-one houses and its population numbered in 1897 eighty-five
persons approximately. The villagers are coolies.

TAUNG-GIN. — A revenue circle in the Uyu township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including eighteen villages.

TAUNG-GON.— A village in the Yebyu circle of the Pangtara State,
Myclat district of the Southern Shan States.

It contained in 1897 forty-three houses, with a population of two hun-
dred and seventy-one persons, who paid Rs. 394 annual revenue.

TAU]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

235

TAUNG-GON. — A village in the Mayagan township, Yc-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, 23 miles from headquarters.

There are four hundred and eighty-seven inhabitants, who paid Rs. 850
i/t/iihamei/a revenue for 1896-97. Paddy is the chief crop.

TAUNG-GON. — A village in the iMibaya circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-two persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The tkaihameda amounted to Rs. 290 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-GWIN. — A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district,
including the villages of Taunggwin-Kyundaw, Yega, Ma-gyi-gan,Tay6kkyin
Thabut-kyaw, Letkdkpin and Min-ywa.

TAUNG-GYA. — A village of seventy-three houses, in the Sagaing sub-
division and district, twenty-four-and-a-half miles north-west of Sagaing.
Salt is manufactured.

TAUNG-GYAN. — A village in the Thayettaw circle, Madaya town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district, south of Padaukpin.

'1 he houses number 60 and the population was 180 in 1897. The villagers
are cultivators.

TAUNG-GYAUNG, — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdi-
vision of bhwebo district, ten miles from Ye-u, with a population of eighty
persons.

The chief industry is rice cultivation. Rupees 320 thathameda revenue
was paid for 1896-97.

TAUNG-GYAUNG — A village of five houses south of the Irrawaddy river,
in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The village was re-settled in 1894, after having been deserted for twenty
years. Some fishing is carried on, and a little mayin paddy is cultivated.

TAUNG-GYA VV. — A Palaung village of thirteen houses in Tawng Peng
State, Northern Shan States.

The villagers are of the Pa-le tribe, and own nine catlle and three ponies.
They cultivate hill paddy. Taung-gyaw has a monastery and two sayats.

TAUNG-GYI. — A revenue circle and village in the Amarapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district.

It h.id a population of seven hundred and eighty-five pcr.sons at the census
of 1891, and paid ^%. \,\20 thathameda-i^\.

TAUNG-GYI. — A circle in the Wetwin township, Maymyo subdivision of
Mandalay district, including two villages.

Taung-gyi village is eight miles north-west of Wetwin, and has a po-
pulation of three hundred and ninety-six persons, according to the census
of 189 1. The thathameda paid for 1896 amounted to Rs. 370. Danu paddy
is cultivated.

TAUNGGVl.—ln the State of Yawng Hwe, Southern Shan States.
Latitude 20° 45' 54": longitude 97° 5' 55"; elevation, five thousand feet above
sea level.

Taunggyi, the headquarters of the Superintendent and Political Officer
of the Southern Shan States, is situated in a depressed

Situaiion. plateau on the crest of the Sintaung range of hill.s, one

hundred and six miles from Ihazi railwa^-statiou by cart-road, fbe plateau

236

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tTAU

IS roughly about four mife.'; in length from north to foutb, and from three-
quarters to one mile in uiHth. The civil statinn is situated at tVe southern
end of the plateau and is surmounted by tlie cn'sls of the range on the* east,
south and west The northern aspect is o|x;n,and fominands a fine view of
the northern districts of Yawng Hvve, and of South Lawk Sawk in the
valley below.

In the early days of the Occupation of the Southern Shan States, Taunggy!

jj. was considered a d'-sirible situation for the headquarters of

* °™' the administration After several experiments of various

positions on the plateau had been made, the present site was definitely

chosen, and the civil headquarters were removed (mm Fort Stedman and

the station established on the 15th September 1894.

The station limits of Taun^^gyi have not yet been definitely defined : the

,_, . ., . land originally taken up covered an area of two thousand

The civil station. 9,., ■' ... , .^j. •» » i .. ^l ,. c

acres. I he public buildmgs are situated to the east ot

the main cart-road from Thazi, which runs through thf^ centre of the station

from north to south They are -

the Residency ;

the Assistant Superintendent's quarters ;
• the Forest Divisional Officer s quarters ;
the Executive Enginei^r's quarters ;
the Civil Surgeon's quarti*rs :
the Hospital Assistant's quarters ;
the Police Officer's quarters ;

the Court and offices of the Superintendent and Political OIHcer ;
the Treasury ;
the Lock-up ;

the Public Works Department office ;
the Durbar hall ;
the Hospital;
the Post office ;
the Telegraph office;
the Circuit-house : and
the Public Works Department inspection bungalow.

Fach building stands in a spacious compound. On the east side of the
main -road are the clerks' quarters, the Civil Polite post, and the trading
and .Trtizan communities.

R ads have been laid out throughuut the station, and water is convey-
ed along each road and is laid on to every compound in the station
for gardening purposes. The source is a spring in the hill on the eastern
boundary of the town and the supply is drawn off by means of a canal,
about one-and-a-half miles in length. This canal in addition to feeding the
compounds of the residents supplies the barracks of the militny ( utpost.

The garrison consists of fifty men of the regiment at Fort Stedman, under
a cummissioned native officer. 1 he military buildings include tv»o
barracks (each for twenty-five men), a quarter-guard, and a native officer's
quarters. 1 he buildings are of stone masonry.

North of the town proper are the Shan quarter and bazaars, and the
Saadwa's quarter.

rAuj

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

237

The bazaar-sheds are temporary buikllngs, with wooden posts and grass
nx)fs, and occupy an area of about fifty square yards. Thi; bazaar is
h'ld every fifth day and is largi-Iy attended. Fieiiig at the terminus of the
Government cart-road from the railway the bazaar is to a considerable
extent the dep6t for the trade of the country lying to the east and as yet
unopened to cart traffic.

in the Sawlnea's quarter tlie various Snwbwas and Myosas have built
substantial hnws^ in which they reside when visiting Taunggyi,

The number of houses and the population within the town limits, includ-
ing the Shan quarter round the bazaar, stood in June 1S97 as follows: —

Number.
Houses . . ... ... ... 336

Population ... ... ... ... 1.347

The population comprised —

851

Shans
Burmans
Natives of India
Chinese

Total

»,247

There is besides a large floating population, principally of natives of India,
engaged as labourers by the Public Works Departm-^nt. Including these the
total population does not fall short of one thousand and five hutvdred souls.

Experimental cultivation, mostly confined to imported fruit trees, has
been successfully carried on for several years in the Government orchard
at Taunggyi. The orchard is fully sfocked with trees and covers about
forty acres of ground.

Drinking water is obtained from a spring issuing frnm an outcrop of rock
on the hillside to the west of the sfatim. To prevent pollution the spring
has been enclosed with masonry walls, which form a reservoir of fifteen
feet by ten feet by six feet. The water is pure and the supply abundant.
Various surface wcHs exist to the north of the town, and from these the
Shan and Indian population draw w.iter.

In general the residents of Taunggyi enjoy excellent health. The cli-
matic advantages of the station were considered when the proposal for
establishing a hill-station for the province were under discussion, but the
distance fronj the railway was considered outweigh them. The maximum
temperature registered in 187.3 was 8r93° in April, the minimum 4i'39'^ in
January. The rainfall is moderate, being from fifty to sixty inches. In 1895,
57*04 inches were registereii, the rainiest months being June (i2'47 inches),
and August (13*41 inches).

TAUNG-GYI. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 2, Bhamo district, situat-
ed in 23^ 57' north latitude and 96"^' 57' east longitude.

In 189a it contained twelve houses, with a population of sixty-three persons.
The headman has four others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are ol
the Lep;ii tribe and Kara sub-tribe. Water is very scarce and the villagers
own no cattle.

TAUNG-GYO.— A village in the Taunggyo circle, Seikpyu township,
Pakftkku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-four persons, according to the census of 1891.

238

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tTAU

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 380 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-HKAUNG-BWA.— A village in the south of the Maw State,
Myelat district of the t-'oiithern Shan StatPs. It lies to the south-west of
Kyaukmyaung village, where the Ngwe-kun-hmu lives, and is separated
from that village by a low range of hills.

There are fifty houses, with a population of three hundred and five
persons, mostly Danus. The revenue collections amounted to Rs. 460 in

1897-

T AUNG-LA.— A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and thirty persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs, 558. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TAUNG-HLA. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and forty persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 864. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TAUNG-IN. — A village in the Nga-slngu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, north-east of T6ngyi,

The village has two hundred and ten houses and the population numbered
in 1R97 eight hundred and fifty persons approximately. The villagers are
fishermen.

TAUNG-KIN-SAN. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u.

The village and its attached lands cover an area of one square mile, and
there are one hundred and three inhabitants, and thirty-two acres of cul-
tivation, faddy is the chief crop. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to I'is. 360.

TAUNG-KVVLN. — .\ circle in the Myingdn township, Taungdwingyi
subdivision of Magwe district.

It was a township in Burmese times, but has since sunk into insignifi-
cance. There is a curious island in the Irrawaddy river opposite, evi-
dently formed by the river running inland and isolating it, for it is a high
rock crowned with ancient pagodas, and the soil is not alluvial.

TAUNG-KYA. — A village in the north-eahl of the State of Pang-tara,
Myelat district of the Southern Shan States, i.lose lo Tfe-tbun.

It contained in 1897 fifty houses, with a population of two hundred and
twenty-six persons, who paid Rs. 173 revenue.

TAUNG-LA-LIN. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myin-
gyan subdivision and district.

In 189596 the population numbered one hundred and eighty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 175, No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TAUNG-Lfi. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw subdivi-
sion of Fakfikku district, with a population of ninety-three persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

TAUJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

239

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 380 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-LON. — A village in th<' Tawma circle, Ku-hna-ywa township,
Gangaw subdivisicn of Pak6kku district, with a population of fifty-eight
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 120 for iSgiy-gS.

TAUNG-MYIN. — k revenue circle in the Amarapura township and sub-
division of Mandalay district.

Taung-myin villasje is situated fourteen miles east of headquarters. It
had a population of four liundred and thirty-five persons at the census
of i8gi,and paidRs. 870 thatltameda-i&s. The land revenue derived from
the circle amounted to Rs. 319 in that year. Taungmyin is a Zairbadi
village, and has a considerable number of cattle.

TAUNG-MYIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population o( one hundred and thirty persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 250.

TAUNG-NAUK. — A rev«nue circle in the Pagan township and sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 (he population numbered two hundred and ten persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 256. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TAUNG-NGA-KUT, — .\ village in thcTaung-nga-kut circle, Laung-she
township, Yawdwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of
fifty-two persons and a revenue of Rs. 140 in 1897.

TAUNG-NGON. — A village of twenty houses, about four miles north-west
of Sagaing, in the township and district of that name.

Between Taungng6n and Kyauksit (Ywa-taung circle) is a permanent
bridge, built over the swamp through which the water from the Okta-
mytt tank Rows into the Tandi and Pyugany///7s. It is about five hun-
dred yards in length and has a breadth of five yards. It was built by U-
ma-lein Myitsin-kinwun in 1219 B.E. (1857 .\.D.) in the reign of Mind6n
Min. I'-ma-lein's wife, Ma Kali, is still living in Kyauksit. Before the
present bridge was built, there was a wooden bridge, erected by Maung
Pan Bu during the reign of Naungdaw-gyi at Ava.

TAUNG-NGU-ZU. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Ama-
rapura subdivision of Mandalay district, including two villages.

The land revenue paid by the circle amounts to Rs. 63.

TAUNG-NGU-ZU. — A village in the revenue circle of the same name,
Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, seven-
teen miles north-north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of sixty persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs.
120 ihathameda-X^\.

TAUNG-NI.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 32, Myitkyina district, situ-
ated in 25° 10' north latitude and 96° 47' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-four houses ; its population was not known.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants axe Shan-
Burmans.

S40

THE L'PPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

irAO

gatd at Nandavpav-
mxa.

TAUNG-NYO.— A reveone circle io th« oonb-west of the Pjriai
MdKfh'istoo dl Yaio^hiD district.

TaaiigBJfO village is siiaated near the site of an uideDt dtr called
SiXkd^wpAwmya, which was foanded by a King called

AnkvMetttha le^ Gawon-pa-de in 187 BE. (827 A.D ). He was rery
powerful acd oader him was an official called Pappada
Tit Ka Kjrawgaung (the first poftiiM of bb title seena
to show that he was a Karen nr at any rate a hill man), who founded a
DDRiber of villages on the Nga-leik stream Nandawpaw city floorished
exceedingly and Gawanp'i.-de did not die till 673 B.E. (1311 A.D.). His
son Minhb Vara committed an annatural crime, which resalted in the hill
n'^ar Nandawpaw swallowing up that capital and all iis tributary villages
and inhabitants, with the single exceptiooofMinhlaVaza himself. The
spot was, afterward kaowa as the Tanngmyo (hiI!-to«n, because the hill
swallowed the town, but time has changed this into Tauagnyo.

It is said that when the ancient city of Thare-hktttara (Prome) was de-
serted, the people fled in three directions io their fear of Nga Sagaw.
The Bormaos kept together and fled north, but ihe Pyus and Kanyans
(Arakanese), though they kept separate, went east. They afterwards
fought with one another and the Pyus were victorious and they, with many
of the subject Kanyans, settled in the Taungnyo ntighbonrhooriandrepco-
pled the country. Among the villages they founded are Mayingon, which
10 1892 ha<i fifty housess, Myetke and Thapanchaung, each with thirty
houses, and Chanpyagdo, with forty houses, besides others.

In the circle is the Gaudapalin pagoda, said to have been founded by

Thiri-dhamma Thawka (Asoka) in 1261 B.t£. (1899

The fiaodapalin pa- ^ q j j-^jj^ ^^^ j^ q^j^^ impossible] It was 30,000 tas

^ *■ (about 60 miles) north of the city of Toungoo and stood

near Nandawpawm/ff, whose name was changed Jo Myataung nyo by King
Nara-padi-.silliu, who also enlarged the pagoda. It had extensi%-e wuttagan
lands on which dues were chargt-d at the c/ia-^:/;/;! rate of five baskets of
paddy for every pair of buffaloes. The proceeds were devoted to the service
of I he pagoda.

The Taungnyo township, as it was called before the Annexation, passed
y,. entirely into the hands of the rebels in May 1&86 and

remained so until the end of that year. It was the
main support of Buddha Yaza, who levied men and money from the people
but at the same time maintained order and checked iuter-village dacoity.
His headquarters were usually m the difficult country lyii^ round the
headwaters of the Sin-the stream between Yamithin and FSnnroana, and
a!* a further place of retreat he had thi- Yomas, between Vamethin and
Magwe.

TAUNG-NYO.— A circle in the .Maymyo township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, including four villages.

Taungnyo villag«: is situated seven miles south east of Maymyo. it had
a population of two hundred and ninety-eight per^-ons at the census of 1S91.

TAUNG-PA-LE. — A village in the Nga-kwi circle, Scikpyu township,
PakAkku siilidivision an'l district, with a populatiou of fortv-six persons,
according to the census o( 1^91, ana a revenue of Ks. 120.

TAUJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

341

TAUNG-PU-LU. — A revenue circle in the Pyinmana subdivision of
Yamfethin district.

It was founded in the time of King Alaung-paya, when much of this
part of the country was systematically colonized. On first settlement it
had one hundred households, which had dwindled to sixty-four in 1892.

There is a hillock near the village which once bore the name BUatautig,
. . Two brothers found a medicinal root on it, according to

*^" ' the Yamfithin official records. They ate the root and

one became a Bilu and the other a tiger. A monk from Taungpulu preached
the law to them and warned the ogrebrother back to civilization, but the
tiger-brother proved intractable. The name of the hillock was accord-
ingly changed from BWnfaurtg to Taungpulu.

TAUNG-5A-YE (North). — A revenue circle in the Taungdwingyaung
township, Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid a revenue of Rs. no in 1897.

TAUNG-SA-YE (South). — A revenue circle in the Taungdwingyaung
township, Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

!t contains a single village and paid Rs. 130 revenue in 1897.

TAUNG-SHE. — The headquarters of the circle of that name in the Pang-
tara State, Myelat district of the Southern Shan States.

It is the residence of the myedaing, or headman of the circle, and is also
the chief village of the Danawrace [v. Part I). It contained in 1892 twenty-
five houses, with a population of one hundred and eight persons, who paid
Rs. 204 annual revenue.

TAUNG-SHE (East). — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered eighty-nine persons, and the t hatha'
meda amounted to Rs. 207. No land revenue was assessed in the circle.

TAUNG-SHE (West). — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and
subdivision of Myingyan district.

Fn 1895-96 the population numbered ninety persons, and the thathameda
amounted to Rs. 105. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

TAUNG-TA-LON. — A village of one hundred and seventy-four houses
in Ava township of Sagaing district, seven miles east of Myotha.

It derives its name from a conspicuous isolated hill with a pagoda at its
summit, Annual pagoda fairs are held

TAUNG-THA. — A township in the Myingyan subdivision and district,
King along the eastern bank of the Irrawaddy river, south of the Taungtha
hills.

Its .Trea is appro.ximatcly five hundred and sixteen square miles. Its
boundaries are : on the north the Myingj'an township ; on the south the
Kyaukpadaung township; on the east Meiktila district; and on the west the
Irraivaddy.

The number of revenue circles in 1896-97 was sixty-eight, and the popula-
tion was estimated to be forty-nine thousand nine hundred and ninety-four
persons. For 1895-96 the land revenue amounted to Rs. 5,547, the thatha'
meda to Rs. 63,557, ^"•^ ^^^ gross revenue to Rs. 75,130.

24^

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAU

The township is aflFected by frequent periods of scarcity, as the rainfall
is capricious and scanty. Most of the township is high ground, except on
the west, where the hills slope to the river, jaggery is extensively made
and cotton, sessamum, paddy and fyaung are also grown. The headquarters
are at Taungtha.

TAUNG-THA. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan diitrict.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and fifty persons
and the thalhameda amounted to Rs. 472. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TAUNG-THA. — A village in the Myingyan subdivision and district and
the headquarters of a Tnwnshin Officer, is situated to the south of the
Taungtha hills on the Myingyan-Meiktilaroad.

A large amount of jaggery is made from the juice of the ^«^/*palm, which
grows in abundance near the village.

The public buildings are a court-house for the Township Officer, a
Public Works Department bungalow, and a bazaar. In 1895-96 the circle
numbered twelve thousand one hundred and twenty-five persons, and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 17,881. No land revenue was collected.

TAUNG-THA-MAN. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district.

It includes three villages. The land revenue amounted to Rs. 1,735 in
1891.

TAUNG-THA-MAN. — h. village in the revenue circle of the same name,
Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles
south-east of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and fifty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 410 th at h anted a-iax.

Near the village are Buddhist shrines of great sanctity, erected bv old
Burmese Kings.

TAUNG-THWIN.— A village in the Shwe-gyin town.ship, Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, with an area of two-and-a-half square miles of
village lands.

The population in 1892 numbered one hundred and forty-nne persons,
and there were twenty-three acres of cultivation. Paddy and jaggery
are the chief products. The village is fourteen miles from Ye-u, and for
1896-97 paid Rs. 330 thathameda revenue.

TAUNG-U. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district..

In 1895-96 the population numbor<*d two thousand one hundred and
thirty-five persons, and the thathameda Simown^^d to Rs. 3.320. No land
revenue was collected in the circle,

TAUNG-U. — A village in the Taungu rirtle, Yeza-gyo township, Pa-
k^kku subdivision and district, with a population of one thousand and live
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,950 for 1897-98.

tAUl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

TAUNG-U. — A village in the Pauktdwnship and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and seventeen persbns, according
to the census of 1891.

TAUNG-WIN.— A circle in the Pyinmana subdivision of Yamfethin dis-
trict.

It was founded, according to Maung Bo Haik, in 872 B.E, (1510 A.D.),
, , by one hundred and fifty men of the Taungwin regi-

Legendary history. ^^^^_ under orders from the King of Toungoo. It was
included among the sixteen Karen villages of the Fifty Two Cities of Toun-
goo. As there was not much cultivable land near it a number of other
villages were founded round about, the chief among which at the present
day appears to be Thawatti, with two hundred and fourteen houses in 1897 •
which was first founded by thirty of the Zanitpala aA;««^rt« in 1198 B.E.
(1836. A.D.)

TAUNG-WIN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, nine miles from Ye-u town.

It lias two hundred and thirty-eight inhabitants and a cultivated area of
two hundred and thirty-one acies, besides 3204 acres of State land. Pad-
dy is the chief crop. For 1896-97 the tkathameda revenue amounted to
Rs. 970.

TAUNG-YA-SEIK, — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabiu sub-
division of Shwebo district, on the Mu river, fifty-seven miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered two hundred and forty-five persons,
mostly paddy cultivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 200. •

TAUNG-YA-SI. — A village in tho Aligan circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-iix persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 210 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-YAUNG. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including the villages of Taungyaung and Kyin-gva.

TAUNG-YIN. — A village of one hundred and thirty houses, eighteen
miles north-east of Sagatng and two miles from Padu, in the Sagaing sub-
division and district.

It has a large area of fertile wheat lands.

TAUNG-YO. — A village in the Sinzein circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891. ,

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 300 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-YO-ZA-LOK. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township,
Myingyan subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and thirty-five per-
sons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 132. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

T.AUNG-YVVA.— .A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district,
including the single village of Taung-ywa.

244

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAU

TAUNG-YWA. — A village in the Nyaungdaw circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred
and seven persons, according to the census of tSgt, and a revenue of
Rs. 910.

TAUNG-YWA. — A village in the Thamantabo circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, PakSkku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred
and one persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 320.

TAUNG-YWA. — A village in the Kyauksauk circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
forty-three persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 680, included in that of Kyauksauk.

TAUNG-ZA-LAUNG. — A village in the Chaungz6ngyi circle, Myaing
township, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-
seven persons, according to the census of 189 1, and a revenue of Rs. 200,
included in that of Chaungz6ngyi.

TAUNG-ZIN.— A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand eight hundred and
fifteen persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,415. No land re-
venue was collected in the circle.

TAUNG-ZIN. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and thirty persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 590. No land revenue was coltectcd
ill the circle.

TAUNG-ZIN.— A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district
including the villages of Thazi, Kani, Se-gyi, and Myinzu.

TAUNG-ZIN, — A village in the Taungzin circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and six
persons, according to the census of 1895.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 180 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-ZIN NORTH. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung town-
ship, Pagan subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and thirty persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 871. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TAUNG-ZIN SOUTH.— A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung town-
ship, Pagan subdivision and district.

In 1 895-96 the population numbered one thousand one hundred and ninety-
five persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,705. No land reve-
nue was collected in the circle.

TAUNG-ZIT, — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand seven hundred and
thirty persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. a, 100. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

TAU TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

345

TAUNG-ZON. — A village in the Taungzon circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
twenty-four persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs 1,730 for 1897-98.

TAUNG-ZU. — A village in the Paung-bedan circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of eighty-six persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 120.

TAUNG-ZU. — A village in the Kunfat circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and seven per-
sons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 200, included
in that of Ywa-ma.

TAUNG-ZU. — A village in the Thigfin circle, Laung-she township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of two hundred
and sixty-one persons, according to the census of iSgi, and a revenue of
Rs. 640 in 1897.

TAUNG-ZU-GA-LE. — A village in the Al&-gyaw circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred
and fifteen persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 295.

TAW.— 5tf^ under Katha.

TA-WA. — A revenue circle with three hundred and twenty-two inhabit-
ants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It is situated on
the banks of the Tinzon stream, which flows into the North Yama, and it
includes Tawa and Letkabya villages.

Paddy is the only crop raised. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 850 from thathameda, and Rs. 86 from State lands.

TA-WA. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township. Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and twenty persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 936. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

T.\WAN. — The Tawan river rises in the north-east of the Hu Kawng
valley and Hows south-west into the Tanai/tArt, just above Mashi.

It runs in a bed three hundred yards wide, and in January has a breadth
of water of one hundred yard 5 and a depth of three feet, just above Sana.
It is fordable in the cold weather at many places, and is navigable for
pdngaivs. See also under Chindwin.

TA-WAN-TZE. — A village on the eastern side of the Salween river, in
the Ko Kang circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi (Theinni).
It is situated on the steep slope of the hills overhanging the Chingpwi
stream, facing the Ken Pwi ridge.

In 1892 it contained six houses, with a population of forty-seven persons,
all Chinese, They cultivated opium, maize, and Indian-corn, the last for
the manufacture of spirits, which they flavour with stramonium.

TAW B£. — A village in the Kodaung subdivision of the Northern Shan
State of Hsi Paw, bounded on the north by Hin Hpok, on the east by Man
Pit, on the south by Hkun Kaw, and on the west by Pung Long.

246

THE lJt>PKR BURMA GAZETTEER.

(TAW

TAW-BO. — A village in the Min-ywa circle. Ku»hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and
sixly-eight persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 470 for 1897-98.

TAW-BON. — A village of fifty houses irregularly scattered within a circu-
lar double fence, on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwegu
subdivision of Bhamo district.

Some of the villagers are fishermen, and seventy baskets of mayht paddy
are worked annually. There are a hundred buffaloes in the village, which
produces a fair amount of fruit ol various kind.

TAW-BU. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and seventy-seven
persons, the thathameda amounted to Rs. 402, the State land revenue to
Ks. 577-5-2, and the gross revenue to Rs. 979-5-2.

TAW-BU. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, north-east of Mayapin.

It has eighty houses, and its population in 1897 numbered three hundred
and fifty persons approximately. All are cultivators.

The Tawbu Settaw-ya temple was built by Rahan U Gaung in 1820 A.D.,
in the reign of King Ba-gyida\v.

TAW-BYA.— A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and ninety-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 464. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

T.\W-DAN. — A \il!agc in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty-two miles from Ye-u, with three hundred and
lorly-six inhabitants, who paid Rs. 6ao thathameda revenue for 1896-97.

They are all rice farmers.

TAW-DWIN. — A village and revenue circle in the Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district, eleven miles east of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and eighty persons at the census of
1B91 and paid Rs. 240 tkathameda-tzx.

TAW-DWIN. — A village in the Ainggyi revenue circle, Patheingyi town-
ship, Aniarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, eighteen miles north-
east of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and ten persons at the census of iSgi,
and paid Rs. 190 thathamcda-iax.

TA-Wfi. — A village of sixty-four houses, nine miles south of Myotha in
the township of that name of Sagaing district.

TAW-GA-LUN. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision
of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and nine persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 310 for 1897-98.

TAW-GYALNG.— A village in the Yc-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, nine miles from Ye-u, wilh a population of tno hundred

TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

347

and eighteen persons and a cultivated area of 12^'6 acres, most of which
is under paddy.

The thatkameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 470.

TAW-GYAUNG. — A villa2;e in the Mayasjan township, Ye-u subdivision,
of Shwebo district, nine miles from headquarters.

It has one hundred and eleven inhabitants : rice cultivation is the chief
industry. The thatkameda for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 250.

The Shwetaw-gyaung pasfoda is of some sanctity.

TAW-GYIN. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with twenty-seven square mites of attached land.

The population in iSgi numbered one hundred and twenty-six persons
and there were s^ven acres of cultivaHoti. Paddy and thitsi zx^. the prin-
cipal products. The village is thirty-five miles from Ye-u and paid Rs. 390
thathameda revenue for 1896-97.

T.-WV HSANG. — A daing, or circle of MSng Lang sub-State of Hsi Paw,

_,. . . Northern Shan States, in charge of a nebaing, and with

an arta of about sixty square miles. It is bounded on the

north hy Mang Kung, on the east by Mong Mit State, on the south by

Man Kang, on the north-west by Nam Hpan, and on the southwest by

Sang Hun.

It had in i8g8 a population of one thousand and seventy-eight persons, in
five hundred and twenty-nine households and nineteen villages.

The net revenue paid was Rs. 9.316, with some Rs. 3,600 for tea and
about two hundred and eightv-seven baskets of paddy. Taw Hsang is the
most important tea circle in the whole of M<ing Long, and is only exceeded
in production bv Pang Nim and Kyawk Pin in Hsi Paw State. The people
are almost all Palaungs, but Shans work the lowland paddy.

Taw Hsang village is known to the Burman pedlars who come up from
_. ... Mandalay as Kyu-dawsin and is the next most important

age village to Mong Long itself. It contained in 1898 two

hundred and thirty-one people, in one hundred and seven households. It is
the largest centre for tea in the sub-State: it is situated at an ele-
vation of about four thousand feet on a steep but improved bullock-track,
leading from Mang Kung and Kang Kang to Ka La Kwai. A track also
leads Taw Hsang from to just west of Man Kang, whence caravans go via
Hsi Hku and Hsum Hsai Myohauig to Mandalay.

TA-WIN-MY.-\W. — A village in the Yaw-wa circle, Seikpyu township
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-four persons
according to the census of 1891,

The thathameda amounted to Rs. iQO for 1897-98.

TAWK or TROC— .\ village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies on the west slope of a spur running down to Pao
river, and can be reached via Minkin, Lyenhai, Ral6n, and intermediate
villages, distant thirty-three miles.

In i8q4 it had fifty-one houses. Bikarr was its resident chief.

Tawk is a Kweshin village and pays tribute to both Falam and Haka,
There is no good camping-ground near and notmurh water, though there

248

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

is an abundant supply on the road from Ral6n.
ficant fence.

The village has an insigni-

TAWKA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 15, Bhamo district, situated
in 24° 27' north latitude and 97° 16' east longitude.

In i8g2 it contained twenty-eight houses, with a population of one hundred
and forty persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The
inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe, and own six buffaloes,
There is good water-supply, but no camping-ground.

TAW-KA-SHAT. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, fourteen miles from Ye-u.

There arc one hundred and nineteen inhabitants: paddy is the chief cul-
tivation. Thathameda amounted to Rs. iSo for 1896-97.

TAW-LAN. — A village of nine houses on the Nga-bat stream, in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district,

_ TAWLANG.— .\ village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies eighteen miles south-west of Lungno and can be reached from Lungno
across the high range, or from Rawywa.

In 1.S94 it had six houses. Kaiyaung was its resident chief.

Tawlang is under the influence of the Aika chiefs. It was partially
disarmed in 1895.

TA WLAWK. — A Palaung'village of eleven houses in Tawng Peng State,
Northern Shan States,

The population numbers twenty-one men, twenty women, six boys and
four girls. They cultivate lowlying paddy fields and a little tea, but are
poor and possess no cattle.

TAW-MA. — A revenue circle in the Lega-yaing township and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district, including fourteen villages.

TAW-MA. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, including three villages, with one hundred and thirty-six houses.

The villagers are Burman and Shan traders, and also cultivate kaukkyi,
tnayiti, and taungya,

TAW-MA. — A village in the Tawma circle, Myaing township, Pakflkku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and eleven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The //irtf/zawr^/^ amounted to Rs. 910 for 1897-98.

TAW-MA. — A village in the Tawma circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gaa-
gaw subdivision of I^akflkku district, with a population of four bunilred and
sixty-five persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 910 for 1897-98. There is a Dis-
trict Bungalow in the village.

TAWNG BAT. — A village in Maw Son State, Myelat district of the
Southern Shan Stales, close to the village of Paw Myin on the Paugtara
border.

It contained thirty-one houses in 1897, with a population of one hundred
and forty-two persons, and paid Rs. i j i annual revenue.

TAWNG HIO. — .A township in the Kawn Kang;, or Mid Riding of Mang
Lan West, Northern Shan Sta"tes. It lies south'of Na Long, in the same
scrub-jungle-covered plain.

TAW]

*HirUPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

249

There are possibilities for much more wet cultivation than at present
exists, but of the four villages two are of Yang Lam, who seldom or never have
any but dry crops. There were forty-three houses in 1892. The township
marches with Nawng Ep (Hke Si Man Sam) on the west and with the Mong
Awt township of Mong Hsu on the south. Here also there is room for a
very much larger population, but previous to the British occupation there
was much border raiding. A small amount of cotton is grown.

TAWNG HKAM.— A circle in the Hsum Hsai sub-State of Hsi Paw,
Northern Shan States.

Tavvng Ilkam was in 1892 by much the largest and the most prosperous
of the Hsum Hsai townships. It lies along the Nam Tu and occupies
nearly the whole of the south of the StatCi but water is so scarce that some
villages have to seek it several miles away. Latterly, barrels mounted on
carts have been brought into use, and water is systematically bought and
sold. The supply is said to have been gradually failing for the last ten years.

The fine pongyi kyaungs in Tawng Hkam show that the population must
have been very much larger formerly than it now is. Even now it has be-
tween a third and a quarter of the population of the whole State. There is
exceedingly little cultivation and what there is necessarily all dry. There
were nineteen thousand and ninety-three thanatpct trees in 1892, or over
a half of the total for the whole State. The number of villages was forty-
one, with five hundred and sixty-two houses, an average of about fourteen
houses per village, which is far beyond that of any other township of Hsum
Hsai. There were also thirty-nine resident traders, and twenty-seven
carts plyed in the township. Altogether, it was the only portion of
Hsum Hsai which was not depressing, and the water difficulty is therefore
all the more annoying. A few fisher-villages are situated on the slopes over
or on the banks of the Nam Tu.

TAWNG LAWNG. — A petty Wa State about which very little is known.
It lies between Ngek Hting, Loi Long, and Mang Lon in the Northern Shan
States and seems to be in subordinate alliance with, but independent of all
three.

There do not appear to be more than two or three villages in the State,
which in 1893 presented some fragments of silver as tribute to the British
Government.

TAWNG LET.— A district of the Mong Long sub-State of Hsi Paw,
Northern Shan States, in charge of a nebaing, with an area of about one
hundred and sixty square miles. Tawng Let (the taurtglet) is bounded on
the north by Man Sam ; on the north-east by Hsa Pawng ; on the east by
Hsip Ku ; on the south-east by Pang Ti circle of Hsum Hsai sub-State ; on
the south-east by Ye-u circle, of that State ; and on the west by Muk Hso.

It had in 1898 a population of one thousand five hundred and thirty-three
persons, in three hundred and seventy-six'households and thirty-nine villages.

The net revenue paid amounted to Rs. 2,899-8-0, with one thousand four
hundred and seventy-one thanatpet trees, taxed at two annas each, and
about fifty baskets of paddy, equivalent to Rs. 183-14-0 money-payment.
Tawng Let is the only circle in Mong Long in which there is thanatpet.

The population is almost exclusively engaged in taungya paddy cultiva-
tion. Besides this a little sugarcane is grown and some thitsi o\\ extracted.
A good deal of sessamum, but very little cotton, is grown on the taungyas.

?5o

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAW

The circle suffered much from the dacoit gangs which have infested, and
which even in 1898 infested this part of the country,
istory. jj^g people are mostly Danus. '' Burman " Danus pre-

dominate, but there are also '' Shan," Danus and Shans. The chief village
is Ka La Kwai, formerly a place with a considerable population. When
Heng Nga Maung found it no longer safe to make it his headquarters it
gradually diminished, until in i88g there were no more than four houses. It
is, however, now steadily growing again. The same is true of the other vil-
lages of the circle, which nevertheless are far fewer than they were in
Burmese times.

TAWNG MA. — A circle in Tawng Peng State, Northern Shan States,
including in 1897 twelve Palaung and twenty-one Shan villages, with
one hundred and eighty-three and one hundred and ninety-eight houses
respectively.

The races are under separate headmen. There are extensive forests in
the circle, and the inhabitants cultivate about five hundred acres of tea.
Tawng Ma has an area of about four hundred and fifty square miles, and is
extremely hilly. There is a ferry across the Nam Tu at Li Hi. The Shan
villages are poverty stricken.

TAWNG NI. — A circle in Mong Long sub-State of Hsi Paw, Northern
Shan States, in charge of a ttehaing. The circle is bounded on the north by
Ruby Mines district, on the cast by Myohaung, on the south by Man Sam,
and on the west by Man Tsam.

The population is Shan, and in 1898 numbered two hundred and thirty
persons, in one hundred and thirteen households and ten villages.

The net revenue paid amounted to Rs. 846, with about one hundred and
forty baskets of paddy. The people work lowland paddy to some extent,
but have a greater area of hill cultivation.

TAWNG PENG (Burmese TAUNG-BAING) or LOl LONG —called by
the Chinese indifferently Ta Shan [big hills, a literal
Boundanes. translation of the Shan name), or Clt'A Shan [tea liflls)—
is the most north-westerly of the Northern Shan States, and the bulk of the
population is Rumai or Palaung, to which race the Sawhioa belongs. It is
m shape roughly like an inverted pear and is bounded on the north and
north-west by Monsj Mit (Momeik), temporarily administered as a sub-
division of Ruby Mines district ; on the west and south by Mong Long, a
sub-fcudatory of Hsi Paw, and by Hsi Paw main State ; and on the east by
North Hsen W'i. The State has no natural boundaries and the frontiers
have not yet been precisely laid down.

The Nam Tu (Myit-ng&) river runs through Tawng Peng from north to
^ , south, cutting off a strip on the eastern side about ten miles

a ura ures. \^^q^^ by thirty long. Tliis part of the State is compara-
tively level undulating country, with a low range of hills running pai allel and
close to the Nam Tu, breaking up on the eastern border into hills and valleys,
West of the Nam Tu the State is excessively hilly. In the south-western
portion occurs a series of small valleys, running east and west and averaging
perhaps ten miles long. These vary in width from not more than a few
hundred yatds on the east to about four miles on the west, as at Mong Ngaw.
Elsewhere the valleys, with one or two exceptions, are mere gorges, with no

TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

251

level ground fit for cultivation. The main ridge, Loi Hpa, roughly in the
centre of the State, runs from a little north of Hsi Paw town and gradually
increases in height towards Nam Ilsan, where it is a little over five thousand
five hundred feet above aea-lcvel. There it bifurcates, one ridge running
westward toSa Ran at the same height and culminating to the north in a
peak reaching seven thousand feet. The point of bifurcation is called
Hpak Tu M6ng, the gate of the country. From this range radiates a confu-
sion of hills, running into one another and cut up by numerous streambeds,
following in channels three thousand feet deep. The highest peak is a little
under seven thousand feet and the ranges run to between five and six
thousand feet above sea-level.

The approximate area of the State is one thousand five hundred square
miles.

Though Tawng Peng is a Rumai or Palaung Slate, there are many other
races settled in it. On the north the Kacbins have been

Races : the Pa- gradually advancing during the last half century and
have been driving the Rumai villages southwards one
after the other. They, like the Palaungs, live on the hills, and in the valleys
the inhabitants are chiefly Shans. The Palaungs, according to their own ac-
count, are divided into a number of different clans, details about which will be
found in the chapter on ethnology [». Fart I]. The main division, however, is
into the Palaungs proper and Pa-lcs. The former are alleged to be the original
settlers and claim to be slightly different in origin. However this may be,
it is certain that to the outsider very few traces of difference now exist, and
apparently even Rumai have to ask one another to which branch they belong,
Ihe Palaungs proper, it maybe noted, that is to say their women, dress more
gaily, wear more ornaments on festal occasions, and generally appear to be
belter off than the Pa-Ies, perhaps because they are more frequently tea-grow-
ers. They seem to be confined to the central ridge south of Nam Hsan and all
round the capital. The distinctive dress of the Pa-le women seems to be a
coarse blue and pink petticoat with horizontal stripes and dark-coloured
gaiters. Many of the sclt-arrogated Palaungs proper, however, wear this as
their working dress. The men everywhere dress alike and have mostly
adopted the Shan style, East of the Nam Tu there are a few Pa-les to the
north and a couple of villages in the south, but tlie majority of the population
is Kachin on the hills and Shan in the lowlands, the latter predominating.
The inhabitants of the M6ng Ngaw valley in the south-west are chiefly
Shans. Indeed the Valley population generally is Shan. On the highest
ridges there are scattered Lihsaw villages, small here, as they seem to be
everywhere in the Shan States.

The following is a translation of what professes to be the State history.

Traditional his- It is a singularly unsatisfactory document,
lory. Thel^endof When Alaung-sithu of Paukkan (Pagan) was on his
the tea-seeds. way back from the Sambuthara country (Kambawsa)

he arrived in Tawng Peng on his magic barge. While there he built the
Taungmi Zedi, casing over the pagoda which previously stood there, and
beneath it he placed nine pieces of nun-tha (a scented wood). This was
in the year 445 B.E.(io83 A.D.) and the building was dedicated at noon
on Friday the fifth waning of Tabauitg (March) of that year. Three days
later he crowned the building with a hti (umbrella) and then moved his
camp to a village called Tapintha, east of Taung Mt;, and there, at the Loi

■

452 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. [taw

Sawog pagoda, he kept festival for seven da3rs and nights. While the pwes
were going on he sent for two TaungtAu cultivators -and handed over to
them the labisan (tea>seeds) which he had obtained from the craiv of a bird.
These tea-seeds he ordered them to plant between the two images of birds
which stand to the north-west of the pagoda. The Taungthus were boorish
creatures and held out but one hand to receive the seeds from the King,
whence the name let-pet given to the plant (from let-ta-pet^ "one hand").
[Frequently the Palanngs, Taung-yos, and Burmese call the leaves natthit-
ywet (leaves given by the natsy].

He then ordained an annual festival to be held on the full moon of T abating
at Taungm^ and Pa-mya pagodas, and appointed the Minister Bala Kyaw-
thu Sao Hkun to the charge of the country. This was in the year 5,000 of
religion. [This does not correspond with the previously given date of
445 B.E.]

He had previously ascertained that the Palaungs were the descendants
of a Naga Princess by Thuriya, Prince of the Sun (the legend is given in the
account of the Palaungs), and that the Palaung Chief who built S^ Tun Hsam
was a relation of the Paukkan rulers, Min-rama, as well as of the Emperor
of China. In memory of this the ruling caste wear a garment that resem-
bles the skin of a naga.

From the time of Mo-hnyin Mintaya-gyi, in the year 1 1 13 B.E. (1751 A.D.)
to the present day there have been thirteen Sawbwas of Tawng Peng Loi
L5ng, as follows : —

tAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

253

ai( sjeaX Xiiciu Mop]
am o) uo!Ss»3B uo aSy

On 00 O 0\ O ■*• «

.•-"^

,_,

„^

-t

1/1

c>»

•*

■psuSiSJ oq 43!4.tt ui jca;^

—

•^

>—

--'

•*-*

'--

<<•

I-.

„

■*

■*^

:■

M
►•

■■

•—

•

1
1

c
■0

«s

! 1
! 1

•
•

c
•0

s
'3

eg
H

c
•5

•0

1 ^

c
le

c
Id

i»

^ i

t!i

tiJ

•f

isJ

ii!

:si

B 1

l«

c«

(«

3 1

i«i

1 'psuSiaj'

««»

■*

Cn.

c«

1 oq sJEsX Xucui MOH
■auojqi

c«

"ft

00
CO

01(1 o) uoissaose uo aS^

"fO

^— s

«o

«^

-t

«n

r<.

'pauSiaJsq 431 q.w u; iVO\

v«^

*-'

^-'

"-^

•*

•>4

■*

■+

*«

»4

c«

»4

1 bi)

•

■

*»

■

>
<

^55

c
Id

c
3

3
eg
0.

E
<

Id
H

•*

»«

52:

254

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAW

The following is the list of the ^awbwas appointed by the British Gov-
ernment since the Annexation :—

No.

Name

Vear in which
he reigned.

Age on
accession to
5'ijaiiwjship.

How many
years he
reigned.

Hkam Tan MOng
Kun Shin Ga Le

B.E. (A.D.)

i24g (1887)
1258 (1896)

34
27

A5 a history this is singularly inadequate, and little has been as yet ascer-

A the to h' tained by enquiry among the people. It would seem that

^" for a time at least the Chinese armies sent to invade

Burma or the Shan States maintained themselves in Tawng Peng, but

whether Ihey were driven there from the plains or chose the hills because

of the better climate is by no means clear.

In the timcof King Mind6n the Sa7cbwa called Ba Kan Hkun Shin Yfe in
the list, but usually referred to as Hkun Hsa, rebelled against Burmese
authority and an army was sent against him led by the present Sawb^va
of Hsi I "aw. After ten months' fighting Hkun Hsa was killed in battle
and his head was brought in.

Hkun Kyan was then installed as Siiwiwa, and it is frequently said that
he as Sawbwa was the first Sawbwa of Tawng Peng appointed by tlie
Burmese Government. Hkun Kyan also refused to acknowledge the supre-
macy of the Burmese Government and was seized and brought to Mandalay,
where he died in jail.

Aung Tha succeeded him (1862 — 1868) and was murdered by a rival
named Kwan KAn, who reigned from 1868 to 1877. This Sawbwa remained
on good terms with the Burmese Government; he is said to have paid
homage at Mandalay every year.

He was succeeded by his elder brother, Hkun Hkam Mong, who is known
/ under the name of Naungdaw [royal elder brother). This Sawbwa was
/ believed to be a man of weak mind, and King Mind6n gave him as advisers
l^-^^ Burmese joint-Governor, named Sitke Nga Hpi^, and a Palaung Hpongyi^
said to belong to the SaTobwa's family. These two men were the real
rulers of Tawng Peng, and the old Sawbwa was merely a figurehead.
The Palaungs themselves say that Hkam Mong was merely very pious. How-
ever that may be, he refused to meet the first British party which went up to
Nam Hsan in 18S7. An attack was made on the rear-guard of the British
party and the capital was found deserted.

Subsequently Hkam Tan Mong, his son, was put forward as Sawbwa and
submitted peacefully to the Superintendent of the Shan States in March
18SS.

He died in 1897 and a cousin was installed as Regent until final arrange-
ments could be made. Hkam Mong still lives in religious seclusion in a
monastery.

Tawng Peng was carefully inspected in 1896-97 by Mr. W. G. Wooster,
who gives the following details.

TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

25s

The State numbers two hundred and twelve villages, with a total number

of three thousand two hundred and ninety-two houses.

tion oTiS^'"'^'* ^^ ^'"^^ °^ '^^*^ under cultivation was roughly estimated
as follows ;•—

(a) Lowland rice fields

(b) Taungyas and other hill cultivation

((i) Vegeuble gardens

Acres.

042
2, So I

5'3 ' 5
141

Total

9.199

Head {6) includes a little cotton and vegetables, and a little scssamum.
The gardens often have the taung-sein leaf planted in them. This leaf
is used very extensively for packing pickled tea, and sells a^ Rs. 2
thousand leaves.

per

The population was estimated at—

Adults, Children.

Male

Female

6,010
6.075

2.393
2.330

16,307

The inhabitants of the seventy-eight monasteries in the State are included.
Races. The race population by households was as follows : —

Houses.

Palaungs ... ... ... ... 1,949

Shans ... ... ... ... 950

Kachins ... ... ... ... 341

LihsawB ... ... ... },'&

Chinese ... ... ... ... 14

Total

3.292

Shans form the chief population of the Mong Ngaw, Pang LOng, Kyawng
Sa, Nam Hsan, Tawng Ma, and the Eastern circles. In the capital and
suburbs there are thirty-nine houses, twenty-eight of which are in Nam
Hsan itself. The Kachins are found mostly in the Northern circle, and
there are fifty-six houses in the E.istern circle. Lihsaws are found isolated
here and there: twelve out of the fourteen houses of Chinese are in Nam
Hsan and the other two in Myothit.

Each circle pays its revenue through pawlatns who live at Nam Hsan. A
pawlam is responsible for the collection of the revenue
^Revenue : thatha- ^j j^jg circle and is generally an old man, sixty or seventy
years of age, and some connection of the Smebwa.
He draws ten per cent, commission on all collections, and takes it before
the revenue is actually paid to the Sawiwa, There are only two recognized
taxes : —

(i) Thathatneda.
(2) A tax on wet and dry tea.
Thathameda is assessed on the P.^laungs at the following rates :
Palaungs who are natives of the village they live in and possess lea gardens

256

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAW

pay Rs. 4 per head and Rs. 4 afire-place ; if /fl-workers or lowlying paddv-
land cultivators, Rs. 3 a head and Rs. 3 a fire-place ; and if owners of cattle
who do not work paddy or tea, Rs. 2 per head and Rs. 3 a fire-place, irre-
spective of wealth or the number of cattle or amount of other property pos-
sessed. Amongst the Shans the rate varies at the discretion of the headman.
The Kachins are assessed at Rs. 5 a house, but as a matter of fact pay
nothing. The Lihsaws are as.sessed at Rs. 2-8-0 a house. The collection
is made twice a year, once in June and once in December.

The tax on wet and dry tea is imposed at the following rates : Every
Tea-tax. bullock-load of letpei-so {wet tea) to be taken out of the

State, whether by traders from elsewhere or by vil-
lagers, and intended for the .Mandalay market, is taxed at Re, 1 in cash
and two ph of rice, or in cash only at Rs. 2. If the tea is taken elsewhere
than to Mandalay, Re. 1-8-0 per bullock-load is charged. If ponies are
used as a means of transport, Re. 1-4-0 a load is collected. A man's or
coolie's load of dry tea is taxed at Re. 1 for every twenty viss. Smalt loads
under ten vjjs are not charged. A bullock»load of dry tea is charged at
Rs. 2. The Sa-xbwa's records showed Rs. 19,416 as realized under this
head for i895-C)6. It was estimated that fifteen thousand bullock-loads
of pickled tea are sold annually, and that about 25,450 viss of dry tea
are manufactured, out of which some ten thousand viss might be taken to
represent the quantity reserved for home consumption and the balance the
sales to bullock-traders and hawkers and the barter for ngapi, dried fish, and
rice. The quantity exported annually fluctuates of course with the demand,
but as a rule very little is left in the pits at the end of the year. The
collection of the tax is left to the headmen of villages, who very often
appoint an agent to look after and collect the money for them. Tea per
cent, on collections is paid as commission to the paivlams, who share as
much as they please with the village or circle headmen. This commission,
however, instead of coming out of the sum paid to the Sawbieas, is an excess
collection.

Besides the above taxes a toll of Rs. 5 for every ten animals in a caravan
conveying merchandise to Mandalay is charged, but the amount collected
in this way is very small, not exceeding Rs. 200 at the outside.

The principal industry of the State is the cultivation and manufacture of

, . ... ,. Iffpei or tea. Every Palaung and nianv of the Shans

Inaustries : tea. ' . ., , • ■ , . 'i 1

engage in the work, either as planters or dealers.

There are four recognized crop3 or pickings : —

(t) Shwepyi, plucked from Kasdn to Xityun (May 10 June).

(2) Hka-gyin, plucked from Waeo to Wngaung (July to August).

(3) Ilka-rawl, plucked from Tawthalin to Thadingyut (September to Octo-

ber).

(4) Hki-reng, plucked in TnsauHgmon (November).

The hka-reng is only gathered by a few of the poorer planters and it
is, unless mixed with hka-rawt or hka gyin, not palatable.

In the making of let pet so (pickeld or wet tea) the first process is to steam

, , _ the leaves : this is done in a wooden strainer with a per-

'^''" foralcd bamboo bottom, which is placed over the mouth

of a large cauldron of boiling water for a minute or two only, so as to moisten

and soften them. The process enables the leaves to be easily and quickly

TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

257

rolled with the hands on a mat, whilst another batch is being steamed on
the cauldron. After the leaves have been rolled into a pulp, they are thrown
into baskets provided for the purpose and left till the next day, when the
baskets are put into compressors or pits in the ground. A cover is plact'd
over each basket and heavy weights are placed on the top of these. The
pits are round and vary in size considerably.

Dry tea is manufactured by spreading the steamed and rolled leaves in

Letpet chauk ^^^ ^""' ^"'^ ^^^ ^^'^^ ^^^ '^ ^^^^ dried as soon as possible

after passing through the steaming process. As the
leaves are always steamed at night, the next day, if fine, is the earliest time
to dry.

Prices range as follows for letpet so : —

(1) Shvepyi Rs. 25 the hundred viss at Zeyan ;
Prices. (2) Hka-gyin \ q, .ul jj- j

(3) Hka-rawiS '° ^^^ hundred viss, mixed ;

and for dry tea the prices are —

Ptr viss.
Rs. A. p.

(1) Shvipyi ... ... ... ,.. ... 100

(3) Hkit-gyin ... ... ... ... ... o 12 o

(3) Hka-raivt ... ... ... .. .,. 080

(4) HkartHg ... ... ... ... 040

Zeyan produces the most and the best letpet, and in a good year as many
as six thousand bullock-loads of tea are sold by this village alone.

At the other principal villages the prices are—

Price per 100 viss.

Kun Hai
Kun Hawt
B.an Nawk
Kyawk Pyii
Tawng Ma
Nam San
Nan Kang

Rs.

•

Cultivaiion
processes.

and

Man Loi No, Nam Liu, Manloi Taii and Roa Ring are the chief centres of
the manufacture of dry tea. It takes three years to obtain
a crop from the plants. After ten or eleven years the
plants weaken and the crops become poor : the gardrn
is Lhen often cut down and burnt. Fresh shoots spring from the stumps and
in three years a fresh garden has begun to bear. In Mong Ngaw circle
where there is a little tea only, dry tea is made and is bartered for ngapi,
dried fish, salt and tobacco. The tea tree is not really cultivated in the
European sense of the word. The plants are merely left to grow and,
beyond weeding at the end and the beginning of the rains, very little atten-
tion is paid to them. When young they are shaded by trees left standing
with that object. Sometimes they are transplanted at the end of a year,
but not always.

The only thing which requires skill and experience is the picking and
drying. The former is done at the rate of a viss (three and two-third lbs.) a
day by each picker. The leaves when dried have a withered yellowish-green

358

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

fTAW

Rice.

appearance. The pickled tea is taken out of the pits or vats and examined
from time to time, aiidoccasjonally re-steeped. If the fermentation has been
unsuccessful the leaves are dried and sold as dry tea. The bulk of the tea
is grown on steep hillsides at a very considerable elevation, but the Shan
cultivators also grow a little on the slopes of the valleys. This is entirely
for their own use, for they have no skill in picking and curing. The latter
especially requires experience, but it is not clear in what the knack consists,
and the Falaung planters keep their secret. The first picking is alwaya the
best. Exposure to rain is said to make the leaves watery, when a larger
amount of green leaves will be required to make the same amount of dry tea
The amount of tea pickled is probably four times that dried. '1 he Chinese
buyers in Mandalay are said to be far better judges of the quality of the tea
produced than the Palaungs. They poke a stick into a basket and sniff it
and can often tell the tract and even the garden the tea comes from. This
argues acute techinral acquaintance, and no Palaung has it to such an extent.
The tea-gardens are never in the market, but relatives and friends as a
matter of convenience sometimes sell gardens amongst themselves.

The soil in the Mung Ngaw valley is exceptionally fertile. Sometimes
as much as one hundred and twenty baskets of rice are
reaped for one of seed, although the land may have been
worked regularlv for many years. The Shans in the valley do not sell their
fields, and in fact can only lay claim to them so long as they live in the val-
ley and work them. Some, however, leave their land and sh.-ire the crop
with the cultivator. The Palaungs occasionally sell their fields, but never to
Shans. From fifty to sixty rupees is the price of a piece of laud (hat can
be sown with one b.isket of seed or, roughly, an acre.

There are fine stretches of pine forest in the Kun Haw!, Myothit and

Forests Tawng Ma circles, Wood-oil is got in Man San, and,

as elsewhere in the Sban hills, oaks and chestnuts are

everywhere plentiful. A Title teak occurs in the Pang Long circle near the

Hsi Paw border. Kverywhere the forests are being ruined by the wasteful

method of hill cultivation and the consequent fires.

The onq^ celebrated silver mines of Bawdwin-gyi have now been un-
worked for a generation. Most of the metal seems to have been extracted.

Tigers arc particularly numerous in Tawng Peng. On the Nam Tu rhi-
noceros are occasionally seen.

Though the country is so hilly, the main roads are broad and good for
caravan purposes. They branch from Nam Hsan and Sa Ran or Zevan in
every direction. There is a good road due south to Hsi Paw. The main
route to Mandalay passes through Mong Ngaw and meets Government
cart-road at Pyawng Kawng,

The following tables show the results of Mr. W. G. Wooster's inspection : —

TAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

359

H
Z

S
u

H
<
H
CO

•0

00000

000 000

«•

00000 .0

Ooo 000

s &« =

3t2J= 2

': "t

ooooo w-oo
•« Ov <0 VO «-»

#• M « %

S 9 5J5 o>
« 0. S 00

<0 <0 tOC« N

to •" •• t«

^ l^'-B

■<*•

tocoo> ' 0\

N ooo n ino

in
0:

5«g 0^ ■*

I <S8

VO '« mif M «

! «,

►*

VO (OO « fO N

C t>> r>. t<kn

»>.

1000 « 10 : CO

ctvo CO « «/>tO

•

$> n

M I M

»4

•

> u

•aiqcssas

00 e» ov-*-"" *

t< 1/) o> 00 i>>oo

ton " N mt —

"*"*'*

(O^NVO M (400

^SS S;'^^

t^fOMOo o> «o^

•se sasnoq jo jsqiunis]

»••(«» « ►•

« « •• ••

;

cove •" •* VO

rvio vO tOOO

•30IAJ3S

»*

: (o-4-m- : n

• ■♦^ ^ ■-■ N

»o

Ov r^ 10 ~ t^

to^ t^ t»

■iCvOAOJ

: t»> »" t«

u t«

CB <

inco- _ , -

Ovt>. OVO ••

•*»N

: «

e« « M

m M lOM

t<»

•saAii^iaH

• • • •

• :

H »b

' a

N fO O>00 i*- r^ 0\

00 r^ov fjoo t;

•siwagjo

M » M n M

t% — mJ — n

•sosnoq jo jaquinjj

«§

«o -t Oi o> 10 ON
r>. Ov 0"0 •-• VO —

M M C< N •• « *«

^^S <?^5.

• . .

• • •

•

; ; ; J • • •

• • • • • m Z

• . a . SI*

»a

■0

= ^-- nil

^*rt ^ C< (B £ c c

"3
0.

tiuL'S.Xi^T.

•ON l»!-»S

M C0*«0« *x

00 »

26o

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tTAW

o
u

5§

a 2

ee
u

•SU3pjB9

O mo « io»0 rO »0 iriOi incc •^

-T

-suapjKS C9X

O.'i«»>«^l^0Q tow t^

■w/cyi/np^

Q PI 15 r«<io •* 00 ui n

•spisy gu»iCi*OT

'sSunvKif JO Jsquin}^

<0 »« 0» O"* « Tf l« r>. ft ^0

•pajnjDHjnuKui cji ^p jo
sstA JO j»qiunu pajciuiis^

^§8 2.5,^8 J? g,

06 — m—pioo«n ;; •^; :oo:

'X||enuue p|Os
i»4i>i JO speoi-JiDoi
-|nq jo jaquinu p^ieuiiisg

88^^.88 «8g g

M "ooo "t f* : 2 : c*) : - :
« in cf — 1- — ■ " "

•J

H
<

1 rooo OONfOfO MO «/)to n-io

<2>
10

■S)(D01

.[nq 5t3«d

-*p~-tc?iOf^0 oao M« -.— lo
s-, pioO'S»i»>- nio ••— t^

•SM03

•saoiBung

00 wow -J- <*5« 00 ^ M

•sasnoq jo Jaquinfsj

t". c?i ©ISO —lo «6<-i oooi 000610
-j-hhcimmo nn ••>• r^n

•S53BHIA JO jaquinN

Omooioio-^n iifO M» oaior~> 1

»- MM N tON ««N PIM

M
N

Capiul town and Singye-b6n ...

Zeyan

Kun Hai

Myothit

Kan Wan T6k ...

Kun Hawt ... .„

Mong Ngaw

Northern circle —

Kachin villages ...

Palaung villages „,
Tawng Ma circle —

Palaung villages ,..

Shan villages
Eastern circle —

Shan villages ... ,„

Palaung villages „,

Kachin villages .„

Total

•ON |W»S

»• w w * 10 o» esoo 0\

tAW]

THE UPt»ER BURMA GAZETTEER.
Table C— Other Products.

261

Serial
No.

Circle.

RiCB.

Yield per basket
of seed.

Low-
lying
fields.

Nam San and Sin- \ 40*60
gye-Mn. \

Zeyan ... j .«

Kun Hai

Myothit

Kan Wan TAk ...

Kun Hawt

Northern circle ...

Eastern circle ...

Tawng Ma circle

Mdng Ngaw

40*60

40-50

3050

40*60

6o'ioo

Tttung-
yas.

«5-25

15-30

20-30

20-40

20-30

10-30

10-40

15-40

20-30

Crops other than rice. Remarks.

Pumpkins, mustard,
peas, some tobacco
and a few cabbages.

Plantains, beans,
peas, tobacco (a
little), pumpkins,
mustard and a few
cabbages.

Jackfruit, plantains,
peas, mustard,
pumpkins, taung-
sein leaf, and a few
cabbages.

Plantains, a little su-
gar-cane, mustard,
pumpkins, and j
taungsein leaf. |

Plantains, a little su-
garcane, a few pine-
apples, mustard, and
pumpkins.

Plantains, pumpkins. Pumpkins very
mustard, and tating- fine and large.
sein leaf.

Plantains, jackfruit,
mangroes, beans,
pumpkins, mustard, i
and a little cotton.

Sugarcane, pump-
kins, mustard, and i
a few peas. i

Sugarcane, guavas,'|
pumpkins, and mus-j
Urd.

Plantains, beans,
pumpkins, and mus-
tard.

262

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.
Statement D. — Prices.

[TAW

Articles.

Quantity.

Red cloth used for blank-

A piece

ets.

Silk tameins

, Each

Cotton cloth

A piece (40 yards)

Silk handkerchiefs

, A set of eight ...

Silk velvet

A piece

Cotton muslin

Silk jackets

Each

Cooking-pots (copper) ...

Straw hats

Iron cooking-trivets

A viss

Garlic

' do

Ngapi

1 do

Ngapi kaung

1 do

Dried fish ...

' do

Cigar leaf {ihanatpet) ...

1 do

1 1

Betelnut

! do .:

Betel-leaf ...

i do

Cutch (for eating)

Kerosine oil

• A case

Sessamum ...

1 A tin

Cotton lungyis

' Each

Tobacco

1 A viss

Salt

Candles (small)

1 A packet

Cocoanut oil

A viss

Umbrellas (Shan)

1 Each

Shan cups ...

! do

Tray (eating)

A viss

Tobacco (for eating)

Shan paper ...

Per 100 sheets ...

Dha strings

Each

Dhas

Dry tea

A viss

Letptt

Per 100 viss

Cotton

Per 5 viss

Carpets „.

Each

Jaggery ...
Scissors (iron)

A viss

Each

Betel boxes ...

Prices from

Rs. A. p.
5 8 o to

Rs. A. p.

8 8
6 o

5
o
I
I
I
I

3
2
I
1
I
I

10
6

o 12
o 10

1 8
o 6

2 8
4

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to

18 o o to

I 8 o to

4 8 o to

3 8 o to

o 6 o to

o I 6 to

o 8 o to

25
2

9
9

1 8

2 o

o to
o to

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to

I o
O 12

o 6

1 8

t 4

1 8
o 14

2 O

8
4 o

1 o

25
I
6

3
o
o

12
O

O 12

Remarks.

From L&-gya

Manufactur-
ed in the
State.

Chinese'

make.
English.

TAWNG TALONG.— A circle in the Hsum Hsai sub-State of Hsi Paw,
Northern Shan States. It lies on the Maymyo border in hilly country, and
suffers from some scarcity of water.

All the cultivation is upland. There were one thousand five hundred
and tweoty*eight ihanatpet trees in 1892, but the circle does not seem by

TAW]

THE I'PPKR BURMA GAZETTEER.

263

any means to be prospering,
houses.

It includes eleven villages, with seventy-five

TAWNG TEK.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw. Tl.e
boundaries are, — on the north Ton Pe, on the east Nam Lan, on the south
Nawng Long circle of Lawk Sawk Southern Shan State, on the south-west
Man Htam, and on the north-west Pung Wo and Tijn Pe.

It included in 1898 thirty-three villages and had a population of one thou-
sand nine hundred and ninety-eight persons. It is in charge of a ncbatng.
In the same year it paid Rs. 4,8t3-<S-o net revenue, and supplied no paddy.
It had also eleven thousand two hundred and eighty-one revenne-paying
tnavititpet trees, for which Rs. 1,269-2-Q was rendered. The population
is almost exclusively engaged in laungya paddy-cultivation.

TAW NTO (called Malipa by the Chinese*. — A village in the Ko Kang
Trans-Salween district of North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan States.

Taw Nio is of no great size, having only forty houses, with brick walls

and thatch or tiled roofs, but it is the chief, in fact the

The baraar. only market in Ko Kang, all the other bazaars being

of the most, petty and local cliaracter. Market is held

in the ordinary Shan fashion, once every tive days, and there is a very

large attendance of Chinese from beyond the border. l3eyond Chinese

blue cottons, felt hats, shoes and rock-salt from Mong Hkawng, there is

no great display of native produce. Manchester goods are cluetly brought

for sale bv the Huitze of Pang Long. These Panthays are the only carriers

for Ko Kang to the British side at present. All the local muleteers trade

to China.

From Taw Nio it is eight caravan marches to the town of Kung Ma, six
to Mong Ting, fourteen to Yang-chang (called Mcng

Communications. Sang by the Shans), and seventeen to 1 c'ngy(ich(Mong
Myen or Momien). The road from Taw NioloYung-
chang is said to be level and good for the greater part of the way, but there
is one steep range to cross, apparently on the frontier of Yunnan proper.
It seems more probable that this is the " long descent" of .Marco Polo than
the route througii Lungling (Miing Long), wliicli would make most naturally
for Nam Hkain. Near Taw Nio the streams are all spanned by stone
bridges and there are traces of the regular Chinese causeway roads whirh
are so substantial and usu.'tlly so bad : — " good for two y<'ars and bad for
ten thousand."

A good deal of cotton is grown near Taw Nio and sold in the bazaar, but
opium is the chief commodity and fetches an average pric? of ten rupees the
viss, though in the harvest season it is mucli less, falling to seven oreveni-ix
rupees. The drug is sold as it is collected by the farmer and has to be
boiled down by the consumer. The Ko Kang Chinamen smoke the
orthodox opium pipe, different indeed from the pipe of the coast ports but
with the same broad flat top and tiny aperture, and do not condescend to
the make-shift of the Shan, the Palaung or the Kachin.

A fair sized joss-house stands to the south of the bazaar and is tenanted
by a Chinese monk, with the approved coat of many coloured patches. It
is the only regular joss-house in Ko Kang and is cf very creditable size
and style of ornamentation.

264

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAW

Since i8g6 Taw Nio has been the headquarters of a detachment of a
company of Military Police, under an Assistant Commandant. The barracks
are built on a low hill over-looking the village and are surrounded by an
earthen ramp and ditch. The inhabitants of Taw Nio are all Chinese, but
there are several small Shan villages in the low valley which extends north
and south. Cha-tzii-sliu, the chief town of the State, is eleven miles distant
and about three thousand feet above Taw Nio.

Taw Nio village is thus picturesquely described by Mr, VV, A. Graham :

*' It consists of one long street which every fifth day presents a busy scene,
as it is the market to which all the neighbourhood comes, not only Ko Kang
people, but many from across the border. This market is of much interest
as so many people of different races come to it: the Chinaman with his
pack mules or his pig in a crate ; the Shans (women to sell fruit and vege-
tables and buy housi-hold necess.Tries, and men to gamble) ; Lishas and
Mutso from the mountain tops and Lahs from the villages round about.
Each race wears its distinctive costume. The Chinese go wrapped in half-
a-dozen blue coats, .ill too large for them apparently ; the Shan in his baggy
trousers and huge turban practises the ' Tiger walk' up and down before
the girls; the l.isha with his blue putties and call-bird stares about at so
much civilization; the Chinese women hobble and flap and scream ; the
Shan girls sit in rows chatting under their broad hats, or flit along with their
white limbs half concealed half displayed beneath the red skirt ; the squat
Mutso women straddle about in their absurd short kilts: and the pigs shove
their way through all. On non-market days the pigs have the street to
themselves and make pretty short work of the rotten melons, oranges, maize
cobs, droppings of flour and paddy, which are left behind by the marketers."

TAW-SEIN. — \ village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with an area of attached lands of one square mile.

There are thirty-nine inhabitants and thirty-two acres of cultivation.
Paddy is the chief product. The village is nineteen miles from Ye-u and
paid Rs. igo thathameda revenue for 1896-97.

T.\W-THA. — A revenue circle and village in the north of the Min-
taingbin township of Lower Chindwin district, with one hundred and eleven
inhabitants.

The revenue amounted to Rs. 90 thathameda for 1896-97.

TAW-WE-GAN. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
six persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 30, in-
cluded in that of Daung-o.

TAWYAN.— A village of Chins of the Tashfln tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies about ten miles east of Tloirtang and can be reached via
Hmunli and Tlorrlang.

In 1894 it had one hundred and forty-three houses. The resident chief
was L6n Kho.

Tawyan consists of a group of four villages : Tawyan, Singyawl, Khitam,
and Khawtang The people are Torrs and are related to the Terrs of Haka.
They are tributary ti Falam.

TAW-YAN-GON. — A village in the Pakan-gyi circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pak6kku snbdivision and district, with a population of forty persons^
according to the census of i8gi.

TAW-TAV)

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

265

The Ihathameda amounted to.'Rs. 210 for 1897-98.

TAW-YAUNG.—A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of ninety-five persons, according to the
census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 570.

TAW-YWA. — A village in the Thamantabo circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
seventeen persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 370.

TAW-YWA. — A village in the Lingadaw circle, Myaing township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
sixty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The ihathameda amounted to Rs. 1,000 for 1897-98.

TAW-YWA. — A village in the Kyigan circle, Myaig township, Pa-
kAkku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
fifty-nine persons, according to the census ol 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 970,
included in that of Kyigan.

TAW-ZA-LK. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw subdivi-
sion of Paki*»kku district, with a population of sixty-three persons, according
to the census of i8gi.

The Ihathameda amounted to Rs. t8o for 1897-98.

TAW-ZUN. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadauug township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the populaticin numbered two thousand live hundred and five
persons and the thathatneda amounted to Rs. 4,480. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

TA-YA. — A revenue circle in the Salingyi township of Lower Chindwin
district, including the villages of Taya, Kandwin, TJianbo and Myezan,
with eight hundred and twenty-seven inhabitants. It lies in the south
of the township, on the left bank of the South Yama chaung.

The soil is fertile and water plentiful. '1 he principal food grains are
dry and wet weather paddy, yoa'^r, sessamum and peas.

The revenue amounted to Rs. 585 from State land and Rs. 1,540 from
ihathameda for 1896-97.

TA-Y.AW-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower
Chindwin district, south-west of Budalin and some five miles from the
Chindwin river.

It includes the villages of Tayawdaw and Y6n-hle>g6n, with one thou-
sand two hundred and twenty-four inhabitants. The revenue for i896>97
amounted to Rs. 2,500 from thuthameda.

'^ A-YAW-GAING, — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Kakftkku district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-nine persons,
according to the census of 189 1, and a revenue of Rs. 460.

TA-YAW-GON — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivi-
sion of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand and thirty persons
and the thathanteda amounted tn Rs. i,8o2. No land revenue was col-
lected in the circle.

TAW-TAY]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

265

The thathameda amounted to.'Rs. 210 for 1897-98.

TAW-YAUNG.— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of ninety-five persons, according to the
census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 570.

TAW-YWA. — A village in the Lingadaw circle, Myaing township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
sixty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs- 1,000 for 1897-98,

TAW-YWA. — A village in the Kyigan circle, Myaig township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
fifty-nine persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 970,
included in that of Kyigan.

TAW-ZA-LK. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw subdivi-
sion of Pakokku district, with a population of sixty-three persons, according
to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 180 (or 1897-98.

TAW-ZUN. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaurig township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In i895-9f) the population numbered two thousand livt- hundred and five
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 4,480. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

TA-YA. — .^ revenue circle in the Salingyi township of Lower Chindwio
district, including the villages of Taya, Kandwin, TJianho and Myezan,
with eight hundred and twenty-seven inhabitauts. It lies in the south
of the township, on the left bank of the South Yama chaung.

The soil is fertile and water plentiful. 'J he principal food grains are
dry and wet weather paddy, yoTt'sr, sessamuin and peas.

The revenue amounted to Rs. 585 from State land and Rs. 1,540 from
thathameda for 1896-97.

TA-YAW-D.WV. — .\ revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower
Cliindwin district, south-west of Budalin and some five miles from the
Chindwin river.

It includes the villages of Tayawdaw and YAnhle-gfin, with one thou-
sand two hundred and twenty-four inhabitants. Ihe revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 2,500 from thathavtcda.

TA-YA W-GAING. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
PakAkku district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 460.

TA-YA W-G6N — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivi-
sion of Myingyan district.

In 18^5-96 the population numbered one thousand and thirty persons
the thathameda amounted tu Rs. i,8o2. No land revenue was col-
l in the circle.

266

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TAY— TAZ

TA-YWIN-BO. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and twelve persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 6S4; the State land revenue was
Rs. 70-10-6 and the gross revenue Rs. 754-10-6.

TA-YVVIN-DAING. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four thousand one hundred and
thirty-five persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 5,774. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

TA-ZAN. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw subdivision
of Palcokku district, with a population of one hundred and seventeen per-
sons, according to the census of 1891.

The thatkamt'iia amounted to Rs. 180 for : 897-98.

TA-ZAUi"v — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1 895-06 the population numbered one thousand two hundred and ninety
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. i,«44 No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

TA-ZAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 tie population numbered two hundred and seventv-four per-
sons. The thtthameda amounted to Rs. 200, the State land revenue to
Rs. 2 1 3- 1 1-6, and the gross revenue to Rs. 41 3-1 1-6.

TA-ZE. — .\ township of the Ye-u subdivision of Shwebo district, is bound-
ed on the nurth by the Indaing township, on the east by the Myedu town-
ship, on the south by the Ye-u and Shwe-gyin townships, all of Shwebo
district, and on the west by Upper Chindwin district.

It has one hundred and thirty-nine villages and a population of nineteen
thousand four hundred and seventy-seven pers'>ns. The headquarters are
at Taz&, a few miles west of the Mu river.

TA-ZE. — The headquarters nf the Ta-z& township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, near the lake of the same name.

There is a Civil Police post. The population in i8gi numbered one
thousand four hundred and seventy-seven persons.

Paddy was the chief crop. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amount-
ed to R.s. 3,t6o. The village is fifteen miles from Ye-u.

TA-ZIN- — A village in the Linbin circle, Pakokku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of five hundred and fiftv-five persons, ac-
cording to the census of iSgi, and a revenue of Rs. 1,050, included in
that of Linbin.

TA-ZO. — A prosperous village in the Natogyi township, Myingj'an sub-
division and district.

It has a great many palm groves, and a large trade in jaggery and cotton
is carried on. Many pagodas and kyauitgs have been erected. There is a
Civil Police thana to the north-west of the town.

TA-ZC)N. — A revenue circle in the Homalin township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including four villages.

TA2-TEG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

267

TA-ZU. — A village'in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, witli a population of sixty persons, according to the census of 1891,
and a revenue of Rs. 570.

Tit. — A village in the Yau- townsbip, Yawdwin subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-five persons, according
lo the census of 1891.

The i/iatkameda amounted lo Rs. 550 for 1897-98.

TE-BIN. — -A village in the I'aung-gwe circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety-eight
persons, according to the census of 189 1.

The that/tamcda amounted to Rs. 300 for 1897-98.

TE-BIN"-GAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pa-
kokku district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-three persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 490.

T^DAW. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district.

The name Tfedaw is said to have been given because the village was estab-
lished in a jungle where fig trees were abundant.

The circle has seventy-live houses. The villagers cultivate kaukkyi and
ttiavin, but no ttiungya; they are Burmans and Shans.

T£-DAW. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u,

The population numbers three hundred and twenty-six persons, mostly
paddy cultivators. The thathamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 511. Near Tfedaw is the locally celebrated Sbwemokdaw pagoda.

Tfi-DAW-YA. — A village in the F'auk township and subdivision of Pa-
kAkku district, with a population of three hundred and forty-four persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 800.

Tfi-GON. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Mandalay
district, on the east bank of the Shwetac/tfl««^, between Madaya and
Taungby6n.

It has thirty houses, and its population niuiibered in 1897 one hundred
and twenty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

Tfi-GON. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers four hundred ami seventy-eight persons: rice
cultivation is the only industry. The thathamcda revenue for 189S-97
amounted to Rs. 580.

T£-GYI. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twelve miles from Ye-u.

There are seventy-one inhabitants : paddy cultivation is the chief industry.
The thathamcda revenue in 1890 amounted to Rs. 130.

Tfi-GYI.— A village in the Nyaungok circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and seven persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330, included in that
of NyauDg-6k.

270

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ITEN-THA

It contained sixteen houses in 1894, with a population of sixty persons.
The revenue paid was four annas per household. The villagers owned five
bullocks, ten buffaloes, and five mules and ponies. The price of paddy was
twelve annas the basket. The people wer« paddy cultivators and trad-
ers by occupation.

TENSHl.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It
lies twenty miles south of Lungno, and can be reached from Lungno, across
the Myittlia, and also from Tilin.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Lobwa was its resident chief. The village
is under the Lungno chief and has blood feuds with the Chin mis. It is
not stockaded: there in good camping-ground with plenty of water.

TRP HSAI.— A village in the home circle of M6ng Ya^ the capital of
the Northern Shan State of South Hsen Wi.

There were in March 1892 fifteen houses, with a population of fifty-three
persons. The villagers are exclusively engaged in paddy cultivation, except
when called on for service by the Saiv/iwa, which they render in place of
paying tribute.

TERONG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 3S, Myitkylna district, situ-
ated in 25" 45' north latitude and 97'^ 46' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirteen houses : the population was unknown. The
inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe. The headman has
no others subordinate to him.

TET-KAUNG. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, fourteen miles from headquarters.

The population numbers two hundred and sixty persons, most of whom
are engaged in rice cultivation. The thathameda revenue for 1 896-97
amounted to Rs. 730.

TE-TUN. — A revenue circle in the Magwe township and district.

The soil of the circle is very fertile and much maize is exported, as well
as maize leaves for cigar wrappers.

The thugyi was formerly a man of great power and influence and was
perpetually at war with the myothu^yi of Magwe.

TEUN PYE. — .'\ village in the Mogaung subdivision of Myitkyina dis-
trict, about a quarter of a mile south of K6nmana.

TE-ZU. — A village in the Chindaung circle, Seikpyu township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-eight
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 880, included
in that of Chindaung.

TE-ZU. — A village with three hundred houses south of Pindali in the
Wundwin township, Northern subdivision of Meiktila district.

A few iron and gold workers li\e here. The rest of the population is
entirely agricultural.

THA-BAN-GYO. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myin-
gyan subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the popuhtion numbered four hundred persons and the tha-
thameda amounted to Rs. 450. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

THA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

371

THA-BEIK-KYIN. — A township of the Ruby Mines district, forming the
southern portion of the Tagaung subdivision. It is bounded on the north
by the Tagaung township; on the east by the Mong Mit (Momeit) State
and the Mogok township of Ruby Mines district ; on the south by Mandalay
district ; and on the west by Shwebo district.

Its approximate area is six hundred and eighty-eight square miles and its
population about ten thousand persons.

There are thirty headmen in the township the revenue in iSqj-qS was —

Rs.

Thnthameda ... ... ,., ... 14,645

Land revenue ... .., ... ... 5,700

The headquarters are at Thabeikkyin on the Irrawaddy river, fron> which
place a cart-road starts to Mogtik and Bernardwvi?, distant sixty-one
miles. There is a Public Works Department inspection bungalow in
Thabeikkyin, which has detachments of a Burma Regiment and of the Ruby
Mines Battalion of Military Police. The village consists of a straggling
line of houses along the river bank and a good many of the villagers live
on rafts moored alongside. There is a ferry across the Irrawaddy which
brings in about Rs. 4.000 a year. The irrawaddy Flotilla Company's steam-
ers running between Mandalay and Bhamo call at Thabeikkyin, and there
is a smaller steamer from Mandalay twice a week.

THA-BEIK-KYIN.— The headquarters of the township of that name of
Ruby Mines district.

The village is of some size and has a population of one thousand five
hundred and ninety-five persons, most of whom are Burmese. It is sit-
uated on the Irrawaddy river, twenty-three miles south of Twinng& and an
hundred and thirty miles nortli of Mandalay. Thabeikkyin is the river post
and base for Mngdk and the Ruby Mines villages.

THA-BEIK-LE. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, twenty miles from Ye-u.

'I here are one hundred and thirty-four inhabitants, .iccording to the pre-
liminary census returns of 1891. Rice cultivation is the chief industry.
The thathamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs, 350.

THA-BEIK-TAN.' — A village in the P6ndaw-naing-ngan revenue circle,
Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, nine miles south-
west of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and sixty-five persons at the census
of 1891 and paid Rs. 290 thathameda-ia\.

THA-BUT-KON. — Belonging originally to the Tama-gyi circle, an agri-
cultural village of seventy houses in the Ma-hlaing township, Northern
subdivision of Meiktila district.

The dacoit leader Bo Kya Bin, with' a small force, disturbed the sur-
rounding country after the Annexation.

TH.A-BUT-PIN. — A village of one hundred and fifty-six houses in the
Myotha township of Sagaing district, six miles west of Ava.

There are two pagod.ns here, the Kyantha-gyi and the Shwetaza.

THA-BUT-SU. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakfikku district, with a population of three hundred and fifty-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 830.

272

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ITHA

THA-BYE-BIN. — A village of twenty-seven houses on the eastern bank
of the Third Defile of the Irrawaddy river, in the Bhamo subdivision and
townsJiip.

Some Hpuns once lived here, but emigrated many years ago. The vil-
lagers carry on a considerable trade with neighbouring Kachins, and some
of them work also a little taungya. They have no cattle.

THA-RYE-BIN. — A ward in the town of Myingyan, in the subdivision and
district of that name.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two thousand eight hundred and
eighty persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. a,6l6. No land reve-
nue was collected in the circle.

THA-BYE-BIN. — A village in the Pyin-u circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
forty-three persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 230 for 1897-98.

THA-BYE-BIN. — A village in the Thabyebin circle, Yeza-gyo township,
PakAkku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891.

The thathameda revenue amounted to Rs. 1,130 for 1S97-98.

THA-BYE-DON. — A village in theOyin circle, Myaing township, Pak6k-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and forty-
six pcrsonsv according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 270, in-
cluded in that of Twin-ma-myauk-ywa.

THA-BYE-GYIN. — A circle in the Py6ntha township, .Maymyo subdivi-
sion of .Mandalay district, in the Gyaung valley.

Thabye-gyin is the only village in the circle. It lies seven miles north-
east of Pyintha and has a population of one hundred and twenty persons
at the census of i8gt. The thathameda revenuti paid for 1896 amounted to
Rs. 370. The people are Burman pein and ginger cultivators.

TH.\-BYE-Iir,A. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, north of Kywe-gya.

It has fifty houses, and its population numbered in 1897 *^*^ hundred
persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

THA-BYE-HLA. — A village in the Kyun-le-ya circle, NgasingTi town-
ship, Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, north of Myasein-gyun.

The village has twenty-five houses, and the papulation numbered in 1897
one hundred and twenty-five persons approximately. The villagers are cul-
tivators and fishermen.

THA-BYE-I>A. — S. village on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district, with sixty-three houses.

Most of the villagers are fishermen, and a little mayin is worked yearly,
besides tobacco for home consumption. Salt is procured from Sheinmaga
and fetches sixteen rupees the hundred viss. 1 he village is much under
water in the rains.

THA-BYE-OK. — A village in the Leiksangun revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles south of head-*
quarters.

THA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

273

It had a population of six hundred persons at the census of 1891 and paid
Rs. 620 that hameda-tA%,

THA-I3YE-WA. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred persons and the thatha-
meda amounted to Rs. 108. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

THA-BY£-WA. — A village in Thazi township, Southern subdivision of
Meikfila district, with one hundred and fifty-two houses and a population
of four hundred and fifty persons.

THA-BYUN-GON. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and dis-
trict, including in 1897 * single village with twenty-six houses.

The annual average revenue was Rs. 220 from thathamcda and mayin
tax Rs, 60. The village is locally noted for its grass mats.

THA-DE. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

Fn 1895-96 the population numb» red two hundred and five persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 273. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

THA-D1-G6N. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 6, Bhamo district, situat-
ed in 24'^ 17' north latitude and 97° 15' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-five houses: the population was unknown*
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants arc Shan-
Burmese, Shan, and Burmese, and own no cattle.

TIIA-DIN. — .\ revenue circle and village in the north-east of the Min-
taing-bin township of Lower Chindwin district, with two hundred and
ninetceji inhabitants.

The thathamcda revenue amounted in 1896-97 to Rs. 580.
THA-DO-DAN. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township and subdivi-
sion of .Magwe district, twelve miles west of Taungdwingyi.

The Shwe Aung-daw pagoda was formerly the scene of an annual festival.
It is a large building of the ordinary shape with no pretence to architec-
tural beauty.

THA-DCN. — A village of one hundred and twenty-seven houses in the
Kyauk-yit township, Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, six miles
from Kyauk-yit [q. v!). It falls within the A-lft-g)'un.

THA-DUT. — A village in the Thadut circle, Myaing township, Pakokka
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and twcnty-tive
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The revenue thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,990 for 1897-98.

THA-GA*UNG. — A village in tb» Thagaung circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
two persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs, 400 for 1897-98.

THA-GA-YA. — A village on the east bank of the Irrawaddy river in
Myitkyina district, where the northernmost trade route to the Jade Mines
debouches on the river.

374

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[THA

There are, however, only three peiti^aws and one tet-hl}, or upper river
boat here, n he traders usually march north to Waingmaw and Ywa-daw
before crossing to ThayagAn. Thagaya has thirteen houses of Rurmfse-
Shans, who moved here about 1870. They own eight huffaioes which they
employ used in irrigated paddy cultivation, the yearly return from which is
about seven hundred baskets; sessamum-oil is also expressed to a small
extent.

THA GA-YA. — A village with one hundred and seventy houses and a
population of six hundred and forty persons, in Thazi township, Southern
subdivision of Meiktila district.

It was built, according to local tradition, by King Sawnumhnit.

THA-GA-YA. — A village of nine houses on the Theiii-Iin river, in the
Bhamo subdivision and district.

The inhabitants own ten buffaloes and work le and a little laungya.
The village was formerly in the Moyu Kayaing.

THA-GYIN. — A village of two hundred and eighty-eight houses in Myo-
tha township of Sagaing district, sixteen miles north-west of Myotha,

It had formerly Military and Civil Police posts, but now has no police.
Within Tha-gyin circle is the Ingyaung-det fishery, which rents at from
Rs. 1,625 to Rs. 3,000.

THAIK-CHAUNG. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, including three villages.

THA-KUT-TA-NE. — A revenue circle with three thousand one hundred
and seventy inhabitants in the north-west of Biulalin township of Lower
Chindwin district, on the boundary between the Budalin and Kani town-
ships.

The circle comprises the villages of Thakutta-nc. Pogon, VVetlu-aing,
M6n-o, Pyudu, l^gyi, Zaba-zin, Ma-gyi-6k, Paya-gyi, Nyaung-gdn, Sutpyet,
Gwebin-gyin north, Gwebin-gyin south, Thitk& east, Thitkfe west, Letki^k-
k6n, Ywa-thit and SAngfln. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs.
5,950, fr^m Shathameda. The circle is noted for its manufacture cA p6nr\ii'
fans, the value of the annual outturn being estimated at Rs- 800.

The Maha Lawka Marazein pagoda or Hayagyi, near Payagyi village,
is so called because it is the largest pagoda in the township. Its height is
one hundred and twenty cubits and its perimeter at the base two hun-lred
and forty cubits. The pagoda was erected in 1849 A.D. by U Nyeya,
Thathiinabain^ of Mandalay. in King MindAn's reign. Its cost was
Rs. 26,000 The history of the founding of the pagoda is engraved on a
slab of alabaster, kept under cover within the precincts.

. THA-KUT-TAW.- A village in the Sheinmaga township of Shwebo
district

A considerable quantity of salt is manufactured in the village, which is
fifteen miles from Shwebo, In 1891 it had a population of one thousand
four hundred and ninety-six persons, and the revenue paid amounted to
Rs. 5,937-

THA-KYIN. — A village in the Thiikyin circle, Laung-she township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of fortv-three
persons and a revenue of Rs. 70, in 1897.

tHA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

275

THA-LA-l.IN, — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
PakAkku district, with a population of forty-three persons, according to the
census of 1831, and a revenue of Rs. 230.

THA-LFl — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-two persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. aoo for 1897-98.

THA-LS-GON. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amara-
pura subdivision of Mandalay district.

Thal&gfin is the only village in the circle and is situated ten miles north-
east of headquarters. It had a population of sixty-five persons at tho.
census of iSgi, and paid Rs. 230 thatfiatnedd-iaiX and Rs. 62 land revenue.

THA-LIN. — A revenue circle with five hundred and thirty-four inhobiL-
ants, in the Kani township of Lower Chiudwin district. It is situated on
the b.Tnk of the Yewa chattfig, east of the Mahudaung range, and includes
four villages, Thalin, Yebya, Ya-gyi, and Yeyin.

The only crop cultivated is paddy. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 1,170, from thatkameda.

THA-l6N-TH\VE. — .\ revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-9G the population numbered four hundred and sixty-five persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 588. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

THA-LUN-BYU.— A village in the Madaya circle, township and sub-
division of Mandalay district, north-east of Madaya- «)!j£»»»tf.

It has ore hundred and twenty houses, and its population numbered in
1897 four hundred persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

THA-MA-DAW. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
PakAkku district, with a population of six hundred and seventy-three per-
sons at the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 700, included in that of
Yebya.

THA-MAING-GYI. — A village of twenty-nine houses on the east bajik of
the Irrawaddy river, in the Bhamo subdivision and township.

The village, which stands on high ground, consists of two groups of
houses divided by a small stream. .\ll the inhabitants are Shans.

The villagers calch fish by the Shwe hli method. A strip of plantain
bark is stretched along the length of a small boat, so as to be submerged
on its farther side. The boat is then moved to the bank and the lish jump
Irom the water on to the bark platform and thence into the boat. A certain
amount of taungya is worked and some cotton is grown for home consump-
tion. There arc no cattle in the village.

THA-MA (ING).KAN.— f. infra et sub Hsa Mong Hkam.

THA-MA-KAN. — The headquarters of the Assistant Superintendent of
the Myelat district of the Southern Shan Slates. It is situated on the Gov-
ernment cart-road, seventy-three miles from Thazi Railway station and
thirty-three miles from Taunggyi.

276

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TIIA

Thamakan is frur thousand two hundred and forty-four fer-t above mean
sea-level and is a mile away from the village of Hsa Mong Hkam [the Shan
form of the word [g v.)} , the residence of the Ngwekun-hmu of the Hsa Mong
Hkam State.

A detachment of the regiment at Fort Stedman (thirty-five miles away
by the cart-road and twenty-one miles by the bridle-road to the lake) is
stationed here, and there is also a police force of two sergeants and thirteen
constables under a native oflicer. A combined post and telegraph office
and a furnished bungalow for travellers have been built, and a brick hospital
is under construction.

Water is scarce in the dry weather. There are no shops at Thamakan,
but a bazaar is held every fifth day at the Ngwe-kun-hmu's village, where a
few of the necessaries of life can be had.

THA-MAN. — Two villages of about one hundred and lifty houses in Ava
township of Sagaing district, twelve miles south-west of Ava.
Near Thaman is the Kyettu-yw6 pagoda.
THA-MAN-DA-LIN.— A circle in the Magwe township and district.

It includes the villages of Thamandalin, Pokkon, Gaung-daw-u and
Danda-lun-san.

THA-MAN-GAN. — A village in the Saiug-gaung circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of fifty-five
persons, according to the census of 1891,

The thathaniedii revenue amounted to Rs. 390 for 1897-98.

THA-MAN-GAN. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eighty-three persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thatkameda amounted to Rs. 394 for 1897-96.

THA-MAN-GYAN.— A village in the Kyat circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population nf forty-nine persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs, 80, iacludcd in that of Kyat.

TH A-MAN- lA-BO. — A village in the Thamautabo circle, Yeza-gyo
towuship, Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of three
hundred and sixty-nine persons, according lo the census of 1891.

Thathumeda amoualed to Rs. 980 for 1897-98.

THAMBA-YA. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township,
Miugiu subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid Rs. 480 revenue in 1897.

THA-MlN-bE, — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi lownsiiip, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered iwo hundred and fifty persons and
the thathatneda amounted to Rs. 394. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

THA-MIN-BOK. — A village in the Kandein circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
twenty-six persons, according to the census of 1 691, and a revenue ot Rs. 450,
included in that of Kandein.

THA]

THE UPPF.R BURMA GAZETTEER.

277

THA-MIN-DWIN. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo disirict, with an area of attached lands of one-and-a-half
square miles and a population of ninety-five persons.

There are forty-six acres of cultivation, chirtly under paddy. The village
is fourteen miles from Ye-u. Ihe ihathameUa revenue amounted to Rs.
3q6 for i8»ji6-97.

THA-MIN-GAN. — A village in the Nga-kwe circle, Seikpyu township,
Fak5kku subdivision and district, with a p:ipulation of eighty persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. lOo.

THA-MIN-GYAN. — A village in the Sagaing subdivision and district,
situated on the same island as Paukwfe.

.\bout thrcr-fourths of the villagers are cultivators of beans, Indian-corn
and vegetables. The village has an hundred houses.

THA-MIK-GYAUK. — .\ village in the Ywa-sh6 cirrle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-five persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 390 for 1897-98.

TH.\-MIN-THAT. — A revenue circle and village with fifty-eight inhabii-
ants, in the Kani tovvnshipof Lower Chindwin district. Itliesin the south-
west of the township, on the Thabyed6n stream, in a forest of »'«-trees.

Paddy is the only crop raised.

Local etymologists account for the name of the village by tht- following
story : A King of L'enares came to this part of Bur.ua
Legend. ^ ^^y years ago to hunt thamin (the brovv-antlered deer)

and with the help of his hunters caught a large number alive, and ordered
tliat, as long as he was in camp, a thamin should be killed every day so
that his table might be regularly supplied with venison. The etymology Is
more obvious and less interesting than it might have oeen.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 150 from thatharmda.

THA-M6N-GAL\G,— .\ revenue circle in the Myingyan township, sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand dnd ten persons, and
the thatnameda amounted to Rs. 1,337. No land revenue has yet (1897)
been assessed in the circle.

THA MYA. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district, in-
cluding the villages of Nyaungyatpin, Lingado, Thamya, and Kyaung6n.

THA-MYA-BA. — A village of seventy-three houses in Ava township of
Sagaing district. It lies fourteen miles south of Ava, in the midst of a
thick jungle of toddy palms, on the bank of the Panlaung river, opposite
Sawyfe in Kyauks6 district.

At Sawye there is a Government rest-house. Under the Thamyabu
thugyi is the village of Shwebaw-kyun.

THA-NAT-PIN-ZIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision
of Pakflkku district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-two persons,
according to ttie census ol 1891, and a revenue of Rs, :i2o, included in that
of Indein.

378

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER*

[THA

THA-NAT-YIN. — A village in thr Bahin circle, Myaing township,
Pakdkku subdivision, and district, with a population of two hundred and
eighty-two persons, according lo the census of 1891.

The thathameda revenue amounted to Rs. 660 for 1897-98.

THAN-BAUK. — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdi-
vision of Upper Chindwin district, including seven villages.

The revenue paid in 1897 amounttd to Rs. 1)065.

THAN-BA-YA. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district,
including in 1897 two villages with sixty houses.

It yielded the following revenues in that year : thathameda Rs. 560,
kaukkyi'XAf. Rs. 12, mayin Rs. 22, and taungya Rs, 2. Thanbaya village is
fourteen miles south of Katha.

TH,^N-B.\-YA. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of forty-nine persons, according to the
census of 1894, and a revenue of Rs. 1 10, included in that of Shawbyubin.

THAN-BA-VA. — A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township,
Gangaw subdivision of Pakdl^ku district, with a population of two hundred
and sixty-eight persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 690 for 1897 98. ^'"^ inhabitants are
Taungthas.

THAN-BA-YA-GYIN. — A village in the Aligan circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-two persons, according to the census of tSgi.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 420 for 1897-98.

THAN BIN — A village in the Seingan circle, Myaing township, Pakdkku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and sixty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs, 490, included
in that of Sein-gan.

TH.\N-BO. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and thirty-Tive persons
and the revenue from thathameda amounted to Rs. 854. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

THAN-BU. — A village in the Chaungz6ng\'i circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
sixty persons, according to the census of iSgt, and a revenue of Rs. 750,
included in that of Chaungzongyi.

THAN-BU. — A village in the Tawma ciicle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population ol one hundred persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 250, included iu that of
Tawma.

THAN-BYA'AING.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakfikku district, with a population of live hundred and twenty-nine per-
sons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 1,290.

THAN-DAUNG. — .A revenue circle with four hundred and eight inhabit-
ants in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district, on the banks of
the >iorth Yama stream.

THA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

279

The villages included in the circle are Thandaung, Sinzwt and NyinthagAn.

The chipf crops raised are paddv, ioitar and pea«. The revenue for
1896-97 was Rs. 1.520, from thathameda, and Rs. 106 from State lands.

I^ocal etymologists say that the village was so called because it was
established by a giant whose footprint was one standard cubit {than'
daung) long.

THA-NGfi-DAW. — A circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision
of Mandalay district.

Tha-ngfe-daw is the only village in the circle and is situated four miles south
of headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and ninety-five
persons at the census of i8ot. and paid Rs. 290 t/iafharrteda-tax.

THANGYAUNG. — A villaeeJn the Thanpyaung circle, Yeza-gyo town-
ship, Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred
and twenty-one persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thnfhavteda amounted to Rs. 1 50 for 1897-98.

THAN-GYAUNG. — A village in the Kunlat circle, Myaing township,
Pakftkku subdivision and district, with a population nf sixty-five persons,
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 140, included in that
of Ywa-ma.

TH.^N•GY.A.UNG. — A village in the Sinzein circle, Myaing township,
PakAkku subdivision aud district, with a copulation of one hundred and
fiftv-one persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thathamedt amounted to Rs. 270 for 1897-98.

THAN-LWIN-G5N. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
diFtrict, including the single village of Thanl\ving6n.

THAN-MA-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

Thanmadaw is the onlv village in the circle and is situated eight miles
north-east of headquarters. It had a population of two hundred and sixty-
five persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 393 thirtfiameda-i&s. and
Rs. 236 land revenue.

TH.^N-MA-DAW, — A revenue circle and village with five hundred and
sixty inhnbitants, in the Budalin township of Lower Chindwin district, south-
west of Budalin, and some four miles from the Chindwin river.
The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 370 from thathameda,
THAN-THE. — K village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, three miles from Ye-u town, with a population of fifty-six persoaa
and a cultivated area of 17 acres, besides 26-7 acres of State lands.

It paid for 1896-97 Rs. 190 thathameda revenue. It stands on the
Ye-u-KunAn road.

THAN-U-DAW. — A village in the Kyetmauk circle, Myaing township,
PakAkku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and five
persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 240 for 1897-98.

THANYIT. — .\ revenue circle in the Lega-yaing township and subdi-
vision of Upper Chindwin district, including seven villages.

2S:

THE UPPRR BURMA GA7ETTF.ER.

[THA

bank because they disliked their Kayaing-Sk, U San Win. It lies on the
main road to the Jade Nflnes, About six hundred men and three hundred
mules pass through it yearly, carrying pots, fryingpans, umbrellas, opium,
iawsam, spirits, and fruit, but they do not use this road on their way back
from the Mines.

THA-YA-KA. — A vilIao[e in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pak6kkii district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-six persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 320.

THA-YA-PI. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-eight persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 391-8-Oj included in that
of Lfelan.

THA-YAUK-MYAUNG.— A circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo sub-
division of Mandalay district.

Thayauk-myaung is the only village in the circle and is situated eight
miles east of Pyintha : it has a population of one hundred and seventy-
one persons, at the census of 1891. The (hathamecia revenue paid in i8g6
amounted to Rs. 340. The villagers raise ginger and pcin.

THA-YAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Legayaing township and subdi-
vision of Upper Chindwin district, including nine villages.

THA-YA-WA-Dl. — -A village in the Ngasingu township, Madaya sub*
division of Mandalay district, south of Kya-u-yin.

The village has fifty houses and its population numbered in 1897 '^'o
hundred and fifty persons approximately. The villagers arc traders and
cultivators.

THA-YA-WA-DI. — A village in the Taung-by6n-ngfe A-she circle, Madaya
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, east of Gwedaw.

It has thirty houses and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred and
twenty persons approximately. The villagers are cu'tivators and coolies.

THA-YET. — A revenue circle in the Mintaingbin township of Lower
Chindwin district, with six hundred and sixty-one inhabitants.

It includes seven villages, Zibyugftn, Yeso, S5ng6n, Tandaw taik, Cliaiinj^-
na, Mye-neg6n and Thayet. The /A //AffOTfi/a revenue amounted to Rs.
1,900 for [896-97.

THA-YET-BYA.— A village in the Utaik circle, Pwe La State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan Sfa'es, situated in the north of the Slate on
the Pangtara border.

In 1897 it contained sixty houses, with a population of two hundred and
sixty-eight persons., who paid Rs. 322 annual revenue.

THA-YET-CHfN. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and forty-three per-
sons, according to the census of 1891.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 280 for 1897-98.

THA-YET-GAN. — .\ village in (he Tliayetgan circle, Pak6kku township
subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-seven persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

THfe UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 220 for 1897-98.

THA-YET-GAN. — A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
twenty-three persons, according to the census of 1891.

Thathameda amounted to Rs. 750 for 1897-98.

THA-YET-GAN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-eight personst
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330, included in that
of Yega.

THA-YET-GON. — A village of thirty-one houses in the Shwegu subdivi-
sion of Bhamo district, at the edge of the Aleyo, a marshy plain south of the
Irrawaddy river.

There are two hundred buffaloes in the village and yegya, yielding two
hundred baskets yearly, and mayin, one thousand and five hundred baskets,
are worked. There are some toddy-palm, jack and guava trees.

TH.'\-YET-G6N (YA-Y6N-Y[N).— a village in the Shwe-gyin township
Yc-u subdivision of Shwebo district, with four square miles of village lands.

According to the preliminary census of 1891 the population numbered
one hundred and four persons and there were thirty acres under cultivation.
Paddy and jaggery are the chief crops. The village is thirteen miles from
Ye-u. It paid in 1896-97 Rs. 324 thathameda revenue. The village is
under the thttgyi of Shwegu.

THA-YET-GWA. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-nine persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 380 for 1897-98.

THA-YE-THA.— A village in the Kwe-myok circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-four persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs.

430-

THA-YET-KAING. — A revenue circle in the Saling)'i township of Lower
Chindwin district, on the right bank of the Chiudwin river, in the south-east
of the township.

The villages included in the circle are Thayelkaing and Ywathit. The
population numbers three hundred and ninety-nine persons, and the revenue
lor 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 750, from thathameda.

THA-YET-KAN. — A revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and thirty-five persons'
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 138. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

THA-YET-KAN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, eighteen miles from Ye-u town.

It has two hundred and twenty-seven inhabitants, who paid Rs. 510 tha-
thameda revenue for 1896-97. They are all rice farmers.

THA-YET-KAN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, ten miles from Ye-u town.

284

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The population numbers seventy-two persons and the are.i under culti-
vation is 406 acres. Paddy is the chief crop. Thathamcda revenue, amount-
ing to Rs. 290, was paid for 1896-97. The village is in the Kon6n thugyis\\\^.

THA-YET-KAN (NORTH).— A village in the Madaya township and sub-
division of Mandalay district, on the east bank of the ShwetafAdw/;^.

It has one hundred houses, with a population of four hundred persi^ns on
an approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers are cultivators.

THA-YET-KAN (SOUTH).— A village in the Madaya township and sub-
division of Mandalay district, on the east bank of the ShwetacA«j tt«^, adjoin-
ing Kabaing village.

It has one hundred and fifteen houses, with a population of three hundred
and forty-six persons on an approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers
are cultivators.

An indigo factory was put up in this village in the reign of King Mindon
but is now out of repair.

THA-YET-K.AUNG. — A village in the Mayagan township, Y'e-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, sixteen miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers one hundred and three persons, and the chief
industry is paddy cultivation. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 320.

THA-YET-KON. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amara-
pura subdivision of Mandalay district.

ThayetkAn is the only village in the circle and is situated thirteen miles
north-north-east of headquarters. It had a population of fifty persons at the
census of 1891 and paid Rs. 100 thaihameda-\dk^ and Rs. 7 land revenue.

THA-YET-KON. — A village in the Nga-kwe circle, Seikpyu town.ship,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and three
persons, according to the census of i'!^9i, and a revenue of Rs. 240.

THA-YET-KON. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, with one square mile of attached land.

There are fifty-three acres under cultivation. 'I he chief products are
paddy and jaggery. The village is thirteen miles from Ye-u and paid forty
rupees thathameda revenue for 1896-97. It is in the Nyaungli circle.

THA-YET-KON.— A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Yc-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, with two-and-a-half square miles of attached land.

It had a population of two hundred and three persons in 1891, and there
were seventy one acres of cultivation. The principal products are paddy
and jaggery. The village is thirteen miles from Ve-u and for 1896-97 paid
Rs. 324 thathameda revenue. It is under the Ywatna thugyi.

THA-YET-KYIN.— A village in the Thayetkyin circle, Laung-she town-
ship, Yawdwin subdivision of Pakdkku district, with a population of fiftv-
seven persons and a revenue of Rs. 120 in 1897.

THA-YET-PIN, — A circle in the Ma\ myo township and subdivision of
Mandal.'iy district, including seven villages.

Thayetpin village is three miles west of Maymyo, and has a population of
three hundred and seventy-four persons, according to the census of 189 1.

THA-YET-PIN. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivisioa
of Shwebo district, fourteen miles from Yc-u.

TUA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

285

There arc forty-eight inhabitants, mostly paddy cultivators. The thatha-
meda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Ks. 150.

THA-YET-PIN. — A village in the hidaing township, Tantabin subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, on the I'yaungthwi: stream, fifty-four-and-a-half
miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered eighty-five persons, mostly rice farmers.
The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 was Rs. 270.

THA-YET-PIN. — A village in the Myinwun circle, Fak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and one persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Ks. 460, included in that
of Myinwun.

THA-YET-PIN. — k village in the Tha-g>aung circle, Scikpyu township>
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-four persons>
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 100 for 1897-98.

THA-YET-PU.— A village in the Kambaiii circle of the Hsa Mong Hkam
State, Myelat district of the Southern Shan States.

In 1S97 it contained eighty houses, with a population of three hundred
and seventy-six persons. The amount of revenue paid was Rs. 328. The
village stan<ls on the Government high road.

THA-YET-TA. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district,
embracing in 1897 a single village with twenty-five houses.

Its annual Ihathameda-ia.'n was Rs. 230. It is the northernmost Burmese
village in the Katha tow^nship. Formerly there was a Military Police post
here to supervise the Kachins, but it has now been withdrawn. The
villagers act as middlemen to the neighbouring Kachins.

THA-YET-TA-BIN. — A revenue circle and village in the I'athein-gyi
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of seven hundred and sixteen persons at the census of
1891. The circle comprises has seven villages, inclusive of Thaycttabin,
which lies north of the subdivisional headquarters, at a distance of about
seven miles by road and water. The circle paid a land revenue of Rs. 2,540
and a thathamc<ia-\.a.% of Rs. 2,440 for 1896-97.

TH.-^-YET-TAN. — A village in the Madaya circle, township and subdivi-
sion of Mandalay district, south-west of Madaya- »j_ytf.

The houses in the village numbered ninety and the population counted in
1897 three hundred persons, approximately. The people are cultivators,

THA-YET-TAVV.— A village in the Linbin circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and thirty persons,
according lo the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 850, included in that
of Linbin.

THA-YET-TAW. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 790.

THA-YET-TAW. — A circle in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, west of Madaya, including nine villages.

286

THE UPPER BURMA GAZlil I KKk.

[THA

THA-Y6-ZET. — A circle in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, north- west of Madaya, including four villages.

Thay&zet village is situated east of Powa. It had eighty houses, and a
population of three hundred and twenty five persons, on an approximate
calculation, in 1897. The villagers are cultivators,

THA-ZI SUBDIVISION.— 5-^t' Southern.

THA-ZI. — A township in the Southern subdivision of Meiktila district.

It has an area of 54039 square miles and had in 189 1 a population of forty-
two thousand five hundred and sixty-two persons.

Thazi village is the headquarters of the subdivision and township. Ii has
a large bazaar, frequented by people from Meiktila, lllaingdet, Yamethin
and Mandalay; there is besiues a bhan wasng, where traders from the Shan
States house their cattle and goods. 1 his is not much used now as the
Shan traders prefer to put up in brokers' houses.

THA-ZI. — A revenue circle in the M6n-ywa township of Lower Chindwin
district, eleven miles north-east of M6nywa. It lies atoiii,' the Thazi creek
and in 1891 had a population of si.\ thousand four hundred and twenty-five
persons.

The circle is the largest in the township, and includes the villages of Thazi,
Pauk-ngcdaw, Twin-gyaung, Thitkyin-gyidaw, Mftksogon, Danpin-de, Te-
gyi-g6n east, Te-gyi-gon west, Kanbya, Pegon and Thadaung-sasu. For
1896-97 the revenue from thathameda amounted to Ks. 1,305-8-0. The
principal products aie jotcar and scssamum.

THA-ZI. — A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district, including
the villages of Nyaungbinlha and Thilyagauk.

TIlA-Zl. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township, Mingin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes two villages and paid Rs. 420 revenue in 1897.

TH.VZl. — A village of seven hundred and ihirty-two houscs in the circle
of the same name of Lower Chindwin district.

In 1891 the population numbered three thousand four hundred and eighty
nine persons. A large number ol toddy trees are grotvn, and from them
jaggery is supplied to traders in M6nywa. There is a police-station in the
village.

THA-ZI. — A village in the Tadaing-she South revenue circle, Amarapura
township of Mandalay district, about half a mile east of Nalsu.

Thazi is a new village. It has a population of sixty-four persons, and there
are twenty-six assessable households.

THA-ZI. — A village of twelve house.<^ on the Selkala chaung, an affluent
of the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwcgu subdl\ ision of Bhamo district.
It was settled in 1S92 from Mankha in Kyidaw and Nga-yat.

THA-ZI. — A village in the Thazi circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and seventy-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 620 for 1897-98.

THA-ZIN. — A village of one hundred and forty-five houses in the Sagaing
subdivision and district, twenty-eight miles north-west of Sagaing.

THA-THE ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

287

There is a large jhtt near the village.

THA-ZO.— A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyansubdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three thousand persons and the fha-
thameda amounted to Rs. 4,597. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

THfi-BON A-N.-MiK.— A village in the Waya circle, Yeza-gyo township.
Pakokku Subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-eight persons, according to the census of i89i.

The thathametfa amounted to Rs. 630 for 1897-98.

THfi-BON A-SHE. — A village in the Waya circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak'jkku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
fourteen persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 780 for 1897-98.

THR-BYU-GY.M)NG, — A village in the Sa-le-ywe circle, Nga-singu
township, Madava subdivision of Mandalay district, east of Gwebin.

It has twenty-five houses and its population numbered in 1897 o"^ hundred
persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

THE-BYU-WA. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-95 the population numbered three hundred and seventy-five
persons, the thathameda amounted to Rs. 544, the land revenue to Rs. 62-5-0
and the gross revenue to Rs. 606-5-0.

THfe-DAW. — A village in the Kyauktat circle, Yeza-gyo township,
PakAkku subdivision and dist.ict, with a population of four hundred and one
persons, according to the census of i8gT.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 830 for 1897-98.

THK-DAW. — A village in the Wundwin township, Northern subdivision
of Meiktila district, about two miles from Wundwin.

It includes four villages, under a thu^yi subordinate to the Wundwin
thugvi. The villages have a population of four qx five hundred persons, m^ist
of whom have settled here since the railway was made. Many of them are
natives of India and Chinamen, attracted by the railway and the large
bazaar which has been lately built by Government. The village has no
historic interest. There i.sa small Public Works rest-house.

THE-GAN. — A Kachin village in Tract No, 12. Bhamo district, situated
in 24'' 26' north latitude and 97° 28' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fifteen houses : its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are Chinese-
Shan, and own no cattle. No supplies are obtainable.

TH6-GAW. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, south-west of Madaya town.

It has seventy houses, and its population numbered in 1897 three hundred
persons approximately. The villagers arc cultivators.

THE-GON. — A village of sixteen houses north of the Taping c/whw^, in the
Bhimo subdivision and district.

388

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

{THE

All the households are Shan-Chinese. The village was founded in 1880
by Pu Han Wai from Tawmu. The settlers sold all their cattle before coming
down and now have no land or cattle of their own. They borrow buffaloes
and rent land at the rate of ten baskets of paddy the pe ; half of the house-
holds work fields belonging to Myothit, and half fields belonging to the
Pdnlein Kachins A little taungya is also worked and some of the villagers
go to Sipet as coolies.

TH^-GON— A village in the Maw Son Slate, Myelat dist^^t of the
Southern Shan States, south of the chief village.

It contained fifty-six houses in iSyy, with a population of two hundred and
eighty-one persons, who paid Rs. 168 annual revenue. The greater number
of the inhabitants are occupied in the manufacture of shoes and umbrellas,
which are sold all over the Myelat.

THfi-GYU.V.— A village in the Alegan circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and thirl^-five
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathanteda amounted to Rs 360 for 1897-98

TH6-GYUN. — A village in the Madaya township and snli'^ivlsion of
Mandalay district, west of Powa North.

It had sixty houses with a population of two hundred and fifty persons,
on an approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers are fishermen.

THfi-IN. — A village in the Naung-u circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a popnlation of three hundred and fifty-five
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 560.

THEIN-BAVV. — A local name for the Kachins of the Hu Kawng valley,
and Katha and Upper Chindwin districts. See under Hu Kawng.

THEIN-DAW. — The headquarters of the Tindeik circle, in the Sagaing
township and di?trict.

It consists of three villages. Konywa, Theindaw and Tindeik. In the
village are a pagoda and temple erected by King Thiri-dhamma Thawka.

THElN-DAVV.- — .\ village in the Myitchfe circle. Pakdkku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of three hundred and fifty-two
persons, according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 710, included
in that of .MyitchS.

THEIN-GA-BO. — A village in the Pyathi circle, Myaing township,
Pakftkku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred ami fifty-
eight persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330.
included in that of Pyathi.

rHEIN-Gf)N. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township,
Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes one village only and paid Rs, 200 revenue in 1897.

THEIN-GON. — A village in the Maw State, Myelat district of the South-
ern Shan Slates, about two miles east of Kyaukmyaung, where the Ng'we-
kuu-h'itu lives.

In 1897 it had a population of two hundred and ninety-one pcri^ons, all
Diinus. living in forty-eight houses, of whicli tl]irty-fi\e were tjxed and paid
Rs. aOo annual revenue.

THE]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

389

THEIN-GON.— A village in Anauk Tadan circle, Pang-tara State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States. Ft is situated in the north of the
State towards the Lawk Sawk border, and contains thirty-six houses with a
population of one hundred and seventy-six persons, who pay Rs. 397
revenue.

THEIN-GON, — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandaiay district, on the east bank of the ShwetafAa«»^, between Madaya
and I'aungljin.

It has twenty houses and its population numbered in 1897 eighty persons
approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

THEIN-GON. — A village in the Kwe-my6k circle, Yeza-gvo township,
Paki!ikku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
thirty persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 500 for 1897-98.

THEIN-LIN. — '.\ village on the stream of the same name, in the Bhamo
subdivision and district.

The inhabitants own sixty-five buffaloes, and get a yield of eleven
hundred baskets of kaukkyi, besides practising a tittle taungya. Roads
lead to Kangyi, Sawadi and Kawap6n.

Theinlin was formerly the headquarters of a line of hereditary paW'
niaings, who controlled the villagers from Theinlin to Faukgon (EJhamo),
but the line failed in King Thibaw's reign, and thugyis were then appoint-
ed to each village.

THEIN-LIN. — The Theinlin chaung rises in the Kachin Hitls east of
Bhanio and flows westward into the Irrawaddy river, about four miles
below Bhamo.

Its average width in its course through the plains is forty yards, and its
depth from two to four feet. Small boats can ascend ail the year round.
At the ford on the Bhamo-Mansi road it is forty yards wide by two feet
deep in January, with a sandy bottom. On the Bbamo-Sawadi road near
its mouth it is crossed by a wooden cart-bridge.

THEIN-LON. — A village of fifteen houses on the M0I& chaung, in the
Bhamo subdivision and. district.

It was resettled about i860 from Man-the, now destroyed, after it had
remained deserted for eight years, and was controlled until the Annexation
by pawmaings.

The inhabitants hire buffaloes from the neighbouring Kachin villages,
and get an annual yield of some three hundred baskets of paddy.

There is a road via Laitanyang and TatpAn to Warasang, where it
divides, one branch going north to Nanyat and Lema, the other south to
Laungpu.

THEIN-NI.— The Burmese name of the Shan State of Hsen Wi [q.v.).

THEIN-YVVA. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district. In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and
seventy-five persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 784. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

THEIN-YVVA.— A revenue circle in the Pagan subdivision of Mying)'an
district.

290

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[THE

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and eighty persons
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 423. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

THEIN-YWA. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district, north of Mye-zun.

The village has one hundred and ten houses and its population numbered
in 1897 five hundred persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators
and coolies.

THEKE-GYIN. — A village in the Wayobyin circle, Seikpyu township
Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
twenty-six persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 430 for 1897-98.

THEK-Kfi-GYIN. — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin sub-
division of Shwebo district, sixty-four-and-a-half miles from Ye-u, on the
Maingwan stream.

The population in 1891 numbered four hundred persons, mostly paddy
cultivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to three hun-
dred and seventy rupees.

THE-SAUNG. — An Indawgyi lake village, now deserted, in the Mo-
gaung subdivision of Myitkyina district.

THET-KAN-CHAING. — A circle in the VVetwin township, Maymyo
subdivision of Mandalay district, containing two villages.

The village of this name i.s situated seven miles north-west of Wetwin.
Danu paddy is cultivated. The circle paid Rs. 170 thathameda for 1896.

THET-KAN-GON. — A circle in the Wetwin township, Maymyo subdi-
vision of Mandalay district, including a single village, seven miles north-
west of Wetwin.

Danu paddy is cultivated. The circle paid Rs. 480 thathameda-t^x in
1896.

THET-K£-DAW. — A village in the Shwe-gyetyet revenue circle,
Amarapura township and subdivision of Mandalay district, five miles south-
west of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and twenty persons at the census .of
1891 and paid Rs, 200 thathameda-Xay..

THET-Kft-G6N. — A village in the Myaing township, Pakfikku sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and forty-seven
per.sons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 530, includ-
ed in that of Myaing-ashe-zu.

THET-KE-GYIN.— A village in the circle of the same name, in M6nywa
township of Lower Chindwin district, fiye miles south-east of M6nywa,

In 1891 the population numbered five hundred and forty-five persons.
For 1896-97 the revenue from thathameda amounted to Rs. 769-9-0.

The principal products are joviar and sessamum. The village is noted
for its manufacture of combs,

THET-KE-GYIN. — A village in the Ma-hlaing township, Northern sub-
division of Mciktila district, with two hundred houses. It is situated on the
borders of Mciktila and Myingyan districts.

THE-THI]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

sgt

In Burmese times the village was undtr Nyaung6k. Its Mw^yr' followed
the Nyaung6k Bo in the Myingun Prince's rebellion and his lands were
confiscated. He was subsequently pardoned by King Mind6n and his circle
separated from Nyaung6k.

The dacoits Bo Shwe Yaing and Bo Tok gave much trouble here at the
Annexation.

THET-KE-GYIN. — A village in the Nyaungdwin circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred
and sixty-two persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 540 for 1897-98.

THET-Kfi-GYIN. — A village and revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi
townshipj Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, twenty-four miles
north-north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of seventy persons at the census of 1891, and paid
Rs. \Z^ thaihame(ia-idi%.

THET-LA, — A revenue circle in the Lega-yaing township and subdivi-
sion of Upper Chindwin district, including four villages.

THET-PAN. — A village of thirty houses in Ava township of Sagaing
district, twenty miles south of Ava.

The Thetpan thugyi has also the village of Tedawya, thirty-three housesi
under his charge.

THET-PE. — A village in the Chauk-ywa township of Shwebo district,
on the eastern bank of the Mu river.

It grows considerable crops of different pulses, and millet in large
quantities. It is eighteen miles from Shwebo and in 1891 had a population
of one thousand four hundred and forty-eight persons and paid Rs. 3,210
revenue.

THETTA. — A village of Lai Chins in the Soulberti Chin Hills. It lies
eighteen miles south of Haka and can be reached from Haka via Fonalan,
across a spur and several streams.

In 1894 it had one hundred and eighty houses. Randun, Vandun (VVund-
wln), Tanling and Tirkwe were its resident chiefs.

Thetta was formerly of much importance. It resisted the British troops
until 1890, when it surrendered. It was totally disarmed in 1895. There
are camping-grounds above and below the village, with a limited water-
supply in nullahs, half a mile to the west. A small amount of rice is
available. Thetta is sometimes called Shiikta by the Hakas.

THET-YA-GAUK. — A circle in the Myingun township, of Magwc
district, including the village of Thazi only.

THET-YWA. — A village in the Pakhangyi circle, Ye-za-gyo township,
Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
s'xty-nine persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 790 for 1897-98.

THl-BAW. — The Burmese name of the Shan State of Hsi Paw [q.v.)
THI-BIN-GAING. — A\illage in the Chaung-z6ngyi circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a popuUtion of one hundred

THE L'PPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

asd aercoif-iwo penom, aocordiag to Uw cnuas o< 1891, tnd a rerenoe ai
R%. 400, iodoilM fai flat of Cbsaagi'zAafyi.

THI-DTN-BIN.— A village in the Kraukkan cttdc, Mjaing township,
Pak/jkku tubdivision aj>d diatrict, with a popuiatioa of two boodred and
ftfty'Mveti persons, according to the ceiwa» of 1891.

TTir thalhameda amoontcd to Rs. 640 for i^'j-^.

THI-DON, — A village in the Thadat circle, Myaing township, Pakdkka
'itbdivifion and district, with a popoUtion of ninely-five persons, according
to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of R». 180, included in that of Thadot.

THI-Gf)N. — A village in the Thjg6n circle, Lanng-she township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of PakAkku district, with a population of one hundred and
eighty-fieven person* and a revenue of R». 420, in 1897.

THI'GYAUK. — A village in the Pack township and subdivision of
PakAkku district, with a population of one hundred and forty-four pefsons,
accordin^^to the cmsus of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 260, included in that
of Nyaungwanbauk.

THI-GYAUK. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6k-
ku district, with a population of eighty-one persons, according to the census
of i8gi| and a revenue of Rs. 250.

TIH-GYAUNG. — A circle in the Nalmauk township of Magwe district,
including the villages of Thi-gyaung, Kyaukchaw, Tanaungg6n and Tha-
inAnj^An.

I III-GYIT.— iTrtf under Hsi-hkip (Yawng Hwe sub-State.)

TIlI-KWfiL. — A village of Chins of the Tashon tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It li<s on the side of a hill north of the Pao river, in a valley south-
east of Minkin, and can be reached via Minkin post and village, distant
sixteen miles.

Ill I 8q4 it had eight houses. Nycl-lycng was its resident chief.

Thikwel is a Hmall unfenccd village and is related to Shimpi. It pays
Iriliutc to I'aljiin. There is good camping-ground and water-supply.

'rUI-LA-Gt)N. — A village in Madaya circle, township and subdivision of
Manrlalay district, south-west of Thaycttan.

It has thirty-five houses and its population numbered in 1897 one hun-
dred and twenty persons approximately. The people are cultivators.

THI-LA-YWA. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including the villages of Thila-ywa and Paungbaing.

THt-LA-YW.\. — A village in Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivision of
MandaLiy di-strict, south-cast of Nga-singu myoma.

It has thirty-six houses and a population of two hundred and eighty per-
■Oni approximately. The villa>;crs are cultivators.

T1IIM1V'\N-G0N.— ,\ revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amar-
apura subdixisiou of Mand.ilay district.

Tlumbangftn is the only village in the circle, and is situated seven miles
cast uorth-rasl of lieadciuarlns. It had a population of one hundred and
eighty persons at llic census of 1S91, and paid Rs. 400 thathametla-t^x and
Rs. 396 land revenue.

THI]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZEITEER.

293

THIMBAW-GON. — A village in the Myintha circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with n population of twenty-nine persons, according
to the census of 1S91.

The thdthamcda amounted to Rs. no for 1897-98.

THIMBAW-GYUN. — An island village in the Irrawaddy river below
Bhamo, in the subdivision and district of that name.

It contains forty-one houses : many of them, owing to the high rise of the
river in the rains, are built on large t<aulks of timber and are in reality rafts.
Most of the inhabitants are fishermen : some tobacco is also cultivated.

THIMBAVV-IN. — A village north of the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwegu
subdivision of Bhamo district.

It was in i8go the residence of the Myothu^yi o{ the Mo-hnyin kayaitig.

The villagers are chiefly fishermen, and work also mnyin and taungya.
They own fifty buffaloes and four bullocks. The chief lish caught is the
nga-tkaing, which is cooked for oil, the price being ordinarily eight annas a
viss. There are a few cocoanut-palm and fruit trees in the village, which is
flooded in the rainy season.

Thimbawin was formerly the residence of an A mat, appointed from Mo'
Historv hnyin-gyi in Mawlu by the Mo-hnyin Sawbaw. In Bodaw-

paya's reign the Sa-ivb'ica rebelled and the Sa7t.<bwas\\\^
was in consequence abolished, and i»slead of the Jaa'^av? a IVutt was deput-
ed from Mandalay, and the Amafs lost their former official status and were
replaced by a Myothiigyi. Later still, in place of the Mo-hnyin Wun, a
Lemyo Wun was appointed over the jurisdiction of Bhamo, Mo-hnyin,
Shwegu and Kaungtdn.

THIN-BAN-GYIN. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, with two square miles of attached lands.

The population in 1892 numbered sixty-six persons, and there were four-
teen acres of cultivation. Paddy and jaggery are the chief products. The
village is fifteen miles from Ye-u. The thathamcda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 270. The village is under the Shwegu thugyi.

THIN-BAUNG. — A village in the Tha-gyaung circle, Seikpyu township,
Pakfikku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and six
persons, according to the census of iSgl.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 410 for 1897-98.

THIN-BAUNG-GAN. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku sudivision and district, with a population of three hundred and fifty-
nine persons, according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 600 for 1897-98.

THIN-BON. — A village of sixty-eight houses in Ava township of Sagaing
district, five miles south of Ava, on the Ava-Myotha road.
Near it is a noticeable pagoda, the Shin-byinkw6-nyein.

THIN-BYUN.— A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand five hundred and
twenty-five persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs, 1,984. No land
revenue was assessed in the circle.

294

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[THl

THIN-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Mingin (ownsliip and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district, including two villages.
The revenue paid in 1897 amounted to Rs. 640.

THIN-DEIN,— A village of thirty-two houses in Ava township of Sagaing
district, twenty-one miles south of Ava,

The neighbouring village of E-swa, twenty-three houses, is also under the
Thindein thugyi. The jungle round is very thick, and leopards, wild pig
and deer are plentiful.

THIN-GA-DON. — A revenue circle witii ei^lit hundred and ninety inhabit-
ants, in the Kani township of Lowrr Chindwin district. It includes seven
villages, Mingfin, Bawdibin, Ywa-thit, Myaungg6n, Kftngyi, Yezo and Pahe,
all situated on the Thingad6n chauug.

The forests of the eastern slope of the Mahudaung range abound in teak
and other valuable timber and a reserveof about sixty square miles has been
delimited.

The only crop cultivated in the circle is paddy. The revenue for 1896-97
was Rs. ii55o from tliathameda, and Rs. 23 from State lands.

TIHN-GA-DON. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision of
Mandalay district. It includes the villages of Thingadon and Thayetk6n,
and lies eight miles south-cast of Maymyo.

It had a population of one hundred and forty-four persons at the census
of 189T. The tliatkanieda-iaL-x. paid in itJgS amounted to Rs. 400. Danu
paddy is cultivated,

THIN-G.\-DON. — A stream in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin
district. It rises near Ya-gyi, flows northwards forsjme eighty miles, and
enters the Chindwin river a little below the village of Kin.

The following explanation of the name is given : Kathaba^ the Buddhist
. d priest, who convened the First Synod after Gaudama's

death, retired to the Webula hills at the source of the
Patol^n stream. His disciples followed him, but when they reached the
Thingadon stream heard that he had died at the Alaungdaw Kathaba cave,
so they went no further, but shook the dust from their robes and returned
to India. Thinga means a priest's robe and ddn to shake).

THlN-G.^N-BUT. — A circle in the Taungdwin-gyi township of Magwe
district, including the single village of Thiiiganbut.

THl-NGfi-DAW.— A village of two hundred and eighty houses in the Ava
township of Sagaing district, six miles southwest of Ava.

The village of Chaungu, forty-four houses, is part of the Thingfedaw
thugyCs jurisdiction.

Thing^daw in the King's reign had to supply children from eight to ten
History years of age as Court Pages and thi.<igave its name to the

village. The parents of these children were allowed to
work State lands irrigated by the Kandawkanhia tank, free of revenue.
THIN-MAUNG. — The Burmese name for Hsen Mawrg {jj.v.).
THIN-NUT. — The Burmese name of Hsen Yawt {q v).

THIN-TA-PAVV. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, MyiQg}*an
subdivision and district.

THIl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

395

In 1895-96 the popalation numbered six hundred and five persons, and the
thathameda amounted to Rs. 770. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

THIN-TAYA.— A revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand six hundred and sixty-
five persons, andthe thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,030. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

THIN-THI. — A village in the Pakaiingfc circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakftk-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and twelve
persons, according to the census of 1891.

'Wit. thathameda amounted to Rs. 510 for 1897-98.

THI-TA-YA. — A revenue circle and village with two hundred and fifty-
three inhabitants, in the east of the Mintaingbin township of Lower Chin-
dwin district.

The thathameda. amounted to Rs. 740 for 1896-97.

THIT-CHO. — A villasre in the Ma\-agan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty-three miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers one hundred and sixty persons, who paid Rs. 460
thathameda revenue for 1896-97. They are all rice farmers.

THIT-E-BIN.~A village in the U Talk circle of the Stale of Pang-tara,
Myelat district of the Southern Shan States, due east of the Ngwe-kun-
hmu's village.

In 1892 it contained one hundred and sixty-six houses, with a population
of nine hundred and ninety-five persons, who paid Rs. 731 annual revenue,

THI-GYI DAW. — A village in the Kabyu circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
ninety-four persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda revenue amounted toRs. 8go for 1897-98.

THIT-KAUK-SEIK.— A village in the Thit-kauk-seik circle, Yeza-gyo
township, Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of four
hundred and forty-eight persons, according lo the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 780 for 1897-98.

THIT-K.\UNG-DI. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung town-
ship, Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid a revenue of Rs. 530 in 1S97.

THIT-KOK-KWIN. — A circle in the .Myingun townsliipof .Magwc dis-
trict, including the villages of Thitk6kkwin and Gwedaukkon.

THIT-KYI-DAVV. — A village in the Myotha circle, Myaing township,
Pakfikku subdivision arfd district, with a population of one hundred and
eighty-two persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 360 for 1897-98.

THIT-KYI-TAING. — A revenue circle in the west of the Mintaingbin
township of Lower Chindwin district, with seven hundred and seveuty-six
inhabitants.

stgS

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[THl

It includes four villages, Thitkyitaing, Thekkfe-gyin, Kyaungdaw and
S^bym. Thethaihamcda amounted toRs. 1,410 for 1896-97. The products
are paddy and bamboo.

THIT-MYO-DAN.— A village in the Leya circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and seventy
persons, acccording to the census of i8gi.

The thathamedd revenue amounted to Rs. 410 for 1897-98.

THIT-NYI.NAUNG.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakftkku district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-seven
persons, accordinij to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 279, included
in that of Kyabyitkan.

THIT-PIN-GYI.— A village in the Kandein circle, Myaing township,
Paki'ikku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eighty-seven persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 360, included in that of Kanbyu,

THIT-PIN-SHI. — h revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and forty-five personsi
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 259. No land revenue was assessed
in the circle.

THIT-SEIN-BIM.— A village in the Ye Ngan State, Myelat district of
the southern Shan States.

In 1897 it contained fifty-six houses, with a population of four hundred
and thirly-six persons, and paid Rs. 322-8-0 revenue.

THIT-SEIN-GYI.— A village in the Sheinmaga township of Shwebo
district, twenty-four miles from Shwebo town. It is an important trading
station on the Irrawaddy liver, and stands on the eastern slope of the Min-
wun range.

The population consists almost exclusively of traders and numbered one
thousand four hundred and thirty-six persons in 1891. The annual reve-
nue then was Rs. 5,013.

THIT-SI-BIN-HLA. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, with four-and-a-hall square miles of appro-
priated lands.

It has three hundred and ninety-seven inhabitants and sixty-two acres
of cultivation. Paddy, jaggery and tliitsi are the chief products. The
thathameda revenue for 1800-97 amounted to Rs. gio. Thitsibin-hla is
sixteen miles from Ve-u, in the Katluma thugyis\\\^.

THIT-SON. — .\ village south of the Moyu f/i(fa«_§', in the Shwcgu sub-
division of Bhamo district.

The inhabitants own sixty-four buffaloes and get an average yield of
fifteen hundred baskets of paddy ; they do not work mayin. The thatha-
meda revenue paid in 1893 amounted to Rs. 400. The village is four feet
under flood in the rains.

THIT-TAT. — A vill^e in the Taung-nga-kut circle, Laung-she town-
ship, Yawdwin subdivision of f^akfikku district, with a population of ninety-
five persons and a revenue of Rs. 200 in 1897,

THI-THO]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

297

THIT-TAUNG, — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered seven hundred and fifty persons,
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,096, the State land revenue to Rs.
627-2-0 and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,723-2-0.

THIT-TAW-BYA SOUTH.— A village of twelve houses only in Ava
(ovvnsliip of Sagaing district, twenty-one miles south of Ava.

THiT-YAlK — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty-eight miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers three hundred and forty-five persons, and the
villagers are alt eno;agpd in paddy cultivation. The thathnmeda revenue
for 1806-07 amounted to Rs. 500.

TMIT-YAUNG. — A village in thfi circle of the'same name, in Kani town-
ship of Lower Chindwin district. It lies at a distance of a quarter of a
mile from the Chindwin river, on the main road from Kani to Pa-le.

It has one hundred and ninety-three inhabitants, most nf whom are
cultivators ; paddy, joicary sessamum and peas are grown. The revenue
for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 310 from thathameda and Rs. 35 froTi State
lands.

THIT-YON, — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and sixty-two persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 924. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

THON-AING. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan

subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered three hundred and seventy persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 474. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

THON-DAUNG. — A village of one hundred houses, three miles north of
the Nyaungok chaung in the Ma-hlaing township, Northern subdivision
of Meiktila district.

About a mile north of the village are three stretches of soap-sand, near
the small hills which are said to have given it's name to the village. Like
many other villages in the township, Th6ndaung has a great many /<7r/and
cocoanut palms. There is a small in near the village, wflich dep'n^^s for
its water-supply entirely on the rainfall.

Thondaung in Burmese times was under the NyaungAk Bo Manng Maik,
but became a distinct jurisdiction when he was outlawed.

THON-DAUNG-AING.— A village three-and-a-half miles from Pin.Ial6
on the main road to VVundwin, in the Northern subdivision of Meiktila
district, with a population of four hundred and eighty persons.

It is one of the few favoured villages of the subdivision, as it has a
perennial water-supply, drawn from the Thinbfin stream.

There are several ruined pagodas in the village, but their history is now
forgotten. Bo Maung Min, the thiioyi in Burmese times, organized a band
of dacoits and kept up an intermittent warfare for many years with the
Ti-hlaing Bo, Maung San Galng,

igS

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ THo— no

THON-EIN. — A village in the Kyaukmi revenue circle, Pathcin-o;vI
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles east-north-
east of headquarters.

It had a population of twenty persons at the census of 1S91 and paid
Rs. 60 t/tat/iameda-iA\.

TH6N-LAN-BYI. — A ChinbAn village in the Th6nlanbvi circle, Laung-she
township, Yawdwin subdivision of PakAkku district, with a population of
eiphtv-one persons, and a revenue of Rs. 180 in 1897.

TH6N-ZE.— The Burmese name of the Shan State of Hsum Hsai (^.w.).

THON-ZE-BE, — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of the Irrawaddy river.

It has one hundred and eighty-five houses and its population uumbered
in 1802 seven hundred and fifty persons approximately. The villagers are
cultivators.

THWE-NET. — A revenue circle in the Sa-Ie township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In i8Q«;-q6 the population numbered four hundred and twenty persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 560. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

TI, — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of fifty-three persons, according to the census of
iSgr, and a revenue of Rs. no.

TNDAW-MO. — A village in the Kaungmun-chauk-ywa circle, Pathein-gyi
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, seventeen-and-a-
half-miles north-east of headquarters.

It had a population nf three hundred and thirty- one persons at the
census of 1891.

TI-GON. — A village in the Kya-u-yin6n circle, Nga-slngu township
Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, south of Kya-u-yin.

The village has forty houses, and the population numbered in 1897 °"^
hundred and twenty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

TI-GYAING. — A township in the Katha subdivision and district, with a
population, according to th** census of iSqi, of seventeen thousand four hun-
dred and eighty-four persons, and an area of five hundred square miles. It is
bounded on the east by the Irrawaddy river ; on the west by the MInwun hill
range and the Kawlin and Wuntho townships ; on the north by the Katha
and Manlfe townships ; and on the south by the Tagaung township of Ruby
Mines district.

The township in Burmese times was in the jurisdiction of the Myadaung
w««, and was called the Mvadaung township.

It formed until 1802 a part of the Mvadaung subdivision, which was then
in Katha district, but since that year Myadaung has been made over to Ruby
Mines district and Tigyaing joined to the Katha subdivision.

There were in 1897 forty-one fhugyis and eighty-four villages in the
township. Seven items of revenue are coilertrd, namely : — Thathameda
Rs. 29,660, knukkyi Rs. 7,152, taun/rva Rs. 315, mayin Rs. 2,762, fishery
Rs. 23,740, excise Rs. 360, tobacco Rs. 2,280, making a total of Rs. 64,269,

TtG— TIIJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

299

Ti-gyaing village is situated on the right bank of the Irrawaddy, and for
a short time after the Annexation was the headtjuarters of Katha district.
The name is dtTived by local etymologists from //ft an umbrella, and kyaing
a staff or ward of office. It is the headquarters of the present township
and has a court-house, bazaar, combined telegraph and post offices, a ddk
bungalow, forest office, and Military and Civil Police lines. The town, with
its over-hanging pagodas, is very picturesque. It is a calling station for the
Irrawaddy Flotilla Company's sleamers, but trade does not seem to be
noticeably rising. The exports are small and consist chiefly of m^./^/ and
dried-fish.

The population of the township comprises Burmans, Shans, and a few
Chinese. Their principal occupation is petty trading, cultivation, fishing
and wood-cutting.

The Gangaw range ends at Ti-gyaing on the irrawaddy, after passing
through ihe northern portion of the township. There are numerous large
plains watered by numerous creeks in which there are fisheries, and there
is much room for the extension of cultivation. Communications everywhere
are easy at most seasons of the year.

Tl-GYAING. •— A circle in the Katha subdivision of the district of that
name, comprising four villages with four hundred and forty-iliree houses.

In Burmese times Ti-gyaing was a small hamlet of some one hundred
houses. After the Annexation, a court and a forest office were established
and it became a flourishing town.

There were in 1897 a bazaar and inspection bungalow, Civil Police lines,
a potice-statiou, and combined post and telegraph offices. The moai and
stone fort were destroyed when the military quarters were built. The
villagers are mostly traders and cultivators.

There are a few Chinese. They pray, so the Burmans put it, to the nat
Kvet-san-ni, having no proper place of worship.

In the circle is a lamous bill which adjoins the Mawlu and Manlfe town-
j^ J ships and the Mo-hnyin hill range. On its summit in

olden times a city was built by two princes named Yanda
Pyissi and Nanda Pyissi. During their reign the Chinese invaded the
country and the iwo princes defended ihemscives at Myingin with a large
force of cavalry : the places where thtir ponies and elephants were stalled
are still called Myingyon and Singyon, and on the spot where the city was
built the ruins of a stone fort are still to be seen. 1 he Chinese were routed
and the place where the victory was won was named ray6k Pauk.

On the summit of the same hill is the Myata-lheindan pagoda, built, ac-
cording to tradition, by King Ti)iri-dhamnia Thawka. King Nara-padi-
sitLu went round the world on his Paung Sekkya, or magic barge ana saw
this pagoda and made an offering of his emerald bell, valued at a lakh of
rapees, to it. These gave a name both to the pagoda and to the hill on
which it stands. Local etymology \y. supra} derives the name Ti-gyaing
from A/j', the Royal umbrella, and kyatng the Koyal staff, which were pre-
sented as an offering at the place.

TIL. -A Kachin village in Tract No. 22, Myitkyina district, situate^ in
35° 28' north latitude, and 97° 50' east longitude.

3oo

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

I TIL

In 1892 It contained fourteen houses, with a population of fifty-four per-
sons. The lieadman has no others subordinate to him, The inhabitants
are ot the Lcpai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe.

TILL — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin Hills.
It lies on a hill east of the Klairfln stream, south of Khein Khnm and
near the south end of the Yahow valley, and ran be reached via Shunkla,
Sekurr, Hmunpi, and Khein Khan.

In ,894 it had twenty houses. The resident chief was Lyen Yam. Tili
Is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam. There is plenty of
water along the mad, but no good camping-ground. The village is not
fenced.

TI-LIN'. — A township of the Pauk subdivisian of PakAkku district, con-
sisting of three deep valleys runaing north and south, is bounded on
the ecist by the Pondaung range, on the west by the Chin hills and the
Maw river, on the south by the Yaw township, and on the north by the
Gangaw subdivision.

The hills are stony and barren, and very little cultivation besides paddy
is attempted, and even this only near the different streams, so that in years
of drought Titin is liable to partial famine.

The area of the township is four hundred and ninety-three square miles,
and it has a population of twelve thousand two hundred and two pt-rsoiis,
divided between seventy-three villages. The amount of revenue paid in
1897 was Rs. 23,460. The headquarters are at Tilin village.
In the central parts of the township some iron is found and worked into
Industr'es. dhas. Silk-worm rearing is practised, and the manufac-

ture of silk and lacquerware is carried on to some extent.
These industries are in the hands of the Taungthas [v, infra et sub PakAk-
ku).

Tilin was at first a Sawbu'as\\i^, peopled by Shans, captives sent from
uj^j^ Mogaung. It extended north as far as Ka-le State and

included all the country east of ihe Pondaung range
as far as Myaing. During the reign of Naungdaw-paya, son of Alaung-
paya, however, the Sawb'iva rebelled and was defeated and deposeO. A
large part of his territory was taken away and a myothugyi sent to Tilin.
About 1202 B.E. (1840, A.D.) Tilin came under the Wun of Ya\\ , who
lived at Pauk. After the Annexation it was made into a township.

About two miles south of Tilin is the famous Shwekungya-uk pagoda,
A n.:^., ;.!.«, said tn have been erected by Nara-padi-sithu, King of

ragan. Ihe story runs that, whilst he was travelling in
a raft on the Maw river he saw a gold fish and pursued it, and evertually
caught it in a deep pool under the cliff on which the pagoda now stands,
A small tank was dug and the fish put in, and the tank was covered with a
golden net, and a pagoda Imilt oyer it ; hence the pagoda was called the
Shwe-kuu-gya-Ak, ' covered with a golden net.'

Near the Shwekun-gya-6k is a village of pagoda slaves with whom
ordinary Eiurmans have no intercourse. No Burman will eat with them
nor intermarry with them, nor may tliey come up into a house without
permission. Their origin is not quite clear., but the common account is
that some hundred years ago there was a great famine and almost the

TIL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

301

whole country was deserted. A few families, some fourteen or so in number,
who were starving, settled near the pagoda to live on the offerings made
there, and so became pagoda slaves. They now number twenty house-
holds. They were required in Burmese times to keep the precincts of the
pagoda clean and clear off jungle. They now cultivate lands round the
village.

Scattered about the Tilin township, but chiefly in the central portion,
The Taungihas. ''^''"S generally in villages by themselves, are found
the Taungthas. Their account of themselves is that
they came from Popa hill in the east. The first families settled near the
Kyawyaw creek, which flows into the Myittha river just above Min-ywa.
When their numbers increased so that enough subsistence could not be
found in this settlement, they determined to emigrate. The three head-
men, who were brothers, discussed the question of the direction they
should take, but the point was settled for them by the branching of a
huge Nyaungbin in the settlement. One of its branches pointed north,
the other east, and the third south, so one brother and his followers settled
in Gangaw, the second in Tilin, and the third went down to Yawdwln. The
tree is still pointed out.

The language spoken by the Taungthas is quite distinct from Burmese,
but is very much like Chinbok. The names of the most common articles
and the roots of all the principal verbs are the same in both languages.
1 he men dress like Burmans, but the women, instead of the tamein, wear
a white cotton petticoat reaching to the ankles .md fastened round the
waist with a belt of shells or .silver wire. The Taungthas are devout Bud-
dhists, but there is at the same time a good deal of nat worship among them.
They arc more industrious than the Burmans and as a rule, especially the
women, are more robustly built. Their features are less Mongolian than
of the type of the native of India.

Tl-LTN.— The headquarters of the township of the same name in the
Pauk subdivision of Pakokku district.

It is situated on the east bank of the Maw river and contained in tSga
one hundred and twenty houses, with a population of nine hundred and
eighty-tive persons, who paid Rs. 2,280 revenue. It lies on the Chin
Hills frontier, and has a strong Burman police guard.

The town was founded in no B.E. (748 A.D.). but was soon deserted
Local etymology accounts for the name by the following tradition : —

"In 557 B.E. (1195 A.D.) Nara-padi Sithu, King of Pagan, visited
Legend ^^*'' ^'''^"•^O' ^^^ encamped near the site of the neighbour-

^ ■ ing village of Tilin-ng&. The Royal umbrella was planted

near the head of the king's sleeping-place. In. the morning it was found that
the umbrella had opened of its own accord to protect the Royal head from
the rays of the rising sun. The king in gratitude built a pagoda and called
it ' Htidawya,' the ' place of the Royal umbrella' : the pagoda is still to be
seen. He also founded a village which be called 'Htilin,' and this name was
afterwards given to the present chief village."

TI-LIN-NGE. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of four hundred and forty-one persons,
according to the census of 1691, and a revenue of Ra, 1,030,

304

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ TIP-TU

There are nine other villages in tlie district, together numbering two
hundred and seventy-four houses, according to the State reconls. Tin Tat
is one of the districts of the Pet Ho Hoi of Keng Tung.

TIPUI. — A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin Hills*
It lies fourteen miles north of Haka and is reached direct from Haka or by
a branch road from the Falam-Haka mule-track.

In 1894 it had one hundred and thirty houses. Shan Nya, Tin Tan, and
Sir Hnin were the resident chiefs.

Tipui pays tribute to both Shwe Lyen and Lyen Mo. It is slightly stock-
aded. There are good ramping-grounds with abundant w^ttpr-supply. The
people are mostly Lais, but there are some Shunkla families.

Tl RI, — A village in the north-east of the State of Nam Hkai, Myelat dis-
trict of the Southern Shan States, close to the Loi Maw frontier.

In i8g7 it contained twenty-seven households, with a population of one
hundred and twenty-five persons. Only nineteen houses paid revenue,
contributing Rs. 152 between therr. The people are Taungthu and have no
ir.igated lands.

TIT-CHAN-RE. — A village in the Kandein circle, Myaing township.
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a populition of one hundred and
sixty-three persons, according to the census of 1891.

The ihathameda amounted to Rs. t8o for 1807-98.

TIYON or TIYA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district,
situated in 25** 5a' north latitude and o?*' 55' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirty houses ; the population was not known. The
inhabitants are of the l.epai tribp. The headman has no others subordinate
to him.

TI-ZAUNG. — A revenue circle of two hundred and ninety-nine houses,
four miles north-east of Myinmu in the Mvinmu subdivision of Sagaing dis-
trict.

The circle contains a large area of wuttajran land, which pays one-fourth
of its produce to the great Kaung-hmu-daw pagoda near Sagaing.

TIZERL. — A village of Chins of the Yaliow tribe in tlie Central Chm Hills.
It lies near the Whenoh village of Tizerl and can be reached via Yalkum
and Loteron,

In 1894 it had sixteen houses. Tho resident chief was Hmunlwa. Tizerl
is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

TIZERT or TWILAI.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies twelve miles west of K;itapyal and is reached via
thai village.

In 1894 Vantiao was its resident chief. It pays tribute to Falam.

Tizert is called Twilai by the Norihern Chins. The village was disarmed
in 1893 and is slightly stockaded. There is good camping-ground with good
water-supply to the north-west.

TLANGYAWLor TLANGKVVEL,— A village of Chins of the Whenoh
tribe in the Central Chin Hills. West of Shingnai.

In 1894 it had twi^lve housts Tirra Kal was iis resident chief. Tlang-
yawl pays tribute to Falam.

TtA-TONl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

30s

TLAO or KLA. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central
Cliin Hifls. I't lies low down in a valley half a mile by track north of the
Klao stream, and can be reached via Shunkia and Yatlier, eighteen miles
from Falam post.

In 1 894 it had one hundred and forty houses. Vannul was its resident chief.
Tlao is the Yahow capital and pays tribute to Falam. There are good
camping-grounds all along the Tlao stream, with water all the year round.
The village is in four hamlets, each surrounded by a hedge. It could best be
attacked from the road, as the ascent from the stream is easy and the track
good.

TLORRTAUNG or TWETTEN.— A village of Chins of the Tashon
tribe in the Central Chin Hills. It lies four miles east of S6ngwa and can
be reached vid Hmunli and Songwa, fifteen miles east of Falam.

In 1894 it had fifty houses. Kwahmon was the resident chief.

Tlorrtaung is a Shunkia village and pays tribute to Falam. It is undefend-
ed ; plenty of water can be drawn from a small stream near, and good camp-
ing-ground is available.

TOK-HLAUNG. — A circle in the Myothit township of Mag^ve district, in-
cluding the villages of Kanzwe and Kanthit.

TOKLAING or MWITL'N.— A village of Chins of the Siyin Iribe in the
Northern Chin Mills. It lies seven-and-a-half miles west of Fort White
and is reached by the mule road from Fort White to old Fort Wliite (Tok-
laing).

In 1894 it had eighty houses. The resident chief was Nokatung,

Toklaing is inhabited by the Toklaing clan of Siyins. It was destroyed
in 1889 and the site confiscated for a post; the people then
History. settled down in Pomba, Shak, and Yo, all of which were

destroyed in the expedition of 1892-93. The settlers were
disarmed and returned to their original site in the year following and
Kamlaung, the chief, was deported to Kindat Jail, where he died. Noka-
tung was then appointed chief, Kamlaung's son being rejected. Nokatung
has visited Rangoon.

The village is not stockaded and is easily attacked. Water is brought in
by leads. Camping-grounds are available either above, on the site of old
Fort White near the water-supply, or near the village by the Mwilwun and
Ne Kui streams.

TOK-SU. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of two hundred and forty persons, according to
the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 510.

t6K-TA-T6k. — A village near the Mu river in Taz6 township, Ye-u
subdivision of Shwebo district.

The population in 1891 numbered seven hundred and forty-five persons.

The chief crop is paddy. The thithamcda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 1,135. Th* village is twenty miles from Ye-u.

TON. — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision of Up-
per Chindwin district, including four villages.

It paid a revenue of Rs. 11467 in 1897. '

3o6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[TON

TON. ^A revenue circle in the Salin-gyl township of Lower Cliiiidvvln dis-
trict, including Ton, Y\va-tliit,Tanda\v-gyi, Alfedaw and Thegaw-gyj villages,
with one thousand and fifteen inhabitants. It lies along the right bank nf
the Chindwin river.

The revenue amounted to Rs 2,690, from thathameday for 1896-97.

TON-BAN. — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district.

It includes one village only and paid a revenue of Rs, 510 in 1897.

TON-BAW. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district.
Half way between the Katha and Yeb6k circles.

It included in 1897 four villages, with ninety-two houses. It pays an
annual thathameda tax of Rs. 870, kaukkyi Rs. 64, mayin Rs. 7 1, and
taungya Rs. 36.

TON-BO. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty mites from Yc-u.

The population numbers ninety-four persons : paddy cultivation is the chief
industry. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 220.

TON-BO. — A village in the On-gyaw revenue circle, Patheingyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, thirteen miles cast of
headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and ten persons at the census of 1891,
and paid Rs. 470 thathameda-\.3.ii.. It was formerly a military outpost.

T6N-B0. — A village of one hundred and fifty houses in the Sagaing
subdivision and district, eighteen miles north-east of Sagaing.

The manufacture of lime is carried on to an inconsiderable extent.

TON-DIN. — A village in the Laung-she township, Yawdwin subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with a population of forty-one persons and a revenue
of Rs. 70.

TON-GAN. — A revenue circle in the west of the Mintaingbin township
of Lower Chindwin district, with eight hundred and sixty-four inh.-ibitants.

The circle includes eight villages : Shwelan, Thazi, Padaukkon West)
Chinbyitkyin ta«ni(, Chinbyitkyin myauk, Pyawbvvekyin, Tongan, and Pa-
daukk6n East. The villagers are chiefly cultivators and bamboo mat-makers.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 2,340, from thathameda, and
Rs. 57 from State-lands.

TONG LONG —A village in the South Riding of the Northern Shan
State of Mang Lon West.

It is in charge of the htatnong of Ung Tung and lies not far from that
village. There were nine houses and a population of fifty-three persons in
April 1891. Upland and lowland rice and some cotton were cultivated.
The people seem to have a good deal of Yang Lam blood in them.

TONG NA. — A village of nineteen houses standing on a low hill on the
east bank of the Nam Hpa, in the Ko Kang circle of the Northern Shan State
of North Hsen Wi (Theinni).

The residents are Las and migrated here from Son Mu many years ago.
There are also five households of Shans, who had just settled in the village

TON]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

507

at the beginning of iS<j2,hes\des a. pdfi^yi kyaung with s'w monks The total
population in 1892 numbered one hundred and nine persons, and agriculture
was the general occupation. About an hundred acres of irrigated land were
worked along the banks of the Nam Hpa, besides twice that quantity of
highland rice. A few pack animals were kept to carry the grain for sale to
opium-cultivating Chinese villages. A small five-day bazaar is held, but the
attendance is cunliiied to the villages in the immediate neighbourhood.

t6N-G6N. — A village in the Taung-by6n-Ngfe Anauk circle, Madaya
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, west of Pinya.

It hns thirty houses and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred
and twcntv persons approximately. The villagers are coolies.

TONGSHIEL.— A village of Chins of the Sokte (Nwengal) tribe in the
Northern Chin hills. It lies nine miles north-west of Tiddim,and is reached
from Tidiiim via Lalbo, three miles: Laikem ford, three-and-a-half miles;
thence, ascending to the north-east, two and-a-half miles.

It has twenty-five houses. The resident chief is Shwungnul. The in-
habitants are Kanhow immigrants: they were in 1893 disarmed and driven
out of Mwial, where they had settled after being burnt out of Tiddim.
Tongshicl is subordinate to Howchinkup. There is good water-supply from
two streams on the north and south of the village.

TGNG TA. — A village in the Mong Hsim district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tung. It is fifty-two miles west of the capital and a stage on
the main Keng Tung road.

The village has eleven houses. The Nam Hsim is crossed here. In
the dry months the river is fordable, but the crossing must be made by boat
after heavy rains.

TONG TA. — Latitude 21*^ 20'; longitude gg° 25'. A ferry over the
Nam Hsim, on the northern road from Keng Tung to the Kaw lerry. The
river is fifty yards wide, with a rapid current, by two-and-a-half feet deep
in March. In the rains it has to be crossed by boat. There is one boat at
the ferry.

The village is on the right bank and contained fifty houses in 1894.
The best camping-ground is on the left bank. No large supplies are obtain-
able.

TONG UN. A Shan village in the Mong Set circle of the Northern
Shan State of South Hsen Wi.

It had only just been established in March 1892 and then contained two
houses, with a population of eleven persons. There was a commencement
of upland rice cultivation, to be followed the next year with paddy on
irrigated land.

TON-GYI. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township, Mingin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes one village only and paid a revenue of Rs. 1,100 in 1897.

TON-GYI. — A \illage in the Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivisi<m of
Mandalay district, on the river bank between Yedavv and Sa-gyet.

It has two hundred and sixty bouses, with a population of one thousand
and forty persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The vil-
lagers arc traders and cultivators. In I lie village is the Su-daungbyi pagoda.

3o8

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEHR.

[TON

TUN-HON. — A village in the Kodaung township of Ruby Mines district^
situated in the hills north of the Shweli river, about sixty miles north-east
of Momeik.

T6nh6n and the neighbouring village of Lwe-saing offered considerable
resistance to a military column sent to restore order in 1892, and the Duwa
of T6nhAn, M.itinhla, a man of considerable influence, fl-d to China. His
brother, Waranaw, is Duwa of Manpat {q. v.). In 1893-94 Matinhia was
induced (0 r<'turn to his village and did excellent scivice against tlie outlaws
who were still giving troublf, and he has since done good service in charge
of the trart of hilly country on the rij^ht bank of the Shweli, west of the
Lw^wein circle His cbarg;e includes the Chauktaung and contains In all
forty-two Kachin and four Palaung villages.

T6N-H6n or TINKHON.— A Kachin viilane in Tract No. 3, Bhamo
district, situated in 28° 36' north latitude and 97° 11' east longitude.

In 1893 it contained fifteen liouscs, with a population of forty-si.\ persons.
The headman lias no others subonlinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lepai tribe and Lawhkum sub-tribe, and own no cattle. There is good
camping-ground, and water can be had froro two small streams.

TON HONG. — A township in the Kawn No or North Riding of Mang
Lon West, Nor^he^n Shan States. It lies to the north of Na Lao, in a little
bay in the hills west of the Salwcen ridge and running into the Tang Yan
plain.

Next to Nawng Hkam this is the most prosperous township in the Mang
Lon State. TUrre were in 1892 sixteen villages in Ton Hung, with one
hundred and eighty houses. The amount of lowland paiidy land is con-
siderable and some quantity of sugarcane and areca-nut is also cuUiv.nted.
Towards the Salween much betel vine leaf is grown and there are extensive
orange groves, here as elsewhere, hovxever, quite untendcd. The bazaar,
though not so large as that at Nawnj; Hkam, is of some pretensions, and
there are twelve resident traders, with a couple of hundred pack bullocks.
Numbers of people from Tang Yan and Mong Keng come to the bazaar.
There is a notable banian tree grove at Ton Hong-

Thf^ township is picturesque and attractive. The revenue paid is nearly
one-half of the total amount collected in the Kaion No. Thtrc is consider-
able room for expansion and probably twice the population existing in 1892
(one thousand one hundred and eight persons) could find gr.iund to culti-
vate.

The ht among of the circle fled on the assumption of authority by T6n

Hsang, and returned with Sao Maha in 1893. During the

History. disturbances which followed all the Ton Hong villages

were burnt. No recent details arc available, but it is certain that most

of the villages have been rebuilt, and probably the former prosperity has

been restored.

Ton Hong is notable as the birth-plnce of Hkun Sang, the Sawbwa of
North HsC'n Wi. The htamongship of Ton Hong was hereditary in his
family.

TON HONG. — A village in the M6ng Pat township of the Northern Shan
State of South Hson Wi,

It had twenty-nine houses in 1897. The people are Shans, and number
one hundred and one adults and fifty-three Lhildren. I he only occupation

TON-TOW 1

TliE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

309

is cultivation. The villagers own forty-two buffaloes aud grow a little
tobacco.

TOiN-KAUK. — A village 0/ seventeen houses south of Shwegu, in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own twenty-five buffaloes and grow paddy.

t6N-MA-TET. — A revenue circle in the Uyu township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including six villages.

TON NUM.— A Shan village in North Hsen VVi, Northern Shan State*
in Mong Si di^'trict.

It contained eighteen houses in 1894, with a population of sixty per.^ons.
The revenue p.Tid was two rupees per household, and ihr people were
paddy cultivators by occupaiion, and owned forty bullorks, fifteen buffaloes
and five ponies. The price of paddy was eight annas the baslcet.

TON PE. — A circle in the Northern Shan State of Hsi Paw. It is in
charge of a ttehaiug and is bounded on the north-east by Loi Mawk, on the
north-north-west by Nam Sam, fn the east by S^Mun and Nam Lati, on the
south by Tawiig Tck and on the west by Nawng Kwang.

It included ten villages iu 1898 and had a population of nine hundred
and thirty-three persons. In the same year it paid Rs. 1,747-S-o net
revenue, and supplied tiiree hundred and sixty-five baskets of paddy. It
had also nine hundred and eijjht thanatpct trees, for which Rs. 102-8-0 wcru
rendered. The population is engaged in paddy cultivation, both upland and
lowland.

TON POK.— A small village of Las, situated on a low hill overlooking
the Nam Hpa, in the Ko Kang circle of the Norihern Shan State of North
Hsen VVi (Theinni).

In 1892 there were six houses, with a population of twenty-three pcrsuns.
They settled here from S<in Mu many years ago, and cultivate about fifty
acres of irrigated rice land and twice that area of highland cultivation.

T6N-WA — A village of Chintong Chins in the Southern Chiu Hills. It
lies fifteen miles south-east 1 f Shurkwa and is reached from Min-yv\a
across several ridges and small streams.

In 1894 it had one hundred and forty houses. Nunkon,Saboand Tirkaw
were its resident chiefs. There is no stockade and the water-supply is bad,
but a camp can be formed inside the village between the two small wells.
T6nwa formerly paid blackmail to the Ydkwa?, but their claims are now
disallowed. It was partially disarmed in 1895. A small amount of rice is
available.

TON-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Sa-Ie township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingan district.

in 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and five persons and the
thathamida amounted to Ks. 923. No land revenue was collected in the
circle

TOVVLON. — A Kachin village in Ruby Mines district, situated in 33°
47' north latitude and 97° 47' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses; the population was not known.
The inhabitants are of the Maran tribe and Lana sub-tribe.

310

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ TRI-TUN

TRINMAW or LOIMAVV.— A Kachin villagf; in Tract No. 2, Bhamo
district, situated in 23° 45' north latitude and 97° i east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses, with a population of sixty persons.
The headman has two others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lepai tribe and Kara sub-tribe, and own twenty bullocks and thirty
buffaloes.

TSINGHSANG (SING H3ANG).— A village on the eastern side of the
Salween river, in the Ko Kang circle of the .Northern Shan State of North
Hsen Wi (Theinni), It is situated at a height of four thousand seven hun-
dred feet, on the hills overhanging the iJalween, midway between the
Singhsang and Man Pang ferries.

Iti 1802 it contained twelve houses, with a Chinese population of sixty-
two pers'^ns. They cultivate the poppv, maize and hill-rice. The village
is built on a flat terrace, at the western end of which is a fine banian tree.

TSUN-KANG (SUN- KANG). —Called by the Shans Man Mau, a village
on the east side of the Salween river, in the Ko Kang circle of the Northern
.Shan State of North Hsen VVi (Theinni). It stands on the summit of a high
spur nortli-east of Kin Pwi, at a height of 5,700 feet.

It had only just been built in January 1892 and contained then five houses,
with a Chinese popul.ition of twenty-three persons. The new settlers
owned six buffaloes and eight bullocks and had already cultivated a consider-
able area with hill rice and poppy. From here a road follows the summit
of the Salween ridge by which a lightly-laden man can reach the Taw Nio
bazaar in four days.

TU-GYAUNG. — A village near Shwegu town, in the subdivision of that
name of Bhamo district. Some maytn paddy is cultivated.

TL'KU. — .■K Kachin village in Tract No. 7, Bhamo district, situated in 33"
40' north latitude and 97° 25' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirty-two houses, with a population of seventy-seven
persons. The headman has two others subordinate to him. The inhabit-
ants are of the Lepai tribe and Kara sub-tribe, and own seven bullocks
and si.x buffaloes. Tuku lies on the Man Si-Nam-Hkam trade route. There
is good camping-ground in the paddy-fields below the village, with plenty
of water and grass.

TU-MAU.NG.— .^ village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, eight miles from Ye-u town.

The population numbers five hundred and twenty-scveu persons and the
area under cultivation is five hundred and thirty-four acres, chiefly of paddy.
There is a considerable industry in tlie shape of manufacture of lacquer-
ware, />J»^>'/ fans, bowls, stands.'and the like. For j 896-97 the thathameda
revenue amounted to Rs. 1,160,

TU NAW. — A Chinese and Kachin village in North Hsen VVi, Northern
Shan State, in Ho Tao circle.

It contained sixteen houses in 1894, with a population of ninety-six per-
sons. The revenue paid was Rs. 3 per household, and the people were
paddy, maize, and opium cultivators by occnpation, and owned twenty-live
bullocks, twelve buffaloes, two ponies and one hundred and eighty pigs.
The price of paddy was eight annas the basket.

TON]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

3»i

TUN-BIN. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin districti containing two villages, with an approximate area
fii one-and-a-half square miles of appropriated lands.

The population in 1891 numbered one hundred and ninety persons and
the revenue amounted to Rs. 481.

TUN-DON. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura
subdivision of Mandalay district, including two villages.

Tundon village is situated seven-and-a-half miles east-north-east of head-
quarters It had a population of three hundred and ten persons at the census
of 1891, and paid Rs. 657 tka/hameria-ta\ and Rs. 726 land revenue.

TUNG HLVVUNC— A village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the Central
Chin Hills. It lies four miles north of Yaltu and can be reached via Hmunli
and YaUu.

In i8()4 it had fifteen houses. The resident chief was Koom Sung.
Tung-hlwung is a Shankia village related to Hmunli and pays tribute to
Falain. Water is scarce at and near the village.

TUNGSH.^. — Also called Hwang Sow Hpa or Kalong, a Chinese village
on the eastern side of the Salween river, in the Ko Kang circle of the
Northern Shan State of North Hsen \Vi (Theinni). It stands at a height of
three thousand five hundred feet, on the shoulder of a steep spur runninw
down to the Salween, and numbered in 1892 six houses, with a total popu-
lation of forty persons.

The villagers cultivate wide fields of opium on the slopes above the vil-
lage, besides a considerable area of hill rice.

TCNG SING^A village jn the Mong Hang circle of the Northern Shan
State of South Hr.en \Vi.

It 5s situated at the foot of the hills which form the boundary with
Mang L6n anr^ contained in .Xpril 1892 ^ight houses, with a population of
thirty-seven persons. Lowland paddy cultivation was the chief ocfU[iation.

TUNGTUUNG.— A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies one-and-.i-half miles east of the road to Tunzan from
Tiddim, and is reached by that road.

In 1894 it had twenty-five houses. The resident chief was Put Vum.
The people are Kanhows and are subordinate to Howchinkup. The village
is not stockaded and has been disarmed. There is a fair water-supply.

TUN HSO.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen VVi.
It lies on the range of hills forming the western boundary between North
HsL^n Wiand Tawng Peng States and adjoining Mong Mit, and consists of
wooded hills.

In 1898 it had three Kachin and one Lihsaw village, with forty houses
and a population of about two hundred persons.

The main village contains ten houses and a population of about fifty per-
sons and is situated on a wooded ridge of the main range.

TUNTUI.— A village of Chins of the Tashon tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies in a valley on the north slope of the hills to the south of
the Manipur river and east of Falam, and can be reached via Snungt^,
seventeen miles; or y/rr Saungt&, Ngan Yawl, and LyentS, twenty-four miles.

3»2

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ITUN-TWE

In 1894 it had eighty houses. The resident chief was MSngshim. Tuntui
is a Shunkia village related to Lyentfe, and pays but little tribute to Falam,
though subordinate to it. There is no ground suitable for camping, but there
is a good stream with plenty of water on the east of the village.

TUN-YWA. — A village in the Ku-she circle, Scikpyu township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 260, included in that
of Ku-she.

TUNZAN.— A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies eighteen miles north of Tiddim and is reached by a road
running across the hillsides of Tang, across four small streams.

In 1894 it had one hundred houses. The resident chief was Howchiakup.
Tunzan stands at an altitude of three thousand three hundred and sixty-three
feet. Howhinckiip rendered excellent service during the Chin Hills distu.*--
bancps. Water is obtained from various streams. There are two good
camping-grounds, one below the village, the other five hundred yards norlh-
we.«:t on the Manipur road. Tunzan has been partially disarmed.

TUNZAN,— A village of Chins of the Klangklang tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies twelve miles north of Munlipi and is reached from Haka
via Lonzert, thirty-seven miles.

Id 1894 it had ten houses. Sandun was its resident chief. The village
is under Law-Ie of Klangklang, It was fined and partially destroyed in
1892 ; it was at the time slightly stockaded. There is a fair camping-ground
four hundred yards north of the villagr", with good water-supply from the
nullahs below. The best camp is on the Bovar, two miles from the village
on the Munlipi road.

TUPAUYAN.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyjna district
situated in 25" 55' north latitude, and 97°53' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses ; the population was nbt known. The
headman has no others subordinate to him.

TWAYLAM. — A village of Chins of the Klangklang tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies eight miles west of Klangklang and can be reached by
the Haka-Fort Tregcar road.

In 1894 it had sixty houses. VVunkarr was its resident chief. It is slightly
stockadetJ. 1 waylam was disarmed in 1805, and the old stockades are now
in ruins. There is good camping ground on the stream below the village.

TWE-DI. — A village in the Shwe-gj-in township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with seven square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered twenty persons and there were four
acres of cultivation. Paddy and thitsi are the chief products. The distance
from Ye-u is forty miles. The village paid one hundred and seventy rupees
thathameda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Taw-gyin thugyi.

TWKLMU. — A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies n nc miles north-west of Tiddim and is reached by a
Chin path.

In 1894 it had eight houses. There is no resident chief. The people are
Yos, subordinate to Howchinkup. There are two good streams and a
camping-ground. Twelmu has been disarmed.

TW«— TWi]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

313

TWET-NI — A village in Kan-anauk circle, Pang-tata State, Myelat
district, of the Southern Shan States, in the hills south-west of Pang-tara
main village.

It contained in 1897 thirty-nine houses, with a population of three hundred
and fifteen persons, and paid Rs. 177 annual revenue.

TWEYAT.— A village of Chins of the Tash^n tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on a spur south of the Manipur river running down to Tweya
ford, and can Le reached via Saungti, near Tunti, distant twenty-threfl
miles.

In 1894 it had twcnty-five houses. The resident chief was Hie Mon.

Tweyat is a Kweshin village and pays tribute to Falam, and some of the
families are under Haka influence. There is neither good camping-ground
nor water close to the village, but there ar« both in a valley one mile distant
to the west. The village has a weak fence round it.

TWIN. — A revenue circle in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin dis-
trict, including the villages of Twink8nbaw, Twind^, Chindaung, Ywathit,
Linp6nyi, Taungpyauk and Lechi.

It numbers one thousand seven hundred and sixty-three inhabitants.
The main road from Palfe to Kani passes through it. The revenue for
1896-97 amounted 10 Rs, 3,900, from thathameda, and Rs. 55 from the
lease of the Twin fisheries. Paddy, jomar, and sessamum are the principal
products, and these are raised for home consumption only.

TWIN. — A village near the edg^ of a lake in the crater of an extinct
volcano, which rises from a ridge of hills about three miles north-east of
Semy^, in the Budalin township of Lower Chindwin district.

The summit of the ridge is seven hundred and forty-seven feet above sea
.J,, y. I level. The ridge runs in a north-easterly direction and

c ocano. meets the Chindwin river at right angles at Shwezayft.
(There is another village of the same name on the south edge of the ridge.)
The crater is a circular basin two thousand yards in diameter and four
hundred feet deep. The lake is four thousand and two hundred feet broad
and some one hundred feet below the level of the river ; it has a greatest
depth of one hundred and eight feet and is of a bright green colour, tasting
strongly of sulphate of soda ; the ssind at its bottom is black. There are
several small clums of toddy, cocoanut and plantain trees round the edge
of the lake. The earthquake of June 1897 was distinctly felt at the vil-
lage of Twin on the edge of the lake, the water of which was much dis-
turbed for several minutes and subsided several feet, subsequently rising
to its normal height, Shocks of earthquake are frequently felt in villages
within a radius of eight miles of Twin. The water in the lake rises in the
hot weather when the water in the Chindwin river falls, and falls six feet in
the rains when that river is at its highest.

A peculiar insect is found during the rains in its waters ; it is known as the
Twin pj and is about an inch long and a tenth of an inch thick ; the villagers
catch the Twin po in nets of coarse cloth, dry them in the sun, and finally
after frying eat tlum with pickled tea, and consider them a great delicacy.

The residents of Twin village and also cats, dogs and fowls suffer from a
kind of skin disease which resembles leprosy, except that it is of a merely
temporary nature, seldom lasting more than a few weeks.

3>4

THB UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[twi

TWIN.— A lake in the Upper Chindwin district. Vide Twin village.

TWIN-BYU. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision, of Myingyan district.

In 1895-gb the population numbered seven hundred and twenty-fiv; per-
sons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. i ,000. No land revenue was col-
lected in the circle.

TWIN-GYI. — A circle in the Nalmauk township of M.igwe district, in-
cluding the villages of Thityadaing, Hpalanbin, Gwe-gyaung, Aingzaukand
Twingvi.

TWIN-GYI. — A village of twenty-one houses in the Kyaukyit township,
Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, three miles from Kyaukyit.

The villagers are chiefly cultivators, and the crops raised are maize, gram
and wheat.

TWIN-LAT. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision,
of Myingyan district.

In 1 895-1^ the population numbered six hundred and ninety persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,320. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TWIN-MA NORTH.^A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
seventy-two persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,280 for 1897-98.

TWlN-MA SOUTH. — A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
six persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs, 640, in-
cluded in that of Twinnia North.

TWIN'-NG£. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, including three villages.

Twinnge village is nine miles south-west of Maymyo, and has a popula-
tion of two hundred and sixty-one persons, according to the census of 1891.

It was formerly the headquarters of the old Twinng^ township.

TWlN-NGfi. — Formerly the headquarters of the present Thabeikkyin
township of Ruby Mines district.

It has a population of eight hundred and seventy-five persons and is
situated on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river, about a mile inland. The
inhabitants are Burmans and Shans.

TWIN-YWA. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and thirty persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 644. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

TWITUM.— A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern Chin
Hills. It lies north of Tiddim and Tunzan, and is reached by a Chin path
from Tunzan.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. The resident chief was Lyindai.

The people are Dims, subordinate to Howchinkup. Twitum has been
disarmed. Water ia obtained in fair quantity from holes in a stream-bed
east of the village,

TZB-UOI]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

3»S

TZERRT.— A village of Chins of the Yahcw tribe in the Central Chin
Hills, It lies on the summit of a spur running southwards to the iunction
of the Tlao and Klairfin streams, and can be reached via Shunkla and
Yatlier, about nineteen miles.

In i8g4 it had one hundred houses. The resident chief was Kotinboi.

It is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam. There is not
much water and no good camping-ground near the village, but there are
good camps anywhere along ihe stream to the east.

U. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwing-yaung township, Mingin sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes ten villages and paid Rs. 3,759 revenue in 1897. The
whole of the land in the circle is State land.

U village was the residence of a shwt-hmu in Burmese times and the
circle thugyi is still given that title. The last shwe-hmu, Nga Bya, mur-
dered an Assistant Commissioner.

U-DAUNG. — A circle in ihe Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, on the Irrawaddy river, including hve villages.

U-daung village, east of ihc Irrawaddy, had sixty-seven houses and a
population in 1897 ^^ '^wo hundred and sixty-eight persons, approximately.
The villagers are cultivators.

U-DAUNG, — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivision
of Shwebo district, on the Paungwa stream, fifty-seven miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1891 numbered sixty-five persons, mostly paddy cul-
tivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs, 1,0.

U-DAYA.— A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and twenty persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 864. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

U-DEIN.— A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Mandalay
district, north of Powa North.

It had one hundred and twenty houses, with a population of four hundred
and eighty persons, on an approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers
are cultivators.

U-DI. — A circle of a dozen small group of houses within the old city
walls of what was once the city of Ava, in the Ava township of Sagaing
district.

Udi village has twenty-nine houses^ and the whole circle four hundred
and two houses. The Udi thugyi has subordinate village headmen at
Mi-thwe-daik, ihirty-four houses ; B6md, sixteen houses : Singyfin, thirty
houses; Pyinsanya, twenty-nine houses; and Mingala or Gandagay.t,
twenty-five houses. Mat-making is carried on in most quarters of Udi:
limes are sold extensively. The ruins of the Laya-dat-kyi kyaung are of
some antiquarian interest.

Near Udi is a beautiful masonry iyaung, visible from the river. It is
known as the " Maha-aungmye-bonyan." It was built by Me Nu, Queen
of Bagyidaw, and restored by her daughter, MindSn AftJi's Queen and
mother of Thibaw, in about 1236 B.E. (1874 AD.). It is now disused.

3i6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ODt— UMA

Besides this iyaung there is the Lawka Thayanbu pagoda near the old
.. Ava fort. This was used as a military signalling station

Antiquities. j^ ^j,g g^^jy ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ Occupation.

UDIGIRI-RATA. — The classical or Buddhistic name of Mogaung (g.v.)-

U-GYI — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district.

It includes two villages and paid a revenue of Rs. 360 in 1897.

U-HNAUK.— A revenue circle in the west of the Mintaingbin township
of Lower Chindwin district, with two thousand two hundred and four in-
habitants.

There are sixteen villages in the circle : U-hnauk, Yeshin, Ywa-tha,
Talainggan, Thayetkan, Nyaungyinlfln, Me-ywa, Thazi, Kandaing, Kobin,
Yaungwin, Aungcliantha, Wa-gyi-davv, Kanyo, Padaukk6n and Winpin-
chaing. Most of the people are cultivators, the main crops being paddy
and jowar; a few make their living by the manufacture of bamboo mats.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 4,660, from tkathatneda, and
Rs. 72 from State-land rent.

U-LAUK. — A village on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river in Myitkyina
district, containing in 1891 two houses of Shan-Burmese and fourteen
of Kachins, of which one was of the N'kum, two of the Marip, three of the
Lahtawng, four of the Singma Sadaw, and four of the Makaung Lahtawng
tribe.

The Kachins came down in 1887 from Makaung hill, three days distant
to the east. They work taungya and lep6k ; the Shans work some ye-gya,
and own ten buffaloes.

An easy road leads to Katkyo over the plain, only one stream, the Nat!8n,
near Maingmaw, intervening, and this is easily fordable. There is also a
road to Nampaung on the Nantabet, from which it is half a day's march to
Talaw.

UMADYET. — A Palaung village of seventeen houses in the Kun Ha
circle of Tawng Peng State, Northern Shan States.

It has a population of thirty-five males, thirty-two females, twenty-three
boys and sixteen girls ; they cultivate hill paddy and own forty-one cattle
and two ponies. There are two sayats and a monastery. The villagers are
of the Ruker Pa-le tribe.

U MANG. — A village'in the Ho Ya circle of the South Hsen VVi, Northern
Shan State, situated under the Loi Ling range, east of the main village of Ho
Ya.

There were in March 1892 nine houses, with a population of 61 persons,
exclusively engaged in lowland rice cultivation.

U MA SAWN. — A Palaung village of eighteen houses in the Kun Hai
circle of Tawng Peng State, Northern Shan States.

It had a population in 1897 of forty-two men, forty-seven women, twenty-
two boys and thirty-three girls. They ctiitivated tea and a little hill paddy,
and owned sixty-one cattle and ten ponies- The village has a large plank
and brick monastery and four sayats. The villagers are of the Pa-le tribe.

OML— •Pp]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

317

U M LA.'^A Yang Lam village in the Man H pal circle of the Northern
Shan State of South Hsen Wi. It lies north-west of the main village, at
a distance of about two miles.

There were twenty-four houses in March i8y2, with one hundred and
seven inhabitants These were said to be Yang Lam, but there was certainly
a strong admixture of Shan blood, if indeed some of the villagers were not
pure Shans. The village is divided into two parts, east and west, at some
little interval. Between them is a pongyi kyauttg, which had in 1892 seven
officiants. The Shan affinities of the inhabitants appeared in the cultivation
of some irrigated rice land, A considerable area of hill land was also
cropped with rice and cotton.

ONG TONG. — A township in the Karon Taii or South Riding of Mang
Lon West, Northern Shan States. It lies between Manloi and Ho Nga and
is in charge of a htantung.

There were five villages in the township, with fifty-nine houses, in 1892.
Hill rice is the chief crop, but some cotton and great quantities of pineapples
are also grown. An entire village in 1892 left the township to settle in the
Man Sfe township of Mdng Hsu, in^he Southern Shan Statis. The whole
of the soil in the neighbourhood of Ung Tiing is said to be very poor, and
until there is no room elsewhere, there is not much probability of an increase
of the population in this or any other part of the South Riding.

UNG TUNG. —A village in the South Riding of the Northern Shan State
of Mang Ldn West. It is situated in the south-west of the State, a few miles
from Man Loi and not far from the Mdng Hsu frontier.

The village is the residence of a htamong, who has charge also of four
other villages. There is a good deal of land available for paddy cultivation,
but the people seem to prefer the more laborious system of dry up land fields.
This seems to be due to the fact that, though they call themselves Shans,
there is a strong strain of Yang Lam blood in them. In April 1892 there
were twenty-one houses, with a population of one hundred and eleven
persons. They cultivate a good deal of cotton and some fields _ of pine-
apples. There is a monastery which had in 1892 eight inmates. Ung Tung
stands at a height of three thousand feet,

UNKWUN.— A village of Chins of the S6kte (Nwengal) tribe in the
Northern Chin Hills. It lies eight miles west of Tiddim, north of Mwail,
and can be reached by a road from Tiddim to Nawn village and thence to
Nawn for<l and up the Mwel-haim spur.

In 1894 it had ten houses. The resident chief was Naiyil. The inhabit-
ants belong to the Hwelnum family of Soktes, but having moved into How-
chtnkup's territory they are sul ordinate to him. The village has only re-
cently been established. There is good water-supply from a stream on the
west.

UPAI. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 18, Myitkyina district, situated in
24'' 56' north latitude and 97^53' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained tiveiUy-three houses; its population was unknown.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe and cultivate the pappy.

UPPER CIIINDWIN.— A district in the Sagaing Division, lies approxi-
mately between ^2*^*40' and 36^ north latitude and 94° and gb° east longi-

3i8

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

\ytp

Natural features.

tude. It is bounded on the north by Myitkyina district and Hkamti Stale,
on the south by Lower Chindwin and Pakdkku districts, on the east by
Myitkyina, Katha, Shwebo and Lower Chindwin districts, and on the west
by the Chin Hills.

The approximate area of the district is nineteen thousand square miles,

and the population, according to the preliminary census

Area and ad' returns of 1891, was s'venty-nine thousand four hundred

mmistrative divi* ^„fj seventy-five persons (p. in/'ra sub population).

There are four subdivisions : Mingin, with headquarters

at Mingin ; Kindat, with headquarters at Kindat ; Lega-yaing, with head<

quarters at Honnalin ; and Ka-le, with headquarters at Ki-lewa.

The district, in spite of its s'ze, does not seem to vary much in its main
physical features. It is traversed throughout its length
by the Chindwin river, which is joined in its downward
course by numerous affluents, most of them of small size in the cold weather,
but swelling to deep and rapid streams during the rains. The ground is
exceedingly fertile, and most of the crops common in Burma flourish. The
character of the scenery varies from rugged mountain tract'?, rising into
peaks five or six thousand f(.et above the sea, covered with dense forest and
cleft by fierce mountain torrents running in narrow rocky beds, in the
northern part of the district, to low, open, rolling plains drained by quiet
streams in the south.

The chief mountains are the Taung-thon-lon, with a greatest altitude of
five thousand six hundred and fifty-two feet ; the Ponya
range, witit a greatest height of four thousand two hun-
dred and seventy-five feet ; the Kubo valley range, rising to three thousand
one hundred and two feet ; and the Thaung-thwut range, which reaches four
thousand seven hundred and forty-five feet.

The chief rivtrs are the Chindwin, the Yu, the Uyu,
and the Myittha.

The Chindwin rises near the Irraw.iddy watershed in about latitude
25° 30' north and longitude 96° 30' east, and flows in a northerly direction
for about sixty miles. It then traverses the Hu Kawng valley westwards,
descending rapidly through a narrow channel shut in by rocks, with frequent
rapids and waterfalls in its course, until it enters the Hkamti country ; it
receives the Uyu at Ilomalin and flows southwards to its union with the
Irrawaddy at Pak6kku. It is navigable throughout the year as far as
Kyauksfe by boats drawing thr^e feet of water.

Little as yet is known of the upper course of the Uyu. It is believed to
rise somewhere in the neighbourhood of the Jade Mines, and it falls into the
Chindwin at Homalin, after a course varying round from north to south-
west. It is navigable during the rains as far as Haungpa by boats drawing
three feet of water.

The Yu river rises from the Thaung-thwut range and falls into the Chin-
dwin at Yu-wa. Its course is at first from north to south and then cast. It
is navigable throughout the year by Burmese boats as far as ChaungzSn.
The navigation, however, is very dangerous, and boats often split in two in
the rapids.

The Myittha rivcf rises in the Chin Hills and falls into the Chindwin at
Ka-le-wa.' It runs at first from south to north and then turns ea^t. In

Mountains.

Rivers.

DPp]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

319

(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

the rains ste.im-t.iunches can go up as far as Indin, about forty miles from
its mouth. Country boats can go to Ka-le-myo, a distance of twenty-eight
miles, throughout the year.

Most villagos, at any rate where there is a big bend of the river, have
hrge j'^eels behind them, which at the end of the rains

Mars es. often turn into extensive shallow lagoons or broads: these

gradually drain oil and are cultivated until the end of the hot season, by
which time they have generally dried up except for a few pools. They are
particularly characteristic of the district.

The chief are —

(i) Between Tun and Bansi, opposite Maukadaw: and at
(a) Kan, near Mingin.

Madaw (small)-

Kindat.

Kaiya.

Paungbyin and opposite Pozondaung.

Minya.

Homalin.

Maing-kaing.

Largo quantities of waterfowl frequent these broads and afford capital
sport. Wild geese and duck begin to come in large numbers about the end
of October or beginning of November, and good shooting is to be got until
the end of February, when the geese fly north. Duck still remain on in
small numbers. Kaiya and Pozondaung are good grounds for the geese
on their way south, as in November these are really largo lakes. Pozfln-
daung will give a good grneral bag of geese, duck and tea! till the end of
February. Snipe come in as soon as the paddy is ['lanted out, sometimes
as early as September, and remain till the crop begins to grow thick, when
they go off. They return again wht.n the field is reaped, if any water is
let in. In large jhcels like Kaiya, Paungbyin, Kan, Kindat and others,
where the ploughing and planting go on steadily as the waters recede,
there are always a few snipe to be found, though they are never in very
great numbers.

Coal has been discovered in the district, but the richness and extent of
„ . the field have not yet been ascertained [see Chapter XII

'"'^^ of Introduction]. Gold is washed in some of the streams,

but the amount found is utterly insignificant. Salt is worked, but only to
a very small extent. In the north of the district jade and amber mines are
said to exist, but their situation and value have not yet been ascertained.
The denseness of the jungle growth, here as in many other districts, pre-
vents any examination of the surface, except by those specially equipped
ior the purpose.

Within the Chindwin basin all the descriptions of forest hitherto met
F est ^'"^^ '" Lower Burma are represented. Many varieties

of valuable timber are plentiful, but for various causes,
among them difficulties of transport, distance from large markets, and so
forth, teak is the only wood of any practical value at present. The teak
forests arc roughly estimated to cover an area of from six to seven thousand
square milesi of which all but about Bve hundred square miles are situated in

320

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tUPP

Upper Chindwin district. They cover the slopes of all the higher ridges
and hills up to the twenty-sixth parallel of latitude. Above this the place
of the teak is gradually taken by the Indian-rubber tree [Ficus elnstiea).

Before the British occupation in 1885 all forests, even in the Shan
States, were considered to be Crown property and the right to work them
was leased by the King. The earliest lease of which anything Is known is
that granted to the Yanaung wund/iuk, which was probably in operation
about the period 1870 — 75. I his wundauk appears to have had a few ele-
phants, but he does not seem to have worked out large timber in any quan-
tities and probably qonfined his attention to working small timber in the
Mingin and Ka-le neighbourhoods.

At one time he attempted to work the Uyu forests, but they were soon
afterwards " closed by order," and the villagers of the
yu ores s. (jigtrict were forbidden to work for liim. Ic is not certain
whence the order came, but it has been suggested that it was due to
jealousy. In those days a concession such as that given to the wundauk
must have caused great envy in other less fortunate officials, and it is prob-
able that a secret order was sent from Mandalay by some powerful minister
to the local authorities to close the forests. Such an order was doubtless
very much to the taste of the villagers, who complained of the way in which
they were cheated by the -wundauk. From that date the forests have never
been worked, and it has been and is still most difficult to obtain trustworthy
information about them.

In 1880 a lease of all the Chindwin forests was granted to the Bombay-
Burma Trading Corporation, Limited, for a period of
Forest adminis- eight years, with the option of renewal for a further

Iw^^rnH^RnT^^^" period of twelve vears. When the first lease fell in,

1080 and looo. r .^ , «„„ ' , 1 • . t.. . . ,

in October 1888, a renewal was granted by the Brit sh

Government for twelve years. In this new lease it was stipulated —

(1) that all girdling should be carried out by the Forest Department;

(2) that payment should be made on the tonnage measurement of

logs delivered at revenue stations on the Chindwin ;

(3) that a minimum of ten thousand logs a year should be extracted,

or a fine imposed ; and

(4) that all timber required for Government purposes should be

delivered at fixed rates.

The following are the official returns of the timber extracted by the Cor-
poration from the year 1886 on: —

Year.

Size.

Logs.

Tons estimated.

1886-87

Full sized

30,725

22,797

1887-88

Do.

6.333

7.49 1

Under sized

1.706

1,174

1888-89

Full sized

19.583

34.5'3

Under sized

a.486

2.840

1889-90

Full sized

30.252

36,033

Undersized

3,880

«i977

t;pp]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

331

The Upper and Lower Chtndwin districts were formed into one Forest
division in May 1887, under a Deputy Conservator with a small office and
subordinate staff. Revenue stations were established at Kindat and A16n
and duty levied on timber, bamboos, canes and rubber passing either
place. An Assistant Conservator was attached to the division in March
1888, with headquarters at Kindat. In November i88g the headquarters
of the division were transferred to Kindat, and Alon became the head-
quarters, of the flower Chindwin subdivision. A new subordinate staff was
sanctioned in 1890.

The amount of revenue collected at revenue stations from 1887 ^o 1889
is given below. Timber exported to Lower Burma by the Corporation is
measured at Pak6!iku and is therefore not included : —

Source of revenue

i. 1887-88.

1888-89.

1889.90.

Teak timber .„

Other wood

Bamboos ...

Canes

India-rubber ...

Registration of hammers

Ail other sources .„

Rs.

603

2,978

859

.'." '"30

Rs.

6.780

3.253
4.891
2.584
2,966

345
I.171

Rs.

»3.8S'

3.>45
9,260
2,112

3.837
«.05S
1,891

Total Revenue

.^.6^6

20.989

35.151

The following table
years : —

givas the expenditure for the corresponding three

Head of expend it u

re. 1887-88.

1888-89.

1889-90.

Girdling

Drift

l£Iephants

Bmldinga

Survey work ...

Salaries ... ..

Travelling allowances

All other expenditure

Rs.

26
202

3,621
461

7.149
963
176

Rs.

3.879

605
3.305

327

14.764

3-998

2,098

Rs.

7.90s
896

1.591
2,410

794

» 8.347

3,062

'.567

Total expenditure

11.689

26,976

36.572

All girdling work is done under the supervision of the Forest Department
In 1888, as the Forest Officer could not superintend the work, permission
was given to the Corporation to carry out the girdling themselves. The
following statement gives the number of trees that have been girdled:—
Year. Number.

1888
1889
l8go

26.500
35.443
37,757

4»

332

THE UPPER BURMA G.\ZETTEER.

[UPP

When the Chindwin forest division was formed the whole of the teak areas
were undetermined and unsurveycd. Survey work and the description of
the forests was therefore of primary importance. The number of miles of
traverse and the number of ."square miles of teak forest mapped out were —

Year.

Miles,

Area.

Remarks.

t887-88
1888-89

1889-90

47
485

330

Not estimated
780 39 miles

305*39 miles

Sketch maps only.
Plus five hundred and twenty-
eight acres valuation survey.

The areas which had up till i8gi been proposed as teak reserves were —

Division.

Reserve.

Area.

Notification and
dale.

Upper Chindwin
Ka-Ie ...

...

Taungdwin reserves...
Matu .

262 square miles .
180 square miles.

Preliminary n t i fi -
cation of 23rd Nov-
ember 1888.

Pakftkku

Upper Chindwin .

•

•1

B6n ...

Liunglaung

Khampat

Kindat ... ...

Vu
Mauk ...

Total

114 square miles.
96 square miles.
S square miles.
[49 square miles.
3IO square miles.
112 square miles.

1,128 square miles.

No account of the forest administration later than 1891 is available.

The climate of the district is healthy during the cold weather, but in the

rains and hot season there is much fever, dysentery

ima e. ^^^ diarrhcca and occasionally, at the commencement of

the hot weather, there are outbreaks of cholera and small-nox. The most

unhealthy portions of the district are the Ka-Ie and Kabaw valleys, which

during the rains are fatal to Europeans.

The rainfall as registered in Kindat was in —

Year.
1889-90
1890-91 ... ... ... ...

1891-93

1893-94 ... ... ••• ... ■

1894.95
1895-96

The total population of the district, excluding the Native States, is esti-
. ma'ed at 97,793 persons, of whom about iS,ooo are

Popuaiion. Shans : this is a considerable increase on the figures ar-

rived at by the census of 1891. The chief towns are Kindat, Mingin,
Paungbyin and Ka-le-myo,

Inches.
85-8 1
63-89
Oi-97
87-40
7245
6524

UPP]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

323

The ordinary staples are rice, beans, peas {sadaw f>e), sessamum, Indian-
Cultivation and corn, pumpkins, brinjals, cucumbers, chillies and yams,
parcels. The price of plough bullocks varies from Rs. 65 to Rs, 85 ;

of buflalocs from Hs. 80 to 100 ; of cows from Rs. 25 to 50. Fowls are sold
in Kindat at two ff>r the rupee, but in the outlying villages four to five are
obtained for this sum. The average price of paddy may be taken at Rs. 70
the hundred baskets.

The unsettled condition of the Chindwin country for several years after
„ , the Annexation and the want of effective means of com-

munication have militated against any adequate develop-
ment of trade in the district. Such trade as there is is carried on for the
most part along the waterways, primarily, of course, the Chindwin river,
by which produce is taken down to Monywa and the Irrawaddy. In some
of the townships, notably Taungdwin-gyaung, want of roads leads to almost
complete isolation ; and in others, as Lcga-yaing, there may ha said to be
no cart traffic at all, trade communications relying entirely on such water-
ways as are possible. There are two routes by which a certain amount of
trade filters int 1 the district, besides the Chindwin river: (i) from Mogaung
and Myitkyina and the Jade and Amber Mines Tracts, the Uyu river affords
a passage into the Homalin subdivision, and further west still into Thaung-
thwut ; (2) some trade is carried on between Wuntho and the Lega-yaing sub-
divisions, the chief mart for it being Pauiigbyin on the Chindwin. Little
trade is carried on between the Chins and Manipuris and the river villages,
the people of the hills confining their trade relations for the most part to
other hill tribes.

•

The imports of ihe district are jaggery, oil, salt, cocoanuts, piece-goods,
cotton and silk, a little opium for the larger villages, and earthenware ves-
sels,— whilst the exports are teak, bamboo, jade, wax, ebony, cane-mats,
aniber, pickled tea, Indiv-rubber, and occasionally a little gold.

In Burmese times a wun was stationed at Kindat who had charge of the
. administration of the Upper Chindwin and was invested

Bufme'bTumes." '" ^''^^ ^^e fullest military, political, and criminal powers.
He was assisted by two sikie, two na-hkan, and two
hotat'ye (clerks to the military officers). These were all appointed by the
Hlutdaw, with the previous sanction of the king. There were five myo \a
Indauktha, five principal villages in Mingin, the Tamu and Khampat myo,
besidt s several places of importance on the banks of the upper reaches of
the Chindwin, all under the contiol of this a-w//, who was styled the
Khampat wun, A military post was kept up at Kindat to guard against
raids by the neighbouring frontier tribes. The wun held by royal grant
for his own use two stretches of land, one for iaui'gfi, the other for mayt'n
paddy, each producing five thousand baskets. Each sikk^ bad assigned to
him tracts producing three thousand baskets of each kind. Each na-hkan
had similar pieces of land returning two thousand baskets. The botat-ye
cultivated free lands, giving a yield of fifteen hundred baskets of each kind.

In 1223 B.E. (i85i A.D.J these royal grants of land were withdrawn and
in their place the myowitn received a salary of Rs. 3,600 yearly, the sikke
Rs. 1,300, the na-hkan Rs. 900, and the botat-ye Rs. 600 a year each. Up
to this date sometimes a bo or military commander, and sometimes a wun
was appointed to administer the district.

324

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[tjpp

From II20 to 1223 B.E. (1758 — 1S61 A.D.) there were no cultivable
lands at the disposal of the people and they were therefore exempted from
house-tax, but in its place had to render military service. In 1223 B.E.
the fAalhamcda-ta.Ti was instituted, at the rate of five rupees each family.
It was subsequently raised to ten rupees and is still collected at that rate.

The wun and st'ike had jurisdiction in civil suits, without limit as to the
value of property in issue. The judgment of a siiit-, na-hkan^ ot botat-ye
was final only if both parties agreed. In criminal cases the wun alone had
the power of the death sentence. While on deputation on military duties
alone in the district the sikke, na-hkan or botat-ye had the same powers
as the wun. At headquarters in Kindat a sikke, na-hkan, and a botat-ye
sitting as a bench could pass a sentence of death.

Such thugyis as were under the direct orders of the shive-tatk wun were
called sliwe-hmu, as a distinction from the ordinary thugyis, who were
under the orders of the wun and his subordinates, the sitxe and na-hkan.
A thugyi or shive-hmu became a myothiigyi when he acquired jurisdiction
over one or more other thugyis. Under the thugyi there were only the ^jipa-
gaung and ywO'dk.

Accounts of the history and revenue administration of
the Ka-le State in Burmese times will be found under the

Revenue and his-

^^' Ka-le Township head.

Nat worship is universal in the district and takes occasionally very curi-
^ . . , . ous forms. Mingin is guarded by the Thomaing nat on

5>pint worship. ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ Nwayfe nat on the south, and the Maha-giri

nat on the north, and each has a four-post shrine. Simillrly the Maungma-
gfyun nat is enshrined in the middle of the town. In Tabaung (March) of
each year the image of this nat is carried through the streets to an accom-
paniment of drums and gongs, and in Wagaui]g{]\i\y) is placed on a ho.it and
rowed up and down the river. The penalty for omission of these observan-
ces will be famine, drought or disease.

Maukkadaw is guarded by the KoniyoShin Aungzwa Magyi natt who lives
in a large shrine on the bank of the Chindwin river near the Thelataung
hill. The story of the building of the shrine is that in 54 B.E. (692 A.D.)
Nara-padi Sithu, one of the fifty-five rulers of Faukkan, ordered the execution
of his old servant Maung Aungzwa for a certain crime. He became a ttat
immediately after death and appeared to his lord in person and manifested
his innocence. Narapadi Sithu then ordered the nine Sawbwas of the
Kambawsa Shan States with their people to build a splendid shrine for his
greater glory and to offer their dutiful homage to him every year.

In 1 113 B.E. (1751 A.D.) the Talaings of the Yamanya province rose and
destroyed the city of Ratanapura (-Ava). One Maung .'Kung Zaya of Shwebo
attacked and defeated them and in 11 18 B.E. advanced toSiam at the head
of his army. The nine Sawbwas of the Kambawsa Shan States with their
troops, and the Komyo Shin Aungzwa Magyi nat accompained him in the
invasion. The nat was seen mounted on a white horse and commanded
the attack, which ended in a great victory. After the war many shrines
were erected to him, among them one by the people of Maukkadaw.

Baing village is guarded by four chief nats, the Ywa dawyin nat, the
Shwe-nanyin nat, the Kindawyin nat and the Indaw Shinma nat, and for

UPR-UYl]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

3^^

all four shrines have been built. In Tabaung (March) of each year booths
are erected and a festival and pwes held in their honour. The expenses
incurred are defrayed by the village from a collection apportioned to the
means of each family.

UPRA. — A Kachin village in Tract No. l8, Myitkyina district, situated in
24° 57' north latitude and 97^ 52' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty houses; its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe and cultivate the poppy. Fodder and water
are not plentiful. There is good camping-ground below the village.

URAPUM or WALAPUM.— A Kachin (Lahtawng) village in North Hsen
Wi Northern Sban State, in Na Ti district.

It contained Fifteen houses in 1 894, with a population of thirty-seven
persons. The revenue paid was one rupee per household and the people
were paddy cultivators and traders by occupation, and owned ten bullocks,
five buffaloes and fifteen pigs. The price of paddy was eight aimas the
basket.

U-YIN. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, F'agan subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand three hundred and
forty persons. The thathameda-t^x amounted to Rs. 2,333, the State land
revenue to Rs. 1,336-7-1, and the gross revenue to Rs. 3,669-7-1.

U-YIN. — A circle in the Nalmauk township of Magwe district, including
the villages of U-yin South, U-yin North, Kyigan, Myindfe-gyi, Thaycttaw,
Kyauktan and Saing-aung.

U-YIN. — A village in the Tfiayettabin revenue circle, Pathein-gyi to^vnsliip,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district seven miles north of head-
quarters.

It had a population of two hundred and sevc nty-nine persons at the census
of 1891,

U-YIN. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Yc-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with three square miles of attached lands.

The population in 1891 numbered one hu-idred and fifteen persons and
there were forty four and a half acres of cultivation. Paddy, t hit si, and
jaggery arc Ihr chief products. The re\tnac\jom i/iat/tar/icda for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 350. The village is under the Lema.thugyi and is eighteen
miles from Ye-u.

U-YIN. — A village in the Palano circle, PakSkku township, subdivi-
sion and district, with a population of three hundred and ten persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 740, included in that of
Nyaungbin.

U-YIN. — A village in the LIngadaw circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of eighty-seven persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

The ihathamcda amounted to Rs. 190 for 1897-98.

U-YIN-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and sub-
division of Mandalay district, including four villages, and a bazaar.

326

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tUYI-'JVU

The land revenue amounted to Rs. i,i i6 in 1891.

U-YIN-DAW. — A village in Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, east o( Myinzi.

It has twenty-five houses, and its population numbered in 1897 °"^ ^^a'
dred persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

U-YIN-DAW. — A village in the revenue circle of the same name in the
Amarapura tmvnship and subdivision of Mandalay district, six miles south-
south-east of headquarters,

It had a population of nine hundred and seventy persons at the census
of 1891 and paid Rs, 1,730 tkathamcda-iax. It grows excellent mangoes,
and the old State gardens were in this village.

U-YIN-GA-LE.— A village in the Nyaung-wun revenue circle, Pathcin*
gyi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, cight-and*a-batf
miles east of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and forty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 210 thathameda-i^x.

U-YIN-MA. — A village in the AUgan circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-three
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The revenue from thalhameda amounted to Rs. 300 for 1897-98.

U-VU. — A township of the Lcga-yaing subdivision of Upper Chindwin
district, is bounded on the north by Myitkyina district; on the south by the
Lega-yaing township; on the west by the Thaungthwut State and the
Homalin township ; and ou the cast by Myitkyina district.

Ihe area is estimated at four thousand (our hundred and seventy-two
square miles. The township takes iis name from the Uyu river, which
issues fiom the hills in M) itkyina district to the north, traverses the township
throughout its length, and iinally joins lUe Chindwin just below Homalin.

The country north of Homalin, between the Uyu and Chindwin rivers, is

^ XT a lonfused mass of hill ranges falling abruptly as they

approach the valleys of the two rivers. Open places are
met with at distant intervals. Close to Shwe-dwin and along the Nanp6k
chaung, a few miles north of Shwe-dwin, there are large kaing levels, and
opposite to Haungpa there is a similar plain stretching south for some
seven miles. The Uyu river has many tributaries, the largest being the
Chaunggyi. It risei in the eastern range and after traversing a wide tract
of country, covered with teak and heavy jungle, flows into tht- Uyu sixty miles
from the mouth of the latter. There are extensive reserved forests on the
Uyu chaung.

Jade is found in the Uyu clauttg to the north of Haungpa. It is reported
j^. I tliat jade was formerly obtained in the Nantarit chaung,

but the place is not worked now, probably because the
output did not repay the labour expended.

Salt is found in ihe Ycbawmi circle, but is inferior in quality to that
brought up from the lower country, and the quantity obtained by boiling is
not enough even for local consumption.

Traces of gold dust are discoverable almost anywhere in the hilly parts
of the township. In the Leiksaw, Hfenu, Maingkaing and Se-ywa circles

VAN-VOK ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

3«7

gold-washing is carried on regularly during Lhe rains. The results obtained
from the industry are not er.cou/aging. If a man gets from four to five
ticals a year lie is considered lucky. One tical of gold fetches locally Rs, 30
to Rs. 35. The only village which entirely depends on gold-washing as a
means of livelihood is Natsan in the Leiksaw circle. It has about twenty
houses.

Some rubies and ether precious stones have been found in the drainage
of the Yfikkazo chaung, which runs into the Uyu river ten miles below
Maingkaing, but no large stones have been obtained.

Revenue. The township paid Rs. 41,610 revenue in 1891.

VANGLAI. — A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern Chin
Hills. It lies east by a little north of Tiddim, and is reached by a Chin path
leading east and by north from the rifle-range.

In 1894 it had seven houses. There was no resident chief. The people
are Kanhows, subordinate to Howchinkup. The village has been disarmed.
Water is obtainable from a stream. •

VANGVA. — A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies south-west of Botung and south-east of Taunghwc, and is
reached by a Chin path from Botung.

In 1894 it had twenty houses. Kweg-sin was its resident chief. It pays
tribute to Falam. Water is available from a stream about a mile east of the
village.

VANHNA. — A village of Lai Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. It lies
seventeen miles east of Haka and can be reached by the Haka road.

In 1894 it had one hundred houses. The resident chief was Vanhnyin-
The village is fenced. There is good camping-ground, with a plentiful water,
supply. The villagers formerly worked iron, but the industry is now dying
out. The Burmese call the place Wunhla.

VANKLANG. — A village of Chins of the Yfikvva tribe in the Southern
Chin Hills. It lies eight miles east of Rawvan and can be reached from
Y6kwa, fifteen miles.

In 1894 it had twenty houses. The resident chief was Hkankwe. The
village is under the protection of Seopwa of Y6kwa, and has plenty of water
and good camping-ground.

VANYIM. — A village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies two miles north east of Songkwa and can be reached viA
Hmunli.

In 1894 it had forty houses Yakwe was its resident chief. Vanyim is a
Kweshin village and pays tribute to Falam. Very little water is available.

VOKLA. — A village of Chins of the Siyin tribe in the Northern Chin
Hills. It lies six miles south-west of Fort White, and is reached by various
paths leading south-west through old Tavak and old Nashwin, across the
stream south of these villages and thence over a spur to the village. There
is abundant water-supply from the Haitsaik and Saimwell streams.

In 1894 it had sixty-five houses. The resident chief was Rowkali.

Vokla is inhabited by the Bweman clan of Siyins. The clan formerly lived

History. ^" Bweman near Toklaing, but when their village was burnt

in 1889 ihcy moved to Vokla and Nalpi. In 1893 Nalpi

was demolished and all the Bwemans collected into Vokla. The chief Lin-

328

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VOM-WAB

kam was killed in the fight at Tatan in 1889 and the people then elected
Powkai as their chief. They were disarmed in 1893,

VOMKWA. — A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies fifty miles west of Haka and ten rniles west of Wantu, and can
be reached via Wantu or Twagam.

In 1S94 it had sixty houses. Nisum, Shwekar and Shadu were the resi-
dent chiefs. It has no stockaded entrances. There is good camping-ground
on the south.

Vonikwa pays tribute to Tatsim of Haka and Is also under Klangklang
influence.

VYENG LAN. — A village of the Mong Lin district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tong. It is one mile east of Mong Lin town and occupies
the site of an old fortified place, of which the earthen rampart can still be
traced.

There are sixty-six houses and a good monastery in Vyeng Lan village,
and forty-two houses and a monastery in Lawn Hsai, which immediately
adjoins Vyeng Lan and is under the same headman. [^Sce Mong Lin.]

WA-BA.— A village in the Mayagan township of Shwebo district, ten
miles from headquarters.

Rice cultivation is the chief industry. Rs. 380 ikathameda revenue was
paid for 1896-97.

WABAUNG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district, situated
in 24" 10' north latitude and 97° 25' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses, with a population of eighty-nine
persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabilants
are of the Lepai tribe and Kaori sub-tribe and own no cattle. Camping-
ground is bad, but there is a fair supply of water.

WABAW or WABAWLONKAT.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 8,
Bhamo district, situated in 24° 5' north latitude and 97° 33' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses, with a population of eighty-one per-
sons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe, and own nine bullocks and
three buffaloes.

WABAWGAP. — A Kachin villafife in Tract No. 3, Bhamo district, situat-
ed in 33° 55' north latitude and 97° a6' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-six houses, with a population of sixty-seven
persons. The headman has two others subordinate to him. The inhabit-
ants are of the Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe, and own twenty bullocks
and ten buffaloes. Four hundred baskets of paddy are grown yearly.
Water is available from a small stream.

WA-BIN. — A village in the Kyaw circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gangaw
subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-two persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 130 for 1897-98.

WA-BIN. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of two hundred and twenty-six persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 950.

WAB-WAC]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

339

WA-BIN.— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-six persons, according
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330.

^ WA-BO.— A village in the Wabo circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakfikku sub-
division and district, with a population of two hundred and eight persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 630 for 1897-98.

WA-BO-CHAUNG, — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision
of Pai<6kku district, with a revenue of Rs. 190.

WA-BO'GYAUNG. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivi-
.«;ion and district, including three villages with one hundred and fifteen
houses.

The inhabitants are Burmans and Shans and cultivate mayin, kaukkyi
and taungya.

WABONG (PUMKATONG).— A Kachin village in Tract No. 19,
Myitkyina district, situated in 25° 20' north latitude and 97° 16' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-two houses, with a population of sixty-five
persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe, and own twelve bullocks and ten
buffaloes. There is a single rubber tree. Water is obtainable from two
springs below and to the east of the village and thsre is fair camping-
ground ; bamboo fodder is obtainable.

WA-BO-YE. — A circle in the Pyintba township, Maymyo subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Wabo-ye is the only village in the circle and is situated one and-a-half
miles west of Kangyi-g6n, and had a population of seventy persons at the
census of 1891 ; the thathameda paid in 1896 amounted to Rs. 140. The
villagers are Danu.

WA-CHET. — A village of one hundred and sixty-six houses in the Sagaing
township and district, five miles north-east of Sagaing town.

It is of interest for the number of monasteries in the neighbourhood,
built in the valleys that run down from the crest of the Sagaing hills, at
the foot of which the village lies. They are said to number twenty-four
and the austerity of the lives of the monks who live in them has made them
famous throughout Burma Buddhist pilgrims to Upper Burma visit them
as a matter of course. The view from the hill behind Wachet over these
sequestered valleys and peaceful monasteries is extremely pleasing. The
pagodas are the Baddamya-sedi, the Onhmin-thAnsfe, and the Shinbyu
Shinla.

WACHONGTUMBANG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 14, Bhamo
district, situated in 24° 44' north latitude and 97° 38' east longitude.

ft contained in 1S92 fifteen houses, with a population of seventy-three
persons. The headman has one village subordinate to him. The inhabit-
ants are of the Lepai tribe and Szi or Asi sub-tribe, and own three buffa-
loes only.

VVA-CHU-TZE.— A village o! three houses on the east side of the Sal-
ween river, in the Ko Kang circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen
Wi (Theinni). It is situated at a height of five thousand feet on the
eastern slope of the Mo Htai ridge, in the extreme north of the circle.

3oQ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WAD-WAG

The inhabitants are Myen (Shan-Chinese from the MQng Ting State)
and cultivate maize and opium, the latter in considerable quantities for
the size of the village. In j8g2, owing to failure of rain in the preceding
season, their number had dwindled t^» fourteen, the remainder having moved
into Chinese territory, which is only a few miles distant.

WA-DAT. — A village in the Myiiitha circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of PaitAkku district, with a population of two hundred and
seventy-seven persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 45b.

WA-DAW-MA, — A revenue circle in the Budalini circle of Lower Chind-
win district, including the villages of Wadawma, Hmawdaw, Aung-chantha,
Uyin and Kantha, with two thousand four hundred and twenty-four inhabi-
tants. The circle lies about fourteen miles south-east of Dudalin.

The village of Wadawma has one thousand and seventy inhabitants.
It was formerly the headquarters of the Wadawma township, which a few
years ago was an^algamated with the present M6nywa and Budalin town-
ships. It is locally reputed for its jaggery, obtained from what are supposed
to be the finest toddy- palms in the district. The revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 419, from thaihameda.

WA-DIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakflkku
district, with a population of two hundred and twenty-six persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 460.

WAGA. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 28, Myitkyina district, situated
in 25° 39' north latitude and 97° 58' east longitude,

In i8q2 it contained seventeen houses, with a population of fifty-six per-
sons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Maru tribe and own seven buffaloes.

WAGAKA. — A Kumlao Kachin village in Tract No. 39, Myitkyina dis-
trict, situated in 26° 25' north latitude and 97° 38' east longitude.

In 1893, it contained fourteen houses; its population was not known.
The inhabitants are of the Marip tribe. The headman has no others subor-
dinate to him. There are no cattle in the village.

WA-GAN. — A village in the Paikthin circle, Myaing township, Pakftkku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-one
persons, according to the census of 1891 ; the thaihameda amounted to
Re. 270 for 1897-98.

WA-GIN-GON. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amara-
pura subdivision of Mandalay district.

Wagingon is the only village in the circle and is situated twelve miles
north-east of headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and five
persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 230 thathameda and Rs. 180
land revenue.

WA-GYI-AING. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magvve district,
including the villages of Wa-gyi-aing, Manawgdn, Y6ndaw and A-we-gyo.

WA-GYI-DAW. — A village in the Kunlat circle, Myaing township, Pa-
k6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and fifty
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 300 for 1897-98.

WAH-WAL]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

WA HKEP. — A Kachin village in North Hsen Wi, Northrrn Shan States,
in Nam Hkam circle.

It contained thirty houses in 1894, with a population of eighty-five per-
sons. The revenue paid was Re. i per household and the pf'ople were
paddy-cuhivators by occupation, and owned thirty bullocks, fifteen bufTaloes
and forty-five pigs.

VVAILEKVVA or KWUNGLYIN.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh
tribe in the Central Chin Hills. It lies between the Tuipi and Tyao rivers,
ten miles from the former, and is reached by a path running south-east
and ascending steeply.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. Wail^ was its resident Chief, The people
are Whenohs, tributary to Falam. Water is obtainable in a nullah.

WAING-CHO. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, with twelve square miles of attached land.

The population in i8gi numbered one hundred and three persons, and
there were two acres of cultivation. Thitsi and paddy are the chief pro-
ducts. The village is thirty miles from Ye-u and paid Rs. 270 thathamcda
revenue lor ib«i6-97. It is under the Tawgyin thugyi.

WAING-MAW. — A village on the IrrawadHy river south of Myitlcyina
in Myitkyina district, containing thirty- four houses, of which three are of
Lepai-Kachins. The village is healthy and above the reach of the highest
floods: the villagers are mostly employed as brokers between the Kachins
and the down country traders.

Before the Annexation about a thousand Chinese merchants came down
yearly from Maingia and Santa with live hundred mules carrying pots,
kawsazvs, cloth, opium and spirits, but did not usually break bulk here,
jr. passing on with their goods to the Jade Mines. Waingmaw

was in iSr-o th'i headquarters of a Kayaing-6k whose
jurisdiction was bounded on the ncirth by Maingna, on the south by the
Nantapet chaung, and on the west by the Irrawaddy, The village then
owned five buffaloes and ten bullocks.

In 1890 there were to the east of Waingmaw the following Shan-Tayok
villages, "protected" by the Sadon Kachins and paying no allegiance to
the British Government.

Houses.

(i) \Va San ... ... 20") ».„ ._ . . • ..

(2) Nat .Myin ... ... ,oj About one day s journey distant

(3) F>w'e Saw ... ... 30 About two if <j«'«^5 cast.

(4) Na Kfiiaw ... Two <f^ii'n^f east of Katkyo.

In 1239 B.E. (1877 A. D.) U Tak. then Myauk Atwt'n Wu», on a visit of
inspection to Bhamo was given presents by the villages of Natmyin and
Lwesaw.

^ WALAW (A). — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district
situated in 25° 46' north latitude and 97" 39' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twelve houses; its population was not known. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The Inhabitants are of the
Lahtawng tribe.

WALAW (B).— A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district
situated in 25° 48' north latitude and 97^ 39' east longitude. '

332

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WAL— WAN

In 1892 it contained twenty-eight houses; the population was not known.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lepai tribe.

WALLAWUN. — A village of Chins of the Kanhow tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies seven miles east of Tiddim, and is reached by a Chin
path through Nginnon village.

In 1894 it had fourteen houses ; the resident Chief was Powpum. The
people are Kanbows, subordinate to Howchinkup,

Wakawun has been disarmed. It was destroyed in 1889, and the people
then rebuilt it near its former site.

WA MU. — A Lahtawng Kachin village in North Hsen Wi Northern Shan
State, in Mong Ya circle.

It contained thirty houses in 1894, with a population of one hundred and
sixty persons. The revenue paid was rupees three per household and the
people were paddy and tobacco cultivators by occupation, and owned fifty
bullocks, ten buffaloes and five ponies.

The headman of the Mong Ya circle lives in this village, which is situat-
ed at a height of about five thousand five hundred feet, on the saddle of a
high ridge running down to the Salween.

WAMUNGATONG or MAMUNGATONG.— A Kachin village in Tract
No. 35, Myitkyina district, situated in 24° 32' north latitude and 97° 3' east
longitude.

In 1892 it contained thirteen houses, with a population of seventy-seven
persons, who owned nineteen buFEalnes The headman has no others sub-
ordinate to him : the inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and Kara subtribe.

WANG MA HAW.— A tributary of the Salween river, which it joins in
about 24° 10' north, in the extreme north-cast of the Northern Shan State of
North Hsen Wi (Theinni).

For about a mile above its junction with the Salween it formed in 1892 the
boundary line between the Mang Ka circle of North Hsen Wi and the
Shan-Chinese State of Mang Shik (Mong Hkawn), in the sub-prefecture of
Lungling.

The Wangma flows due east for about three miles before joining the
Salween and rises to the north in Mang Shik or Chcfan.

WAN HKAM.— A village and small circle of the Southern Shan State
of Keng TQng. It is situated in the hills, fiileen miles north east of the
capital town.

The village is built in a dell, and is surrounded by fine bamboos and timber
trees, interpersed with small tea plantations. It has a very handsome mon-
astery. The people are Tai Loi. There are eighteen houses, most of
which are occupied by several families. Three Kaw villages are attached
to Wan Hkam for revenue purposes.

The village is said to have been one of those founded by the Wa, after
their expulsion from the valley of Keng Tung by the conquering Hkon,
The head men take part in the investiture of each new Sawbwa of Keng
Tung handing over the State as the old lords of the soil.

iTAN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

333

WAN HKAM.— A village of the Mong Wa district of the Southern Shan
State of K6ng Tung.

It has fifty-three houses and a monastery, and is on the Nam Lwc. See
Mong VVa.

WAN HKAr.— The chief village of the Mong Wa district of the
Southern Shan State of Keng Tung. It has thirty-seven houses and a mon-
astery.

A bazaar is held here See Mong, Ma.

WAN HOK. — A village of the Mong Wa district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tong.

It has two hamlets (East and West), together numbering thirty-seven houses
and a monastery. See Mong Wa.

WAN HOK. — A village of. the Mong Yang district of the Southern
Shan Stale of Keng Tung.

It has forty houses and a monastery. See M5ng Yang.

WAN HOK. — A T/Jt Lot village in the Southern Shan State of Keng
Tung. It lies in the hills between the valley of the Nam Maandlhc vallevs
of Mong Lwe and Mong Yang, and is a stage on the Mong Ma-Mong Yang
road, being nineteen miles from the former and twelve miles from the latter
place.

There are twelve houses and two monasteries and three small sayats in-
side tire village.

WAN HSAl. — A village of the Southern Shan State of Keng Tung. It is
situated in the hills, fifteen miles north-cast of Keng Tung town and of the
main road from there to Mong Yawng, at a height of about five thousand feet.

It is surrounded by trees and bamboo groves, and the view of the Keng
Tung valley from the village is one ol much natural beauty. There are
several pagodas and thcins and a good brick monastery. The houses, of
which there are sixteen, .ire well built and tomfor table. The people are
Tnf Lot and, as several families live together in one house, the population
IS probably not less than two hundred and fifty persons. In the hill fields
rice and sugarcane are grown, and the people also descend to work small
irrigated fields in narrow valleys of the range. A noteworthy product
is tea, of which a considerable quantity is gathered from plantations near
the village. Water is excellent and the streams perennial, but these are
at a little distance from the village, and do not yield a very large supply.
Good roads connect Wan Hsai with Keng lung plain, and with other Tat
Lot villages, of which there are five in the vicinity. For 1897 the village
was assessed at f<s. 70 revenue.

WAN HSEN KIAU.— A village of the Southern Shan State of Keng
Tiing. It lies in the hills between Mong Lwe and the Mfekhong river, and
is a stage on the road from Mong Lwe to the ferry at Lawn Hsai.

1 here are nineteen houses and a small monastery. The people are Hkamu
by origin, but they have been Buddhists for mauy years.

WAN HSEO. — A village of the Mong Ma district of the Southern Shan

State of Keng Tang.

334

THE Ut»PER BURMA GAZETTEKR.

[WAN

The village has sixty houses and a monastery. Sec Mcng Ma.
WANKATAUNG or WUNKATAUNG.— A Kachin village in Tract No.
7, Bhamo district.

In i8q2 it contained thirty houses, with a population of eighty-six per-
sons. The headman has no otlicrs subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe, and own ten bullocks and five
buffaloes. The village has a fair water supply.

WAN KAWNG-PENG TaWNG.— A township of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tung. It lies along the upper waters of the Nam Lwe Sai, a
tributary of the great Nam Lwe, directly north of Keng Tung town and
south of the districts of .Mtjng Lwe and Mong Yang.

By the State records it contains one hundred and fifty houses, paying a
revenue of Rs. 226. The population is Lem and Lii.

WAN KWAl. — A Chinese village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan
States, in Nam Kyek circle of Mong Si.

It contained twelve houses in 1^94, with a population of one hundred and
twenty persons. T he revenue paid was three rupees per household and
the people were paddy, maize and opium cultivators by occup.ition, and
owned fifteen bullocks, eight buffaloes and eighty pigs. The price of paddy
was eight annas the basket.

WAN KYE. — .\ village of the M6ng Yang district of the Southern Shan
Stale of Keng Tung. It has thirty-nine houses and a monastery. See
Mong Yang.

WAN LAW. — A fcrry-villagc of the Southern Shan State of- Keng Tung,
on the Mekhong ri\er, about twenty-five miles south of the point where the
river enters British territory from the north.

1 he crossing is fairly eat-y, and is used by traders from Keng Tung by the
northern route to Mong Hsing, and by people from the cis-Mikhong Panna
of Keng Tung. Mong Hsing is distant twenty-five miles.

The village has eigl.t houses and is surrounded by betel-palms, and there
are some clearings for hill rice. 'J wo Kaw villages in the hills are under
Wan Law. The hamlet on the opposite side of the river (Wan San) has
seven houses.

WAN LEK. — A circle of the Hsam Tao district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tung.

The gun-making villages of WSn Pang Yung and Wan Pyu are in this
circle. See Hsam Fao.

WAN LEK. — A village in the north-cast of the Southern Shan State of
Keng Tung, on the M&khong river, seven miles south of the mouth of the
Nam Nga, where the former river enters British territory from the north.

It has thirty-three houses and a monastery. The people arc Lii. Wjin
Lek was a direct-paying village, or circle of Keng Cheng, and passed to
Keng Tung in May 1896, with the other cis-Mckhong Keng Cheng districts.
There is a considerable Kaw population in the hills. Before the 15th
January 1896, a hilly tract on the left bank of the Mfekliong was occupied by
Kaw villages subordinate to Wan Lek and used by the Lu of that village

WAN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

33S

for hill cultivation. Though scarcely a regular ferry, the crossing is not
difficult and a (ew dup-outs and rafts are usually obtainable. A road runs
to Keng Tawng opposite Wan Lek, by which M5ng HpCng and M6ng La
in the XII Panna can be reached. Boats descend the Mfekhong as far as P5
Hka. A htll road connects Wan Lek with M6ng Htan, where the route to
Mong Hfe is joined.

WAN LEM. — A village of the MSng Ma district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tung.

It has forty-two houses and a monastery. See Mong Ma.

WAN MAW. — A village in the Kawn Kang ox Mid Riding of the North-
ern Shan State of Mang Liin West. It is situated about a mile north-east
of Man Peng, the capital of the State, and some distance below it.

In April i8g2 there were nineteen houses, with eighty-nine inhabitants.
Wan Maw is in the hsang hke hpdn^, and the inhabitants render service to
the Chief instead of paying tribute, and also pay in a tithe of the grain they
grow. The village is in two groups of thirteen and six houses respectively;
paddy cultivation is the chief industry. A great deal of sugar-cane was,
however, also cultivated. The village stands at a height of three thousand
feet.

WAN MONG.— A village in the South Riding of the Northern Shan State
of Mang Lon West, situated in the rolling hills west of the Salween river,
which rise to a height of three thousand and five hundred feet.

It is in the Ho Nga /i//iwo«^ship and had in .^pril 1802 eleven houses,
with a population of seventy-four persons, all Shans, They cultivated up-
land and lowland rice and a little sugar cane.

WAN NAM Yl.— A Ta/ Aoi* village of the Southern Shan State of Keng
Tung. It lies in the hills nine miles north-west of Mong Ma, and about thirty
miles in an air line north-by-cast of Keng TOng town.

There are nine houses and two monasteries. Wan Nam Yi is a stage on
the road between Mong Ma and Mong Yang. Other Tat Lot villages in the
hills near are Nam Hkai (ten houses and a monastery) and Wan Kyeng
Men.

WAN PA HKAN.— A village of the M6ng Yang district of the Southern
Shan State of Keng Tong.

it has thirty-five houses and a monastery, See Mong Yang.

WAN ?.\ LON or the Thirty-Eight Pilu Village.— The designation by
which the northern portion of trans-Salween Karen-ni is locally known.
This tract is bounded on the north by the Loi Lan and the Hwe I-ang ; on
the cast by the Loi Lan ; south by the Loi Hsang and Kyawk Pye, that
is to say, by the northern watershed of the Mfe Pai ; and west by the
Salween.

Roughly the area may be taken at three hundred and fifty square miles.
The whole is exceedingly well watered, hut apart from what may be drawn
from the forests the country can never he of any great value. The population,
with the exception of the hundred or so Shans who live at Mfe Hsfet, is exclu-
sively Ked Karen. Of the thirty-eight villages originally founded twenty-
one only remain. The average number of houses in a village may be taken at
twenty ; the population of the whole may, therefore, be set down at about

336

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WAN

2,000 persons. The bulk of the villages are situated high up on the hills,
but as the people follow the usual hill system of cultivation, the village
sites are not permanent the villages being abandoned every few years and
the inhabitants removing to other localities.

The history of the colonization of tlie tract is thus given. About forty
„. years ago a Taungthu, named Pilu, was sent over by

IS ory. Sawlasa, then ruler of Karen-ni, to found villages, and

thus relieve the congested population on the west side of the Salween. He
planted thirty-eight Karen-ni villages, whence the name by which the tract
is known. At that time the Me Hawng Hsawn State did not ixist and
Sawlasa, who was a great sportsman, actually built himself a haiv where M6
Hawng Hsawn now is, Mhcnce to conduct his shooting excursions. This
seems to have been afterwards abandoned, and Mfe Hawng Hsawn was then
colonized by fugitive Shans from Mong Nai and Mawk Mai.

There appears to be but little teak in the district, which is only of note
from the fact that the trade route from Hsataw and Mawk Mai to M6
Hawng Hsawn and Chicng Mai traverses it. This is a fair bullock road and
is probably the best line of approach to Mfe Hawng Hsawng from the west.
There are ferries across the Salween at Ta Taw Maw, Ta Paw Kuta and
Ta Hsai Chawng.

WAN PA SANG. — A village of the Mong Yang district of the Southern
Shan State of Keng Tung.

It has thirty-four houses. See Mong Yang.

WAN PEN. — A village and district of the Southern Shan State of Keng
TQng. It lies west of the capital town, in the central valley of the
State.

There are some forty houses and a monastery in the main village. The
other villages, of which there are about twenty-two, are for the most part
scattered along the banks of the Nam Hkon river. According to the State
records the district has in all six hundred and twenty-one houses. It is
under one of the Ho Hoi of Keng Tung.

WAN PING. — A small village and circle of the Southern Shan State of
Keng Tung. The village is on the Nam Lwe, on the main road between the
capital town and M5ng Kai.

It has sixteen houses and a small monastery. There is a ferry across*
the I.we and a track leads to the Hsam Tao district. Two villages of Ako
in the hills belong to this circle.

WAN PUNG.— A village in the South Riding of the Northern Shan
State of Mang Lon West, in the township of Nam Seng. It stands on
(he righf bank of the Salween river, on the ridge immediately overhanging
it.

In April 1892, there were nine houses with fifty-one inhabitants, all Shans.
They cultivated hill rice and some betel-vine gardens.

WAN PYU.— A village of Wan Lek circle, Hsam Tao district of the
Southern Shan State of Keng Tung.

Wan Pyu is one of the gun-making villages. There are two hamlets,
together numbering sixty houses. Pang Yung (twenty-six houses) is another
village of gunsmiths.

WAN ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

337

"There are one hundred and twenty-three houses employed in the craft.
* * * * Though the weapon manufactured is a very

primitive one, its pattern, if not its material, has improved in the last few
years. Formerly it was merely a flint-lock ' gas pipe.' Now the Tower
Musket pattern has been adopted for purcussion caps. Pistols of the same
pattern are al.so manufactured. The barrel is made of iron bar, the bore
being drilled by a drill. The exterior is then worked down and smoothed
on a grinding stone until round and polished. The touch -hole is also
drilled. When ready the barrel is fitted on ti the stock, which at first is
a mere stick or log of wood, its Irue shape being given to it when the
barrel has been welded on. The locks are fitted on last. The cost of
materials of these weapons is iron, Rs. 3 ; stock, annas 4.

"They sell for from Rs.g to Rs. 12. The guns are made sometimes to
order. Sometimes a small stock is made and hawked about the country,
a ready sale bein^ usually found in the Keng Tun^; plain. The material
comes from China; locks also are frequently bought ready made, the
hammer and spring being usually brought by Chinese traders. A man
usually takes fifleen days to complete a gun.

'' From Pang Yung (the centre of the circle) there are two ways of reach-
ing Keng Tung — (i) via Ta Lu, (2) via Ta Lom — over the Nam Lwe.

" The Ta Lom route is twenty-eight miles and is said to be the best.*
[Captain H. B. Walker, D.C.L.I., Intelligence Branch, /<?9-^.] See under
Hsam Tao.

WAN SlRl PUM.— A %'i!lage of the Southern Shan State of Keng Tung.
It lies in the central plains north of the capital town, and is the residence
of one of the Ho Hoi of Keng Tung.

The village has forty houses and a monastery. There are twenty other
villages in the district, with a total of three hundred and eighty-one houses,
according to the State records.

WAN TA.— A village of the Mong Wa district of the Southern Shan
State of Keng Tung. It is on the Nam Lwe, and has fifty-six houses. See
Mong Wa.

WAN TAP.— A village of the Southern %an State of Keng TQng. It
was the old frontier village of the Mong Yawng district or sub-State of
Keng Tung. It is seven milt-s from Mong Yawng town, and three from the
bound.Try of that district with Mong Yu, which was until 1896 a district of
Keng Cheng [M6ng Hsing.]

The village consists of two hamlets (Wan Tap and Wan Dam), practically
adjoining, and numbers fofly-one houses. There is a monastery with some
small zayats. Betel-palms are cultivated in the gardens. The area of
irrigable rice-land is extensive, an^ the people are well-off.

The amalgamation with Keng Tung State of the cis-Mfekhong Keng Cheng
district has robbed Wan Tap of its importance as a frontier post. In
Burmese times there was a customs station here, under the direction of the
Burmese official posted at Mong Yawng.

WANTU. — A village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies forty miles west of Haka, on the west bank of the Nuitvar,
and can be reached from Haka via Hripi.

338

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

{WAN

In 1894 it had one hundred houses ; Radun, Yuimaung and Taungvom
were its resident Chiefs. The village has influence over the surrounding
country and is slightly stockaded. Camping-ground is poor and water is
scarce.

Wantu pays tribute to Shwe Hlyen of Haka, and Klangklang influence
also extends to the village. The people are Lais and the original settlers
were of the Shanpi family.

WA-NWfi-GON. — A revenue circle in the L^we township, Pyinmana
subdivision of Yam&thin district.

'I'he circle is much older and was originally much more powerful than
L^we. Maung Bo Haik gives the following local
Legends. history: King Tbiri-dhamma Thavvka (Asoka) in B.E.

223 (io6[ A.D.) [the date is quite imaginary] sum-
moned all the Kings in his dominions to receive religious relics. There
were eighty-four thousand of them and the ruler of VVa-nwfeg6i\ was one.
The relics he received were the brains of the Buddha Gaudama and they
were enshrined in the Shwe Litla, pagoda near VVa-nw6g6n and twenty-
two thousand tas north of Toungoo, at a place where the Buddha him-
self is said to have grazed in the form of a buck deer.

Wa-nwfe-g6n itself is said to have been named after its founder, Maung
Nwfe, who built it on the plans of the minister Nanda Kyawzwa, one
hundred tas from east to west and eighty from north to south, with a wall
ten cubits high and a moat outside. The town was called Nwfeg6n at first,
later changed to Wa-nw6-g6n.

The next mention of Wa-nwfe-g6n is in the time of King Alaung Sithu.
Particulars of his birth — he is said to have been or Kala, a foreigner — are
thus given. The Tilaingshin Kyasit Miu, King of Pugayama, had a
daughter named Shwe Ainsi. She was verv beautiful and hrr reputa-
tion had spread far and wide. One day the Padcikkaya Prince came
flying to the Princess's chamber. He was able to fly through the air by
virtue of a magic ruby which he carried in his mouth. The Princess receiv-
ed him graciously and the two got on very pleasantly together. Unhappily
on his way back the Prince met a Rahanda, to whom he was unchivalrous
enough to speak of his Ine passasfes. The holy man, who was called Shin
Arahan, told the whole story to Shwe Ainsi's father and said if the intrigue
was allowed to go further, Pugayama city would become tributary to the for-
eign State to which Padeikkaya belonged. King Tilaingshin Kyasit therefore
told the Rahanda to intercept the prince on his next visit and tell him that
Shwe Ainsi was married to the King's nepltewSawyun. Shin Arahan could
fly too and he told Prince Padeikkaya in the air. The Prince fainted on the
spot and fell down and was killed, and the magic ruby lodged in the bran-
ches of a thinganit tree. But Shwe Aiii^i had a son by him and he became
King under the name Alaung-sithu.

When he became King, Alaung-sithu set out on a barge made of thinganit
wood to worship at the Shwe Litla pagoda. He repaired it and enlarged
It to a height of thirty-six cubits and set tip four boundary pillars, besides
digging a tank. The land assigned to the pagoda extended in all direc-
tions, north, south, east and west, as far as ^n elephant could be heard to
trumpet. Any one who cultivated land within these limits had to pay

WAN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

339

fifteen baskets of paddy, which were sold and the proceeds used for the
advantage and hchoof of the pagoda and of the monks who lived near it.

King Alaung-sithu, when at the Shwe-letla pagoda, asked who was in
charge of Wa-nw6-g6n and was told that it was a man named Maung Shwe
Hnyin, and sent his minister NandaThuriya to summon him. Shwe Hnyin
said he was subordinate to nobody and that none of the myothugyis, his pre-
decessorsi had received orders from any one for a great number of years.
He therefore refused to come. The minister insisted, so Shwe Hnyin tied a
stone round his neck and committed suicide in the Wa-nw6-g6n moat-
Alaung-sithu went to Wa-nwfi-gon onhis bargeand commanded the corpse
of Shwe Hnyin to rise ! the corpse rose with the stone round its neck.
Alaung-sithu divided it into three portions, but when be wanted to go on,
his barge would not move. It was then discovered that Shwe Hnyin had
become a natsein and would not permit the barge to move until he was as-
signed a place to live in. King Alaung-sithu accordingly built him a spirit-
palace and assigned him a spacious territory, extending round about it for
several thousand tas on every side. The barge was then freed and the
King built two pagodas at Wa-nw&-g6n, one the Paung Daw U and the
other the Paung Daw Chi, to commemorate the incident, and Shwe Hnyin's
descendants were put in charge of Wa-nwS-g6n.

Long afterwards, in 847 B.E. (1485), one of his descendants under orders
from the King raised nine battalions of infantry and sixteen squadrons of
cavalry. Some of these were nameri as follows : —

Sundaung-Myin. J Yanaunp-Myin.

Zeya-yawda-Myiu. I Migfi-hman-Myin.

Suna-Myin. Y6ntha-Myin.

Letwe midaik-Myin. J Letw^ koso-Myin.

Yesaw-Myin.
Letvvfe-Myin.

Nat-Myin.
Letya-midaik-Myin.

Hnyin had a very

Yan-naing-Myin.
Kanthayi-Myin.
Wa-nw6g6n-Myin.
Tasaung-Myin.

Shwe Hnyin had a very handsome daughter and in 876 B.E. (1514),
when King Maha Thinzeyathu visited the Thagaya tank, which had
burst its embankment, he came across the girl, saw that she had the five
signs of perfection and took her back with him to Toungoo. There she
had a dream that the sun entered her womb, which she told to the King.
He said that if she bore a son after that, he would make her one of his
Queens. She did bear a son, who, besides being singular in being born
with a single hair, " the colour of red brass," on his head, came into the world
in the middle of a violent thunder-storm. He was called Tabin Shvveti,
on account of his solitary red hair, and his mother was made a queen
with the title of Yaza-dewi.

With Tabin Shweti the Toungoo kingdom came to an end and with it
Wa-nwft-gon, which it is .said then remained deserted for one hundred and
seventy-four years. It was reestablished in 1 114 B.E. (1752) by a Tal-
aing named Sittat Welu, who soon gathered two hundred households round
him, and in 1145 B.E. {1783) he was appointed Myothugyi hy King Bodaw,
After this many more villages were established, a great number of which
ceased to exist at the time of the Annexation.

In 1150 B.E. (1788) one of them, L6-we, was founded-which at the present
time is the headquarters of the township. It got its, name because it was

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tWAN

very far from the paddy-fields but it prospered notwithstanding this. The
date when it stipcrbeded Wa-n\vfe-g6n is not mentioned, but it appears to
have been after the Annexation.

WAN YAN HKAM— a village of the M6ng Lwe district of the South-
ern Shan State of Keng Tung, with twenty- five bouses and a monastery.
See M6ng Lwe.
WAN YIN (Burmese Banyin). — .\ slate in the Eastern Division of the
Southern Shnn States, situated in the valley of the Nam
Boundaries. Tan Hpak (Tabet chaung) lying between 20'^ 20' and

20° 30' of n''rth latitude and 97^ 15' and 97*^ 30' of
east longitude, and occupying an area of some two hundred and thirty
square miles. It is bounded on the north by the State of Nawng Wawn ; on
the east by Mong Sit and Mong Pawn ; on the south by Hsa Htung; and
on the west by Yaung Hue.

In former times Wan Yin was included in the Nawng Wawn State, from

which it was separated in 1 188 B.E. (1826), when it became a distinct State.

In 1224 B.E. (1862) Wan Yin again came under the rule of Nawng Wawn

History. and it was subsequently detached a second time.

The succession of chiefs since that date has been :^

Hkun Hsaw, 1227 B.E. (1865), who received the title of Myoea in

IS36 (1874) and died in 1893.
Hkun Long, who died at the Durbar at Taunggyi in May 1897
His son, Hkun Han^ a boy of about ten years of age, suc-
ceeded him, and is the pres^'nt Myosa under the guardianship
of Hkun Yon, who is his uncle, and the younger brother of the
late Hkun Long.
The revenue inspection of the Wan Yin State has been twice carried out :
by Mr. F. H. Giles, Myook, in 1891, and by Mr. D. M.
Gordon, Subdivisional Officer, in 1897. At the first
inspection the following figures were recorded. The
number of villages was one hundred and forty-two, with a total of one thou-
sand eight hundred and ninety-five houses, of which five hundred and sixty-
two were exempted from taxation as the hou5esof officials, relatives of the
Chief, poor servicemen, or new settlers, leaving a balance of one thousand
three hundred and thirty-three houses assessable.

The area of land under cultivation was —

Acres.
Paddy-land ... ... ... ... 755

Taungya... .,. ... ... ... 540

Gardens... ... ... ... ... 157

The Revenue
spection of 1891.

Total

i.4Sa

The number of ca

ittle

was —

Elephants

1 ••

«••

• •»

■ ••

Buffaloes,.,

t»«

■ > t

• ai

»*•

2,060

Bullock* ...

t»*

«••

■ ••

.««

779

Cows

• ••

-»•

<••

1.758

Ponies

>••

• »•

• ••

136

Ploughs and harrows

• ••

,,,

«.79S

Carts

*• t

4tff

• •«

• ««

Boats

•M

♦ ••

■ «■

• ••

and the total population was estimated at 9,339 persons.

WAN] THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. 34I

In 1897 there were one hundred and sixty-eight villages, with a total

of two thousand three hundred and five houses, of

Of 1891. which six-hundred and ninety-eight were exempted

from taxation, leaving a balance of one thousand six

hundred and seven houses liable to taxation. The average of houses per

village was between thirteen and fourteen.

The area of land under cultivation was —

Paddy land ... ... ... ... 876^

Taungya ... ... ... ... ... 647

Garden ... ... ... ... ... 47i

Total ... 1,571

The number of cattle was—

Buffaloes ... ... ... ... 3,189

Bullocks ... ... ... ... 833

Cows and calves ... ... ... ... 3,154

Ponies... ... ... ... .,, 143

Carts ... ... ... ... ... 8

Hoats ... ... ... ... ... 80

These figures all show a large increase on those of 1891, except in popula-
tion, which in 1897 was estimated at 9,337 souls, or a decrease of two on
the 1891 figures.

The occupations of the male adults in 1897 were<--
Agriculture—

Cultivators of lowland fields ... ... ...

Cultivators of ^awM^j'aj ...

Cultivators of gardens
Coolies...

Total ... 2,138

Trade—

Bullock-traders ... ... ... ... 133

Petty traders ... ... '... ... 4a

Bazaar-sellers ... ... ... ... 135

Total ... 399

Artisans —

Gold and silversmiths ... ... ... 13

Blacksmiths ... •.• ••• '•• i

Carpenters ... ... ... ... 1 1

Tailors ... ... ... ... ... 13

Shoemakers ... ... ... ... 13

Basket makers ... ... ... ••* 6

Lime burners ... ... ••• •.. 2

Doctors ... ... ... ... ... 24

Liquor brewers ... ... ... ... 18

Weavers and spinners ... ... ... 5

Potters ... ... ... •>• .•• 4

Ferrymen ••• ••• ••• ■•. ta

Fishermen ... ... ... ... 6

Hat makers >.< ••• ••. >•. '

342 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. jwan

A rfizans — concluded.

Umbrella makers ... ... .,. ,., 8

Paper makers ••• ... ... ... 3

Thitsi extractors ... ... ... ... 3

Milk sellers ••• ... ... ... i

Natteins (spirit mediums) ... ... ... 3

Aged and infirm ... ... ... ... 36

Officials and followers ... ... ... 87

Pdngyis and upagins ... ... ... 74

Total ... 344

The various races in the State were —

Shans ... ... .., ... ... 3,330

Taungthus ... ... ... ... 5,546

Burmans ... ... ... ... 24

Yang Sek ... ... ... ... 27

Inthns ... ... ... ... ... 178

Li-hsaws ... ... ... ... 66

Chinese ... ... ... ... i

Hindustanis ... ... ... ... i

The Wan Yin State consists chiefly of rolling downs, with a high moun-

^ . . tain range to the east, Loi Maw, the highest peak, attain-

iNaturai features, j^^^ ^^ elevation of 8,099 feet, or nearly 5,000 feet higher

than the level of the Tarn Hpak valley, which is about 3,100 feet at Wan Yin.

It is well watered by the Tam Hpak, Nam Lut, Nam Tam and Nam Wun
streams.

The State is largely peopled by Taungthus, adjoining as it does Hsa
Htung, the headquarters of the Taungthu race. They
Population races, generally avoid the lowlying country. In the circle of
Gaunggyi, which is mostly plain and marsh, the Taungthus largely outnum-
ber the Shans, and have adapted themselves to aquatic pursuits. Shans
inhabit the plains to the west and north, the Intha villages being mostly on
the Nam Tam Hpak, the Wertesn boundary of the State. The Burmans
are mostly Court officials and their families are found in and near the capital
town. There is one village o! Yang Sek on the hills near the north-east
border of the State, and one of Li-hsaw near the summit of Loi Maw. The
latter come from the hills on the borders of Mdng Kung and Mdng Nawng
and cultivate the poppy.

In the six years from 1891 to 1897 the number of houses increased by four
hundred and ten, of which two hundred and seventy-four were assessable.
The population, however, is said to have remained stationary. The general
appearance of comfort in the Wan Yin State is very noticeable. In few
States of the same area are there so many well-built and liberally patronis-
ed kyaungs.

The houses are mostly well built too : bamboo and thatch predominate
as house-material, there being few houses with teak or wooden posts, though
the monasteries are wooden buildings. As in Hsa Htung the districts un
the Nam Tam Hpak are not healthy. The large plains lying round Wan
Yin town are annually flooded during the rainy season. The Shans living
in these plains are of poor physique, while the upland Taungthu is strong
and robust.

WANl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

343

The principal crop is rice, the outturn from the irrigated lands being very
considerable. In the Na Hsan circle, which lies mostly

Cultivation. j^^ ^ highland glen, the number of ingeniously terraced

fields is large. In Loi Hawm thanatpet is largely grown. Indigo is now
little grown, the use of aniline as a dye having led to the practical extinc-
tion of the industry. The poppy is cultivated by the Li-hsaw village on
Loi Maw, but the crop is still in the experimental stage.

Three bazaars are held ; one at Wan Yin town, one at Na Hsan and the
other at Nam Lawt. Beyond paddy little is exported. There are no forests.
The tribute paid by the State has been annually —

Rs.

188890
1891-92

1893-97
1898- 1 902

Total

4,000
6,000
6,000
7.500

17,000

Revenue divisions in the State of Wan Yin.

Serial
No.

Name of Hiiig^\\y^.

Number

of
villages.

Number

of
houses.

Revenue
Collection.

I
2
3
4

7
8

9
10
II

Loi Hun

Na Hsan

Bam Pong

Bam Hpwi

PaK6

Pa Law East ...

Pa Law West ...

Gaunggyi

Vtaik villages ...

Singye-bon

Myoma

Towl

202
208

198
221
203
i8[

355

119

139

1,980

2,160 13

866 IS

1,614 15

1'S 'i

1,687 13

2,261 3

22s

210 8

170

3,017

15,000

Large villages in the State of Wan Yin.

6
Z.

Name of circle or village.

Number of
villages in i

the circle. !

Number of
houses in the
village.

Nah San circle

Wan Kong •
Na Hsi Hsawk

Wan Hpwi circlb ...

22
20

Adjoining MSng Pawn State.

.Shan-Taungthu village,
ditto.

Adjoining Mong Pawn and Hsa
Htung Sutes.

344

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. iwap-war

Large villages in the Stale of Wan Yin — concluded.

Name of circle or village.

N u m b e of
villages i n
I he circle.

Number of
houses in the
village.

Nawng Hsa Pang

Taung;hu village.

Pa KS CIRCLE

Adjoining Hsa Htung State.

4
5

I.oi Hsam Hsip
Wan Kan

...

Taungthu village,
ditto.

Pa Law (E.) circle ...

...

Adjoining Hsa Htung State.

6
7

Hsai Hkaw
Pang Song

...

3i
39

Taungthu village,
ditto.

9
lo
11

Taungoyi circle .

Hpai Kawm
Pang Mun
Nnwng Mo
Nam Kat

Adjoining Yawng Hwe and

Nawng Wawn States.
Shan village.
Taungthu village.
Sban-Haiya \illage.
Shan-Taungthu village.

Singyebdn villages.

• rt

Pa Hpai
Wan Yin-ga-le
Wan Yin Myoma

*••

139

Shan village.

ditto.
Shan and Burman.

WA-PYU-DAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Thabeikkyin township of
Ruby Mines district. It stands on the Government cart-road, about eleven
miles east of Thabeikkyin.

The population numbers four hundred and thirty persons, mostly Bur-
mese.

WARA.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 7, Bliamo district, situated in 23°
49' north latitude and 97° 30' east longitude. .

In 1802 it contained fifteen houses, with a population of (ifty-three per-
sons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Hpunkan sub-tribe, and own three bullocks only.
Water is procurable from several small streams.

WARABON. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 7, Bharno district, situated
in 24" north latitude and 97'^ 27' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-four houses, with a population of one hun*
dred and ninety-eight persons. The headman has four others subordinate
to him. The inhabitants are of the Maran tribe, and own two bullocks and
eleven buffaloes. Water is far away and there is no good camping-ground.

WARADUT. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 19, Myitkyina district,
situated in as"* 19' north latitude and 97° 43' east longitude.

WAR-WAS J THE UPPER BURMA GAZfilTEER.

345

It contained in 1892 twenty villages, with a population of eighty-three
persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe, and own eight bullocks.

WAROR or WARAW.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 18, Myitkyina
district, situated in 35° 4' north latitude and 97° 35' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-eight houses; its population was unknown.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lepai tribe and Szi or Assi sub-tribe. Water is obtained from a
spring to the east of the village, but the supply is not plentiful ; there is
good camping-ground, witli plenty of fodder.

WARRAW or WURAKRAN.— A mixed Marip and Maran village in
Tract No, i», Myitkyina district, situated in 24'-' 59' north latitude and 97*^
47' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-one house's; its population was unknowu.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The poppy is cultivated.

WASHA. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 38, Myitkyina district, situated
in 26*^ 12' north latitude and 97"^ 52' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained fifteen houses; its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of the
Lepai tribe.

WASIK. — A Kachin village in Tract No. la, Bhamo district, situated in
24° 30' north latitude and 97"^ 34' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained ihirty-live houses ; its population was unknown.
The headman has no others subordinate tn him. The inhabitants arc of the
Lepai trib*- and Szi sub-LrJbe, and ow n no cattle.

WA STATES. — The Wa country is not very well-known and though
most of it, except the north-eastern portion, is mapped, the information
regarding the greater part of it has been gathered by parties marching
through it rapidly, or is derived from native sources.

The people themselves make a sharp distinction between LaandWa, but

Th I d VV ^^^"^ ^^^ ethnological point of view they seem certainly
mistaken, though administratively th<i distinction may
prove important. If the racial view be adopted it may be said in seneral
terms that the Wa country is a tract extending from the Nam Ting on
the north to the Nam Hka on the south, that is to say roughly, between
21° 30' and 33*^ 30' north latitude, and that the Salween on the west and
the S.ilvveen-Mt;khong watershed on the rast bound it in these directions.
In this block of country the 'Wa race, under whatever name called, is
overwhelmingly predominant, and the population to the square mile, though
it cannot be determined, is undoubtedly considerable and far exceeds that
of any part of the Shan States proper of equal area.

In the north, along the Nam Ting, along the banks of the Salween, near
the Nam Hka, and in scattered settlements in the vallevs
here and there, are a considerable number cf Shans. The
Hui-lzu or Panthays have Severn! villages in the north
round Pang Long. Tlie Lahu or Muhso are very numerous round MQng
Hka, on the hill mass on which Nawng Hkeo, the famous lake, is situated,
and there are numerous villages of them all over the country at high alti-

Sporadic settle-
ments.

346

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

rwAs

Natural aspect.

tudes, seldom under five thousand feet. There are here and there villages
of Kachins. But these settlements, except perhaps those of Pansr Long and
Mong Hka, are always completely subordinate to their immediate Wa
neighbours and can only be called tenants on sufFerance.

The whole area is a confused mass of hills, averaging about six thou-
sand feet, and these are cut up by numerous streams
and torrents, affluents of the Salween or of its great
tributary the Nam Hka. These streams all have very deep channels, some
being more like clefts than ravines. Here and there the banks are so steep
as to be impracticable even for men. The hill-roads are usually very good,
the making of good roads being a characteristic of ihe Wa race. In the
valleys there are none and. indeed, they are not often possible. Cross-roads
usually follow spurs or saddle-backs The country has been so much culti-
vated that there is little or no jungle, and this is particularly the case in the
wilder and less known parts. Any forest there is is usually on the hill crests
and in the valleys. The spurs have numerous rounded knolls, and if they are
not cultivated, these are usually overgrown with rank grass twelve to fifteen
feet in height.

The crop most cultivated is probably the poppy, then maize, Indian-corn,

beans and legumens of different kinds, and hill-rice ; on

Cultivation and the ' civilized ' outskirts hill rice is most common, tn the

Wild Wa country beans arc grown for food and rice or;ly

for making liquor.

Poppy seems to increase in quantity the farther one advances into the

wilder and less known parts. Beyond blacksmith's work amnng the men

and the family clothweaving of the women, there are no manufactures.

There are undoubtedly mineral deposits, but their precise position and the

richness of the ores are not known.

Wa government seems to be really a system of village communities,
p ... certainly so in tlie wilder parts, but the following Stales

are particularized and reference may be made to each
under its own head : —

(1) Mang L6n with dependencies,

(2) Ngek Lck and the Twelve Wa Chiefs' Federation.

(3) Loi L6n,

(4) Son Mu and the Hulu Wangs.

(5) Kang Hs6.

(6) Wa Pet Ken.

(7) Siing Ramang.

(8) Mong Hka (Lahu).
(g) Mong Hsaw (Shan)'

(10) The Wild Wa country, a convenient term for the unknown
portion.

The Wild Wa country at any rate seems to consist of a series of village
communities rather than of Stales, loose as is the control in many of the
so-called Wa States which we know. Each village has its own Kraw or
Ramang, independent of all others, but with agreemcnls for the mutual
respect of heads and for coalition against a common enemy. But even
these minor confederations seldom extend beyond one range of hills. Dwellers
on other bilk are looked upon as strangers and probable enemies. At the
same time head-hgnting among the Wa is a reJigioD, not a pastime or a

WAT]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

347

business. The beheading of a man is a sacrificial act, not an act of brutal

ferocity.

Among the Wa States known, and partially l^nown, the styles Naw Hkam,
Naw Hkam L", Naw Hseng, iikam Hong, Hkan) Ai, Naw Ukun T6n Hkam,
Hpa Long, Hpa I.am constantly recur. They are titles, not names, and
singularly enough they arc Shan and not Wa. The ordinary name for a
chief in the Wa language is Ramang, which seems to correspond to the
Kachin fJuwa ; Kraw is used only for a village headman with no preten-
sion beyond. 0-Lang-La would appear to be another title, but it is only
known to be applied to the Chief of Sung Ramang.

As to the use of the Shan titles mentioned, Naw Hkam, Naw Hpa, and
possibly Naw Hkam U seem to designate ruling chiefs. The Naw Hsengs
appear to be always voimger brothers of a ruling chief. Naw Hkun Ton
Hkan appears to be the resiular designation of the eldest son of a ruling
chief, who is also what the Shans call Kycm-nning, or heir apparent.

WAT.AN. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district.

In 1892 it contained twenty-six houses, with a population of sixty-seven
persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Maran tribe and Lana sub-tribe, and own eleven bullocks and
three buffaloes.

W.A. TAW.— A Wa village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan States, in
Nam Hsawn circle of Mong Si.

It contained eighteen houses in 1894, witli a population of fifty persons.
The revenue paid was two rupees per household and the people were paddy,
maize, and opium cultivators by occupation, and owned Iwentv bullocks four
buffaloes and sixty pigs. The price of paddy was six annas the basket.

WATER. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 3, Bhamo district, situated in
33"* 46' north latitude and 97*^ 20' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses. Its population was unknown. The
headman has no others subordinate to him. There are five bullocks only in
the village, and water is scarce. The inhabitants are of the Lepai tribe and
Hpunkan sub-tribe.

WA-THfi. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo

district, eight mil* s fromYe-u.

It has a population of two hundred and eighty-two persons, and the area
under cultivation amounts to three hundred and fifty-six acres, mostly
cropped with paddy. A good deal of lacquer-ware is turned out', besides
pottjiyis fans, earthen bowls, and wooden stands. The thathameda revenue
for 1896-07 amounted to Rs. 890. The village is the headquarters of the
Wa-thfe Gaingok Sayadaw.

WA-THI.— .A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision, and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and five persons the
thathameda amounted to R.s. ia6, the State-land revenue to Rs. 73-3-3 and
the gross revenue to Rs. i99*3-3.

WA-TU— A village in the Maingna circle of Myitkyina district.

It contained in i8go ten houses, half Kachins of the Lawkhum-Lah-
tawng tribe and half Shan-Chinese, The estimated population was fifty
persons. '

348

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

t WAY

WA-YA. — A revenue circle with one thousand one hundred and fifty
inhabitants, in the Kaiii township of Lower Chindw in district. It is situated
on the left bank of the Chindwin river, north of Kani, and includes the
villages of Waya, KywctpO) Onbingon, and Mogaung.

The crops cultivated arc paddy, jowar, scssamum and peas. The reve-
nue for 1896-97 amovnt to Rs. 2,050 from thatkameda^ Rs. 5 from State>]and,
and Rs. 28 from \.\\t. lease of the Waya fishery.

At Waya village is the Shwe-m6ktaw pagoda. It is believed to have
been built by Anawra-hta (in 1688 A.D.), King of Hagan, who visited the
place in 1050 A D., but there is no record of this in the precincts.

WA-YA. — A village in the Waya circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and forty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 670 for 1897-98.

WA-YAN. — A village in the Ko Kang trans-Sahveen circle of the North-
ern Shan State of Hsen Wi (Theinni). It is about a mile from Ken Pwi,
and is situated at a height of four thousand five hundred feet, on the steep
slope towards the Chingpwi stream.

It is called by the Shans Pang Tap, and contained in 1892 ihirty-one
houses, with a population of one hundred and thirteen persons, all Chinese.
They cultivated large quantities of opium and hill rice and also maize, Indian-
corn, and a few fields of barley. The village is in the Kang or township of
Ken Pwi.

WA-YIN-DOK. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, south of Madaya.

It has thirty-five houses, and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred
and fifty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

WA-YIN-GYAING. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with a population of one hundred and isix persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 160.

WA-YIN-GYI. — A revenue circle with one hundred and nine inhabitants,
in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It is situated on the
banks of the Yevva chaung, east of the Mahudaung range.

The villages of Wayin-gyi, Ko-dwin, Tutaungbauk and Nyaung-thamya
arc in this circle. Paddy is the only crop cultivated to any extent. The
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 550, from thathameda.

WA-YO. — A circle in the Magwe township and district, including the
villages of Shwedokkan and LctkSkpin.

WA-Y6N. — A revenue circle with two hundred and forty-four inhabitants,
in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It is situated in the
south of the district and includes three villages, Way6n, Indaw, and Ingyin-
bin.

Paddv, y^w^'' and peas are cultivated. The revenue for 1896-97 amount-
ed to Rs. 890 from thathameda and Rs. 5 from State lands.

WA-Y6N-G6n. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivi-
sion of Upper Chindwin district, including seven villages and covering an
approximate area of two square miles.

WAY-WEG] THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

349

The population in 1891 numbered two hundred and ninetyfour persons
and the revenue amounted to Rs. 1,371.

WA-YON-GON. — A village in the NgaSingu township, Madaya subdivi-
sion of Mandalay district.

The village has thirty houses and a population of one hundred and twenty
persons, on an approximate calculation made in 1897. The villagers are
cultivators and coolies.

WA-YON TH.\. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivi-
sion of Upper Chiiidwin district, including three villages, with an approxi-
mate area of one aiid-a-half square miles.

The population numbered four hundred persons and the revenue amount-
ed to Rs. 702 in 1891.

WA-ZI-YWA. — A village in the Lan-ywa circle, PakAkku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-five persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 210, included in that of
Lanywa.

WE-BAUNG. — A small villatje in the Momeik township of Ruby Mines
district) on the cart-track from Momeik to Tvvinng^, about thirty-five miles
west of Momeik.

There are paddy-fields near the village and game abounds in the jungles
round. Rhinoceros have been shot on the Hnamadaw range, south of W6-
baung, and elephant, deer, bison and wild cattle are nunu'r.ius.

WE-DAUNG A village in the Wedaung circle, Myaing township,

Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and
three persons, according to the census of iSyi.

The thatkameda amounted to Rs. 920 for 1897-98.

WEDU UMA. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 12, Bhamo district, situ-
ated in 24'^ 34' north latitude and 97" 32' east longitude.

In i8(j2 itcoritained fifteen houses, with a population of forty-five persons.
The headman has one village subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the N'khum tribe, and own ten buffaloes. Five hundred baskets of paddy
are raised yearly.

Wfi-GYI. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, including two villages with thirty houses.

The villagers are Shans and Burmans. They are fishermen, and cultivate
also may in and taungya.

WE-GYI. — A village in the south of the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo
district, ten miles from Mankin.

The village, after being destroyed by Lwesaing Kachins, wns refounded
in 1238 B.h". (1876 A.D.) by U Shwe Ni. The villagers cut bamboo and
canes and work a little le.

W6-GYI. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwc-
bo district, on the Mu river, eight miles south of Ye-u.

The population numbers one hundred and sixty-five persons : the chief
industry is rice cultivation. The thatkameda revenue for 1896-97 amount-
ed to Rs. 290,

3SO

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ WEG— WEK

Wfe-GYl, — A village of thirty-one houses on the right bank of the Irra-
waddy river, in the south of Myitkyina district.

No fi' is cultivated, all the villagers beint^ engageil in working fuungya-
A little tobacco is also grown. There is a Forest Department rest'housc
north of the village. To the east are the Kachin villages of Kumchaung,
Sambugaung, and Mangsi.

Wfi-GYI. — A village in the Taung-by6n-ng^ Anauk circle, Madaya town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district, south of Pin-ya.

It has eighty houses, and the population in 1897 numbered three hundred
and fifty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

Wft-GYI SIX-YVVA. — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district.

VViigyi Sinywa is the only village in the circle and had a population of
two hundred and twenty persons at the census of 1891 . It is situated twelve
miles south-east of headquarters, and paid Ra. 390 thathamcda-t^x.

WE-HIN-GA-MA. — A circle in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, south of Tawbu.

It has sixty-five houses and its population numbered in 1897 two hundred
and fifty persons approximately. The villagers arc cultivators.

WEKKA-BU. — A circle in the Hyinmana subdivision of Yamithin district.

It was founded in 875 B.E. (1513 A.D.) by Ma Wit Hu, the sister of Le F,

„. _ the founder of the first iila and Aungjja'.cin (Nga-Aunglcin)

myo. The first settlement was called Wit Pu, but this

name was gradually changed to Wekkabu. King Maha-thiri-zeyathu made

it a walled town, with walls four hundred ins long on two sides and three

hundred fas on the others. The inhabitants were chiefly Naungpale and

Ngwedaung Karens, sent by Le fi the N^ive-kun-hmu.

The old city was deserted in 16S8 but was re established in 17 83 by one
Maung Shwe Myat, under orders from King Bodaw.

Wekkabu was deserted in i885 but again established in 1891 and in
1897 ^^d forty-seven houses. It lies to the south-west of Pyinmana.

WEKKA-DAW. — A village in the Kabyu circle, Yeza-gyo township,
PakSkku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred
and sixty-seven persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathavicda amounted to Rs. 920 for 1897-98.

WEKKA-THE — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwc dis-
trict.

It includes the villages of Wekka-the and Ktin-gyan.

WEK-Kfi. — A village in the Mad.iya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, on the east hank of the Shweta channg^ between Madaya and
TaungbyAn.

It has thirty-five houses and the population numbered in 1897 one hundred
and twenty-five persons, approximately.

WEKKOK. — A village in the Gwe-gon circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pak6k-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and ninety-
four persons, according to the census of rgpi.

WEL-WET]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

The thathatncda amounted to Rs. 780 for 1897-98.

WELAKONG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district, situ-
ated in 24° 2\' north latitude and 97"-' 37' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty-six houses, with a population of one hundred
and t«'enty-six persons. The headman has two others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are of the Lahtawng tribe and own nineteen bullocks,
twenty-eight buffaloes and five ponies. Camping-ground is bad and water
is only procurable at a distance of half a mile down the slope to the west.

WE-LAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district,

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and seventy persons
AaA\\\Qthnthame(ia amounted to Rs. 175. The land revenue collected wa<:
Rs. 37-2-6 and the gross revenue Rs. 213-3-6.

WE-LUN-WUN NGA-D.^T-GYl.— A large image of Buddha in the
Dawexfe quarter of Sagaing town.

It was put up in loio B.E. (1648 A.D.) by Min-yfe-yandameik, King

The nairorfa °^ *'^^** ^''*^ height of the image is thirty-two cubits.

The annual festival commences on the third and ends

on the fifth increase of Thaiiinj^yut (October). Some four or five thousand

people usually attend it. The Gautama is the largest in Sagaing district,

and there are few of equal size in Upper Burma.

Wfe-M.\. — A village on the left bauk of the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwcgu
subdivision of Bhamo district.

It was resettled in 1240 HE. (187S .-a.D) after having remained deserted
for a long time owing to Kachin raids from Naungmo on the oppo.site bank.
Nine brothers came across to Weuia, and allthe eleven households now living
in the village are related. Thejnbabitants work taunaya, cut teak, and do
a little fishing. The village is waist deep in flood in the rainy season.

WE-MA — A village in the Anaukkabyu circle, Seikpyu townsliip, Pakok-
ku subdivision and disrrict, with a population of one hundred and thirty-one
persons, according to the censu'^ of ibQi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 250 for 1897-98.

WEMAW or IIWEMAW.— .A Kachin village in Tract No. 15, Bhamo
district, situated in 24° 51' north laiitudc and 97° 8' east longitude.

In i8o2 it contained twenty-eight houses, with a population of ninety-
seven persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him. The in-
habitants are Shan-Burmese, and own no cattle.

WET-BO. — A village in the Seik-che circle, Myaing township. Pakkoku
subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-three persons, accord-
ing to the census of 189I.

Tiie thathameda amounted to Rs. 2lo for 1897-98.

WET-CH.-\UNG.— A revenue circle with seven hundred and ten inhabit-
ants, in the Kani townshiu of Lower Chindwin district. It lies along the
left bank of the Chindwin river below Kani and includes the villages of
Wftchaung, Natkyi, Odaingtwin, Inchaung, Swebin and Wetchaung-ngfe.

The crops cultivated are paddy, yow^r, scssamum and pulses. The re"
venue for 1896-97 amounted lo Rs, 8,130 from thathameda^ and Rs. iio
from the lease of the Wetchaung fishery.

352

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WET

WET-CHIN-GAN. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe
district, including the village of Wetchingan only.

WET-CHOK. — A revenue circle in the Magwe township and district,
about thirty miles north-east of Magwe.

It grows excellent maize, which is yearly exported both for food and for
its leaves, which are used for cheroot-wrappers.

WET-CHU-IN. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivi-
sion of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered nine hundred and sixty-five persons,
the thatkameda amounted to Rs, 11630, the State Land revenue to Rs.
548-14-2, and the gross revenue to Rs. 3,171-14-2.

WET-G.A,UNG.— A village in the AiSgan circle, Myaing township, Pa-
k6kka subdivision .nnd district, with a population of one hundred and nine
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thatkameda amounted to Rs. j8o for 1897-98.

WE-TH.A-GON. — A village on the right bank of the Irrawaddy river in
Myitkyina district, midwav, between the mouth of the Mogaung chaung
and the point where the Bliamo-Myitkyina boundary crosses the Irrawaddy.

It was deserted in February i8gi, the villagers migrating to the east bank.

WET-IN. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district, covering an approximate area of fifteen square
miles.

The population in 1891 numbered fifty-one persons.

WET-K£). — h. revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower Chindwin
district, with one thousand three hundred and thirty-three inhabitants. It
lies on the right bank of the Mu river and embraces the villages of Wetkfe,
Kywe-pagan and Taung-hniwa.

The principal products are paddy, juwar, peas and sessanium. The
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 2.500, from thatkameda.

WET-KYA. — A revenue circle in the west of the Mintaingbin township
of Lower Chindwin district, with four hundred and forty-seven inhabitants,
chiefly cultivators and mat makers.

There are three villages in the circle, Hkayu, Lepatin, and Wetkya. The
thathameda amounted to Rs. 115 for 1896-97.

WET-KYA.— A village in the Seinmyet circle, Myaing township, Pak6k-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and eighteen
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thatkameda amounted to Rs. 470 for 1897-98.

WET-KYAUK. — A village in Mciktila township, Southern subdivision of
Meiktila district, with sixty-six houses.

Local etymology fits the following story to the name of the village. A

king of Ava, named Swa Saw-ke, while marching his armv

Etymology. south, arrived at Wctkyauk and asked why the village

was so called. An aged f>ongyt told him that a pig,

sculptured in stnne, had been buried under the site of the village by four

flying squirrels {skinfiyan). The king had the ground dug up ; the stone

WET]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

3S3

pig was found and in its right eye was a ruby worth a Icingdom's purchase and
this the Icing took away with him. [' Wet' means a pig and • ;trflMi* a stone.]

WET-KYON. — A village in the Myaing township, Pakflkku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 470 for 1897-08.

WET-LU. — h revenue circle in the Natogyi township, Myingyan subdi-
vision and district.

In r8g5-g5 the population numbered two thousand nine hundred and
ninety-tive persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,862. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

WET-MA-SUT. — A revenue circle in the Magwe township and district
on the Irrawaddy river, about fourteen miles above Minbu.

Wet-ina-sut was formerly a large town, and numerous small p.igodas remain
to prove its importance. Most of them are, however, now in ruins and
the monasteries deserted, and there remain only a few huts to which the
island cultivators of the Irrawaddy retire, when the waters rise too high to
let them live on their cultivation. The place gave its name to a Wun in
Burmese times.

WET-MI. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of two hundred and fifty-seven persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 490, included in that of
Myaungwun.

WET-PO. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district, includ-
ing the villages of Kedwet, Okshit^fin, Indaw, Tebinsan, Chaungnet,
Nabedanand .Ma-g)'ihin.

WET-POK. — A village in the Anauk Chauk-taing circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of five hundrjed
and forty-four persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 1,390 for 1897-98.

WET-PYU-YE.— A small village in the Hsa Mong Hkam State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States, on the Government cart-road, forty-
nine and-a-half miles from Thazi railway station.

A furnished bungalow and transport shed have been erected for the con-
venience of travellers. Supplies are scarce.

WET-SA-LE. — A village in the A-legan circle, Myaing township, Pakdk-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and twenty-
six persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 310 for 1897-98.

WET-TAIK. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shvvebo district, with half a square mile of appropriated land.

The population in i8gi numbered sixty-eight persons, and there were
twenty-one acres under cultivation. The principal products are paddy and
jaggery. The v^illage is nine miles from Ye-uand paid Rs. 126 thathameda
revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Ywama thugyi.

WET-THET (North).— A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision
of Pakfikku district, with a population of one hundrad and eighty-four per-
sons, accrding to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 370.

354

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WET

WET-THET (South). — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivi-
sion of Pak61cku district, with a population of three hundred and eighty-
seven persons, accordiug to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 880.

WET -TO. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district, includ-
ing the village of Th&gfln only.

WET-TO. — A village in the Tazfe township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwebo
district, with a population in i8gi of sixty-one persons.

The chief crop is paddy : the thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 200. The village is thirty-seven and-halE miles from Ye-u.

WET-TU. — A revenue circle in the Kalha subdivision and district, under
a myothugyi.

It contained in 1897 twelve villages, with three hundred and eighty-eight
houses. There are nine subordinate _)'!»a//jw^v'J" Wettu, the headquar-
ters, stands on the right bank of the Shweli river, about thirty miles south-
east of Katha. It yielded in 1S97 the following annual revenues: —

Rs.
Thathitmer/ii-iR\ ... ... , , ... 3,720

Kaukkyitax ... ... ... ... 48

AfayiH-ta* ... ... ... ... 646

Wild elephants are plentiful in the forests which cover the greater por-
tion of the myot/tugyish\p. The villagers go in constant fear of them
and they do much damage to the crops. The great bulk of the inh.-ibitants
are cultivators. The villages of Kuka and Daunggyi are noted for the
manufacture of square j;rass-woven mats.

WET-TU. — A village in the Katha township, subdivision and district,
containing in 1897 fifty-three houses. It is situated on the right bank of
the Shweli river, about thirty miles from Katha.

Wettu is the headquarters of the VVettu myot/iu_^yish\p.

WETUI.— A village of Yotun Chins in the Southern Chin Hills. Wetui
lies six miles north-west of Lungno and is reached from Lungno, six miles.

In 1894 it hail fifteen houses. The resident Chief was Ya Sum. The
village is under the influence of Yalut of Lungno. It is not stockaded.
There is a plentiful water-supply with fair camping-ground.

WET-WIN.- -A township in the Maymyo subdivision of Mandalay dis-
trict, bounded on the north by the State of Hsum Hsai (Thonzi!:) and .MOng
Long Tauiiglet, on the easi by Hsum Hsai, on the south by .Maymyo town-
ship and on the west by Madaya.

Its population in !8gi numbered nine thousand eight hundred and eigh-
teen persons, and its area was one hundred and ninety square miles.

WET-WIN EAST.— A circle in the Wetwin township, Maymyo sub-
division of Mandalay district.

Wetwin East is the only village in the circle and is situated on the Lashio
road, and had a population of four hundred and thirty persons at the census
of 1 89 1. The Ihathameda paid for 1895 was Rs. 350.

WET-WIN NORTH. — A circle in.the Wetwin township, Maymyo subdi-
vision of Mandalay district, including two villages.

Wet— WIN ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

355

Welwin North is the township headquarters and has a Burman Police
post, a Public Works Department bungalow, and \ATge pungyi kyaungs on
the Lashio road. It had a population of three hundred and forty-eight
persons ai ihe census of i8gi. The circle paid Rs. 530 thathameda in 1896,

Danu paddy is cultivated.

WE f-WIN SOUTH. — A circle in the Wetwin township, Maymyo sub-
division of Mandalay district.

Wetwin 3outh is the only village in the circle and is situated on the
Lashio road : it had a population of three hundred and forty-two persons at
the census of 1891. The thathameda paid by the village for i8g6 amounted
to Rs 410.

WET-YE. — A revenue circle and village in the Budalin township of Lower
Cblndwin district, with three hundred and seventy-eight inhabitants. It lies
in Ihe north-west of tho township, on the borders of Shwebo district.

The revenue in 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 490, from thathameda.

WET-YE. — A revenue circk in the Taungdwingyaung township, Mingin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It contains one village only, and paid Rs. 70 revenue in 1897.

WING HKfe. — In latitude 20'^, longitude 99° 30', a ferry over the Nam
Kok, three anda-half miles below Ta Tawn, on the southern route from
Mong Fang to Mong Ngam.

The ferry-village was formerly on the left bank of the river, but was
deserted and was rebuilt in 1S92 on the right bank. It contained in 1894
ten houses of Shans.

The Mfe Kok is here one hundred and twenty yards wide, with an island
one hundri'd yards long and forty yards broad in the middle ; the bed is
sandy and rociy and the current strong. Between the left bank and the
island it is twoand-a-half feet deep ; betwern tiie island and the right bank it
is five feel deep in January, the deepest part being close to the right bank.
There are two boats, holding ten and six men respectively. These when tied
together sidc-to-side will take five Panthay saddles with loads, and if a raft
WL-re thrown across them it would carry a good deal more. Boats cannot
cross straight as they have to go round the island : to load the boats, to take
them across, unload them, and bring them back again takes half an hour.
Mules can be easily swum across.

On the left bank there is good camping-ground in thin jungle, three
hundred yards along the Mong Ngam road. No supplies are obtainable.

There are two roads to Mong Fang, north and south of
CominunicatioTis. the M^ Fang; the former, though slightly longer, is the
easi er.

Distances.

Miles.
From Wing WVh. to M3ng Fang (northern route) ... 20
From Wing Hkfe to Mong Fang (southern route) ... iS^
From Wing Hki to Ban Md Chan ... ... 4t

WiNG HSA.— A village in the Nam Hkam circle of the Northern Shan
State of North Hsen Wi. It is situated just at the foot of the hills overlook-
ing the Nam Mao plain, about half a mile from the Myosa' s town.

356

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tWIN

There were thirty-three houses in the village in February 1892, with one
hundred and forty-nine inhabitants. Ninety-three of these were Shan-
Chinese and the remaining fifty-six were Palauni^s of the (lumai branch.
Great fields of pineapples are grown on the slopes round the village, and
the villagers also cultivate a considerable stretch of paddy in the plain which
extends over to the Nam Mao. There is a p6ngyi kyaung close to the
village with four ministraiits, supported by the Palaungs,

WlNG KANG. — A Shan-Chinese village in the Nam Hkam circle of the
Northern Shan State of North Ilsen Wi, situated on the lower slopes of
the range which bounds the Nam Mao (Shweli) plain on the south.

There were twenty-five houses in the village in February 1892, with one
hundred and twenty-four inhabitants. These were almost all engaged in
rice cultivation in the plain below the village, and also grew some sugar-
cane and pineapples.

WING KAO. — A prettily wooded village in East Mang Lon, Northern
Shan States, at an altitude of 3,600 feet, in latitude north 22° 17', longitude
east 98° 59'.

Wing Kao, as its name implies, is the old capital. It is on the Ta Kut-
Loi Nung road, eleven mites north-north-east of the former place, and had
sixteen houses in 1897. The population is Shan, with a few Kachins.
There is good cnniiping-ground for one hundreil men below and to the cast
of the village in small paddy-fields, with good water, but supplies are scanty.
The village is on a fairly level ridge, but the country on either side falls away
into deep glens.

WING LENG, — A village on the southern border of the Ho Ya circle of
the South Hsen Wi Northern Shan State, close toMong Yai, the residence
of the Sawbioa,

It contained in March 189a twelve houses, with fifty-eight inhabitants.
They were all engaged iu paddy cultivation and paid an annual toll of twenty
baskets of paddy, in addition to personal service rendered to the Sawbwa.

WIN-GYAN. — A revenue circle and village in the Pathein-gyi township,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, some twelve miles north-east
of headquarters.

It had a population of three hundred and sixty-three persons at the
census of 189 1. It paid a land revenue of Rs. 206 and a thathameda-iaiX
of Rs. 500 for 1896-97.

WIN-LON. —An Indawgyi lake village in the Mogaung subdivision of
Myitkyina district.

It was destroyed in Haw Saing's rebellion in 1883.

WIN-U-YIN. — A village in the Pakfikku circle, township, subdivision and
district, with a population of two hundred and forty-two persons, according
to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 210 for 1897-98.

WIN-WA. — A revenue circle in the Taungdwingyaung township, Mingin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid Rs. 640 revenue in 1897,
WIN-WA. — -A village in the Ye-u township of Shwebo district, with a
population of eighty-six persons ana a cultivated area ol 46*28 acres.

WIN-WUN ]

IE UPPER BURMA

357

Paddy is the chief crop. Two hundred and fifty rupees thathameda
revenue was paid for 189C-97.

WIN-WA. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa townsliip, Gangaw subdivision
of Pak6kku district, with a population of two hundred and ninety-five per*
sons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 620.

Thethat/iameda amounted to Rs. 430 for 1897-98.

Winwa is on the Chin border and is noted for its pagoda, the Mantagiri,
standing on a hill of the same name east of the village.

WiN-WA. — A village of twenty-eight houses, ten miles south of Shwegu
in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The inhabitants are Fiurmtse and Shan-Burmese and own fifty-eight
buffaloes. They work mayi'n at Petlat in, north of the village, and grow a
little fruit. They settled in Winwa in 1877.

WO LONG. — A village in the Man Sang circle of the Northern Shan
State of South Hsen VVi.

It bad been very recently established in March 1892, and then contained
three houses with seventeen inhabitants. They cultivated low-land paddy.

WtlRABUM.— A circle in the Northern Shan State of North Hsen VVi.
It is situated on a low range of hills adjoining the southern portion of the
Ning Lorn circle.

In 1898 it had four Kachin villages and a population of about two hundred
and fifty persons. The main village contains ten houses and a population
of about one hundred persons, and is situated on the sumijiit of a well-
wooded ridge.

WU CHAWNG or PING PANG.— A Lepai Kachin village in North Hsen
\Vi Northern Shan Stale, in Ping Pang circle of Mong Si.

It contained sixteen houses in 1894, ^^''^'^ ^ population of fifty-five persons.
The revenue paid was one rupee per household and the people were
paddy, maize and opium cultivators by occupation, and owned sixteen
bullocks, four buffaloes and sixty pigs. The price of paddy was eight
annas the basket.

WULANGor VVABANG.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 16, Myitkyina
district, situated in 24" 56' north latitude and 97° 41' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty houses, with a population of sixty persons.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Lepai tribe and Sadan sub-tribe. A si anty supply of water is obtained
I from a small spring two hundred feet below the village on the east side
and camping-ground is rathsr cmfined.

WUN-BO. —A revenue circle and village in the Budalin township of
Lower Chindwin district, with eight hundred and fifty-four inhabitants.
It lies on the left bank of the Chindwin river, between the Shweza-ye and
Le-raye circles.

The Shwe-m6k-taw pagoda festival is held in October of each year here.
The chief products of the village are j'owar and peas. The revenue for
from 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 980, thathameda,

VVUN-B0-G6N. — A^ village of twelve houses of Shan-Burmese on the
right bank of the Irrawaddy river, in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamu
district.

358

THE UPPER BLRMA GAZETTEER.

[WUN

They immigrated from YaKjn on the Kaukkwe chaung'm J245 B.E. (1883
A.D.) when that village was raided by Haw Saiiig. In 1894 the whole
village moved to Myaing ywa because of an outbreak of cholera in Wunbo-
g6n.

WUN-BYE. — A village of five hundred and forty-two houses, three miles
from Myinmu in the Myinmu township of Sagaing district.

At the Aiiiiexation the Myothugyi raised a force of two hundred men
which was of some value in restoring order.

WUN-IiYl. — A village in the VVunbyi circk-, Pakflkku township, sub-
division and district, wiih a population of one hundred and twenty-five per-
sons, according to the census of 1891.

The thalhameda amounted to Rs. 90 for 1897-98.

WUN-DON. -.\ revenue circle in the Budalin townsiiip of Lower Chin-
dwin district, iocluuin^ Wundon and Aung-chantha villages, with four
hundred and seventy-four inhabitants. It lies in the north of the township.

The chief products arc paddy and sessamum. The rtvenuii for 1896-97
amounted 10 Rs. 730, from thatkamedi.

WUN-DVVIN subdivision. — Sec Northern.

WL'N-DVVl.N. — A township in the Northern subdivision of Meiktila
district. The township is SL-ven hundred square miles iu area and had in
1891 a population of sixty -six thousand four hundred and sixty-three per-
sons.

Wundwin town was in Burmese times the headquarters of the Ashe-let
.Alyintatbn.

The Thedaw bazaar, close to Wundwin, is frequented by traders from
Mandalay and Yamfethin and occasionally by Shans, who come down by
way of the Gwc-gya pass. Wundwin is the headquarters of the subdivi-
sion.

WUN-D WIN. —The headquarters of the Northern subdivision of Meiktila
district. In the early days of the Annexation it belonged to the Southern
subdivision, of which the headquarters have now been transferred to
Tbazi.

The public buildings are court-houses for the Subdivisional Officer and
Myodk, a post office, and bungalows for the Subdivisional Officer and the
Assistant Superintendent of Police. There is a Civil Police thana and a
small Military Police outpost

Wundwin has a population of six hundred and fifteen persons, and there
are a few natives of India. It is said that long ago there was an Indian set-
tlement here and the strain is still supposed to be traceable in the features
and build of the people.

In Burmese times a Myintatho and a Myin-saye held their courts here
and the place was occasionally visited by a Wun from Mandalay. The vil-
lage was also the centre of a ngashi, and the myinsi owed allegiance to the
Ing6n myirigaung.

There are a few pagodas built by private persons, and a small solitary
pagoda, the Yazamuni, built by King Thibaw in memory of his murdered
half-brothers. At this pagoda a festival is held every year in Tagu.

WUNl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

359

The village boasts of no historic name. Its population is mainly agricul-
tural, and there are a few weavers. A small free bazaar is held every fifth
day.

WUN-GYUN. — A village in the Paulc township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of seventy persons, according to the
census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 400.

WUNHALKUM.— A village of Chins of the VVhenoh tribe in the Cen-
tral Chin Hills. It lies south of Tawnghwe and can be reached via Shel-
lum and Taunghwc.

In i8«34 it had twenty-five houses. Van-hwe-kai was its resident chief.
It pays tribute to Falam.

WUN-KA-THK.— A village of Chins of the S6kt6 tribe in the Northern
Chin Hills. It lies between Saiyan and Toklaing, about twelve miles from
Fort White, and can be reached from Fort White by the mule-road to Toklaing
and thence by a path leading west over the spur through old Pomba to the
Twemdwi strean", ; thence up the spur by a path leading directly to the
village.

In 1894 it had one hundred and eight houses; the resident Chief was
Kaitawm. It is subordinate to Doktaung, the Soktfe Chief. Wunkathe was
destroyed in 1889 and disarmed in 1893. Water is found in several wells in
the viHageandasmall stream trickles through it, but the supply is slender.

WUN-LE. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-nine persons, according
to the census of 1891 , and a revenue of Rs. 400.

WUN-LO. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population nunnbered seven hundred and seventy-five
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,329. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

WUN-THO, — A subdivision of Katha district, comprising the townships
of Wuntho, Kawlin and Pinlfebu.

It has an area of two thousand three hundred square miles and the popula-
tion is estimated at sixly-eight tiiousand nine liundrecl and eighty persons.
No census was taken in 1891, because at that time it was a semi-independ-
ent State, and the Sawfnea in that year broke out in aclu il revolt.

History, from Icwal The following is given as the history of the State

sources. by .Maung Van Aung, a local lugyi.

Seven hundred and fifty vears after the creation of the world, the Slate
of Wuntho w.Ts first established by the Sawbwa Kan Nyin of Keng 1 ung.
At this time P.ithu-dewa was King of the Kutha-wadi country. Pathu-dewa
was a son of the first Maha Thamada, or Universal Monarch, who governed
in accordance with the len I.aw.s incumbent on kings. There were sixty-four
kings in each line of the three Maha Tliama, and the total number of kings
was one hundred and ninety-two. During thest? successive reigns there
were two hundred and sixty-four Sawli7vas of Wuntho

There was a re-settlement of the State three hundred years before the lord
Gaudama became manifested as Buddha. At this time the town of Salin
was established by King Sawnyi, and the King of Tagaung was Sabu-

36o

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[WUN

Wunrhoand Mo
hnvin.

dipa-daza-yaza. This monarch set up a new line of Satvbwas and this house
furnished two hundred and four rulers in regular succession.

After this, two Sawbwas named Hkun Taung and Hkun Kyaing succeed-
ed one another.

In the year 744 B.E. (1382 A.D.\ during the reign of Mingyizwa Sawke,
the Wuntho Sawbiva was named Paung Keandin the
i3Pa A.D, year 796 B.E. (1434 AD ) the name of the Sawbwa

was Saw Nyi.

The next names mentioned are —

945 B.E. (1583 A.D.) Minkadu.
954 B.E. (1593 A.D.) Tho Ye.
961 R.E, (1599 AD.) Tein-nyin-sa Saing Hkan.
981 B.H. (1619 A.D.) ThakinKaw Nyo.
After the death of the last named, his widow, Saw Nin Me'n, governed
the State until 1009 BE. {1647 A.D.) when, during
the reign of Miny6 Nandameit, son of Nyaungyan
Mintaya-gyi, King of Ava, Sit Naing became Sawb-
wa, having previously held the title of Myosn of Mosit.

In 1033 B.E. (1671 A.D.), during the reign of Pyi-min, the younger
brother of Thal6n Mintaya, Kytmmong U Kyaw, son of Sit Naing, became
SflU'bwa and in the following year the seat of government was moved to
Mo-hnyin.

In the year 1059 B.E. (1697 A. D.), during the reign of Man-aung Yatana,
a resident of Ava named Maung Kyin Baw was appointed Sttkeoi the Slate,
but was removed in the following year and Maung Sun was appointed
Sitke in his place, only to be succeeded in five years' time by Kyaung Pyu,

Eventually, in 1076 B.E. (1714 A.D.), when Hman-nanshin Mintaya ascend-
ed the throne, Myat Kaung, son of the last Sawbwa U Kyaw, succeeded to his
father's dignity and title. During seventeen years there had been no titu-
lar Sawbwa.

In 1 113 B.E. (1751 A.D,) King Hanthawa-dipa's capital, Ava, was destroy-
ed by an invasion of Talaings from the Yamanya province. Then .Maung
Aung Zeya, from thi^ Myin-ahmudan tract in Shwebo, establish(;d by the
king who founded Sagaing, collected a force, overthrew the Talaings, and
became king, with Shweho as his capital. This was in 11 15 6.^.(1753
A.D.).

Three years later Aung Nyo, brother of Myat Kaung, became Sawbwa.

He was succeeded in 1141 B.E (1778 A.D.) by Maung Tin, in King
Sinpu's time, anH two years later the Royal Patent as Sawbwa was re-
prwed to him. when King Aung-tha dethroned his brother. Maung Tin
died in iisBB.E. (1796 A.D.).

At this time the Paiemaing oi Mye-ni,a village in the Sawbwash'x^, was
at King Bad6n's capital, and he obtained an appointment order as Myo-
thugyi ol Wuntho. His name was Maung Taw Zan and he had been one
of the attendants of a daughter of the Ka-le Saai/w.i, who had married the
Sa-u-hwa of Wuntho and brnuglil a number of Ka-le people with her. These
settled first in the village of Myelin and afterwards established the village

WUNJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

361

of Taung-gyat. MaungTaw Zan became their Pammaing, with his head-
quarters at Myeni, and it was in this way that a stranger got charge of the
State of Wuntho.

Maung Taw Zan died in 1 160 B E. (1798 A.D.) and he was succeeded as-
Myothugyi by his son Maung Tha Yw&. He declared himself to be heredi-
tary Myothugyi and figures as such in the official records {sittan) of 1 164
B.E. (1802 A.D.).

Maung Tha Ywfc died in 1 1 8g BE. (1827 A D.), and Thwin Pyu and Maung
Kwe were appointed asiyins in his place ; but after a time Maung Shwe Tha,
a stepson of Tlia Yw^'s, received the titlo of Myothugyi. A Myo-wun
Maung Pe Nge, came up shortly after and put the two asiyins to death.
He was denounced to the Saingya Windawhmu by Shwe Tha and carried
off prisoner to the capital.

In 1195 B.E, (1833 A. D.), Shwe Thi, the descendant of an 'lle?'ti«'nate son
of a former Sawbwn, Thohonbwa, was appointed to the charge of Wuntho,
with the title of Myothugyi. Intrigues, and the presentation of daughters
to the Saing-ya IVun, resulted in the division of Wuntho into two parts,
the Lower and the Upperj which were put in charge of Tha Set and Kya
Det, as Taik 6ks.

About this time Wuntho seems to have gone to the highest bidder, and
in 121 1 B.E. (1849 A.D.) San Tit, son of the headman of Kawlin, became
Wuntho Myothugyi.

Eventually, however, one Shwe Tha, who had rendered service to King
Mindon in his seizure of the throne of Burma, was ap-
Shwe Tha, 1852-1878. pointed Myothugyi of Wuntho in 1214 B.E. (1852
A.D.). He successively received additional charge
of the ten Uyu villages, Maing-Kaing, Shwe A-she-gyaung and Shwe A-I6-
gyaung. Additional service in the Padein Prince's rebellion in 1866 re-
sulted in his being formally named Sarohwa, with the title of Maha Wuntha
Thoh6nbwa. The title had then long been in abeyance, and was conferred
now as a mere personal reward, with no idea of conveying either the rights
or the dignities of the true Shan Saw&teas, though the usual attempt is
made to prove that Shwe Tha was of the regular line of the old Sawbwas.
Immediately after his appointment the five villages of Indauktha were
added to Shwe Tha's charge as Sawdwa of Wuntho, and in 1236 B.E.
(1874 A.D.) he received the new title of Maha-theidi-zeya-thoh6nbvva, and
the circles of Ganan-ma and Ganan-pwa and Nanka.

Shwe Tha seems to have deserved his honours and to have been a man

xi,„ A ,_„ of energ\', for in 1 87«; he cut a cart-road across the Min-

Myat, 1878— 1891. "^"^^ range at a personal expense of Ks. 7,000. In 1877
the Kachins of Yinba, HIa-me and Nga Aw rose in revolt
and Shwe Tha, with three hundred men from Wuntho and two hundred from
Shwe-ashe-gyaungand Ganan-ma, suppressed them and made their duwa
Saw Tin, " and twenty hills under him " submit and pay tribute.

When King Mind6n died in 1878 and King Thibaw succeeded, Mauog
Shwe Tha abdicated in favour of his eldest son Maung Aung Myat,
who was then twenty-one year's of age and acting as a Sa-set Kun-ye-
gaing (Page-of-Honour) in the palace. In 1244 B.E. (1882 A.D.) Aung Myat
was confirmed as Sawbwa with the title of Maha«wuntba-thiri-yaza-thoh6n>

369 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. jwuM

bwaand in the following year, when he went to the Mandalay Court, had this
raised to Mawriya-niaha-thiri-yamanta-yaza.

In the waning of TasaungmSn (November) 1885, King Thibaw was de-
ported by the British Governraeut, and on the fourth waning of Pyalho {23rd
January 1886). Aung Myat left VVuntho and established himself at Pinlfebu.
On the first waxing of Tahaung 12^2 B.E. (7th February 1891), he fled from
Kyaingkwin and has kept out of the way ever since.

The British Government appointed Maung Po Tu, Myook of Wuntho,
and dispensed with his services in the following year, and there has been a
new MyoSk nearly every year since that time.

As a history this is barely satisfactory and is more patriotic than ac-
curate. It is practically certain that Wuntho (Shan, Wying Hso, the city
of the tiger) was never an independent Shan State, and in the palmy days
of Mogaung and Mo-hnyin was probably a mere/j/<7f«i>«^ship.

In February 189 1, the Sawbwa, Aung Myat, who up to that time had re-
mained on fairly friendly, but not altogether satisfactory,

T891. The Wun- terms with the British Government, rose in rebellion.
Iho, rebelhon. w^ ^,^^ probably suspicious of the action of Government

in introducing the railway into part of his territory.
The reservation of forests also and the demand for disarmament, but most
of all the influence of his stubborn old father, Maung Shwe Tha, who was
then living in hiding in the territory, probably led him to this action.
The Military Police posts along the western borders were simultaneously
attacked. This led to an expedition being sent into the State, but before
it arrived local parties had put an end to all resistance. VVuntho was then
brought under direct control and divided brtween Ka'ha and Ye-u (Shwebo)
districts. Further particulars will be found in Chapter IV of the Introduc-
tion.

WUN-THO. — A township in the subdivision of that name of Katha district.
Its bcundarif"s are, — on the northj the Banmauk township ; on the easti the
Manle and Ti-gyaing townships; on the south the Kawlin township; and
on the west, the Pinl^bu township.

It had in 1897 an estimated population of twenty thousand nine hundred
and foity-foi:r persons and an area of seven hundred square miles.

In 1897 there were thirty-seven revenue circles in the township. Of
these Mawnaing, Mawhka, Gyo-daung and Nanhkan circles did not belong
to the former Wuntho State. Gold was formerly washed in them and
in Burmese times they were in charge of Shwegun^hmus or Shwe-hmus,
under the Shwe-wun. The remaining thirty-three circles were all in
Wun-tho State. Gyodaung and Mawnaing are the largest circles.

WUN-THO. — The headquarters of the Wuntho subdivision of Katha
district. It lies in a rich valley surrounded by hills, but is very unhealthy
in tile rainy season.

Wyi-yagj

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

363

Wuntho is a station on the Mu Valley Railway and is gaining much in
importance as a trade centre for export of grain It was the former resi-
dence of the eX'Saivhwa of Wuntho, who rebelled and was deposed in
i8gi. After the British occupation of Upper Burma, however, the Sawbiva
changed his abode to Pinlebu. The public buildings are a court-house and
bazaar. The population numbered about one thousand two hundred persons
in 1891.

WYING NAM.— A Shan village in North Hsen Wi, Northern Shan State
in Hsen Wi circle.

It contained twenty houses in 1894, with a population of eighty persons
The revenue paid was four annas per household and the occupation of
the people was paddy cultivation and trading, and they owned ten bullocksi
ten buffaloes, and three mules and ponies. The price of paddy was twelve
aonas the basket.

WYING TANG.—A Kachin (Lashi) village in North Hsen Wi, Northern
Shan States, in Pang L6m circle of Mong Si.

It contained sixteen houses in 1894, with a population of fifty persons.
The revenue paid was one rupee per household and the people were paddy,
maize, opium and wheat cultivators by occupation, and owned twenty
bullocks, twelve buffaloes, three ponies and sixty pigs. The price of paddy
was six annas the bas]<et.

YA-BIN. — A village in the Taz6 township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwcbo
district, sixty-two and-a-half miles from Ye-u,

There were one hundred and twelve inhabitants in i8gi : rice was the
chief product. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to one
hundred and forty rupees. There is a Civil Police post in the village.

YA-BON. — A Paiaung circle in the Kodaung township of Ruby Mines
district, containing three Palaungs and three Kachin villages. It is situated
at the south-western corner of the township, about thirty miles east of
Momcik.

The principal village is Yab6n.

YA-BYIN. — A village in the Maw State, Myelat district of the Southern
Shan States. It is situated about four miles south of Myogyi and is about
one thousand feet above the Zawgyi valley.

In 1897 tt contained forty-five houses and paid Rs, 380 annual revenue.
The inhabitants number one hundred and ninety-four persons, and are
chiefly Danu : they grow pine-apples on an extensive scale for sale in the
markets of the plains. No rice is grown, and water is very scarce.

YA-D.\W. — A village in the Y'adaw revenue circle, Pathein-gyi township.
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, six and-a-half miles east of
headquarters.

It bad a population of ninety persons at the census of 1891, and paid
Rs. 133 thathameda-\z.ii.

YA-GYI-BYIN. — A village in the' TaungzAn circle, Myaing township,
PaW6kku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
nine persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 510,
included in that of Taungzon.

3^4

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YAG— YAM

YA-GYI-BYIN.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pa-
k6kku district, with a population of two hundred and eighty-seven persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 380.

YA-GYI-GON. — A village in the Kwemy6k circle, Ye-za-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of eighty-eight persons,
according to the census of i8qi, and a revenue of Rs. 160.

YALPI OR TINYAWL.— A village of Chins of the Whenoh tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies five miles south of Bwelri and is reached vid
North Loteron, Tilum, and Bwelri.

In 1894 it had twenty-five houses. Hlekal was its resident chief.

Yalpi pays tribute to Falam. Water is available in a stream close to the
village.

YALTU. — A village of Chins of the Tashfln tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies four miles north-west of Hmunli and can be reached vid
Hmunli, sixteen miles.

In 1894 it had twenty-five houses. Ne Lycn was its resident chief.

YaJtu is a Shunkla village tributary to Falam. Plenty of water is avail-
able in a stream near the village,

YA-M£-THIN. — A district in the Meiktila division, with an area of four
thousand two hundred and fifty-nine square miles, and a population, in 1891.
of two hundred and seventeen thousand persons. This total, apart from other
causes, has, however, been considerably altered by the transfer, in September
of 1896, of eighteen circles from the Pyawbw6 township to Meiktila district.

The district is bounded on the north by Meiktila, and on the south by
Toungoo districts ; on the east by the Myelat territory of

Boundaries. ^^^ Southern Shan States and by various tribes of Karens
under petty chiefs ; and on the west by Magwe and Myingyan districts.

It is divided into the subdivisions of Yamfethin and Pyinmana, and these
Divbions. are further divided into six townships as follows; —
YamJithin,

}

YamelhiQ subdivision.

Pyinmana subdivision.

Pyawbwfe,

Yindaw,

Pyinmana,

Lfewe,

Kyidaung-gan

The Pyinmana subdivision was a separate district from the Annexation in
1885 until October 1893, when it became part of Yamfethin district. The
division between Pyimnana and Yam^tliiu districts, as originally constituted,
was the Ngaleik chauvg, on the right bank of which the town of F'yinmana
is situated. Subsequently, however, the country to the south of the Sin-the
chaung was handed over to Pyinmana, and the following townships lying
to the north were taken from Meiktila: Yindaw, Yanaung, and Nyaungyan,
besides a portion of the Shwe-pyi Yan-aung or Myin district.

Finally, in 1893, the present Yamithin district was formed. It comprises
the Burmese jurisdictions of the Toungoo- Yamethin Ihiit-myo-wun ; the
Yindaw-Yanaung-Tayaaga Thott'tnyo-tou n : the Nyaung-yan-Hlaingdet-

VAM]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

365

Thagaya Thon-myo-wun ; and the Nyaung-2Wc-«'of the Shwe-pyi Yan-aung
cavalry jurisdiction.

The two subdivisions differ very considerably in character, since while
Yamfethin is just on the verge of the dry zone of Upper

Natural fea- Burma, Pyinmana with its heavy forests usually has a
'"'«• heavy rainfall.

The district has on the west the northern portion of the Pegu Vomas,
and on the east the Shan Hills rise abruptly, clothed in thick jungle.

Between these two ranges of hills is, in Yam&thln, a large plain with here
and there slight elevations intersected by small streams, while in Pyinmana
the greater part is forest. Geographically and climatically the two subdivi-
sions may conveniently be treated separately.

The Yamfethin subdivision may be divided from north to south into three
main sections. The eastern section, some twenty miles

(1) Vamftthin •" width, consists entirely of hills running in broken
subdivision. parallels from north to south and ranging from three

thousand to six thousand feet in height and divided from
one another by deep valleys. The highest point is either the Byinkye range
in the south-eastern corner, or the steep hog's back of Sintaung, almost
due east of Yamfithin town. The heights have not been determined. The
Sintaung joins the crest of the watershed to north and south. The Paung-
laung river rises on its southern flank, and pursuing its course under the
name of the Sittang, flows down to the Gulf of Martaban. To the north,
rising on the northern declivity, flows another Paunglaung, known lower
down as the Myitiha, which joins the Irrawaddy at Ava and so also reaches
the Gulf of Martaban. This eastern tract is sparsely inhabited by a race of
mixed Shan and Burmese origin, and there are a few scattered villages of
pure Karens. They live a toilsome and miserable life. Through these hills
run several passes to the Myelat division of the Shan States. These are
little used and are most of them very rough and difficult to all baggage
animals except the Shan bullock.

The middle strip, also about twenty miles in width, contains the richest
land in the subdivision. It is low-lying and fertile, watered by tanks and
streams, and here are situated all the larger villages.

The western strip, of an average width of about thirty miles, is diversi*
Red with jungle, large and small, barren hills and fertile valleys, the tailing"
off of the l^egu Vorna. Here many of the people live by cutch-boiling and
other jungle crafts. Their food is in a great measure confined to millet,
and in bad years they get but liille rice. As a race they are smaller and
dark than the people of the paddy plains. Buddha-yaza, the Kyimyindaing
Prince, and other rebel leaders long held out in the thick jungles in the
south-west of this tract, and many engagements took place, notably at
Lesawtaung, where the Sinlh^ breaks through a narrow gorge in the hills.
Few of the hills in this strip rise above a few hundred feet.

The chief rivers, besides the Paunglaung and the Myittha, are the Ngawin
Chauagmagyi, Thitsfln and their tributaries.

The lakes or artificial reservoirs are those of Nyaungyan, Kyauks^ and
Inbaung, and a number of smaller works dotted about all over the sub*
division.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tVAM

The Pyinmana subdivision may be described as a huge forest, with a
cultivated tract some twenty miles in radius around the
(a) Pyinmana town of Pyinmana, and small patches elsewhere in villa-
subdivision, ges and along the sides of streams. On the east rise the
hills which stretch back to the Shan plateau, while in
the west the country gradually rises to the crest of the Vorna ridge which,
however, does not rise to any considerable height. The subdivision is well
watered in the rains, but, with the exception of the Sitfang river and some
smaller affluents of it, which take their rise in the eastern hills, there are
no perennial streams.

The principal mountains are on the east, and rise to an altitude of
some six thousand feet.

There are no specially important passes from the Shan Hills, but there is
a route via Yezin which is a good deal used by Shans in the cold weatLer.

The only river of the subdivision is the Siltang or Paung-laung, which
rises in the hills east of Yamilrthin and for the first part of its course runs
through a wild niountaimus country until it debouches into the plains south-
east of Pyinmana. From this point it is known as the Sittang. All the
streams of the Southern subdivision are affluents of it, the most important
being the Sinth^, Ngaleik and Y6nbin, all of which rise in the Western hills.
The Sittang is navigable all the year round, but none of the other streams
is.

The only lake in the subdivision is the Ingyaung, which covers an area
of six square miles. It is included in the Pc-lwe forest reserve. There are
also a number of marshes, at Sed6ngyi, Neyaungbya, Sin-6n Tein, Kyw^-
talin, Taungzin, Gwedaukyu, Thit, Kaukket, Sit-hto and Pauk, covering in
all an area of twenty-nine square miles.

The Yamfethin or northern subdivision lies as regards its rainfall between
the Wet and the Dry zones, with the result that in some
Climate. years it is capable of producing the crops of both climates

and in some years of neither. In good years plentiful crops of paddy,
sessamum, Indian-corn and maize are produced, but the rainfall is exceed-
ingly capricious, and it has been known to occur in such a way as to spoil
every kind of crop. The only crop that can be depended upon with
certainly is paddy in the circles of Baw and Nyaunggaing, in the south-
eastern portion of the subdivision. These are watered by two considerable
hill streams, the M6n and Le-ngfe, which never fail in the rains.

In the Pyinmana subdivision, on the other hand, the climate is damp for
six months of (he year and dry during the rest. No records of temper-
ature are available, but the rainfall is given as follows : —

1S93
1894
1895
1896

Inches.

51-69

6o-46

5136

4885

Mineral products may be said lo be almost non-existent or at any rate
not ascertained. Salt is produced in small quantities in
Mineral product. Paukaing and Sadaung circles, but the industry is gradu-
ally dying out, owinn to the imposition of the tax of
Rs, 5 per cauldron now levied, and to the facilities for obtaining better

VAM]

THfi UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

367

salt from Lower Burma by rail. At Pinthaung, sixteen miles north-east of
Vani&tbin, there are the remains of old workings from which copper, lead
and silver were extracted at some remote date. At Yam&ihin and Yindaw
in Burmese times saltpftre w.is extracted, from which gunpowder was
manufactured, and a salt alkaline earth is found in many parts of the district
and is used as soap. In the lulls to the ca5t of the district, intervening
between the Shan plateau and the plains, are caverns of very considerable
extent and interest, notably those at Libyin, thirty-five miles north-east of
Yamfethin.

The soil in the plains is in some places clayey and in others sandy. The
water everywhere is more or less brackish on account of the presence of
Fuller's earth. In theThagwin hills in the Pyinmana subdivision mica is
found but is not worked.

There are seven hundred and eighty-five square miles or five hundred and

„ two thousand four hundred acres of reserved forests in

the Pyinmana subdivision. The principal Reserves are —

Square miles.

Vanaungmyin • »« ... »• ... 14

Veni ,„ ... ... „. 66

Minbyin ... ... ... ... 145

YAnbin ... ... ... ... 130

Palwe ... ... ... ... T30

Kaing ... ... ... ..» 9P

Pozaungftaung ... ... ... ... 70

Taungnyo ... ... ... ... 100

NgalaiW ... ... ... ... no

By a notification, dated the 3rd December 1898, the Myittha Reserve in
the Yam&thin subdivision, with an approximate area of ninety square miles,
was constituted. The more productive forests in this subdivision are in the
east and contain teak and pyinhido, with a large proportion of indaing.
Cutch grows extensively on the Magwe border, chjf^fty in irregular strips
of jungle intersecting cultivated areas. The cutch jungles have been much
overworked and are threatened with extinction.

A large body of natives of India has been settled for many generations
in a portion of the Yamfithin subdivision and usually live
Nattves ofTndia '" villages apart from the Burmese. The origin of the
settlement is given as follows : In the year 1070 B.E.
(1708 A.D.) King Arlangiri ruled in Delhi. He had two sons, the younger
of whom was jealous of the Crown Prince and eventually seized and impri-
soned his father and usurped the throne. The Crown Prince fled from
Delhi to Calcutta with three thousand of a following, and from Calcutta
made his way to Arakan, where he and several of the chief emigrants
died. At this time the King at Ava was Bodaw Sa-ne Mingaung, grand-
father of the King of Ava who was taken prisoner by Rajadirit, King of
Pegu. This King allowed the Delhi fugitives to come from Arakan to Ava,
but w^hen he found them so numerous ordered them to settle by O-sa^ or
batches of seven families, in each of the follwing places: Taung-ngu,
Yam^thin, Nyaungyan, Yindaw, Meiktila, Myedu, Ngayanfe, Kawthanthi
and Sibatbya. The immigrants numbered sixty-three families and were
thus separated for safety's sake. At each settlement a fixed area for their
residence and cultivation was marked out.

368

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tVAM

The following were the boundaries allowed for the residence of the
Yam&thin Kulabyo, as the new settlers were called : to the north, Maeyibin
and Pasittfik; to the south, the Sithema f//fltt«o^ ; to the east, the Onbin
chaung, Yel& ; and to the west, the Lemyaung-baungyo.

The limits within which they might cultivate were, — on the north, the
Myeni chaung, near Shadawgan ; on the south, the Kudaritkftn ; on the
east, the'Nyanswe-gAn ; and on the west, the Thitke-gyun. Both these tracts
•were jungle and waste land at the time of allotment. Thp lands were not
considered crown lands but free gifts from the king, and differ entirely from
the so-called Kulabyo Ahmudan-sa.

The people of Pyinmana are Burmans, with an admixture of Shans. There

„ are some Karens on the eastern border, especially in the

Karens. v-j jt» . i- jt^ -.. t

Kyidaunggan and T-fewe tnwnships. and a mixture of

Indians and Chinese in the town of Pyinmana itself. Besides the Karens

in (he townships there are two native Karen States, under faungsas who

pay tribute at Pyinmana and are under the Subdivisiona! Officers there.

These are Al&chaung Bawgata and Padaung Ko-Vwa. There is also one

villageof White Karens, so-called Htalaings, who have no money, refuse to

intermarry with Burmese, have a distinct language of their own, and *' eat

rotten flesh. " This village is called Thagiwun and is about ten miles

east of Shwemyo.

It is probable that there has been a large increase of population in the
southern subdivision from the time of the Annexation, especially since
the opening of the railway, and during the years when crops failed in the
Dry zone and were successful in the Pyinmana townships. The chief towns
in the southern subdivision are Pyinmana. Lfewe, Kyidaunggan, Shwemyo
and Yazin. Pyinmana is a long way ahead of the others, which are little
better than the ordinary iungle village. It has a fine court-house, built on
the plan for district headquarters. There is a hospital with accommoda-
tion for thirty-six patients, besides a branch dispensary in the town.
Pyinmana has a Municipal Committee and a population of over thirteen
thousand persons. The income in 1896 was Rs. 34,.'jo2 and the expenditure
Rs, 36,478. There is a fine municipal bazaar which brings in an income of
Rs. 19,747 annually, [v. also sub. voc, Pyinmana.)

Pvinmana owes its prosperity to the teak industry above everything else.
The lessees of the valuable teak forests are the Bombay-Burma Trading
Corporation, Limited, and the carrying on of their business has brought
great wealth to many of the inhabitants of Pyinmana. Some local industries
have arisen in the wake of the Bombay Burma-Trading Corporation, Limit-
ed. Among them may be mentioned a saw-mill and a soda-water manufac-
tory.

The principal occupation of the people is rice cultivation. Of handicrafts,
silk-weaving is the most noteworthy: carpentry, draw-
ing, and cutlery manufacture are also common crafts.
The inlaid dha and dagger blades of Mindan near Ya-
niJithin are well-known. The dhas are inlaid in gold, silver and brass.

Scarcity of rain is the rule in the northern part of YamSthin subdivision,
and cultivators would seldom have a successful harvest were it not for the
water stored in the many artificial tanks. Those at Yamfethin and Nyaung-

Agriculture and
industries.

VAMi

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

369

Communications
and trade.

The army
Burmese times.

yan are of the greatest importance and enable the harvestiajf of two crops
annually. The average holding of a family is about four or five ph (seven
to nine acres). The chief crops are, — besides rice, sessamum, Indian-corn,
jowar, and vegetables such as tomatoes, brinjals and onions. Millet, gram,
beans and sweet-potatoes are sparingly cultivated. The average produce
per ph of the different kind of crops is paddy and pyaung (maize) eighty
baskets per ^(? ,- millets (/»/ and ja/) fifty; peas and beans twenty; and
gram [kulapi-) thirty. There is no rotation of crops. The weaving is car-
ried on for the most part in the east of the district near the hills. Silk-
worms are raised by the Danuf. Sugarcane, tobacco and the betel-vine are
cultivated in small patches.

The chief cart-roads in Burmese times were the Minlan running from
HIaingdet and the north through Pyawbw&and Yam^thin
to Pyinmana; the road from Meiktila to Pyawb\v6 vi4
Yindaw ; and the Thabyedaung pass from the Shan
States into Theingfin. The railway now runs through the whole length of
the disirict from north to south. There is a good deal of trade carried on
by pedlars from the Irrawaddy through Taungdwingyi. The imports into
the district from the Shan States are chiefly ponies, cattle, cigar-leaf,
onions, chillies, ginger, stick lac, jaggery, Shan paper and wood-oil. The
exports to the Shan States are salt, ngapi, oil ana peice-goods.

In the time of the Burmese kings there were several classes of ahmu-
dan or soldiery. There were six classes of interior
ahmudan-. the Myauk ta-we, Taungta-we, Myaukmaya-
pin, Taungmayapin, Myauk taya-ngase, and Taung
taya-Hgase ; and six classes of exterior ahmudan^ namely, the Ywe Let-wh,
Ywe Let-ya, Let-ice Chaung, Letkya Chaung, Natsu Let-wh^ and Natsu
Let-kya.

Besides these cohorts of Atwin and Apytn Ahmudan Chaukso there
were many other classes, of whom the Kulabyo formed
one. The Kulabo Ahmudan were exclusively raised
from the descendants of the Delhi emigrants, and
numbered one hundred and fifty. These men were permanently quartered
in the Palace ard received a monthly wage of Rs. 10. If, however,
any of them preferred to have land instead of their monthly pay, plots
were assigned in the localities from which they came. The one hunared and
fifty men who formed the corps came from different localities, but the grants
of land were always made to the Ahmudan in his own neighbourhood and the
land was worked by liis relations. A Yametliin man could only get land at
Yamfethin, not at Yindaw or Meiktila. The Yamfethin Ahmudan^ however,
appear never to hiive taken any of these grants in lieu of wages. At any
rate there are no Ahmudansa lauds in the district. At Myedu and Kyauks^
on the other hand, Crowu lands seem to have been generally taken up.
In Burmese times Yaufcthin was governed by a Mvowun, who had five
jt/i'0/A»/^j)'/ subordinate to him besides many Yuoathugyis,
He was, therefore, known as the Ngamyowun, the tive
towns being Wadi, Batta, Myo-hia, Panking and
Nyaungaing. The order of precedence of officials superior to the
hh'othugyi ran thus : the Kayaing Wun, the Myo Wun Sitke^ the Le
Wun Sitkcj the Thittaw Wun Sitkc and the Nahkan. The last-men-

The Kul ab yo
ahmudan.

Adminisfrat i o n
in Burmese limes.

37°

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VAM

tioned was next superior to the J/vfjMK^^j;* and exercised petty criminal
jurisdiction. The St'fkh ranked according to seniority, their offices being
otherwise considered of equal dignity, and they had equal powers in crimi-
nal cases. The Myo Wun and Kayaing Wun generally made Pyinmana,
then known as Ningyan, their headquarters, owing to the important teak
industry and the proximity of foreigners on the border, while the others
ordinarily remained in Yamfethin.

The Kavain^ Wun was also known by the name of Komyo IVun,
having nine districts in his charge, namely, Pyinmana (called Taung Ngu),
Yam&thin, Meiktila, Yanaung Tayanga, Nyaungyan, Pin, Natmauk and
Kyaukpadaung. The Mva Wun was called the Hnit-myo Wun, having
charge only of the Taung-ngu (Pyinmana) and Yam^thin districts. The
Le Wun was in charge of all cultivated lands and of the rivers and tanks,
and the Thittaw Wun of the forest^. Technically the power of life and
death rested with the king only, but practically all these officials exer-
cised the fullest powers. Bribery prevailed in every case, for the judge's
salary depended on it. Torture was always practised, but was more
openly carried out in King Thibaw's time than in the time of his father.
Officials obtained their position really by bribes, it might almost be said by
purchase. The following was the Yainfethin scale of the so-called Kadaw
Letsaungdaw : —

Rs.

For a Kayaing Ifawship...
For a Myo W;/«ship
For a Le Wunshxp
For a Thittavi VVunship ...
For a .S'l/ii'ship ,..

For a ifyothugyis,h\p
For a yviathugyiship ...

... > 2,1

lo,ooa
5.000

GOO to 3,000

1 ,000 to 2,000

500

but there was no fixed limit — whoever paid most got the appointment.
The Myothugyi s.nd Thugyi wctc the only officials who were appointed on
hereditary claims. The others were subject to loss of office at the caprice
of the King, or according to his need of money; and during part of King
Thibaw's reign officials often succeeded one another at an interval of only
a few months. There was no such thing as a regularly instituted Civil
Court. Any person could commence his suit anywhere before any official
from a Ywa^aun^ u^vtAvAs, provided he paid the Kun-bo, the Royal fee,
which was handed by the officer trying the case to the Kun-bo-tein, the
Collector of court-fees. No suit could be decided except in the presence
of the parties, and when judgment was passed the parties were asked
whether they would abide by the decision. If thev agreed both parties ate
letpet and the decision was considered final. If one party demurred he
refused to eat the pickled tea and might then refer the case to any
superior official, or to the non-official arbitrator, if the other party agreed
to the person nominated. Very often, however, the objecting party was
thrashed by the court officials into accepting the arbitrament and eating
the letpet. Debtors were usually very severely treated, put in the stocks
out in the sun or rain, saw their children and other relations sold as slaves*
and were themselves so sold, in direct disobedience to the Dhammathat.

VAM]

THE UPPER BURMA G.VZETTEER.

371

Re venue in
Burmese limes.

The Myin
Athin.

and

The sources of revenue were chiefly thathameda, taxes on Crown lands
and water-supply, and tlie sl-hnityat akauk, the twelve
sorts of taxes, including bazaar collections, imposts on
forest produce, and export and import duties. The latter
were usually leased out to speculators, but the remainder were collected by
the thugyis, who received a commission of ten per cent, on their collections.
The rate of thathameda was ten rupees the household. The towns of
YindaW) Yanaung and Tayanga had separate administrative officials ; so
also had Nyaung-yan and the Myin-ne, which only came under Yam^thin
after the Annexation.

The people of the Myin district were Called Myin Ahmudan or cavalry,
while those of the other tracts were called Athin. The Myin people
were always liable to be called out for active service in war time, and in
time of peace as many as ten per cent, of the number of households had
to remain in the Palace on service. These men received monthly wages
{y. supra) varying from seven to ten rupees. In return for tlieir service
the Myin people were allowed the privilege of travel-
ling to any part of Burma without molestation, and with-
out being responsible to any official other than one of
the J/>'J« country. Even if they committed a crime, no matter how heinous,
they could only be punished by their own officials. The Athin men, if
they left the district, could be sued for debt by none other but Athin.
An Athin had no control whatever over a Myin man, even if he resided
in the Athin s district. He had to refer any matter of- offence to the
nearest Myin official.

The revenue levied now in the southern subdivision
And since the jg /^\ thathameda 3.\\A U}\ a Kvweshin or pair of buffaloes-
Annexation. .1- ^N ' ij.^

tax; and in some parts ^t'jg-t/w or land-tax.

Kyweshin is land-tax assessed in a simple way at Rs 9 for the area which
one pair of buffaloes ought to be able to work. Pegun is a land-tax levied
on the area cultivated at so much per pe. Both existed in Burmese times.

No information is a\ailable as to the amount of revenue realized from,
Pyinmana by the Burmese Government.
The Land revenue for 1896-97 from the Pyinmana subdivision was—

Rs.
Pyinmana ... ,„ ... ,,. 56.357

Kyidaunggdn ... ... ... ... 38,830

Liwe ... ... ••• ... 47>39o

The revenue is collected by the thugyis or village headman, who are re-
munerated by receiving a share of the collections, generally ten per cent., as
commission.

The same heads of assessment hold in the Yam&thin subdivision and
revenue is collected in the same manner.

The following notes on the history of Pyinmana have been collected by
History of Toun- Maung Bo Haik :
goo from loca' 1 he city of Toungoo, said to have been the capital of
sources. the country called Zeya-wutana, was founded in B.E. 641

(1279 A D.)by the Princes Thawun-gyi and Thavvun-ng6 fabled to hav^
been the sons of Thawunletya, the King of Delhi.

372

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YAM

They were succeeded in 687 B.E. {1325) by King Kanginha, who gov-
erned the country till B.E. 847 (1485).

He was succeeded by Mingyimyo, who look the title of Maha-thiri-zeya-
thura. The country had been much ravaged before his accession and
he built a new capital at the point where the Kabaung river enters the
Paunglaung. This was finished in theycar 853 B.E. (1491) and was named
Dwara-wadi (the city at the mouth of the river). He established nine
posts to the north of his capital, at Swa, Myohla, Pyintnana, Kyaukchit,
Ngasingin, Shwemyo, Taiaing-the, Nyaunglun and Myadaung.

Kin-ywa Kyaukchit {Kyaukchit guard-village) was situated to the north
of the Nga-Ieik stream, three hundred tas from it, and it
The legend o f ^jjs at first called the Kyitth6ngfln kin, but the name was
Kyaukchit. changed in 856 B.E (t 494 A.D.) because when the King

was on his way to Panya one of his elephants, Shwe-kye, lay down on the
ground and refused to eat or get up again. Consultation with the learned
men revealed the fact that a banian tree in which a nat (called the Nyaung-
saung ttat) lived had been lopped of its branches for the elephants. Offer-
ings were made to the baiiian-dweller nat, but he refused to be appeased
until a young woman, Ma Min Byu, came and made offerings. The Nyaung
Saung nat then signified that he was satisfied, by allowing the elephant
ShviG-kye to get on its legs again. King Maha Thirl Zeya-thura wa.*; so
much pleased that he gave the natwin, Ma Min Byu, a scarf wrought in
gold, such as is worn by the Northern Queen, a ruby ring weighing t»vo
tickals, and the title of Myatazaung, with the right to enjoy the taxes and
emoluments of the Kyith6nb6n tract. It was afterwards discovered that
the rubies in the ring were iniitiation stones, so the name of the circle was
changed to Kyaukchit (spurious stones). Kyaukchit includes the modern
circles of Ningyan, Pyinmana and Ywagauk, and Pyinmana itself is often
called Kyaukchit

The name Pyinmana has a similar " Diversions of Purlcy " etymology.
King Kayinba of Toungoo, before became to the throne,

The meaning of had worked as a cultivator in the fields near Kilingdn,
yinraana. ^ village north of Toungoo. There he loved a maiden

named Byima like his own daughter. When he became king he raised
Byimato the rank of princess. But Byima had worked in the fields too and
she thought it better to run away with a peasant lover than to stay in the
Palace. When she eloped she took with her a gold betel-box- set with
rubies, and a very valuable ruby ring which belonged to King Kayinba.
She was pursued and overtaken on a rising ground near Gyin-lo village in
Kyaukchit, where she had halted in her flight. Byima was taken back, the
King forgave her for the love that he bore her and made her a princess
again, and the place where she was captured was called Byima-na (the
place where Byima stopped) and this modern tongues choose to pronounce
Pyinmana

King Maha Thiri Zeya-thura assigned the following limits to Kyaukchit
Kindaw: to the east, one thousand ^aj as far as the Sin,

The limits o f j.|^g river at Kamawa seik and the Mokso Nyaungbin,
Kj^ukc It in- j^(jJQin5iig the Tagngwin circle ; to the west, three thou-
sand tas as far as the Nga-Ieik stream at Ziwa-chwHS-seik-
as far as the Lema Chit-tha circle : to the north, two thousand and five

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

373

hundred ias as far as the KyaukpSn-Kyauktan footpath, touching the
f'yagaung Lelha circle ; to the south, two thousand fas, as far as Natkaung-
kan, bordering on the Wetkabu circle ; to the north-east, one thousand
fas to the Sin-the Okyedwin, bordering on Shwebe circle ; to the north-
west, three thousand fas as far as ,Se-kyet&bing6n, Nga-ye Thit-ngok,
bordering with Pyagaung Letha circle ; to the south-east,, three thousand
and five hundred tas as far as Thanthe-kayin Shwe In Oklok Myaung,
bordering with Ela circle ; to the south-west, two thousand and five hundred
fas as far as the Kyagu stream, Taungdi Kyabinin, next to Yanaungmyin
circle. The King then appointed one Thit Tin to be thugyi. There were
one hundred houses at the guard station, but otherwise the district was
thinly inhabited.

Maha Thiri Zeya-thura, after his visit to Panya, from which he returned
by way of Taungdwingyi, built a new capital called K^tumadi in 873 B.E,
(1510) and there he died twenty-one years later.

His son, Miiitaya, who succeeded him, moved before long to Hanthawadi

and left Kttumadi in charge of an official with the title of Minyii-theinkathu.

There were several changes in the Toungoo-Ketumadi line of kings, but

the descendants of the thugyi Thit Tin succeeded

and it outlasted the kmgs of Toungoo-K^tumadi and
prospered greatly. Finally, in 1 114 B,E^(l752), Alaungpaya seized the
ialaing Th6n Yat, Ketumadi, Hanthawadi and Yamyin-nya, and then
Nga Ny6n of the Kyaukchit family obtained formal letters of aJ>pointmeat
from him as thugyi, and when he died his son, Tha Dun Aung, succeeded
him, in the time of Sinbyusliin.

So matters went on till the time of F'adfin Myosagyi (King Bodaw) who,
when he transferred his capital from Ava to Amarapura, put his son in
charge of Toungoo and his daughter in charge of Yamithin. The son began
a rebellion and Bodaw-paya came down with an army to put an end to it ;
when he reached Kyaukchit he made enquiries as to boundaries, and was
told by the Myedaing Amat that the loungoo district extended as far
as the Kyeni-kan, the tank at Yamfethin town. Upon this the king said that
Toungoo, in charge of his son, was too big, and YamC:thin, in charge of his
daughter, was two small, and he fixed upon the Nga-leik stream as the
boundary between the two districts. This was in 1 163 B.E.(i8oi} and a result
of the re-arrangement was that many of the Kyaukchit villagers moved south
of the Nga-leik.

In the time of the Sagaing King, Toungoo was put under a Myowun
and about the same time Tha D6kgyi a Uhamya

Tha D6kgyi, </i«j>'« Qq^ came and settled with fifty households in the
of Ningyan (Pymma- kyaukchit circle south of the Nga-leik. The breadth
na), and Kyaukchit. .\, , ^ . u-. j 'i x n,M • . -^

' of that stream was ten cubits and 1 ha Dokgyi built a

culvert, or ningyan ku-tada, over it, so that people could walk over and
hence the new village was called Ningyan. This was in 1194 B.E. (1832)
and the village of Ningyan increased very rapidly in size, so much so that
Tha D6k Gyi was appointed thugyi oi Ningyan Kyaukchit by the Toun-
goo Myowun. In the same year the village of Thitng^-gyin, five hundred
tas west of Ningyan, was established by one Maung Shwe Bya, and
within the year another village, G6nmiogin, was established west of this

374

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VAM

about five hundred tas by Maung Cheik Gyi, while Yaukthwa-in was built
two hundred and fifly tas off to the soutli. All these villages still exist
and many more were settled about the sama time, among them being the
large village of Sinand6n, which has about one hundred and lifty houses.
Altogether Tha D6k Gyi, though he was a stranger, and a man apparently
with not a very good reputation in the past, seems to have been a person of
great energy and to have attracted great numbers of new seltiers and when
Shwebo Min became King, he was appointed Myothugyi of Kyaukchit
Pyinmana atid Wetkabu circles. Soon after he dammed up the Nga-leik
stream south of Sinantl6n village for irrigation purposes and greatly in-
creased the area available for rice cultivation,

Tha D6 Gyi died in 1208 B.E. (1846), in the same year as Shwebo
Min, and was succeeded by his son Maung fi Maung,
Maung E Maung, during whose time also there was a great increase
''•"^'- of population.

After the Second Burmese War, which happened in his time, Kyaukchit
Pyinmana, Elaand a number of other circles included in the Fifty Two Cities
of Toungoo, did not pass with that place to Great Britain, but remained
under the King of Burma. For this reason they were called the Toungoo
Niiyan, the part left behind when Toungoo was taken. These circles
were, besides those mentioned, \Va-nwe-g6n, Minbyin, Yaw, Aungmyin,
Lema, Taungnyo Tauuggwin and Kyidaung.

In 1220 B.E. (1858) King Mindfin appointed the Malun Myosa, Maha
Mingaung Thilhatha, with tlie title of Kalawun, to take
Pyinmana in .Min- charge of all the southern frontier districts, and im»
dftn'stime. mediately afterwards the working of the Pyinmana teak

forests for the export of timber was begun. The lirst result of this was
that the irrigation embankment on the Ngaleik stream was breached by
the accumulation of teak logs and much land was thrown out of cultivation,
but in 1861 Maung fi Maung built another dam at Beik-peinyaung, some
distance lower down, which partly made up for the loss.

Maung fi Maung died in 1871 and was succeeded by his son Maung Ya
Baing, who, however, in 1 873 lost the Wekkabyu circle, which by Royal
Order was given to Sein B6n, with the title o( myothugyi. Maung Ya
Baing retained charge of the Pyinmana myothugyis)x\\) after the Aonexatioa
until the year 1S90, when he died.

The myot hu£y {•s\i\'^ was then done away with and quarter thugyis were
substituted. There were eight of these ayat-thugyis :—

M ingala ayat
Thasi ayat
Masoyein ayat
Shwebo ayot
Shwe Kyi ayat
C ha-ne nyat
GAndan ayat
Yanaurg ayai

Houses.

31 +

181
30a

»S7
»7S

At the time of the Annexation the town was known as Ningyan, but
Pvinmana was very soon substituted for this name.

VAM]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTERE.

375

An account of the military operations in the Yam&thin
History since the gnj Pyinmana districts will be found in the Introductory
Annexation. Chapter.

The Lawkamayazein pagoda is thirty-three cubits high and stands inside an
. . . . enclosure of forty-five cubits square, a short distance

" "^"' ' ' south of Pyinmana town. It is comparatively modern, as it

was begun in 1869 by the Zanit Pala Sinwun under orders from Kiug Mind6n,
who sent images and sacred relics to be enshrined in it, as well as five thou-
sand rupees towards the cost of erection. It took three years to build and the
name Lawka Mayazein, by order of the king, was engraved on a slab of stone
and set up in front of the pagoda. The shrine is gilt and an annual feast
is held in February,

The Yaza-muni pagoda was built by the Myo6k under instructions from
King Thibaw.

The Yanaungmyin Shwela-hia pagoda is said to be one of the eighty-
four thousand built by the King Thiri-dhamma Thawka.

Other pagodas are the Baing Wundaung and the Gaudapalin at Taungnyo.
The former was built by two sisters who spun cotton on the hill and "carried
the price " to the Posaung hill at Kyidaunggan. The Gaudapalin is also said
to be one of Asoka's eightv-four thousand pagodas.

YA-Mfe-THIN. — A subdivision and township of the district of the same
name in the Mciktila division, with an area of about three thousand square
miles and a population in 1891 of 159,093 persons.

It is bounded on the north by Meiktila district ; on the east by the Myelat
territory of the Southern Shan Stales ; on the south by the Pyinmana sub-
division of Yami^thin district; and on the west by Magwe and Myingyan
districts. It is divided into the townships of Yamfcthin, Pyawbwfe and
Yindaw.

The greater part of it is a somewhat dry, undulating, scrub-jungle covered
plain. There are fairly productive forests under the Shan Hills on the east
and cutch was formerly grown in large quantities in the Pegu Yotnas on the
west, but the cutch jungles have been so utterly overworked as to have
nearly ceased to exist.

YA-Mfi-THIN. — A township in the subdivision and district of the same
name, including seventy-four revenue circles.

The average revenue for three years is given as —

Thatkameda
State land ...
Irrigation ...
Excise

Rs.
86,088

M83
11.500
16,585

The population numbered, according to the 1891 census, 86,779 persons,
but in 1896 tvventy-si.< revenue circles were transferred from Yamfethin to
Pyawbw& and the population was estimated at seventy-four thousand
six hundred and ninety-one. Recent details are, however, not supplied and
this is probably an under estimate.

YA-Mfi-THIN. — The headquarters town of the district of that namefn the
Meiktila Division, is the residence of the Deputy Commissioner, Assistant

376

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

r VAM-VAN

Commissioner, Battalion Commandaat of Military Policej Superintendent of
Civil Police, and other officers.

It was formerly the headquarters of the Commissioner of the Eastern
Division, now moved to Meiktila. It has a large bazaar which realizes about
four thousand rupees a year. The population in i8gi numbered four thou-
sand persons, and a Municipal Committee has been established.

The town is said to have been founded by King Anawra-hta of Pagan in

Etymoloey. *''® y^^"" ^^^ ^•^' ^'304 A.D.). The original name was

Nwa-mi-ta-thin, meaning a herd of black bullocks, as
black bullocks were said to have been found near where the present town
of Yamfithin is situated. Others, however, attribute the name to the colour
of the water. The soil is largely impregnated with nitre and other mineral
substances, and this gives the water a darkish colour, whence the name
VamethiH, or tract of black water.

There are large railway repairing shops at Yamethin.
The rainfall in the town is given as follows: —

1893
1894

1896

Inches.
43*10

34-00
1913

YA-MON-DAUNG. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, with seventeen square miles of appropriated land.

The population in i8gi numbered three hundred and sixty-nine persons,
and there were nine acres of cultivation. Paddy and t/iifsi are the chief
products. The village is thirty-nine miles from Ye-u. The thathameda
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 560. Yaraondaung is under the Taw-
gyin thugyi.

YAMTSIN.— .-K village of Chins of the Haka tribe in the Southern Chin
Hills. It lies five miles north of Rimpi on the Tash6n border, and can
be reached from Haka via Rimpi.

In 1894 it had twenty houses The resident chief was Bycnhno.

The village pays tribute to Lyenmo of Haka. It is not stockaded and
there is a plentiful water-supply.

YAMWE or ZAMUL.— A village of Chins of the Tashfin tribe in the
Central Chin Hills. It lies two miles north-west of Falam post, on the
north slope of the hills on the right bank of the Manipur river, close to the
old post. It ran be reached by a fair Chin track leading over the hill at
the back of the Falam post, two miles.

In 1804 it had one hundred and fifty houses. N&tung was its resident
chief. Yamwe is a TashAn village and is closely related to Falam. There
is a fair water-supply, and plenty of good camping-ground.

YAN-AUNG. — A village in the Taungbftn circle, Pak6kku township,
sub-division and district, with a population of fifty-four persons, according
to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,600 for 1897-98.

YAN-AUNG-MYIN.— A village of the Pyinmana subdivision of Yamfc-
thin district.

VAN]

trte UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

377

It is said to have been founded by King Thiri-dhamma Thawka and to
have been formerly called Naungpyin. it was originally two hundred fas
square and had a wall six cubits high. The situation, however, was against
it and it never seems to have prospered, though it is counted as one of the
Historv. ^''^'Z ^^^° Walled Cities of Toungoo in the year 847 B.E.

(1485). It was destroyed when Toungoo city fell and
Nat Shin Naung was captured by Thiri-dhamma Yaza. It then remained
deserted until the time of Alaungpaya, when the Peguans who happened
to be on the spot resisted the recolonization. They were easily driven out
and the result was that the old name of Naungpyin was changed to Yan-
aungpyin.

The circle in 1897 had one hundred and ninety-six houses. There were
many villages deserted in the troubles which followed on the Annexation.
How many have been resettled is not stated.

YAN-BYAN. — A village in the Ng6-do revenue circle, .^marapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west of

headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and sixty persons at the census of
1891 and paid Rs, 160 thatliameda-iai%.

YAN-DA-BO. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and forty-one persons ;
the thathameda amounted to Rs. I1134, the State lti.nd revenue to Rs. 34-14-0
and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,168-14-0.

Y.^N-DA-BO.— A small village on the eastern bank of the Irrawaddy
river, in the Myingyan township, subdivision and district.

It is famous as the village at which the treaty of Yandabo was signed,
on the 24fh of February 1826. The treaty ended the first Burmese war.
Yandabo is a large pottery village, and has a population of four hundred
and forty-one persons.

YANG-FANG. — A Chinese village of ten houses in the Ko Kang trans-
Salween circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hscn Wi (Theinni).

It li'"s west of Sa Ti Hsu, on the hill slopes falling towards the Salween,
at an altitude of 5,000 feet, and contained in 1892 sixty-three inhabitants,
whose main cultivation was poppy. Some quantity of hill rice and a good
deal of barley and Indian-corn for the manufactures of liquor were also grown,
Yang-fang is the headquarters of one. of the nine Kangs into which the
circle is divided. Sa Ti Hsu is in the Yang-fang Kang.

YAN-GIN-TAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Palheingyi township,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, including two villages.

In the circle are stone quarries. The land revenue paid by the circle
amounts to Rs. 252.

YAN-GIN-TAUNG. — A villaaie in the revenue circle of the same name,
Pathe-in-gyi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, fourteen
miles north-north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of five hundred and fifty-five persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 1,060 thathameda-lAX. Close by the village are stoug
quarries. Yan-gin-taung has a large stock of cattle and lies on a route, litlla

378

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VAN— YAT

frequented at present, over the bills into Maymyo and the Northern Shan
States.

YANG-TAW-HSAN. — A Chinese village in the Ko Kang trans-Salvveen
circle of the Northern Shan State of North Hsen Wi (Theinni). It is situated
high up in the hills overhanging the Salween and contained in 1891 twenty
houses, with a population of eighty-one souls, entirely Chinese.

They cultivated four or five hundred acres of poppy, and forty or fifty of
Indian-corn for the manufacture of liquor, which they flavour with stramonium
grown for the purpose. Besides this some cotton and hill-rice were also
cultivated. Some ponies are bred, here and the villagers owned also thirty-
five bullocks and buffaloes.

^ YANGTI or YANTUI.— A village of Chins of the Tash6n tribe in the
Central Chin Hills, [t lies five and a half miles west of Milbem and can be
reached from Fort White via Molbem.

In 1894 it had thirty houses. " The resident Chief was Lyimkam. The
inhabitants are Norns or Tash^ns and Soktes from MAlbem, and are tribu-
tary to Falam. Camping-ground and water are available.

YAN-SAN. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision of
Myingyan district.

In i895-f)6 the population numbered two hundred and thirty-five persons
and the fhathamcda amounted to Rs. 352. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YANYAUL.— A village of Chins of the S6kt6 tribe in the Northern Ciiin
Hills. It lies half a mile from and south-west of Dabfin and is reached from
Fort White through Sagyilainand Dabon.

In 1894 it had ten houses. There was no resident Chief. Lyimtum of
Dab6n has influence in the village, which is subordinate to Ooktaung, the
^6ktfc Chief.

Yanyaul is slightly stockaded. It has never been destroyed.

A stream runs through the village but the water-supply is small.

YAN-YWA. — A village in the Yan-ywa circle, Laungshe township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of PakAkku district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-three persons and a revenue of Ks. 270, in 1897.

YA-TA-N.\ RON-Xn. — A village in the Madaya township and sub-
division of M.indalay district, on the east bank of the Shweta chaung, be»
tween Madaya and Taungby6n.

It has twenty-tive houses and its population numbered in 1897 one hun-
dred persons approximately.

YA-THA. — A village in the Yatha circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and twenty-
three persons, according to the census of i8yi.
, The thatharneda amounted to Rs. 720 for 1897-98.

YA-THA. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of fifty-three persons^ according to the census of
1891, and a revenue of Rs. 160.

YA-THA. — A village in the Sheinmaga township, Shwebo subdivision
and district.

YAT-VA.W ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

379

In 1891 it had a population of eight hundred and sixteen persons and
paid Rs. 1,820 annual revenue. It has a Civil Police station.

YATLIER or YATIRR.-A viilai^e of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the
Centrril Chin Ililfs. It lies on the side of the hills east of the Kiair6n atreim
and three-quarters of a mile south of Tangai, and can be reached via Shuukia,
twelve miles.

In 1894 Tansow was its resident chief. It had fifty houses.

Yntiicr is a Yahow village, subordinate to V'annul.and pays tribute to Falam-
It is the chief of the group of the same nam:*, and is surrounded by a strong
hedge. There is good campmg->;round with plenty of water north of the
village.

YAT-SAUK.— 5f'«? under Lawk Sawk.

YAT-THA-PYA. — A village in the "Hg^-sm^w Myoma circle, Nga-singu
township, Madaya subdivision of Mandaliy district, south of Nga-singu.

It had twenty housrs and a pofiul.ition of eighty persons, on an approxi*
mate calculation, in 1897. The villaoors are coolies.

YAUNG-HE. — A revenue circle in the Lega-yaing township and suh*
division of Upper Cliindwin district, including twelve villages.

YAUNG-MA-NGA. — A circle in the Myothit toA'nship of Magwe district,
including the single village of Yaungmanga.

YAUNGTE. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
hills. l! lies six miles north west of Daratati and can be reached vid TIao,
Khwanglum and Daratati. In 181)4 ■' ^^^ sixty houses. Lumsaw was its
resident chief. It is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

YAW.— A township of the Yawdwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, is
hounded on the north by the Tilin tovviiship, on the east by the Pauk town-
ship, on the south by the Lauagshe township, and on the west by the Chin
Hills.

It has an area of eight hundred and seventy-five square miles and a
population of seven thousand seven hundred and forty-seven persons, divided
between forty-three villages. An aggregate revenue of Rs. 14,050 was de-
rived from the township in 1897. ^^^ headquarters are at Pas6k.

YAW CHAUNG. — A stream which rises in the .\rakan Yoinas, in the
west of PakAkku district, and joins the Irrawaddy river at the village of
Yawwa in that district, a few miles below Singu and a few miles above
the border wiih Minbu.

It is a stream of some size, but has not been much used for irrigation
purposes. It is not navigable, but a good deal of timber is floated down
it from forests on its upper waters ; there is a timber revenue station at
Zigati near Yawwa.

YAWBAN or YOPANG.— .\ Kachin village in Tract No. 40, Myitkyina
district, situated in 26*^ 33' north latitude and 96° 34' east longitude.

In i8ga it contained twelve houses ; the population was not known.
The headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants are of
the Marip tribe.

YAW-DWIN. — A subdivision of Pakdkku district, is bounded on the
north by the Pauk subdivision, on the east by the Pauk and PakAkku

33o

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VAW

subdivisions, on the south by Mlnbu district, and on the west by the
Chin Hills.

It consists of the townships of Yaw and Laungshe. It has an area of
one thousand four hundred and ninety-six square miles and a population
of twenty-one thousand one hundred and sixty-nine persons, divided between
one hundred and fifty-six villages. The aggregate revenue paid bjyr the
subdivision in 1892 was Rs. 44,050.

YAWLTE. — A village of Chins of the Yahow tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies south of and close to Tallekwa of Ywalpi, and can be reached
via Daratati village.

In 1894 it had thirty-five houses- The resident chief was Mongtwin.
It is subordinate to Vannul and pays tribute to Falam.

YAWNG HSUNG. — A large village in the Wa country on the western
slope of Loi Mong Hka, below the Lahu settlement of Mdng Hka.

In 1893 Yawng Hsung contained two hundred houses. It is built on
a steep slope and a stream bed passes through the middle, dividing it into
two parts. A certain amount of rice is to be had and there are great numbers
of pigs and fowls. The water-supply is good, but there is camping-ground
only for a small force. Yawng HsQng is under the authority of Sung
Ramang, and is midway between his village and Mong Hka.

YAW NG H IVE (Burmese Nyaung-ywe). — A State in the Central Division
of the Southern Shan Slates, with the following dependencies : —

Lai Hsak [Lctthet), Ang Le-Ywa [Inlcywa), Kyawk Htap {Kyauktat),
and Hsi Hkip {Tln-gyxt).

It lies approximately between parallels 21° and 21° 20' north latitude and
96° 45' and 97* 15'east longitude, and has an area of about one thousand four
hundred square miles.

It is bounded on the north by the State of Lawk Sawk and its dependency
, . . Mong Ping ; on the west by the States of Maw-Son, Poi La,

Uoundaries. ^^^ ^j„^g j^^^^^ Pang-Mi, Loi Maw and Loi Ai ; on

the south by the States of Nam Hkai, Sam Ka and the Tarn Hpak dependency
of Hsa Htang ; and on the east by the States of Hsa Htung, Wan Yin
Nawng Wawn, Nam Hkok (divided by the Nam Tarn Hpak], Ho Pong and
Maw Kong, a detached circle of Mong Nai. The present boundaries of the
State are those which existed at the time of the Annexation of Upper
Burma. It is claimed, however, [v. infra\ tliat at one time the Sawbiva of
Yawng Hwe ruled the entire country from the Hsi Paw border on the north
to Karen-ni on the south and from the border of Burma proper on the west
to the Nam Pawn on the east.

The eastern half of Yawng Hwe State consists of a broad valley run-
ning from the northern to the southern boundary. The
Natural features. most prominent physical feature in this division is the
Inle lake, a magnificent expanse of water estimated to
cover seventy square miles of area. The country is well watered through-
out by numerous streams which feed the lake.

The eastern half of the State is hilly. The Sintaung range runs north
and south throughout its entire length, its western slope is steep, but it
falls away gently to the east in grass-covered downs until it is lost in the

VAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

381

Mountains.

valley of the Nam Tam Hpak. At the foot hills in the Tarn Hpak valley
the levels are well watered by the Nam Tam Hp;ilc and its tributaries.

In the north-west and south-west corners of the State ranges of hills
occur, but the altitudes are insignificant. The principal
peaks in the Sintaung range are —

Elevation.
Myinmati ... ... ... 6464"^

Taunggvi ... ... .. 5-7 '5 C f^^ above sea level.

Loi iMfe Law ... ... ... 5'733V

Loi Pui ... ... ... 6,iioJ

The Sintaung is crossed by the Fort Stedman-Keng Tung mule road at
an altitude of five thousand five hundred feet above sea level.

The only river of any importance is the Nam Hpiiu or Balu chaung, which
rises in the south of the Hsa Mong Hkam State and
Rivefb. flows north-west throiicjh Pang Mi, then, entering Yawng

Hwe, flows in a westerly direction until it reaches the Inle lake, and ultimate-
ly drains that lake flowing southwards through Sam Ka, Nam Top, Sa Koi,
Mong Pai and Karen-ni. At its debouchure from the lake the Balu cltaungxs
rather a swamp or huge reed bed, intersected by narrow channels, tiian a
river. The valley, however, rapidly narrows and about nine miles below the
lake there is a definite channel with fairly liigii banks. Sell-acting water-
wheels are used to irrigate the country along its course. Following the Balu
from the lake up to the westwards boats of light burden can reach Ang I eng
(Indetnwiy^) On its southern course the Balu takes all the traffic between
Fort Stedman and Loi Kaw in Karen-ni.

The Nam Mong Hsao or Taw Yaw chaung ^X-axws the northern circle of
Yawng Hwe and flowing almost due south empties its waters into the Inle
lake. The Mong Hsao is only navigable for light boats for about fourteen
miles from its mouth.

The geological formation in Yawng Hwe is limestone. No minerals of

value occur. In the dependency of Kyawk Htap lead-

beo o-jy mining operations were in former times carried out by

native miners, but the mines have not been worked for some time past.

Sulphur is also found in Kyawk Htap on the northern border of the State,

but is not worked.

There are no forests of any commercial value. Teak is not found.
On the uplands varieties of tiie oak are plentiful
in the valleys the bamboo is the must valuable tree.
Throughout the Slate the genus /{rw.f abounds and grows to a great size ; jack,
mango, pomegranate, cocoanut and tamarind trees are also very plentiful.
In the north pint occurs.

For remarks on climate, v/'^/c separate notes on Fort Stedman and Taung-
p.. gyi. The remarks regarding Fort Stedman apply gcn-

""^ ' erally to the Yawng Hwe valley ; those regarding Taung-

gyi to the Sintaung uplands.

In olden times the Shan States were spoken of by the Burmese as the
Nine Cities or Countries. Of these Yawng Hwe was one,
and the Yawng Hwe Satobvua claimed thirty-nine States
as subordinate to bis authority. The ancient boundaries certainly far over>

are
Forests.

History.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YAW

stepped the limits of the present State and practically the Southern Shan
States were at one time divided between Yawng Hwe and Mong Nai, the line
between the two principalities being the Nim Pawn, the Pun chaung.

The 5"flv^a//7 of Yawng Hwe claims descent from King Bainna-kayit of

Tagaung, in whose reign 'l"agaung was sacked by the

Old capitals. Chinese and its inhabitants immigrated to the Shaa

States. The first Snwbwa is said to have built at this

time a large city which was called Kawthanbi Myo (Kaw Hsam Hpi)

on a site north of the present town of Yawng Hwe.

Here many succeeding Sawbwas reigned, until the Chinese came down in
the reign of King Alaung-sithu, grandson of Nawra-hta of I'agan, and des-
troyed the city. After ihe destrui.tion of Kawthanbi Myo two towns were
established in the lake, Mong Hsawk (Maing-thauk) and Thal&-u. Ii is said
that the area of the lake was then much smaller than it is now ; and at the
present time the remains of house posts can be seen far below the surface of
the water, and are evidence of an ancient indaw-ywa.

The present town of Yawng Hwe was established in 721 Fi.E. (1359 A.D.),
during the lime of the Ciiief Si Seng Hpa. In his reign
two brothers from Tavoy came and look service under
him ; they were called Nga Taung and Nga Naung.
With the permission and assistance of the Sawbtoa the two brothers went
to Tavoy and brought up thirty-six households to Yawng Hwe.

These people originally settled at Nan The, north of Yawng Hwe, and
gradually spread southwards until they peopled almost the entire Lake
district Their d<scendants are the Inthas, who now comprise about forty
per cent, of the entire population.

The following chiefs succeeded Si Seng Hpa:—

1359. Yawngwe.
The Tavoy settlement.

B.E.

in 796
in 839
in SSo
in 919
10936

A.D.

"434

1477

1518

1557

'574

Hso Seng Hpa

Hsd Hun^ Hpa

Hso Yawk Hpa

Sao M.iw HIcam ... ...

Kang H6m Hpa

Kang Horn Hpa died without male issue and was succeeded by his grand-
son Sao Htot. in 970 BE. (1608 A.D), the State being managed during
the minority of the latter by a lady, Nang Nawn PC;, the wife of one Hso
Hkam (that is to say, since Hs6 Hkam is merely a title, the last Sawbwa).

Sao Htoi was succeeded by his son Sao Hkam in 977 B.E. (1615), who
died in the same year, the administration of the State again reverting to
Nang Nawn P^.

On Nang Pfe's death the State was without a ruler for abdut twelve years,
when it was found that a grandson of a former SawSwj lived in Mong Mit,
his mother being a daughter of that house. This boy, Sao Awiig Hkam, was
called to the Sawbwash'ip at the age of fifteen years. Dinficulties in the
5Ucce.«sion did not occur again until the .\nnc\ation of Upper Burma. The
following Chiefs succeeded Sao Awng Hkam :—

B.E. A.D.

Sao Kang HAm Hpa ... ... in to2o ;65S

HsuWa... ... ... ... in 1025 1663

Kyundaung Sa .,, ... ,.. in 1049 1687

YAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

383

B.E.

A.D

in 1057

tfos

in to95

1733

in 109S

1737

in 1108

1746

in 1 120

1758

in 1120

«7S8

in ri23

1761

in 1124

1762

in it77

|8J5

in 1214

iSsa

in 1220

1858

in 1226

1864

Hkam Leng

Htawk Sha Sa ,„

Hsi T6ti Sa

HkeHsaWa

Naw Mong

Yawt Hkam

Hpang Hpa Ka-sa ...

Sao Yun ... ...

SaoU ..
Sao S6 Hdm
Sao Naw Hpa
Sao Mawng

With the accession of Sao Mawng, authentic detailed history begins.

Sao Mawng had lost his father by assassination when he

Auihendc History. was a child of five years old. He was taken to Mandalay

with his mother and adopted by King Mind6n and lived

in the Palace. Sao Naw Hpa was really reger.t during Sao Mawng's minor->

ity. About twelve years after Sao Ma\vng's adoption by King Mind^n, Sao

Naw Hpa became involved in a conspiracy with the Einshe Min and the king

sent an army of five thousand men to Yawng Hwe. After three or four months

fighting Sao Naw Hpa was defeated but escaped to Toungoo; thence he

went to Rangoon 'and joined the Myingun Prince, with whom he went to

Karen-ni. He afterwards went to Siam and is believrd to have died in that

country.

Sao Mawng then assumed charge of Yawng Hvve, on the 8th Labyi-gyaw
of Thaditi-gyut 1226 B.E. (23rd October 1864). He
1864. Sao Mawng. vvas then seventeen years of age, and Yawng Hwe ap-
pears to have been free from trouble till 1685 A.D.,
when, during his absence on a visit to the King at .Vlandalay, his cousin
Saw Chit Su collected men to attack him. On Sao Mawns^'s return an en-
gagement took place at a place called f^oi Htan, east of Yawng Hwe town,
in which Sao Mawng was wounded in both legs. He retired with his forces
to Yawng Hwe town and later in the same day to Kyawk Htap.

From here he sent for Sao On, an elder half brother, then Myosa of Ang

Teng (Indeiii), and went down to Burma to recover from

1889. Sao On. his wounds, leavinii Sao On to get b;ick the Stale from

Sao Chit Su and manage affairs generally till his return.

Sao On found but little difficulty in ousting Sao Chit Su, and took charge of

the Stale.

This happened immediately after the occupation of .Mandalay by the British.
Sao Chit Su had been a supporter of the Linibin Prince, and Sao On by
driving out Sao Chit Su was thus thrown into direct opposition to the Limbin
Prince, and in a short time the whole force of the Confederacy banded
together to drive him out. In the meantime Sao On overlooked his promise
to restore the State to Sao Mawng on the latter being cured of his wounds.
He assumed the Sawbwnsh'x^ and appealed to the British for protection

3^4

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VAW

against the Limbin Confederacy. To support him and to establish authority

February 1887 '" ^^^ Shan States, a force was assembled at Hlaingdet

Entry of British in December 1886, which ultimately marched into Yawng

troops into Yawng Hwe on the loth February 1887, ^meeting met with com-

^^^- parativt'ly little opposition Sao On beingr jn possession

was recognized by the British Government as Sawbwa of Yawng Hwe and

Sao Mawng was granted a pension. Sao On ruled till his death on the 6th

May 1897.

Sao On's son, Sao Maw Hkam, and Sao Mawng (the original Sawbwa)

c ,, contested the succession, and Sao Mawng was reinstated

1897. Sao Mawng. . .• o » u- • ti.
" in the Sawbwasn\^ in the same year.

The following is the translation of a Royal Order issued to Yawng Hwe
in 1808 (1170B.E.):—

^' Myosas and other officials resident within the jurisdiction of Nyaung
Shwe Myo, who have not rendered special service, will for the future not
be appointed to the charge of a State like other Sattbwas and Myosas.
They will be placed under the immediate orders of the Nyaung Shwe Sarn-
bwa. Should ihpy dislinguii.h themselves by exceptional services, these will
be recognized and rewarded.

"The limits of Nyaung Shwe State are hereby declared to be, on the
east the Pbn chai/tig and Mon& State; on the south Mobyfe and Toungoo ;
on the west the Sittang and Ilpaunglaung rivers, Hlaing Det and Ya-
mfethin ; on the north the Myit-ng6, Thibaw and Momeit, as shown in the
map submitted by the Nyaung Shwe Sawbwa. "

" Afipoinlment orders of all subordinate ranks are hereby withdrawn.
Such appointments are now vested in the Nyaung Shwe Sawbwa.

Tbe only edifices of any archaeological interest are the Shwe Andein and

. .. Shwe Thandaung pagodas. The Shwe Andeinwas built by

n iqui les. Dhamma Thawka Ali'n, who allotted land and slaves for

its service. Later Anawra-hta renovated it. The following kings subse-

^quently endowed it with slaves and land : —

MinyS Kyawswa.

Mingaung.

Sinbyushin.

Naya-pati Sithu.

Saw Mingy i.

Mo-hnyin Mintaya-gyi Minye.

At the present day a small pagoda about fifteen feet high is pointed out
as the original building. This is situated to the west of the principal edifice.
The hill on which the pagoda stan'ds is covered with pagodas, mostly unpre-
tentious, the groups numbering in all one thousand four hundred. A
masonry staircase, saungdaung, with a wooden roof, leads from the plain
to the pagoda, a distance of about a quarter of a mile. An annual festival is
held in the waning of Thndingyut (November) and is very largely attended.
The Shwe Thandaung pagoda is said to have been built by King Anaw*
ra-bta in 379 B.K. (1017 A.D.). Anawra-hta personally selected the site dur-
ing a Royal tour and apportioned land for the benefit of the pagoda. Naya-
f;ati Sithu Min also became a patron and presented land and slaves, as
ikewisc did the King of Ava, in 1147 b.E. (1785 A.D.), on the gth waning
of Thadingyut (October). The pagoda is an insignificant building and is
now considerably out of repair. Originally the pagoda slaves numbered five

YAWJ

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

385

hundred ; about twenty households only are now set apart for its service.
The festival is held during the waxing of TmaungtnSn (November) and
attracts numbers of people.

Rice is the staple product of the State ; in several districts every available
Cultivation ^'"'^^ '^ under cultivation. The most fertile paddy land

is found near the InI6 lake. Early rice {kaukyin) is the
main crop, and planting continues as late as .May. In a few districts, where
paddy land is scarce, a second crop is taken oft the fields after the early
paddy has been reaped. But this second crop is always poor. In the
Thalt-u circle, on the west bank of the lake, where the custom of twice crop-
ping the same field obtains, thp yield of early rice is as high as forty and
lifly-four, but the snil is gradually becoming less fertile, .Along the northern
shore of the lake and in the marsh around the capital town the land is gene-
rally poor, and after the crop has been reaped, the fields are quickly covered
with a rank overgrowth of slimy green weed. Here, and all along the course
of the Balu chaung, many acres of cultivated land are under low-water level.
Whfn the lake is nearly at its lowest, they are laboriously baled out and
the water confined to channels running in every direction. Most of the fields
of this class are worked by hand, Instead of ploughing, the grass and weeds
are cut with a dha and the soil stirred about till it is in a condition to receive
the seed.

fn addition to rice, the land round the lake produces good crops of sugar-
cane ; several villages cultivate nothing else. The cane is crushed in a
mill turned by a buffalo, boiled and made into kyantaga. The wholesale
price of kyantaga ranges from Rs. 10 to Rs. 15 the 100 viss.

Betel-vine gardens are numerous and betel-vines usually fringe the irriga-
tion channels. The price of the leaf varies greatly, according to the season
and supply, being sometimes 6 annas and sometimes as high as Rs. 2-8-0
per 10 vtss.

In the belt lying above the paddy-land and under the hills bounding the
valley earthnuts are the principal crop. The highest yield in good years
is a hundred-fold. Earthnuts fetch a wholesale price of from Rs. 6 to Rs. 8 for
ten baskets, and the oil Rs. 4 to Rs. 7 per ten viss.

Above the earthnut-yielding belt,the ground is generally rocky and, where
cultivated, is usually laid out in plantain gardens. On the highest slopes of
the hills are the ordinary paddy taungyas, with a thin sprinkling of vege-
tables, some thanatpet, and where there is a stream for irrigation, onion and
pea gardens.

These remarks apply to the Yawng Hwe valley. In the Eastern Lircles,
where the country is hilly, mixed farming is fairly general, though, of
course, many of the cultivators depend <3nly on their rice crop. This
is especially the case with the Shan population of the Tarn Hpak valley,
where little else is raised. The Taungthus grow most of the cotton and
earthnuts, and here as cIs'. .vhere are good gardeners. The special agricul-
tural feature of the Eastern circles is the gariic crop. Peas and beans
usually border the garlic beds, and onions are also grown. The yield of
garlic is R.^, 250 to Rs. 300 for every 100 cloves sown.

Of late years wheat has been a very successful crop in the Yawng Hwe
valley. The cultivation was introduced by Mr. Hildebrand, the first Super-
intendent.

386

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YAW

Industries.

In 1893 the population o[ Yawng Hwe was returned
Population. at eighty-one thousand three hundred and eighteen

persons.

Adults. Children.
Male ... ... ... 20,034 191270

Female ... ... 24,547 i/-^^?

v^ .^^ '

Si,3«8
The races were : inthas, TaungthuS) Shans, Taunffhyos, Danus, Burmans,
Danaws, and a few Chinese and natives of India. The Inthas form about
forty f>er cent, of the total population and. as the name [Se lake dweller)
implies, they are found mostly in the Lake circles. Taungthus follow the
Inthas in point of number and are found in the upland districts. Shans
are most numerous in the capital town and in the plains lying to the north
of the capital in Lai Hsak. and along the course of the Nam Tarn Hpak.
There is also a fair sprinkling of Shans in the South Lake district and in
Hsi Hkip. Taungyos are most numerous in the northern and headquarters
divisions, whilst the Danus are mostly found in the north.

Bullock traders are most numerous in the capital town, in the Kyawk Htap
and Hai Wo {Heho) circles, in the district on the eastern
slope of the Sintaung range, and in Hsi Hkip. I'hey still
rely on pack bullocks. Carts are for the most part only used for transport
within the State, and the carrying (cart) trade on the Government road is
altogether in the hands of Burmans from the plains. In the Lake region all
trade is naturally carried on by boat. The principal bazaars are at Taw
Yaw (Ba-wethat) Yawng Hwe town, Mong Hsawk Thandaung, Ang Tetig
(Indein), Nam Pan, Taungdo, and Kyaukdaing.

A list of the chief products of the State and of such imported articles as
are commonly met with is given below, with the average prices.

The most noteworthy industry is the ^\eaving of silk and cotton which is
carried on in the Lake villages. Nam Pan, and the neighbourhood in the
south, are the principal seats of the silk manufacture ; the villages north of
the lake and in the swamp near the capital town of the cotton spinning
and weaving. The raw silk used comes from Burma, Siam and China, the
latter brought by Panthay caravans. /'u«jj^/ robes and pasos are made, but
petticoats arc the garments usually woven. The patterns of these arc of tun
very intricate, interwoven with gold and silver thread, and the colours plejis-
jngly arranged. The ordinary silk tamcin sells at from Rs. i-8-o to Rs. 3.

In a few of the villages near the capital town the sale of homespun cotton
cloth is the main source of income, the men apparently doing little lo provide
for the household expenses. Cotton coats and trousers are also largely
made in the villages on the lake and on the Balu river : these are either left
white or are dyed with indigo.

Parabaiks and Shan-i'aper umbrellas and brass-lined betel-boxes are made
in the South Lake district. The Lake population and many of the river vil-
lages, as is natural, support themselves by fishing. Nets (both cast and cham-
ber), all kitids of bamboo baskets and traps, spears, and hook-and-line are
u&ed. Fresh fish sells at from 4 annas to 8 annas the viss. A coarse kind of
ngapi\s made, which fetches from Rs. 2 to Rs. 4 the 10 viss, according to
quality and the demand. A mixture of rice and fish [ngachin) finds a ready
sale at from 12 annas lo Re. i per 10 viss.

YAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.
Baaaar Prices at Yavong Hwe, in i8g8.

3^7

Paddy ...
Rice ...
Groundnuts
Sugar {kyantaga).,.
Sessamum
Cotton ...
Garlic ...
Onions
Tobacco
Fish (fresh)
JVgapi (Shan)
Dried fish
Chillies
Tamarind
Betel leaves
Silk tamtin
Silk Idngyi
Silk and cotton (mix-
ed) tamein.
Cotton Idngyi
Chatties (ordinary)
Goglets (earthen)...
Cooking pots
Bamboo hats
Leather sandals ...
Brass lime boxes ...
Brass lime boxes ...
Shan, bags
Shan bags .
Shan bags
Shan bags
Lac ...
Indigo
Parabaiks
Shan paper
Plantains
Plantains
Plantains

Fines

Custard-apples
Water-melons
Oranges
Cocoanuts
Thatch ..
Thatch...
Scssamum oil
Groundnut oil
Cocoanut oil
Gram ...

Tobacco {langko) ...
Tobacco {langko) ...
Betelnuts

Per basket

ditto
Per lo-baskets .•
Per 100 viss ...
Per basket
Per ID viss

ditto
Per viss
ditto
ditto
Per 10 viss

ditto
Per loo viss ...

ditto
Per loviss
Each
do.
do.

do.

do< ...

do.

do.
Per loo viss ...
Per viss
Each

Per i,ooo sheets
Per bunch
difto
ditto
For 12
For 13
Each
Per viss

Each , ...
Per loo

ditto

Per 10 viss

ditto

Per basket

Per lo viss

do.
Per loo viss ...

Grown in State.

According lo size.

Large.

Small.

Made in Yawng Hwe.

Made in Ngwe daung.

Inferior quality.

Best.
Inferior.

Best.
Medium.

H 388 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. ^vaw ^|

^^^^P

Quantity.

Pricies.

Remarks. ^^|

^^H Shan dha

Each

1 3 to 2

Large. ^H

^^H Shan dhas

do.

1 4 to I 8

Medium. ^^|

^^H Shan dluis

do.

6 to 100

Small. ^H

^^M Ploughs

la to 1

^^H

^H Iron ...

Per 10 viss

4 to 4 8

Steel. ^H

^^H Raw silk

Per viss

ao u to 22

^^^1

^^M Betel-boxes

Each

I to a 00

^H Betel-boxes

6 to 8

Medium. ^^H

^H Straw hats

do.

8 to 10

^^1 Straw hats

do.

2 8 to 4

Medium. ^^|

^H Velvet (cotton) ...

Per cubit

4 to 5

^^H

^H Velvet (silk)

do.

12 to 1

^^1

^B Needles

Per packet

1 to I 6

Large. ^H

^H Needles

ao.

6 to

Small. ^H

^H Thread

Each reel

1 to 2

Best qu,nlily. ^^|

^H Thread

do. ...

3 to

Common. ^^H

^H Matches

Per packet

I to u 2

^^^^1

^H Culch (for eating)...

Per viss

ID to 1 00

^^1

^H Tea (dry)

do.

2 to 2 S

^^^

^H Z.f//>f^ ...

do.

12 to 1 4

^^^

^m Salt ...

Per 100 viss ..

15 to 25

^^^

^H Kerosene oil

Per tin

to 5

^^H

^H Condensed milk ...

Per to tins

4 to 5

^^^

^^P Thaniitpet

Per 100 leaves...

4 to 6

Large. ^H

^^H Thanatpei ...

do.

3 to 4

Medium, ^^1

^^H Thanatpet

do.

2 to 3

Small. ^^H

^H The rice-measures in use differ considerably. The Lake basket (««- ^H

^H laung) has 24 A^ij of 125 viss to the l>yt. In the capital town there are ^H

^H only 20 byis to the basket, but here the hyi is i-6o viss. There are other ^H

^H differences in other districts, and quotaHons of prices by the '' basket" are ^H

^H of little value without precise information as to the number of byis to the ^^|

^H basket and the weight per byi. ^^|

^H In Burmese times Yawng Hwe was assessed to thathameda and paid Rs. ^^|

^^^^ 89,5oo^fr awwMwas tribute to Mandalay. No statistics ^H

^^^^fc Revenue. as to the actual receipts by the Chief from the State in ^H

^^^^T Burmese times arc available. ^H

^V For the quinquennial period ending 1897 the State paid an annual tribute ^H

^H of Rs. 40,000. The gross revenue of Yawng Ihve is about one lakh, and ^H

^H the annual tribute, setlkd for the period 1898 — 1902, is Rs. 50,000. The ^H

^H Sawbwa submits a budget of his receipts and expenditure annually for the ^H

^^^^ sanction of the Superintendent and Political Officer, ^H

^^^^1 Summary of yawn^ Hvse budget for the year iSgy-gS. ^^H

^^^^H ^^^H

^^^^^B Thathameda ... ... ... ... 50,779 ^^^^|

^^^B tax ... ... ... ... 5,4ao ^^^1

^^^^^ Fishery tax ... ... ... .,, 5,760 ^^^H

^^^^^ft Cess for officials ... ... ... ... 34,188 ^^^H

^^^^B^ ... 96,147 ^^H

YAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

389

Hill and lowland field tax {Va-kan and Le-kun), in
paddy.

Expenditure.

Tribute

Salaries of officials (State) ...

Works of public utility

Cess for circle officials

Police ...

Repairs to jail

Sawbwa's expenses ... ...

Baskets.
25.539

Total

... 96,147

The Ya-kun and Le-kun are appropriated to the last head. In 1893 'he
State was divided into eighty-one circles for revenue administration, contain-
ing eight hundred and fifty-eight villages and a total of 16,420 houses, with an
estimated population of 81,318 persons. The area of land under cultivation
was roughly estimated as follows : —

Acres.
Lowland rice fields ... ... ... 17,910

Other field cultivation and taungyas ... ... 13,837

Garden land ... ... ... ... 1,434

Total

The number of cattle was-

BufTaloes

Oxen, cows, &c. ...

Pack and cart bullocks

Ponies...

33>'7«

Head.
8.558

8,908 >

4,304> '3.»"
573
There were forty-five carts in the State and 4,603 boats.

The following list shows the circles, with the numbers of villages and
houses in each. The population is now believed to number about 96,000
persons : —

Serial
No.

Name of circle.

Number of
villages.

Number of
houses.

Myoma

770

Taunggyi Myo, bazaar quarter ...

Taungjfyi, cooly village
NamThi ...

343

Hkaungdaing

192

KyeSaing ...

247

Taungbo-gyi

In, North ...

Let-maung-gw&

'i*

TaYaw ...

YalPai ...

106

390

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YAW.

Serial
No.

Name of circle.

Number of
villages.

Number of
hours.

Taung-che ,.,

130

Myinsakun ...

Ti Law

248

»s

Loi Kaw

269

KdnSflt ...

315

KetKu

467

NawngKi ...

«7

3>7

NaHf

362

A-thdn-daw...

»74

Naungpyit ...
ThanSaing...

360

261

LAnka ... ... ... ...

K6n Paw ...

119

Naungpalan
Hpa Mun ...

Loi Kawng ...

Nam Si

139

Naungle ...

239

3»

Taunggyi ...
TaungHian ...
Thandfe

III
167

169

Sinchaung ...

106

Kunldn

341

Nam Hawng

24s

Loi Taw ...

301

WetY6k ...

4 "

Taungni

Mingala

Paw Mu

333

Bam Kwfe ...

146

Naung In ...

■ 9

Sinnfe

S&I6

loi

Matng Thaw, East

Maing Thaw, West ...

103

Ha Ho

456

Thigaung ...

»7

303

Kalaw

no*

Kyun-gyi ...

397

Lin Kin

380

Min-gyaung
Ngoti

354

294

Nwa-dama ...

355

Thabye-bin ...

436

Mainglhauk

518

ThalfeU ...

459

Taungdo ...

308

InpawkAn ...

Kye-paw-kdn

43>

Ywa-gyi

240

Tha-le

383

Indein

486

Tdnlai

322

Ka-Ie-gyi ...

140

KaLeNgai

117

* Transferred in February 1898 to the State of Hsa M6ng Hkam.

*YAW]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

391

Serial
No.

Name of circle.

Number of
villages.

Number of
houiB.

- 67

Bam PA

Pyinlun

»33

Nauk-yatkyi

ID.?

She-yatkyi ...

Nga-pai4ryaung

222

In-chan ... ... k.

310

Nam Hpu ...

74
75

Maingpyo ...
Nam Pan

8
5

169
201

Naungtaw ...

336

Inya

317

Keng Hkam...

Kyauktaing ...

183

Kyaukta ...- ... ... ...

399

Let Thet

382

Thi-gyit Myoma

Mi-thwe-gyaung

Paya-byu

«7

156

Paya-nga-su ...

I "3

Myindwin

Naung-pun ...

UiTi

Total

972

I9.«4«

The following list, submitted in 189 1, shows the various officers under
the Sawbvia with the monthly salaries paid.
Younger brothers and Kyemmong [Heir Apparent) —

I..ai Hsak Myoaa (brother)
Ang Teng Myoea (brother)
Kyemmong

Total

150

200
200

550

Judicial OMcers —

Amni U Po
Amat U Hmaing
i4wa* Myogan, U Waing
Myogan Atwinwutt, U Pyaing ...
Amaitauk, U Po ...
Amnitauk, U Aung ...
Maung Po

Judicial Clerk, Chin Yauk
Collector of Court-fees, Maung Po
Clerk, Cn Bu
Jailor
Court peons, five at Rs. 10 each

100
100

luo

50
50
SO
30
30
30

30
20
50

Total

630

393

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tYAW

Revenue Officers —

Amattauk, U Bwin ...

...

••.

Amattauk, A Tun ...

...

••

Atwinvun, U Maung

...

... so

Thandavsin, U Kye Hmyin

...

»•

... so

Collector of transit dues. On

GainET

... 30

„ Maung Tin

■•

... 35

Akunwun, U Po

•••

Clerk, Maung Myat...

• ••

••

M Maung Ch6k„.

• ••

••

Revenue Clerk, Maung PAk

■ •<

■«

„ Maung U*

• ■•

„ Maung Hla

•••

Clerk of the granary, Maung

Kan

» Maung

Kaing

••

... IS

Tota

1 ... 430

Officials of the interior—

Windav-hmu Atwittwun

,,.

... 50

Atvinieun

•••

... 50

Akyidavi ...

«••

... 50

Clerk

...

Head page

•••

• •

... 20

Myinwun

•••

• •

Badaso ...

•••

• «

... 2S

Treasurers, two at Rs. 20 each ...

... 40

Peons, two at Rs. lo each

•••

Total

395

All the officials in the State hold their appointments at the pleasure of
the Sawbwa.

In the districts the district officials are hengs and Atamdngs, who are
responsible under the Court officials for the collection of revenue.

YAWNG HWE.— -The capital of the State of the same name in the
Southern Shan States. It is situated in latitude 20° 39' 28" north longitude
96° 5b'. 22*^ east, and is the residence of the Sawbwa. It lies low, in the
centre of the Yawng Hwe valley, and is surrounded by wet cultivation.

The town is divided into eleven quarters and contains seven hundred and
seventy houses. A good water>way connects Yawng Hwe with the Inl^ lake.
'J he Government cart-road from Thazi to Fort Stedman passes through
the town.

Yawng Hwe is said to have been established by Hsi Hseng Hpa, the Chief
of the State, in 721 B. E. (1359 A. D.). Yawng Hwe was then a walled city,
but the walls have now for the most part disappeared.

Notwithstanding the Shan belief that the Yawng Hwe lake- was for-
jj. merly of much smaller dimensions than it is now, it is

^' practically certain that it was really very much more

extensive : indeed old legends represent it as extending to Maw Li Hsat
(Ta Yaw) and there are the traces of a large fortified town iu the neigh"
bourhood of that place. It may, however, be doubted whether it was a
Shan town. A characteristic of the place is the old earthen pipe bowls,
which are even now dug up in considerable numbers. These are quite
black with age and are frequently mounted in silver by local artizans.

YAW-YAZ ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

393

Modern Yawng Hwe is probably the least pretentious of all the large Shan
capitals. A long causeway running through the paddy-land to the north
qonnecls it with Maw Li Hsat. On this stands a pagoda erected by Sao
On, the late sawbaw, to mark the spot where he first met the British troops
and the first British officers of the Shan States.

YAVVNG LAWNG,— A petty \Va State lying between Na Fan, Sung
Ltrng, Loi Liin, Tawng Lawng and Ngek Hting, and on friendly terms with
all of them, but not subordinate.

The Chief has twice signified formal acceptance of British authority, in
i8'^3 and in 1897, and on each occasion has presented fragments of silver
and tribute. Except the village of Yawng Lang, of about twenty houses,
on ihe road from Na Fan to Sung Lorg, no part of the State has been
visited and its area is not known, but it cannot be extensive. There are
said to be four Chiefs. The most important of these is the Hko Hkam,
who lives at Yawng Lawng North, which has sixty houses. South Yawng
Lawng has about a hundred households, and another Chief lives at Yawng
Lik, which is nearly as large. It is this latter Ramang who has been tlie
spokesman as far as British parties arc- concerned.

YAWNG Lfi. — A considerable village in the Mang Hscng district of
Mang Lon Northern Shan State, it stands at a height of about five
thousand feet, at the pnint where .\lijt Hai, Mang flseng and Ngek filing
meet, and has latterly been continuously occupied by an armed force on
account of the disturbed condition of VVa affairs.

Yawng L^ is open on the north-west side but is otherwise surrounded by
forest and bamboo and scrub-jungle. Two tracks lead into the village, one
from the north from Ngek Hting, SOng Long and Loi Liin, and one from
the south-south-east from the various parts of Mang Lon State. The vil-
lage is surrounded on alt sides by a stockade six feet high, made of small
round pl.mks about three inches in diameter, many of them very old and
rotten. There is no extent of camping-ground, but the water-supply is fair
in amount and good in quality. In i8g6 one or two stockades hidden in
the jungle i:ommanded the road to the north-east,

YAVVN YUl. — A village in the Ha Kang ot Mid Mong Ha circle of the
Northf^rn Shan State of South Hsen Wi.

It is under the headman of Hang Taw Maw and is not far from that village.

There were in March 1^92 eii^ht houses, with a population of forty-five
persons. Paddy cultivation is the chief industry.

YAW-\VA. — A village in the Yaw-wa circle, Seikpyu township, PakAkku
subdivision and district, with a population of one thousand eight hundred
and seventy-eight persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 320 for 1897-98.

YA-ZA-GYO (East). — A revenue circle in the Ka-le township and sub-
division of Upi>er Chindwin district.

Its population in 1891 numbered three nundred and sixty-two persons,
and the revenue was Rs. 73?.

Yaza-gyo village was the ancient capital of almost forgotten Kings, as

jj. it was in more recent years of the Sa-u<bwa. After the

^^' Annexation it was selected as the headquarters of the

Ka-!e-Kabaw subdivision, but owing to its isolated position was given'up

in favour of Ka-lewa in 1893.

394

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

kZ-YEB

It is at present divided into the two villages of East and West Yaza-gyo,
each village having a separate thugyi.

The Sawhiva's palace was allowed to fall into disrepair by Maung Pa Gyi,
and it has now been pulled down, except one wing, which is used as a
Government rest-house.

YA-ZA-GYO (West). — A revenue circle in the Ka-le township and sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district.

The population in i8gi numbered three hundred and forty-four persons,
and the revenue was Rs. 798,

YA-ZA-GYO. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, nine miles from Ye-u town.

The population numbers ninf-ty persons, and there are twenty-eight acres
cultivated, chiefly with paddy. The thathamcda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 230.

YE-AUNG. — A large circle in the Magwe tounship and district.

A magnesia spring issues from the cliff along which the circle lies and is
famed to be a cure for leprosy and deadly to all living creatures. Actual
demonstration fails to persuade the villagers that the waters are not
poisonous.

YE-AUNG CHA UNG. — A stream in the Pyinmana subdivision of Yame-
thin district. It rises at Ngu-bin K6kkaing and flows past Pahvfe Shansu
village into the PaUvc- dialing. It has a length of two thousand tas and a
depth of four or five cubits.

YE-BAW-MI. — A revenue circle in the Uyu township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including nine villages.

YE-BIN. — A circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Yebin is the only village in the circle and is situated six miles south of
Pyintiia, and has a population of one hundred and ten persons, according to
the census of l8f)l- TIte thathameda paid for iSg6 amounted to Rs. 130.
The villagers cultivate the groundnut.

YE-BOK. — A revenue circle in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin
district, including tlie villages of \eb6k, Bein, Nwegyaung, Autig-chanlha
and S&gyi, with nine hundred and twenty-one inhabitants. It lies in the
south of the township, near the North Yama creek.

Faddy, Jowar, sessamum and peas arc cultivated. The revenue for 189G.
97 amounted to Rs. 2,020, from thathameda.

YE-BOK. — .\ revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district, con-
taining in 1897 three villages with one hundred and eight houses.

The annual average revenues were : thathameda Rs. 990, kuukkyi Rs. 49,
mayin Rs. 71, and taungya Rs. 36.

Yebfik village is about six miles from the township headquarters, on the
right bank of the IrrawadHy river, below Katha. A good deal of earthen-
ware, mostly in the form of cooking and flower-pots, is manufactured at
and Yebok M&zani villages.

YE-BOK. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe district
includitig the single village of Pagang6n.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER,

395

YE-B6k. — A village in the Mondaw revenue circle, Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district; eleven miles south-east of head-
quarters.

It had a population of two hundred and twenty persons at the census of
l8(ji, ainJ paid Rs. 370 thathametiaAax.

YE-B()K. — A village in the Ku-hna-ywa township, Gaii^jaw subdivision
of Pakfikku district, with a population of seventy-three persons, according
to the census of 1891.

The thathamedit amounted to Rs. 100 for 1897-98.

YE-BOK. — A village in the Ycb6k circle, Laung-she township, Yawdwin
subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of seventy-seven persons,
and a revenue in 1897 of Rs. 140.

YE-r.Olv. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-six persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 303.

YE-BOK. — A village in the Yebok circle, Seikpyu township, Pak6kkn
subdivision and district, with a papulation of two hundred and sixiy^one
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of f<s. 560.

YE BU-DA-LIN.— A revenue circle in the Pudalin tovvcship of Lower
Chindvvin district, comprising the villages of Ye Budalin, Shan-de-gaing,
Ko-gyaung, Kyatka-le, Ywa-thit, Ma-gyi-gan and Chaung-wa, with one thou-
sand four hundred and twenty-seven inhabitants. It lies on the left bank
of the Chindwin river.

The Myatheindan pagoda festival is held annually in October.

YE-BYAN-GA-I.E. — A village to the west of Shwegu, in the subdivision
of that name of Bhamo district.

It contains eight houses. The villagers are poor, and own very few cattle.

YE-BYAN-GYI. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 1, Bhamo district, situ-
ated in 2!^ 13' north latitude and 96' 49' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained forty-five houses, with a population of two hundred
and twenty-eight persons. The headman has no others subordinate to hira.
The inhabitants are Shan- Burmese and Burmese, and own no cattle.

YE-BYI — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe district, in-
cluding the village of Yebyi only.

YE-BYU A-L£. — A village in the Ye-byu circle of Pangtara State, Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States.

It lies in the west of the State and in 1897 contained thirty-seven houses,
with a population of two hundred and forty persons, who paid Rs. 238
annual revenue. Yebyu is the centre of the pine-apple cultivation of the
State.

YE-DAING. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and seventeen persons,
and the thathamcda amounted to Rs, 708. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YE-DAW. — A village in the Nga-singu township, .M adaya subdivision of
Mandalay district, south of Si-thi-ywa.

w 396

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEEK.

The village lias one hundred and thirty houses : the population number-
ed in 1897 five hundred and twenty persons approximately. The villagers
are traders and cultivators.

YE-DEIN. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
districtj with a population of one hundred and fifty-four persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 380.

YE-DU. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and twenty five persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 160.

Y£-DUT. — A village in the Thayet-tabin circle, Pathein-gyi township,
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of one hundred and thirty-seven persons at the
census of 1891. It is situated seven miles north of headquarters.

YE-DWET. — A revenue circle and village with one thousand five hundred
and ninety-six inhabitants, in the north of the Budalin township of LoM-er
Chindwin district, on the main road from M6nywa to Ye-u, eleven miles
from Budalin.

The village is noted for its pottery. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted
to Rs. 2,890, from thathamcda.

YE-DWET. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura
subdivision of Mandalay district.

Yedwet is the only village in the circle and is situated fourteen-and-a-half
milesnorth-north-east of headquarters. It had a population of two hundred
and thirty-five persons at the census of i8gi, and puid Rs. 470 thathamcda-
tax and Rs. 463 land revenue.

YE-DWET. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and sixty persons, according to
the census of 189!, and a revenue of Rs. 350.

YE-DWIN. — .'\ revenue circle in the Sale township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and ninety persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,008 ; no land revenue was collected in
the circle.

YE-DWIN-GAUNG. — A village of one hundred and seven houses in Sa-
daung township of Sagaing district, on the west side of the Yemyct-in, oppo-
site Padu,

In the hills near Yedwingaung a body of Military Police had an encounter

Historv ^^^^ ^^* ^"" Nag6k in 1888, and killed his lieutenani

Kya Gaing. In February of 1889, the Civil Police

captured in the same neighbourhood .Min-o, the " Forest King," as he

styled himself when at the time of the Annexation he went into outlawry.

YE-E, — A revenue circle in the Kyidaunggan township, Pyinmana sub-
division of Yamfethin district.

It was first settled in 872 B.E. (1510 A.D.) but was abandoned when
the kingdom of Toungoo fell. It was re-established in 1873 and has since
maintained itself. It had forty-five houses in 1892. The village lies to the
north-west of Shwcmyo, on the Railway line.

VEGl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

YE-GA. — A village of sixty-four houses, eighteen miles north of Sagaing,
in Sagaing district.

Salt is manufactured by boiling the water from the Yega lake. Manu-

j, . facturers pay Ks, 5 to the Government for each cauldron

* * used for the purpose. The salt is of a very inferior kind

and is sold at ihe rate of Rs. 3 to Rs. 5 the hundred viss and is used in

making u^api.

The Sh\ve-myin-m& pagoda stands on a hill about one mile north-east of
. . the village. The story goes that in time immemorial

^^^^ ' when Prince Kyanyittha tied from Paukkan {now called

Old Pagan) he concealed himself on this hill. Un hearing this Naura-hta
Minsaw, the King of Paukkan, came with a large, army, surrounded the
hill, and captured Kyanyittha, and on the spot were they met built the
pagoda.

YE-GA. — A village of eighty-one houses in Ava township of Sagaing dis-
trict, twelve-and-a-half miles south of Ava.

The tkuayi o{ Yega has also the villages of Nga-zin-yaung, twenty-seven
houses, Th^-mon-gan, fifteen, and Inlya, thirteen house.«, under him. The
Minvvun range of hills is two miles east of Yega. and between it and Yega
is the old Burmese road to the South, A landmark noticeable on this road
is the " Misaungbyaing " say at,

YE-GA. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-eight persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 640.

YE-GAUNG-TO.— A village in the Nam Chin circle of the State of Hsa
Mong Hkam, Myelat district of the Southern Shan States.

In 1897 it numbered thirty-eight houses, with a population of one hundred
and seventy-nine persons, and the revenue paid was Rs. 185.

YE-G6N. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of two hundred and eight persons, according to
the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 410.

YE-GYAN-BYIN.— A village in Maw, one of the States of the Myelat
district of the Southern Shan States. It is situated to the east of Gyu-
daung Hill, about seven miles north-west of Kyaukmyaung, the residence
of the Ngwi'-kun-hmu.

In 1897 '* contained fifty-one houses, with a population of two hundred
and forty-eight persons — one hundred and twenty-eight Taungthu, and
one hundred and twenty Danu — and paid Rs. 405 annual revenue,

YE-GYAN-0. — A circle in the Maymyo township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, on the main Mandalay Lashio cart-road.

Ye-gyan-o is the only villagp in the circle and is situated three miles north-
east of Maymyo. The population numbered three hundred and thirty-
three persons at the census of i89i,and the thathameda paid for 1896 was
Rs 800. Danu paddy is raised.

YE-GYAW. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and eighty-four persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Re. 400.

398

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VEG— YEL

YE-GYL — A revenue circle in the Patliein-gyi township. Amarapura sub-
division of Maiidalay district, including two villages.

The land revenue paid by the circle amounted to Rs. 877.

YE-GYI. — A village in the revenue circle of the same name in Pathein-gyi
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district^ twelvt-and-a-half
miles north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of seven hundred and fifty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 1,450 thathameU/j-lax.

YE-GYI. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, between Taung-gan and the Hsi Paw Shan State.

It has thirty houses, and its population numbered in 1897 °"^ hundred
and twenty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators and
coolies.

YE-GYI. — A village in the Yegyi circle, Pak6kku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and sixteen persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891.

The ihafhameda amounted to Rs. 350 for 1897-98.

Yfi-GYIN. — A revenue circle in the Budalin township of Lower Chindwin
district, including the villages of Yfegyin North, Yigy in iroutli, ami Nyaing-
zan, with one thousand one hur.dlred and twenty-four inhabitants. It lies
in the east of the township.

The chief products are paddy, jotear^ peas, sessamum, and cotton. The
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 2,120, from thathameda.

YE-GYIN. — A village in the Ye-g)in circle, Laung-she township, Yaw-
dwin subdivision of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and
two persons, and a revenue of Rs. 330 in 1897.

YE-LA. — A village in the Kyunpavvlaw circle, Pdkokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 830 for 1897-98.

YE-LA TAUNG-YWA.— A village in the Ycla cirrle, PakAkku township,
subdivision, and district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-seven
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 320, included
in that of Ye-la.

YE-LAUNG — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura
subdivision of Mandalay district.

Yelaung is the only village in the circle and is situated eight miles east of
headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and thirty persons at
the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 260 thalhamcda-\.2iyi and Ks. 108 land
revenue.

YE-LK. — A village in the Myintlia circle, Pakokku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of fifty-two persons, according to the census
of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 250 for 1897-98.

Y6-LUN-GYAW (East). — A revenue circle in the Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district.

YEL-VEN 1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

399

Yfelun-g>aw East is the only village in the circle and is situated nine miles
south-south-west of headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and
sixty-five persons at the census of i8gi, and paid Rs. 380 thalhameda-inx
and Rs. 224 land revenue.

Y£.LUN-GYAW^(VVest).— A revenue circle in the Amarapura township
and subdivision of Mandalay district.

Yelun-gyaw West is the only village in the circle, and is situated nine
miles south-south-west of headquarters. It had a population of three hund-
red and ten persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 450 thathameda-
tax, and Rs. 150 land revenue.

YE-MUN-DAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township
Amarapura subdivision of .Mandalay district, including four villages.

YE-MYE. — A revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district, including thiee villages.

The revenue paid in 1897 amounted to Rs. 700.

YE-MYET. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with ten square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered two hundred and one persons, and
there were one hundred and siixty-soven acres under cuUivaiion. Paddy
and jaggery are the chief products. Tiie village is thirteen miles from
Ye-u. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 580.

YE-MYET. — A village in the Aligan circle, Myaing township, Pakfikku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and eighty persons
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 380 for 1897-98.

YE-MYET-l.N. — A sink or depression in Sadaung township of Sagaing dis-
trict, covering many square miles.

The earth is impress nated with salt, which renders the whole lake brackish.
After a season uf short rainfall the pan is entirely dry, while when the rams
arc heavy the wafr extends for a distance of ten miles from north to south
and three or four miles from east to west, it is formed by a spur that runs
east and west from Sa-ye to Ondaw, and thus shuts in the drainage from
the western face of the hills that skirt the Irrawaddy and the eastern face of
the range that runs from Ondaw to Samun,

^■E-.N.\N-GYAUNG. — A township in Magwe distiict.

According to the thathameda assessment roll the total number of assessed
households is 2,758. The population may be placed at fourteen thousand
persons. The township contains forty-two villages, divided between eight
circles: Yenangyaung, Pinwa, Pinwa-gyun, Nyaunghia, Yinma-gyaung,
Wayo, Kanma and Kye-myin It lies along the Irrawaddy river and is
bounded on the north and east by a range of low-lying hills.

Yenangyaung is the headquarters of the township and has a court and

circuit-house, police-station, hospital and bazaar. Of the remaining villages

twenty-one are purely agricultural, five are industrial, being engaged in the

earth-oil trade, and the rest have some subsidiary occupation besides the

The circles. cultivation of their fields. Of the eight revenue circles

mentioned above —

40O

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[YEN

{a) Yenan-gyaung has eight villages, the principal being Yenan-
gyaung, Twing6n (East and West), and Berne. The tkatha-
meda assessment is Rs. 14,43a.

{b) Nyaunghia comprises four villages, each with an average of

twenty-eight houses ; only one of the four villages is purely

agricultural.
{c) Pinwa, with five villages, is one of the centres of the toddy

industry. Payagfin villagej on the banks of the Pinchaung.

is noticeable for its pagodas, and its annual pagoda-festival.

{d) Pinwa-gyun has two villages and raises excellent crops. It was
formerly part of the Pinwa circle.

((f) Kye-myia includes seven villages, of which two only are agricul-
tural. The others depend on the toddy industry chiefly, but
one (Obo) does a fair trade in earthenware pottery.

{/) Kanma is the largest circle in the township and includes nine
villages, all agricultural, with an aggregate of some four
thousand houses. A good crop of sessamum is raised through-
out the circle.

ig) Yinma-gyaung has four villages only, but these are of considerable
size, averaging one hundred houses each. Natmauk, the largest
of them, has extensive toddy groves, which stretch along the
banks of the F'mcliaung for more than a mile. A fair crop of
paddy also is grown on the land adjoining the Pinchaung,
which is irrigated by a canal.

(h) Wayo is very poor and its three villager have an aggregate of
seventy-nine houses only.

Twing6n, (East and West), Yenan-gyaung town, and Payag6n are the most
important places in the township. The two former are the centres of the
earth-oil industry, while Payag6n h.as a famous pagoda and festival.

The earth-oil wells of Yenan-gyaung are the largest in Burma. The actual
oil-iield lies at Twingon and Bem6, about three miles
The oil field. from Yenangyaung. The wells have been worked for

many years, but it is only within a very recent period that
much activity has been shown. Messrs. Finlay, Fleming and Company, of
Rangoon, Agents for the Burma Oil Company, Limited, have grants of four
blocks. The field comprises the native reserves of Twing6n and Bemfe,
and four blocks leased to the Burma Oil Company, Limited. The appended
figures will show the progress made within the past three years in the an-
nual out-put.

Year.

Native reserves.

Burma Oil Com*
pany's reserves.

1895

'896

1897

Viss.

11.691,596

13,808,935
18.178,758

Viss.

17,069,657
16,528,102
19.752.983

YEN]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

401

The PayagAn
fesiival.

The native reserves are the hereditary property of twenty-four native

. T'w/waf/j, but their rights are somewhat restricted, all that

e wineas. ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ being twelve grants of well sites within the

reserve in each year. They can dispose of these grants in any way they

please, and in many cases they sell as soon as the grant is made.

Recent surveys of the oil-wells have been made. t)ne report stated that
the supply was inexhaustible, but that of Dr. Noctling, submitted in 1896,
maintained that the supply would run out in a very few years. Since
Dr. Noelling visited the oil-fields the output has increased some iotiy per
cent.

The Payagfin pagoda festival is celebrated in Thadin-gyut October of
each year at the shrine near Payagon village, and is
largely attended fronif all parts of Upper JJurma, the wor-
shippers usually numbering between four thousand and
five thousand persons. The / Vi'/wzrtjy take the opportunity of making their
offerings to the >mt for a good yield from their wells, as the oil-lle!d was
under the protection of this spirit in days gone by. The pagoda is called
the '' Pinset Kalab.i." Traders from Mandalay, Myingyan and Pakdkku
bring their goods for sale and a large quantity of gold leaf is disposed of to
the pious. The festival lasts for seven days.

YE-NAN-GYAUNG. — A revenue circle in the Yenaugyaung township,
Magwe subdivision and district, It lies along the Irrawaddy river, about
thirty miles above Minbu.

The whole tiwn consists of Twt'nsas, oil-well owners, traders, and roolips
and there is no cultivation.

YE-NA-THA. — A village in IheNga-singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, north-east of Sagyin.

It has one hundred and eighty houses and its population numbered in
1897 seven hundred and fifty persons, approximately. The villagers are
cultivators and coolies.

The Yena-tha-kan, one of the chief lakes in the Madaya subdivision, is
situated east of the village.

Ycnatha was built by King Anatvra-ta-saw in 395 B.E. (1033 A. D.), on bis
return from China.

YE-NA-U. — A srnall village in the Twin-ngfe revenue circle of Ruby Mines
district, sixteen miles north of Onbaing.

The population is Burmese and numbers one hundred and eighty-five
persons. There are mica mines near the village, but they are not worked
to any great extent.

YENGAN (Burmese Ywa-agan). — A State in the Myelat district of the
Southern Shan States, with an approximate area of seven hundred square
miles, administered by a Ngwe-kun-hmu. It is bounded on the north by
Maw (Baw Lese-le Ywa) ; on the east by Lawk Sawk and Pang-tara;
on the south by Pang-tara and Kyawk Ku Hsi Wan; and 011 the west by
Meiktila and Kyauksib districts of the Meiktila Division.

The eastern portion of the State consists of dry, undulating downs. The
western is hilly and is well watered by the Panlaung

Natural features, river and its affluents. On this side is the range over-
hanging the Irrawaddy river plain, maintaining an aver-

402

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VEN

age height of over five thousand feet. The Panlaung is the only noticeable
river in the Sate. It is of some size, but the current is very rapid and it
is only navigable for bamboo and timber rafts, many of which are sent
down to Burma. Along this river are some excellent teak forests, which
are worked bv Messrs. Darwood and Company under a lease dating from
the Burmese King's times.

The climate on the plateau is that of the Myelat generally. In the Pan-
laung valley it is very hot and the rainfall is much heavier than on the
table land.

In 1897 Yc Ngan had a population of eight thousand
Population. nine hundred and fifty-seven persons, made up of the

following races : —

Number.

6,293

1,421

•561

Dan us

Taunglhus

Taung'yos

Shans

Burmans

Palaungs

Hindustani

274

370

Total

8.<^57

History :
Legendary

There were in all seventy-two villages, with one thousand six hundred and
fifteen houses, of which one thousand one hundred and seventy-one were
assessed and paid Rs. 8,782-8-0 annual revenue. The tribute paid lo Gov-
ernment was Rs. 3,600.

King Nara-padi Sitliu is said to have visited Ye Ngan in his Setkva
Hpaung or Magic Barge, and to have halted for several
days at the site of the present capital. This spot was
thereupon called Yat Ngan, which has been softened
down to Ye Ngan, The king ordered the Ye Ngan people to dig a large
cave like the one which exists (and is undoubtedly natural) at Pangtara,
but they refused. Thereupon the gre.it Paj,'an King l.iid a curse upon them
that no Ye Ngan person should ever become rich. The people are very
proud of this curse when revenue matters are being discussed.

Incidental allusions point to the fact that war and violent crimes were
seldom absent from Ye Ngan, but no history has been preserxed. Standing
as it does on the threshold of the Shan States, violence was natural.

In 1222 B.E. (i860 A.D.) Maung Htun Lin, who had been appointed

Ng",oc-kun-hmu a few years before, was dismissed from

and authentic. j^j^ appointment. He had greatly oppressed the people,

who rose in rebellion against him, and the Myelat iVun deported him to

Bhamo. After some years of exile he died at Nagu on his way back to the

State.

Maung Nyo Seinwas appointed Ngwe-kun-hmu in his place in 1861, and
in 1884 was raised to the rank of Myosa, which title he held until his death
in 1886, when he was murdered by the Anauk Whtdaw Hmu U Paung.

There was no central authority then to determine the succession. The
deceased's son, Maung Tbu Daw, was a child of ten years. His step-mother,
Mi Thaing, remained in charge of the State for ten days and then fled to

VBN-YES ]

THfi UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

4OJ

Pang-tara before the attacks of the Tamin-Baung Hing, Yin Yo, and his
brother-in-law Hpaya'taga Chit Su. Tliey held the State for twenty-five
days and then fled before Maung On Bin. an elderly cousin of Maung Thu
Daw.

Maung On Bin was confirmed as regent for the Ngwc-kun-hmti MauDg Thu
Daw on the British occupation, but was driven out by Bo Nga Lan, a dacoit
leader from Burma, with whom was associated a Ic al Bo named U Gya.
These two were arrested by the Superintendent of the Southern Shan States
and Maung On Bin reinstated. Bo Nga I^an was allowed to escape by
the 1st Biluchi regiment, but after disturbing ihe Myelat for over a year
was surrounded and killed by Captain V. C. founochy at Pwe La in 1890.
Since then the State has been quiet, almost for the first time in its history.

Maung Thu Daw came of age and was placed in charge of the State as
Ngwe-kun-hmu in May of i8g8.

YE-NGAN.— A circle in the Myingun tovvuship of Magwe district, includ-
ing the villages of Ye-ngan, Tcbjngan, and Pebinsan.

YE-NGAN. — A village in the Myit-che circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of forty persons, accordiiig to the
census of i8gi/and a revenue of Rs. 90, included in that of Myit-che.

YE-i\GAN. — The village in which the Ng'.uc-kun-hmti of the State of the
same name lives, in the Myelat district of the Southern Shan States.

It contained two hundred and sixteen houses in 1897^ with a population of
eight hundred and sixty-three persons, who paid Rs. 1,035 revenue.

The village has gone on steadily incrcasin|j; in size since the Annexation*

There are the remains of an extensive walled town west

History. ^j ^^^ village, the hisiory of which very little is known.

In 1886 the rebel Prince Myinsaiug made his headquarters at Ye Ngan, and

died there of fever.

YE-NGS;. — A village in the K6n-paw circle, Maymyo township aud sub*
division of Mandalay district, five miles north-east of .Vlayniyo,

Shan paddy is cultivated. The villagers are pack-bullock owners. The
thathamcda revenue paid for 1896 amounted to Rs. 350.

YE-PA-TO. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1S95-96 the population numbered one hundred and forty persons, the
thathamcda amounted to Rs, 162, the State land revenue to Rs. 155' '4-5
and the gross revenue to Rs. 317-14-5

YE-SHA — A village in the Yesha circle, Ye-za-gyo township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of seven hundred and seventy-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 1,420 for 1897-98.

YE-SHAN. A circle in the Myingun township of Magwe district, includ-
ing the villages of Kyaungdawya, Nyaungbinkwin, Yedwingaung, Yagyidaw,
Dedokpin, Mezaligon and Lettat.

YE-SHIN.— A village in the Shwe-gytn township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with attached land to the extent of six square miles.

404

THEUPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VES-YEO

The population in 1891 numbered two hundred and ninety-one persons,
and the cultivated area was seventy-one acres. Paddy, jaggery and tlittsi
are the chief products. The village is eighteen miles from Ye-u : Uie revenue
from thathameda for 1896-97 was Ks. 520.

YE-SHIN — A village in the Indaing township, Tantabin subdivision o^
Shwebo district, on the Yeshin stream, sixty-seven miles from Ye-u.

The population in 1890 numbered one hundred and fifty-five persons,
mostly paddy farmers. The thathameda revenue for 1806-97 ^^as Rs. 170.

YE-SHIN. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of eighty-five persons, accordingto the census of
1891, and a revenue of Rs. 210.

YESIN CHAUNG. — A stream which rises in the Eastern J Vw/75 and runs
through the Pyinmana subdivision of Yamfethin district into the Paunglaung
(Sit<tang) river. It has a course of from twenty to twenty-five miles and
passes through Yesin village. In its lower reaches it is five cubits deep in
sooie places.

YE-S6N. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1^95-96 the population numbered one thousand six hundred and sixty
persons and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,742. No land revenue
■was collected in the circle.

YE-THUN-GYIN. — A village in the LAngyi circle, Laung-she township,
Yawdwin subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of seventy-
three persons, and a revenue of Rs. 190 in 1897.

YET-KAN-DAW. — A village in the Ywe-gyu-bauk revenue circle, Ama-
rapura township and subdivision o( Mandalay district, six-and-a-half miles
south of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and ninety-five persons at the census
of iSgt and paid Rs. 590 thathameda tax.

YET-PA. — A revenue circle in the Homalin township, Lega-yaing sub-
division of Upper Chindwin district, including two villages.

YE-U. — A subdivision of Shwebo district, vvilh a population of eighty-
six thousand three hundred and three persons, and an area of two thousand
five hundred and two square miles.

The subdivision is separated from tlie main portion of the district bv the
Mil ri\er. It includes, besides the Ye-u township, the townships of Ta-ze,
Shwe-gyin and Mayagan, with one hundred and thirty-nine, one hundred and
thirty-four, and two hundred and ten villages, and a population of nineteen
thousand four hundred und seventy-seven, thirteen thousand eight hundred
and forty-five, and thirty-two thousand nine hundred and eight persons, re-
spectively.

There are a few Sh.-.n Kadus in the subdivision, but the majority of the
people are Burmese.

The subdivision is hilly and thickly wooded to the north and west ; it
contains the great Hnaw forest and is rich in teak and other reserved timbers.

The chief crop is paddy; wheat is also grown in small quantities, and
a variety of legumens (pe-gya, pe-gyi, sadawpe, pesaldn, peyin, lu, sat, ph

YB0 3

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

405

nauk). Other products are maize, gram, tilseed, sugar-cane, bamboos, canes,
honey, wax in small quantities and some thitsi.

A small quantity of country cloth and some lacquerware are manufactured.
Some households in the Ye-u township make bamboo baskets, trays and im-
ages of different Buddhas. Rosaries are made in the Mayagan township.

There are several good roads : the road from Mugan to Kyun-lila is about
seventy-six miles in length, and another is the Chindwin road, from Ye-u to
Maukadaw, extending to seventy-nine miles. Other country roads were con-
structed as famine works in 1896.

Ye-u was administered by a Wtnt in Burmese times, and he had six sub-
ordinate officers under him, two Sikkes, two Na-hkanSt
and two Sa-ye-gyis. None of these was salaried except
the clerk, but all were allowed to charge commission on
such cases as they decided. The Sa-yc-gyi or clerk got a monthly salary of
thirty rupees, but the payment was problematical and at the best irregular.

A. — Wuns of Ye-u.

Administration
in Burmese times

No.

Name.

Title.

In whose reign.

Native place.

Remarks.

U Vit

Bandula ...

Ba-gyidaw ...

Ngapity in v i 1 -
lage. Lower
Chindwin dis-
trict.

His headquarters
were at Ye-u.

U Kun

M a h amin-

do.

Palangdn village,

M& Nu's uncle

gyi Kyaw-

Ye-u township.

(M^Nuwasthe

htin.

chief Queen).

U Hnyin ...

Tharrawaddy.

Nwamya village,
Ye-u suttdivi-
sion.

U Kyi

Pagan Min....

Ngapayin v i 1 -
lage, Lower-
Chindwin dis-
trict.

Oneof the sons of
Bandula. He
made Dibayin
his headquar-
ters.

U Chin

do.

Also one of the
sons of Bandula
and brother of
UKyi.

U Hpo

do.

Sigdn-gyi village,
Shwebo dis-

Form er ly a

Win-hmu i n

trict.

Mandalay.

Maung Sit l{e.

do.

Substa n t i V e 1 y
Myodk, but was
placed in

charge of a

Wun's division.

UShweThi ...

Minddn Min

Mayagan, Shwe-
bo district.

4o6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[VSU

No.

Name.

'1 itle.

In whose reign.

Native place.

Remarks.

U Po

Minddn Min

Mandaiay.

Name not
known.

Mingy aw
G6n-man.

do.

U Hman ...
U Mo

do.
do.

Thitcho, Shwebo
district.

Abaya, in Ye-u.

From his appoint-
ment ana after-
wards an annu-
al thathameda
tax of Rs. 10 per
house was col-
lected.

13
14

U Hpo U ...
UTAkKyi ...

Thibaw
do.

Paiangfin, Ye-u

township.
Hladaw, Ye-u.

Maung Tin ...

do.

■ *• •••

16 Maung Thein

do.

and after
Annexation.

the

What is now the Ye-u subdivision formed until 1895 *
separate district. In that year part of the original district
was incorporated with Shwebo, and part with Upper
Chindwin district.

In early times the headquarters of the Ye-u neighbourhood were at
Dibayin, which at one time was a prosperous walled town

History. but is now nothing better than a hamlet, rather more than

nine miles south-west of Ye-u.

The district was called Dibayin Kothan. According to local etymo-
logists, Dibayin is derived from di = ye, water, pe = sefk, the Burmese
goat, and yin = iaw, jungle and forest. What languige they are is not
apparent. The usual fable manufactured for, or after the name, relates that
ages ago a Burmese goat {i.e., one with erect instead ot drooping ears)
came from the jungle to drink water at a spot close to the site of the town.
Kothan as an epithet derives its name from the fact that the available area
of cultivation was nine million pe in extent. A pe is 1*78 acres.

The ubiquitous Nara-pati Sithu is said to have founded Dibayin in 555
B.E. (1193 A.D.) and at the same time a number of pagodas were built.
They are noted below.

The first two Myothugyis appointed were Thawpon and Thawka : hence
the local jungle : " Thawp6n, Thawka Yin, Asa."

There arc severel notable pagodas. The Sudaungpyi pagoda in Bok-ywa
. . . . about twelve miles north-west of Ye-u, is said to have

Annquuies. ^^^ ^^^.j^, ^^ j^.^^ Nara-pati Sithu in 555 B.E. (1193

A.D.) at the same time that he founded Dibayin. The upper part of the
pagoda is gilt and two big bells are hung on the platform. It is in good

YEU]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

407

order still. A festival is held every year in TasaungmSn (November) and
continues over three days. The annual assemblage of strangers is estimated
at from two to three thousand persons, who attend for the combined purpose
of worship and pleasure.

The Stiwemnktaw pagoda in Mayagan village, which is about eleven miles
south of Ye-u. is also said to have been built by Nara-pati Sithu and in the
same year. The upper half of the pagoda is gilt and a few l)ig bells are
placed on the platform. The pagoda itself is in good preservation, but its
wall is gradually decaying. The annual festival is held in Thadin-gyttt
(October), wlien a considerable number of people assemble.

The Shwe Taw-gyaung pagoda, west of Dibayin, and about ten miles
south- west of Ye-u, is also said to have been erected by the same King in
the same year. Only the umbrella of the pagoda is gilt and it has no bells.
The pagoda remain.'? in a good state of preservation. The festival is held
in i asdungmun (November) and is largely attended.

'1 he Shwe-gadan pagoda in Shwe-gadan village, Taze township, about
seventeen miles north of Ye-u, is also much venerated. The founder is not
known. The upper half is gilt and there are several large bells. The fes-
tival day is the fifteenth waning of Thadin-gyut [OcioheT),\'v)^en three thou-
sand and more people usually assemble.

YE-U. — .\ township of the subdivision of the same name in Shwebo
district, is bounded on the north by the Taz6 and Shwe-gyin tovvnsliips, on
the cast by the Myedu and Chauk-ywa townships, on the south by the
Mayagan, and on the west by the Shwe-gyin townships, all of that district.

It has its headquarters at Yt-u on the riglit bank of the Mu river, which
forms the eastern boundary.

YE-U. — A revenue circle in the Faungdwin-gyaung township, Miogin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

it includes one villat^e only and paid Rs. 160 revenue in 1897.

YE-U.— A circle in the Taungdwingyi township, including the villages of
Kyundaw, Ma-gyi-gon and Kyi-aung.

YE-U. — The headquarters and chief town of the old Ye-u district, now
a .■subdivision of Shwebo district, is situated on the right bank of the
Mu river, in longitude 95" 28' east, latitude 22^" 47' north, twenty-five miles
north-we?t of Shwebo.

The population of (he town is three thousand one hundred and seventy-
eight persons, with probably a slight increase in the rains. It is siiid at one
time to have contained thirty thousand inhabitants. The area under culti-
vation is three thousand five hundred and sixty acres and the area of State-
land two thousand four hundred and ninety-two acres, Rs 4,408 thatha-
medii revenue was collected in 1891.

The town wa.s constituted a Municipality on the 3rd February 1890, but
has since le.ised to be administered by a Municipal Committee. A bazaar
was established in i8go, Tiie bulk of the population consists of petty trad-
ers. Ye-u was in 1890 the headquarters of Military and Civil Police forces,
whose total strength numbered 939. Their strength has been considerably
reduced since that year. At Ye-u town are situated the subdivisional and
township courts, a hospital, and Civil and Military Police posts.

4o8

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ YBU— YEY

The town was founded at the same time as Tabayin (Dibavin). In Bur-
jj. . . mcsc times it was the headquarters of the Burmese U^un,

ihongh some IVuns seem to have lived at Tabayin.
Their appnintmeiit seems lo have lain pretty much in the iunds of the
people, who set up and deposed IVitns so often as to give rise to a local
proverb, Af/JH Kyin takn nu Wun tayauk le [?] meaning that the Wun
was changed every year.

Ye-u and Tabayin, withJShwebo, had the credit of supplying the best fight-
ing men in the Burmese army.

There is a notable pagoda in Ye-u called the Clianthagyi. It is said to
have been built by King Alaung-silhu, grandson of Kyanvittha, in 510 B.E,
(1148A.D.).

The etymology of Ye-u is said to be Ye water and U first or head, be-
cause the town of Ye-u, being lowlying, is flooded before any part of the
surrounding country when the Mu begins to rise in the rains.

A former Queen of Burma, Nammadaw M6 Nu, the notorious consort
of Ba-gyidaw, was born at Hpalang6n, a village eight miles north-west of
Ye-u.

YE-U-GON,— A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, three-quarters of a mile distant from Ye-u town.

It has a population of three hundred and eighty-four persons, and 152*3
acres of cultivation. Paddy is the chief crop, For 1896-97 the thathameda
revenue amounted to Rs. 770.

YE-U-GYAW. — A village in the Kywe-hla circle and Pyintha township,
Maymyo subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-west of Pyintha.

The villagers are Burman _j'fl-rultivators.

YE-WA. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, including two villages.

Yewa has thirty-four houses. The inhabitants are Burmans and cultivate
tobacco, and some of them are fishermen.

YE-WUN. — A village in the Shwe-pyi Nga-ywa circle, Pathein-gyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district. It is situated ten miles
north of headquarters.

It had a population of two hundred and eighty persons at the census of
1891.

YE-YA-MAN.— A hill tract lying in the cast of Kyauks^ district, with
an area of about seven hundred and thirteen square
miles, is bounded on the north by Mandalay district, ou
the east by the Shan Stales, on'the south by the Maw
Shan State, and on the west by the Singaing township.

It cor.tains fifteen villages, under the control of ixmyothugyi who resides
at Yc-ywa. The whole tract is liilly. The rainfall is high and the climate
is very unhealthy. Yeyaman formed at one time part of the Maw Shan
State, but the Sawbrea subsequently declined to administer it, and it has
since been made over lo Kyauksfe district.

Taufifyn cultivation is the sole occupation of the villagers, who number
about 2,634, and are by race Danus, or (according to one theory) mixed

Area and bound-

ary

VEV— YIN ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

409

Shan and Burmese. Pure Shans and Burmans alike refuse to admit that the
Danu have any blood relation to them. [For further details v. sub
Kyauksfe.]

YE-YJN. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of ninety-five persons, according to the
census of iSgt. The village is situated at the foot of the hill which leads to
Mindat-sakan in the Chin Hills, where a military post is stationed.

The thalhameda amounted to Rs. 220 for 1897-98.

YE-YIN-GON. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, with an area of two square miles of attached lands.

There are ninety-eight inhabitants and thirty-seven acrej of cultivation.
The principal products are paddy and jaggery. The thathameda revenue
for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 310. The village is under the Paluzwa thugyi
and is eighteen miles from Ye-u town.

\^-HV^-M YAU KS U.—k village in the Pauk township and subdivision
of Paki*)kku district, with a population of one hundred and thirty-seven
persons, according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 540.

\'E-'S\^-TA UNGS U. — A village in the I'auk township and subdivision
of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-nine
persons, according to the census of l8(>i, and a revenue of Rs. 320, includ-
ed in that of .\inggaing.

Yfi-YO. — A Red Karen village in Eastern Karen-ni, not far from Loi
Kaw.

In 1890 it was estimated to contain three hundred houses.

YE-ZA-GYO. — A township of Pakokku subdivision and district, is bound-
ed on the norlh by Lower Chindwin district, on the east by the Chindwin
and Irrawaddy rivers, dividing ii from Sagaing and Myingyan districts, on
the south hy Pak6kku township, and on the west by Myaing township).

It has an area of five hundred and forty-eight square miles, and a popu-
lation of seventyrthree thousand five hundred and five persons, divided
between two hundred and twenty-five villages. There are eighty-three
revenue circles, which pay an aggregate as^sessment of Rs, 1,391638. The
headquarters are at Ye-za-gyo.

YE-ZA-GYO. — The headquarters of the Ye-za-gyo township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of two thousand and fifty-four
persons, according to the census of 1891. The thathameda amounted to
Rs, 8,320 for 1897-98.

YIM BWJ.—See under Karen-ni.

YIN. — A revenue circle with six hundred snd eighty-three inhabitants,
in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It lies along the left
bank of the Chindwin river, at the northern extremity of the district
and includes the two villages of Yin and Kortha.

Both dry and wtt-wcalher paddy are cultivated, The revenue for 1896-97
was Rs. 2,430 from thalhamcdn, Rs. 29 from State lands, and Rs. 3J2 from
the lease of the Yin fishery. There is a Government rest-house.

YIN-BA. — An irrigation tank in the Sheinmaga tovvnship of Shweoo
district, five and-a-half miles from Shwebo town, with a length of four

410

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

tVlN

thousand nine hundred, and a breadth of four thousand two hundred feet.
It irrigates 460 pe of land, producing a revenue of Rs. 603.

The tank was dug by Mingaung II, the eldest son of the Sagaing King
Thihathu, in the year 842 B.E. {1480 A.D.)

YIN-BAUNG-DAINGor YIN-MA-DAING— A revenue circle with one
thousand one hundred and forty inhabitants, in the KanI township of Lower
Chindwin district. It skirts the left bank of the North Yama stream,
and includes the villages of Yinmadaing, Taungtha, Egon and Sinzwd.

Paddy, jotvar and peas are cultivated. The revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 3,000, from thathameda.

YIN-BON. — A village in the Ng&-dn revenue circle, Aniarapura town-
ship and subdivision of Mandalay district, two miles south-south-west of
headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and sixty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 250 thathameda-X.'i.r..

YIN-BYAN. — A village in the Yemundaung circle, Paihringyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles north-north-east
of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and twenty-five persons at the cen-
sus of iSgi^and paid Rs. 250 that home da-\.2i\.

YIN-DAW. — A township in the Yamfethin subdivision and district , bound-
ed on the north by Meiktila district, on the east by andPyawbwfe, on the
south and west by Magwe district. It has sixty-four revenue circles.

The average annual revenue for three years was —

Rs.

Thathamtdtt-lAx ... ... ... 4l>369

State-land tax ... ... .. 983

Irrigation ... ... ... 4*769

The population according to the census of 1891 , was thirty-seven thousand
eight hundred and ninety persons. It is believed to have remained station-
ary since the Annexation, but no details are supplied.

Yindaw town is partially surrounded by a moat and ruined wall. It is in
two parts, one of which is inhabited by the descendants of nati\ es of India
who settled I >ng ago in the district. They have now considerably more
Burmese than Indian blood, but still have easily recognizable Indian features
and colour of skin. No particulars as to the original settlement are
available.

YIN-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Taung-dwin-gyaung township;
Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village, and paid Rs. 120 revenue in 1897.

YIN-DAW. — A revenue circle and village in the Paihein-gyi townships
Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district. It is situated northwest
of the subdivisional headquarters, about eight miles distant by road and
by water.

It paid a land revenue of Rs. 203 and a thathameda-i^yi of Rs. 170 in
1896-97. It has DOW twenty-one houses and a population of fifty-nine
persons.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

YIN-DAW. — A circle in the Amarapura township and subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Yindaw is the only village in the circle, and is situated one mile south-
west of headquarters. It had a population of three liundred and five per-
sons at the census of i8gi, and paid Rs. 6io Ihnthameda-iAx.

YINDAW. — The headquartc'rs of the township of the same name in the
Yam&thin subdivision and district.

YINDWft. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwcbo district, ten miTes from headquarters.

There are one hundred and seventy-two inhabitants, and rice cultivation
is the chief industry. For 1896-97 the thathameda revenue amounted to
Rs. 760.

YING LA. — \ Lahtawng Kachin village, in North Hsen Wi Northera
Shan State, in North Mong Ya district.

In contained seventeen houses in 1894, with a population of ninety-five
persons. The revenue paid was three rupees per household, and the people
were paddy and tobacco cultivators by occupation, and owned twenty
bullocks, fifteen buffaloes and one hundred pigs. The price of paddy was
eight annas the basket.

YIN-GU-BIN. — A village in the Taungnyo circle, Maymyo township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, ten miles south of Maymyo.

Danu paddy is cultivated. The village paid Rs. 200 thathameda iu
1896.

YIN-GYIN — .\ village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, on the Mu river, eight miles south of headquarters.

There are three hundred and forty-two inhabitants, principally paddy
cultivators. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 was Rs. 132.

YIN-Kfi. — A revenue circle in the Katha subdivision and district, under
a Myothu0i,

It included in 18^7 seventeen villages, with two hundred and eighty-
three houses. The average revenue was Rs. 240.

Letpansin is the headquarters of the MyothHgyi^\\v^ and is eleven miles
north-cast of Katha. Most of the villages in ifie circle are situated on the
banks of the Irrawaddy and Wa rivers. They are under the supervision
of Y-was^aungs appointed by the M yothugyi. The great bulk of the in-
habitants work as coolies in the fisheries near the villages.

YlN-MA.— A revenue circle in theTaung-dwin-gyaurg township, Mingin
subdivision of Upper Chindwin district, including a single village.

The revenue paid in 1897 amounted to Rs. 1 10.

YlN-MA.— A village in the Minywacirclc, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pakokku district, with a population of one hundred and
forty-seven persons, according to the census of (891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 220 for 1897-98.

YIN- MA or YE-BYA.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of five hundred and fourteen persons
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 2,650.

412

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

YIN-MA-CHAUNG.— A circle in the Magwe township and district,
including the villages of Yinmachaung, Okshitgon, and Natkan-u.

YIN-MA-GAN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, fourteen miles from Ye-u town.

There are eighty-three inhabitants and eighty-nine acres cultivation.
Paddy and penauk are the chief crops. T\\(t thatkameda for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 220.

YIN-MA-GON. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the papulation was one hundred persons, and the thathameda
amounted to Rs. 180. No land revenue was collected in the circle.

YIN-MA-GON. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pakokku district, with a population of two hundred and sixteen persons,
according to the census of 1091, and a revenue of Rs. 480.

YIN-MA-GYIN. — A village in with the Sagaing subdivision and district
with one hundred and 6fty houses, nineteen-and-a-half miles north-west of
Sagaing.

The chief products are cotton and sessamum.

YIN-MA-ZU. — A village in the Seingan circle, Myaing township, Pa-
Icokkii subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and five
persons, according to the census of ibgi, and a revenue of Rs. 450, in-
cluded in that of Seingan.

YIN-THWIN. — A revenue circle with four hundred and ninety-nine in-
habitants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It skirts the
Patoion chaung in the Se-ywa c/raww^ valley, and includes the villages of
Yinthwin, Letpanzu and Nathu-zw6.

Paddy is the chief product. The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 1,090 from thathameda.

YIN-YAUNG, — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pa-
J<6kku district, with a population of two hundred and seventy-nine persons,
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 510.

YIN-YAW-BIN. — A village in the Taung-u circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakdkku subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-six persons,
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 120.

YIN-YE. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of Shwebo
district, twenty miles from Ye-u.

The population numbers two hundred and twenty-two persons, and rice
cultivation is the chief industry. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97
amounted to Rs. 530.

YIN-Y£. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of Pa-
kokku district, with a population of one hundred and nineteen persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 320 for 1897-98.

YIN-Y£ A-NAUK. — A circle and village in the Laung-she township,
Yawdwin subdivision of Pakfikku district, with a population of two hundred
and sixty-six persons and a revenue of Rs. 620, in 1897.

YIN-YON]

THF UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

413

YIN-YE A-SHE. — A village in the Yinyi!; Anauk circle, Laung-sTic town-
ship, Yawdwin subdivision of I'akAkku districtj with a population of one
hundred and eleven persons, according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue
of Rs, 230.

YIN-YEIM. — A revenue circle, including Yiiiyein, Thayetk6n, Gyog6n,
Myauk-su and Thitket villages, with four hundred and ten inhabitants, in the
Kani township of Lowlt Chinwin district. It borders the right bank of the
Chindwin river, to the north of Kani village.

Puddy, j'owar and peas are cultivated. The revenue for 1896-97 was Rs.
800, from fhathamcda.

Y1TS.\NG. — A Kachin village in Tract No. 8, Bhamo district, situated
in 24° north latitude and 97° 35' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained twenty-seven houses, with a population of sixty-two
persons. Th<^ headman has no others subordinate to him. The inhabitants
are of the Lahtawng tribe, and own four bullocks and three buffaloes.

YOK-KYA. — A circle in the PyJntha township, Maymyo subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Yokkya is the only village in the circle and is situated six miles south of
Pyintha, and has a population of one hundred and ninety-one persons, accor-
ding to the census of iSgt. The ihathameda paid in iSgO amounted to
Rs. 300. The villagers cultivate the groundnut.

YOKVVA. — A village of Chins of the Y6kwa tribe in the Southern Chin
Hilts. It lits tAVcnty-nine miles south-east of Haka and thirteen miles north-
cast of Thetta, and can be reached by the Kan Haka mule track.

In 1894 it had one hundred and seventy houses. Ratyo, Kokle, and
Shwenlaing were its resident Chiefs. Shabut, litigehmon, Hranseo Yakap,
Taungso, and Shansi also found places in the village council.

Y'fikwa is the chief village of the tribe and was once strongly fortified, but
the stockades are now in ruins. Water is plentiful and there is good camp-
ing-ground just below the village on the north-east. Yukwa gets litile
tribute from smaller villages, but collects a large land tax, which is paid to
individual Chiefs. The Yokwas feebly resisted the approach of the Chin-
Lushai expedition.

YON-BIN. — A village on the left bank of the Irrawaddy river, in the
Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district, with thirty-seven houses.

The villagers own twenty-eight buffaloes and work taungya and tobacco,
of which the yearly yield is eight hundred viss, fetching fifteen to twenty
rupees the hundred viss. The village is surrounded by a double fence : it is
much under water in the rains.

Y0N-B!N. — A village in the Kanbyin-chauk-ywa circle, Patheingyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district. It lies north-east of
headquarters, about twenty-one miles distant by road.

It had a population of three hundred and twenty-two persons at the
census of 1S91.

y6N-BIN-GAN. — A village in the Sa-be circle, Myaing township, Fak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and forty-six
persons, according to the census of 1891.

414

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VON-YWA

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 35 for 1897-98.

Y6N-B(N-G6N. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya sub-
division of Mandalay district, east of Letpan-hla.

It had thirty houses and a population of one hundred persons, on an approx-
imate calculation, in 1897. The villagers are cultivators and coolies.

YON-BIN-GWET. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwe district,
including the single village of Ydnbingwet

y6N-DAW. — A village of one hundred houses in the Ma-hlaing township^
Northern subdivision of Meilctila dislricl.

It does a considerable trade in cotton. There is a fine pagoda, of which
the history is unrecorded.

YON-DO. — A revenue circle in tlie Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered eight hundred and sixty-seven
persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs, 1,059. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

YONMWEL.— A village of Chins of the Tashon tribe in the Central Chin
Hills. It lies on the south slope of the hills north of Pao river and east of
Minkin, and can be reached viCx Minkin, Thikwel and Lyenhai, distant
twenty-six miles.

In 1894 it had forty-seven villages. Kin Tw6 was its resident chief.

Y6nmwel is a Kweshin village and pays tribute to Falam, although
some families are under Haka influence. The village has the usual fences
and hedges. There is not much water near, and no good camping-ground,
but there is abundant water-supply on the road from Lyenhai.

YONZIN. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of two hundred and three persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 550.

YON-ZIN-GYI. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision, and district.

In 1895-9^ the population numbered three thousand two hundred and
thirty-five persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 4,233. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

YO-YA. — A village in the Ku circle, Pakokku township, subdivision and
district, with a population of one hundred and two persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 220, included in that of Ku.

Y0-Z6N. — A village eisiht miles east of Wundwin in the Northern sub-
division of Meiktila district, with a population of some four hundred
persons, all cultivators.

In Burmese times a Ngase Myinsi lived here, with an over-lord at
Kyauks^. The pagodas in the village were built by private benefactors.

YU-WA. — A revenue circle in the Kindat township and subdivision of
Upper Chindwin district, including srven villages, with an approximate area
of twelve square miles. The population in 1891 numbered eight hundred
and eight persons, and the revenue was Rs. 2,595.

YWA-BA-LE. — A revenue circle in the Pagan township and subdivision
ff Myingyan district.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

415

In 18^5-96 the population numbered nine hundred and thirty persons, atid
the thathanieda amounted to Rs. 873. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

YWA-Bfi, — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and thirty persons,
the Mfl^/;a»»?^« amounted to Rs. 821, the State land revenue to Rs. 1 0-4-0,
and the gross revenue to Ra. 832-4-0.

YWA-BO. — A village of one hundred and twenty-five houses in Myotha
township of Sagaing district, sixteen miles north-west of Myotha.

The circle includes two villages — Ywabo South, with one hundred and
twenty-five houses, where the thugyi resides, and Ywabo .North, fifty-eight
houses, about eight miles distant.

YWA-BU-GYI. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, ten miles distant from Ye-u, with a population of one hundred
and sixty-seven persons and a cultivated area of 36"46 acres.

The chief crops are paddy, tilseed and ^tfMflw^. The village paid Ks. 228
thathameda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the thugyi of Madaingbin.

YWA-DAN-SHE. — k village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, one mile west of the Shweta<r//r7««/.

It has forty-five houses, and its population numbered in 1897 one hundred
and seventy persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

YWA-DAN-SHE. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, south-west of Pya-gyun.

It had thirty houses and a population of one hundred and twenty persons,
on an approximate calculation, in 1897. The villagers are fishermen and
Cultivators.

YVV.'X-DAUNG, — A revenue circle and village in the north-west of the
Salin-oyi township of Lower Chinduin fli^trici, about three miles from the
North Yama stream.

Paddy ^^k^A jovar are the principal products. The revenue from thatha-
meda for 1896-97 was Rs. 830 and the populaiion numbered three-hundred
and seventy-eight persons.

YWA-D.\UNG. — A vilhge in the Ywa-daung circle, Ycza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of six hundred and
thirteen persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounti^d to Rs. 1,310 for 1897-98.

YWA-DAW, — A village on the east bank of the Irrawaddy river in Myit-
kyina district.

The villagers cultivate taungva, with a yield of sixty-five baskets, and also
get about thirty baskets from lepok. They cultivate besides a certain quantity
of opium on niyenu, on alluvial soil, wherever it is available. The villacrc
is a very miserable one, without any fence.

It numbers five houses of Shan-Burmese and two of Kachins, the latter

.,. Sad6ns from Kumlangpum, eleven days distant to the

^ ,, north-east. They have been at Ywa-daw since about

1890, and the village was originally'settled by their headman Lepaitu, who

4i6

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ VWA

visited Maadalay in Mindon Min's time and received a bwe, or gold leaf,
with the s:yle Papada Mingh Kyawgaung,

In 1888, the Ponpatha-tawng Kachins, who live four days' journey off the
east, kidnapped a Shan-Chinese boy and sold him to the Jade Mine tradersi
whither he \va.s traced but not recovered.

Ywa-daw is the usual ferry for Chinese traders to the Jade Mines.

YWA-GAUK. — A revenue circle in the Pyinmana subdivision of YamS-
thin district.

In 1897 there were ninety-seven houses in Ywa-gauk, one hundred and
twenty-one houses in the South The-gyun quarter, sixty houses in West Th6-
gyun, one hundred and thirty-nine houses in East Tht-gyun, and sixty-five
houses in Thugyisu.

Near Ywa-gauk is the Neyaung Pya-in, in which there are considerable
fisheries, and which is also used for irrigation purposes when it fills during
the rains. The sheet of water is said to have been given its name by iJo-
dawpaya, who had not seen the sun for many days white travelling through
the forest, until he came to this open space, which he consequently named
the place where the sun shoived itself.

It was first formed and inhabited in 1841 by settlers from Thazi in Yamfi-
... thin and was long called the Thazi circle, although the

■'' village of Ywagauk was founded in 1842. The name

Ywa-gauk was in fact nut adopted until after the Annexation-

YWA-GON. — A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and fifty-two
persons, according to the census of 1S91, and a revenue of Rs. 530, includ-
ed in that of Ku-do.

YWA-GON. — .\ village in the Seiksin circle, Myaing township, Pakukku
subdivison and district, with a population of three hundred and four persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 720, included in that of
Kala-ywa.

YWA-GYI. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-06 the population numbered two thousand and seventy-five per-
sons and the fhathameda amounted to Rs. 3,172. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

YWA-GYI. — A village with sixty-two houses and a population of three
hundred and twenty persons in Thazi township. Southern subdivision of
Meiklila district.

It has a famous pagoda known as the Shwe Yin Hmyavv, said to have
been built about 600 BE. {1238 A.D.), in tlie time of
King Nawra-hta. The legend is that the King of the
Nais appeared on the sile of the pagoda in the shape of a
golden fly ; Nawra-hta thereupon erected a pagoda and founded a town near
it. The town at first consisted of four hundred houses, and Maung Kyauk
Gyi, Myoaa of Mfindaing, was appointed to administer it and to take can;
of the p.ngoda. An annual festival is held at Ywa-gyi between the 5th
and 1 3lh waxing of Tabaung (March), and is largely attended. The tank
near the pagoda is filled from the Meiktila Lake.

The Shwe Yin
Hmyavv Pagoda.

YWA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

417

YWA-HAUNG.— A village in the Maw S6n State, Myelat district of the
Southern Shan States, formerly the capital of the State, is situated due north
of the Chief's present village.

It was abandoned bec.iuse of its supposed unbeaUhiness. It contained
in i8q7 fifty-nine houses, with a population of two hundred and seventy-two
persons, and paid Rs. 287 annual revenue.

YWA-LU.- — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan sub-
division of Myingj-an district.

In 1805-96 the population numbered two hundred and ninety persons
and the thathameda amount-^d to Rs. 371. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YWA-MA. — A revenue circle in the Kyaukpadaung township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered seven hundred and sixty-five persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. i,l6o. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YWA-MA. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In rSgs-gS the population numbered two hundred and eighty-five persons,
and the thathameda z.xvs>\s.n\.^ii to Rs 459. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YWA-MA. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with one square mile of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered one hundred persons, and there were
thirty-six acres under cultivation. Paddy and jaggery are the chief products.
The villa.;e is ten miles from Ye-u and paid Rs. 320 thathameda revenue
in 1896-97.

YWA-MA. — A new village in the Sagaing township and district, esta-
blished in 1258 BE. (1896 A.D.).

The villagers are immigrants from Se-gyi. The village has thirty-five
houses.

YWA-MA. — A village in the Kunlat circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and fifteen persons
according to the census of 891 ; the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,360 for
1897-98.

YWA-MA, — A village in the Myinlha circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of PakSkku district, with a population of ninety-nine per-
sons, according to the census of 189J.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 200, on twenty bouses, for 1897-98.
YWA-MA. — A village in the Ywa-ma circle, Seikpyu township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and eighty-
six persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 520 for 1897-9S

YWA MA A-NAUK.— A village in the Myintba circle, Pak6kku town-
ship, subdivision and disl:rict. with a population of four hundred and thirty-
two persons, according to the census of 1S91, anJ a revenue of Rs. 540
included in that of Myintha.

4i8

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

rvwA

YWA-MAI-THA. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of
Shwebo district, with a population of three hundred and fifty-six persons,
and 6408 acres of cultivation. It is six miles distant from Ye-u town.

There is a large pagoda in the village, the Shwe-theindaw, and the annual
festival is largely attended.

Rupees. 860 thathameda was paid for 1896-97.

YWA-MUN. — A circle in the Natmauk township of Magwfe district, includ"
ing the villages of Ywa-mun, Kyaukp6n, and Kyadu.

YWA-NAUNGSOUTH.— A revenue circle in the Pagan township and
subdivision of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered six hundred and eighty-six per-
sons, the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,200, the State land revenue to Rs.
1,415-5-1, and the gross revenue to Rs. 3)615-5-1.

YWA-NGAN. See Ye Ngan.

YWA-NGS;. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, with two square miles of appropriated lands.

The population in 1891 numbered eighty-two persons, and there were
seven acres of cultivation. Paddy, ///iVj/and jaggery are the chief products.
The revenue from thathameda amounted to Rs, 220 for 1896-97. The
village is eleven miles from headquarters.

YWA-NGE. — A village in the Kyaw circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw Piibdivision of Pakokku district, with a populati-in of thirty-five persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 50.

YWA-NGfi-GA'N. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township. Pagan sub-
division of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and fifty-five persons,
and the ththaameda amounted to Rs. 344. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YWA-PA-Lfi. — A village of sixty-six houses in the Kyauk-yit township,
Myinmu subdivision of Sagaing district, seven miles from Kyauk-yit, at the
junction of the Irrawaddy river and the Tawa creek.

Its kaing cuHivation is extensive.

YW.^-SHE, — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura
subdivision of Mandalay district.

Ywa-she is the only village in the circle, and is situated nine miles east-
north-east of headquarters. It had a popul.ttion of one hundred and eighty-
five persons at the census of 1891 and paid Rs. 440 thathameda-i&Mi.

YWA-SHE. — A circle in the Nga Singu township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, on the east bank of the Irrawaddy river, including five
villages.

YWA-SHE. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, nine miles from Ye-u, on the Mu river.

The population numbers sixty-three persons, and there are 37-3 acres
under cultivation. The chief crop is paddy. Rs. 102 ^//7/A<Jwefl'a revenue
was paid for 1896-07. The village is under the Madaingbin thugyi.

YWA-SHE. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twenty miles from Ye-u.

YWAl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEEl

4T9

There are three hundred and ninety inhabitants: paddy cultivation is the
chief industry. The ihathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to seven
hundred and fifty rupres.

YWA-SHE.— A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with six square miles of attached land.

The population in 1891 numbered one hundred and ninety-one persons,
and there were thirty-six acres of cultivation. Paddy and jaggery are the
chief products. The village is nine mites from Ye-u and paidKs. 610 f/ia-
thameda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Ywama thugyi.

YVVA-SHE. — A village in the Ywa-she circle, Myaing township, Pakok-
ku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and thirty-two
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 940 for 1897-98.

YWA-SHI. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and fifty-six persons,
and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 666. No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

YWA-TA-MAIK. — A revenue circle in the Taungtha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand seven hundred and
forty persons, the /^^r/Ztaw/fa'd amounted to Rs. 1,874, the State land revenue
to Rs, 25-9-0, and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,899-9-0.

YWA-TAUNG. — A village of one hundred and twenty houses in Sagaing
township and district, three miles north of Sagaing town.

The central station, railway workshops, headquarter dwellings, and other
buildings of the Mu Valley Railway are established here.

The circle is a considerable one and has several irrigation tanks. The
Otamyit tank, on its northern'boundary, is said to have been dug by a king of
Burma because the Kaung-hmu-daw pagoda was out of the perpendicular and
leaning to the south. This work of merit caused it to resume the per-
pendicular.

The villages of the circle are all engaged in manufacture. Earthen pots
are produced in Obo, metal pots and other hardware in Pa-be-dan, stone-
carving is carried on in Kyauksit, and paper-making in Ywa-taung itself.

YVVA-THA. — A revenue circle ia the Pagan township and subdivision
of Mj'ingyan district.

In 1 895-96 the population numbered one thousand five hundred and thirty
persons, and the thathameda amounted to R.-*. 1,936. No land revenue
was collected in the circle.

YVVA-THA.— A revenue circle with four liundred and fifty-four inhabit-
ants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It lies on the
left bank of the Chindwin river, east of Kani, and includes the villages of
Ywa-tha, Inchaung, Yiva-thit, Zibin-gyin, Sagamya North. Sagamya South,
Nga-pyaw-gyin and Kankagfin.

The crops cultivated are paddy, jowar, sessamum and pulses. The
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 1,350, from thathameda.

420 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. jywA

YWA-THA. — A revenue circle in the Taung-dwin-gyaung township,
Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district, including a single village.
The revenue paid by the circle in 1897 ^^^ Rs. 320.

YWA-THA. — A village in the Paiik township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and sixteen persons, according to
the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 160, included in that of Nagabwet.

YWA'THA. — A village in the Ywa-tha circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and
ninety-five persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 680 for 1897-98.

YWA-THA. — A village in the Yaw township, Yawdwin subdivision of
PaVokku district, with a population of seventy-nine pereons, according to
the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 2 10 for 1807-98.

YWA-THA. — A village in the Pyathi circle, Myaing township, PakAkku
subdivision and district, with a population of fifty persons, according to the
census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 300 for 1897-98,

YWA-THA PET-YIN. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township,
subdivision and district.

In i8c,5-q6 the population numbered one thousand six hundred and
nineteen persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,761. iNo laud
revenue was collected in the circle.

YWA-THA p6N-YWA.— A revenue circle in Myingyan township,
suiidivision and district.

In 1895-95 the population numbered one thousand six hundred and nine-
teen persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,331.

No land revenue has been assessed in the circle.

YWA-THA-YA.— A revenue circle in the Mj^ingyan township, subdivi-
sion, and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand seven hundred and
sixty-seven persons, and the thathameda amounted to Rs. 2,268. No land
revenue was collected in the circle.

YWA-THA-YA. — .\ revenue circle with four humlred amJ four inhabit-
ants, in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It skirts the left
bank of the Chindwin river, north-east of Kani.

The villages included in the circle are Ywa-thaya, Daliat-aing, Chaing-
zauk and Mogaung. Paddy, jovar and sessanium are cultivated. The
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs, 840, from thathameda.

YWA-THIT.— A circle in the Myingun township of Mag we district, in-
cluding the villages of Ywa-thit and AH-gyaung-ye.

YWA-THIT.— A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered nine hundred and sixty-fiye persons
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,810, the State land revenue to Rs!
5»357-5-i '1 *nd the gross revenue to Rs. 7, 167-5-1 1.

VWA]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

421

YWA-THIT. — A revenue circle in the Taunglha township, Myingyan sub-
division and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered five hundred and fifty-five personsi
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 8gi, the State land revenue to Rs,
2,210-2-4, and the gross revenue to Rs. 3,101-2-4.

YWA-THIT.— A revenue circle and village in the north of the Mintaing-
bin township of Lower Chindwin district, with seventy-eight inhabitants.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 280 for 1896-97.

YWA-THIT. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura
subdivision of Mandalay district, including two villages.

The land revenue derived- from the circle in iSgt was Rs. 51S. .

YWA-THIT. — A village in the revenue circle of the same name, Pathein-
gyi township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, twenty-two miles
north-north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of three hundred and sixty-five persons at the census
of 1891, and paid Rs. "joo t liathameda-isx.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Uyindaw revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, six miles souih-soutb-east
of headquarters.

It had a population of one hundred and eighty-five persons at the census
of 1891, and paid Rs. 320 thaihameda-iax. There is a bazaar. The neigh-
bourhood grows the " Sadaw-gyo byu " mango extensively.

YWA-THIT. — \ village in the Thayettaw circle, Madaya township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, west of Padaukpin.

The houses in the village numbered twenty-five and the population was
estimated at eighty persons in 1897. The villagers are cultivators.

YWA-THIT — A village in the Udaung circle, Madaya township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, east of the Irrawaddy river.

It has forty-nine houses and the population numbered in 1897 one hundred
and ninety-six persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

YWA-THIT.' — A village in the Tingat circle, Pakokku township, subdivi-
sion and district, with a populuion of two hundred and twenty persons,
according to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 430, included in
that of Tingat.

YWA-THIT. — A village In the Kyunpanlaw circle, Pakokku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of sixty-three persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 130, included in that of Kyun-
pan-law

YWA-THIT.— A village in the Letpan-gyun circle, PakAkku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of sixty-nine persons, according
to the census of 1S91, and a revenue of Rs. lOo, included in that of Letpan-
gyun.

YWA-THIT.— A village in the Sindfe circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakokku
stbdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and ninety-nine
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 770.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Pauk-u circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
seventy-one persons, according to the census of 1891.

422

THE UPPER feURMA GAZETTEER.

[VWA

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 440 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Nyaungpauk circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of fifty-four persons,
according to the census of 1891. The thathavteda amounted to Rs. 140
for 1897 98.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Sin-gyo circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of fifty-six persons,
according to the census of 1S91.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 400 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT, — A village in the A-le-gj'aw circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakfikku .subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
ninety-nine persons, according to the census of i8gr, and a revenue of
Rs. 310.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Tha-gyaung circle, Seikpyu township,
I'akokku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eleven persons, according to the census of iSgi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 950 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Seikpyu township, Pak6kku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety-one persons
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 740 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT, — A village in the Tan-gyaung circle, Seikpyu township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of four hundred and one
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 740 for 1897-98.

\'W.\-TH1T.— A village in the Pyathi circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and lifty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 620 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Sa-be circle, Myaing township, Pakokku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and one persons,
according to the census of 1891.

YWA-THIT.— A village in the Seiksin circle, Myaing township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of seventy-one persons, according
to the census of iJigi,

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 220 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT, — A village in the Taungz6n circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kka subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
eleven persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 350 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township, Pakdkku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and fifty-five
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs 350, included
in that of Ku-do.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Piuk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, with a population of one hundred and forty-eight persons, accord-

YWAl

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

423

ing to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 340, included in that of
Tat go n.

YWA-TIIIT.^A villaaje in the Kyin-gyi circle, Launor-she township,
Yawdwin subdivision of Pakftkku district, with a population of one thou-
sand four hundred and forty-one persons, according to the census of iSgt,
and a revenue of Rs. 3'^o.

YWA-THIT. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-U subdivision of
Shvvebo district, with three square miles of attached land.

The population in iSgt numbered sixty-four persons and there were twentv-
five acres under cultivation. The principal products are paddy and jaggerV.
The distance from Ye-u is nine miles. The village paid Rs. 250 that ha-
meda revenue for 1896-97. It is under the Ywama thugvi.

YWA-THIT — .\ villagfe in the 'Mayaean township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, twentv-four miles from Ye-u.

It has two hundred and ninety-two inhabitants, who paid Rs. 6qo thatha-
meda revenue for 1896-97. The principal industry is paddy cultivation.

YWA-THIT. — A village of sixtv houses, twelve miles north-west of
Sagaing, in the Sagaing subdivision and district.

The Ywa-thit pagoda is said to have been built by King Thiri-dhamma-
thawka.

YW.A-THIT. — A small fishing village with a population of thirty-seven
persons, in the Tbabeikkyin township of Ruby Mines district about a mile
north of Twin-ngS.

YWA-THIT. — A village adjoining Aw-vaw village in the Kan-a-she circle
of the Pangtara State, Myelat district of the Southern Shan Stales,

In 1897 '^ ^^^ thirty-eight houses with a population of two hundred and
thirty-one persons. Only twenty houses were assessed and these paid Rs. 330
thathameda. There are half a dozen sewing machines in the village.

YWATHIT. — A Kachin village In Tract No. 2, Bhamo district, situat-'
ed in 24° 11' north latitude and 96" 51' east longitude.

In 1892 it contained seventy -three houses, with a population of four-
hundred and four persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him.
The inhabitants are Shan-Burmese and own no cattle.

YWA-THIT.- In Karen-ni. See under Man Mau.

YWA-THIT-GA-LE.— A village in the Madaya township and subdivision
of Mandalay district, west of Wosu.

It has twenty houses and its population numbered in 1897 eighty persons
approximately. The villagers are cultivators and coolies.

YWA-TlllT-GON.— A village in the Shwe-gyin townships Ye-u subdivi-
sion of Shwebo district, covering with its lands an area of twelve and-a-balf
square miles.

There are seventy-one inhabitants and twenty acres of cultivation.
Paddy, jaggery and thitsi are the chief products. The thathameda revenue
for 1896-97 was Rs. 300. The village is nineteen miles from Ye-u.

YWA-THIT-GON. — A village in the Nga-kwe circle, Seikpyu township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and

434 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. [twa-ywb

twelve persons, according to the census of 189 1. The thathameda revenue
for 1897-98 amounted to Rs. 710.

YWA-THIT-GYI. — A village in the Sagaing township, subdivision and
district, eighteen miles west of Sagaing town, on the Irrawaddy river.

It had four hundred and fifteen houses in 1889. A considerable trade in
cotton is done at Ywa-thit-gyi, which is a calling-place for the Irrawaddy
Flotilla Company's steamers. There is a small bazaar. A large number
of Zairbadis, Burman-Mahomedan mdtis, live here.

There are many pagodas and considerable variety in the style of archi-
tecture of each. The chief are the Shinbin Kad6k, Shinbin Kyantha-gyi,
Shwezig6n and Shenlein Shwezedi.

YWA-THIT-SU.— A village in the Myintha circle, Pakfikku township,
subdivision and district, with a population of eighty>two persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 240, included in that of
Myintha.

YWA-THIT-SU. — A village in the Pakan-gyi circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and
fifteen persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 500 for 1897-98.

YWA-THIT-SU.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of
Pak6kku district, with a population of two hundred and forty-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 400.

YWA-WR. — A village twenty-one miles north of Wundvvin in the North-
ern subdivision of Meiktila district, with an agricultural population of five
hundred persons.

The pagodas here were built by private benefactors. There is a police
guard in the village, which borders on Kyauks6 and Myingyan districts,
The neighbouring in was in Burmese times kept in repair by King Mind6n
but the bunds are now broken down and Ihere is seldom water in it.

YWA-ZI. — A village in the Ku-hna ywa township, Gangaw subdivision
of Pak6kku district, at the junction of the Kunzfe chaung and the Myittha
river.

It had a population of one hundred and forty-four persons at the census of
1891 ; the thathameda amounted to Rs. 250 for 1897-98.

YWA-ZIN-DAW. — A village in the Nga-singu Myoma circle, Nga-singu
township, Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, east of Nga-singu
town.

It had twenty houses with a po|)ulation of eighty persons, on an approxi-
mate calculations in 1897, The villagers are cultivators.

YWE-KYU-B.AUK.— A revenue circle in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district, including five villages and a bazaar.

The land revenue paid by the circle in 1891 amounted to Rs. 542.

YWfi-SU. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Manda-
lay district, north-east of Tha-lwinbyu.

It has seventy houses, and its papulation numbered in 1 897 two hundred
persons, approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

WE-ZAU]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

435

YWE-ZU. — A revenue circle in the Pathein*gyi township^ Amarapura sub-
division of Mandalay district,

YWE-ZU. — Is the only village in the circle and is fourteen miles north-
east of headquarters. It had a population of one hundred and ninety.fiye
persons at the census of 1891, and paid Rs. 370 thaihameda-t^x and Rs.
351 land revenue,

YWE-ZU. — A village in the Letkaung revenue circle, Palhein-gyi town-
ship, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay districti ten miles east-north-east
of headquarters.

It had a population of ninety persons at the census ^f 1891, and ftaid Rs.
aoo thathameda-tAX.

ZA-GA-BIN.— A circle in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man-
dalay district, north-east of Madaya, including two villages.

ZA-GA-BIN. — A village in the Zagabin circle, Madaya township and sub-
division of Mandalay districtjCast of On-hmin.

It has one hundred and ten houses, and its population numbered in 1897
four hundred and thirty-two persons approximately. The villagers are cul-
tivators.

ZA-HAW.— A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of eight hundred and
thirty-eight persons, according to the census of 1891.

The ihathameda amounted to Rs. 1,650 for 1897-98.

ZA-HO. — A \allage in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of fifty-nine persons, according to the census of
1891, and a revenue of Rs. J 70.

ZAI-ZUN. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, five miles from Ye-u town, with a population of five hundred and
seven persons and I43'4 acres of cultivation.

The principal crops grown are paddy, p^nauk, tilseed and vegetables.
The village paid for 1896-97 one thousand rupees thathameda revenue. It
is on the banks of the Mu river, and the Mayagan road passes through it.

ZA-L6k. — A village in the Nga-kyan circle, Pakfikku township, subdivi-
sion and district, with a population of eighty-six persons, according to the
census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 240, included in that of Nga-kyaw.

ZA-LU-BAN. — A village in the Myaing township, Pak6kku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and sixty-nine persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330, included in
that of Myaing-a-she-zu.

ZA-N.\-B6k, — A revenue circle in the Taungdwin-gyaung township,
Mingin subdivision of Upper Chindwin district.

It includes a single village and paid Rs. 70 revenue in 1897.

ZAN-HMWE. — A village in the Kyaw circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pakfikku district, with a population of one hundred and
twenty-six persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of
Rs. 190.

ZAUNG-DAW-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan
subdivision of Myingyan district.

426

tHE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ ZAU-ZED

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and five persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 3J5. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

ZAUNG-GYAN-GON. — A village in the Nyaung-ywa circle, Myaing town-
ship, Pakfiklcu subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred
and ninety-three persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue
of Rs. ,'^60, included in that of Nyaung-ywa.

ZA-WA-HNAW-GON. — A villac^e in the Ye-u township and subdivision
of Shvvebo district, sjx miles from Ye-u town.

It has a population of six hundred and ninety-two persons, and a culti-
vated area of 53*4 acres. Paddy and penauk are the chief crops. The
thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 1,530.

ZAW-GYI. — Called Nam Saw Kyi bv the Shans, a stream which rises
at the foot of the hills near Yebyu, about three miles from Pangtara town
the capital of the State of that name (Pindava) in the Myelat division of
the Southern Shan States.

The Zaw-gyi Ye-twet (source) is not quite so high as Pangtara. TTie
river flows north-east through the undulating country in that State and the ad-
joining State of Lawk Sawk passing the capital of the latter and continues the
same general course for about thirty miles as far as Hson Tan. There it
takes a turn to the west, and skirting the northern slope of the Taungmingyi
hills descends thrnurrh the Myo^yi vallev of the Maw State to the plains,
which it reaches in Kyauksfe district, where it turns to the north again and
fl'^ws into the Mvit-ng6 (Nam Tu). At Hson Tan the Zaw-gyi is about eight
feet deep and it is crossed between Hson Tan and Ang Tan Bya by a bridge
of about fifty-feet span. At Lawk Sawk it is twenty-five yards wide and two
feet deep in April. It has a course of about one hundred and fifty miles.

ZA-YA-MA. — A village in the Yeza-?yo township, Pakfikku subdivision
and district, with a population of three hundred and one persons, according
to the census of 189 1.

ZAYA-PURA.— The classical name of Sagaing, q.v. the 'Victorious City/

ZA-YAT-K6N. — A village in the Shwe-pyi circle, Nga-singu township,
Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, west of Kyunzi.

The village has fifty houses and the population numbered in 1892 two hun-
dred and twenty-five persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

ZA-YAT-NI. — A villasje in the Nyaungbin circle, Yeza-gyo township,
Pakokku subdivision and district, with a population of three hundred and
nineteen persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 630 for 1897-98.

ZA-YIT. — A revenue circle in the Rudalln township of Lower Chlndwin
district, including Zayit and Kadozeik villages, with two hundred and
eleven inhabitants. It lies on the right bank of the Mu river, which separ-
ates Lower Chindwin and Shwebo districts.

The chief products are paddy, jowar and sessamum. The revenue for
1896-07 from the circle amounted to Rs. 360, from thathameda.

^ ZE-DaIK. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyaa sub-
division and district.

ZBO-ZEH ]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

'4a7

In 1895-96 the population numbered five huadred and five persons, and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. 538. No land revenue was collected in the
circle.

ZE-DAN —A village in the Ywe-gyu-bauk revenue circle, Amarapura
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, six miles south of headquar-
ters.

It had a population of five hundred and sixty persons at the census of
1891, and paid Rs. 920 t/tathameiia-ta.x. There is a bazaar in the village.

ZE-D.\N. — A village in the Myintha circle, Fakokku township, subdivi-
sion and district, with a population of four hundred and sixty-seven persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs, 441 for 1897-98.

ZE-DAW. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision and
district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one thousand and twenty-four per-
sons, the thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,458, the State land revenue to Rs.
io6-2-6, and the gross revenue to Rs. 1,564-2-6.

ZE-DA-Y6N. — A revenue circle in the east of the Mintaingbin township
of Lower Chindwin district, with one hundred and ninety-eight inhabitants.

The circle includes two villages, Zedayfin and Myogan. The revenue
for 1896-97 amounted to Rs, 570, from thathameda, and Rs. g per metisem
for State-land rent.

ZE-DI-G6n.— A Kachin village in Tract No. 2, Bhamo district, situated
in 24" 11' north latitude, and 96" 51' east longitude

In 1892 it contained twenty-two houses, with a population of one hundred
and thirty-seven persons. The headman has no others subordinate to him
The inhabitants are Shan-Burmese, and own no cattle,

ZE-GYAUNG. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo
district, seven miles distant from Ye-u town, with a population of thirty-
three persons.

The chief crop is paddy : the cultivated area is 39-16 acres. The thatha-
meda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. no.

ZE-GYO. — A revenue circle and village in the Amarapura township and
subdivision of Mandalay district.

It had a population of eight hundred and thirty persons at the census of
1 891, and paid Rs, 1,200 thathamedd'tAX. There is a bazaar in the village.

ZE-GYO or ZE-KYO. — A village of two hundred and forty-one houses in
Ava township of Sagaing district, two-and-a-half miles south-east of Ava
fort.

There is a small District Fund bazaar here. The principal villages within
the Zegyo thugyfs jurisdiction are Myiltho, seventy-four houses, and
Hmawgun, fifty-three houses.

ZE-HAUNG. — A village in the Sa-lemyin circle, Nga Singu township,
Madaya subdivision of Mandalay district, north-east of Sa-lemyin.

It had twenty-five houses and a population of one hundred persons, on an
approximate calculation in 1897. The villagers are bamboo-cutters and cul-
vators.

42B

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ZEI-ZEZ )

ZEIK-TAUNG. — A revenue circle and village in the west of the Mintaing-
bin township of Lower Chindwin district, with three hundred and forty-six
inhabitantsi chiefly cultivators and mat-makers.

The tkathameda amounted to Rs. 510 for 1896-97. During the disturb-
ances of the Annexation, a Military Police outpost was stationed here.

There is a Civil Police outpost in the village, through which runs the
main road to Gangaw. Carts can with difficulty reach Zeiktaung, but can-
not go further, and all merchandise has to be carried over the Pdndaung
range on pack bullocks.

ZE-THEIT. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Sagaing.

It has twenty houses and its population numbered in 1897 ^ig^'Y persons,
approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

ZE-THIT. — A village in the Madaya township and subdivision of Man*
dalay district, east of Sagabin.

It has twenty houses its population numbered in 1897 *'ghty persons
approximately. The villagers are cultivators.

ZE-YAN or SARAN. — A large and flourishing Palaung village of one
hundred and seventy-five houses in Tawng Peng State, Northern Shan
States, which is treated as a separate circle.

The revenue proceeds are assigned to the Sawbwa's father. The circle
is the richest in the State and sells no less than six thousand bullock loads
of wet tea in a good year. It works an estimated area of one thousand six
hundred and fifty acres of tea-gardens; the villagers own one hundred and
seventy cows, twenty-seven pack bullocks, and Iwenty-eight ponies.

The village is noted for its tea, which always fetches good prices in the
markets in Burma.

The population in 1896 numbered four hundred and eighty men, six hun-
dred and eighty-four women, two hundred and seven boys, and one hundred
and eighty-six girls. The inhabitants are Palaungs of the Tung Nung
tribe and there is a dialectical difference between their language and that of
the Nam Hsan Palaungs. The village is close to Nam Hsan, the capital of
the State.

Ze-yan contains a large wooden monastery and a group of small white
pagodas.

ZE-YAT. — A village in the Pakokku circle, township, subdivision and
district, with a population of one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thafhamedasLtaounled to Rs. 3,738 for 1897-98.
ZE-YA-WA-DI. — A revenue circle in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u sub-
division of Shwebo district, fourteen miles from Ye-u.

Zeyawadi village covers an area of two square miles and has six hundred
and twenty-five inhabitants. There are two hundred and sixly-five acres
of cultivated land, cropped mostly with paddy. For 1896-97 the thatha-
meda revenue was Rs. 1,750.

ZS-ZUN.— A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, fourteen miles from Ye-u.

UB]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

429

There are fifty inhabitants, chiefly rice cultivators, and the tkathameda
revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 140.

ZI, — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two thousand two hundred and
fifty-five persons, and the thathameJa revenue amounted to Rs. 2,603. No
land revenue was collected in the circle.

ZI-BAUK. — A village in the Shwe-gyin township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shvvebo district, with an appropriated area of eighteen square miles.

There are one hundred and two inhabitants and fifty-two acres of culti*
vation. The chief products are paddy, jaggery and thitsi. The thathanicda
revenue for 1896-97 was Rs. 340. The village is sixteen miles from Ye-u.

ZI-BIN-DWIN. — A revenue circle and village with two hundred and forty-
six inhabitants in the Kani township of Lower Chindwin district. It lies
in the south of the township.

The revenue for 1896-97 amounted to Rs. 490, from thalkameda, and
Rs. 534 from State lands.

ZI-BIN-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Myingyan township, subdivision
and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered four hundred and sixty persons, and
the thathameJa amounted to Rs. 595. No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

ZI-BIN-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Taunglha township, Myingyan
subdivision and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and twenty persons,
and the tkathameda amounted to Rs. 200, No land revenue was collected
in the circle.

ZI BIN-GON.— A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivision
of Mandalay district, east of Nyaung-bin-bu.

It had sixty-live houses and a population of two hundred and sixty per-
sons, on an approximate calculation, m 1897. The villagers are cultivators.

ZI-BIN-GVVE. — A village of eighty houses in Ava township of Sagaing
district, near the mouth of the Myitthat:A<7««/ and four miles west of Ava.

ZI-BIN-GYI — A circle in the Pyintha township, Maymyo subdivision of
Mandalay district.

Zi-bin-gyi is the only village in the circle and lies one-and-a-half miles
n-^rth of Pyintha. It had a population of one hundred and sixty-three
persons at the census of 1891. The tkathameda paid by the village for
1896 was Rs. 470. The people are Burmans and cultivate the groundnut
in hill clearings. There is a mountain pass from Zibingyi to Mandalay.

ZI-BVVIN. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district, including
the villages of Zibwin and Fadigon.

ZI-BYA. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pakokku
district, w ith a population of two hundred and ninety-six persons, according
to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 1,150.

430

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Z!B— ZlDl

ZI-BYA.— A village in the Min-ywa circle, Ku-hna-ywa township, Gan-
gaw subdivision of Pak6kku district, with a population of sixty-eight persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathamcda amounted to Rs. 140 for 1897-98.

Salt is manufactured here from saline earth-deposits.

Zl-BYU-BIN. — A village in the Myaing township, Pakfikku subdivision
and district, with a population of one hundred and seventy-four persons,
according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 330, included in that
of Myaung-a-she-zu.

ZI-BYU-BIN. — A village in the Chaung-z6n-gyi circle, Myaing township,
Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of seventy persons,
according to the census of iSgi, and a revenue of Rs. 120, included in that
of Chaung-z6n-gyi.

Z1-BYU-G6n. — A village in the Taung-byfin Ngfe-a-she circle, Madaya
township and subdivision of Mandalay district, west of Chaungma-g)'i-wein.

It has thirty houses : its population numbered in iSga one hundred and
twenty persons approximately. The villagers are cultivators and coolies.

ZI-BYU-G6n. — A village in the Mayagan township, Ye-u subdivision
of Shwebo district, twenty miles from Ye-u.

There are one hundred and sixty-five inhabitants, who paid for 1896-97
two hundred and sixty rupees thathanieda revenue. They are ail rice
farmers.

Zl-BYU-GON. — A village in the Tazfi township, Ye-u subdivision of
Shwebo district, with a population of one hundred and eighteen persons in
1891. The village is twenty-one nules from Yc-u.

The thathameda revenue amouuled to Rs. 520 for 1896-97. Paddy is
the chief crop.

ZI-BYL'-GON. — A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of Pak6k-
ku district, with a population of one hundred and nineteen persons, accord-
ing to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 230.

ZI-DYU-GYAUNG. — A village in the Chaungzon-gyi circle, Myaing
township, Pak6kku subdivision and district, with a population of ninety-six
persons, according to the census of iSgijanda revenue of Rs. 300, included
in that of Chaung-z6n-gyi.

ZI-DAW. — A circle in the Myothit township of Magwe district, including
the villages of B6kk6n and Zidaw.

Zl-DAW. — A village in the Kyunpawlaw circle, Pak6kku township,
subdivision and district, wiih a population of two hundred and sixty persons,
according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda revenue amounted to Rs. 480 for 1897-98.

ZI-DAW. — A village in the Oyin circle, Myaing township, Pakokku sub-
division and district, with a pupulation of two hundred and thirty-one
persons, according to the census of 189 1.

The thathameda revenue amounted to Rs. 250 for 1897-98.

ZI-DAW. — A village in the Tilin township, Pauk subdivision of Pak6kku
district, with a population of one hundred and seventeen persons, accord-
ing to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 210.

ZID— ZIG]

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

ZI-DAW.— A village in the Pauk township and subdivision of PakSkku
district, with a population of one hundred and forty-two persons, according
to the census of i8gi, and a revenue of Rs. 240, included in that of Yebya.

ZI-DAW. — A village in the Kyauktat circle, Yeza-gyo township, PakAkku
subdivision and district, with a popula'ion of two hundred and thirty-five
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The revenue from thathameda amounted to Rs. 400 for 1897-98.

ZI DAW— A villas^e in the Waya circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pakdkku
subdivision and district, with a population of seven hundred and fifty-nine
persons, according to the census of 1891,

The revenue from thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,440 for 1897-98.

ZI-GAN. — A revenue circle in the Nato-gyi township, Myingyan subdivi-
sion and district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered one hundred and fifteen persons
and the thathameda revenue amounted to Rs. 126. No land revenue was
collected in the circle.

ZI-GAN. — A village of three hundred and twenty houses in the Ava
township of Sagaing district, seven miles east of Myotha.

Zigan is the native place of one Nga Tin, a followc^r of the ZiAk prince,
who terrorized Kyauksfe before the Annexation.

ZI-GAT. — A village ir the Chindaung circle, Seikpyu township, Pakfikku
subdivision snd district, with a population of three hundred and thirty-three
persons, according to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 1,220 for 1897-98.

ZI-G()N. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, with forty-four houses.

The inhabitants are Shans and Burmans, and cultivate kaukkyi, mayin
and faurtfya, and engage in fishing also.

ZI-GON. — A village in the Ye-u township and subdivision of Shwebo dis-
trict, eleven miles distant from Yc-u town, with a population of twenty three
persons.

There are 3643 acres under cultivation : the chief crops being paddy,
pcnnuk and tilseed. The thathameda revenue for 1896-97 amounted to
Rs. 60. The village is undt^r the thugvi of Madaingbin.

ZI-GON. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivision of
Mandalay district, east of Maymyo.

The village has fifty houses, and the population numbered in 1897 '^^^'o
hundred persons approximately. The vdlagers are cultivators and fi.shcr-
men.

ZI-GON.— A village in the Zigon circle, Pak6kku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of four hundred and fifty-two persons, ac-
cording to the census of 1891.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 350 for r89;-98.

ZI-GON.— A village in the Palano circle, Pakokku township, subdivision
and district, with a population of eightv-one persons, according to the census
of 1891.

432

UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

[ZIG

The ihathamcda amounted to Rs. 350 for 1897-98.

ZI-GON. — A village iu the A-l^-gyaw circle, Ye-za-gyo township. PakAlcku
subdivision and district, with a population of two hundred and twenty-eight
persons, according to the census of 1891, and a revenue of Rs. 500.

ZI-G6n. — A village in the BAnba circle, Yeza-gyo township, Pak6kku
subdivision and district, with a population of one hundred and ninety-six
persons, according to the census of i8gi.

The thathameda amounted to Rs. 480 for 1897-98.

ZI-GYAING. — A revenue circle and village in the Salingyi township of
Lower Chindwin district, with six hundred and seventy-eight inhabitants.
The circle follows the left bank of the South Yama stream.

Paddy, jowar, sessamum and gram are grown. The revenue amounted
to Rs. 1,580, from thathameda, and Rs. 274 from State lands for 1896-97.

ZI-GYO. — A circle in the Taungdwingyi township of Magwe district
including the single village of Myanaing.

ZI-GYO-BIN. — A revenue circle in the Sa-le township, Pagan subdivision
of Myingyan district.

In 1895-96 the population numbered two hundred and three persons and
the thathameda amounted to Rs. Ig6, No land revenue was collected in
the circle.

Zt-GYO-GON. — A village in the Kyaukthanbat revenue circle, Patheingyi
township, Amarapura subdivision of Mandalay district, sixteen miles north-
north-east of headquarters.

It had a population of four hundred and twenty-five persons at the census
of iSgr, and paid Rs, 900 thathameda-ta.x.

ZI-GYUN. — A village and island on the Irrawaddy river in Myitkyina
district, about one hour by steamer above He-chein.

Zigyun village contains seventy-two houses. The villagers own fifty
cattle and cultivate taungya on the west bank ; thev also express a considrr-

able quantity of hnan-o\\, getting the hHan from the
Sessamum oil. Kachins to the east and north, who come down in

rafts. The average yield is 2,000 viss of oil a year ; the
sale price varies from Rs. 60 to Rs. 80 per 100 viss. The hnan is brought
down between Natdaw and Tagu (December and April). Burmese mer-
chants from Bhamo come up with salt, pasos, linen, betel-boxes, plates,
npcklaces and glasses. Waingmaw, Magaya, Maingna, Naungtalaw, and
Myitkyina are full of brokers. The method adopted is for the Kachins to
come straight to the broker's house and deposit their sessamum there, getting
in return the articles they want. Thn brokers, who have bought the
articles from the traders, offer them oil or mon''y as they choose.

The villagers buv their opium and spirits from Nntdaw to Tabaung

(December to March) from Chinese ; opium sells at Rs. 25 to Rs. 30 a viss

and spirits at Re. 1 for four glasses. About "^.ooo men and i.foo mules

come down yearly, and of these about two-thirds are

Opium. laden with opium and spirits. Each man comes down

with a single jar in a naukht)}. The traders are mostly

pure Chinese, not Shan-TayAks. They come from Momein, Yilaw, Haw

z\a-z\si

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

433

Shwin Shan (six days distant) Yibe, Tado, Tasilin, Ny6n, and Y6n Shan.
Some Siiaii-Tayoks come from Sansi, Mongla and Santa.

ZIgyun is supposed to have been founded by Shans after the founding

of Maing-maw, some two hundred and seventy years ago.

History. When Maing-maw was destroyed ninety years ago, there

were only four or five houses in Zigyun. There is a

sadaw in the village, which has three bamboo kyaungs. Haw Saing, the

Sawlni'a of Mogaung, put \iv two hundred years ago a very celebrated

pagoda, which is still kn")vvn as Haw Saing's pagoda here, and a festival is

held at it every year in Tabaung (March;. There is no fence round the

village.

Zi-GYUN. — A village in the Nga-singu township, Madaya subdivision of
Mandalay district, west of Sin the,

The village had forty houses and a population of one hundred and sixty
persons, on an approximate calculation, in 1897. The villagers are cu J li-
vators.

Zl-GYUN. — .'V village in the Lctpan-gyun circle, Pakokku township, sub-
division and district, with a population of one hundred and nineteen persons,
and a revenue of Rs. 250, included inthat of Letpan-gyun,

ZI-MAW. — A village often houses, one of them of Kachins, in the Sinkan
circle, Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own eight buffaloes and work te, besides engaging in bam-
boo cutting.

The village was settled in 1875 from Lathein taung, one day to the east.
The Kashan Kachins destroyed it five years later, and it was re-established
by Ma La in 1885.

ZIN-BON. — A village of thirty-eight houses on the left bank of the Irra-
waddy river, in the Shwegu subdivision of Bhamo district.

The villagers own a few buffaloes and work taungya paddy.

There is also a considerable manufacture of lime ; for local supply the

. . stone is brouglit from Letsaunggan, on the oppaiite bank,

""*■ and burnt near the village ; each kiln lakes Uiree days in

burning and turns out on an average three hundred and fitty baskets, the

cost price being Rs. 20 the hundred baskets ; usually a gang of three men

work each kiln.

A certain amount of ngapi is also prepared with salt imported from Shein-
maga, other kinds not being considered strong enough ; the price ranges
from Rs. 12 to Rs. 25 the hundred viss.

ZIN-GA-LE. — h. revenue circle in the Mingin township and subdivision
of Upper Chindwin district, including a single village.

The revenue paid in 1897 amounted to Rs. 360.

ZINGKALING HKAM TI— Called by the Burmese Kanti or Kanti-ga-
le, is a small State, administered by the officer in charge of Upper Chindvvio
district.

The inhabitants are chiefly Shan-Kadus, or Burmanized Shans. The
State lies about sixty miles above the junction of the Uyu
and Chindwin rivers, and under the Burmese Govern-

History : before

mentits Sawbxoa was placed under the jurisdiction of the Wun of Tammu
and Hkampat. Theoretically it paid revenue direct into the Royal treasury!

'55

434 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. [ziN

but during the reign of King Thibaw it was in a disturbed condition and
actually paid little or nothing.

Little of its ancient history is known, but it is a relic of the old Shan
Empire and was one of the ninety-nine provinces of Mogaung. The
present village of Maing-naung is frequently referred to as a place of im-
portance in the old Shan chronicles and no doubt was at one time capital
of the whole State.

When Upper Burma was annexed there was no Sawbwa and the State
would no doubt have ceased to exist if it had not been
Annexation.*'^ ^^"^ '^^ establishment of British rule. About 1884 the

Theinbaw Kachins from the Hu Kawng Valley over-
ran Zingkaling Hkam Ti, killed a na-hkan and captured a Wun and the
Sawbwa finally disappeared.

The State was first visited by Colonel (then Major) F. D. Raikes in July
of 1886 and the people petitioned that their former Sawbtea should not be
restored but that they should be taken under direct administration.

A youth, Saw Ni Taung, was appointed to the charge of the State with the
title of Vwa-di. He was twenty-seven years of age and belonged to the
ruling house. His pedigree was —

Saw Hoyan.

Saw Ngo. Saw Ke.

I I I Saw Ni Taung

Saw Nyi Kaung Saw Ai Saw Hi born 186 1, appointed Chief

ruled 1820— 1844. ruler 1844— 1853. ruler 1853— 1882 1887, died 1892.

when he abdicated.

Po Hlaing or Ma Pu. Mi Inu. Mi Nan Naung.

Saw H6n, Sawbiva, 1893-94. Satsbwa in 1894.

Saw Ni Taung collected no revenue, but made his villagers cultivate his
fields for him, each working for a fortnight at a time.

He died in 1892 and was succeeded by his cousin Saw Hon, a boy of six
years of age, who was declared Sawbwa, with an amatgyi, Saw E as regent.

Saw H6n, however, died in the following year and was succeeded by his
infant sister, Ma Pu, Saw E remaining regent.

Hkam Ti, Kanti-ga-le or Myo Haung as it is also called, has only been
established as the capital since the British settlement. When Major Raikes
arrived in 1886, M6n T6n was the head village.

In Burmese times one thousand viss of wax and one hundred viss of ivory
T "b te vitre sent as tribute. The wax sold at three rupees the

viss in Mandalay.

The tribute paid to the British Government has been fixed at the nominal
sum of Rs. 50.

The boundaries of the State are: on the north, the Hu of Upper Chin-
dwin district Kawng valley ; on the south, the Homalin
township; on the east, the Wild Chin Hills, and on the

Boundaries and

area-

west, the Uyu township of Upper Chindwin district and
Myitkyioa district. It is divided into two portionsby the Kaungheio circle

ztN] THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. 435

of the Homalin township, which projects across the Slate. The upper
portion which extends up to the waterfall in latitude 26° 30' is about one
thousand four hundred and twenty-five square miles in area. The lower
portion is about five hundred square miles.

The villages are nearly all on the river bank. There are a few Kachin
p .... villages in the interior, on the route to Haungpa. The

lagra!'" ^^"'" ' *' population was said in 1897 to be about one thousand
three hundred and thirty-one persons and the thathameda

revenue amounted to Rs. 1,150.

The Kachin headmen look upon themselves as independent chieftains
and pay no taxes. In Burmese times they were the real masters of the
situation, the Sawbwa for the time being owing his appointment and reten-
■ tion in power to their good will.

The Shan villages in 1897 were —

Houses.

(i) Minsin ... ... ... ... 13

(a) Mauk'aldk ... ... ... ... 7

(3) Nan Hpe ... ... ... ... aa

(4) Yatna ... ... ... ... aa

SfS) Anauk Kauktaung ... ... ... 36

(6) A-she Kauktaung ... ,., ... 36

(7) Zaldk ... ... ... ... II

8) Limpa ... „, ... ... 8

9) Maingnaung ... ... ... ... 7

(10) Hein Sun ... ... ... ... la

fii) Seinnan ... ... ... ... la

M2) Mauksalun ... ... ... ... 4

(13) Paw Maing ... ... ... ... 14

(14) Kam Ti ... ... ... ... 40

(15) Kinlaw ... ... .„ ... il

(16) Hmanbin ... ... ... ... 40

(17) Hmankin ... ... ... ... xS

Each house was assessed in that year at Rs. a thathameda'tzx.. Two or
more families living in the same house are not treated as separate house*
holds.
The following are the Kachin villages :—

Houses.

(i) Lai Sa

• •t

*t« ••• •••

(2) Nim Paw

(3) LakTin

• ••

•a. ••• ■«•

...

• ••

U) U Ka
(5) Pin Kaw

• •»

■•■ ••* •••

...

••• ««. «••

The following Chin

villages

pay

tribute in bees-wax and

spears to the

Sawbwa :—

Houses.

(l) Laungsauk

•••

•»• •»• ••.

{1) P6nmyo

...

••• ■•( *•*

U) Pahyo ,
(4) Saunglem

•••

••« .•• •••

•••

••■ •■■ •••

(5) Seinla

(6) Patun

.»•

»•• ••• ■••

•••

••* »•• •••

(7) Tsu

...

•.* «*• •»•

Namp6k Chin village, which has only four or five houses, does not pay
either tax or tribute.

436 THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER. qum

Jade is found in the State in the following places :—

(1) The Namaw chaung, half a day's journey above Hkam Ti. The

stones used to be obtained by diving. The place is not now
worked.

(2) The Nan Tdnddn chaung, about two miles above Hkam Ti and six

miles inland from the mouth of the river.
Amber is also found in the hilly tract between the Chindwin and Uyu
rivers, near the route leading from Haungpa to Hkam Ti.
The following list shows the duties levied on exports :—

Rs.

(i) Large boat each ... ... i

(2J Small boat each ... ... o

Exports and (3) Canes per i.ooo ... ... o

imports. (4) Cheroot leaves per 100 viss ... 1

(5) Cane mats per 10 mats ... i

(o) Bees-wax per 10 viss ,.,

(7) Jade stones per cent, ad valorem ... 5

No duty is levied on boats when returning, neither is duty payable when
the amount taken out falls below the following limits :—

Canes ... ... ... ... 1,000

Cheroot leaves ... ... ... ... 100 viss.

Cane mats ... ... ... ... 5

Bees-wax ... ... ... ... 10 viss.

India-rubber, amber, spears, timber and bamboos are not taxed.

During the year 1897 about forty boats came up for trading purposes from
different parts of Lower and Upper Chindwin districts and brought up the
following merchandise : —

10,000 viss of salt per 100 viss
500 viss jaggerv per 100 viss
1,000 viss iron bars per viss
15 tins of earth-oil per tin
I tin of cocoanut-oil per tin
20 tins of sweet-oil per tin
50 viss betel nuts per viss
400 packets candies per packet
200 cups each
100 plates each
100 paso pieces per piece...
20 pieces of silk cloth per piece
100 packets of thread per packet
50 umbrellas each
100 wooden shoes each ...
100 spoonb each

Iron and salt are taken chiefly by Chins.

The chief articles of export are canes, bees-wax, red spears, India rubber,

i'ade, and cheroot leaves. In 1897 the following quantities are stated to
lave been exported : —

350 cane mats each

500 viss bees-wax per viss ...

loo red spears each ...

5,000 viss India rubber per viss

loo pieces Jade stone

4,500 cheroot leaves per viss ...

3MkOOo car.ea per 1|0<h> .„

Selling

price Rs.

•f

Rs.

value

Coo

2IN-Z1T.1

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

437

Cane mats, bees-waXj red spears and cheroot leaves are brought from Ihc
Chin Hills ; India-rubber comes from above the waterfall ; the canes are cut
and sold by the Shans.

The Kachins above the falls have very little dealings with Hkam Ti
State. The Chins on the Western frontier, between Hkam Ti and Assam
carry on traffic chiefly with the tikam Ti Chin villages. Almo.st every village
grows poppy, especially villages oi Kachins, Two-thirds of the Chins smoke
opium and two-liflhs of the iihans. The poppy is of very poor quality; it is
sown in September after ploughing and gathered in April.

ZIN-SA-GYET. — A revenue circle in the Salin-gyi township of Lower
Chindwin district, with two thousand eight hundred and nineteen inhabitants.
It lies in the south-east of the township, three miles from the right bank
of the Chindwin river and along the left bank of the South Varna stream.

The villages included in the circle arc Zinsa-gyet, Yinhaungdaing, Fyauk-
seikpin, Padu, Myaukk6n, Yewindaw, Tandaw, Kan-gyidaw, Thanmadaw,
Ywa-thit-kon, Aungchantha, Yemaing, Ngwe-tha and boksu.

The revenue from thaihameda amounted to Rs. 7,660 and from rent of
State land to Rs. 24, for 1896-97.

ZI-OK. — A revenue circle in the Pathein-gyi township, Amarapura subdi-
vision of Mandalay district.

Zi6k is the only village in the circle and is situated eight miles east of head-
quarters, ft had a population of two hundred and tifteen persons at the
census of 1891, and paid Its. 383 thathameda-\.z.\ and Rs. 201 land revenue.

ZI-PI-NI NORTH. — A revenue circle in the Salin-gyi township of Lower
Chindwin district, with two hundred and sixty -seven inhabitants. It is situ-
ated in the south-western corner of the township, north of the South Yama
stream.

The villages included in the circle are Zipani North, Taw-gyaung and
Shwe-kye-thin.

Paddy, jowar, sessamum and peas are grown. The revenue amounted to
Rs 900 from thathameda and Rs. 10 from rent of State lands for 1896-97.

Zl-PI-Nl SOUTH. — A revenue circle in the Salin-gyi township of Lower
Chindwin district, on the left bank of the South Yama stream.

It includes Zipani South and Letpan villages and has a population of two
hundred and one persons. The revenue amounted to Rs. 660, from tkatka-
meda, and Rs. 5 from rents of State lands in 1896.

ZI-THAUNG. — A circle in the Ti-gyaing township, Katha subdivision and
district, including two villages.

The villages are situated on the banks of the Meza stream and number
sixty-seven houses. The villagers are Burmans and Shans. They cultivate
kaukkyi and mayin paddy.

G, B. C. P, O.-'No. 3895, B. S., 13-U-1900- 1006,

^^^^^^^^^^HP glossary ^VI^^^^^^^I

^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^H

^^^^K^^^ Volumes and ^^^^^^|

^^^^^P^^^[Term5 explained in the Glossary lo Vo

umes I and II have not been reproduce<i.} ^^^^^^H

^^^V [B. = Burmese. Sh. = Shat

1. Ch. = Chinese. K. = Kachin.] ^H

^H Adwin fa-se ku-hna-ywa, the Seven-

Afwin, interior. ^H

^H teen-village Riding.

Auks6n s^-hnit yat. v. sub v. Man- ^|

^H Ahmu, V. ahmudan.

dalay. ^H

^H Ahmudan-sa, lands assigned to the

Aung, fit., push. ^H

^H troops.

<4unggya, broker. ^H

^H A-hwun, village headman; In Bur-

Aungya, v. aunggya. ^H

^H mese times, jailor.

Ayadaw pi, lit., the Royal Rood, ^|

^H Akauk 6k, Customs officer ; tax col-

Royal lands. ^H

Ayailugyi, quarter head man, ^H

^H AkuMwun, the head Revenue clerk

Ayut JVurty .Governor of the lepers ^|

^H of a district

and outcasts. ^^|

^H ^iyi, akyidaw, headman.

Badaso, steward. ^H

^H Ale, middle.

Badda, see page 171, Vol, 1, a Bud- ^H

^H Ale-gyun, the Middle Island.

dhist theological term. ^H

^H i4/(?-/^/, Central division.

.dan, a shallow, flat-bottomed basket. ^H

^H Amatchuk, President of the Council

Bawdibin, v. hawdi. ^^|

^H of Ministers.

Bed in kyan, v. bedin. ^^|

^H Amat dauk. Second .Minister.

Bilukan, the Ogre's Tank. ^1

^H Amat-gyi, Chief Minister.

Biluma, ogress. " ^^|

^H Amat-lauk, v. amat dauk.

^^o'tz ye, V. botatye, ^H

^H Ametndawsa, royal order in writing.

Bdngyi, large drum- ^^|

^H Amyat-kun, seignorage.

Botatye, clerk of a military officer. ^H

^H Anauk, western.

Byadaik, v. byetaik. ^H

^H A-nauk-let, Western ward.

Byat, tray. ^^|

^H Apyin, exterior.

ff^^, v. Keng TQiig, ^^|

^H Asaungya, attendant.

5;'»', t/. /^f. ^1

^H A-ske-let, Fastern division

Chatty, an earthen pot. ^H

^B ' Ashin-gyi, master.

Chaukso, the six classes of officials. ^H

^H Ashin-gyi ywa-nat, the chief natoi a

Chaukso yaaawut'Sk, constables of ^H

^H village.

the six classes. ^H

^H Asiyin, a subordinate judge.

Chauktaung, the Six Hills. ^H

^H Asut-kun, fishery tax ; asut, wet.

Chetties, money-lenders ; the money- ^H

^H A let lemyo, Atet Icmyo Kayaing,

lending caste of Hindus. ^H

^H the Four Townships of the Upper

Chin-haung, the roselle. ^H

^H Country.

Cii^u, (Ch.) a jurisdiction; a sub* ^H

^H Athe-patle, miscellaneous.

division, larger than a ting. ^^|

^H Athinj V. sub. voc. Yam&thin.

Chutta, umbrella. ^H

^H AthSndaw, (honorific) for the Royal

Ckweshin, a yoke of buffaloes. ^H

^^L^

Da-hmu, v. d'i>i-/imu. ^H

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Daiftjf, township.

Daivg gating, headman ; village guar-
dian.
Daing thugyi, v. dainggaung.
Daung, hill, v. taung.
Daung, V. sub Hsi Paw.
Daung Ian, a round tray standing on

legs.
Daw, the honorific suffix, Royal.
Deth'S.aH'gy6k {deik tan gy^k), the

oath in writing.
Dewun, V. sub. iMandalay.
Dha-hmu, the Governor of P5ng Mu,

a small State in the Myelat : v. sub.

Sam Ka.
Dhama, cultivator's knife.
Dhamyabo, captain of freelances.
Dinga taik, mint.
Dwin, hole.
Eik pan-saung, night watch; night

watchman.
Einchebo, v. einche kayocho.
Einche kayo'cho, house teller v, sub

Maymyo.

Einye-daw. Heir Apparent.

Eng, V. in, a species of dipterocar-
pus.

Caingdk sayadaw, v. gaingSk.

Gangaw, the mesua pedunculata.

Gaung, a subordinate village head-
man.

Gaung-baung, the Burmese man's
head-dress.

Gaung y-aet, to carry on the head ;
coolies carrying in this manner.

Gyii the barking deer.

Gyobin, a kind of tree.

Ha'tnong ho, a Shan official, v, sub
Lawk Sawk.

Ha/, a waterfall ; a rapid.

Hein, heing, v. hfng.

Htntha, V. hentha.

Hkam Yi'hpa, Governor.

Hkayaing wun, v. kayaing wun.

Hkon wun, v. hk6n.

Hie kun, cart tax.

Hmyaunggyif v. hmyaung gaung.

Hnan, sessamum.

Hnit-se-chauk yma, the Twenty-six
Hamlets.

Hnyat, a compress.

Ho Hoi (Sh.), a circle official in KSng
Tung.

Hpa JFflwWjf (Sh.), ruler.

Hpa vsong, v. Hpa Wawng.

Hpaya, v. paya, the name given to
headmen in the Southern Shan
States.

Hpayataga, v. payataga,

Hpi (/T.), a spirit.

Hpi Nangtang, a spirit, v. sub. M5ng
Ya.

Hsang-hke pong (Sh.), v. singyebSn
(B.), the suburbs ; the home circle.

Hsen, the head of a group of villages
in Keng TOng.

In, a species of diptero-carpus.

In, a natural reservoir j a mere.

Induing, dry sandy jungle tracts, of-
ten supporting t'n trees.

Indwi, the gum of the in and ingyiu.

Inyyin, the Pentacme Siamensis.

Jkilyjheel, swamp.

Jowar, jowari, millet.

Kadaw, homage ; tribute.

Kadaw letsaung daw, v.'.kadawpwi.

Kadawpwe, complimentary gifts.

Kado-kun, ferry tax.

Kaingtav), lowlying jungle.

Kalawun, lit., Governor of the For-
eigners.

Katnauk, the Shan hat of bamboo
spa the.

Kammawa, Buddhist religious texts.

Kanan, artificial reservoir ; tank.

Kandaw, Royal tank.

Ka»g, a township or riding.

Kang, headman.

Kangyi, v. kan.

Kannwebin, the symphorena unqui-
cu latum.

Kansa, appointment order.

Kanyin, a kind of wood-oil tree.

Kamin, v. kanyin.

Karawaik hnget, v. karaviaik [^h'nget
(generic), a bird].

Karaweik, v. karawaik.

Kauk-hnyin pauk-paukf parched rice,
popcorn.

Kaukkyi, v. kaukgyi.

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^LOSSARY. 1

^^^^V Kawn, a riding of the Northern Shan

Kyaw, in the Southern Shan States J

^^^^" State of Mang LOii.

and Karenni. headman. ^J

^H Kawn Kangt Mid Riding.

Ky^ (Sh.), headman. ^H

^H Kawn No, North Riding.

K\esa, circle headman. ^1

^^t^^ Kawn Tail, South Riding.

Kywi mi leik, the local name of a tax 1

^^^^H Kayaing-Sk, district officer.

levied in Burmese times v. sub 1

^^^^H Kason, IVIay.

Bhamo. ^J

^^^^H Kem-mong, v. Kyemmotig.

Kyweshin, v. chweshin. ^H

^^^^H Ken, a territorial division, a circle.

Lammadaw, sub high road. ^|

^^^^H Khyoung, v. chaung.

Lanlan, v. sub Kamaing Lanmadau' ^H

^^^^H Kin, headman of kang.

gyee, King's high-way {Lan-ma- ^

^^^^H Kin^ guard station.

daw-gyi). J

^^^^H Ktrt-mun-bin, the soap acacia creeper.

Lapet, V. letpet. ^H

^^^^1 Kinmtin tht\ the fruit of the kinmun-

La pet hpo, lit., price of lapef, tea. ^^

^^^^H

LauHg, a long, narrow boat, used on |

^^^^1 /ftn-d^iZ/. Volume IV, page 86.

the Upper Irrawaddy. 1

^^^^H Kokko, <i species of acacia.

Lawka kan (for Kalawaka kan ?). v. - J

^^^^H Kolan Sawbwa a title: kolan is the

sub Meiktiia Lake. ^H

^^^^H name given to persons of super-

Lazan, v. lasan. ^V

^^^^H human powers, who are able to leap

Li, wet'paddy land. '

^^^^H nine fathoms high.

Le amat'tauk, assessor of the paddy

^^^^H KomyovBun, Governor o^ the Nine Ois-

land tax.

^^^^B

Lebaw, the part of a graduated roof

^^^^H Konbaung b'j)i, v. sub. Shwebo.

which intervenes between an upper

^^^^H Konboy V. kunbo.

and lower roof : eaves.

^^^^1 Konya, v. ya.

LidawSkj manager of the State paddy

^^^^H Kothan, nine millions.

lands. ^H

^^^^H Koii, a measure of number, one hun-

Legaung, v. Ihdk. ^H

^^^^H dred millions.

Legun, tax on wel-paddy !and« ^H

^^^^" Ko-ywus the Nine Hamlets.

Le-gya, wet-paddy. ^^%

^^^L Kraw (Wa), village headman.

Legyi-le-dwiii, the Four Paddy-tracts. J

^^^^K Ku hna-yiva, the Seven Hamlets.

Le kayaing, tlie Four Townships. ^M

^^^^H Kiilabyo, the Foreign Legion, v. sub

Le-khayamg, Nga-kho'yaing, v. sub. ^H
Le-kayaing, N ga-kayaing, ^H

^^^^B Yam&thin.

^^^^B Kunbo, fee : /('/., price of betel.

L^kun, V. legun. ^^|

^^^^B Kunbodein vaun, v. page 84, Volume

Lemyo-dan, the Four Towns tract. ^|

^^1

Lemyo'dk, v. lemyowun. ^^k

^^^^1 KunboteiKj v. Kunbodein.

Le-6k, manager of the paddy lands. ^H

^^^^^B A'zff/a cup.

Lepet, V. letpet. ^H

^^^^H Kyan, village headman.
^^^^H Kyantaga, coarse cane sugar.

Lep6k, lowland dry cultivation. ^H

Lese leywa, the Forty-four Hamlets. ^|

^^^^H Kyaingf valley.

Lethmat, lit, signature ; a passport ^^k

^^^^1 Kyaukgyi kol6n, the Nine Great

or cerliRcate. ^H

^^^H

Letkauk, a nickname, " crookarm." ^^|

^^^^H Kyauksein, jade.

Letkaw, a scoopnet. ^^|

^^^^H Kyauk-taing, stone post.

Letpanbin, the cotton tree. ^H

^^^^1 Kyauk wun, the Appraiser of Rubies ;

Letpelchauk, dry tea. ^H

^^^^B an olTicial at the Ruby Mines in

Letpwi pyitsij dowry. ^H

^^^^H Burmese times.

Letswidawgyi, v. letswe, [dawgyi is ^H

^^^^H Kyaung daik, v. iaik, the precincts

honorific]. ^H

^^^^1 a monastery.

Letwi w, left-hand, vp ^^

VI.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTftEft.

Sadaw, v. sayadaw.

Sadaw-Sk myinsaye, two titles in

combination ; sadawok, steward.
Sadaw-wutt, Controller of the House-
hold in the King's time.
Sagawafian, the flower of the cham-

pac.
Sagazeinpan, the flower of a variety

of the champac.
Saingya vindaw hmu, v. Saingya

wun min.
Saingya-wunmin, lit., the Governor

having jurisdiction.
SakaWy a bamboo sieve.
Sal, the shorea vobusta.
Sale, a measure of capacity ; one-

fourth of a Pyi.
Samaing, v. thamaing.
Sambuyit, the purest gold ; according

to Burmese fable the fruit of the

sabu (eugenia when it fell into the

ocean turned into gold.
Sanga {sngd), the champac.
Sapya, soap.
Saul, V. sal.

Saungma, (sSuma), wizard.
Sawbwasa, the Sawbwa's perquisite.
Saye-daw-gyi, chief clerk.
Se, tobacco.

Sedaw, lit Royal weir, chief weir.
Sedi, V. sedi.

Sehnit yat, the twelve sorts of taxes.
Se-dk, V. segyi.
Se-sa-ye, clerk of the weirs.
Setkya Kyaung {Paung) 5(;, a title;

let Captain of the Magic Barge.
Setkya paung, Magic Barge.
Seywa, the Ten Village tract.
Sha, cutch.
Shaw, a kind of tree from the bark

of which a coarse paper is made.
Shaw pae,theSha.Q trade.
Shaw byu, the sterculia verisicolor.
Shaw tn, the stefculia villosa.
Shinbyu, the novitiation ceremony in

the Buddhist priesthood.
Shwe ban, golden flower.
Shwedaik Atwinwun, the controller

of the exchequer in Burmese

times.
Shwedhaswe bo, v, shwedha bo.

Shwehll V. sub Thamainggyi.

Shwe Ian v. shwelan bo.

Shwe Ian bo a Burmese official.

Shwe-myo daw, lit., the Royai Golden
City.

Shwe pala, golden bovvl.

Shwe pi, a kind of tea (p. sub Tawng
Peng).

Shwetatkwun, v. shwedaik atwinwun.

Skwe-win hmu, v. shwehmu.

Shwe wun, lit., Governor of the Gold
Tract.

Shwe-ydn daw, the Golden Court, the
court of the governor of Mandalay,

Sibw^, oil market.

Sikke daw gyi, v. sikki.

Singye-b6n, suburbs.

Sit, the acacia.

Sitke, V. sikke.

Sitk^ gyiy V. sikki.

Sothugyi, V, sub Mogdk.

Suan-fu, (Ch.) Governor.

Suanfusa, (Ch,) Governorship.

Suan-wei [CM.) official.

Ta, a measure of length ; seven cubits
or ten and a half feet,

Tabaung, March.

Tabo-dwe, February,

Tagu, April.

Taik, a circle or group of villages,

Taikhmu, a circle ofHcer, v. taik-
thugyi.

Taik-6k, a circle headman v. taik'
thugyi,

Taik sa-ye, circle clerk ; circle magis-
trate,

Tai Loi, a subdivision of the Shan
race [v. Part I.]

Talok, V. Taydk.

Talok pyi min, lit,. King of China.

Tamein, the Burmese woman's pet-
ticoat.

Tana, department.

Tanyet, toddy, jaggery.

Taokye, |Sh.) village headman.

Tapana taik, treasure-chamber. -

Ta pyi, one measure.

Tart, toddy.

Tat (military)i a column.

Tat (Hkon), a monastery.

Tatbogydk, commandant.

GLOSSARY.

Vii,

TatchSk^ commandant of an outpost
or column.

Tatkaunghan or kating hantat, body
guard.

Tat 6hy commandant of an outpost.

Tatpaungsa, a Burmese ofBcial v.
Sub Naunglet.

Taung, soutl\.

Ta/tnghmu, efc, v. hfuunghmu,

Taunglan, the South road.

7fl««;f/e/, the Southern Circle, v. sub,
Mong Long.

Taungma, highest peak.

Taunosein, a large leafed plant : the
leaves are used as wrappers.

Taungsu, southern group,

Taungtt'ik^ hill top.

Taungthan {taungthin}, a body of
one thousand men.

Taungya, hill clearings for cultivation.

TaungyOj hill range.

Taungsa, v. iaungsa.

Taw-6k, forester.

Taya kdn, law fees.

Taya konbo, v taya k6n.

Taya ugas^, the Hundred and Fifty.

Taya-sa-ye, byi-taik sa-ye, thansin-
sa-ye,ath6n sa-yf, sa-yedaw gaung,
anaung-sa-ye, revenue clerks ; v.
sub, voc. Meiktila.

Tayaw,^ species of linden, grewia.

Tet-hle, the rowing boat used in the
upper country.

Thabeik, the Buddhist monk's alms-
fa owL

Thabeil-hmauk, the part of a pagoda
which resembles an inverted alms-
bowl.

Thabyebin, v. thabye,

Thamaing, the chronicle of a monas-
tery.

Thana, police station.

Thanat, v. thanat-pet,

Thanat-ka, v.thanakha.

Thanat-pet^ the sebeslen, a species of
cordia. The leaf is used for cheroot-
wrappers.

Thari'Jimu, circle head man ; in Bur-
mese times, the official iu charge of
an iron-producing tract.

Thaihana, The Faith, lit., the Dis-
cipline.
Thauk, the jurisdiction of a tkwe-

thaukgyi.
Thayi mun, military commandant.
TAeetsee, v. thitsi.
T/iein. a Chapel of Ordination.
Thein-su, the term applied to lands

annexed by conquest.
Thein-win, consecrate : lit., enter the

Chapel of Ordination.
Thekkadan v. iub. v. Sinbaungwi.
Thekke, thatch.
Thenacthama, muslceleers.
Thenat wungyi, a military title, v.

tkenat-dk.
Thimbazo seik, wharf.
Thinganit, v. thinganet,
Thitgyi kobin, the Nine Great Trees.
Thitkado, a species o{ s/erculia.
Thttmisau, the Karung oil-tree.
Thitsi, the wood-oil tree ; wood-oil.
T hi I taw, forest produce.
Thitya, the gordonia fioribunda.
Thitya ingytn, a general term> v. tn-

gyin,
Th6nmyo 6k, Governor of the Three

Districts.
Th6nyat, the Three Tracts.
Thugyi, headman.
Thugyisa, headman's perquisite.
Thwe-thauk, v. Thwethaukgyi.
Til, oil.
Tinbytnkwe, cross-legged image of

the Buddha.
Ting (Ch.) a jurisdiction o/ehon
Tinyu, pine.

TripitakaSf the Buddhist scriptures,
Tsawbtea, v. Sau-bwa.
Tiing, a measure of area, and the

yield from it.
Tv}et, lit., to go out ; run away ; re-
negade.
Twinsa : twinea, hereditary oil-well

proprietors.
Udibwa let, Born of an Egg, the title

applied by the Burmese to the

Emperor of China.
Ugyi. the white spots occurring fR the
heart- wood of the cutch tree {acacia

catechu.)

viii.

THE UPPER BURMA GAZETTEER.

Uiaik, the chief circle-paying in its
revenue direct to the treasury.

Uyin ni-dk, Manager of the Royal
Gardens {v. sub Maymyo.)

Vveng, V. toying.

Wabat kamauk, a hat of bamboo
spathe.

Wagaung, August.

Waing. lit., an enclosure ; the cara-
vanserai in which Shan traders put
up and dispose of their goods.

Wang (Ch.), Chief ; the jurisdiction
of a chief (Wa StJ^tes.) •

Waso^ July.

Wtndaw, v. sub voc. Mandalay.

Windaw hmu, the general title of the
governor of a district.

Window hmu atwinwun, the secre-
tary of a Saiebwa.

Wing (Sh.), V. wying.

Winkaba, maze.

W6ng Ti, Hwang Ti, the title of the
Emperor of China.

Woon, V. wun.

Wunsa, food.

Wutiagan, see wuttakan.

Wying, (Sh.) town.

Ya, V. taungya.

Va-gun, the tax on hill clearings.

Yakun V. yagun.

Yamin (Ch.), court.

Ya pe, the tax levied on the cultiva-
tion oiya lands owned by the King.

Yasuda, (should be yshanda) v. Ra-
handa.

Yat, fan.

Yaw pet f Yaw maize-leaf.

Yi-bwe-kuH, lit., wharf dues.

Ye-gya, v. ye-gya li.

Ye-gya li, irrigated paddy land.

Ye iX V. n.

Ye n,jn, earth-oil.

Ye we a meaiure of area, v. sub. MOng
L5ng.

Yewun lit., Governor of the Water
V. sub. Sagaing, loe Panyayin pa-
goda.

Yin, a bamboo screen ; wattle.

Yindaik, aikind of tree, v. sub. Mdng
Pan.

Yindeik v. yindaik

Yinkwiufiaik, guardian.

Yo, creek.

YS/tjsa, court perquisite.

Ywa, village.

Ywabdn.

Ywa lugyi, village elder, v. lugyi.

Ywama, chief village.

Ynea tha, villager.

Ywathit, new village.

Ywathugyiy village headman, v. thw

gyi-

Zawgyi, a holy man ; a fakir or

magician.
Ze-kun, bazaar stall rents.
Zinbyun, the ornamental dillenia

tree.

('/,

CECIL H. GREEN LIBRARY

STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

STANFORD, CALIFORNIA 94305-6004

1650) 723-1493

grncirc@5ulmail.stanford.edu

All bffiki ore subject to recoil.
«^^ DATE DUE

^151099

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Gazetteer of Upper Burma and the Shan states"

See other formats